■ '.-r- 


i in-  I 


/i- 


. -•  . .*  . r.  ■-  • 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2017  with  funding  from 
Boston  Library  Consortium  Member  Libraries 


A 


https://archive.org/details/campaigninginphi00faus_0 


OPPORTUNITY 

Master  ot  human  destiny  am  I; 

Fame,  love  and  fortune  on  my  footsteps  wait  , 
Cities  and  fields  I walk  ; I penetrate 
Deserts  and  seas  remote,  and  passing  by 
Hovel,  mart  and  palace,  soon  or  late 
I knock  unbidden  once  at  every  gate. 

If  sleeping,  wake  ; if  feasting,  rise  before 
I turn  away.  It  is  the  hour  of  fate. 

And  those  who  follow  me  reach  every  state 
Mortals  desire,  and  conquer  every  foe. 

Save  death  ; but  those  who  doubt  or  hesitate, 
Condemned  to  failure,  penury  and  woe. 

Seek  me  in  vain  and  uselessly  implore — 

I answer  not  and  I return  no  more. 


—fOHN  /.  INGALLS. 


CAMPAIGNING 

IN  THE 

PHILIPPINES 


ILLUSTRATED 


BY 

KARL  IRVING  FAUST 


SAN  FRANCISCO 

I HE  HICKS-JUDD  COMPANY  PUBLISHERS 


^<5 


Copyright  1899  by 
THE  HICKS-JUDD  COMPANY 
vSan  Francisco,  Cal. 


O’NEILL  LIBRAh* 
BOSTON  COLLEGE 

U" 


NOV  1 6 1994 


Preface. 


WHEN  the  idea  of  compiling  an  historical  account  of  the  operations  of  the  American  forces 
in  the  Philippine  Islands  was  conceived,  the  war  clouds  had  nearly  all  disappeared  from 
the  horizon,  and  all  that  remained  were  those  caused  by  the  prospect  of  trouble  with  the 
insurgents,  which,  however,  were  not  supposed  to  be  serious.  It  was  expected  that  the  volun- 
teer regiments  would  be  speedily  replaced  by  regulars,  who  would  only  be  needed  for  policing 
the  islands. 

It  was  intended,  therefore,  to  give  in  this  book  an  accurate  description  of  the  campaign, 
from  Dewey’s  great  victory  to  the  return  of  the  volunteers,  and,  in  addition,  a brief  description 
of  the  islands.  It  was  also  proposed  to  publish  special  editions  of  the  book  for  each  of  the 
volunteer  regiments,  which  would  contain,  in  addition  to  the  foregoing,  a detailed  account  of 
the  experience  of  the  regiments  from  date  of  mustering  into  service  as  volunteers  to  their 
return  to  the  United  States.  In  order  to  obtain  this  information,  it  was  found  necessary  to  go 
to  Manila,  and  consequently  on  December  24,  181)8,  Mr.  Kare  Irving  P'aust,  to  whom  is  due 
the  credit  of  having  conceived  and  carried  into  execution  this  work  sailed  from  San  Francisco 
on  the  steamer  Gaelic,  bound  for  Manila  via  Hongkong,  with  plans  and  prospectus  for  com- 
piling such  a book. 

Arriving  at  Manila  on  February  2,  1899,  it  soon  became  apparent  that  the  plans  must  be 
changed.  Dark  foreboding  clouds  were  hanging  over  the  city,  and  for  more  than  a month 
there  had  been  ominous  rumors  of  an  outbreak  of  hostilities  Two  days  later  the  expected 
happened,  and  the  real  campaign  of  the  Eighth  Army  Corps  commenced  in  dead  earnest. 

It  at  once  became  evident  that  there  would  be  great  deeds  to  be  recorded  on  many  fields, 
involving  time  and  labor  far  exceeding  that  which  had  been  anticipated  and  provided  for. 
Mr.  Faust  at  once  set  about  organizing  a competent  staff  of  writers  who  would  follow  up  the 
troops  and  be  eye-witnesses  to  whatever  happened.  The  data  thus  collected  must  be  collated, 
condensed  and  arranged.  Fortunately  the  volunteer  regiments  furnished  abundant  material 
for  doing  this  most  important  work. 

The  commanding  officer  of  each  regiment  was  visited  with  the  object  of  securing  his  co- 
operation in  compiling  an  accurate  account  of  the  operations  of  his  regiment.  A man  was 
found  in  each  of  these  regiments  competent  to  write  the  story,  and  the  official  records  of  the 
regiments  were  placed  at  his  disposal.  From  first  to  last  we  enjoyed  the  hearty  and  effective 
co-operation  of  all  the  division  brigade,  and  regimental  commanders,  who  placed  at  our  com- 
mand all  facilities,  records  and  information  so  far  as  military  regulations  would  permit. 

We  were  fortunate  in  securing  the  services  of  Mr.  PETER  MacQueen.  the  Boston  clergyman 
and  journalist,  who  had  come  fresh  from  the  battles  about  Santiago,  where  he  had  become 
associated  in  a non-official  way  with  the  famous  “Rough  Riders,”  among  whom  his  conduct 
had  been  such  as  to  win  the  distinction  of  being  one  of  the  two  civilians  to  be  decorated  with 
the  medal  of  the  regiment,  and  formally  adopted  as  one  of  its  members.  He  had  also  rendered, 
during  the  Cuban  campaign,  important  services  to  the  government  which  were  recognized 
when  he  came  to  Manila,  by  letters  from  the  Secretary  of  War,  which  gave  him  ready  access, 
for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  information,  to  all  commanding  and  other  officers  in  the  govern- 
ment service.  Mr.  MacQueen  at  once  entered  heartily  into  the  spirit  of  the  enterprise,  and 
from  the  time  of  his  joining  the  staff  assumed  the  direct  charge  of  the  collection  of  official  data 
from  general,  division  and  brigade  headquarters. 

As  it  was  intended  that  the  book  should  be  profusely  illustrated,  photographers  were  em- 
ployed to  go  with  the  different  expeditions,  and  the  many  pictures  secured  of  troops  in  action 
speak  more  plainly  than  words  the  danger  and  difficulties  under  which  they  were  taken.  The 
old  Spanish  galleries  of  Manila  were  ransacked  for  views  of  the  interior  of  Fuzon  and  beyond 
the  lines  occupied  by  our  troops.  A canvass  was  also  made  of  the  members  of  the  different 


IV 


CampaignUig  ifi  the  Philippines. 


regiments  who  had  cameras  in  the  field,  and  some  very  fine  views  of  troops  in  action  were 
obtained  in  this  way.  The  views  which  appear  in  this  book  are  those  selected  from  more  than 
fifteen  hundred  photographs  collected  by  our  staff. 

Maps  of  all  the  battlefields  and  movements  of  the  expeditions  are  shown  in  the  book. 
The  maps  were  made  by  Mr.  P.  E.  Lamar,  C.  E.,  the  official  map-maker  of  the  Second  Division, 
Eight  Army  Corps,  who  personally  accompanied  each  expedition  with  a company  of  surveyors, 
and  the  maps  made  by  him  have  been  endorsed  as  officially  correct  by  the  commanding  generals. 
These  maps  have  been  copyrighted  by  Mr.  Lamar,  who  has  published  a large  map,  64x46  inches, 
and  permission  has  been  secured  at  considerable  expense  to  use  the  map  in  sections  in  this  book. 

We  desire  to  acknowledge  our  great  obligations  to  Admiral  Dewey  and  Lieutenant-Com- 
mander Colvocoresses  of  the  Olympia,  Major-Generals  Lawton,  Mac  Arthur  and  Anderson  and 
Brigadier-Generals  King,  Ovenshine,  Hale,  Wheaton,  H.  G.  Otis,  Hall,  Funston,  Summers  and 
Smith  for  facilities,  suggestions,  and  such  information  as  military  regulations  permitted  them 
to  give.  This  history  will  be  found  accurate,  so  far  as  earnest  zeal  and  industry  on  the  part  of 
those  best  informed  can  make  it  so.  The  narrative  in  the  first  chapter,  describing  the  naval 
battle  of  Manila  Bay,  was  written  by  Lieutenant-Commander  G.  P.  Colvocoresses  of  the 
Olympia,  an  old  schoolmate  of  Admiral  Dewey.  The  other  chapters  were  prepared  in  the  office, 
from  data  collected  as  above  stated  in  the  field  and  from  official  records.  While  this  method 
prevents  a certain  uniformity  of  expression  and  literary  finish  which  would  appear  in  the  work 
of  one  writer,  the  fact  that  many  thousands  of  the  book  have  been  sold  in  advance  of  publica- 
tion makes  it  imperative  to  complete  the  work  at  the  earliest  possible  date,  consistent  with 
accuracy,  and  it  would  be  the  work  of  at  least  two  years  for  one  person  to  digest  the  immense 
quantity  of  original  data  which  we  have  collected,  and  prepare  a narrative  therefrom. 

Special  editions  containing  about  one  hundred  pages  additional  matter  giving  a complete 
history  of  the  regiment  from  date  of  muster-in  to  muster-out  are  published  for  sale  in  States 
which  sent  volunteer  regiments  to  the  Philippine  Islands.  Each  of  these  editions  contain  the 
name,  rank,  postoffice  address,  and  occupation  of  every  man  in  the  regiment ; a list  of  killed 
and  wounded  ; all  deaths,  with  date  and  cause ; all  discharges,  promotions,  etc.  A certificate 
from  the  commanding  officer  of  the  regiment  verifies  the  history  as  officially  correct.  Cuts  of 
each  company,  the  field  and  staff  officers,  band  and  hospital  corps  are  shown.  Many  of  these 
company  pictures  were  taken  in  view  of  the  enemy,  while  the  regiment  was  entrenched,  and  in 
several  cases  the  company  was  fired  upon  while  being  photographed. 


THE  HICKS-JUDD  PUBLISHING  COMPANY. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


Chapter.  Page. 

I.  The  American  Fleet  at  Manila 1 


The  Battle  of  Manila  Bay,  3 ; A Spanish  Version  of  the  Battle,  8 ; Disputed 
Points,  10;  The  Actions  of  the  German  Fleet,  13;  Impressions  of  Admiral 
Dewey,  15. 

II.  Events  Leading  to  the  War  with  Spain 17 

The  Cuban  Atrocities,  17  ; Senator  Proctor’s  Report,  18  ; The  Destruction 
of  the  Maine,  21  ; Report  of  the  Court  of  Inquiry,  22  ; The  President’s 
Message,  25  ; Further  Official  Acts,  27  ; Congress  Recognizes  the  Indepen- 
dence of  Cuba,  29 ; War  Declared  Between  the  United  States  and 
Spain,  30. 

III.  After  the  Battle  of  Manila  Bay 33 

American  Policy  Undetermined,  33  ; Conditions  Under  Spanish  Rule,  34  ; 

Society  of  the  Katipunan,  35  ; Rebellion  of  1890,  35  ; Aguinaldo  Appears, 

36  ; Changes  in  the  Governor  Generalship,  37  ; The  “ Pact  of  Peace,”  38; 

Money  Paid  by  the  Spanish  to  the  Insurgents,  39  ; The  Tragedy  of  the 
Calle  de  Camba,  41  ; Allocution  by  the  Archbishop  of  Madrid,  42 ; 
Aguinaldo  Meets  the  American  Consul-General,  42  ; The  Terms  of  an 
Alleged  Agreement,  44;  Proclamation  of  the  Philippine  Junta,  46; 
Constitution  Proclaimed  by  Aguinaldo,  49  ; Aguinaldo’s  Message  to  his 
People,  52. 

IV.  The  Reinforcement  of  Dewey 55 

The  Strength  of  the  Reinforcement  Determined,  55;  General  Merritt 
Assigned  to  Command,  56;  Departure  of  First  Expedition,  56;  The  Capture 
of  Guam,  57 ; Naval  Reinforcements,  58  ; More  Reinforcements  Arrive, 

58  ; Difficulties  of  Rapid  Mobilization,  59  ; The  Troops  in  San  Fran- 
cisco, 60 ; Supply  and  Transportation  System  Organized,  60  ; The 
Transport  System,  61;  Cost  of  Transport  Service  and  Charters,  62; 

Troops  Sent  to  Manila,  63-70. 

V.  The  Capture  of  Manila 71 

The  Fortifications  of  Manila,  71  ; The  Spanish  Dungeons,  72  ; The  Gates, 

Forts  and  Barricades,  72  ; The  Spanish  Block-houses,  73  ; Construction 
of  Spanish  Trenches,  74  ; The  Filipino  Insurgents,  75  ; Filipinos  not 
to  Share  in  the  Attack,  76  ; Camp  Dewey  Established,  76  ; Position  of 
the  American  Troops,  77  ; Embarrassments  of  the  American  Com- 
manders, 78  ; Misconduct  of  German  Amiral,  78 ; Rumored  Coming  of 
Camara’s  Fleet,  79 ; The  Plan  of  Attack,  81  ; Organization  of  the 
American  Forces,  82  ; The  Nature  of  the  Ground,  82  ; Difficulties  in 
Landing  Troops,  84  ; The  Health  of  the  Command,  84  ; Aguinaldo 
Addresses  the  Powers,  85 ; Growing  Antagonism  between  the  Amer- 
icans and  Filipinos,  85;  Work  of  Troops  before  Fall  of  Manila,  86; 
Arrangements  with  Aguinaldo,  87 ; Americans  Occupy  Filipino 
Trenches,  88 ; The  Battle  in  the  Rain,  89 ; Good  Conduct  of  the 
Volunteers,  93  ; The  Americans  Ready  to  Attack  Manila,  94  ; The  P'leet 
Takes  Position,  95 ; Efforts  to  Induce  Surrender  95  ; Alleged  Arrange- 
ment for  a Sham  Battle,  96  ; The  Fleet  Begins  the  Attack,  96  ; General 
Merritt  Orders  an  Attack,  97  ; The  Alleged  Peaceful  Program  Miscarries, 

98;  The  Fall  of  the  City,  100  ; Articles  of  Capitulation,  101. 


VI 


Caniparg7ii7ig  hi  the  Philippines. 


CHAPTER.  PAGE. 

VI.  From  the  Capture  oe  Manila  to  Revolt  op'  the  Filipinos 1<'3 


Proclamation  of  General  Merritt,  103;  P'ilipinos  in  Control  of  the  Country, 

105 ; Complications  with  the  Filipinos,  105  ; General  Merritt  Consults 
Aniiral  Dewey,  107  ; The  President  Gives  Instructions,  108  ; General 
Merritt  Reports  on  Aguinaldo,  108  ; Otis  Succeeds  Merritt,  109;  The  P'ili- 
pinos  Ordered  to  Remove,  109;  The  Filipinos  Evacuate,  110;  The  Mili- 
tary Government.  Ill  ; The  Filipinos  Object  to  Cleanliness,  111  ; News 
of  the  Coming  Peace,  112;  The  Filipinos  Accumulate  Arms,  113  ; Sanitary 
Regulations  Enforced,  113  ; The  Spanish  Prison-Houses  Opened,  114  ; The 
Pdscal  Admi  istration,  114;  A Commission  Appointed,  115;  The  Treaty 
of  Peace  Signed,  115;  The  President  Declares  the  United  States  Sovereign 
in  the  Philippines,  117  ; Aguinaldo  Replies  to  the  President,  118  ; Military 
Government  in  the  Philippines,  120. 

VII.  The  Revolt  of  the  Filipinos 125 

The  Military  Situation,  125  ; The  Disposition  of  our  Troops,  126;  A Period 
of  Suspense,  127  ; Otis’  Brigade  of  MacArthur’s  Division.  129  ; Hale’s  Bri- 
gade of  MacArthur’s  Division,  131  ; Operations  South  of  Pasig  River, 

135  ; The  Troops  of  the  Provost  Guard,  139  ; Operation  of  the  Fleet,  140; 

The  Filipinos  Plan  a Massacre,  143 ; The  Attempt  to  Loot  Manila,  144  ; 

Great  Destruction  of  Property  by  Fire,  145  ; The  Attempted  Massacre 
Fails,  145  ; The  Insurrectos  Ask  a Conference,  147  ; Renewed  Attacks  on 
the  Water-Works,  147  ; Wheaton’s  Flying  Column,  148  ; Reorganization 
of  Army  Coips,  151  ; The  Philippine  Commission,  152. 

VHI.  The  March  ON  Malolos 155 

Position  of  Opposing  Armies,  155  ; Reorganization  of  MacArthur’s  Division, 

156;  The  Nature  of  the  Country,  156  ; No  General  Engagement,  157  ; 
Operations  of  Hale’s  Brigade,  158  ; Operations  of  Otis’  Brigade,  165  ; 
Operations  of  Wheaton’s  Brigade,  169  ; The  Gilmore  Incident,  173. 

IX.  MacArthur’s  March  on  San  Fernando 175 

Wheaton’s  Operations  Along  the  Railroad,  175  ; Hale’s  Operations  from 
Malolos  to  Calumpit,  177  ; Operations  of  Wheaton’s  Brigade  to  Calumpit, 

184  ; Hale’s  Brigade  from  Calumpit  to  San  Fernando,  187  ; Operations  of 
Wheaton’s  Brigade,  Calumpit  to  San  Fernando,  192  ; General  Funston 
Succeeds  General  Wheaton,  193 ; Hall’s  Move  on  Morong,  194. 

X.  Lawton’s  Lake  Expedition 197 

Object  of  the  Expedition,  197  ; Detail  for  the  Expedition,  198  ; The  Com- 
mand Begins  the  Move,  2('0  ; The  Expedition  Landed,  201 ; The  Loss  on 
Both  Sides,  202  ; The  Work  of  the  Gunboats,  202  ; Movements  After  the 
Fight,  202  ; Heroism  of  the  Wounded,  204  ; Return  to  Manila,  206. 

XI.  Lawton’s  Northern  Expedition 207 

Organization  of  the  Command,  207  ; Purposes  of  the  Expedition,  207  ; 
Novaliches  Occupied,  208  ; The  Column  Reaches  San  Jose,  210  ; Partial 
Burning  of  Angat,  211;  General  Lawton  Reports  Progress,  212;  Com- 
munications Disturbed,  213  ; Gallant  Behavior  of  Wm.  H.  Young,  214  ; 

The  Command  Occupies  San  Rafael,  214  ; Young’s  Scouts  Organized,  215; 

San  Rafael  Captured  Again,  215 ; The  Column  Reaches  Baliuag,  216 ; 

Natives  Fed  from  Captured  Stores ; 217  ; Maasim  Occupied,  218  ; Large 
Amounts  of  Stores  Captured,  218  ; A Mythical  Insurgent  Army,  220  ; A 
Civil  Government  Established  at  Baliuag,  220 ; A Concerted  Movement 
Planned,  222  ; Remarkable  Gallantry  of  Young’s  Scouts,  223 ; Chief 
Scout  Young  Mortally  Wounded,  225  ; San  Miguel  Occupied,  225  ; Lieu- 
tenant Thornton  Succeeds  Chief  Scout  Young,  227  ; Scout  Harrington 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


vii 


Killed  ; The  Column  Reaches  San  Isidro,  228  ; The  Filipino  Peace  Com- 
mission, 228  ; An  Engagement  near  San  Fernando,  229  ; The  Expedition 
Breaks  up  at  Candaba,  230. 

XII.  Lawton’s  Paranaquk  Campaign  233 

The  Click  of  the  Guns,  233  ; The  Signal  Corps  at  Work,  234  ; The  Work  of 
the  Expedition,  235  ; Paranaque  Occupied,  236  ; The  Fighting  Continued, 


237  ; Result  of  the  Operations,  240. 

XIII.  Expeditions  to  the  Southern  Iseands 241 

Operations  on  Panay,  241 ; Operations  in  Cebu,  245  ; Occupation  of  Negros, 

217  ; The  Sulu  Archipelago,  249. 

XIV.  The  Gunboat  Flotiei.a 253 


The  Laguna  de  Bay,  254;  Various  P'ights  on  the  Rivers,  255;  Captures 
by  the  Flotilla,  257;  Later  Events  in  the  Islands,  257  ; Character  of  the 
Campaign  now  Opening,  258. 

XV.  The  Phiuippine  Iseands  and  Their  Peopee 259 

Physical  Aspects,  259  ; Early  History  Unknown,  260  ; Political  Subdivisions, 

261  ; The  Visayas,  263;  The  Sulu  Archipelago,  265  ; An  Early  Account 
of  the  Islands,  266  ; The  Visayans  in  Early  Times,  269  ; Ancient  Form  of 
Government,  270  ; The  System  of  Slavery,  271  ; Marriage  Institutions, 

272  ; Deterioration  of  the  Filipino,  272 ; A British  Opinion  of  the 
Filipinos,  275  ; Business  Capacity  of  the  Natives,  276  ; Climatic  Conditions, 

277  ; The  Typhoons,  279  ; The  Oceanic  Currents,  280  ; The  Unhealthfulness 
of  Manila,  281 ; Commerce  of  the  Islands,  282  ; Natural  Products,  283  ; 


Mining  Industries,  286. 

The  Voyage  from  San  Francisco  to  M^niea  289 

SUPPEEMENT 301 


The  Staff  Department  of  the  Army,  301  ; The  Engineer  Corps:  301  ; The  Batcalion 
of  Engineers,  301;  The  Engineer  Corps  in  the  Philippines,  302  ; The  Quarter- 
master’s Department,  302;  Operating  a Railroad,  302;  The  Subsistence  Depart- 
ment, 303;  Rations  on  the  Transports,  304 ; Rations  in  the  Field,  304  ; The  Travel 
Ration,  301  ; The  Medical  Department,  301 ; The  Supply  and  Ambulance  Service, 
305  ; Medical  Department  of  the  8th  Army  Corps,  305 ; Victims  of  War  in  the 
Philippines,  306  ; Noble  Work  of  the  Volunteer  Lady  Physicians,  307  ; The  Red 
Cross  Work,  307  ; The  Signal  Corps,  308  ; The  Chaplains  in  the  Army,  309; 
Sketches  of  some  Chaplains,  313  ; A Deserved  Acknowledgment,  314. 


CHAPTER  1. 

THE  AMERICAN  FLEET  AT  MANILA. 


Take  a hold  o’  the  wings  o’  the  morhin’ 

And  flop  ’round  the  world  till  you’re  dead; 

But  you  can’t  get  away  from  the  tune  that  they  play 
To  the  bloomin’  old  rag  overhead. — Kipling. 

NE  of  the  most  wonderful  events  of  history  is  the  American 
occupation  of  the  Philippines.  When  the  Spanish-American 
war  began,  these  islands  were  hardly  thought  of  in  the  prob- 
lem. The  archipelago  was  to  most  of  us  simply  a few 
blotches  on  our  geographies;  and  Admiral  Dewey  was  a Com- 
modore at  the  close  of  an  honorable  but  obscure  career.  The 
big  headlines  were  all  about  Santiago  and  Havana,  Ponce  and 
Porto  Rico,  Sampson,  Schley  and  the  Rough  Riders.  Sud- 
denly from  a clear  sky  and  an  un visited  sea,  rose  clouds  and  constellations;  nations 
were  confused;  American  patriotism  and  glory  were  put  on  pinnacles;  and  the 
deeds  of  a simple,  quiet  gentleman  with  a company  of  American  Jacktars  were 
placed  in  the  pantheon  of  history  along  with  those  of  Earragut  and  mighty  Nelson. 

It  was  expected  by  the  civilized  world  that  this  war  would  keep  its  limits  in 
the  West  Indies.  In  fact  one  of  the  great  nations  made  a move  to  have  the 
United  States  understand  that  the  trade  of  the  world  was  not  to  be  interfered  with 
outside  the  zone  affected  by  the  principles  at  stake  in  the  island  of  Cuba.  The 
theater  of  war  has  changed.  The  West  Indies  are  no  more  interesting  than 
Van  Dieman’s  land;  and  the  focus  of  American  history  and  the  cynosure 
of  statesmen  is  the  remote  archipelago,  lying  in  the  China  Sea,  seven 
thousand  miles  from  our  western  coast.  Nor  was  the  change  in  scene  the  only 
miracle.  The  change  in  the  attitude  of  the  nation  was  greater  than  the  distance 
that  separates  Havana  from  Manila.  The  war  began  in  the  sacred  name  of  libera- 
tion for  a fettered  people,  dragging  their  chains  in  pain  and  sweat.  To-day  in 
jungles  of  Euzon,  by  the  rivers  of  Panay,  and  along  the  shores  of  Cebu  a sullen 
people  dispute  us  inch  by  inch,  straining  every  human  effort  to  be  free  from  the 
governance  of  the  liberators.  To  the  Filipinos  in  their  long  contest  for  liberty,  we 
appear  as  the  European  oppressor  appeared  to  our  forefathers  who  wrought  out 
human  rights  at  Valley  Forge  and  Bunker  Hill.  Flying  with  their  wives  and 
children  to  the  hills,  burning  their  homes  with  their  own  hands;  killed  by  the 
thousand  in  the  rice-fields  and  the  cane-brakes;  driven  like  wild  beasts  back  to 
mountain  lair — the  mightiest  nation  in  the  world  can  not  but  dread  the  audacity 
of  their  despair. 

The  problem  is  as  grave  as  any  that  ever  put  swordcuts  of  thought  on  human 
brows.  These  islands  lie  in  fair  summer  seas.  They  are  rich  in  furrowed  field 


o 


CiiDipaigHDig  in  the  Philippines. 


and  forest  height;  in  the  river  beds  that  gleam  and  the  hills  that  are  crowded  with 
waiting  metals.  Yet  their  history  has  been  and  is  to-day  a history  of  blackness 
and  darkness;  a history  of  work  and  want,  of  ignorance  and  fear.  No  star,  no 
hope  as  yet  shines  out  for  them.  In  the  ruthless  game  of  nations  where  the 
pawns  are  men,  the  Filipinos  must  play  a losing  game.  The  chains  of  Spain 
must  be  exchanged  for  the  strong  government  which  America,  however  unwil- 
lingly, in  the  evolution  of  history,  must  place  upon  these  islands.  The  history  of 
how  this  has  come  about  is  one  of  the  romances  of  the  nineteenth  century. 

There  was  a time  when  England  trembled  at  Philip  the  Tyrant,  called  the 
Second  of  Spain.  He  was  a supreme  bigot  and  thief.  He  stole,  among  his  many 
thefts,  1 14,000  square  miles  of  island  real  estate  in  the  Malay  archipelago,  and  called 
them  the  Philippines.  Spain  never  conquered  them;  Euzon,  the  largest,  was  never 
colonized;  Mindanao,  the  second  largest,  was  never  explored.  Some 

of  the  flora  and  fauna  of  these  ...  islands  are  at  this  moment 

no  better  known  than 


tidious  gentleman  in 
said  to  a friend  that 
and  would  like 
more  before  he 
man  was  ap- 
rather  obscure 
Pacific.  The 
large,  and  the 
might  have 
one  of  its  many 
had  a small 
well  equipped 
great  deal  about 
sailor.  He  had  been 
and  had  tied  a certain 
top  of  the  Hartford.  At 
turned  up  at  Hongkong  with 


those  of  Mars.  A fas- 
the  American  navy 
he  was  getting  old 
just  one  voyage 
retired.  This 
pointed  to  a 
post  in  the 
Pacific  is  quite 
old  gentleman 
been  lost  in 
monsoons.  He 
fleet,  but  it  was 
Nobody  knew  a 
this  American 
in  the  Civil  War, 
Farragut  to  the  main 


last  the  fastidious  sailor 
about  twenty  dress  suits.  He  was 
a perfect  gentleman.  Very  difficult  to  snub  this  man.  A German  prince  tried  it 
once,  but  was  severely  taken  down.  A message  of  import  having  arrived 
shortly  after  our  sailor  reached  China,  he  sailed  away  towards  the  Malay 
archipelago.  The  next  heard  from  him  was  a story  so  astonishing  that  the 
world  was  shaken.  It  was  said  that  this  American  gentleman,  with  his  slim 
fleet,  had  entered  a defended  harbor  at  night,  silenced  its  guns,  and  destroyed 
utterly  and  beyond  remedy  the  fleet  which  guarded  the  entrance.  Wilder 
than  all  was  the  incredible  story  that  he  had  not  lost  a single  man  in  the  action. 
The  man  of  many  suits  had  played  well.  King  Philip’s  real  estate  suffered  a 
considerable  jar.  America  had  long  been  a sinister  omen  for  Spain.  In  1783  the 
United  States  were  declared  free ; in  that  year  Bolivar  was  born.  By  the 
time  Bolivar  died,  Spain  had  lost  South  America.  The  Antilles  alone  were 
left  her  in  the  west.  She  could  not  reform.  On  February  15,  1898,  the  Maine 
was  destroyed  at  Havana,  and  the  war  was  on. 


Cauipaigiiing  in  the  Philippines. 
THE  BATTLE  OF  MANILA  BAY. 


3 


INTBRIOR  FT.  SAX  ANTONIO. 


On  the  24th  of  April,  1898,  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy  of  the  United  States 
sent  the  following  cablegram: 

Dewey,  Hongkong,  China. 

War  has  commenced  between  the  United  States  and  Spain.  Proceed  at  once  to  the  Philip- 
pine Islands.  Commence  operations  at  once,  particularly  against  the  Spanish  fleet.  You 
must  capture  vessels  or  destroy  them. 

That  same  day  the  British  Commander  of  Hongkong,  owing  to  the  fact  that 
his  government  had  declared  its  neutrality,  gave  notice  to  the  American  squadron 
that  it  would  have  to  clear  port  inside  of  twenty-four  hours. 

The  American  fleet  left  Hongkong,  China,  under  the  com- 
mand of  Commodore  Dewey  in  the  flagship  Olympia  on 
Friday,  April  25th,  bound  for  the  Philippine  Islands, 
fully  equipped  as  to  ammunition,  coal  and  provisions,  and 
with  an  extra  supply  carried  along  in  the  transports 
Nanshan  and  Zajiro,  recently  put  under  the  American  flag. 

After  a short  stop  at  Mirs  Bay  the  fleet  got  under  way  for 
the  seat  of  future  operations  in  the  following  formation: 

Olympia,  Baltimore,  Raleigh,  Concord,  Petrel  and  Bosto7i, 
and  after  arriving  off  the  Island  of  Uuzon  steamed  slowly 
in  the  direction  of  Manila  Bay.  On  the  afternoon  of 
Saturday,  April  30th,  the  Bosto^i,  Concord,  and  later  the 
Baltimore,  were  sent  ahead  to  reconnoiter  Point  Subig. 

Finding  no  sign  of  the  enemy,  our  ships  again  assembled  in  the  original  forma- 
tion, with  the  transports  convoyed  by  the  despatch  boat,  McCulloch,  forming  a 
separate  column  to  the  right.  For  the  further  operations  of  the  fleet  in  the  battle 
of  Manila  Bay,  we  quote  from  an  article  prepared  for  Campaigning  in  the 
Philippines,  by  Uieutenant-Commander  G.  P.  Colvocoresses,  executive  oflicer  of 
the  Olympia. 

“When  the  United  States  squadron  was  off  Subig  Bay  on  the  afternoon  of 
April  30th  the  captains  were  as.sembled  on  board  the  flagship,  and  on  returning 
to  their  vessels  it  was  learned  that  we  go  immediately  to  Manila  Bay,  anchor  and 

^ be  prepared  to  bombard  the 

arsenal  at  eight  o’clock  in  the 
morning.  We  proceeded  at  a 
speed  of  eight  knots  in  the 
following  formation,  single 
column,  four  hundred  yards 
distance:  Olympia  (flying  the 
broad  pennant  of  George 
Dewey),  Baltimore,  Raleigh, 
Petrel,  Concord  and  the  Boston, 
the  despatch  boat,  McCulloch 
and  the  transports  Nanshan  and  Zafiro.  The  ships  were  cleared  for  action  and 
the  crews  were  at  their  guns.  The  entrance  to  Manila  Bay  was  made  at 
midnight.  There  were  known  to  be  batteries  there,  and  it  was  probable  that 


EFFECT  OF  SHELLS  ON  FORT  SAN  ANTONIO. 


4 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


SAN  JUAN  DR  AUSTRIA. 


Photo  hy  Bishop. 


the  channels  had  been  mined.  Corregidor  Island  is  at  the  mouth  of  the  bay, 
and  on  either  side  of  it  are  channels  named  Boca  Chica  and  Boca  Grande, 
two  and  one-half  and  six  miles  wide  respectively.  It  was  a beautiful  starlight 

night.  A gentle  breeze  tem- 
pered the  intense  tropical 
heat.  A young  moon,  occas- 
ionally veiled  by  clouds,  was 
in  the  zenith,  and  the  sea 
was  smooth.  Silently  and  in 
perfect  order  the  squadron 
entered  the  Boca  Grande,  and 
suddenly  a light  gleamed  from  the  summit  of  Corregidor,  probably  signaling  our 
approach.  As  we  passed  a large  rock  called  El  Fraile,  a rocket  was  fired,  followed 
by  the  boom  of  a gun  over  the  still  waters,  and  a shot  hurtled  between  the  main 
and  mizzen  masts  of  the  Concord.  It  was  immediately  replied  to  and  the  Raleigh 
had  the  honor  of  firing  the  first  shot.  We  had  been  fired  upon  by  a battery  of 
four  seven-inch  guns  on  El  Fraile.  The  squadron  continued  up  the  bay,  the 
stillness  occasionally  broken  by  the  cry  of  the  lookouts  announcing  a light  upon 
the  distant  shore. 

‘ ‘ At  the  first  break  of  dawn  we  could  make  out  the  shipping  of  the  city  of 
Manila,  apparently  consisting  only  of  merchant  vessels.  At  5:05  A.  m.  a battery 
near  the  city  opened  on  the  squadron,  and  immediately  a number  of  shots  were 
exchanged  with  it.  The  Spanish  range,  however,  proved  too  short.  Our  trans- 
ports here  left  us  in  order  to  keep  out  of  fire,  and  the  increasing  daylight  disclosed 
the  shadowy  forms  of  the  Spanish  men-of-war  at  Cavite  on  the  eastern  shore  of 
the  bay  about  five  miles  distant — phantom-like  they  appeared  gliding  about  in  the 
mist.  The  smoke  was  pouring  from  their  stacks  and  it  was  evident  that  they 
were  forming  in  line  of  battle.  This  line  extended  from  behind  and  beyond  a 
long  low  sandy  spit  known  as  Sangley  Point,  which  partly 
encloses  the  little  bay  of  Canacao,  in  the  rear  of  which 
is  Cavite,  where  the  arsenal  is  situated.  The  point 
was  defended  by  batteries  which  protected  the  left 
flank  of  the  line.  The  vessels  behind  it  were  fairly  , 

sheltered  from  fire,  while  the  right  flank  was  ex- 
tended into  such  shallow  water  that  it  could  not 
be  turned.  The  Spanish  vessels  were  in  close 
order,  and  as  the  mist  lifted,  the  proud  red 
and  yellow  banners  of  Castile  and  Leon  could 
be  seen  grandly  floating  from  each  masthead. 

‘ ‘ Our  fleet  in  splendid  order  turned  to  the 
right  and  went  for  the  foe  at  full  speed,  the  Stars 
and  Stripes  fluttering  in  the  breeze,  and  the  signal 
‘ Commence  Action  ’ flying  from  the  yards  of  the 
Olympia;  only  one  other  signal,  ‘ Close  Up,’  was  made  during  the  first  part  of 
the  combat.  It  was  a grand  moment,  and  as  we  advanced  the  Spaniards  opened 
fire.  The  zip-zip  of  their  shells  increased;  soon  a reply  was  given  as  each  of  our 


Photo  hy  Bishop. 
ISLA  DR  CUBA. 


Caiiipaioiiiui^  i)i  the  Philippines. 


5 


vessels  came  within  range,  and  the  steady  booming  of  the  guns  became  a 
deafening  roar.  Everyone  was  almost  deaf,  and  altogether  begrimed  with 
smoke  before  the  action  was  over. 

“ A supposed  torpedo-boat  was  seen,  making  for  our  leader,  but  it  was  obliged 
to  turn  back  and  was  beached  and  abandoned.  No  torpedo-boat  in  the  world 
could  have  passed  that  shell-swept  interval  of  a mile  and  a half.  Our  squadron 
defiled  before  the  Spanish  line,  pouring  in  its  shower  of  death  with  terrible  effect 
from  the  port  battery;  and  turning,  it  continued  the  same  steady  shower  with  the 
starboard  guns.  Seven  separate  times  our  ships  performed  this  evolution  as  if  on 
parade,  and  the  Spaniards  met  our  fire  with  the  greatest  bravery.  They  had  fully 
a hundred  guns  playing  upon  us  from  their  vessels  and  batteries;  but  their  aim  was 
poor,  and  the  power  of  their  artillery  was  inferior  to  ours,  although  they  had  a 
number  of  five-inch  and  six-inch  breech-loading  rifles.  The  effect  was  soon 
apparent;  a large  lead-colored  cruiser  which  was  taken  to  be  the  Reina  Christijia 
presented  the  best  target,  and  suffered  terribly.  Her  ensign  was  shot  away,  but  it 
was  soon  rehoisted,  and  it  was  evident  that  she  was  on  fire,  as  we  could  see  the  fire- 
hose playing  aloft.  A Spanish  vessel  went  to  her  relief  and  appeared  to  be  taking 
men  from  her.  Two 
gunboats  particu- 
larly distin- 
guished them-  ! 
selves,  steam- 
i n g up  and 
down  behind 
the  point  and 
keeping  a 
steady  fire  up- 
on us.  These 
vessels  were  the 
Is  la  de  Cuba  and 

the  Isla  de  Luzon.  battle  of  Manila  bay. 

“At  7:40  A.  M.  firing  ceased  by  signal  from  the  commander-in-chief,  and  we 
withdrew  from  action,  the  men  going  to  breakfast.  They  had  stood  at  their  guns 
all  night.  The  commanding  officers  were  ordered  to  repair  on  board  the  flagship 
and  a council  was  held.  Affairs  looked  grave;  the  extent  of  damage  done  the 
enemy  was  not  fully  known;  and  the  hot  cannonade  had  expended  a great  quan- 
tity of  our  ammunition.  The  spirit  of  men  and  officers  was  most  admirable.  For 
two  hours  and  a half  they  had  served  the  guns  with  unflinching  zeal  and  bravery, 
and  cheered  at  every  telling  shot,  and  now  as  their  captains  passed  in  their  gigs, 
they  manned  the  rails  and  shout  after  shout  rent  the  air.  Sullenly  the  Spanish 
guns  joined  in  the  uproar. 

“No  time  was  lost,  and  again  our  squadron  stood  in  for  the  enemy  and  renewed 
the  contest  with  redoubled  animation.  The  Spanish  fire  was  slack.  One  of  their 
ships  suffered  an  explosion  and  was  wrapped  in  flames  and  smoke.  The  BaltP 
more' s fire  told  heavily  against  the  remaining  guns  of  the  Sangley  battery.  The 
Concord  received  orders  to  go  inside  the  Spanish  line  and  destroy  a large 


Canipaifrmng  in  the  Philippines. 


7 


steamer  that  was  in  shallow  water,  obstructed  by  fish  weirs,  an  ideal  place 
for  torpedoes  and  mines.  At  the  first  volley,  which  was  opened  at  long  range, 
ten  boats  loaded  with  men  were  seen  to  leave  the  steamer  and  land  upon  the  beach. 
Our  position  was  particularly  favorable  for  enfilading  two  Spanish  men-of-war 
behind  the  mole  at  the  arsenal,  and  this  was  improved  to  the  best  advantage  by 
all  the  division,  whose  work  was  most  excellent.  Every  shot  seemed  to  tell; 
stones  and  clouds  of  dust  flew  from  the  walls  of  houses,  and  the  shells  passed 
through  the  roofs,  bursting  beyond. 

“At  12:25  not  a Spanish  flag  was  seen  in  the  Canacao  Bay  except  from  the 
staff  of  the  sunken  cruiser  Don  Antonio  dc  Ulloa  submerged  behind  Sangley 
Point.  This  vessel  went  down  with  her  colors  flying  in  the  most  gallant  manner. 
The  Reina  Christina,  that  had  so  bravely  borne  the  brunt  of  battle,  was  a mass 
of  fire,  sinking  near  the  bastion  of  Cavite,  while  the  Castilla  was  burning  rapidly 
in  Canacao  Bay.  The  remainder  of  the  Spanish  fleet  had  sought  shelter  behind 
the  arsenal,  and  several  of  them  were  also  on  fire.  The  guns  of  the  batteries  at 
Sangley  Point  were  silent  and  a white  flag  appeared  on  the  shee  .'s  of  the  arsenal. 

Concord  continued  to  shell  the  steamer,  and  in 
order  to  hasten  operations,  boats  were  hoisted  out  and 
provided  with  combustibles  for  the  purpose  of  burn- 
ing; but  before  she  had  got  any  distance  it  was  seen 
that  our  shells  had  set  her  on  fire. 

“At  1:45  we  were  ordered  to  join  the  Petrel  at 
Cavite,  where  she  was  destroying  the  vessels  at  the 
arsenal.  As  we  neared  her,  she  signaled,  ‘ Have 
destroyed  eight  vessels,’  and  she  had  six  small  ves- 
sels, tugs  and  launches  in  tow  as  prizes.  When  we 
anchored,  white  flags  were  seen  flying  from  various 
points  on  shore  and  there  was  no  longer  any  resistance. 

The  battle  was  won,  and  all  the  vessels  of  the  Philippine 
fleet  had  been  destro3^ed. 

“ The  Boston  joined  us  at  five  o’clock,  and  we  guarded  the  approach  of  Canacao 
Bay  for  the  night,  while  the  remainder  of  the  squadron  anchored  near  the  city. 
The  sun  went  down  upon  a ‘ wide  and  woeful  sight ; ’ the  beautiful  cruisers 
Reina  Christina  and  Castilla  were  outlined  from  trucks  to  water  line  in  flames 
that  burst  out  in  great  columns  of  rose-colored  smoke  as  the  fire  reached  some  ex- 
plosive. The  Isla  de  Mindanao  was  a mass  of  fire  on  the  shores  of  Eas  Pinas, 
while  behind  the  arsenal  tongues  of  flames  shot  high  above  the  walls. 

“ All  night  the  calm  moon  looked  down  upon  this  scene  of  devastation,  silvering 
alike  the  cross  upon  the  quaint  old  church  of  Cavite,  the  grey  walls  of  the  fort 
and  the  shattered  hulks  in  the  bay.  Our  crew  remained  at  the  guns  all  night, 
and  early  in  the  morning  a launch  flying  a flag  of  truce  came  out.  In  it  were  an 
aide-de-camp  and  his  orderly,  and  they  were  taken  to  the  flagship.  Eater  in  the 
morning  the  General  commanding  at  Cavite  and  his  staff  passed  us  in  mournful 
procession.  They  had  been  to  the  flagship  to  surrender.  Our  men  stood  at  atten- 
tion as  they  neared,  and  saluted,  which  the  Spanish  officers  returned  with  punc- 
tiliousness. 


8 


Campaiguuig  in  the  Philippines. 


“ The  Spanish  force  at  Cavite  was  about  2000  men  belonging  to  the  navy,  with 
a good  many  soldiers  whose  numbers  we  cannot  ascertain.  Their  loss  was  esti- 
mated from  900  to  1200  killed  and  wounded.  The  arsenal  was  abandoned  in 

great  haste,  only  a few  taking 
time  to  get  away  their  personal 
effects,  and  large  quantities  of 
stores,  provisions  and  ammuni- 
tion fell  into  our  hands.  The 
REiNA  CHRISTINA.  churcli  aiid  hospitals  of  Cavite 

were  filled  to  overflowing  with  dead  and  wounded,  and  ten  Spanish  surgeons 
and  some  Sisters  of  Mercy  remained  to  take  care  of  them.  The  following  is 
a list  of  the  vessels  destroyed  or  captured  : Burned  and  sunk  in  action  : 
Rciiia  Clu'istifia,  flagship  of  Admiral  Montejo;  Castilla,  cruiser;  Don  Antonio 
de  Ulloa,  cruiser;  Isla  de  Mindanao,  mail  steamer  armed.  Scuttled  and  burned 
after  the  action;  Don  Jnan  de  Austria,  cruiser;  Isla  de  Cuba,  gunboat; 
Isla  de  Luzon,  gunboat;  Gen.  Lezo,  gunboat;  Marquis  del  Duero,  gunboat; 
Eleano,  gunboat;  Velasco,  gunboat;  Argos,  hydrographical  vessel.  Captured 
since  the  battle : Manila,  armed  transport ; Callao,  gunboat ; also  several  tugs 
and  launches.  All  the  batteries  in  the  bay  had  been  dismantled.  Our  casualties 
consisted  in  four  slightly  wounded,  on  board  the  Baltimore.  Some  shots  struck 
our  vessels,  but  without  doing  the  least  harm.” 

A SPANISH  VERSION  OF  THE  BATTEE  OF  MANILA  BAY. 

As  General  Otis  said  to  one  of  the  writers  of  this  book:  “All  histories  lie. 
One  man  sees  a battle  and  describes  it ; another  man  sees  it  and  describes  it. 
Their,  accounts  differ  entirely.”  Therefore,  it  may  be  interesting  to  know  how 
this  battle  seemed  to  the  beaten  foe.  For  this  reason  we  quote  from  the  Diario  de 
Manila  of  May  4,  1898,  the  following  description  of  the  great  sea-fight  as  seen 
by  a Spaniard.  The  translation  is  by  the  chief  officer  of  the  Olympia,  G.  P. 
Colvocoresses  : 

THE  NAVAL  COMBAT  AT  CAVITE. 

As  the  sun  rose  above  the  mists  and  clouds  that  overhung  our  shores  on  the  morning  of 
May  1st.,  the  inhabitants  of  Manila  saw  with  surprise  and  dismay  the  enemy’s  squadron  in 
well-ordered  line  of  battle  on  the  waters  of  the  bay.  Who  could  have  imagined  that  they 
would  have  had  the  rashness  to  stealthily  approach  onr 
shores,  provoking  our  defenders  to  an  unavailing  display 
of  skill  and  valor,  in  which,  alas  ! balls  could  not  be 
propelled  by  heart  throbs,  else  the  result  might  have 
been  different? 

The  sound  of  shots  from  our  batteries  and  those 
from  the  enemy’s  ships,  which  awakened  the  citizens 
of  Manila  at  five  o’clock  on  that  May  morning,  trans- 
formed the  character  of  our  u.sual  peaceful  and  happy 
surrounding.  Frightened  at  the  prospects  of  dangers 
that  seemed  greater  than  they  were,  women  and  children  place  of  execution,  cavite. 
in  carriages,  or  by  whatever  means  they  could,  sought  refuge  in  the  outskirts  of  the  city, 
while  all  the  men,  from  the  highest  to  the  lowest,  the  merchanband  the  mechanic,  the  soldier 
and  the  peasant,  the  dwellers  of  the  mainland  and  those  of  the  coast,  repaired  to  their  posts 
and  took  up  arms,  confident  that  never,  except  by  passing  over  their  dead  bodies,  should  the 


Cauipaignins:  in  ihc  Philippines. 


9 


soil  of  Manila  be  defiled  by  the  enemy,  notwithstanding  that  from  the  first  it  was  apparent 
that  their  armored  ships  and  powerful  guns  were  invulnerable  to  any  effort  at  our  command. 

The  walls  of  the  public  square,  the  towers  of  the  church,  the  upper  stories  of  houses  and 
every  place  that  commanded  a view  of  the  bay  was  thronged  by  citizens  whose  duties  as  regulars 
or  volunteers  did  not  assign  them  to  posts  within  the  city  or  on  the  decks  of  our  ships.  All 
were  eager  to  observe  the  least  detail  of  the  enemy’s  vessels,  which  in  perfect  line  of  battle 
advanced  toward  Cavite,  parallel  to  the  Manila  shore,  as  if  steaming  out  of  the  harbor.  vShots 
from  the  batteries  and  plaza  produced  no  impression  on  the  cruisers.  The  spectators  on  the 
shore,  with  and  without  glasses  continued  to  scan  the  advancing  enemy  ; they  may  have 
been  brave,  but  had  no  occasion  to  prove  it  since  the  range  of  their  guns  and  the  deficiencies 
of  our  artillery  enabled  them  to  do  us  all  the  harm  they  wished  with  impunity. 

Those  who  comprehended  the  undisturbed  movements  of  the  enemy,  seemingly  so  inoffen- 
sive, were  filled  with  rage  and  desperation,  realizing  that  there  was  no  remedy,  and  only  a 
choice  between  honorable  death  or  remaining  in  impassive  cowardice.  ^ 

A soldier  of  the  first  battalion  of  sharpshooters  who  saw  a squad- 
ron so  far  out  of  range  of  our  batteries,  said,  glancing  up  to 
heaven,  “ If  Holy  Mary  would  only  transform  that  water  into 
land  then  the  Yankees  would  see  how  we  could  fight;”  and 
a Malay  squatting  near  by  exclaimed,  “ Let  them  land 
and  we  will  crush  them  under  heel.”  Meanwhile  the 
enemy  proceeded  with  speed  and  safety  in  perfect 
formation  toward  Cavite  with  a decision  born  of 
security.  At  about  4:45  a.,  m.  absolute  silence  reigned. 

All  was  ready.  Ideas  of  death  and  danger  vanished 
at  approach  of  conflict,  and  the  battle  flags  waved 
proudly  from  the  masts  of  the  national  vessels. 

Majestically  (for  why  should  we  not  admit  it),  and 
in  perfect  order  of  battle  the  nine  Yankee  vessels 
bore  down  on  our  line.  The  Olympia  flying  the 
Admiral’s  flag  led  the  way  to  Cavite  at  full  speed  and 
behind  her  defiled  the  other  vessels.  As  the  enemy’s 
squadron  approached  Cavite  the  crew  of  the  mail 
steamer  I si  a de  Mindanao  heard  on  board  the  Spanish 
vessels  the  order  to  clear  ship  for  action,  and  the 
three  cheers  for  the  king,  for  the  queen  and  for 
Spain,  and  responded  with  frantic  enthusiasm. 

At  5:00  A.  M.  the  Olympia  opened  fire,  which 
was  instantly  replied  to  by  the  battery  mounted  on 
the  angle  of  the  works  of  the  ports,  and  pursued  her 
way  to  Cavite,  pointing  her  armored  prow  at  the 
Christina  and  the  Castilla,  and  opening  a murderous 
fire  upon  both  vessels.  This  was  followed  by  the 
broadsides  of  the  six  vessels  that  accompanied  her. 

The  Baltimore'' s fire  took  particular  effect  upon  our 
ships,  and  this  cannonade  continued  until  7:45  a.  m.  At  this  time  we  saw  the  Austria 
advance  against  her  enemies  with  the  intention  of  boarding  the  Olympia  and  if  a tremendous 
volley  had  not  checked  her  career  of  vengeance  perhaps  both  vessels  would  now  be  at  the 
bottom  of  the  bay. 

The  captain  of  the  Christina  seeing  that  the  efforts  of  his  consort  had  failed,  started  full 
speed  ahead  to  within  two  hundred  meters  of  the  Olympia,  intending  to  engage  her  at  close 
quarters.  A hail  of  grape-shot  swept  the  deck  and  shelters,  filling  the  ship  with  dead  and 
wounded.  Heroes  and  martyrs  that  the  motherland  will  never  forget  as  long  as  she  exists!  A 
thick  column  of  smoke  burst  out  of  the  forward  store-room  of  the  Christina  indicating  that 
an  incendiary  projectile,  of  the  kind  prohibited  by  divine  and  human  laws,  had  taken  effect  in 
the  cruiser.  Without  ceasing  her  fire  she  retired  toward  the  shore  and  was  scuttled.  The 


EFFECT  OF  SHEET,  CHURCH  AT  CA\  ITE. 


10 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


indignation  of  the  sailors  of  the  Christina  was  raised  to  the  highest  pitch  at  seeing  the 
Castilla  on  fire  from  the  same  incendiary  causes. 

Our  principal  vessels  were  now  out  of  the  combat,  and  as  several  of  the  Yankees  were  badly 
injured  by  our  vessels  and  batteries,  they  withdrew  toward  Mariveles,  ceased  firing,  and  occu- 
pied themselves  in  repairing  damages  until  ten  o’clock,  when  they  commenced  their  second 
attack,  which  was  to  complete  their  work  of  destruction.  In  the  second  combat  the  fire  of  the 
arsenal  was  silenced  and  the  cannonade  continued  upon  our  ships  that  were  burning  in  all 
directions.  A gunboat  that  seemed  to  have  no  more  daring  object  than  the  destruction  of  the 
Isla  de  Mindanao  detached  herself  from  the  enemy’s  squadrons  and  riddled  the  vessel  with 
balls. 

The  Spanish  vessels  that  had  not  succumbed  to  the  flames  or  the  shots  of  the  enemy  were 
run  aground,  as  they  could  not  be  disposed  of  in  any  other  way.  This  was  the  last  stroke.  We 
could  do  no  more.  The  combat  at  Cavite  was  ended  and  our  last  vessel  went  down  flying  her 
colors. 

It  is  impossible  to  picture  the  bloody  scene  presented  by  the  waters  of  Cavite  on  that  Sab- 
bath morning.  We  will  not  attempt  a description  that  would  be  weak  and  imperfect  and 
unworthy  of  the  heroic  deeds  that  should  be  perpetuated  in  the  pages  of  history.  To  mention 
those  who  distinguished  themselves  in  this  combat  would  be  to  transcribe  the  names  of  the 
crews  from  captain  to  cabin  boy.  For  them  our  words  of  praise,  for  them  our  congratulations, 
for  the  living  our  laurels,  for  the  dead  our  prayers,  for  all  our  deepest  gratitude. 

For  more  than  an  hour  and  a half  cannonading  had  continued,  keeping  in  suspense  the 
hopes  of  those  on  the  opposite  shore  of  the  bay,  who  with  their  hearts  took  part  in  this  unequal 
struggle,  in  which, 
as  ever,  the  Spanish 
sailors  went  down 
with  their  ships 
rather  than  strike 
their  colors.  Anx- 
iou.sly  we  asked, 

“ What  is  going  on 
at  Cavite?”  From 
Manila  we  could 
see  by  the  aid  of  . . 
glasses  the  two 
squadrons  almost  con- 
founded and  enveloped 
in  clouds  of  smoke.  Owing  to  the  inferiority  of  our  batteries  it  was  evident  that  the  enemy 
was  triumphant,  and,  secure  in  his  armored  strength,  he  was  a mere  machine  requiring  only 
motive  power  to  keep  in  action  his  destructive  agencies.  Only  the  cheers  of  our  intrepid 
boarders  and  the  glitter  of  their  cutlasses  could  have  checked  this  automatic  confidence,  but 
alas!  we  could  not  reach  them.  Who  can  describe  the  heroic  acts,  the  prowess,  the  deeds  of 
valor  performed  by  the  sailors  of  our  squadron  as  rage  animated  them  ? All  who  were  beneath 
the  folds  of  the  banner  of  Spain  did  their  duty  as  becomes  the  chosen  sons  of  the  fatherland. 
They  slacked  not  their  fire  nor  yielded  to  superior  force,  and  preferred  to  perish  with  their 
ships  rather  than  live  with  them  in  the  hands  of  the  enemy. 

DISPUTED  POINTS. 

Since  the  battle  of  Manila  Bay  or  Cavite,  as  it  is  sometimes  called,  several 
questions  have  been  disputed.  The  first  point  about  which  discussion  has  been 
raised  is  which  entrance  to  Manila  harbor  the  ships  entered.  Some  said  that  it 
was  by  way  of  the  Boca  Chica  or  “little  mouth,”  others  that  it  was  by  way  of 
the  Boca  Grande  or  “great  mouth.”  This  que.stion  is  .settled  by  the  description 
given  by  the  Lieutenant-Commander  of  the  Olympia  in  the  earlier  part  of  this 
chapter,  viz.,  that  it  was  by  way  of  the  Boca  Grande. 


THREE  OK  THE  SUNKEN  SPANISH  SHIPS. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


il 


The  second  point  at  issue  was  the  reason  for  the  withdrawal  of  the  American 
fleet  between  the  first  and  second  fight.  Some  maintained  that  it  was  for  the 
purpose  of  giving  the  men  their  breakfast.  Others  assert  that  it  was  in  order  to 
count  the  ammunition,  which,  it  was  feared,  was  running  short. 

To  settle  these  points  beyond  all  dispute  and  also  to  make  this  book  an  abso- 
lutely correct  history,  the  writer  of  this  chapter  visited  Admiral  Dewey  on  the 
Olympia  on  May  15,  1899.  The  Admiral  was  most  courteous  and  obliging  in 
the  matter,  and  put  at  our  disposal  the  best  sources  of  information.  He  said, 
“there  was  talk  of  a lack  of  ammunition.”  Referring  to  the  article  of  Mr.  Joseph 
T.  Stickney  in  Harper's  Moiithly  for  February,  1899,  Admiral  Dewey  .said  that 
the  account  therein  given  was  accurate  as  to  its  details  of  the  withdrawal  of  the 
fleet.  We  quote  Mr.  Stickney’s  language: 

It  has  always  been  assumed  in  the  United  States  that,  from  start  to  finish,  there  was  nothing 
felt  on  our  side  except  a buoyant  certainty  of  victory.  It  will  do  no  harm  now  to  tell  the 
real  facts. 

It  will  be  remembered  that  the  battle  began  at  six  minutes  past  five  o’clock  on  the  morning 
of  May  1st;  that  Commodore  (now  Rear-Admiral)  Dewey  led  the  line  of  American  war-ships  into 
action  in  his  flagship  Olympia  ; that  after  a fierce  fight,  lasting  two  hours  and  a half,  the 
attacking  fleet  retired  from  the  battle  into  the  center  of  Manila  Bay,  and  did  not  renew  the 
attack  until  nearly  four  hours  later. 

When  we  hauled  off  from  the  fighting  line,  at  7:36  o’clock,  the  situation  had  become  appar- 
ently serious  for  Commodore  Dewey.  We  had  been  fighting  a determined  and  courageous 
enemy  for  more  than  two  hours  without  having  noticeably  diminished  the  volume  of  his  fire. 
It  is  true,  at  least  three  of  his  ships  had  broken  into  flames,  but  so  had  one  of  ours — the 
Boston.  These  fires  had  all  been  put  out  without  apparent  injury  to  the  ships.  Generally 
speaking,  nothing  of  great  importance  had  occurred  to  show  that  we  had  seriously  injured  any 
Spanish  vessel.  They  were  all  steaming  about  in  the  bight  back  of  Sangley  Point,  or  in  Bakor 
Bay,  as  actively  as  when  we  first  sighted  them  in  the  early  dawn.  So  far,  therefore,  we  could 
see  nothing  indicating  that  the  enemy  was  less  able  to  defend  his  position  than  he  had  been  at 
the  beginning. 

On  the  other  hand,  our  condition  was  greatly  altered  for  the  worse.  There  remained  in  the 
magazines  of  the  Olympia  only  eighty-five  rounds  of  five-inch  ammunition,  and  though  the 
stock  of  eight-inch  charges  was  not  proportionately  depleted,  it  was  reduced  enough  to  make 
the  continuance  of  the  battle  for  another  two  hours  impossible.  When  it  is  remembered  that 
Commodore  Dewey  was  more  than  7000  miles  from  a home  port,  and  that  under  the  most 
favorable  conditions  a supply  of  ammunition  could  not  be  obtained  in  less  than  a month,  the 
outlook  was  far  from  being  satisfactory.  The  Commodore  knew  that  the  Spaniards  had  just 
received  an  ample  supply  of  ammu- 
nition in  the  transport  Mindanao, 
so  that  there  was  no  hope  of  ex- 
hausting their  fighting  power  by 
an  action  lasting  twice  as  long.  If 
we  should  run  short  of  powder  and 
shell,  we  might  become  the  hunted 
instead  of  the  hunters. 

I do  not  exaggerate  in  the  least 
when  I say  that,  as  we  hauled  off 
into  the  bay,  the  gloom  on  the 
bridge  of  the  Olympia  w^as  thicker  view  of  the  sunken  Spanish  ships  from  cavite. 

than  a Dondon  fog  in  November.  Neither  Commodore  Dewey  nor  any  of  the  staff  believed  that 
the  Spanish  ships  had  been  sufficiently  injured  by  our  fire  to  prevent  them  from  renewing  the 
battle  quite  as  furiously  as  they  had  previously  fought.  Indeed,  we  had  all  been  distinctly 


12 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


A Comparative  View  of  the  American  and  the  Spanish  Fep:ets  Engaged  at  Maniea. 

AMERICAN  FEEET. 


Name. 

Class. 

Armament. 

iMen  and 
Officers. 

Built  in 

Olvmpia 

Protected  Cruiser  

, Four  8-in.,  ten  5-in.,  24  R.  F. . . 

466 

1892 

Baltimore 

Protected  Cruiser 

i Four  8-in.,  six  6-in.,  10  R.  F. . . 

395 

1888 

Boston 

Par.  Protected  Cruiser 

Two  8-in.,  six  6-in.,  10  R.  F ... 

272 

1884 

Raleigh 

Protected  Cruiser 

One  6-in.,  ten  5-in.,  14  R.  F'  . . 

295 

1892 

Concord  

Gunboat 

Six  6-in.,  9 R.  F'  

1.50 

1891 

Petrel . . 

Gunboat  . . 

Four  6-in.,  7R.F 

100 

1888 

McCulloch  (not  in  action)  . . 

Revenue  Cutter 

Four  4-in 

130 

1888 

1,808 

* SPANISH 

FLEET. 

Reina  Christina 

Steel  Crui.ser 

Six  6.2-in.,  two  2.7-in.,  13  R.  F. 

352 

1887 

Castilla  

Don  Antonio  de  Elloa 
Don  Juan  de  Austria  . 

Isla  de  Luzon 

Isla  de  Cuba  

Velasco 

Marques  del  Duero 

General  Lezo 

Argos  


Wooden  Cruiser 

Iron  Cruiser 

Iron  Cruiser 

Steel  Protected  Cruiser 
Steel  Protected  Cruiser 

Iron  Cruiser 

Gunboat 

Gunboat 

Gunboat 


i Four  5.9,  two  4.7,  two  3.4 
i two  2.9,  12  R.  F 
Four  4.7,  5 R.  F 
Four  4.7,  two  2.7,  21 

vSix4.7,  8 R.  F 

Six  4.7,  8 R.  F 

Three  6-in.,  two  2.7,  2 R.  F 
One  6.2,  two  4.7, 1 R.  F 
One  3.5,  1 R.  F 


Two  torpedo  boats  and  two  transports,  practically  not  in  action. 


1881 

1875 

1887 

1887 

1887 

1881 

1875 

1885 


'^El  Correo  is  mentioned  in  Admiral  Dewey’s  list  of  May  4,  but  is  omitted  in  that  given  in  his  despatch  oi 
July  9. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


13 


disappointed  in  the  results  of  our  fire.  Our  projectiles  seemed  to  go  too  high  or  too  low — 
just  as  had  been  the  case  with  those  fired  at  us  by  the  Spaniards.  Several  times  the  Commodore 
had  expressed  dissatisfaction  with  the  failure  of  our  gunners  to  hit  the  enemy.  We  had  begun 
the  firing  at  too  great  a distance,  but  we  had  gradually  worked  in  further  on  each  of  the 
turns,  until  we  were  within  about  2500  yards  at  the  close  of  the  fifth  round.  At  that  distance, 
in  a smooth  sea,  we  ought  to  have  made  a large  percentage  of  hits;  yet,  so  far  as  we  could 
judge,  we  had  not  sensibly  crippled  the  foe.  Consequently  Commodore  Dewey  hauled  out 
into  the  open  bay  at  the  end  of  the  fifth  round  to  take  stock  of  ammunition  and  devise  a new 
plan  of  attack. 

As  I went  aft  the  men  asked  me  what  we  were  hauling  off  for.  They  were  in  a distinctly 
different  humor  from  that  which  prevailed  ou  the  bridge.  They  believed  that  they  had  done 
well,  and  that  the  other  ships  had  done  likewise.  The  Olympia  cheered  the  Baltimore  and 
the  Baltimore  returned  the  cheers  with  interest.  The  gun-captains  were  not  at  all  dissatisfied 
with  the  results  of  their  work.  Whether  they  had  a better  knowledge  of  the  accuracy  of  their 
aim  than  we  had  on  the  bridge,  or  whether  they  took  it  for  granted  that  the  enemy  must  have 
suffered  severely  after  so  much  fighting,  I do  not  know,  but,  at  any  rate,  they  were  eager  to  go 
on  with  the  battle,  and  were  confident  of  victory.  I told  one  of  them  that  we  were  merely 
hauling  off  for  breakfast,  which  statement  elicited  the  appeal  to  Captain  Lamberton,  as  he  came 


past  a moment  later, 
captain,  don’t  let  us 
with  breakfast!” 
Commodore  that  I 
ute  our  withdrawal 
breakfast,  he  inti- 
not  a matter  of  much 
reason  I gave,  so 
give  the  true  one. 
episode  went  to  the 
excuse  for  what 
traordinary  strategic 
which  has  been  the 
nient  than  almost 
during  the  battle, 
said  to  me  that  it 
spoil  so  good  a stoiy^ 
but,  as  the  Comiiio- 
let  the  cat  out  of  the 
as  well  let  her  have 
Of  course  we 
about  the  effect  of 


‘‘For  God’s  sake, 
stop  now.  To  hell 
W hen  I told  the 
intended  to  attrib- 
to  the  need  for 
mated  that  it  was 
importance  w h a t 
long  as  I did  not 
And  so  the  breakfast 
world  as  a plausible 
seemed  like  an  ex- 
m a n o e u V e r — one 
.subject  of  more  com- 
an y other  event 
IMany  people  have 
would  be  a pity  to 
by  telling  the  truth; 
dore  will  be  sure  to 
bag  .some  day,  I may 
her  freedom  now. 


W.^LLS  OK  FORT  s.^x  ANTONIO.  learned  the  truth 

our  fire  when  we  .saw,  .soon  afterward,  the  flames  rising  from  the 
Reina  Christina  and  the  Castilla,  and  heard  the  explosion  of  their  ammunition,  and 
the  former’s  magazine.  We  could  not  understand  why  the  Castilla  did  not  blow  up. 
vShe  burned  fiercely,  and  was  in  a bright  glow  even  as  late  as  IMoiida}*  night,  having 
been  on  fire  since  Sunday  forenoon.  It  is  probable  that  her  magazine  had  lieen  flooded 
before  the  vSpaniards  abandoned  her,  .so  that  no  explo.sion  accompanied  her  destruction. 


Although  built  partly  of  wood,  the  Castilla  was  aLso  to  a great  extent  a steel  vessel;  and 
when  we  boarded  her,  after  the  flames  had  left  nothing  but  her  bare  bones,  her  sponsons  and 
gun  platforms  were  found  to  be  .so  littered  with  pieces  of  our  shells  that  it  was  impo.ssible  to 
walk  there  without  displacing  some  of  them.  Nothing  gave  a better  idea  of  the  .storm  of  pro- 
jectiles that  must  have  .struck  this  .ship  than  these  heaps  of  rusty  fragments. 


THK  GERMAN  FLKKT  IN  MANILA  BAY 
There  is  .still  another  matter  that  has  interested  the  American  public  very 
greatly — the  actions  of  the  German  fleet  in  Manila  Bay.  Personally  after  grave 
investigation  the  writer  thinks  that  the  Germans  have  at  no  time  had  .serious 


14 


Caiiipaigiiijig  in  the  Piiilippincs. 


thoughts  of  opposing  the  American  control  of  the  Philippine  Islands,  or  of  caus- 
ing any  friction  between  the  United  States  and  Germany.  The  German  com- 
mander was  undoubtedly  using  what  in  other  countries  is  called  diplomacy,  but  in 

our  country  is 

- ....  ; ■ ■ ■ "Ay 

•:  • ■ . % called  “bluff.” 

If  the  bluff  had 
worked  the 
officer  would 
have  been  pro- 
moted; it  failed 
and  he  was 
recalled. 


VIEW  OF  THE  BAY  FROM  CAVITE. 


About  the 

relations  of  the  German  fleet  and  ours  Mr.  Stickney  in  the  article  already 
quoted,  says  : 

And  speaking  of  the  Germans,  it  may  be  well  to  point  out  that,  while  they  made  themselves 
as  offensive  as  they  dared,  and  while  the}'  acted  in  a very  disagreeable  way  from  the  first.  Com- 
modore Dewey  refrained  from  taking  any  notice  of  their  discourtesy  until  he  should  be  able  to 
do  so  in  such  a manner  as  to  admit  of  no  reply. 

It  would  require  too  much  space  to  repeat  all  the  annoyances  to  which  the  Germans  lent 
themselves  during  the  early  part  of  their  stay  in  Manila  waters.  Their  ships  came  into  and 
went  from  the  harbor  at  all  hours  of  the  day  and  night.  When  a steamer  made  her  appearance 
to  seaward,  a German  vessel  would  run  out  to  examine  her  with  great  promptitude.  After  one 
such  instance,  which  occurred  at  a time  when  Vice-Admiral  Von  Diederich’s  flag-lieutenant 
was  on  board  the  Olympia  Admiral  Dewey  said  to  the  German  officer:  “ One  might  almost 
think  your  ships  were  blockading  Manila,  and  not  mine.”  The  lieutenant  chuckled  com- 
placently, as  though  he  thought  it  was  a compliment  to  the  activity  of  his  commander-in- 
chief,  but  he  was  wholly  unable  to  comprehend  that,  when  Dewey  became  so  sweetly  suave,  it 
was  a good  time  to  look  out  for  squalls. 

One  night  one  of  the  German  steam-launches  came  steaming  toward  our  fleet  at  full  speed. 
She  was  picked  up  by  the  search-lights  of  our  squadron  fully  a mile  away,  and  was  kept  in  the 
focus  of  their  rays  until  she  came  alongside.  Our  officers  almost  universally  believed  that  the 
object  of  her  unnecessary  and  untimely  visit  was  to  discover  whether  it  would  be  possible  for  a 
Spanish  torpedo-boat  to  get  within  range  of  our  vessels  without  being  discovered  by  us. 

Then  the  Princess  Wilhelmina,  lying  off  Subig  Bay,  notified  the  insurgents  that  she  would 
not  permit  them  to  attack  the  Spanish  troops  at  that  point.  At  another  time  one  of  the  Ger- 
man ships  tried  to  sneak  into  the  anchorage  off  the  city  of  Manila  at  night,  all  her  lights  being 
extinguished,  and  her  course  being  an  unusual  one.  She  was  detected,  and  promptly  “ brought 
to  ” by  a shell  across  her  bows  from  the  United  States  cruiser  that  was  on  picket  duty  that 
night.  Our  courteous  and  courtly  Commodore  made  no  sign.  He  was  waiting  until  he  could 
put  an  end  to  the  whole  annoyance  with  one  crushing  blow.  At  last  the  opportunity  came. 
He  learned,  on  unquestionable  authority,  that  one  of  the  German  vessels  had  landed  provisions 
in  Manila,  thereby  violating  neutrality.  I was  not  present  when  he  sent  his  message  to 
Admiral  von  Diederich,  and  therefore  I do  not  speak  from  personal  knowledge  concerning  it; 
but  I learned  the  facts  from  a perfectly  authentic  source,  as  follows:  “ Orderly,  tell  Mr. 
Brumby  I would  like  to  see  him,”  said  Admiral  Dewey,  one  forenoon.  “ Oh,  Brumby,”  he 
continued,  when  the  flag-lieutenant  made  his  appearance  on  the  quarter-deck,  ” I wish  you  to 
take  the  barge  and  go  over  to  the  German  flagship.  Give  Admiral  von  Diederich  my. compli- 
ments, and  say  that  I wish  to  call  his  attention  to  the  fact  that  the  vessels  of  his  squadron  have 
shown  an  extraordinary  disregard  of  the  usual  courtesies  of  naval  intercourse,  and  that  finally 
one  of  them  has  committed  a gross  breach  of  neutrality  in  landing  provisions  in  Manila,  a port 
which  I am  blockading.” 


Canipaigniui!;  in  the  Philippines. 


15 


The  Conimodore’s  voice  had  been  as  low  and  sweetly  modulated  as  if  he  had  been  sending 
von  Diederich  an  invitation  to  dinner.  When  he  stopped  speaking,  Brumby,  who  did  not  need 
any  better  indication  of  the  Commodore’s  mood  than  the  usually  formal  and  gentle  manner  of 
his  chief,  turned  to  go,  making  the  usual  official  salute,  and  replying  with  the  customary,  “ Ay, 
ay,  sir.” 

” And,  Brumby,”  continued  the  Commodore,  his  voice  rising  and  ringing  with  the  intensity 
of  feeling  that  he  felt  he  had  repressed  about  long  enough,  ” tell  Admiral  von  Diederich  that 
if  he  wants  a fight,  he  can  have  it  right  now  ! ” 

Brumby  went  with  his  message,  and  the  Commodore  paced  the  quarter-deck  in  silence  for  a 
considerable  time,  evidently  working  off  some  of  the  high  pressure  that  had  brought  forth  his 
emphatic  message  to  the  German  Admiral.  The  latter  sent  back  the  extraordinary  reply  that 
he  had  not  known  anything  about  these  actions  of  his  captains,  and  that  they  would  not  be 
repeated.  When  one  considers  the  rigidity  of  discipline  that  is  supposed  to  exist  in  the  Ger- 
man navy,  the  character  of  Admiral  von  Diederich 's  a])ology  is  all  the  more  incomprehensible. 

But  whatever  may  have  been  the  new  methods  adopted  by  Admiral  von  Diederich  to  pre- 
vent his  captains  from  violating  neutrality  and  showing  bad  manners,  they  were  entirely  effica- 
cious. There  was  never  the  least  further  need  to  refer  to  the  possibility  of  giving  Commodore 
Dewey  the  job  of  disciplining  them. 

IMPRESSIONS  OF  ADMIRAD  GEORGE  DEWEY. 

On  a beautiful  May  morning,  a year  after  the  events  recorded  in  this  chap- 
ter, I went  down  the  harbor  of  Manila  to  visit  the  grand  old  man  of  the  fleet, 
and  to  authenticate  this  part  of  our  history.  I found  him  an  agreeable,  chivalrous, 
courteous  gentleman  endeared  to  his  countrymen  by  simplicity  and  honor. 
After  giving  me  the  information  that  I needed,  and  the  confirmation  of  the  data 
on  which  this  chapter  is  based,  the  Admiral  sat  down  on  the  quarter-deck 
and,  looking  away  towards  Cavite  and  the  sunken  ships  of  Spain,  began  to  think 
about  his  home-going  to  America.  He  deeply  appreciated  the  warmth  and  unani- 
mity of  the  love  his  country  bears  him.  But  he  said  he  was  afraid  of  the  great 
strain  so  many  receptions  would  be  upon  his  health. 

The  Admiral,  though  over  sixty,  still  looks  hale  and  stout,  every  inch  a man, 
every  wit  a “gentleman  unafraid.”  He  thought  that  now,  after  his  many  voyages 
and  battles,  he  would  like  to  go  up  and 
rest  among  the  green  hills  of  Vermont. 

He  wanted,  he  said,  to  settle  down  in 
Montpelier,  his  old  New  England  home. 

“If  the  folks  up  in  Montpelier  will 
give  me  a reception  in  the  town  hall, 
that  will  be  enough,”  said  this  world- 
loved man.  One  could  see  that,  after 
his  long  and  honorable  career,  and  after 
his  superb  successes,  the  old  man  longed 
for  the  spot  of  earth  where  he  had  been 
a boy.  He  looked  at  the  far,  fair  moun- 
tains of  Mariveles,  and  the  green  crown  of  Corregidor,  but  not  to  him 
like  the  wind-swept  hillsides  of  dewy  New  England  were  these  Southern 
scenes. 

I spent  the  whole  forenoon  on  board  the  Olympia.,  the  officers  and  men  showing 
me  the  wonders  of  their  trig  little  crui.ser.  And  one  said  this  was  where  the 


16 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


Admiral  stood  during  the  great  fight ; and  one  said  that  was  a dent  made  in  the  ship 
by  a cannon  ball.  The  Lieutenant-Commander  was  busy  writing  a history  of  the 
battle.  He  told  me  that  Dewey  and  he  were  schoolmates  together  in  the  Academy 
of  Norwich,  Vermont.  He  was  going  to  have  a sketch  of  the  Admiral  and  him- 
self made  ready  for  the  little  school  paper.  It  was  a very  grave  matter,  this  coun- 
try school,  and  the  bulletin  of  it  which  was  dignified  by  the  name  of  a paper.  He 
must  have  the  best  matter  and  the  finest  pictures  for  it,  he  said — that  was  the  old 
place  where  he  and  the  Admiral  were  schoolboys  together. 

This  mood  of  Admiral  Dewey  and  his  chief  officer  gave  me  matter  to  ponder 
over.  They  did  not  think  of  the  grand  acclaims  and  the  wonderful  applause  of 
the  free,  proud  nation  they  had  honored.  But  “ How  will  the  folk  of  Montpelier 
receive  me?”  and  “Can  I write  an  article  worthy  of  the  Norwich  country 
school  ? ’ ’ Men  who  would  be  welcomed  as  writers  by  the  best  magazines  and 
gladly  honored  by  the  Czar,  asking  themselves  these  questions  ! It  is  only  one 
more  example  of  the  old  truth  of  how  strong  a grasp  on  men  have  the  associations 
of  a pure  home  life.  It  is  this  love  of  home,  deep-rooted  and  enduring,  this  fond- 
ness for  the  earliest  part  of  life,  which  followed  these  men  through  life  and  crossed 
the  chasm  of  years  and  wars  and  stormy  seas — this  shall  save  the  Republic  when 
the  battleships  are  futile  and  the  cannon  dumb. 


CHAPTER  II. 


EVENTS  LEADING  TO  THE  WAR  WITH  SPAIN. 


T is,  of  course,  well  known  that  neither  the  Philippine  Islands 
nor  the  conditions  therein  were  in  any  degree  a consideration 
which  led  to  our  war  with  Spain.  It  is  even  true  that  after 
the  naval  battle  at  Manila,  the  people  stood  with  finger-tips 
upon  the  little  spots  in  the  map  of  the  Pacific  and  questioned 
one  another  as  to  where  and  what  might  be  “ Manila”  Bay. 
It  is  proper,  however,  to  complete  this  record  of  achievement  by 
a brief  account  of  the  civil  and  military  affairs  antedating  the 
action  in  Manila  Bay. 

In  palliation  of  Spanish  inhumanity  to  her  colonial  subjects,  it  may  be  said  that 
her  internal  dissensions  have  been  such  that  the  government  was  powerless  as 
against  the  will  of  certain  classes  of  its  subjects.  A brief  reference  to  the  late 
successions  to  the  Spanish  crown  may  throw  some  light  on  this  matter. 

Ferdinand  VII  died  in  1833,  and  his  daughter,  Isabella,  was  proclaimed 
Queen,  with  her  mother,  Maria  Christiana  of  Naples,  as  Regent.  Then  Don 
Carlos,  Ferdinand’s  brother,  asserted  that  the  choice  of  Isabella  violated  the  Salic 
Law,  which  forbids  the  inheritance  of  women,  and  that  he  should  have  been 
preferred. 

This  pretension  had  much  support  in  the  north  of  Spain,  and  this  was  the 
origin  of  the  ” Carlist  ” party,  which  has  been  a constant  menace  to  the  govern- 
ment when  not  in  open  rebellion  against  it.  The  character  of  Isabella  II,  who 
was  declared  of  age  in  1843,  added  new  elements  of  perplexity.  A successful 
revolution  drove  her  from  the  throne  and,  in  1870,  (the  ten  years’  war  in  Cuba 
being  then  in  progress)  Amadeus  of  Aosta,  the  second  son  of  Victor  Emanuel  of 
Italy,  was  invited  to  govern  as  a constitutional  king.  Within  three  years  he 
resigned  the  office.  A provisional  government  was  then  created,  with  Castilla  at 
its  head,  after  which,  for  a brief  time,  a committee  of  officers  undertook  the 
administration.  In  1874  Isabella’s  son,  Alphonse  XII,  accepted  the  crown.  He 
died  in  1885,  and  his  widow,  Christiana  of  Austria,  was  made  Regent.  Their  son 
was  born  May  17,  1886,  and  he  is  now  known  as  the  ” Little  King.” 

THE  CUBAN  ATROCITIES. 

However,  whatever  might  have  been  the  origin  or  cause  of  Spanish  misrule, 
the  knowledge  that  Spain  was  helpless  in  the  hands  of  its  subjects  only  helped  to 
goad  into  a frenzy  the  apprehension  and  alarm  of  her  colonists  in  regard  to  the 


2b 


18 


Lainpaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


intolerable  barbarities  practiced  upon  them.  This  was  especially  the  case  in 
Cuba,  where  the  oppression  was  so  grievous  and  so  long  continued  that  not  only 
the  Cubans  were  crying  out  against  it,  but  the  civilization  of  the  world  was  aghast 
at  the  spectacle. 

We  of  the  TJnited  States  were  so  placed  that  the  appeals  of  these  sufferers  came 
to  us  with  great  force.  Our  own  material  interests  had  long  paid  tribute  to  the 
shrine  of  this  intolerance,  and  to  our  private  and  public  remonstrances  the  Span- 
ish government  paid  no  heed.  Our  benefactions  to  relieve  the  distresses  had  been 
treated  with  disdain  by  Spain,  and  our  contributions  largely  diverted  into  Spanish 
hands.  So  universal  and  pronounced  had  public  sentiment  in  this  country 
become,  that  all  the  great  political  parties  declared  against  further  endurance  of 
the  evil,  and  the  platform  upon  which  President  McKinley  was  nominated  and 
elected,  insisted  that  some  solution  must  be  made  in  the  interests  of  humanity. 
For  the  purpose  of  verifying  the  rumors  and  reports,  many  private  commis- 
sions visited  Cuba,  and  all  returned  with  the  statement  that  the  enormities  there 
had  only  in  part  been  told.  Senator  Proctor  of  Vermont,  who  was  Secretary  of 
War  in  Harrison’s  administration,  was  one  of  those  who  visited  the  island.  On 
his  return,  at  the  earnest  request  of  the  Senate,  in  his  place  in  the  Senate  Cham- 
ber, he  made  this  remarkable  statement: 


SENATOR  PROCTOR’S  REPORT. 


“Outside  of  Havana  all  is  changed.  It  is  not  peace,  nor  is  it  war.  It  is 
desolation  and  distress,  misery  and  starvation.  Every  town  and  village  is 
surrounded  by  a trocha  (trench),  a sort  of  rifle  pit,  but  constructed  on  a plan 
new  to  me:  the  dirt  being  thrown  up  on  the  inside,  and  a barbed  wire  fence  on 
the  outer  side  of  this  trench. 

“These  trochas  have  at  every  corner,  and  at  frequent  intervals  along  the 
sides,  what  are  called  forts,  but  which  are  really  small  block-houses,  many  of 
them  more  like  a large  sentry-box,  loopholed  for  musketry  and  with  a guard  of 
from  two  to  ten  soldiers  in  each.  The  purpose  of  these  trochas  is  to  keep  the 

reconcentrados  in  as 
well  as  to  keep  the 
insurgents  out.  From 
all  the  surrounding 
country  the  people 
have  been  driven  into 
these  fortified  towns 
and  held  there  to  sub- 
sist as  they  can.  They 
are  virtually  prison  yards,  and  not  unlike  one 
TIDAL  WAVE  IN  MANILA.  in  general  appearance,  except  that  the  walls  are 
not  so  high  and  strong,  but  they  are  sufficient,  where  every  point  is  in  range 
of  a soldier’s  rifle,  to  keep  in  the  poor  reconcentrado  women  and  children.  Every 
railroad  station  is  within  one  of  these  trochas,  and  has  an  armed  guard.  Every 
train  has  an  armored  freight-car,  loopholed  for  musketry,  and  filled  with  soldiers, 


Cauipaiirmuir  in  the  Philippines. 


19 


and  with,  as  I observed  and  was  informed  was  always  the  case,  a pilot  engine  a 
mile  or  so  in  advance.  There  are  frequent  block-houses  inclosed  by  a trocha, 
and  with  a guard  along  the  railroad  track.  With  this  exception  there  is  no 
human  life  or  habitation  between  these  fortified  towns  and  villages  and  throughout 
the  whole  of  the  four  western  provinces,  except  to  a very  , p ' / - ^ ^ b 


limited  extent  among  the  hills,  where  the  Spaniards  have 
not  been  able  to  go  and  drive  the  people  to  the  towns 
and  burn  their  dwellings.  I saw  no  ^ 
house  or  hut  in  the  four  hundred 
miles  of  railroad  rides  from  Pinar  del 
Rio  province  in  the  west,  across  the 
full  width  of  Havana  and  Matanzas 
provinces,  and  to  Sagua  la  Grande 
on  the  north  shore,  and  to  Cienfuegos 
on  the  south  shore  of  Santa  Clara, 
except  within  the  Spanish  trochas. 

There  are  no  domestic  animals  or 
crops  on  the  rich  fields  and  pastures, 
except  such  as  are  under  guard  in  the 
immediate  vicinity  of  the  towns.  In  other 
hold  in  these  four  western  provinces  just  what 
man,  woman,  and  child,  and  every  domestic 


■»'S 


words,  the  Spaniards 
their  army  sits  on.  Every 
wherever  their  columns 


animal, 

have  reached,  is  under  guard  within  their  so-called  fortifications.  To  describe 
one  place  is  to  describe  all.  To  repeat,  it  is  neither  peace  nor  war.  It 
is  concentration  and  desolation.  This  is  the  ‘ pacified  ’ condition  of  the  four 
western  provinces. 

“All  the  country  people  in  the  four  western  provinces,  about  400,000  in 
number,  remaining  outside  the  fortified  towns  where  Weyler’s  order  was  made, 
were  driven  into  these  towns,  and  these  are  the  reconcentrados.  They  were  the 
peasantry  (many  of  them  farmers)  some  land  owners,  others  renting  lands  and 
owning  more  or  less  stock,  others  working  on  estates  and  cultivating  small 
patches — and  even  a small  patch  in  that  fruitful  clime  will  support  a family.  It 
is  but  fair  to  say  that  the  normal  condition  of  these  people  was  very  different 
from  what  prevails  in  this  country.  Their  standard  of  comfort  and  prosperity 
was  not  high,  measured  by  our  own.  But  according  to  their  standards  and 
requirements  their  conditions  of  life  were  satisfactory.  They  live  mostly  in 
cabins  made  of  palm,  or  wooden  houses.  Some  of  them  had  houses  of  stone,  the 
blackened  walls  of  which  are  all  that  remain  to  show  that  the  country  was  ever 
inhabited.  The  first  clause  of  Weyler’s  order  reads  as  follows; 

“ ‘I  order  and  command:  First,  all  the  inhabitants  of  a country  (district) 
outside  of  the  line  of  fortifications  of  the  towns  shall,  within  the  period  of  eight 
days,  concentrate  themselves  in  the  towns  occupied  by  the  troops.  Any  individual 
who,  after  the  expiration  of  this  period,  is  found  in  the  uninhabited  parts  will  be 
considered  a rebel  and  tried  as  such.’ 

“ The  other  three  sections  forbid  the  transportation  of  provisions  from  one 
town  to  another  without  the  permission  of  the  military  authority;  direct  the 


20 


Campaignino^  hi  the  Philippines. 


wear,  but  little  clothing  except  such  stray  substitutes  as  they  can  extemporize, 
and  with  large  families  or  with  more  than  can  be  accomodated  in  this  little 
space,  the  commonest  sanitary  provisions  are  impossible.  Conditions  are  unmen- 
tionable in  this  respect.  Torn  from  their  homes,  with  foul  earth,  foul  air,  foul 
water  and  foul  food,  or  none,  what  wonder  that  one-half  have  died,  and  that 
one-quarter  of  the  living  are  so  diseased  that  they  cannot  be  saved  ? A form  of  drops)^ 
is  a common  disorder  resulting  from  these  conditions.  Tittle  children  are  still  walk- 
ing about  with  arms  and  chests  terribly  emaciated,  eyes  swollen,  and  abdomen 
bloated  to  three  times  the  natural  size.  The  physicians  say  these  cases  are  hopeless. 

“Deaths  in  the  street  have  not  been  uncommon.  I was  told  by  one  of  our 
consuls  that  many  have  been  found  dead  about  the  markets  in  the  morning,  where 


owners  of  cattle  to  bring  them  into  the  towns;  prescribe  that  eight  days  shall  be 
counted  from  the  publication  of  the  proclamation  in  the  head  town  of  the 
municipal  districts,  and  state  that  if  news  is  furnished  of  the  enemy  which  can  be 
made  use  of  it  will  ser^^e  as  ‘ a recommendation.’ 

“ Many  doubtless  did  not  learn  of  this  order.  Others  failed  to  grasp  its 
terrible  meaning.  It  was  left  largely  to  the  guerrillas  to  drive  in  all  who  did  not 
obey,  and  I was  informed  that  in  many  cases  a torch  was  applied  to  their  homes 
with  no  notice,  and  the  inmates  fled  with  such  clothing  as  they  might  have  on, 
their  stock  and  other  belongings  being  appropriated  by  the  guerrillas.  When  they 
reached  the  town  they  were  allowed  to  build  huts  of  palm  leaves  in  the  suburbs 
and  vacant  places  within  the  trochas,  and  left  to  live  if  they  could.  Their  huts  are 
about  ten  by  fifteen  feet  in  size,  and  for  want  of  space  are  usually  crowded  together 
very  closely.  They  have  no  floor  but  the  ground,  no  furniture,  and  after  a year’s 


STREET  SCENES  IN  MANILA. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


21 


they  had  crawled,  hoping  to  get  some  stray  bits  of  food  from  the  early  hucksters, 
and  that  there  had  been  cases  where  they  had  dropped  dead  inside  the  market, 
surrounded  by  food.  These  people  were  independent  and  self-supporting  before 
Weyler’s  order.  They  are  not  beggars  even  now.  There  are  plenty  of  profes- 
sional beggars  in  every  town  among  the  regular  residents,  but  these  country 
people,  the  reconcentrados,  have  not  learned  the  art.  Rarely  is  a hand  held  out 
to  you  for  alms  when  going  among  their  huts,  but  the  sight  of  them  makes  an 
appeal  stronger  than  words. 

“Of  these  I need  not  speak.  Others  have  described  their  conditions  far 
better  than  I can.  It  is  not  within  the  narrow  limits  of  my  vocabulary  to  portray 
it.  I went  to  Cuba  with  a strong  conviction  that  the  picture  had  been  over- 
drawn; that  a few  cases  of  starvation  and  suffering  had  inspired  and  stimulated 
the  press  correspondents  and  they  had  given  free  play  to  a strong  natural,  and 
highly  cultivated  imagination.  Before  starting  I received  through  the  mail  a 
leaflet  published  by  the  Christian  Herald.,  with  the  cuts  of  some  of  the  sick  and 
starving  reconcentrados,  and^^<-r*“  took  it  with  me,  thinking  these 

would  be  rare  specimens  gotten  up  to  make  the  worst 

possible  showing.  I saw  t)ad  and  worse  ; 

many  that  should  not llj A be  photographed  and 

shown.  I could  not  believe  that  out  of  a pop- 
ulation of  1,600,000,  200,000  had  died  with- 
in these  Spanish  forts,  KMbS;  ' \ ' practically  prison  walls, 

within  a few  months  dr  past,  from  actual  star- 
vation and  i s e a s e caused  by  insufficient 

and  improper  food.  My  inquiries  were  entirely 

outside  of  sensational  sources.  They  were 

made  of  our  medical  officers,  of  our  consuls , of 

city  alcaldes,  (mayors),  of  relief  committees,  of  leading  mer- 

chants and  bankers,  physicians  native  dog.  and  lawyers.  Several  of  my 
informants  were  Spanish  born,  but  every  time  the  answer  was  that  the  case 
had  not  been  overstated.  What  I saw  I cannot  tell  so  that  others  can  see  it.  It 

must  be  seen  with  one’s  own  eyes  to  be  realized.  The  Tos  Palos  Hospital  in 

Havana  has  been  recently  described  by  one  of  my  colleagues.  Senator  Gallinger, 
and  I cannot  say  that  his  picture  was  overdrawn,  for  even  his  fertile  pen  could 
not  do  that.  He  visited  it  after  Dr.  Lesser,  one  of  Miss  Barton’s  very  able  and 
efficient  assistants  (in  the  Red  Cross  work),  had  renovated  it  and  put  in  cots.  I 
saw  it  when  four  hundred  women  and  children  were  lying  on  the  stone  floors  in 
an  indescribable  state  of  emaciation  and  disease,  many  with  the  scantiest  covering 
of  rags — and  such  rags!  Sick  children  as  naked  as  they  came  into  the  world. 
And  the  conditions  in  the  other  cities  are  even  worse.’’  In  the  United  States  this 
conservative,  candid  statement  of  Senator  Proctor  put  feeling  to  a pitch,  and 
there  was  loud  clamor  against  Congress  and  the  Executive  for  its  unfeeling  delay. 


THE  DESTRUCTION  OF  THE  “MAINE.” 

At  this  time  there  was  an  occurrence  which  set  the  country  aflame.  On 
the  night  of  February  15,  1898,  while  peacefully  at  anchor  in  the  harbor 


Campaignifig  in  the  Philippines. 


o? 


of  Havana,  the  United  States  battle-ship  Marne  was  sunk  by  an  explosion 
and  two  officers  and  264  of  her  crew  killed  or  drowned.  Prior  to  this,  the 
Spanish  government  had  protested  against  our  sending  cruisers  with  supplies 
to  the  reconcentrados,  and  there  was  much  talk  of  the  designs  of  the  Spanish 

fleet  upon  our  Atlantic  Coast.  The 
attitude  and  feeling  in  Spanish  circles 
was  such  that  this  destruction  pf  the 
Maine  was  at  once  charged  to  the 
perfidy  and  cruelty  of  the  Spanish 
government.  At  once  the  President 
created  a commission  to  consider  and 
report  upon  the  cause  of  the  destruc- 
tion of  the  Maine,  but  in  the  minds  of 
the  public  there  was  an  ample  casus 
belli,  and  it  would  hardly  brook  the 
A FAMILIAR  STREET  SCENE.  delay  iiecessary  for  a report.  The  con- 

servatism of  Congress  kept  it  well  in  check,  but  the  importunities  of  constituents 
drove  it  to  preparatory  action.  On  March  8,  1898,  the  House,  by  unanimous 
vote,  passed  a bill  appropriating  $50,000,000  for  national  defense.  By  unanimous 
vote,  and  without  debate,  the  bill  passed  the  Senate  on  the  same  day,  and  was 
immediately  signed  by  the  President.  On  the  16th  of  March,  a protest  by  the 
Spanish  government  against  our  measures  of  defense  and  our  fleet  in  Key 
West  was  received.  On  March  28th  the  President  sent  to  Congress  the  report 
of  the  Court  of  Inquiry  on  the  Marne  disaster.  The  following  is  its  full  text: 


REPORT  OF  THE  COURT  OF  INQUIRY. 

J “ United  States  Steamship  Iowa. 
j First  Rate. 

“ Key  West,  Florida,  Monday,  March  21,  1898. 

“After  full  and  mature  consideration  of  all  the  testimony  before  it  the  court 
finds  as  follows: 

“ 1.  That  the  United  States  battle-ship  Maine  arrived  in  the  harbor  of 
Havana,  Cuba,  on  the  25th  day  of  January,  1898,  and  was  taken  to  buoy  No.  4, 
in  from  five  and  one-half  to  six  fathoms  of  water,  by  the  regular  government  pilot. 
The  United  States  Consul-General  at  Havana  had  notified  the  authorities  at  that 
place  the  previous  evening  of  the  intended  arrival  of  the  MaUie. 

“ 2.  The  state  of  discipline  on  board  the  Maine  was  excellent,  and  all  orders 
and  regulations  in  regard  to  the  care  and  safety  of  the  ship  were  strictly  carried 
out.  All  ammunition  was  stowed  in  accordance  with  prescribed  instructions,  and 
proper  care  was  taken  whenever  ammunition  was  handled.  Nothing  was  stowed 
in  any  one  of  the  magazines  or  shell-rooms  which  was  not  permitted  to  be  stowed 
there.  The  magazines  and  shell-rooms  were  always  locked  after  having  been 
opened,  and  after  the  destruction  of  the  Maine  the  keys  were  found  in  their  proper 
place  in  the  Captain’s  cabin,  everything  having  been  reported  secure  that  evening 
at  8 p.  M. 


« Campaignin^r  in  the  Philippines. 


T 


“The  temperature  of  the  magazines  and  shell-rooms  was  taken  daily  and 
reported.  The  only  magazine  which  had  an  undue  amount  of  heat  was  the  after 
ten-inch  magazine,  and  that  did  not  explode  at  the  time  the  Maine  was  destroyed. 
The  dry  gun-cotton  primers  and  detonators  were  stowed  in  the  cabin  aft,  and 
remote  from  the  scene  of  the  explosion.  Waste  was  carefully  looked  after  on  the 
Maine  to  obviate  danger.  Special  order  in  regard  to  this  had  been  given  by  the 
commanding  officer.  Varnishers,  dryers,  alcohol  and  other  combustibles  of  this 
nature  were  stowed  on  or  above  the  main  deck,  and  could  not  have  had  anything 
to  do  with  the  destruction  of  the  Maine. 

“ The  medical  stores  were  stowed  aft  under  the  ward-room,  and  remote  from 
the  scene  of  the  explosion.  No  dangerous  stores  of  any  kind  were  stowed  below  in 
,any  of  the  other  store  rooms. 

“ The  coal  bunkers  were 
inspected  daily.  Of  those 
bunkers  adjacent  to  the  for- 
ward magazines  and  shell- 
rooms,  four  were  empty, 
namely:  ‘B3,  B4,  B5,  B 6.’ 

‘A  15’  had  been  in  use  that 
day,  and  ‘ A 16’  was  full  of 
New  River  coal.  This  coal 
had  been  carefully  inspected 
before  receiving  it  on  board. 

The  bunker  in  which  it  was 
stowed  was  accessible  on 
three  sides  at  all  times,  and 
the  fourth  side  at  this  time 
on  account  of  bunkers  ‘ B 4 ’ 
and  ‘ B 6 ’ being  empty. 

This  bunker,  ‘ A 16,’  had 
been  inspected  that  day  by 
the  engineer  officer  on  duty. 

The  fire-alarms  in  the  bunk- 
ers were  in  working  order, 
and  there  had  never  been 
a case  of  spontaneous  com- 
bustion of  coal  on  board  the 
Maine.  The  two  after 
boilers  of  the  ship  were  in  use  at  the  time  of  the  disaster,  but  for  auxiliary  pur- 
poses only,  with  a comparatively  low  pressure  of  steam,  and  being  tended  by  a re- 
liable watch.  These  boilers  could  not  have  caused  the  explosion  of  the  ship.  The 
four  forward  boilers  have  since  been  found  by  the  divers,  and  are  in  a fair  condition. 

“ On  the  night  of  the  destruction  of  the  Maine  everything  had  been  reported 
secure  for  the  night  at  8 p.  m.  by  reliable  persons,  through  the  proper  authorities, 
to  the  commanding  officer.  At  the  time  the  Maine  was  destroyed  the  ship  was  quiet, 
and  therefore  least  liable  to  accident  caused  by  movements  from  those  on  board. 


SCENE  ON  THE  RIO  GRANDE. 


24 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


“ 3.  The  destruction  of  the  Maine  occurred  at  forty  minutes  past  nine  in  the 
evening  of  the  15th  day  of  February,  eighteen  hundred  and  ninety-eight,  in  the 
harbor  of  Havana,  Cuba,  she  being  at  the  time  moored  to  the  same  buoy  to  which 
she  had  been  taken  upon  her  arrival.  There  were  two  explosions  of  a distinctly 
different  character,  with  a very  short,  but  distinct  interval  between  them,  and 
the  forward  part  of  the  ship  was  lifted  to  a marked  degree  at  the  time  of  the  first 
explosion.  The  first  explosion  was  more  in  the  nature  of  a report,  like  that  of  a 
gun;  while  the  second  explosion  was  more  open,  prolonged,  and  of  greater  vol- 
ume. This  second  explosion  was,  in  the  opinion  of  the  court,  caused  by  the 
partial  explosion  of  two  or  more  of  the  forward  magazines  of  the  Maine. 

“ The  evidence  bearing  upon  this,  being  principally  obtained  from  divers,  did 
not  enable  the  court  to  form  a definite  conclusion  as  to  the  condition  of  the  wreck, 
although  it  was  established  that  the  after  part  of  the  ship  was  practically  intact, 
and  sank  in  that  condition  a very  few  minutes  after  the  destruction  of  the  forward 
part.  The  following  facts  in  regard  to  the  forward  part  of  the  ship  are,  however, 
established  by  the  testimony. 


SPANISH  SOLDIERS  AT  PRAYER. 


“ 4.  That  portion  of  the  port  side  of  the  protective  deck  which  extends  from 
about  frame  30  to  frame  41  was  blown  up  aft  and  over  to  port.  The  main  deck  from 
about  frame  30  to  frame  41  was  blown  up  aft  and  slightly  over  the  starboard, 
folding  the  forward  part  of  the  middle  superstructure  over  and  on  top  of  the  after 
part.  This  was,  in  the  opinion  of  the  court,  caused  by  the  partial  explosion  of 
two  or  more  of  the  forward  magazines  of  the  Maine. 

“ 5.  At  frame  17,  the  outer  shell  of  the  ship,  from  a point  eleven  and  one- 
half  feet  from  the  middle  line  of  the  ship,  and  six  feet  above  the  keel  when  in  its 
normal  position,  has  been  forced  up  so  as  to  be  now  about  four  feet  above  the  sur- 
face of  the  water;  therefore,  about  thirty-four  feet  above  where  it  would  be,  had 
the  ship  sunk  uninjured.  The  outside  bottom-plating  is  bent  into  a reversed 
V-shape,  the  aft  wing  of  which,  about  fifteen  feet  broad  and  thirty  feet  in  length 
(from  frame  17  to  frame  25)  is  doubled  back  upon  itself  against  the  continuation 
of  the  same  plating  extending  forward. 

“ At  frame  18  the  vertical  keel  is  broken  in  two,  and  the  flat  keel  bent  into  an 
angle  similar  to  the  angle  formed  by  the  outside  bottom-plating.  This  break  is 
now  about  six  feet  above  its  normal  position. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


25 


“ In  the  opinion  of  the  court  this  effect  could  have  been  produced  only  by  the 
explosion  of  a mine  situated  under  the  bottom  of  the  ship  at  about  frame  18,  and 
somewhat  on  the  port  side  of  the  ship. 

“ 6.  The  court  finds  that  the  loss  of  the  Maine,  on  the  occasion  named,  was 
not  in  any  respect  due  to  fault  or  negligence  on  the  part  of  any  of  the  officers  or 
members  of  the  crew  of  said  vessel. 

“7.  In  the  opinion  of  the  court  the  Maine  was  destroyed  by  the  explosion  of 
a submarine  mine,  which  caused  the  partial  explosion  of  two  or  more  of  her  for- 
ward magazines. 

“8.  The  court  has  been  unable  to  obtain  evidence  fixing  the  responsibility 
for  the  destruction  of  the  Maine  upon  any  person  or  persons. 

“W.  T.  Sampson,  Captain  U.  S.  N.,  President. 

“A.  Marix,  Tieutenant-Commander  U.  S.  N.,  Judge- Advocate. 

“The  court,  having  finished  the  inquiry  it  was  ordered  to  make,  adjourned  at 
11  A.  M to  await  the  action  of  the  convening  authority. 

“ W.  T.  Sampson,  Captain  U.  S.  N.,  President. 

“ A.  Marix,  Tieutenant-Commander  U.  S.  N.,  Judge-Advocate.” 

“ U.  S.  Flagship  York,  off  Key  West,  Fla.,  March  22,  1898. 

“ The  proceedings  and  findings  of  the  Court  of  Inquiry  in  the  above  case  are 
approved. 

“ M.  SiCARD,  Rear  Admiral, 
Commander-in-Chief  of  the  United  States  Naval  Force 
on  the  North  Atlantic  Station.” 

THE  PRESIDENT’S  MESSAGE. 

Accompanying  this  report  was  the  following  explanatory  message  of  the 
President: 

“ For  some  time  prior  to  the  visit  of  the  Mahie  to  Havana  harbor  our  Consu- 
lar representatives  pointed  out  the  advantages  to  flow  from  the  visit  of  national 
ships  to  Cuban  waters,  in  accustoming  the  people  to  the  presence  of  our  flag  as 
the  symbol  of  good  will,  and  of  our  ships  in  the  fulfillment  of  the  mission  of  pro- 
tection to  American  interests,  even  though  no  immediate  need  therefor  might 
exist. 

“ Accordingly  on  the  24th  of  January  last,  after  a conference  with  the  Spanish 
Minister,  in  which  the  renewal  of  visits  of  our  war  vessels  to  Spanish  waters  was 
discussed  and  accepted,  the  peninsular  authorities  at  Madrid  and  Havana  were 
advised  of  the  purpose  of  this  government  to  resume  friendly  naval  visits  to  Cuban 
ports,  and  that,  in  that  view,  the  Mahie  would  forthwith  call  at  the  port  of 
Havana.  This  announcement  was  received  by  the  Spanish  government  with 
appreciation  of  the  friendly  character  of  the  visit  of  the  Maine,  and  with  notifica- 
tion of  an  intention  to  return  the  courtesy  by  sending  Spanish  ships  to  the  princi- 
pal ports  of  the  United  States.  Meanwhile  the  Maine  entered  the  port  of  Havana 
on  the  25th  of  January,  her  arrival  being  marked  with  no  special  incident  besides 
the  exchange  of  customary  salutes  and  ceremonial  visits. 


Cainpaignin^^  in  the  Philippines. 


^'8 


“ The  Maine  continued  in  the  harbor  of  Havana  during  the  three  weeks  fol- 
lowing her  arrival.  No  appreciable  excitement  attended  her  stay;  on  the  con- 
trary, a feeling  of  relief  and  confidence  followed  the  resumption  of  the  long- 
interrupted  friendly  intercourse.  So  noticeable  was  this  immediate  effect  of  her 
visit  that  the  Consul-General  strongly  urged  that  the  presence  of  our  ships  in 
Cuban  waters  should  be  kept  up  by  retaining  the  Maine  at  Havana,  or  in  the 
event  of  her  recall,  by  sending  another  vessel  there  to  take  her  place. 

“ At  forty  minutes  past  nine  on  the  evening  of  the  15th  of  February,  the  Maine 
was  destroyed  by  an  explosion,  by  which  the  entire  forward  part  of  the  ship  was 
utterly  wrecked.  In  this  catastrophe  two  officers  and  two  hundred  and  sixty-four 
of  her  crew  perished;  those  who  were  not  killed  outright  by  her  explosion  being 
penned  between  decks  by  the  tangle  of  wreckage  and  drowned  by  the  immediate 
sinking  of  the  hull.  Prompt  assistance  was  rendered  by  the  neighboring  vessels 
anchored  in  the  harbor,  aid  being  especially  given  by  the  boats  of  the  Spanish 
crniser,  Alphonse  Xn,  and  the  Ward  Tine  steamer,  City  of  JVashi'n^ion,  which 
lay  not  far  distant.  The  wounded  were  generously  cared  for  by  the  authorities  of 
Havana,  the  hospitals  being  freely  opened  to  them,  while  the  earliest  recovered 
bodies  of  the  dead  were  interred  by  the  municipality  in  a public  cemetery  in  the 
city.  Tributes  of  grief  and  sympathy  were  offered  from  all  official  headquarters 
of  the  island. 

“ The  appalling  calamity  fell  upon  the  people  of  our  country  with  crushing 
force,  and  for  a brief  time  an  intense  excitement  prevailed,  which,  in  a community 
less  just  and  self-controlled  than  ours,  might  have  led  to  hasty  acts  of  blind  resent- 
ment. This  spirit,  however,  soon  gave  way  to  the  calm  processes  of  reason,  and 
to  the  resolve  to  investigate  the  facts  and  await  material  proof  before  forming  a 
judgment  as  to  the  cause,  the  responsibility,  and,  if  the  facts  warranted,  the 
remedy  due.  This  course  necessarily  recommended  itself  from  the  outset  to  the 
Executive,  for  only  in  the  yXX  ^ light  of  a dispassionately  ascertained 
ceitainty  could  it  de-  termine  the  nature  and  measure  of 

its  full  duty  in  the  matter.  The  usual 
procedure  was  followed,  as  in  all  cases  of 
casualty  or  disaster  to  national  vessels 
of  any  maritime  state.  A naval  court 
of  inquiry  was  at  once  organized,  com- 
posed of  officers  well  qualified  by  rank 
and  practical  experience  to  discharge 
the  onerous  duty  imposed  upon  them. 
Aided  by  a strong  force  of  wreckers 
and  divers,  the  court  proceeded  to  make 
a thorough  investigation  on  the  spot, 
employing  every  available  means  for  the  impartial  and  exact 
determination  of  the  causes  of  the  explosion.  Its  operations 
have  been  conducted  with  the  utmost  deliberation  and  judgment,  and,  while 
independently  pursued,  no  source  of  information  was  neglected,  and  the  fullest 
opportunity  was  allowed  for  a simultaneous  investigation  by  the  Spanish 
authorities. 


Canipaigjiijis;  in  the  Philippines. 


27 


“ The  finding  of  the  Court  of  Inquiry  was  reached,  after  twenty-three  days  of 
continuous  labor,  on  the  21st  of  March  instant,  and,  having  been  approved 
on  the  22d  by  the  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  United  States  naval  force  of 
the  North  Atlantic  Station,  was  transmitted  to  the  Executive.  ^ ^ 

“It  is  herewith  laid  before  the  Congress,  together  with  the 
voluminous  testimony  taken  be- 
fore the  court.  Its  purport 
is,  in  brief,  as  follows : 

‘ ‘ When  the  Maine  arrived  at 
Havana  she  was  conducted  by 
the  regular  government  pilot  to 
buoy  No.  4,  to  which  she  was 
moored  in  from  five  and  one-half 
to  six  fathoms  of  water.  The 
state  of  discipline  on  board 
and  the  condition  of  her  yy/ 
magazines,  boilers,  coal- 
bunkers  and  storage  com- 
partments are  passed  in 
review,  with  the  conclusion 
no  indication  of  any  cause  for  an  internal  explosion  existed  in  any  quarter. 

“At  eight  o’clock  in  the  evening  of  February  15th  everything  had  been 
reported  secure,  and  all  was  quiet.  At  forty  minutes  past  nine  o’clock  the  vessel 
was  suddenly  destroyed.  There  were  two  distinct  explosions,  with  a brief  interval 
between  them.  The  first  lifted  the  forward  part  of  the  ship  very  perceptibly;  the 
second,  which  was  more  open,  prolonged,-  and  of  greater  volume,  is  attributed  by 
the  court  to  the  partial  explosion  of  two  or  more  of  the  forward  magazines. 

‘ ‘ The  evidence  of  the  divers  establishes  that  the  after  part  of  the  ship  was 
practically  intact  and  sank  in  that  condition  a very  few  minutes  after  the 
explosion.  The  forward  part  was  completely  destroyed. 

“ Upon  the  evidence  of  a concurrent  external  cause  the  finding  of  the  court  is 
as  follows: 

“ (As  in  paragraphs  5,  6,  7 and  8 of  the  Report.) 

“ I have  directed  that  the  finding  of  the  Court  of  Inquiry,  and  the  views  of 
the  government  thereon,  be  communicated  to  the  government  of  Her  Majesty,  the 
Queen  Regent,  and  I do  not  permit  myself  to  doubt  that  the  sense  of  justice  of  the 
Spanish  nation  will  dictate  a course  of  action  suggested  by  honor  and  the  friendly 
relations  of  the  two  governments.  It  will  be  the  duty  of  the  Executive  to  advise 
the  Congress  of  the  result,  and  in  the  meantime  deliberate  consideration  is 
invoked.  William  McKinley. 

“Executive  Mansion,  March  28,  1898.’’ 

FURTHER  OFFICIAL  ACTS. 

In  both  branches  of  Congress  the  next  day  bills  were  introduced  on  Cuban 
affairs,  and  on  April  1st,  Congress  passed  a naval  appropriation  bill.  In  the 
days  following  there  was  a tempered  discussion  in  Congress  on  Cuban  affairs. 


NATIVES  SAWING  WOOD. 


that  excellent  order  prevailed,  and  that 


28 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


On  April  7tli,  a note  was  received  from  the  representatives  of  foreign  powers, 
expressing  a hope  “that  further  negotiations  will  lead  to  an  agreement  which, 
while  securing  the  maintenance  of  peace,  will  afford  all  necessary  guarantees  for 

the  establishment  of  order  in  Cuba.”  This  was  signed 
by  the  representatives  of  Germany,  Austria, 
Hungary,  France,  Great 
Britain,  Italy  and  Russia. 
President  McKinley’s  reply 
was  diplomatic  and  concilia- 
tory but  not  in  harmony 
with  the  voice  of  the  people. 

On  March  27th,  Presi- 
dent McKinley  had  sub- 
mitted to  the  Spanish  gov- 
ernment propositions  look- 
STREET  SCENE  IN  SAN  FERNANDO.  ing  to  an  armistico  between 

Spain  and  the  Cuban  insurgents  until  October,  with  a view  of  coming  to  an 
adjustment  of  Cuban  affairs.  Soon  thereafter  General  Blanco  issued  this 
proclamation : 


“ His  Majesty’s  Government,  yielding  to  the  reiterated  wish  expressed  by  His 
Holiness,  the  Pope,  has  been  pleased  to  decree  a suspension  of  hostilities,  with  the 
object  of  preparing  and  facilitating  the  restoration  of  peace  on  this  island,  in  virtue 
whereof  I believe  it  convenient  to  order: 

“ Article  1.  From  the  day  following  the  receipt  in  each  locality  of  the  present 
proclamation  hostilities  are  ordered  to  be  suspended  in  all  the  territory  of  the 
Island  of  Cuba. 

“The  details  for  the  execution  of  the  above  article  will  be  the  subject  of 
special  instructions  that  will  be  communicated  to  the  several  commanders-in-chief 
of  the  army  corps  for  easy  and  prompt  execution  according  to  the  situation  and 
circumstances  of  the  case.  Blanco.” 


An  ineffective  revocation  of  Weyler’s  reconcentrado  orders  had  been  issued 
and  Spain  appropriated  J600,000  for  Cuban  relief.  However,  all  came  to  naught. 
The  conditions  mentioned  in  the  Blanco  proclamation  were  such  that  the  insur- 
gents could  not  comply — one  being  that  they  must  surrender  their  arms.  The 
appropriation  failed  of  its  ostensible  intent,  one  of  the  conditions  being  that  no 
one  who  was  a relative  of  an  insurgent  in  arms  could  have  the  benefit,  and 
this  would  include  nearly  the  whole  Cuban  population. 

In  a message  to  Congress,  during  this  time.  President  McKinley  used  this 
significant  language:  “ I need  not  speak  of  forcible  annexation,  for  that  cannot 
be  thought  of.  That,  by  our  code  of  morality,  would  be  criminal  aggression.” 

On  the  11th  day  of  April,  President  McKinley  submitted  his  message  to  Congress, 
which  put  an  end  to  controversy,  and  brought  Congress  to  immediate  and  definite 
action.  Its  great  length  precludes  a recapitulation  of  the  whole.  It  dwelt  upon  the 
policies  of  his  predecessors  in  regard  to  the  vital  questions  involved ; told  of  the 
Spanish  aggressions  in  Cuba,  and  the  great  menace  to  our  material  interests, 


CampatgJiing  in  the  Philippines. 


29 


while  this  government  had  practiced  the  utmost  prudence  at  enormous  expense, 
having  in  view  international  relations,  to  protect  Spanish  interests  in  spite  of 
their  career  of  intrigue  and  destruction,  and  concludes : 

“In  the  name  of  humanity,  in  the  name  of  civilization,  in  behalf  of  endangered 
American  interests,  which  give  us  the  right  and  the  duty  to  speak  and  to  act,  the 
war  in  Cuba  must  stop.’’ 

“ In  view  of  these  facts  and  these  considerations,  I ask  Congress  to  authorize 
and  empower  the  President  to  take  measures  to  secure  a full  and  final  termination 
of  hostilities  between  the  government  of  Spain  and  the  people  of  Cuba,  and  to 
secure  in  the  island  the  establishment  of  a stable  government  capable  of  maintain- 
ing order  and  observing  its  international  obligations,  insuring  peace  and  tran- 
quillity, and  the  security  of  its  citizens  as  well  as  our  own  ; and  to  use  the  military 
and  naval  forces  of  the  United  States  as  may  be  necessary  for  these  purposes. 

‘ ‘ And  in  the  interest  of  humanity  and  to  aid  in  preserving  the  lives  of  the 
starving  people  of  the  island,  I recommend  that  the  distribution  of  food  and  sup- 
plies be  continued,  and  that  an  appropriation  be  made  out  of  the  public  treasury  to 
supplement  the  charity  of  our  citizens. 

“The  issue  is  now  with  Congress.  It  is  a solemn  responsibility.  I have 
exhausted  every  effort  to  relieve  the  intolerable  condition  of  affairs  which  is  at  our 
doors.  Prepared  to  execute  every  obligation  imposed  upon  me  by  the  constitution 
and  the  law,  I await  your  action.” 


CONGRESS  RECOGNIZES  THE  INDEPENDENCE  OF  CUBA. 


In  this  there  was  no  mincing  of  words.  It  had  the  true  ring.  It  was  a cen- 
ter shot,  and  hit  a vital  part.  At  once  Congress  made  its  response  and  it  likewise 
came  in  no  uncertain  terms.  On  the  13th  of  April,  the  House  of  Representatives 
passed  a resolution  directing  the  President  to  intervene  in  Cuban  affairs  at  once, 
and  authorized  him  to  use  the  land  and  naval  forces  of  the  United  States  in  his 
effort  to  stop  the  war.  The  Senate  passed  a substitute  for  the  House  resolution. 
Not  that  all  did  not  concur  in 
its  spirit,  but  it  was  thought 
to  be  too  loose  in  its  wording. 

The  Senate  substitute  was 
adopted  by  the  House,  and 
the  measure  as  finally  passed 
is  the  following; 

“Joint  resolution  for  the 
recognition  of  the  independence 
of  the  people  of  Cuba,  demand- 
ing that  the  government  of 
Spain  relinquish  its  authority 

and  government  in  the  island  a filipino  hut. 

of  Cuba,  and  withdraw  its  land  and  naval  forces  from  Cuba  and  Cuban  waters, 
and  directing  the  President  of  the  United  States  to  use  the  land  and  naval  forces 
of  the  United  States  to  carry  these  resolutions  into  effect. 


CampaiiTuing  in  the  Philippines. 


P/0 

‘ Whereas  the  abhorrent  conditions  which  have  existed  for  more  than  three 
3’ears  in  the  island  of  Cuba,  so  near  our  own  borders,  have  shocked  the  moral 
sense  of  the  people  of  the  United  States,  and  have  been  a disgrace  to  Christian 

civilization,  culminat- 
ing, as  they  have,  in 
the  destruction  of  a 
United  States  battle- 
ship, with  266  of  its 
officers  and  crew, 
while  on  a friendly 
visit  in  the  harbor  of 
Havana,  and  cannot 
be  longer  endured,  as 
had  been  set  forth  by 
the  President  of  the 
United  States  in  his 
message  to  Congress  of  April  11,  1898,  upon  which  the  action  of  Congress 
was  invited;  therefore,  be  it  resolved  : 

“First — That  the  people  of  the  island  of  Cuba  are,  and  of  right  ought  to  be, 
free  and  independent. 

“Second — That  it  is  the  duty  of  the  United  States  to  demand,  and  the  govern- 
ment of  the  United  States  does  demand,  that  the  government  of  Spain  at  once 
relinquish  its  authority  and  government  in  the  island  of  Cuba,  and  withdraw  its 
land  and  naval  forces  from  Cuba  and  Cuban  waters. 

“ Third — That  the  President  of  the  United  States  be,  and  he  hereby  is,  directed 
and  empowered  to  use  the  entire  land  and  naval  forces  of  the  United  States,  and 
to  call  into  the  actual  service  of  the  United  States  the  militia  of  the  several  states 
to  such  an  extent  as  may  be  necessary  to  carry  these  resolutions  into  effect. 

“ Fourth — That  the  United  States  hereby  disclaims  any  disposition  or  inten- 
tion to  exercise  sovereignty,  jurisdiction,  or  control  over  said  island,  except  for 
the  pacification  thereof,  and  asserts  its  determination  when  that  is  accomplished  to 
leave  the  government  and  control  of  the  island  to  its  people.” 

WAR  DECLARED  BETWEEN  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  SPAIN. 

On  April  20th  the  United  States  government  presented  its  ultimatum  to  Spain 
to,  before  noon  on  April  23rd,  relinquish  authority  and  government  in  the  island 
of  Cuba  and  withdraw  both  land  and  naval  forces  from  Cuba  and  Cuban  waters. 
Spain  protested  and  refused  compliance,  and  at  once  our  North  Atlantic  squadron 
was  ordered  to  Cuban  waters  to  blockade  Havana  and  other  port  cities. 

At  noon  on  April  23rd  the  President  issued  his  proclamation  calling  for  125,000 
men  for  service  in  the  military  and  naval  forces  of  the  government  in  the  war  with 
Spain.  It  is  as  follows: 

“ Whereas,  by  a joint  resolution  of  Congress,  approved  on  the  20th  day  of 
April,  1898,  entitled  ‘Joint  resolution  for  the  recognition  of  the  independence  of 
the  people  of  Cuba,  demanding  that  the  government  of  Spain  relinquish  its 


SPANISH  FORT  AT  CAVITE. 


Campaigmu}];  in  the  Philippines. 


31 


authority  and  government  in  the  island  of  Cuba,  and  withdraw  its  land  and  naval 
forces  from  Cuba  and  Cuban  waters,  and  directing  the  President  of  the  United 
States  to  use  the  land  and  naval  forces  of  the  United  States  to  carry  this 
resolution  into  effect,’  and, 

“Whereas,  by  an  Act  of  Congress  entitled  ‘An  Act  to  provide  for  tempora- 
rily increasing  the  military  establishment  of  the  United  States  in  time  of  war  and 
for  other  purposes,’  approved  April  22,  1898,  the  President  is  authorized,  in 
order  to  raise  a volunteer  army,  to  issue  this  proclamation  calling  for  volunteers 
to  serve  in  the  army  of  the  United  States. 

“ Now  therefore,  I,  William  McKinley,  President  of  the  United  States,  by  virtue 
of  the  power  vested  in  me  by  the  constitution  and  the  laws,  and  deeming  sufficient 
occasion  to  exist,  have  thought  it  fit  to  call  forth,  and  hereby  do  call  forth,  vol- 
unteers to  the  aggregate  number  of  125,000,  in  order  to  carry  into  effect  the  pur- 
pose of  the  said  resolution  ; the  same  to  be  apportioned,  as  far  as  practicable, 
among  the  several  states  and  territories  and  the  District  of  Columbia,  according 
to  population,  and  to  serve  for  two  years,  unless  sooner  discharged.  The  details 
for  this  object  will  be  immediately  communicated  to  the  proper  authorities  through 
the  War  Department. 

“ In  witness  whereof,  I have  hereunto  set  my  hand  and  caused  the  seal  of  the 
United  States  to  be  affixed. 

“ Done  at  the  City  of  Washington  this  twenty-third  day  of  April,  A.  D.  1898, 
and  of  the  independence  of  the  United  States  the  one  hundred  and  twenty-second. 
“By  the  President : William  McKinley. 

“John  Sherman,  Secretary  of  State.’’ 

Upon  the  issuance  of  this  proclamation.  Chairman  Dingley,  of  the  Ways  and 
Means  Committee,  introduced  in  the  House  a War  Revenue  Bill.  At  the  instance 
of  the  President,  Congress,  on  the  25th  day  of  April,  made  the  following  formal 
declaration  of  war  : 

“ A bill  declaring  that  war 
the  Kingdom  of  Spain.  Be  it 
enacted,  etc. 

“1.  That  war  be,  and  the 
same  is  hereby  declared  to 
exist,  and  that  war  has  existed 
since  the  21st  day  of  April, 

1898,  including  said  day,  be- 
tween the  United  States  of 
^ America  and  the  Kingdom  of 
I Spain. 

I “2.  That  the  President  of 
I the  United  States  be,  and  he 
hereby  is,  directed  and  em- 
powered to  use  the  entire  land  and  naval  forces  of  the  United  States,  and  to 
call  into  active  service  of  the  United  States  the  militia  of  the  several  states  to  such 
extent  as  may  be  necessary  to  carry  this  act  into  effect.” 


exists  between  the  United  States  of  America  and 


A FILIPINO  EQUIPAGE. 


* n 


Campaigiiuig  in  the  Philippmes. 


On  the  same  day  a bill  passed  the  Senate  increasing  the  regular  army.  Pur- 
suant to  the  call  for  troops,  the  enlistment  of  men  exceeded  all  expectations,  and 
tenders  were  made  by  the  governors  of  many  states  largely  in  excess  of  their 
quotas.  By  the  16th  of  May,  70,000  volunteers  had  been  mustered  in,  and  by  the 
18th,  92,580,  and  the  following  States  had  completed  their  quotas:  California, 
Georgia,  Idaho,  Indiana,  Kansas,  Maine,  Maryland,  Minnesota,  Massachusetts, 
New  Hampshire,  Ohio,  Oregon,  Pennsylvania,  Vermont,  Washington,  West 
Virginia,  Wisconsin,  Wyoming  and  District  of  Columbia. 

On  May  25th  the  President  issued  his  proclamation,  calling  for  75,000  more 
volunteers,  making  a total  force  of  regulars  and  volunteers  of  278,500  men.  A 
statement  from  the  Treasury  Department  of  June  2d  showed  that  for  April  the 
expenditure  for  a navy  was  $12,557,000,  and  for  the  army,  $6,223,000.  For  May 
it  was,  navy,  $9,093,000,  and  the  army,  $17,093,000.  Congress  passed  a deficiency 
bill,  appropriating  $17,845,000  for  war  expenditures,  and  on  June  10th,  the  War 
Revenue  bill  and  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  asked  for  subscriptions  to  the 
$200,000,000  three  per  cent  bonds. 


CHAPTER  III. 


AFTER  THE  BATTLE  OF  MANILA  BAY. 


FTHR  the  destruction  of  the  Spanish  fleet  the  holding  of  Manila 
Bay  was  a military  necessity.  The  American  fleet  was  7000 
miles  from  an  American  port,  and  among  all  the  hundreds  of 
Asiatic  ports  which  would  have  been  available  in  time  of  peace 
there  was  not  one  which  was  open  to  an  American  war-vessel 
except  for  temporary  refuge  from  stress  of  weather,  and  once 
only  for  each  ship  for  such  repairs  and  coal  supply  as  might 
enable  her  to  reach  the  nearest  home  port.  It  was  therefore  a 
military  necessity  to  hold  the  bay  and  the  naval  docks  and  shops 
which  had  been  wrested  from  the  Spaniards.  To  this  extent  Admiral  Dewey’s 
duty  was  clear.  What  should  be  done  with  the  city  of  Manila  was  a different, 
and  far  more  difficult  problem.  That  it  was  within  his  power,  by  bombardment, 
to  compel  the  capitulation  of  the  city  there  could  be  no  doubt.  Had  a Spanish 
fleet  been  approaching  with  the  intent  to  attack  him  in  Manila  Bay,  it  would  have 
doubtless  been  a military  necessity  to  promptly  reduce  the  city,  no  matter  at  what 
hazard,  that  in  the  event  of  another  naval  battle,  his  ships  might  not  be  subject  to 
the  fire  of  shore  batteries.  This  condition,  however,  for  the  time  being,  did  not 
exist.  The  only  Spanish  fleet  in  Oriental  waters  had  been  destroyed.  Dewey’s 
fleet  was  safe  in  Manila  harbor,  with  full  possession  of  the  stores,  docks  and  shops 
of  Cavite,  and  it  was  perfectly  certain  that  so  long  as  he  did  not  attack  Manila  its 
batteries  would  not  fire  upon  the  American  ships.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  he 
should  take  possession  of  Manila,  international  law  would  hold  the  United  States 
responsible  for  the  protection  of  non-Spanish  persons  and  property  in  the  city,  and 
the  law  of  humanity  would  hold  them  equally  responsible  for  the  protection  of  all 
other  non-combatants.  For  this  duty  Admiral  Dewey  had  no  force,  and  his 
obvious  course,  therefore,  was  the  one  adopted — to  leave  things  as  they  were, 
pending  instructions  and  reinforcements,  for  which  he  promptly  applied,  mean- 
while, of  course,  maintaining  a close  blockade  of  the  port. 


THE  AMERICAN  POEICY  UNDETERMINED. 

Whether  or  not  the  opening  thus  made  should  be  followed  by  the  conquest 
and  annexation,  or  other  disposal  of  the  Philippines,  was  a matter  to  be  deter- 
mined at  Washington,  and  for  the  pre.sent  the  authorities  there  had  no  means  of 
forming  an  opinion.  There  was  absolutely  no  public  sentiment  upon  the  subject 
other  than  the  general  desire  to  seize  everything  belonging  to  the  enemy,,  which 


8b 


34 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


prevails  in  all  countries  in  time  of  war;  nor  was  there  any  such  special  informa- 
tion immediately  available  to  the  President  and  Congress  as  would  warrant  the 
formation  of  any  fixed  judgment  by  them.  The  decision  was  made,  however,  and 

put  into  execution  as  rapidly 
as  possible,  to  despatch  troops 
to  the  islands  in  sufficient 
numbers  to  capture  and  hold 
the  city  of  Manila,  and  be  pre- 
pared to  enforce,  as  to  the 
remainder  of  the  territory, 
whatever  decision  might 
ultimately  be  reached. 

As  a matter  of  fact  the 
most  important  factor  in  the 
ultimate  solution  of  the  problem  was  the  character  and  disposition  of  the  inhab- 
itants of  the  islands,  and  the  probability  of  a satisfactory  affiliation  between 
them  and  the  Americans.  It  is,  perhaps,  even  yet  too  early  to  form  definite 
opinions  on  this  subject,  but  the  following  resume  of  some  of  the  events  which 
have  occurred  upon  the  islands  during  the  past  few  years  will  throw  some  light 
upon  the  subject,  and  is  at  any  rate  essential  to  a proper  understanding  of  the 
course  of  events  since  the  American  occupation. 

CONDITIONS  UNDER  SPANISH  RULE. 

The  Philippines,  like  all  other  Spanish  colonies,  were  ruled  with  an  iron  hand. 
All  authority  was  concentrated  in  the  Governor-General,  residing  at  Manila. 
There  were  provincial  and  municipal  governments,  but  all  subject  to  review  by 
the  central  authority.  To  what  extent  the  Governor-General  was  directed  from 
Madrid  does  not  appear,  but  apparently  it  depended  upon  his  personal  influence 
with  the  home  government.  It  is  stated  that  the  Governor-Generals  always  went 
to  the  islands  as  poor  men,  and  returned  very  rich.  If  this  were  true,  and  it  is 
common  report,  their  riches  were  obtained  by  peculation,  because  it  is  impossible 
to  become  rich  from  the  legitimate  emoluments  of  public  office.  There  is  no 
authentic  statement  known  to  us  of  the  exact  forms  of  tyranny  practiced  by  the 
Spaniards  upon  the  Filipinos,  but  in  general  it  appears  to  have  taken  the  form 
of  corrupt  administration  rather  than  of  oppressive  laws.  Both  the  fiscal  ad- 
ministration and  the  courts  are  said  to  have  been  corrupt.  The  rich  oppressed 
the  poor,  and  divided  the  plunder  with  ofiicials.  There  appears  to  have  been  cases 
of  enforced  colonization,  in  which  natives  were  compelled  to  leave  their  homes 
and  settle  in  other  islands.  Those  forms  of  oppression,  however,  which  most 
directly  affected  the  masses,  seem  to  have  been  connected  with  the  church.  During 
the  course  of  the  three  centuries  of  Spanish  control,  Christianity  has  become  firmly 
implanted  among  the  natives.  With  the  exception  of  some  Mohammedans  in  the 
southern  islands,  and  the  few  tribes  which  are  entirely  uncivilized,  all  Filipinos 
are  good  Catholics.  Those  who  know  them  best  have  least  doubt  as  to  the  sin- 
cerity of  the  belief  of  the  masses  in  the  tenets  of  the  Catholic  faith.  The  Catholic 
church,  as  is  well  known,  is  a hierarchy  with  the  parish  priest  as  the  unit,  locally 


SPANISH  TARGET  PRACTICE  ON  THE  LUNETA. 


'^ampaigJiiiig  in  the  Philippines. 


35 


directed  by  his  bishop  and  archbishop.  But  within  the  church  there  are  a large 
number  of  religious  orders,  supposed  to  be  devoted  to  good  words  and  works, 
and  actually  so,  so  far  as  we  in  America  know  them,  but  independent 
of  the  authority  of  the  priests  and  bishops,  and  respon- 
sible mainly  to  their  own  superiors,  and  through  them, 
like  the  parish  priests  and  bishops,  to  the  Pope.  The 
testimony  is  universal  that  in  the  Philippines  these 
“friars”  were  wholly  unlike  the  good  men  whom  we 
know  as  such  in  this  country,  and,  to  a very  great  extent, 
were  ignorant,  brutish,  licentious  and  rapacious.  Educa- 
tional affairs,  at  least  in  the  rural  districts,  were  largely 
in  their  hands,  and  in  many  ways  they  were  employed  by  the  Governors  in 
connection  with  the  civil  administration,  in  which  capacity  they  could,  and,  as 
alleged,  did  practice  all  forms  of  petty  extortion,  while  leading,  as  is  stated, 
in  many  cases,  grossly  immoral  lives.  At  any  rate,  the  one  clear  and  emphatic 
demand  which  stood  out  above  all  others  from  this  sincerely  Catholic  people 
was  that  the  friars  should  be  banished  from  the  islands,  and  all  religious 
work  committed  to  the  parish  priests,  as  to  whom  no  complaint  was  made,  and 
who  appear  to  have  acquired  and  deserved  the  entire  respect  of  the  people. 


SOCIETY  OF  THE  KATIPUNAN. 

As  the  result  of  misgovernment  there  have  been,  since  1868,  several  Filipino 
insurrections,  none  of  them  attaining  any  great  measure  of  success  until  that  of 
1896,  which  was  coincident  with  the  rebellion  in  Cuba.  During  all  these  years, 
however,  the  spirit  of  discontent  has  been  spreading,  and  the  art  of  secret  organ- 
ization acquired.  It  is  said  that  educated  Filipinos  residing  in  European  capitals 
were  initiated  as  Freemasons,  and  introduced  into  the  islands  many  of  the  methods 
of  that  organization  in  the  formation  of  the  society  of  the  “ Katipunan” — a Tagalo 
word  meaning  “brotherhood” — which  was  devoted  to  the  attainment  of  the  inde- 
pendence of  the  islands.  This  brotherhood  became  very  strong  on  the  island  of 
Euzon,  and  gradually  spread  over  most  of  the  islands  of  the  archipelago,  largely 
aided,  it  is  said,  by  the  enforced  colonization  schemes  of  the  government,  from  the 
fact  that  the  suspected  persons  who  were  selected  for  deportation  became  new 
centers  of  conspiracy  in  the  islands  to  which  they  were  taken. 

REBEEEION  OF  1896. 

Warfare  between  the  Spaniards  and  their  subject  people  has  always  been  savage 
on  both  sides,  and  the  preparations  for  the  revolt  which  broke  out  on  August  20, 

' • ' 1896,  are  said  to  have  included 

a conspiracy  for  the  massacre  of 
the  entire  Spanish,  and  perhaps 
foreign  population.  The  night 
attack,  on  the  20th  of  August, 
in  which  the  Spaniards  were  to 
have  been  slaughtered,  was  frustrated  through  the  confession  of  the  wife  of  a 
member  of  the  Katipunan  to  a priest,  and  this  led  to  the  arrest  and 


t - » 


3(> 


Caiupc.igmng  in  the  Philippines. 


imprisonment  at  once  of  some  300  of  the  suspects.  Some  time  before 
this,  a petition,  signed  by  5000  of  these  natives,  had  been  presented  to  the 
government  of  Japan,  asking  for  annexation  to  that  government,  and  this  was 
at  once  forwarded  by  the  Japanese  government  to  that  of  Madrid.  This  action  of 
J apan  only  added  fuel  to  the  fire.  While  the  Spanish  government  was  for  the 
time  lenient  with  these  petitioners,  it  was  compulsory  lieniency,  as  there  were 
then  in  the  Philippines  only  about  1500  Spanish  soldiers,  and  6000  auxiliaries 
(natives).  By  the  1st  of  December  following,  this  force  had  been  increased  to 
10,000  Spanish  regulars,  with  the  addition  of  some  small  war-craft.  Arrests  fol- 
lowed, and  discontent  became  rampant.  On  the  26th  of  August,  1896,  Caloocan 
was  raided  by  the  insurgents,  some  Chinese  killed  and  others  captured.  The 
Spanish  cavalry  started  in  pursuit,  but  all  had  vanished.  On  the  morning  of 
August  30th  the  first  battle  of  the  insurrection  occurred  at  San  Juan  del  Monte, 
just  outside  Manila,  the  rebels  making  the  attack  at  four  o’clock  in  the  morning. 


BRIDGE  OF  SPAIN.  A FIESTA  DAY. 

They  had  no  military  skill  or  leadership,  Sancho  Valenzuela  being  in  command, 
and  he,  by  occupation,  a ropemaker.  One  Spaniard  was  killed  and  several 
wounded.  There  were  eighty  of  the  rebels  killed.  On  September  4th  four  of  the 
leaders  of  the  San  Juan  fight  were  executed  on  the  Luneta.  This  was  followed 
by  the  execution  of  others.  The  rebellion  now  spread  like  an  infection,  reaching 
into  the  provinces,  the  populace  being  quite  universally  allied  with  the  rebellion. 
Everywhere,  however,  the  little  conflicts  were  favorable  to  the  Spanish. 

AGUINALDO  APPEARS. 

The  province  of  Cavite  soon  attracted  most  attention  from  its  connection  with 
Don  Emilio  Aguinaldo.  He  was  there  teaching  school  at  Silan,  a small  place, 
but  a hotbed  and  resort  of  rebels.  He  was  born  in  this  province  on  the  22d  of 
March,  1868,  at  Cauit. 


Cauipaii^nuig  in  the  Philippines. 


37 


Aguinaldo  at  once  sprang  into  prominence  by  issuing  an  address  to  the  people, 
counseling  resistance.  There  was  not  formulated  in  this  proclamation  a plan  of 
government.  At  San  Francisco  de  Malabon  he  organized  the  revolutionary  move- 
ment, and  at  once  marched  to  Imus,  in  the  province  of  Cavite. 
Here  there  was  a slight  engagement,  and  several  priests  were 
captured  and  cruelly  tortured  to  death.  Aguinaldo  fortified  Imus. 
The  insurgents  also  held  Paranaque  and  Las  Pinas,  and  built 
trenches  one  and  one-half  miles  long,  south  of  Cavite  fort  and 
arsenal;  they  were  splendidly  entrenched.  Here  the  Spaniards, 
with  a large  force,  sought  to  dislodge  them,  but  were  defeated 
with  the  loss  of  nearly  the  half  of  a whole  regiment  of  auxiliaries;  sixty 
Spanish  regulars  were  killed  and  fifty  wounded.  The  Spaniards  retired  behind 
trenches.  In  the  meantime  executions  were  the  order  of  the  day;  in  Manila 
thirteen  of  the  “promoters”  were  executed  at  one  time. 

There  was  an  organized  force  of  insurgents  north  of  Manila,  in  the  provinces 
of  Bulacan  and  Pampanga.  Their  estimated  strength  was  3000.  Against  these 
the  Spaniards  had  a cavalry  c’etachment  of  500  men.  Nothing  effective,  however, 
was  done.  With  the  augmentation  of  the  Spanish  forces  an  attempt  was  made  to 
capture  the  insurgents,  but  everywhere  the  rebels  seemed  victorious.  At  Car- 
mona, Silan,  Imus,  Binicayan — all  were  Spanish  defeats,  but  still  these  defeats 
served  the  purpose  of  keeping  the  rebel  forces  out  of  Manila.  It  was  a savage 
warfare  and  no  mercy  shown  by  either  faction. 


CHANGES  IN  THE  GOVERNOR-GENERALSHIP. 

Governor-General  Blanco,  not  being  in  harmony  with  the  archbishop,  was 
recalled  to  Spain  in  December.  At  this  time  the  insurgent  force  was  practically 
in  possession  of  the  whole  province  of  Cavite,  except  the  fortifications  of  Cavite, 
and  there  were  in  the  province  about  7000  insurgent  troops,  mostly  equipped  with 
Mauser  rifles.  They  were  well  entrenched,  but  with  no  sufficient  artillery.  Their 
total  fighting  force  at  this  time  was  about  35,000  men. 

General  Camilo  Polavieja  succeeded  General  Blanco.  His  available  force  was 
increased  to  28,000  men,  and  a vigorous  campaign  was  at  once  inaugurated. 
General  Lachambre  was  his  deputy  commanding  in  the  field,  and  a large  number 
of  small  engagements  followed,  the  result  of  which,  for  the  time,  re-established 
Spanish  rule  in  Cavite  province.  General  Polavieja  and  his 
deputy  resigned  and  left  for  Spain,  April  15,  1897.  He  was 
succeeded  in  command  by  General  Fernando  Primo  de  Rivera, 
who  arrived  later  in  the  spring  in  Manila. 

At  this  time,  Aguinaldo  had  united  his  forces  with  Llaneras, 
and  they  overran  a number  of  the  northern  provinces,  including 
Tarlac.  General  Monet  conducted  the  Spanish  campaign  against 
these  forces,  but  his  barbarities  were  such  that  the  rebellion  only 
spread  and  strengthened.  His  native  auxiliaries,  and  the  native  priests,  almost 
in  a body  joined  the  rebellious  army.  The  rebellion,  from  now  until  the  making 
)f  that  remarkable  pact  of  peace  which  so  long  brought  Aguinaldo  and  his 


ss 


Cauipaii^ning  in  the  Philippines. 


party  into  obloquy,  took  on  the  form  of  guerrilla  warfare.  There  were  no  actions 
known  as  battles,  between  the  forces,  but  a series  of  raids  and  assaults  by  small 
detachments. 

THE  PACT  OF  PEACE. 


On  August  6,  1897,  General  Rivera  commissioned  a Filipino  to  negotiate 
terms  of  peace  with  the  insurgents;  and  an  agreement  or  treaty,  known  as  the 
“ Facto  de  Biac-na-bato,”  was  made,  on  the  part  of  the  Spanish  government,  by 

Pedro  A.  Paterno,  the  Filipino  mentioned,  and  Agui- 
naldo  and  thirty-four  of  his  leaders;  in  which  among 
other  stipulations,  it  was  agreed, — 'that  the  rebels  should 
be  paid  $1,000,000,  and  the  families  who  had  been 
damaged  by  the  war  $700,000;  that  Aguinaldo  and  his 
associates  should  leave  the  islands,  and  not  return 
without  the  consent  of  the  Spanish  government;  all 
arms  and  ammunition  of  the  rebels  were  to  be  sur- 
rendered, and  the}"  were  to  evacuate  all  places  and 
A SORE  CROWD.  fortlficatlons  held  by  them  b}"  force  of  arms.  An 

armistice  for  three  years  was  provided  for,  in  which  certain  promised  reforms 
were  to  be  made,  and  the  rebels  should  not  again  engage  in  rebellious  acts. 

There  has  been  much  dispute  as  to  the  full  terms  of  that  compact,  the  insur- 
gents claiming  that  many  reforms  were  provided  for,  which  the  Spaniards  deny. 
As  the  treaty  or  agreement  has  never  been  published  or  made  known  by  any  of 
those  who  were  party  to  it,  there  is  cause  for  suspicion,  that  in  its  scope,  and 
afterwards  in  its  execution,  there  was  that  which  would  compromise  those  con- 
nected with  it.  On  the  15th  of  December,  1897,  however,  the  General-in-Chief, 
and  his  mediator,  Pedro  A.  Paterno,  signed  the  following  agreement  which 
appears  to  be  a part  of  the  unpublished  compact: 

“ In  the  peace  proposals  presented  b}"  the  sole  mediator,  Don  Pedro  Alejandro 
Paterno,  in  the  name  and  on  behalf  of  the  rebels  in  arms,  and  in  the  Peace  Pro- 
tocol which 
was  agreed 
to  and  sub- 
mitted to  His 
Majesty’s 
Government, 
which  approv- 
ed of  the  same, 
there  exists 
a principal 
clause  relat- 
ing to  the 
sums  of  mon- 
ey which  BRIDGE  AT  BULACAN. 

were  handed  over  to  the  rebels  and  their  families  as  indemnity  for  the  loss 
of  their  goods  consequent  on  the  war,  which  sums  amounted  to  a total  of  $1,700,- 
000,  which  the  mediator,  Senor  Paterno,  was  to  distribute  absolutely  at  his 


CanipcAij^mng  i)i  the  Philippines. 


39 


discretion,  but  the  payment  of  the  said  sum  will  have  to  be  subject  to  the  conditions 
proposed  by  the  representative  of  the  government,  H.  K.  the  General-in-Chief 
of  this  army.  These  conditions  were  agreed  to  be  as  follows,  viz  : 

1.  For  the  rebels  in  arms  a draft  for  the  sum  of  $400,000  will  be  handed  to 
Sehor  Paterno,  payable  in  Hongkong,  as  well  as  two  cheques  for  $200,000  each, 
payable  only  on  the  condition  of  the  agreement  being  fulfilled  on  the  other  part. 

2.  For  the  families  of  those  who  were  not  rebels  in  arms,  or  engaged  in  rebel- 
lion, but  who  likewise  suffered  the  evils  of  war,  the  balance  of  the  sum  offered 
shall  be  paid  in  three  installments,  the  last  to  be  paid  six  months  after  the  date  on 
which  the  Te  Deum  shall  be  sung,  assuming  the  peace  to  become  an  accomplished 
fact.  Peace  shall  be  held  to  be  effectively  concluded  if,  during  the  interval  of 
these  installment  periods,  no  party  of  armed  rebels,  with  recognized  leader,  shall 
exist,  and  if  no  secret  society  shall  have  been  discovered  as  existing  here  or 
abroad  with  the  proved  object  of  conspiracy  by  those  who  benefit  by  these  pay- 
ments. The 
representative 
of  the  rebels, 

Don  Pedro  Al- 
ejandro Pater- 
no, and  the 
representative 
of  the  govern- 
ment, the  Cap- 
tain-General 
Don  Fernando 
Primo  de  Ri- 
vera, agree  to 
the  above  con- 
ditions, in  witness  whereof  each  representative  now  signs  four  copies  of  the  same 
tenor  and  effect,  one  being  for  the  government,  another  for  the  archives  of  the 
Captain- Generalcy,  and  one  copy  each  for  the  said  representatives. 

*Done  in  Manila  on  the  15th  of  December,  1897. 

Fernando  Primo  de  Rivera, 

The  General-in-Chief. 

Pedro  A.  Paterno. 

MONEY  PAID  BY  THE  SPANISH  TO  THE  INSURGENTS. 

Pursuant  to  this  agreement  certain  sums  were  paid  by  the  Spanish  to  the  rebels. 
Aguinaldo  and  his  party  embarked  for  Hongkong  on  December  27,  1897,  escorted 
by  Spanish  officers,  and  counseling  submission  to  Spanish  authority.  The  rebels 
delivered  up  their  arms,  the  Spanish  government  sent  home  7000  of  its  troops, 
and  there  was  an  interval  of  peace. 

It  is  claimed  on  one  hand,  and  has  generally  been  believed  in  America,  that 
in  this  transaction  Aguinaldo  and  his  leaders  were  bribed  by  the  Spanish 

*The  original  of  the  above  document  was  read  in  public  session  of  Congress  in  Madrid,  on 
the  I6th  of  June,  1898,  by  the  Deputy  Sehor  Muro. 


ENTRANCE  TO  FORT  SAN  FILIPA. 


40 


Campaigning^  in  the  Philippines. 


government  to  desert  their  cause,  and  that  as  matters  turned  out  they  were 
guilty  of  the  double  infamy  of  accepting  a bribe  and  refusing  to  “ stay  bought.” 

On  the  other  hand  it  is  insisted  by  the  friends  of  Aguinaldo  that  the  money 
paid  by  the  Spaniards  was  in  no  sense  a personal  matter,  but  constituted  a trust 
fund,  to  be  employed  as  circumstances  might  determine;  if  the  pledges  alleged  to 
have  been  made  by  the  Spanish  in  connection  with  the  payment  were  kept,  the 
money  was  to  be  distributed  among  those  who  had  suffered  loss  by  the  rebellion; 
if  otherwise  it  was  to  be  used  in  a renewal  of  the  revolutionary  movement. 

What  the  real  intent 


was  cannot  now  be 
known.  There  can  be 
little  doubt  that  the 
Spanish  authorities  be- 
lieved that  whatever  the 
ostensible  purpose  for 
which  the  money  was 
paid,  it  would  in  the  end 
be  retained  by  Auginaldo 
and  his  leaders,  who 
would  thereby  be  dis- 
credited and  incapable  of 
further  mischief.  Wheth- 
er this  would  have  been 
the  case  can  now  never 
be  known,  as  the  advent 
of  the  Americans  made 
a complete  change  in  the 
situation,  opening  as  it 
did  to  the  imagination 
of  Aguinaldo,  possibili- 
ties of  which  he  could 
not  have  dreamed. 

It  is  interesting  to  note 
in  this  connection  what 
General  Francis  V. 
NATIVE  THEATER.  Grccne,  of  the  United 

States  Army  in  the  Philippines,  thought  of  the  bribery  phase  of  the  affair  and 
of  Aguinaldo.  In  his  official  report  to  the  Secretary  of  War,  dated  August  30, 
1898,  he  says: 

“ Aguinaldo  and  his  associates  went  to  Hongkong  and  Singapore.  A portion 
of  the  mone}",  $400,000,  was  deposited  in  banks  at  Hongkong,  and  a lawsuit  soon 
arose  between  Aguinaldo  and  one  of  his  subordinate  chiefs  named  Artacho,  which 
is  interesting  on  account  of  the  very  honorable  position  taken  by  Aguinaldo. 
Artacho  sued  for  a division  of  the  money  among  the  insurgents  according  to  rank. 
Aguinaldo  claimed  that  the  money  was  a trust  fund,  and  was  to  remain  on  deposit 
until  it  was  seen  whether  the  Spaniards  would  carry  out  their  promised  reforms. 


Caiupaigmng  in  the  Philippines. 


41 


and  if  they  failed  to  do  so,  it  was  to  be  used  to  defray  the  expenses  of  a new  insur- 
rection. The  suit  was  settled  out  of  court  by  paying  Artacho  $5000.  No  steps 
have  been  taken  to  introduce  the  reforms. 

More  than  2000  insurgents  who  had  been 
deported  to  Fernando  Po  and  other  places 
are  still  in  confinement,  and  Aguinaldo  is 
now  using  the  money  to  carry  on  the  opera- 
tions of  the  present  insurrection.” 

General  Whittier’s  statement  shows  that 
Aguinaldo  even  refused  to  take  money  for 
his  personal  expenses  when  asked  to  return 
to  Manila  by  the  American  Consul  at 
Singapore,  Spencer  Pratt,  who  offered  him.  ^ soldikr  has  varied  experiences. 
money  for  that  purpose.  Did  the  Spanish  government  keep  its  pact  ? It  is 
known  before  General  Rivera  left  Manila  in  April,  1898,  the  chiefs  in  Hong- 
kong had  been  paid  $300,000.  What  further  pacification  they  have  received  is 
not  clear. 

THE  TRAGEDY  OF  THE  CALLE  DE  CAMBA. 

It  now  became  apparent  that  the  government,  believing  that  the  rebellion  was 
conquered,  the  forces  scattered,  the  fortifications  surrendered,  and  the  rebels 
without  arms,  thought  it  could  treat  with  impunity  the  rights  of  the  people  in 
utter  disregard  of  its  promises  and  pledges.  The  public,  mind  was  soon  again  in 
a ferment,  and  the  agitation  was  becoming  tense.  At  this  time,  March  25th, 
occurred  what  is  known  as  the  2 Tragedy  of  the  Calle  de  Camba.”  A large 
number  of  Viscayan  sailors  were  assembled  in  one  of  the  outskirts  of  Manila,  and 
in  a little  carnival,  were  vehemently  discussing  the  national  wrongs.  A passer-by 
informed  the  police;  the  civil  guard  attacked  the  place,  and,  without  warning, 
shot  down  seventy  of  the  Viscayans.  Within  nine  days  from  this  time  an  army 
of  insurgents  in  Cebu,  in  the  Viscayan  group,  5000  strong,  organized  and  took 
the  city,  except  the  fort.  Government  House,  college  and  the  foreigners’  houses; 
the  government  places  were  kept  in  a state  of  siege.  Reinforcements  came  from 
Manila  and  the  rebels  were  driven  from  the  city.  At  Labangan  another  great 
battle  was  fought,  in  which  the  rebel  loss  was  reported  at  1000. 

In  Euzon  Island  rebellion  was  again  rife.  In  the  provinces  adjoining  and  north 
' of  Manila  the  looting  and  killing  was  like  that  of  savages.  A Spanish  force  of 
about  1000  men,  under  General  Monet,  was  sent  agaimst  the  rebels;  but  still  the 
violence  and  destruction  was  not  abated.  General  Basilio  Augustin  now  succeeded 
Rivera  in  command  in  the  Philippines. 

Upon  the  breaking  out  of  war  with  this  country  the  Spanish  policy  towards 
the  natives  was  at  once  changed,  and  every  effort  made  to  attach  them  to  the 
Spanish  cause.  Relying  upon  their  attachment  to  the  Catholic  church,  the 
strongest  appeals  were  made  to  them  by  the  church  authorities.  The  following 
“allocution,”  issued  by  the  archbishop  of  Madrid,  may  serve  as  an  example  of 
these  documents  which  were  strongly  reinforced  by  the  resident  prelates  and  the 
press.  It  was  sought  to  convince  the  Filipinos  that  a Protestant  army  was  coming 
to  devastate  their  homes  and  destroy  their  religious  liberty. 


42 


Campai(^)ii}io-  m the  Philippines. 


ALLOCUTION  BY  THE  ARCHBISHOP  OF  MADRID 
“Very  Beloved  Sons: 

The  cursed  hunger  for  gold  and  the  unquenchable  thirst  for  power  have  com- 
bined to  tarnish  that  flag  which  the  great  Queen  Isabella  raised,  by  the  hand  of 
Columbus,  in  the  West  Indies.  With  justice  trodden  under  foot,  the  voice  of  the 
Pope  unheeded,  and  the  interventions  of  the  nations  despised  with  arrogance,  every 
road  to  the  counsels  of  peace  has  been  barred,  and  the  horrors  of  war  have  become 
a necessity.  Tet  heaven  be  witness  that  we  are  not  the  authors  of  this  disaster, 
and  let  the  responsibility  before  God  be  on  that  vain  people  whose  dogma  seems 

to  be  that  money  is  the  god  of  the  world There,  ploughing  the  seas, 

go  our  soldiers  and  our  sailors.  Have  no  fear,  let  no  one  weep,  unless,  indeed,  it 
be  for  fear  of  arriving  too  late  for  the  fray.  Go,  braves,  to  fight  with  the  blessing 
of  the  Fatherland.  With  you  goes  all  Spain,  from  the  Mediterranean  to  the 
Atlantic,  from  Irun  to  Tarifa.  With  what  envy  do  we  contemplate  you  weighing 
anchor  to  leave  our  shores!  Oh!  why  does  juvenility,  or  decrepitude,  or  duty 
deprive  us  of  the  joy  of  taking  part  in  your  enterprise?  But  no!  with  you  goes 

our  Spanish  heart May  the  Immaculate  Virgin,  whose  scapulary 

hangs  around  your  necks  and  whose  blessed  image  floats  on  your  flags,  protect  you 
under  her  mantle  in  the  moment  of  danger,  deliver  you  from  all  evil,  and  shower 
blessings  upon  you!  May  Saint  James,  patron  of  Spain,  and  the  martyr  Nico- 
demus  and  Saint  Telmo  and  Saint  Raymond  and  the  King  Saint  Ferdinand,  go 
before  you  and  ever  march  in  the  vanguard  wherever  you  may  go  and  make  you 
invulnerable  to  the  bullets  of  the  enemy,  so  that  you  may  return  victorious  to 
tread  once  more  this  noble  soil  and  kiss  the  cheek  of  the  weeping  mother  who 
bore  you!  ....  We,  who  cannot  go  to  take  part  in  the  battles,  will  hold 
and  brandish  the  arms  of  prayer,  like  Moses,  who  prayed  on  the  mountain  whilst 

Joshua  slew  his  ferocious  enemies  in  the  valley God  has  triumph  in 

His  hand  and  will  give  it  to  whom  He  pleases.  He  gave  it  to  Spain  in  Cova- 
donga,  in  Las  Navas,  in  El  Salado,  in  the  river  of  Seville,  on  the  plain  of  Granada, 
and  in  a thousand  battles  which  overflow  the  pages  of  history.  Oh,  Lord,  give  it 
us  now!  Let  the  nations  see  that  against  the  right  of  might  there  is  the  might  of 
right! 

To  all  beloved  sons,  from  our  heart  we  have  pleasure  in  sending  you  our  pas- 
toral benediction,  in  the  name  of  the  Father,  and  the  Son,  and  the  Holy  Ghost. 
Amen. 

Given  in  our  palace  in  Madrid  on  the  23d  of  April,  1898.  JosE  Ma, 

Archbishop  of  Madrid- Alcala.’^ 

AGUINALDO  MEETS  THE  AMERICAN  CONSUL-GENERAL. 

At  Hongkong,  in  the  m.eantime,  there  had  been  established  by  Aguinaldo  and 
his  self-exiled  followers,  a junta  known  as  the  “Philippine  Patriotic  League.” 
In  view  of  the  alleged  Spanish  violation  of  the  pact,  it  was  seeking  foreign  help 
and  recognition  with  the  intent  to  again  attack  Spanish  rule  in  the  Philippines. 
The  breaking  out  of  the  American  war  seemed  to  open  a new  prospect  for  the 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


4:? 


MAGELLAN’S  MONUMENT. 


Singapore  a Malay  police  sergeant  was 
illegally  employed  to  investigate  the  private 
acts  of  a Filipino.  The  editor  of  the  Singapore 
Free  Press  and  Mr.  Bray  had  become 
acquainted.  The  editor  introduced  Mr.  Bray  to 
the  American  Consul-General,  Mr.  Spencer  Pratt, 
and  Mr.  Bray  presented  Emilio  Aguinaldo  to 
the  Consul-General.  The  midnight  meeting  of  the  above-named  four  persons 
took  place  at  ‘ The  Mansion,’  River  Valley  Road,  Singapore,  on  the  24th 
day  of  April,  the  day  following  the  outbreak  of  American-Spanish  hostilities. 
The  original  idea  in  making  Aguinaldo  and  the  Consul-General  known 
to  each  other  was  to  utilize  Aguinaldo’ s services  and  prestige  with  the 
armed  natives  to  control  them  and  prevent  reprisals  when  the  American 
forces  should  appear  before  Manila.  It  was  hoped  that,  in  this  way,  the  lives 
of  many  Spaniards  in  the  islands  would  be  spared.  The  result  of  this  Singapore 
meeting  was  that  a draft  agreement  between  Consul-General  Pratt  and  Emilio 


PACO  CEMETERY. 


attainment  of  Philippine  independence.  Aguinaldo  at  once  sought  to  open  commu- 
nication with  the  American  representatives  at  Hongkong,  who  were  of  course 
ready  to  forward  any  enterprise  directed  against  Spain.  The  manner  in  which 
this  meeting  was  brought  about,  with  a summary  of  the  agreement  alleged  to 
have  been  made,  is  given  as  follows  by  John  Foreman,  F.  R.  G.  S.,  an  English 
author  then  in  Hongkong: 

“The  Filipinos  were  now  anxious  to  co-operate  with  the  Americans  in  com- 
pelling the  Spaniards  to  evacuate  the  archipelago.  The  American  Consul  in 
Hongkong,  Mr.  Wildman,  accepted  the  honorary  post  of  treasurer  of  the  Patri- 
otic League  Fund.  Emilio  Aguinaldo  and  suite  went  to  Singapore,  where  they 
found  Mr.  Howard  W.  Bray,  an  Englishman  and  old  personal  friend  of  mine,  who 
had  resided  some  years  in  the  islands.  Aguinaldo 
and  his  party  were  obliged  to  travel  incognito, 
because  secret  paid  agents  were  on  his  track 
to  endeavor  to  fetter  his  movements,  and  in 


44 


Ca}iipai_^)ii}ij^'  in  the  Philippines. 


Aguinaldo  was  drawn  up,  subject  to  the  approval  of  Commodore  Dewey  and 
subsequent  confirmation  from  Washington.  The  essence  of  this  provisional  un- 
derstanding was  as  follows,  viz: 

THE  TERMS  OF  AN  ALLEGED  AGREEMENT. 

1.  Philippine  independence  to  be  proclaimed. 

2.  A Federal  republic  to  be  established  by  vote  of  the  rebels;  pending  the 
taking  of  this  vote  Aguinaldo  was  to  appoint  the  members  of  that  government. 

8.  The  Federal  republic  to  recognize  a temporary  intervention  of  American 
and  European  Administrative  Commissions  to  be  appointed  by  Commodore  Dewey. 

4.  The  American  Protectorate  to  be  recognized  on  the  same  terms  as  those 
fixed  for  Cuba. 

5.  Philippine  ports  to  be  open  to  all  the  world. 

6.  Precautionary  measures  to  be  adopted  against  the  influx  of  Chinese. 

7.  The  existing  judicial  system  to  be  reformed. 

8.  Liberty  of  the  press  and  right  of  assembly  to  be  proclaimed. 

9.  Ample  tolerance  of  all  religions  and  sects,  but  abolition  and  expulsion  of 
all  monastic  orders. 

10.  Measures  to  be  adopted  for  working  up  the  natural  resources  of  the 
archipelago. 

11.  The  wealth  of  the  country  to  be  developed  by  the  construction  of  high 
roads  and  railways. 

12.  The  obstacles  operating  against  the  development  of  enterprises  and 
employment  of  foreign  capital  to  be  removed. 

13.  The  new  government  to  preserve  public  order  and  check  all  reprisals 
against  the  Spaniards. 

14.  Spanish  officials  to  be  transported  to  another  safe  and  healthy  island 
until  there  shall  be  an  opportunity  for  their  return  to  Spain. 

15.  This  agreement  is  subject  to  ratification  (by  telegraph)  by  Commodore 

Dewey  and 
President  Mc- 
Kinley. 

Consul-Gen- 
eral  Pratt 
then  sent  Em- 
ilio Aguinaldo 
with  his  staff 
to  Hongkong 
with  instruc- 
tions to  Con- 
sul Wildman 
to  put  him 
in  communi- 
cation with  Commodore  Dewey,  which  he  did,  and  Commodore  Dewe}^  before 
he  left  China  for  Manila,  gave  orders  to  Consul  Wildman  to  see  that  Aguinaldo 
and  his  staff  followed  on  in  an  American  war-ship.” 


Cauipaigiiing  lu  the  Philippines. 


45 


Whatever  the  actual  facts  attending  this  meeting,  they  have  never  been 
officially  disclosed  by  the  United  States  government.  There  can  be  no  doubt  that 
what  Aguinaldo  had  in  mind  was  the  independence  of  the  islands,  with  himself 
as  the  President  or  Sovereign.  It  would 
be  very  natural  to  suppose  that  with  the 
Spanish  fleet  still  safely  at  Manila,  the 
fighting  powers  of  Spain  still  undeter- 
mined, and  no  thought  of  the  conquest 
of  the  Philippines  in  the  mind  of  any 
American,  our  Consular  and  other  officers 
might  have  assumed  that  the  policy  of  the 
United  States  towards  those  islands  would 
be  precisely  that  solemnly  announced  with 
reference  to  Cuba — the  independence  of  the 
islands  under  the  friendly  supervision,  and 
possibly,  the  protectorate  of  the  United 
States.  That  Consul-General  Pratt  made 
any  promises  is  impossible,  for  he  had  no 
authority,  and  Aguinaldo  knew  that  he 
had  none.  The  summary  as  given  by  Mr. 

Foreman  in  fact  expressly  provides  for  the 
ratification  of  the  agreement  at  Washing- 
ton. It  is  very  likely  indeed,  however, 
that  both  Consul-General  Pratt  and  Com- 
modore Dewey  believed  at  the  time  that  the  agreement  was  desirable  on  the  part 
of  the  United  States,  and  would  be  ratified  at  Washington.  It  may  be  con- 
sidered as  certain  that  this  was  expected  by  Aguinaldo. 

Neither  President  McKinley  and  his  advisers,  however,  nor  Congress  were 
apparently  prepared  to  say  yes  or  no.  They  knew  little  of  Aguinaldo  and  less  of 
the  Filipinos.  They  did  know  that  hostilities  in  the  Philippines  had  been  con- 
ducted by  the  most  brutal  methods,  and  were  probably  not  willing  to  become 
responsible  before  the  world  for  a warfare  conducted  with  savage  barbarity,  and 
certainly  no  conditions  existed — nor  did  they  exist  before  the  ratification  of  the 
Treaty  of  Paris — which  would  warrant  the  President  in  acknowledging  indepen- 
dence or  even  belligerency  on  the  part  of  the  Filipinos.  Beyond  this,  the  Presi- 
dent himself  had  no  authority  except  during  war,  as  a military  commander. 
He  could  not  pledge  the  course  of  the  United  States  except  as  to  the  conduct  of 
military  affairs  during  the  existing  war  with  Spain,  and  for  whatever  Aguinaldo 
and  the  Filipinos  might  do  while  serving  under  the  direction  of  an  American 
commander,  the  United  States  would  be  responsible,  pecuniarily  and  otherwise  to 
neutral  nations,  and  morally  to  the  Spanish  government  and  the  world,  for  the 
treatment  of  Spanish  citizens. 

What  apparently  happened  was  this:  Admiral  Dewey,  and  subsequently  the 
commander  of  the  army,  were  given,  or  assumed,  the  authority  to  make  whatever 
use  they  deemed  possible  of  the  Filipinos  against  Spain,  so  long  as  it  could  be 
assured  that  the  war  would  be  conducted  in  accordance  with  the  usages  of 


46 


Cauipaigfuyi^  in  the  Philippines. 


civilized  nations.  The  proposals  of  Aguinaldo  looking  to  the  independence  of  the 
islands  apparently  received  no  definite  answer  until  the  signature  of  the  Treaty  of 
Paris.  The  result  was  that  Aguinaldo,  as  previously  arranged  with  Commodore 
Dewey,  proceeded  to  Cavite,  where  he  arrived  on  May  19,  1898,  on  the  despatch 
boat  McOilloch.  The  object  of  Aguinaldo  was  to  work  and  fight  for  independ- 
ence. On  the  part  of  the  American  authorities  there  was  no  policy  as  to  this  sub- 
ject, and  doubtless  no  direct  reply  made  to  Aguinaldo.  The  conditions  of  trouble 
existed,  and  in  due  time  developed. 

Previous  to  his  arrival,  Aguinaldo  had  prepared  and  sent  forward  the  follow- 
ing proclamation  which  seems  to  have  been  distributed  in  the  islands  by  the 
American  generals: 

PROCLAMATION  OF  THE  PHILIPPINE  JUNTA. 

“ Philippine  Patriots.  A nation  which  has  nothing  good  can  give  nothing.  It 
is  evident  we  cannot  depend  on  Spain  to  obtain  the  welfare  we  all  desire.  A 
country  like  Spain,  where  social  evolution  is  at  the  mercy  of  monks  and  tyrants, 
can  only  communicate  to  us  its  own  instincts  of  calumny,  infamy,  inquisitorial 
proceedings,  avarice,  secret  police,  false  pretences,  humiliation,  deprivation  of 
liberties,  slavery  and  moral  and  material  decay  which  characterize  its  history. 
Spain  will  need  much  time  to  shake  off  the  parasites  which  have  grown  upon  and 
cling  to  her;  she  has  no  self-dependence  so  long  as  her  nationality  is  composed  of 
inquisitorial  monks,  ambitious  soldiers,  demoralized  civil  servants,  and  a populace 
bred  to  support  this  state  of  things  in  silence.  It  is,  therefore,  useless  to  expect 
anything  from  Spain. 

“ During  three  and  a half  centuries  Spain’s  policy  has  been  a delusion.  Is  there 
a conflict  between  Spain  and  England  or  Holland  ? Then  the  friars  come  and 
relate  to  us  preposterous  absurdities  of  the  miracles  of  Saint  Francis  and  of  the 
Image  of  the  Virgin  of  the  Rosary,  whilst  Simon  de  Anda  calls  the  Pampango 
natives  his  brothers  so  long  as  they  fight  to  save  the  Spanish  flag  falling  into  the 
hands  of  English  or  Dutch  savages!  Is  the  foreign  invasion  ended  ? Then  the 
friars,  through  their  salaried  agents  in  the  press,  reward  us  with  epithets  such  as 
monkey,  buffalo,  etc.  Is  there  another  conflict  imminent  between  Germany  and 
Spain  ? Then  the  friars  call  the  natives  Spaniards  and  the  military  officers  own 

us  as  their  sons,  and  they  dub  us  brave 
soldiers.  Is  the  conflict  finished  ? Then 
we  are  again  overgrown  boys,  beings  of 
inferior  race  and  incapable  of  being  civil- 
ized. Is  there  now  to  be  a struggle  with 
Americans  ? Then  General  Augustin,  who 
is  the  living  symbol  of  Spanish  authority, 
who  ought  to  be  the  most  prudent  of  the 
prudent,  the  most  cultivated  of  the  cul- 
tivated, points  at  America  as  a nation 
composed  of  all*  social  excrescences;  the  friars  and  their  enslaved  Spaniards 
want  to  again  cajole  and  cheat  us  with  offers  of  participation  in  public  affairs, 
recognition  of  the  military  grades  of  ex-rebel  chiefs,  and  other  twaddle  degrading 


COOKS’  QUARTERS. 


Camfaigniuir  in  the  JVii/ippities. 


47 


to  those  who  would  listen  to  it.  In  fact,  they  have  called  into  their  councils  the 
sons  of  the  country,  whilst  they  exclusively  carry  out  their  own  ideas,  and  reserve 
to  themselves  the  right  to  set  aside  all  the  resolutions  at  a stroke.  They  offer  to 
enroll  in  their  ranks  the  insurgents  of  yesterday,  so  that  they  can  have  them 
all  shot  on  the  morrow  of  the  present  difficulty.  What  irrision  ? Do  you  want 
another  trick  exposed  ? Now  that  Spain  is  in  danger  of  losing  the  Philippines, 
the  executioners  of  the  other  day — the  everlasting  tyrants — tell  us  that  America 
will  sell  the  islands  to  England.  No,  America  has  its  past  and  its  present. 
America  will  preserve  a clear  intelligence;  she  is  not  dominated  by  friars  and 
tyrants  like  Spain;  she  is  liberal;  she  has  liberated  her  slaves  against  the  will  of 
the  Spaniards  who  were,  for  the  most  part,  their  owners.  A country  is  known  by 
its  national  character, — review  its  past  history  and  it  is  easy  to  understand  the 


calumny  launched  against  the 
Americans.  But  even  though  we 
became  English  should  we  not  gain  by 
PICCANINNIES.  it  ? The  English  have  conceded  self-government  to 

many  of  their  colonies  and  not  of  the  frail  delusive  sort  that  Spain  granted  to 
Cuba.  In  the  English  colonies  there  are  liberties  which  Spain  never  yielded 
to  hers  in  America  or  Philippines. 

“ Our  country  is  very  rich,  and  as  a last  resource  we  can  buy  it  from  the  Amer- 
icans. Do  not  be  deceived  by  the  Spaniards  ! Help  the  Americans,  who  promise 
us  our  liberty.  Do  not  fall  into  the  error  of  taking  Spain  to  be  a civilized  country. 
Europe  and  America  consider  her  the  most  barbarous  of  the  century.  There  the 
weakest  is  the  most  persecuted.  In  no  country  to-day  but  Spain  is  the  inquisi- 
tion tolerated.  It  is  proved  by  the  tortures  imposed  on  the  prisoners  of  Mont- 
juich,  of  the  Philippines,  and  of  Cuba.  Spain  did  not  fulfill  the  agreement  entered 


..  ^ — 


LiH/e  Photo. 


RITRAE  SCENES. 


CaDi'yai^nins;  in  the  Philippijics. 


EP'FECT  OE  SHELLS  ON  CONVENT  AT  CAVITE.  Darcey  Pltolo. 

Remember  the 


into  with  Maximo  Gomez  at  Zanjon,  nor  that  made  with  Aguinaldo  at  Biac-na- 
bato.  Spain  is  a nation  always  more  ready  to  promise  than  to  perform.  But  ask 
for  friars,  soldiers  and  state  dependents  to  come  and  devour  our  wealth  and  instantly 

you  will  get 
them.  Spain 
has  nothing 
else  to  give, 
and  God  grant 
she  will  keep 
what  she  has. 
Spain  will  flat- 
ter 3^ou  under 
the  present  cir- 
" cum  stances, 
but  do  not 
be  deceived. 

Submit  every  fawning  offer  to  your  conscience.  Remember  the  execution  of 
the  innocents,  the  tortures  and  atrocities  which  have  been  the  means  of  covering 
with  decorations  the  breasts  of  those  who  took  the  blood  of  3'our  fathers, 
brothers,  relations  and  friends.  Providence  will  aid  the  Americans  in  their 
triumph,  for  the  war  is  a just  one  for  the  nation  elected  to  lead  us  to  the  goal 
of  our  liberty.  Do  not  rail  against  the  designs  of  Providence;  it  will  be  suicidal. 
Aid  the  Americans  ! ” 

At  once  upon  the  arrival  of  Aguinaldo,  he  was  found  at  the  head  of  30,000 
“insurrectos,”  and  on  such  terms  of  amit}^  with  Admiral  Dewey,  that  the  latter 
furnished  him,  two  cannon,  500  rifles,  and  200,000  rounds  of  ammunition.  Agui- 
naldo was  found  to  have  retained  his  oldtime  prestige  with  his  countrymen,  and 
at  once  began  an  active  campaign  to  cripple  and  harass  the  Spanish  forces. 
There  now  followed  a series  of  small  engagements  between  the  Spaniards  and  the 
insurgents,  in  which  the  Spaniards  were  driven  into  a small  radius  in  and  around 
iManila;  and  there  was  an  effective  blockade  of  that  city  from  the  interior.  As 
the  result  of  six  days’  campaign  they  captured  1500  prisoners,  including 
Brigadier-General  Garcia  Pena  of  the  Spanish  forces,  a colonel,  and  many  staff 
officers,  and  500  Filipino  volunteers,  as  prisoners.  General  Monet,  who  was  now 
operating  north  of  Manila,  against  the  “insurrectos,”  lost  practically  his  whole 
command,  and  was  fortunate  to  get  into  Manila  himself,  without  his  followers. 
Aguinaldo  had  been  ordered  not  to  attack  the  city  of  Manila. 

During  this  period  there  was  a comparative  tranquillity  in  the  outlying  dis- 
tricts of  Manila,  and  the  country  reclaimed  by  the  rebels.  Aguinaldo,  at  the 
time  of  his  return  from  Hongkong,  declared  a dictatorship  for  the  islands,  and 
this  government  was  in  control  in  the  territory  mentioned.  Within  two  months 
this  jurisdiction  had  been  so  effective,  that  Aguinaldo  convened  a Provisional 
Congress,  on  June  23d,  giving  the  government  the  name  of  “Revolutionary,” 
instead  of  “ Dictatory,”  and  proclaimed  a constitution.  The  lines  of  the  insur- 
gent army  were  gradually  drawn  round  the  city  of  Manila,  and  in  this  con- 
dition affairs  remained  until  the  arrival  of  the  advance  of  the  American  army. 


Cainpaigmng  7//  the  Philippuies. 


49 


“ Don  Emii.10  Aguinai^do  y Famy, 

“President  of  the  Philippine  Revolutionary  Government  and 
Commander-in-Chief  of  its  Army, 

“This  government,  desirous  of  demonstrating  to  the  Philippine  people  that  one  of  its 
objects  is  to  abolish  with  a firm  hand  the  inveterate  vices  of  Spanish  administration,  substitut- 
ing a more  simple  and  expeditious  system  of  public  administration  for  that  superfluity  of  civil 
service  and  ponderous,  tardy  and  ostentatious  official  routine,  I hereby  declare  as  follows,  viz  : 

CHAPTER  I. 

Of  the  Revolutionary  Government. 

“ Article  1.  The  Dictatorial  government  shall  be  henceforth  called  the  Revolutionary  gov- 
ernment, whose  object  is  to  struggle  for  the  independence  of  the  Philippines  until  all  nations, 
including  Spain,  shall  expressly  recognize  it,  and  to  prepare  the  country  for  the  establishment 
of  a real  republic.  The  dictator  shall  be  henceforth  styled  the  President  of  the  Revolutionary 
government. 

“ Article  2.  Four  government  Secretaryships  are  created:  (1)  of  Foreign  Affairs,  Navy 
and  Trade;  (2)  of  War  and  Public  Works;  (3)  of  Police,  Public  Order,  Justice,  Public  Educa- 
tion and  Health;  (4)  of  Finance,  Agriculture  and  Manufactures.  The  government  has  power 
to  increase  the  number  of  secretaryships  when  experience  has  shown  that  the  above  distribu- 
tion of  public  offices  is  insufficient  to  meet  public  requirements. 

“ Article  3.  Each  Secretary  shall  assist  the  President  in  the  administration  of  affairs  con- 
cerning his  particular  branch.  The  Secretary  at  the  head  of  each  respective  department  shall 
not  be  responsible  for  the  Presidential  decrees,  but  shall  sign  the  same  to  give  them  authen- 
ticity. But  if  it  should  appear  that  the  decree  has  been  issued  on  the  proposal  of  the  Secre- 
tary of  the  corresponding  branch,  then  the  Secretary  shall  be  jointly  responsible  with  the 
President. 

“Article  4.  The  Secretaryship  of  Foreign  Affairs  shall  be  divided  into  three  centers,  one 
of  Diplomacy,  one  of  Navy,  and  another  of  Trade.  The  first  center  shall  study  and  execute 
all  affairs  which  concern  the  direction  of  diplomatic  negotiations  with  other  powers  and  the 
correspondence  of  this  government  connected  therewith.  The  second  shall  study  all  that 
relates  to  the  formation  and  organization  of  our  navy,  and  the  fitting  out  of  whatever  expedi- 
tions the  circumstances  of  the  revolution  may  require;  and  the  third  shall  attend  to  all  matters 
concerning  home  and  foreign  trade  and  the  preliminary  work  in  connection  with  the  treaties 
of  commerce  to  be  made  with  other  nations. 

“ Article  5.  The  Secretaryship  of  War  shall  be  divided  into  two  centers,  the  one  exclusively 
of  War  and  the  other  exclusively  of  Public  Works.  The  first  center  shall  be  divided  into  four 
sections,  one  of  Campaign,  one  of  Military  Justice,  one  of  Military  Administration,  and  the 
other  of  Military  Health. 

The  Campaign  section  shall  draw  up  and  attend  to  all  matters  concerning  the  service  and 
enlistment  of  the  Revolutionary  militia,  the  direction  of  campaigns,  the  making  of  plans, 
fortifications,  and  the  editing  of  the  announcement  of  battles,  the  study  of  military  tactics  for 
the  Army,  and  organization  of  the  respective  staffs,  artillery,  and  cavalry  corps,  and  all  other 
matters  concerning  campaigns  and  military  operations. 

The  section  of  Military  Justice  shall  attend  to  all  matters  concerning  court-martials  and 
military  sentences,  the  appointment  of  judges  and  assistant  judges  in  all  military-judicial 
affairs.  The  Military  Administrator  shall  take  charge  of  the  commissariat  department  and  all 
Army  equipment,  and  the  Military  Health  department  shall  take  charge  of  all  matters  concern- 
ing the  health  and  salubrity  of  the  militia. 

“ Article  6.  The  other  Secretaryships  shall  be  divided  into  so  many  centers  corresponding 
to  their  functions,  and  each  center  shall  be  sub-divided  into  sections  as  the  nature  and  import- 
ance of  the  work  requires. 

“ Article  7.  The  Secretary  of  each  department  shall  inspect  and  watch  over  the  work 
therein  and  be  responsible  to  the  President  of  the  government.  At  the  head  of  each  section 
there  shall  be  a director,  and  in  each  section  there  shall  be  an  official  in  charge  assisted  by  the 
necessary  staff. 

4b 


50 


CiDupaigning  in  the  rhilippines. 


“Article  8.  The  President  shall  have  the  sole  right  to  appoint  the  Secretaries,  and  in  agree- 
ment with  them  he  shall  appoint  all  the  staff  subordinate  to  the  respective  departments. 
Nevertheless,  in  the  election  of  individuals,  favoritism  must  be  avoided  on  the  understanding 
that  the  good  name  of  the  Fatherland  and  the  triumph  of  the  revolution  need  the  services  of 
the  most  really  capable  persons. 

“Article  9.  The  Secretaries  can  take  part  in  the  sessions  of  the  Revolutionary  Congress, 
whenever  they  have  a motion  to  present  in  the  name  of  the  President,  or  on  the  interpellation 
of  any  deputy,  but  when  the  question  under  debate,  or  the  motion  on  which  they  have  been 
summoned  is  put  to  the  vote,  they  shall  retire  and  not  take  part  in  that  voting. 

“ Article  10.  The  President  of  the  government  is  the  personification  of  the  Philippine  peo- 
ple, and  as  such  he  cannot  be  held  responsible  for  any  act  whilst  he  holds  that  position.  His 
position  is  irrevocable  until  the  revolution  shall  triumph,  unless  extraordinary  circumstances 
should  compel  him  to  tender  his  resignation  to  Congress,  in  which  case  only  Congress  shall 
elect  whomsoever  is  esteemed  most  fit. 


CHAPTER  II. 

Of  the  Revolutionary  Congress. 

“Article  11.  The  Revolutionary  Congress  is  the  assembly  of  those  deputies  from  the 
Philippine  provinces,  elected  in  due  form,  as  prescribed  in  the  decree  of  the  18th  inst 
Nevertheless,  if  any  province  could  not  elect  deputies  because  the  majority  of  its  towns  had 
not  yet  been  able  to  free  themselves  from  Spanish  dominion,  the  government  can  nominate 
provisional  deputies  chosen  from  the  persons  of  highest  consideration  by  reason  of  their  educa- 
tion and  social  position  up  to  the  number  fixed  by  the  said  decree,  always  provided  that  such 
persons  shall  have  been  born  or  have  resided  for  a long  time  in  the  provinces  to  be  represented. 

“ Article  12.  When  the  deputies  shall  have  met  in  the  town  and  in  the  building  to  be  pro- 
vided by  the  Revolutionary  government,  the  preliminary  act  shall  be  the  election  by  majority 
of  votes  of  a commission  of  five  persons  who  shall  examine  the  documents  accrediting  the 
personality  of  each  person,  and  another  commission  of  three  persons  who  shall  examine  the 
documents  exhibited  by  the  first  commission  of  five. 

“ Article  13.  The  next  day  the  said  deputies  shall  again  meet  and  the  two  commissions 
shall  read  their  respective  reports  on  the  validity  of  the  said  documents,  all  doubts  on  the  same 
to  be  resolved  by  an  absolute  majority  of  votes.  They  shall  then  at  once  proceed  to  the  elec- 
tion, by  absolute  majority,  of  a President,  a Vice-President,  and  two  Secretaries,  to  be  chosen 
from  among  the  same  deputies,  after  which  the  Congress  shall  be  held  to  be  constituted,  and 
notice  of  the  same  shall  be  given  to  the  government. 

“Article  14.  The  meeting  place  of  Congress  is  sacred  and  inviolable,  and  no  armed  force 
can  enter  therein  except  on  the  summons  of  the  President  of  the  Congress  for  the  purpose  of 
restoring  order,  should  the  same  have  been  disturbed  by  those  who  know  not  how  to  honor 
themselves  and  their  solemn  functions. 

“Article  15.  The  powers  of  Congress  are:  To  look  after  the  general  interests  of  the 
Philippine  people  and  the  fulfillment  of  the  Revolutionary  laws;  to  discuss  and  vote  laws;  to 
discuss  and  approve  before  ratification,  all  treaties  and  loans  ; to  examine  and  approve  the 
accounts  of  the  general  expenses  which  shall  be  presented  annually  by  the  Finance  Secretary 
and  to  fix  the  extraordinary  taxes,  and  others  which,  in  future,  may  be  imposed. 

“ Article  lb.  The  voice  of  Congress  shall  also  be  heard  in  all  matters  of  grave  importance 
the  resolution  of  which  will  admit  of  delay,  but  the  President  of  the  government  can  resolve 
questions  of  an  urgent  character,  rendering  an  account  of  his  acts  to  Congress  by  means  of  a 
message. 

“ Article  17.  Any  deputy  can  present  a bill  in  Congress  and  any  Secretary  can  do  so  by 
order  of  the  President  of  the  government. 

“ Article  18.  The  sessions  of  Congress  shall  be  public,  and  only  in  cases  where  reserve  is 
necessary  shall  secret  sessions  be  held. 

‘ ‘ Article  19.  The  order  of  debate  and  parliamentary  usages  shall  be  determined  by 
instructions  to  be  formulated  by  Congress.  The  President  shall  lead  the  debate,  but  shall  not 
vote  unless  there  fail  to  be  a majority,  in  which  case  he  shall  give  his  casting  vote. 


CauipaiiTjiijiir  tn  the  Philippines. 


51 


“ Article  20.  The  President  of  the  government  cannot,  in  any  manner,  impede  the  meet- 
ing of  Congress  nor  interfere  with  the  sessions  of  the  same. 

“ Article  21.  Congress  shall  appoint  a permanent  judicial  commission,  to  be  presided  over 
by  the  Vice-President,  assisted  by  one  of  the  Secretaries,  and  composed  of  these  persons  and 
seven  assessors  elected  by  a majority  of  votes  from  among  the  deputies.  This  commission  shall 
revise  the  sentences  given  in  criminal  cases  by  the  provincial  councils,  and  shall  judge  and  sen- 
tence, without  right  of  further  appeal,  cases  brought  against  the  Government  Secretaries, 
Provincial  Chiefs  and  Provincial  Councilors. 

“ Article  22.  In  the  office  of  the  Secretary  to  Congress  there  shall  be  a book  of  honor,  in 
which  shall  be  noted  the  great  services  rendered  to  the  Fatherland  and  esteemed  as  such  by 
Congress.  Any  Filipino,  military  or  civil,  can  solicit  of  Congress  inscription  in  the  said  book 
on  producing  the  documents  which  prove  the  praiseworthy  acts  performed  by  him  for  the  good 
of  the  Fatherland  since  the  present  revolution  began.  For  extraordinary  services  which  may 
in  future  be  rendered,  the  government  will  propose  the  inscription,  the  proposal  being  accom- 
panied by  the  necessary  justification. 

“ Article  23.  Congress  shall  determine,  on  the  proposal  of  the  government,  the  money 
rewards  to  be  paid,  once  for  all,  to  the  families  of  those  who  were  victims  to  duty  and  patriot- 
ism in  the  execution  of  heroic  acts. 

“Article  24.  The  resolutions  of  Congress  shall  not  be  binding  until  they  have  received 
the  sanction  of  the  President  of  the  government.  When  the  said  President  shall  consider  any 
resolution  undesirable,  or  impracticable,  or  pernicious,  he  shall  state  his  reasons  to  Congress 
for  opposing  its  execution,  and  if  Congress  still  insists  on  the  resolution  the  said  President 
can  outvote  it  on  his  own  responsibility. 

CHAPTER  III. 

Of  Military  Justice. 

“ Article  25.  When  any  commandant  of  a detachment  shall  receive  notice  of  an  individual 
in  the  service  having  committed  a fault  or  having  performed  any  act  reputed  to  be  a military 
misdemeanor,  he  shall  inform  the  commandant  of  the  district  of  the  same,  and  this  officer 
shall  appoint  a judge  and  secretary  to  constitute  a Court  of  Inquiry  in  the  form  prescribed  in 
the  instructions  dated  20th  instant.  If  the  accused  held  the  rank  of  lieutenant,  or  a higher 
one,  the  same  commandant  shall  be  the  judge,  and  if  the  commandant  himself  were  the 
a.ccused,  the  Superior  Commandant  of  the  province  shall  appoint  as  judge  an  officer  of  a 
higher  rank,  and  if  there  were  none  such  the  same  commandant  of  the  province  shall  open 
the  inquiry.  The  judge  shall  always  hold  the  rank  of  chief. 

“Article  26.  When  the  Court  of  Inquiry  has  finished  its  labors,  the  Superior  Commandant 
shall  appoint  three  assistant  judges  of  equal  or  superior  rank  to  the  judge,  and  a court-martial 
shall  be  composed  of  the  three  assistant  judges,  the  judge  the  assessor,  and  the  president. 
The  commandant  of  the  district  shall  be  the  judge  if  the  accused  held  the  rank  of  sergeant, 
or  a lower  one,  and  the  Superior  Commandant  shall  be  judge  if  the  accused  held  the  rank  of 
lieutenant,  or  a higher  one.  This  court  shall  pass  sevitence  in  the  same  form  as  the  Provincial 
Courts,  but  the  sentence  can  be  appealed  against  before  the  Superior  Council  of  War. 

“ Article  27.  The  Superior  Council  of  War  shall  be  composed  of  six  assistant  judges,  who 
shall  hold  the  minimum  rank  of  Brigadier-General,  and  the  War  Office  Adviser.  If  the  num- 
ber of  generals  residing  in  the  capital  of  the  Revolutionary  government  are  insufficient,  the 
number  shall  be  made  up  by  deputies  to  be  appointed  on  commission  by  Congress.  The  presi- 
dent of  this  council  shall  be  the  general  of  the  highest  rank  among  them,  and  if  there  is 
more  than  one  of  the  same  rank,  one  shall  be  elected  by  themselves  by  majority  of  votes. 

“Article  28.  The  Superior  Council  shall  judge  and  sentence,  without  right  of  further 
appeal,  Superior  Commandants,  Commandants  of  Districts,  and  all  officers  who  hold  rank  of 
Commandant,  or  a higher  one. 

“ Article  29.  Military  misdemeanors  are  the  following  : 

(11  Violation  of  the  immunity  due  to  foreigners,  both  as  to  their  persons  and  their  goods, 
and  violation  of  the  privileges  appertaining  to  sanitary  establishments  and  ambulances,  as  well 


52 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


as  the  persons  and  effects  in,  or  belonging  to,  one  or  the  other,  and  persons  employed  in  the 
service  of  the  same  so  long  as  they  commit  no  hostile  act.  (2)  Want  of  respect  for  the  lives, 
money,  and  jewelry  of  the  enemy  who  surrenders  his  arms,  and  for  prisoners  of  war.  (3) 
The  entry  of  Filipinos  into  the  service  of  the  enemy  as  spies,  or  to  discover  war  secrets,  make 
plans  of  the  revolutionists’  positions  and  fortifications,  or  present  themselves  to  parley  without 
proving  their  mission  or  their  individuality.  (4;  Violation  of  the  immunity  due  to  those  who 
come  with  this  mission,  duly  accredited,  in  the  form  prescribed  by  international  law. 

The  following  persons  also  commit  military  misdemeanors  : 

(1)  Those  who  endeavor  to  break  up  the  union  of  the  revolutionists,  fomenting  rivalry 
between  chiefs,  and  forming  divisions  and  armed  bands.  (2)  Those  who  collect  taxes  without 
being  duly  authorized  by  government,  or  misappropriate  public  funds.  (3)  Those  who,  being 
armed,  surrender  to  the  enemy  or  commit  any  act  of  cowardice  before  the  same  ; and  (4) 
Those  who  sequester  any  person  who  has  done  no  harm  to  the  revolution,  or  violate  women,  or 
assassinate,  or  seriously  wound  any  undefended  persons,  or  commit  robbery  or  arson. 

“ Article  30.  Those  who  commit  any  of  the  above-named  misdemeanors  shall  be  con- 
sidered declared  enemies  of  the  revolution,  and  shall  be  punished  in  the  highest  scale  of 
punishment  provided  for  in  the  Spanish  Penal  Code.  If  the  misdemeanor  were  not  provided 
for  in  the  said  code,  the  culprit  shall  be  confined  until  the  revolution  has  triumphed,  unless 
his  crime  shall  have  caused  an  irreparable  injury,  which,  in  the  opinion  of  the  court,  would 
justify  the  imposition  of  capital  punishment. 

AdDITIONAI.  CIvAUSES. 

“ Article  31.  The  government  shall  establish  abroad  a Revolutionary  committee,  composed 
of  an  indefinite  number  of  the  most  competent  persons  in  the  Philippine  archipelago.  This 
committee  shall  be  divided  into  three  sections,  viz  ; Of  diplomacy  ; of  the  navy  and  of  the 
army.  The  diplomatic  section  shall  negotiate  with  the  foreign  cabinets  the  recognition  of 
belligerency  and  Philippine  independence.  The  naval  section  shall  be  entrusted  with  the 
study  and  organization  of  Philippine  navy  and  prepare  the  expeditions  which  the  circum- 
stances of  the  revolution  may  require.  The  army  section  shall  study  military  tactics  and  the 
best  form  of  organizing  staff,  artillery  and  engineer  corps,  and  all  that  is  necessary  to  put  the 
Philippine  army  on  a footing  of  modern  advancement. 

“Article  32.  The  government  shall  dictate  the  necessary  instructions  for  the  execution  of 
the  present  decree. 

“ Article  33.  All  decrees  of  the  Dictatorial  government  which  may  be  in  opposition  to  the 
present  one  are  hereby  rescinded. 

Given  at  Cavite,  23d  of  June,  1898.  EMILIO  AGUINALDO.” 

A MESSAGE  OF  AGUINALDO  TO  HIS  PEOPLE. 

One  week  before  the  arrival  of  the  first  American  troops  at  Manila,  Aguinaldo 
promulgated  the  following  “message  ’’  to  the  people  explanatory  of  the  objects  of 
the  revolution: 

“ It  is  an  established  fact  that  apolitical  revolution,  judiciously  carried  out,  is  the  violent 
means  employed  by  nations  to  recover  the  sovereignty  which  naturally  belongs  to  them,  when 
the  same  has  been  usurped  and  trodden  under  foot  by  tyrannical  and  arbitrary  government. 
Therefore,  the  Philippine  revolution  cannot  be  more  justifiable  than  it  is,  because  the  country 
has  only  resorted  to  it  after  having  exhausted  all  peaceful  means  which  reason  and  experience 
dictated. 

“ The  old  Kings  of  Castile  were  obliged  to  regard  the  Philippines  as  a sister  nation,  united 
to  Spain  by  a perfect  similarity  of  aims  and  interests,  so  much  so  that  in  the  constitution  of 
1812,  promulgated  at  Cadiz,  as  a consequence  of  the  Spanish  War  of  Independence,  these 
islands  were  represented  in  the  Spanish  Parliament.  But  the  monastic  communities,  always 
unconditionally  propped  up  by  the  Spanish  government,  stepped  in  to  oppose  the  sacred  obli- 
gation, and  the  Philippine  Islands  were  excluded  from  the  Spanish  constitution,  and  the 
country  placed  at  the  mercy  of  the  discretional  or  arbitrary  powers  of  the  Governor-General. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


53 


“ Under  these  circumstances  the  country  clamored  for  justice,  demanding  of  the  metropolis 
the  recognition  and  restitution  of  its  secular  rights  through  reforms  which  should  gradually 
assimilate  it  to  Spain.  But  its  voice  was  soon  stifled,  and  its  children  were  rewarded  for  their 
abnegation  by  punishment,  martyrdom  and  death.  The  religious  corporations,  whose  interests 
were  always  at  variance  with  those  of  the  Filipinos  and  identified  with  the  Spanish  govern- 
ment, ridiculed  these  pretensions,  calmly  and  persistently  replying  that  liberty  in  Spain  had 
only  been  gained  by  the  sacrifice  of  blood. 

“What  other  channel,  then,  was  open  to  the  country  through  which  to  insist  upon  the 
recovery  of  its  lawful  rights  ? No  other  remedy  remained  but  the  application  of  force,  and, 
convinced  of  this,  it  had  recourse  to  revolution. 

“ Now  its  demands  are  no  longer  limited  to  assimilation  with  the  Spanish  constitution.  It 
asks  for  a definite  separation  therefrom  ; it  struggles  for  its  independence,  with  the  certainty 
that  the  time  has  arrived  when  it  is  able  and  ought  to  rule  itself. 

“ Hence,  it  has  constituted  a Revolutionary  government,  based  on  wise  and  just  laws,  suited 
to  the  abnormal  circumstances  it  is  passing  through,  preparatory  to  the  founding  of  a real 
Republic.  Accepting  right  as  the  only  standard  of  its  acts,  justice  as  it  sole  aim,  and  honor- 
able labor  as  its  sole  means,  it  calls  upon  all  Filipinos,  without  distinction  of  birth,  and  in- 
vites them  to  solidly  unite  with  the  object  of  forming  a noble  society,  not  by  bloodshed,  nor 
by  pompous  titles,  but  by  labor  and  the  personal  merit  of  each  one  ; a free  society  where  no 
egoism  shall  exist,  where  no  personal  politics  shall  overthrow  and  crush,  nor  envy,  nor  partial- 
ity debase,  nor  vain  boasting,  nor  charlatanry  throw  it  into  ridicule. 

“ Nothing  else  could  be  expected  from  a country  which  has  proved  by  its  long  suffering  and 
courage  in  tribulation  and  danger,  and  industry  and  studiousness  in  peace,  that  it  is  not  made 
for  slavery.  That  country  is  destined  to  become  great ; to  become  one  of  the  most  solid  instru- 
ments of  Providence  for  ruling  the  destinies  of  humanity.  That  country  has  resources  and 
energy  sufficient  to  free  itself  from  the  ruin  and  abasement  into  which  the  Spanish  govern- 
ment has  drawn  it,  and  to  claim  a modest,  though  worthy  place  in  the  concert  of  free  nations. 
“ Give7i  at  Cavitk,  23d  of  June,  1898. 


EMILIO  AGUINALDO.” 


CHAPTER  IV. 


THE  REINFORCEMENT  OF  DEWEY. 


HE  news  of  the  battle  of  Manila  Bay  came  to  the  American 
people  like  a thunder  clap  out  of  a clear  sky.  Few  of  our 
people  knew  that  there  was  in  the  United  States  service  an 
officer  named  George  Dewey,  and  many,  and  possibly  the 
majority,  had  no  idea  where  Manila  was  situated,  or  that 
there  had  been  a Spanish  fleet  there.  The  first  that  was 
known  of  any  of  these  things  was  that  a Commodore  Dewey 
had  destroyed  the  fleet,  was  holding  the  bay,  and  had  called 
for  soldiers  to  occupy  the  city.  Certainly  he  should  have 
them.  Whoever  Commodore  Dewey  might  be  and  wherever 
Manila  might  be  could  be  determined  later,  but  if  there  were  an  American 
like  that  afloat  and  calling  for  soldiers  he  should  have  what  he  wanted, 
and  have  it  quick.  On  such  distant  service  of  indefinite  duration  it  might 
possibly  seem  best  to  send  regiments  of  the  regular  army,  but  regular 
troops  were  very  scarce  at  that  time,  and  the  volunteer  regiments  then 
forming  were  anxious  to  go.  San  Francisco  was  the  natural  point  of  departure 
from  the  United  States  to  the  Philippines,  but  at  the  outbreak  of  the  war  the 
entire  Pacific  Coast  had  been  almost  denuded  of  regular  troops,  which  had  been 
hurried  to  Cuba,  and  the  few  volunteer  regiments  which  formed  the  quota  of  the 
Pacific  States  were  not  yet  in  readiness.  One  regiment — the  Fourteenth  In- 
fantry— remained  on  the  coast,  whose  colonel,  Thomas  N.  Anderson,  was  ordered 
to  San  Francisco,  made  brigadier-general  of  volunteers,  and  put  in  charge  of  the 
preliminary  arrangements,  pending  the  selection  of  the  officer  to  command  the 
expedition.  Assignments  of  volunteer  regiments,  mostly  from  the  Western  States, 
were  rapidly  made,  and  such  regular  troops  as  were  available  were  concentrated 
at  San  Francisco.  The  transportation  and  commissary  service  was  organized  as 
rapidly  as  possible,  and  every  exertion  made  to  get  help  to  the  victorious  Commo’ 
dore — already  made  Admiral — at  the  earliest  possible  moment. 


THE  STRENGTH  OF  THE  REINFORCEMENT  DETERMINED. 

At  first  a force  of  5000  men  was  contemplated.  This  was  very  soon  increased 
to  10,000,  and  when  the  command  in  the  Philippines  was  offered  to  Major-General 
Wesley  Merritt,  second  in  command  in  the  United  States  Army,  his  estimate  of 
the  number  required  was  20,000  men,  of  whom  a large  portion  should  be  regulars. 
This  number  was  finally  agreed  upon  to  comprise  the  expedition,  of  which  number 


56 


Caiupaigmiig  in  the  Philippines. 


471  officers  and  10,43‘2  enlisted  men  actually  reached  Manila  before  the  capture  of 
the  city  on  August  18,  1899.  At  the  end  of  this  chapter  will  be  found  a com- 
plete vStatement  of  the  forces  despatched  to  the  Philippines  up  to  June  80,  1899, 
with  dates  of  sailing  and  arrival. 

GENERAL  MERRITT  ASSIGNED  TO  THE  COMMAND. 

On  May  20th,  Major-General  Elwell  S.  Otis,  U.  S.  V.,  assumed  command 
at  San  Francisco  of  “All  United  States  troops  now  assembled  and  upon 
arrival  of  such  troops  as  are  to  be  assembled  at  this  point  for  contemplated  expedi- 
tionary purposes.”  On  May  21st,  General  T.  N.  Anderson,  U.  S.  V.,  was 
assigned  to  the  command  of  the  First  Expedition  to  the  Philippine  Islands. 
On  Ma}^  29th,  a locality  in  the  “Bay  District  Track”  was  designated  by 
order  as  ‘ Camp  Merritt.”  On  May  80th,  Major-General  Wesley  Merritt,  U.  S.  A. 

assumed  command  of  the  expeditionary 
forces  at  San  Francisco,  and  on  the  same 
day  assigned  General  Otis  to  the  command 
of  Camp  Merritt  as  an  independent 
division  for  administrative  purposes. 

June  2d,  General  Otis  assumed  com- 
mand of  this  division  and  put  in  force  a 
strict  camp  discipline.  On  June  28d, 
General  Merritt  assumed  command  of  the 
Eighth  Army  Corps,  composed  of  forces 
comprising  the  Philippine  Expedition, 
and  on  June  29th,  General  Otis  assumed 
command  at  San  Francisco  of  “All  the 
Philippine  Islands’  Expeditionary  Forces 
in  this  locality,  and,  upon  arrival,  of  all  troops  directed  to  the  port  for  further 
expeditionary  purposes.”  On  July  11th,  Brigadier-General  N.  P.  Miller,  U.  S.  V., 
assumed  command  of  all  troops  at  Camp  Merritt  and  the  Presidio,  including  the 
so-called  “Expeditionary  Forces,  ” General  Otis  relinquishing  command  to  serve 
in  the  Philippines. 


Loading  horses  on  transport. 


DEPARTURE  OF  THE  FIRST  EXPEDITION. 

Prior  to  the  arriv^al  of  General  Merritt  at  San  Francisco  in  command,  as  noted, 
the  First  Philippine  Expedition  had  sailed  for  the  islands  with  General  Anderson 
in  command.  General  Anderson  in  speaking  of  conditions  then,  said:  “I 
was  ordered  to  Manila,  when  things  were  very  unsettled,  with  a few  regiments. 
I was  hurried  away  with  no  explicit  instructions.  ‘ Do  the  best  you  can  ’ were 
the  orders  I received.” 

The  cruiser  Charlestoii  had  preceded  this  expedition  to  Honolulu  from  which 
place  it  was  to  convoy  the  expedition  to  Manila.  At  Honolulu  the  expedition 
disembarked,  where  it  was  received  with  much  enthusiasm  by  all  classes,  and 
most  hospitably  entertained.  The  expedition  left  Honolulu  in  good  condition  on 
the  15th,  under  convoy  of  the  Charleston,  Captain  Glass  being  in  command  of 
the  cruiser.  On  this  date,  while  at  sea,  according  to  instructions.  Captain  Glass 


Campais^nins^  in  the  Philippines. 


57 


opened  his  sealed  orders,  and  at  once  signaled  General  Anderson,  then  on  board 
the  Australia-.  “My  instructions  require  me  to  capture  the  Spanish  forts  and 
vessels  at  the  Island  of  Guam,  en  route  to  Manila.  The  transports  will  accom- 
pany this  ship  as  only  two  or  three  days’  delay  will  occur.  This  may  be  made 
public.  Glass.’’ 

THE  CAPTURE  OF  GUAM. 

Guam  was  reached  June  20th,  after  an  uneventful  voyage.  Soon  after  the 
battle  the  press  of  the  country  was  filled  with  tales  of  the  heroism  of  the  capture 
of  Guam,  but  it  should  be  said  no  one  in  the  command  thought  of  it  especially 
as  an  exploit.  This  may  be  said — it  was  not  known  exactly  in  what  the  fortifica- 
tion consisted,  the  condition  of  the  force,  or  the  strength  of  the  Spanish 
military  occupation;  and  such  precaution  was  taken  as  would  be  observed  had 
they  been  of  a formidable  nature.  In  Guam  there  were  two  forts,  St.  lago  and 
Santa  Cruz,  and  the  ruins  of  an  old  fort  called  San  kuis.  The  fort  St.  lago  was 
also  at  the  time  an  old,  unoccupied  fort.  The  Charlesto7i  left  the  convoy  so  as  to 
be  unexposed  to  shells  from  the  fort,  and  proceeded  to  the  attack.  She  passed 
the  old  fort  St.  lago  in  silence  and  moved  up  against  fort  Santa  Cruz  to  shell 
the  fort.  There  was  no  response  and  it  was  unoccupied.  In  all,  the  Charleston 
discharged  thirteen  shells  at  the  fort,  seven  shells  from  the  starboard  three  pound 
battery,  and  three  from  the  port  battery.  The  “battle’’  lasted  four  and  a half 
minutes.  By  this  time  the  Spanish  settlement  !was  aroused,  and  the  captain  of 
the  port  came  aboard  the  Charleston  and  said  he  had  recognized  the  salute  but 
could  not  answer  as  he  had  no  battery,  but  would  try  in  the  future  to  have  one 
so  salutations  could  be  answered. 

Authorities  in  Guam  had  no  knowledge  that  a declaration  of  war  had  been 
made.  Upon  being  apprised  of  this,  they  parleyed  for  delay,  but  were  notified 
that  they  were  prisoners  of  war  ; that  the  Governor  and  garrison  must  surrender 
and  become  prison- 
ers. The  garrison 
consisted  of  108 
men,  54  Spanish 
regulars  and  the 
balance  natives 
(Chamorros.)  The 
garrison  surrender- 
ed its  arms,  the  Cha- 
morros  being  al- 
lowed to  remain  on 
the  Island  of  Guam, 
which  condition 
they  gladly  accept- 
ed. The  regulars 

were,  with  the  Governor  and  staff,  taken  aboard  ship.  After  the  necessary 
preparation  the  expedition  set  sail  for  Manila.  There  are  a dozen  and  perhaps 
more  of  the  Mariana  or  kadrone  Islands,  Guam  being  the  largest.  The  capital 


58 


Campaig}iini:[  in  the  Philippines. 


of  the  group  is  Agana.  These  islands  were  given  the  name  Lad  rone  by  the 
Spaniards  because  of  the  thieving  propensities  of  the  natives.  In  1668,  the 
name  of  Mariana  was  given  them  in  honor  of  Maria  Ana  of  Austria,  the 
widow  of  Philip  IV  of  Spain.  The  population  of  the  group  is  estimated  at 
27,000  ; that  of  Guam  12,000  ; and  Agana  4000.  The  soil  is  very  productive 
and  well  adapted  to  the  culture  of  all  tropical  plants.  The  harbor  of  San 
Luis  d’  Apra  could  easily  be  made  a fine  coaling  station,  being  nearly  in 
direct  line  between  Honolulu  and  Manila,  at  which  place  the  expedition  arrived 
on  June  30,  1898,  and  the  reinforcement  of  Dewey  had  begun. 


NAVAL  REINFORCEMENTS. 


It  is  proper  to  state  in  this  place  that  while,  as  had  been  demonstrated,  the 
Admiral  had  a naval  force  quite  sufficient  to  take  care  of  any  Spanish  ships  then 
in  eastern  waters,  there  was  no  heavy  armed  battle-ship  in  his  fleet,  and  there  was 
always  a possibility  of  the  despatch  of  heavy  armed  vessels  from  Spain  by  way  of 
the  Suez  Canal,  which  later  grew  into  a strong  probability  when  Admiral  Camara’s 
fleet  sailed  for  the  east.  It  was  also  not  impossible  that  complications  might  arise 

— — with  European 

powers  having 
interests  in  the 
Philippines,  and 
whose  naval 
forces  on  the 
Asiatic  station 
were  far  in  ex- 
cess of  Dewey’s. 
It  was,  therefore, 
highly  import- 

WAITING  FOR  TENTS.  4.  4.  1.  • a i. 

ant  that  his  fleet 

should  be  promptly  strengthened.  The  cruiser  Charleston,  as  already  stated, 
accompanied  the  first  expedition,  and  the  monitors  Mo)iterey  and  Monadnock, 
although  intended  for  coast  defense  and  not  for  long  voyages,  were  made 
ready  as  soon  as  possible  and  despatched  from  San  Francisco,  the  Mojiterey 
arriving  safely  at  Manila  on  August  4th,  and  the  Monadnock  later.  They 
would  have  been  a few  days  too  late  to  meet  Camara’s  fleet  had  it  con- 
tinued its  voyage  from  Suez  and  met  no  mishap,  and  it  is  said  to  have  been 
Dewey’s  intention,  had  the  Spanish  fleet  continued  its  course,  to  leave  Manila  Bay 
and  cruise  until  his  reinforcements  were  met,  after  which  he  would  have  returned 
for  another  battle  for  the  possession  of  the  bay.  The  necessity  of  this  was  pre- 
vented by  Admiral  Camara’s  return  to  Spain.  Upon  the  arrival  of  the  monitors 
Admiral  Dewey  was  equipped  for  any  emergency,  and  the  subsequent  changes  in 
his  fleet  did  not  affect  the  course  of  events,  and  do  not  fall  within  the  scope  of  this 
narrative. 


MORE  REINFORCEMENTS  ARRIVE. 


The  troops  of  the  second  expedition,  under  command  of  Brigadier-General 
F.  V.  Greene,  reached  Manila  on  July  17th,  and  those  of  the  third  expedition,  in 


Campaignifijr  in  the  Philippines.  59 

command  of  Major-General  Merritt,  on  July  25th.  The  fourth  expedition,  under 
Major-General  Otis,  reached  Manila  on  August  21st,  a few  days  after  the  fall  of 
the  city. 

DIFFICULTIES  OF  RAPID  MOBILIZATION. 

To  people  not  familiar  with  military  operations  the  despatching  of  an  army  to 
the  Philippines  may  seem  a simple  matter.  There  were  plenty  of  men  to  go,  and 
officers,  more  or  less  inexperienced,  in  superabundance.  Apparently  in  the  popu- 
lar mind,  there  was  nothing  to  hinder  their  going — but  there  were  many  things. 
There  were  no  modern  guns,  no  smokeless  powder,  no  suitable  clothing,  no  com- 
missary stores,  no  hospital  equipment,  and  no  ships.  The  organization  of  the 
supply  and  transport  service  took  far  more  time  than  the  organization  of  the  troops, 
but  while  waiting  for  these  essentials  of  warfare  to  be  provided  there  was  time  for 
drill.  A newly  organized  regiment  is  but  one  remove  from  a mob,  and  to  un- 
necessarily lead  such  a force  against  a disciplined  enemy  is  to  invite  disaster. 
Fortunately  most  of  the  volunteer  regiments  were  largely  composed  of  National 
Guardsmen,  and  had  had  valuable  training,  but  real  war  is  very  different  from  a 
militia  encampment  in  time  of 
peace,  and  there  was  a large 
number  of  recruits  who  had 
received  no  training  at  all.  The 
organization  of  the  staff  services 
seemed  slow  to  the  people,  but  in 
reality  it  was  rapid,  and  such  de- 
lay as  there  was  was  turned  to 
good  purpose  in  training  the  offi- 
cers and  men  for  service  in  the 
field.  It  is  desirable  that  the 
public  be  better  informed  as  to 
the  details  of  the  various  services  upon  whose  effective  administration  the 
success  of  campaigns  so  largely  depends,  and  it  is  convenient,  in  connection 
with  the  movement  of  an  army  to  the  Philippines,  to  give  some  account  of  the 
transport  service  which  accomplished  it. 

The  energies  of  the  government,  at  the  beginning  of  the  war,  were  directed 
toward  the  preparation  for  the  invasion  of  Cuba,  and  in  pursuit  of  this  plan, 
officers  and  men  were  taken  from  all  sections  and  mobilized  at  points  accessible  to 
the  Eastern  seaboard.  When  finally  attention  was  given  to  the  situation  in  the 
Philippines,  it  was  found  that  a base  must  be  established  on  the  Pacific  Coast, 
and  San  Francisco  was  made  the  place.  From  the  fact  that  supplies  had  been 
diverted  eastward  to  furnish  and  equip  the  army  for  Cuba,  the  difficulty  of  the 
work  of  furnishing  and  equipping  this  new  army  was  largely  augmented.  To 
house,  clothe  and  feed  the  troops  was  not  the  only  factor.  The  men  had  to  be 
disciplined  and  drilled,  and  then  arose  the  problem  of  transportation.  In  this  it 
was  not  only  to  secure  .suitable  transports,  but  to  determine  how  best  to  feed  and 
furnish,  not  only  for  the  long  voyage,  but  for  the  needs  of  the  new  and  untried 
climate. 


LINFD  UP  FOR  DINNER. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


THE  TROOPS  IN  SAN  FRANCISCO. 

Soon  nflei  the  troops  began  to  arrive  from  the  different  States  at  San  Franeisco, 
tbi‘  qiiesticii  of  climate  effects  became  serious.  Men  heretofore  strong  and 
vipoK  us  were  attacked  with  divers’  ailments,  mostly  of  a pulmonary  nature,  and 

soon  fatalities  were  alarm- 
ingly frequent.  From  May 
- 23d  to  September  2d,  in- 

# elusive,  there  were  ninety- 

■"mW  one  deaths  in  the  military 
hospitals  in  the  city. 

The  first  camp  was  located 
■ in  the  western  outskirts  of 

the  city,  on  a sandy  piece  of 
ground,  and  fearing  that  the 
locality  might  contribute  to  the  mortality,  a new  camp  was  established  at  the 
Presidio.  Here,  by  choosing  the  locality  least  exposed  to  the  ocean  winds,  and 
with  every  precaution  of  sanitation,  the  death  rate  decreased.  With  improved 
sanitary  conditions  came  restored  health,  so  that  the  army  sent  to  the  Philippines 
was  in  excellent  condition.  It  should  be  borne  in  mind  that,  at  this  time,  the 
government  owned  no  transports  on  the  Pacific  Coast  and  they  must  be 
obtained,  either  by  charter  or  purchase,  and  in  every  instance  refitted  and  made 
suitable  for  transporting  the  troops.  Already  commerce  on  the  Pacific  had 
received  such  an  impetus  that  ships  were  difficult  to  get,  and  for  some  time 
could  only  be  had  after  threatened  seizure  by  the  government. 

SUPPLY  AND  TRANSPORT  SYSTEM  ORGANIZED. 

After  much  effort  transportation  was  secured  for  the  first  expedition,  and  in 
time,  by  dint  of  great  energy  and  perseverance,  an  excellent  transport  system  was 
perfected.  It  grew  with  the  requirements,  and  met  emergencies.  A table  will  be 
found  at  the  end  of  this  chapter  which  includes  the  transport  service  performed 
by  this  department,  from  the  time  of  departure  from  San  Francisco  of  the 
first  expedition  to  June,  1899, 
showing  the  number  of  officers 
and  men  and  organizations 
carried.  Something  of  the 
magnitude  of  the  supplies 
carried  in  connection  with  this 
transportation  may  be  inferred 
when  it  is  stated  that,  outside 
of  clothing  and  other  essential 
supplies,  including  tents,  camp 
equipage  and  medical  supplies,  there  accompanied  each  man  in  the  expedition  400 
rounds  of  ammunition  and  four  months’  rations,  and  as  their  stay  prolonged  beyond 
this  time,  their  future  supplies  were  to  be  subsequently  added.  The  public  eye 
seldom  looks  beyond  the  glamour  of  the  battle-field  to  find  merit  in  military  life,  but 


ROLL  CALL. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


61 


attributable  to  defects  in  the  Quartermaster’s  Department  and,  with  3500  horses 
forwarded,  the  loss  is  less  than  that  which  occurred  in  their  transit  from  the  place 
of  purchase  to  the  place  of  shipment.  It  will  not  exceed  two  per  cent.  The 
business  done  exceeds  five  times  the  whole  of  the  five  great  commercial  lines  from 
the  city.  Stevedoring  costs  about  15  cents  a ton.  Private  firms  pay  from  23  to 
30  cents  for  the  same  kind  of  service.  It  is  thought  that  about  $15,000,000  have 
been  expended  for  supplies  in  the  transport  service  at  the  port  of  San  Francisco, 
and  the  total  number  of  men  employed  in  the  various  departments,  including 
manufacturing,  approximates  11,000.  The  expense  is  about  40  per  cent  of  what 
it  costs  private  companies.  But  one  ship  has  had  an  accident  worthy  of  note — 
and  this  occurred  in  a fog  on  the  coast  of  Japan. 

In  the  English  transport  system,  each  man  is  allowed  a minimum  of  70  cubic 
feet  of  air  in  his  berth  and  a maximum  of  77  cubic  feet.  In  the  system  which 
Colonel  Eong  supervises,  every  man  is  allowed  a minimum  of  80  cubic  feet  and 


the  exigencies  of  the  staff  services  require  equal  ability  and  devotion,  while  yielding 
none  of  the  glory,  so  dear  to  the  soldier’s  heart.  Up  to  the  present  tune  about 
53,000  troops  with  their  supplies  have  been  forwarded  to  the  Philiopines  and 
preparation  is  now  well  in  hand  to  forward  .soon,  and  as  required,  about  30,000 
more,  besides  the  return  of  the  volunteer  troops  from  the  islands. 

THE  TRANSPORT  vSYSTEM. 

This  work  has  been  and  now  is  under  the  direct  supervision  and  management 
of  Colonel  Oscar  F.  Tong,  Quartermaster  of  the  department.  As  indicative  of 
the  ability  with  which  it  has  been  managed,  it  should  be  mentioned  that  at  no 
time  has  there  been  a lack  of  supplies  in  the  Philippines  for  the  troops,  and  these 
have  been  commended  both  for  quantity  and  quality.  Not  a life  has  been  lost 


BREAKING  CAMP  AT  THE  PRESIDIO. 


62 


Campaigning  ifi  the  Philippines. 


a maximum  of  100  cubic  feet.  Take  the  Scaiidia  as  further  illustration.  In  the 
Russian  service  she  carried  2400  men.  In  our  service  she  carries  1100.  Colonel 
Tong  has  had  four  commissioned  assistants  in  this  work,  his  staff  being  Captains 
N.  P.  Bachelder,  John  T.  Barneson,  C.  G.  Lyman  and  J.  H.  Humphreys. 

The  sub-joined  table  in  a condensed  form  shows  : 

First — The  cost  of  the  transport  service  on  this  coast  since  the  war  began  to 
July  1,  1899  ; second,  the  cost  of  charters  ; and  third,  the  time  not  in  transit. 


COST  OF  TRANSPORT  SERVICE. 


Cost  of  charters  (of  22  vessels) $4,223,400 

Cost  of  Arizona  (Hancock) 600,000 

Cost  of  Scandia  (Warren) 200,000 

Tug  Fearless 150,000 

Tug  Active 75,000 

Tug  Vigilant 60,000 

Fitting  up  transports  up  to  June  30,  1898 88,268 

Fitting  up  transports  subsequently  (estimated) 50,000 

Cost  of  water  (estimated) 40,000 

Cost  of  coal 443,550 

Total  cost  of  transport  service $5,930,218 


COST  OF 

NAME  OF  VESSEL  DATE  OF  CHARTER 

City  of  Peking.  . . .May  1,  1898,  to  Sept.  1.  . . 

City  of  Sidney.  . . .May  10  to  August  30 

Australia May  10  to  August  29 

Colon May  27  to  Sept.  7 

China May  27  to  Sept.  22 

Zealandia May  27 

Senator June  8 

Morgan  City June  7 to  Nov.  3 

Morgan  City January,  1899 

City  of  Para  (just 

recliartered)  . . . June  7 to  Nov.  26 

Indiana June  7,  1898 

Ohio June  7,  1898 

Valencia June  19 

Newport June  30 

Peru June  25  to  Nov.  2 

City  of  Pueblo.  . . June  23  to  June  2,  1899.  . 

Pennsylvania July  7 

Rio  de  Janeiro.  . . July  7 to  October  22 

St.  Paul July  19  to  Nov.  1 

St.  Paul Nov.  6 to  June  12,  1899  . . 

Tacoma  (sailing) . .July  11,  1898,  to  July  3, 

1899  

Centennial  February,  1899 

Cleveland March,  1899,  to  June  24.  . 

Portland March  to  May,  1899 


CHARTERS. 


DURATION  OF  CHARTER  COST 

$1,500  per  day,  123  days $184,000 

1,500  per  day,  112  days 112,000 

20,000  per  month,  3X  months 72,000 

750  per  day,  104  days 78,000 

1,500  per  day,  119  days 178,500 

20.000  per  month,  13  months 260,000 

100  per  day,  390  days 390,000 

660  per  day,  150  days 99,000 

550  estimated,  180  days 90,000 

1,000  per  day,  172  days 172,000 

25.000  per  month,  13  months 325,000 

25,000  per  month,  13  months 325,000 

650  per  day,  380  days 247,000 

1,000  per  day,  379  days 379,000 

1,000  per  day,  131  days 131,000 

900  per  day,  345  days 310,500 

25,000  per  month,  12  months 300,000 

1,000  per  day,  108  days 108,000 

1,000  per  day,  105  days 105,000 

700  per  day,  219  days 153,300 

200  per  day,  358  days 71,600 

500  per  day,  150  days 75,000 

300  per  day,  116  days 34,800 

300  per  day,  74  days 22,200 


$4,223,400 


Total  cost  of  charters 


Ca}npaijs^Hi}i(r  in  ike  Philippines. 


63 


DAYS  NOT  IN  TRANSIT. 


Vessels 


City  of  Sidney. . 
City  of  Peking.  . 

Australia 

Colon 

China 

Zealandia  . . . . | 
Senator | 

Morgan  City.  . | 

City  of  Para  . . . . 

Indiana 

Ohio 

Valencia 

Newport 

Peru 

City  of  Puebla . . 
Pennsylvania  . . 
Rio  de  Janeiro. . 
St.  Paul 


I^eft 

San 

Francisco 

Arrived 

Manila 

L,ay  Over 
in  Manila 

Awaiting 
Cancellation 
of  Charter  in 

San  Francisco 

Out  of 
Transit 

Charter  Price 
per  Day  or 
Month 

Cost 

May  25 

June  30 

20  days 

17  days 

37 

$ 1,000  per  day 

$37,000 

May  25 

June  30 

30  “ 

11  “ 

41 

1,500  “ “ 

61,500 

May  25 

June  30 

23  “ 

12  “ 

35 

20,000  “ mo. 

23,333 

June  15 

July  17 

21  “ 

3 “ 

24 

750  “ day 

18,000 

June  15 

July  16 

44  “ 

44 

1,500  “ “ 

66,000 

June  15 

July  17 

37  “ 

Oct.  30 

Nov.  28 

57  “ 

94 

20,000  “ mo. 

62,666 

June  25 

July  17 

38  “ 

65 

Oct.  17 

Nov.  21 

27  “ 

1 ,000  ‘ ‘ day 

65,000 

June  27 

July  31 

59  “ 

Jan.  26 

Mar.  2 

12  “ 

1 day 

72 

660  ‘ ‘ day 

47,520 

June  27 

July  31 

87  “ 

87 

1,000  “ “ 

87,000 

June  27 

July  31 

30  “ 

30 

25,000  “ mo. 

25,000 

June  27 

July  31 

35  “ 

35 

25,000  “ “ 

29,166 

June  28 

July  31 

34  “ 

34 

650  ‘ ‘ day 

22,100 

June  29 

May  25 

50  “ 

50 

1,000  “ “ 

50,000 

July  15 

Aug.  21 

45  “ 

1 day 

46 

1,000  “ “ 

46,000 

July  15 

Aug.  21 

30  “ 

30 

900  “ “ 

27,000 

July  19 

Aug.  24 

20  “ 

20 

25,000  “ mo. 

16,666 

July  27 

Aug.  24 

28  “ 

28 

1,000  “ day 

28,000 

July  29 

Aug.  31 

27  “ 

27 

1,000  “ “ 

27,000 

Total  cost 


.$738,951 


It  should  be  said  in  explanation  of  the  last  table  that  any  delay  in  San  Fran- 
cisco was  caused  by  the  transports  being  refitted,  refurnished  and  repaired,  and 
often  a little  delay  in  waiting  for  cargo  or  the  arrival  of  troops.  Similar  con- 
ditions may  be  considered  as  existing  in  Manila. 

The  following  is  a statement  of  the  troops  despatched  to  the  Philippines  up  to 
September  15,  1899,  with  date  of  sailing  and  arrival: 


FIRST  EXPEDITION- 158  Officers  and  2386  Men. 

Australia  left  San  P'rancisco  May  25,  1898,  and  arrived  at  Manila  June  30,  1898,  carrying 
the  following  officers  and  men:  Brigadier-General  Thomas  M.  Anderson,  U.  S.  V.;  Elmer  W. 
Clark,  2d  Lieut.,  14th  Inf.,  Aid-de-Camp;  Henry  P.  McCain,  Lst  Lieut.,  14th  Inf.,  Adjutant- 
General;  Samuel  R.  Jones,  U.  S.  V.,  Chief  Quartermaster;  Sydney  A.  Cloman,  1st  Lieut., 
15th  Inf.,  Chief  Commissary;  Harlan  E.  MeVay,  Capt.,  Assistant  Surgeon,  U.  S.  A.,  Commis- 
sary Sergeant;  1st  and  2d  Battalions  and  Company  C,  2d  Oregon,  38  officers  and  732  men, 
making  a total  of  44  officers  and  733  men. 

City  of  Sidney  left  San  Francisco  May  25,  1898,  and  arrived  at  Manila  June  30,  1898,  carrying 
the  following  officers  and  men:  Companies  F,  I,  and  M,  3d  Battalion,  2d  Oregon  Inf.,  U.  S. 
V.;  detachment  of  Batteries  A and  D,  California  Volunteer  Heavy  Artillery  ; band  and  Com- 
panies A,  C,  D,  E and  F,  14th  Inf.;  Hospital  Corps;  Commissary  Sergeant,  making  a total  of 
22  officers  and  674  men. 

City  of  Pekinyi  left  San  Francisco  May  25,  1898,  and  arrived  at  Manila  June  30,  1898,  carry- 
ing the  following  officers  and  men  : 1st  Regiment  California  Volunteer  Inf.  and  Commissary 
Sergeant,  making  a total  of  49  officers  and  979  men. 

SECOND  EXPEDITION— 158  Officers  and  3404  Men. 

China  left  San  Francisco  June  15,  1898,  and  arrived  at  Manila  July  17,  1898,  carrying  the  fol- 
lowing officers  and  men  : Brigadier-General  F.  V.  Greene,  U.  S.  V.;  W.  G.  Bates,  Capt.,  Assis- 
tant Adjutant-General,  U.  S.  V.,  Adjutant-General ; Frank  S.  Bourns,  Maj.,  Chief  Surgeon, 


04 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


U.  S.  V.;  W.  H.  Anderson,  Capt.,  Chief  Surgeon,  U.  S.  V.,  Chief  Commissary;  Schuyler 
Schieffelin,  2d  Lieut.,  47th  New  York  Volunteers,  Aide-de-Camp.  Attached;  Lieutenant- 
Colonel  C.  L.  Jewett,  Judge- Advocate,  U.  S.  V.;  Maj.  J.  F.  Bell,  Engineer  Officer,  U.  S.  V.; 
Capt.  W.  A.  Tucker,  Chief  Surgeon,  U.  S.  V.;  1st  Lieut.;  J.  B.  Clayton,  Assistant  Surgeon, 
U.  S.  A.;  1st  Lieut.  R.  H.  Allen,  14th  Inf.,  Aide-de-Camp;  1st  Regiment  Colorado  Inf., 
U.  S.  V.;  Company  A,  18th  Inf.;  Company  G,  18th  Inf.;  Sections  3,  4 and  5,  Battery  B,  Utah 
Volunteer  Light  Artillery;  detachment  Company  A,  Engineer  Battalion,  U.  S.  A.;  Detach- 
ment Hospital  Corps,  making  a total  of  61  officers  and  1208  men. 

Senator  left  San  Francisco  June  15,  1898,  and  arrived  at  Manila  July  17,  1898,  carrying 
the  1st  Regiment  Nebraska  Inf.,  U.  S.  V.;  Detachment  Hospital  Corps,  making  a total  of  43 
officers  and  950  men. 

Zealandia  left  San  Francisco  June  15,  1898,  and  arrived  at  Manila  July  17,  1898,  carrying 
the  following  officers  and  men:  10th  Regiment  Pennsylvania  Inf.,  U.  S.  V.;  Sections  1,  2 and 
6,  Battery  B,  Utah  Volunteer  Light  Artillery;  Detachment  Hospital  Corps,  making  a total  cf 
34  officers  and  665  men. 

Colon  left  San  Francisco  June  15,  1898,  and  arrived  at  Manila  July  17,  1898,  carrying  the  fol- 
lowing officers  and  men:  Companies  B and  E,  18th  Inf.;  Companies  D,  E,  F,  and  H,  23d  Inf.; 
Battery  A,  Utah  Volunteer  Light  Artillery;  Detachment  Hospital  Corps,  making  a total  of  20 
officers  and  581  men. 

THIRD  EXPEDITION— 198  Officers,  4642  Men  and  34  Civilians. 

Newport  left  San  Francisco  June  29,  1898,  and  arrived  at  Manila  July  25,  1898,  carrying 
the  following  officers  and  men:  Major-General  Wesley  Merritt,  U.  S A.;  John  B.  Babcock, 
Brigadier-General,  U.  S.  V.,  Adjutant-General,  Department  of  the  Pacific;  Lewis  H.  Strother, 
Maj.,  U.  S.  V.,  Aide-de-Camp;  Harry  C.  Hale,  Maj.,  U.  S.  V.,  Aide-de-Camp;  T.  Bentley  Mott, 
Capt.  Aide-de-Camp;  C.  A.  Whittier,  Lieutenant-Colonel,  Inspector-General,  U.  S.  V.;  James 
W.  Pope,  Lieutenant-Colonel,  Chief  Quartermaster,  U.  S.  V.;  David  L.  Brainard,  Lieutenant- 
Colonel,  Chief  Commissary  Sergeant,  U.  S.  V.;  W.  A.  Wadsworth,  Maj.,  U.  S.  V.,  Assistant  to  Chief 
Quartermaster;  Charles  McClure,  Maj.,  Paymaster,  U.  S.  A.,  Chief  Paymaster;  Charles  E.  Kil- 
bourne,  Maj.,  U.  S.  A.,  Paymaster;  Charles  H.  Whipple,  Maj.,  S.  A.,  Paymaster ; R.  B.  C. 
Bement,  Maj.,  Engineer  Officer,  U.  S.  V.;  William  A.  Simpson,  Maj.,  U.  S.  V.,  Chief  of  Artillery; 
Samuel  D.  S.  Sturgis,  Maj.,  U.  S.  V.,  Assistant  Adjutant-General,  Department  of  the  Pacific; 
Enoch  H.  Crowder,  Lieutenant-Colonel,  U.  S.  V.,  Judge- Advocate  ; Henry  Lippencott,  Lieuten- 
ant-Colonel, U.  S.  A.,  Chief  Surgeon;  Charles  E.  Woodruff,  Maj.,  U.  S.  V.,  Attending  Sur- 
geon, Department  of  the  Pacific;  Julian  M.  Cabell,  Capt.,  (retired).  Assistant  Surgeon;  Charles 
L.  Potter,  Lieutenant-Colonel,  U.  S.  V.,  Chief  Engineer  Officer;  Richard  E.  Thompson,  Maj., 

U.  S.  V.,  Chief  Signal  Officer;  Frank  R.  Keefer,  Capt.,  Assistant  Surgeon,  U.  S.  A.;  G.  W. 
Day  wait.  Acting  Surgeon,  U.  S.  A.;  G.  W.  Matthewes,  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon,  U.  S.  A.;  Astor 
Battery,  Batteries  H and  K,  3d  Art.;  Detachment  Hospital  Corps  attached  to  Headquarters, 
making  a total  of  15  civilians,  33  officers  and  548  men. 

Astor  Battery  left  Manila  for  San  Francisco,  Cal.,  December  15, 1898,  on  transport  Senator. 
Armament  and  ammunition  of  Battery  turned  over  to  Light  Battery  D,  6th  United  States  Art. 

Indiana  left  San  Francisco  June  27,  1898,  and  arrived  at  Manila  July  31,  1898,  carrying  the 
following  officers  and  men:  Brigadier-General  Arthur  MacArthur,  U.  S.  V.;  F.  J.  Kernan,  1st 
Lieut.,  21st  Inf.,  Acting  Assistant  Adjutant-General;  C.  G.  Sawtelle,  Jr.,  Assistant  Quarter- 
master, U.  S.  V.,  Quartermaster;  Pegram  Whitworth,  2d  Lieut.,  18th  Inf.,  Aide-de-Camp; 
Herbert  M.  Lord,  Maj.,  Additional  Paymaster,  U.  S.  V.;  William  B.  Rochester,  Jr., 
Maj.,  Additional  Paymaster,  U.  S.  V.;  Henry  C.  Fitzgerald,  Maj.,  Additional  Paymaster,  U.  S. 

V. ;  Timothy  D.  Keheler,  Maj.,  Additional  Paymaster,  U.  S.  V.;  William  B.  Gambrill,  Maj., 
Additional  Paymaster,  U.  S.  V.;  John  M.  Sears,  Maj.,  Additional  Paymaster,  U.  S.  V.;  R.  H. 
Fitzhugh,  Maj.,  Commissary  Sergeant,  U.  S.  V.;  W.  A.  Harper,  Capt.,  Assistant  Quartermaster, 
U.  S.  V.;  Dr.  Titus,  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon,  U.  S.  A.;  Dr.  Henry  Brodek,  Acting  Assistant 
Surgeon,  U.  S.  A.;  19  civilian  clerks;  1 newspaper  correspondent;  Headquarters  band  and 
Companies  B,  C,  G and  L,  23d  Inf.;  recruits  for  1st  Battalion,  23d  Inf.;  Companies  D and  H, 


Photo  hy  Hodson. 


TRANSPORT  “SHP:rMAN.” 

One  of  the  largest  and  best  troopships  in  Uncle  Sam’s  service. 


Photo  hy  Hodson. 


“ ’TWPIEN  DECKS”  ON  THPl  ‘‘ SHPlRMAN.” 

Showing  sleeping  quarters  occupied  by  the  rank  and  file  of  onr  soldiers 


I'l 

I 

f 

f) 


■Ii; 

-L 


Captain  J.  H.  Mathews, 
Superintending  Engineer. 


Capt.^in  N.  P.  Batchetder,  a.  Q.  M.,  U.  S.  V. 
Assistant  to  General  Superintendent,  A.  T.  S., 
San  Francisco,  Cal. 


Captain  John  Barneson, 
Marine  Superintendent. 


I 

j 

i; 


I 


Jas.  H.  Humphreys, 

Asst,  to  Superintending  Engineer. 


Colonel  Oscar  F.  Fong,  U.  S.  A., 
General  Superintendent  Army  Transport 
Service,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 


C.  G.  Eyman, 

Asst,  to  Marine  Superintendent. 


OFFICERS  ARMY  TRANSPORT  SERVICE  SAN  FRANCISCO,  CAE. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


65 


18th  Iiif.;  recruits  for  1st  Battalion,  18th  Inf.;  Detachment  U.  S.  V.  Signal  Corps;  Company 
A,  Engineer  Battalion,  U.  S.  A.;  detachment  Company  H,  North  Dakota  Volunteer  Inf.; 
Hospital  Corps  making  a total  of  36  officers,  944  men  and  20  civilians. 

JMorgan  City  left  San  Francisco  June  27,  1898,  and  arrived  at  Manila  July  31,  1898,  carry- 
ing the  following  officers  and  men:  1st  and  2d  Battalions,  1st  Idaho  Inf.,  U.  S.  V.;  privates,  1st 
Nebraska  Volunteer  Inf.;  Detachment  Signal  Corps;  Detachment  Hospital  Corps,  making  a total 
of  32  officers  and  677  men. 

left  San  Francisco  June  27,  1898,  and  arrived  at  Manila  July  31,  1898,  carrying  the 
following  officers  and  men:  Headquarters  band  and  Companies  C and  F,  18th  Inf.;  recruits  for 
1st  Battalion,  18th  Inf.;  Batteries  G and  D,  3d  Art;  1st  Battalion,  1st  Wyoming  Inf.,  U.  vS.  V.; 
Detachment  Signal  Corps;  Detachment  Hospital  Corps,  making  a total  of  24  officers  and  886 
men. 

Valencia  left  San  Francisco  June  28,  1898,  and  arrived  at  Manila  July  31,  1898,  carrying 
the  following  officers  and  men  : 1st  and  2d  Battalion,  1st  North  Dakota  Inf.,  U.  S.  V.;  Detach- 
ment Signal  Corps;  Detachment  Hospital  Corps,  making  a total  of  29  officers  and  606  men. 

City  of  Para  left  San  Francisco  June  27,  1898,  and  arrived  at  Manila,  June  31,  1898,  carry- 
ing the  following  officers  and  men:  Forty-four  officers,  963  men ; 13th  Regiment,  Minnesota 
Inf.,  U.  S.  V.;  Detachment  Signal  Corps,  2;  Detachment  Hospital  Corps,  16,  making  a total 
of  44  officers  and  981  men. 

FOURTH  EXPEDITION— 172  Officers,  4720  Men  and  17  Civilians. 

Pern  left  San  Francisco  July  15,  1898,  and  arrived  at  Manila  August  21,  1898,  carrying  the 
following  officers  and  men  : Major-General  Elwell  S.  Otis,  U.  S.  V.;  Thomas  H.  Barry,  Eieu- 
tenant-Colonel,  Assistant  Adjutant-General,  U.  S.  V.;  Fred  W.  Sladen,  1st  Lieut.,  4th  Inf., 
Aide-de-Camp ; Capt.  C.  H.  Murray,  4th  Cav.,  Aide-de-Camp ; R.  P.  Hughes,  Brigadier- 
General,  Inspector-General,  U.  S.  V.;  J.  S.  Mallory,  Maj.,  Inspector-General,  U.  S.  V.;  Charles 
McClure,  Capt.,  18th  Inf.,  Judge- Advocate.  Attached:  G.  P.  Scriven,  Maj.,  Sergeant-Quarter- 
master, U.  S.  V.;  P.  B.  Strong,  Capt.,  Assistant  Adjutant-General,  U.  S.  V.;  C.  du  P.  Coudert, 
Capt.,  Chief  Surgeon,  U.  S.  V.;  C.  A.  Devol,  Capt.,  Assistant  Quartermaster,  U.  S.  A.;  G.  H. 
Richardson,  A.  S.  S.,  U.  S.  A.;  Clarence  W.  Quinan,  A.  S.  S.,  U.  S.  A.;  C.  M.  McQuestin,  A. 
S.  S.,  U.  S.  A.;  9 civilians;  Troops  C,  I,  K,  L,  E and  G,  4th  Cav.,  Batteries  D and  G,  6th 
Art  ; detachment  3d  Art.;  Engineer  Corps,  attached  to  3d  Art.;  13th  Minnesota,  attached  to 
3d  Art.;  Detachment  Signal  Corps;  Detachment  Hospital  Corps,  making  a total  of  34  officers, 
916  men  and  9 civilians. 

left  San  Francisco  July  15,  1898,  and  arrived  at  Manila  August  21,  1898,  carrying 
the  following  officers  and  men:  S.  O.  L.  Potter,  Maj.,  Brigade  Surgeon,  U.  S.  V.;  H.  C.  Cabell, 
Capt.,  Assistant  Adjutant-General,  U.  S.  V.;  S.  B.  Bootes,  Capt.,  Chief  Surgeon,  U.  S.  V.;  P.  S. 
Kellogg,  Assistant  Adjutant-General,  U.  S.  A.;  C.  C.  Pierce,  Chaplain,  U.  S.  A.;  Franklin  M. 
Kemp,  1st  Lieut.,  Assistant  Surgeon,  U.  S.  A.;  Non-Commissioned  Staff,  14th  Inf.;  General 
Staff,  Naval  Engineer  Officers,  10;  Companies  G,  I,  K,  L and  M,  14th  Inf.;  recruits  of  14th 
Inf.;  detachment  23d  Inf.;  United  States  Signal  Corps,  1st  California  Volunteers;  1st  Wyoming 
Volunteers,  making  a total  of  16  officers  and  822  men. 

Pennsylvania  left  San  Francisco  July  18, 1898,  and  arrived  at  Manila  August  24, 1898,  carrying 
the  following  officers  and  men:  John  D,  Merit,  Maj.,  Additional  Paymaster,  U.  S.  V.i 
G.  Tilley,  Lieut.,  U.  S.  V.,  Signal  Corps.  Attached:  14th  Inf.;  1st  Regiment  Montana  Inf.,  U.  S. 
V.;  recruits,  1st  California  Volunteer  Inf.;  Hospital  Corps,  making  a total  of  51  officers  and 
1274  men, 

Rio  de  Janeiro  left  San  Francisco  July  23,  1898,  and  arrived  at  Manila  August  24,  1898, 
carrying  the  following  officers  and  men:  Brigadier-General  H.  G.  Otis,  U.  S.  V.;  George 
F.  Shields,  Maj.,  Brigade  Surgeon,  U.  S.  V.;  Edward  Murphy,  2d  Capt.,  Assistant  Adjutant- 
General,  U.  S.  V.;  A.  W.  Kimball,  Capt.,  Assistant  Quartermaster,  U.  S.  V.;  Seth  M.  Miliken, 
Capt.,  Chief  Surgeon,  U.  S.  V.;  L.  P.  Sanders,  1st  Lieut.,  1st  Montana,  Aide-de-Camp  to  Briga- 
dier-General Otis;  Charles  W.  Whipple,  Lieutenant-Colonel,  Inspector-General,  U.  S.  V.; 
A.  W.  Bradbury,  2d  Lieut.,  1st  California,  Aide-de-Camp  to  Brigadier-General  Otis;  S.  W.  Bel- 
ford,  Capt.,  Assistant  Adjutant-General,  U.  S.  V.;  2d  and  3d  Battalions,  1st  South  Dakota 
5b 


06 


CiunpaifTfiifij^  in  the  Philippines. 


Volunteer  Inf.;  recruits,  Utah  Light  Artiller}'  Volunteers;  band  of  1st  Battalion,  1st  South 
Dakota  Volunteer  Inf.;  Detachment  Volunteer  Signal  Corps;  Detachment  Hospital  Corps; 
Ordnance  Department,  U.  S.  A.;  1st  Montana  Inf.;  1 Red  Cross  steward;  8 civdlian  clerks, 
making  a total  of  46  officers  and  820  men. 

St.  left  San  Francisco  July  29,  1898,  and  arrived  at  Manila  August  31,  1898,  carrying 
the  following  officers  and  men:  J.  G.  Blaine,  Capt.,  Assistant  Adjutant-General,  U.  S.  V.;  Lee 
Linn,  Capt.,  Chief  Surgeon,  U.  S.  V.;  Raymund  Sulzer,  Capt.,  Assistant  Quartermaster, 
U.  S.  V.;  C.  C.  Walcutt,  Capt.,  Assistant  Quartermaster,  U.  S.  V.  (from  Honolulu).  Attached: 
1st  Battalion,  1st  South  Dakota  Volunteer  Inf.;  recruits  for  the  13th  Minnesota  Volunteers; 
recruits  for  1st  Colorado  Volunteers;  Detachment  U.  S.  V.  Signal  Corps;  Detachment  of 
Hospital  Corps,  making  a total  of  25  officers  and  788  men. 

Scandia  left  San  Francisco  August  27,  1898,  and  arrived  at  Manila  October  2,  1898,  carry- 
ing the  following  officers  and  men:  William  A.  Kobbe,  Maj.,  3d  Art.;  W.  O.  Owen,  Map, 
Brigade  Surgeon,  U.  S.  V.;  H.  Pahe,  1st  Lieut.,  U.  S.  A.;  E.  K.  Johnstone,  Acting  Assistant 
Surgeon,  U.  S.  A.;  H.  du  R.  Phelan,  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon,  U.  S.  A.;  William  B.  Schofield, 
Additional  Paymaster,  U.  S.  V.;  M.  F.  Sheary,  Additional  Paymaster,  U.  S.  V.;  T.  Sternberg, 
Additional  Paymaster,  U.  S.  V.;  E.  A.  Wedgwood,  1st  Lieut.,  Battery  B,  Utah  Volunteer  Art.; 
N.  T.  Messer,  Capt.,  Acting  Chief  Surgeon,  U.  S.  V.,  Acting  Assistant  Quartermaster;  4 civ- 
ians;  Detachment  Hospital  Corps;  detachment  1st  Montana;  detachment  California  Volunteer 
Heavy  Artillery.  Attached:  CommissarySergeant,  U.  S.  A.;  Red  Cross  nurses,  male,  making 
a total  of  11  officers  and  166  men. 

FIFTH  EXPEDITION— 233  Officers  and  6258  Men. 

Senator  left  San  Francisco  October  17,  1898,  and  arrived  at  Manila  November  21,  1898, 
carrying  the  following  officers  and  men:  Companies  A,  I,  K and  M,  23d  Inf.;  detachment 
14th  United  States  Inf.;  detachment  18th  United  States  Inf.;  detachment  Battery  D,  Califor- 
nia Heavy  Artillery  Volunteers;  recruits  for  2d  Oregon  Volunteer  Inf.;  10th  Pennsylvania 
Volunteer  Inf.;  1st  South  Dakota  Volunteer  Inf. ; 1st  Montana  Volunteer  Inf.;  1st  Nebraska 
Volunteer  Inf.;  13th  Minnesota  Volunteer  Inf.;  20th  Kansas  Volunteer  Inf.;  1st  Tennessee 
Volunteer  Inf.;  U.  S.  V.  Signal  Corps;  Acting  Assistant  Surgeons,  U.  S.  A.;  Hospital  Corps, 
U.  S.  A.,  making  a total  of  20  officers  and  747  men. 

left  San  Francisco  October  17,  1898,  and  arrived  at  Manila  November  22,  1898, 
carrying  the  following  officers  and  men:  Companies  F,  G,  I and  L,  1st  Washington  Volunteer 
Inf.;  Batteries  A and  D,  California  Heavy  Artillery  Volunteers;  Commissary  Sergeant,  U.  S.  A.; 
Acting  Assistant  Surgeon,  U.  S.  A.;  Hospital  Corps,  U.  S.  A.,  making  a total  of  18  officers  and 
491  men. 

Arizona  left  Honolulu  November  10,  1898,  and  arrived  at  Manila  November  25,  1898,  carry- 
ing the  following  officers  and  men:  Brigadier-General  Charles  King,  U.  S.  V.;  2d  Lieut.  Henry 
M.  Meriam,  3d  Art.,  Aide-de-Camp;  2d  Lieut.  James  R.  Goodale,  1st  New  York  Inf.  Volun- 
teers, Aide-de-Camp;  Maj.  E.  R.  Morris,  Brigade  Surgeon,  U.  S.  V.;  Capt.  J.  B.  Handy,  Chief 
Surgeon,  U.  S.  V.,  Chief  Commissary;  Companies  I,  K,  L and  M,  and  recruits,  18th  United 
States  Inf.;  recruits,  1st  Nebraska  Inf.,  U.  S.  V.;  recruits,  1st  Colorado  Inf.,  U.  S.  V.;  recruits, 
10th  Pennsylvania  Inf.,  U.  S.  V.;  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon,  U.  S.  A.;  Hospital  Corps,  U.  S.  A., 
making  a total  of  18  officers  and  1006  men. 

Ohio  left  San  Francisco  October  28,  1898,  and  arrived  at  Manila  November  26,  1898,  carry- 
ing the  following  officers  and  men:  Headquarters  and  Companies  A,  B,  C,  D,E,  H,  K and  M, 
1st  Washington  Inf.,  U.  S.  V ; detachment  California  Heavy  Artillery,  U.  S.  V.;  4th  United 
States  Cav.;  23d  United  States  Inf.;  2d  Oregon  Inf.,  U.  S.  V.;  1st  Montana  Inf,  U.  S.  V.; 
Hospital  Corps,  U.  S.  A.,  making  a total  of  27  officers  and  759  men. 

Zealandia  left  San  Francisco  October  30,  1898,  and  arrived  at  Manila  November  28,  1898, 
carrying  the  following  officers  and  men:  Headquarters  and  Companies  A,  B,  C,  E,  F,  L and  M, 
1st  Tennessee  Inf  ; U.  S.  V.;  23d  United  States  Inf.;  13th  Minnesota  U.  S.  V.;  Hospital  Corps, 
U.  S.  A.,  making  a total  of  25  officers  and  534  men. 


Cai)ipai(^)ii)i(j^  in  the  Philippines. 


67 


Indiana  left  San  Francisco  October  27,  1898,  and.  arrived  at  Manila  November  30,  1898, 
carrying  the  following  officers  and  men:  Headquarters  and  Companies  C,  D,  E,  G,  H,  I,  K, 
and  M,  20th  Kansas  Volunteer  Inf.;  Hospital  Corps,  U.  vS.  A.,  making  a total  of  30  officers  and 
717  men. 

City  of  Puebla  left  San  Francisco  November  6,  1898,  and  arrived  at  Manila  December  6, 
1898,  carrying  the  following  officers  and  men:  Companies  D,  G,  H,  I and  K,  1st  Tennessee 
Volunteer  Inf.;  Troop  A,  Nevada  Cav.,  U.  S.  V.;  detachment  California  Heavy  Artillery, 
U.  S.  V.;  2d  Oregon  Inf.,  U.  S.  V.;  1st  Tennessee  Inf.,  U.  S.  V.;  23d  Inf.;  18th  Inf.;  Bat- 
tery D,  6th  United  States  Art.;  Commissary  Sergeant,  U.  vS.  A.;  13th  Minnesota  Inf.,  U.  S.  V.; 
Hospital  Corps,  U.  S.  A.,  making  a total  of  24  officers  and  572  men. 

Newport  left  San  Francisco  November  8,  1898,  and  arrived  at  Manila  December  7,  1898, 
carrying  the  following  officers  and  men:  Brigadier-General  M.  P.  Miller,  U.  S.  V.;  1st  Uieut. 
C.  G.  Woodward,  3d  United  States  Art.,  Aide-de-Camp;  1st  Lieut.  M.  K.  Barroll,  3d  United 
States  Art.,  Aide-de-Camp;  Capt.  John  B.  Jeffrey,  Assistant  Quartermaster,  U.  S.  V.,  Chief 
Quartermaster;  Capt.  Daniel  Van  Voorhies,  Chief  Surgeon,  U.  S.  V.,  Chief  Commissary;  Compa- 
nies A,  B,  F and  L,  26th  Kansas  Inf.,  U.  S.  V.;  Light  Battery  A,  Wyoming  Art.,  U.  S.  V. 
Attached:  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon,  U.  S.  A.;  Hospital  Corps,  U.  S.  A.;  California  Heavy 
Artillery,  U.  S.  V.;  1st  Washington  Inf.,  U.  S.  V.;  23d  United  States  Inf.;  Commissary  Ser- 
geants U.  S.  A.;  making  a total  of  24  officers  and  466  men. 

Pennsylvania  left  San  Francisco  November  3,  1898,  and  arrived  at  Manila  December  7, 
l:-98,  carrying  the  following  officers  and  men:  51st  Iowa  Inf.,  U.  S.  V.;  14th  United  States 
Inf.;  18th  United  States  Inf.;  2d  Oregon  Inf.,  U.  S.  V.;  1st  Colorado  Inf.,  U.  S.  V.;  20th 
Kansas  Inf.,  U.  S.  V.;  1st  Nebraska  Inf.,  U.  S.  V.;  Hospital  Corps,  U.  S.  A.,  making  a total 
of  47  officers  and  964  men. 

SIXTH  EXPEDITION— 69  Officers,  2505  Men  and  3 Civilians. 

Scandia  left  San  Francisco  January  26,  1899,  and  arrived  at  Manila  February  23,  1899, 
carrying  the  following  officers  and  men:  Brigadier-Geneial  Loyd  Wheaton,  U.  S.  V.;  Maj. 
C.  E.  Stanton,  Additional  Paymaster,  U.  S.  V.;  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  W.  R.  Van  Tuyl,  U.  S. 
A.;  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  T.  M.  McCullom,  U.  S.  A.;  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  B.  L.  John- 
son, U.S.  A.;  4th  United  States  Cav. ; 14th  United  States  Inf.;  Hospital  Corps,  U.  S.  A.;  51st 
Iowa  Volunteer  Inf.;  20th  United  States  Inf.,  making  a total  of  34  officers,  1193  men  and  3 
civilian  clerks. 

Tacoma,  sailing  ship,  (supplies,)  left  Honolulu  January  21, 1899,  and  arrived  at  Manila  March 

1,  1899,  carrying  the  following  officers  and  men:  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  C.  Y.  Brownlee, 
U.  S.  A.;  4th  United  Stated  Cav.;  1st  Washington  Volunteer  Inf.,  making  a total  of  2 officers, 
28  men,  19  civilians,  also  81  cavalry  horses  and  119  mules. 

Morgan  City,  (supplies,)  left  San  Francisco  January  26,  1899,  and  arrived  at  Manila  March 

2,  1899,  carrying  the  following  officers  and  men:  1st  Lieut.  W.  J.  Kirkpatrick,  Assistant  Surgeon, 
U.  S.  A.;  Hospital  Corps;  20th  United  States  Inf.,  making  a total  of  5 officers  and  7 men. 

Senator  \Cl\.  San  Francisco  February  1,  1889,  and  arrived  at  Manila  March  4,  1899,  carry- 
ing the  following  officers  and  men:  Capt.  J.  S.  Kulp,  Assistant  Surgeon,  U.S.  A.;  Acting  As- 
sistant Surgeon,  I.  W.  Brewer,  U.  S.  A.;  Capt.  E.  H.  Fitzgerald,  Chaplain,  U.  S.  A.;  Hospital 
Corps,  U.  vS.  A.;  22d  United  States  Inf.,  Headquarters  and  Companies  A,  B,  D,  H,  K and  M, 
making  a total  of  18  officers  and  602  men. 

left  San  Francisco  February  1,  1899,  and  arrived  at  Manila  March  5,  1899,  carrying 
the  following  officers  and  men:  1st  Lieut.  R.  P.  Strong,  Assistant  Surgeon,  U.  S.  A.; 
C.  N.  Andrews,  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon,  U.  S.  A.;  4th  U.  S.  Cav.;  10th  United  States  Inf.; 
3d  United  States  Art.  (recruits);  6th  United  States  Art.  (recruits);  14th  United  States  Inf. 
(recruits);  18th  United  States  Inf.  (recruits);  23d  United  States  Inf.  (recruits);  Hospital 
Corps,  U.  S,  A.;  22d  United  States  Inf.,  Companies  C,  E,  F,  G,  I and  L,  making  a total  of  17 
officers  and  710  men. 

left  New  York  January  19,  1899,  and  arrived  at  Manila,  via  Suez  Canal,  March  10, 
1899,  carrying  the  following  officers  and  men:  Major-General  H.  W.  Lawton,  U.  S.  V.;  Maj. 


68 


Canipai^s^nin^  in  the  Philippines. 


C.  R.  Edwards,  Assistant  Adjutant-General,  U.  S.  V.;  Maj,  C.  G.  Starr,  Inspector-General, 
U.  S.  V.;  Capt.  R.  Sewell,  Assistant  Adjutant-General,  U.  S.  V.,  Aide-de-Camp  to  General 
Lawton;  1st  Lieut.  W.  Brookes,  4th  United  States  Inf.,  Aide-de-Camp  to  General  Lawton;  2d 
Lieut.  E.L.  King,  8th  United  States  Cav.,  Aide-de-Camp  to  General  Lawton;  Brigadier-General 
R.  H.  Hall,  U.  S.  V.,  commanding  4th  United  States  Inf.;  Capt.  E.  Reichman,  Assistant 
Adjutant-General  U.  S.  V.,  commanding  Company  G,  17th  Inf.;  Capt.  G.  de  Shon,  Assistant 
Surgeon,  U.  S.  A.;  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  P.  M.  Ashburn,  U.  S.  A.;  Acting  Assistant  Sur- 
geon A.  C.  Ghiselia,  U.  S.  A.;  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  L.  E.  Hess,  U.  S.  A.;  14th  United 
States  Inf.;  18th  United  States  Inf.;  23d  United  States  Inf.;  Signal  Corps,  U.  S.  A.;  Hospital 
Corps,  U.  S.  A.;  4th  United  States  Inf.;  17th  United  States  Inf.,  making  a total  of  53  officers, 
1688  men  and  4 civilian  clerks. 

Sherman  left  New  York  February  3,  1899,  and  arrived  at  Manila,  via  Suez  Canal,  March 
22,  1899,  carrying  the  following  officers  and  men:  Capt.  J.  D.  Poindescter,  Assistant  Surgeon, 
U.  S.  A.;  1st  Lieut.  R.  B.  Westnedge,  Assistant  Surgeon,  U.  S.  A.;  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon 
G.  S.  Pitcher,  U.  S.  A.;  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  J.  B.  Darling,  U.  S.  A.;  Acting  Assistant 
Surgeon  F.  B.  Bowman,  U.  S.  A.;  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  A.  B.  Smith,  U.  S.  A.;  Capt. 
P.  J.  Hart,  Chaplain,  U.  S.  A.;  Hospital  Corps,  U.  S.  A.;  3d  United  Stated  Inf.;  17th  United 
States  Inf.,  making  a total  of  39  officers,  1689  men  and  1 civilian  clerk. 

Sheridan  left  New  York  February  19,  1899,  and  arrived  at  Manila,  via  Suez  Canal,  April 
14,  1899,  carrying  the  following  officers  and  men:  Capt.  F.  A.  Winter,  Assistant  Surgeon,  U.  S. 
A.;  1st  Lieut.  E.  W.  Pinkham,  Assistant  Surgeon,  U.  S.  A.;  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  O.  C. 
Heise,  U.  S.  A.;  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  T.  L.  Lowe,  12th  United  States  Inf.;  17th  United 
States  Inf.,  Headquarters  and  Companies  A,  C,  E and  F;  3d  United  States  Inf.;  4th  United 
States  Inf.;  14th  United  States  Inf.;  18th  United  States  Inf.;  20th  United  States  Inf.;  22d 
United  States  Inf.;  Hospital  Corps,  making  a total  of  57  officers  and  1786  men. 

Roanoke^  (supplies,)  left  San  Francisco  February  26,  1899  and  arrived  at  Manila  March 
29,  1899,  carrying  the  following  officers  and  men:  Lieutenant-Colonel  J.  D.  Miley,  Inspector- 
General,  U.  S.  V.;  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  S.  F.  Fraser,  U.  S.  A.;  14th  United  States  Inf.; 
20th  United  States  Inf.;  22d  United  States  Inf.;  23d  United  States  Inf.;  Hospital  Corps,  mak- 
ing a total  of  3 officers,  100  men  and  1 civilian  clerk. 

Portland,  (supply  ship,)  left  San  Francisco  March  2,  1899,  and  arrived  at  Manila  April  10, 
1899,  carrying  the  following  officers  and  men:  Capt.  J.  A.  Logan,  Jr.,  Chief  Surgeon,  U.  S.  V.; 
Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  T.  A.  McCulloch,  U.  S.  A.;  2d  United  States  Inf.;  14th  United  States 
Inf.;  18th  United  States  Inf.;  22d  United  States  Inf.;  23d  United  States  Inf.;  3d  United  States 
Art.;  Hospital  Corps,  making  a total  of  11  officers  and  95  men. 

Cofmemaugh  (supply  ship,)  left  San  Francisco  March  11,  1899,  and  arrived  at  Manila 
April  20,  1899,  carrying  the  following  officers  and  men  : Capt.  E.  R.  Butler,  Assistant 
Quartermaster,  U.  S.  V.;  Hospital  Corps,  U.  S.  A.,  making  a total  of  1 officer,  2 men ; and  also 
1 civilian  clerk,  32  civilian  teamsters  and  284  mules. 

City  of  Puebla  left  San  Francisco  March  24,  1899,  and  arrived  at  Manila  April  23,  1899, 
carrying  the  following  officers  and  men:  9th  United  States  Inf.,  Headquarters  and  Companies 
A,  F,  G,  I,  L and  M ; Hospital  Corps,  making  a total  of  14  officers  and  680  men. 

Zealandia  left  San  Francisco  March  28,  1899,  and  arrived  at  Manila  April  27,  1899,  carry- 
ing the  following  officers  and  men:  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  H.  W.  Elliott,  U.  S.  A.;  9th 
United  States  Inf.,  Companies  B,  C,  D,  E,  H and  K;  Hospital  Corps,  making  a total  of  12 
officers  and  524  men. 

Nelson  (supply  ship,)  left  San  Francisco  March  30,  1899,  and  arrived  at  Manila  May  2, 
1899,  carrying  the  following  officers  and  men:  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  S.  Wythe,  U.  S.  A.; 
18th  United  States  Inf. ; 3d  United  States  Inf.;  6th  United  States  Art.;  Signal  Corps;  Hospital 
Corps;  General  Staff,  making  a total  of  2 officers  and  60  men. 

Hancock  (formerly  Arizona)  left  San  Francisco  April  18,  1899,  and  arrived  at  Manila  May 
11,  1899,  carrying  the  following  officers  and  men:  Maj.  W.  P.  Kendall,  Surgeon,  U.  S.  V.;  1st 
Lieut.  H.  E.  Wetherill,  Assistant  Surgeon,  U.  S.  A.;  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  J.  H.  Hepburn, 
U.  S.  A.;  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  C.  M.  Drake,  U.  S.  A.;  21st  United  States  Inf./  9th  United 


Caiiipaifrnin^  in  the  Philippines. 


69 


States  Inf.;  Light  Battery  E,  1st  United  States  Art.;  7th  United  States  Art. ; Hospital  Corps, 
U.  S.  A.,  making  a total  of  40  officers  and  1450  men. 

Warren  (formerly  Scandia')  left  San  Francisco  April  20,  1899,  and  arrived  at  Manila  May 
18,  1899,  carrying  the  following  officers  and  men:  Brigadier-General  E.  B.  Williston,  U.  S.  V.; 
Maj.  G.  L.  Edie,  Surgeon  U.  S.  V.;  1st  Lieut.  W.  J.  Calvert,  Assistant  Surgeon,  U.  S.  A.;  1st 
Lieut.  E.  H.  Hartness,  Assistant  Surgeon,  U.  S.  A.;  1st  Lieut.  P.  C.  March,  5th  United  States 
Art.,  Aide-de-Camp  to  Major-General  MacArthur;  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  E.  E.  Persons,  U.  S. 

A. ;  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  W.  P.  Benta,  U.  S.  A.;  6th  United  States  Art.;  3d  United  States 
Art.;  4th  United  States  Cav. ; 3d  United  States  Inf.;  9th  United  States  Inf.;  12th  United  States 
Inf.;  14th  United  States  Inf.;  17th  United  States  Inf.;  20th  United  States  Inf.;  22d  United 
States  Inf.;  Hospital  Corps,  making  a total  of  28  officers  and  1182  men. 

Newport  left  San  Francisco  April  20,  1899,  and  arrived  at  Manila  May  23,  1899,  carrying 
the  following  officers  and  men:  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  E.  F.  Robinson,  U.  S.  A.;  Acting 
Assistant  Surgeon  H.  L.  Coffin;  1st  United  States  Art.;  Light  Battery  F,  4th  United  States  Art.; 
Light  Battery  F,  5th  United  States  Art.;  General  Staff;  Hospital  Corps,  making  a total  of  11 
officers,  224  men  and  also  15  officers,  258  enlisted  men.  Marine  Corps;  6 government  female 
nurses,  8 Red  Cross  female  nurses,  2 women  and  4 civilians. 

]\[orga7i  City  left  San  Francisco  April  25,  1899,  and  arrived  at  Manila  May  27,  1899,  carry- 
ing the  following  officers  and  men:  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  J.  G.  Reifsnydeer,  U.  S.  A.; 
Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  J.  M.  Williams,  U.  S.  A.;  4th  United  States  Cav.;  6th  United  States 
Art.;  9th  United  States  Inf.;  12th  United  States  Inf.;  14th  United  States  Inf.;  18th  United 
States  Inf.;  21st  United  States  Inf.;  22d  United  States  Inf.;  23d  United  States  Inf.;  Signal  Corps, 
U.  S.  A.;  Hospital  Corps,  U.  S.  A.,  making  a total  of  10  officers  and  606  men. 

Ohio  left  San  Francisco  April  27,  1899,  and  arrived  at  Manila  May  29,  1899,  carrying  the 
following  officers  and  men:  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  P.  W.  Beckman,  U.  S.  A.;  Acting  As- 
sistant Surgeon  H.  E.  Stafford,  U.  S.  A.;  13th  United  States  Inf.,  Companies  B,  D,  E,  K,  Land 
M;  recruits;  Signal  Corps,  U.  S.  A.;  Hospital  Corps,  U.  S.  A ; Commissary  Sergeants;  making 
a total  of  15  officers  and  763  men. 

Senator  left  San  Francisco  April  27,  1899,  and  arrived  at  Manila  May  29,  1899,  carrying  the 
following  officers  and  men:  Maj.  H.  I.  Raymond,  Surgeon  U.  S.  A.;  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon 
G.  W.  Roberts,  U.  S.  A.;  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  C.  B.  Mittelstaedt;  13th  United  States 
Inf.,  Headquarters  and  Companies  A,  C,  F,  G,  H and  I;  recruits  Hospital  Corps,  U.  S.  A.;  9th 
United  States  Inf.;  14th  United  States  Inf.,  making  a total  of  19  officers  and  679  men. 

Sher7}ian  left  San  Francisco  May  22,  1899,  and  arrived  at  Manila  June  18,  1899,  carrying 
the  following  officers  and  men  : Brigadier-General  J.  C.  Bates,  U.  S.  V.;  Brigadier-General  F.  D. 
Grant,  U.  S.  V.;  Capt.  S.  E.  Smiley,  15th  United  States  Inf.,  Aide-de-Camp  to  General  Bates; 
1st  Lieut.  C.  W.  Fenton,  5th  United  States  Cav.,  Aide-de-Camp  to  General  Grant;  Maj. 

B.  Halloway,  Additional  Paymaster,  U.  S.  V.;  Maj.  J.  A.  Canby,  Additional  Paymaster,  U.  S.  V.; 
Capt.  J.  Baxter,  Jr.,  Assistant  Quartermaster,  U.  S.  A.;  Capt.  J.  A.  Randolph,  Post  Chaplain, 
U.  S.  A.;  Capt.  and  Assistant  Surgeon  C.  Lynch,  U.  S.  A.;  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  H.  E. 
Manage,  U.  S.  A.;  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  B.  F.  Van  Meter,  U.  S.  A.;  Acting  Assistant  Sur- 
geon W.  L.  Whittington,  U.  S.  A.;  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  J.  T.  Halsell,  U.  S.  A.;  4th  United 
States  Cav. ; 3d  United  States  Art.;  6th  United  States  Art.;  3d  United  States  Inf.;  4th  United 
States  Inf.;  6th  United  States  Inf.;  9th  United  States  Inf.;  12th  United  States  Inf.;  13th  United 
States  Inf.;  14th  United  States  Inf.;  17th  United  States  Inf.;  18th  United  States  Inf.;  20th 
United  States  Inf.;.  21st  United  States  Inf.;  23d  United  States  Inf.;  Company  A Engineer 
Battalion,  U.  S.  A.;  Signal  Corps,  U S.  A.;  Hospital  Corps,  U.  S.  A.;  Commissary  Sergeant, 
U.  vS.  A.,  making  a total  of  46  officers,  1743  men  and  5 civilian  employees. 

Grant  left  San  Francisco  May  30,  1899,  and  arrived  at  Manila  June  26,  1899,  carrying  the 
following  officers  and  men’:  Maj.  Henry  S.  T.  Harris,  Brigade  Surgeon,  U.  S.  V.;  Acting 
Assistant  Surgeon  W.  H.  Dade,  U.  S.  A.;  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  C.  D.  Lloyd,  U.  S.  A ; 
Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  S.  Richmond,  U.  S.  A.;  Capt.  M.  M.  McMillan,  Acting  Quarter- 
master, U.  S.  V.,  Capt.  Walter  Marvine,  Post  Chaplain,  U.  S.  A.;  16th  United  States  Inf.;  1st 


70 


Campaigniii{r  in  the  Philippines. 


United  States  Art.;  6th  United  States  Art.;  9th  United  States  Inf.;  12th  United  States  Inf.;  18th 
United  States  Inf.;  21st  United  States  Inf.;  13th  Minnesota  Inf.;  Signal  Corps,  U.  S.  A.;  Hos- 
pital Corps ; Post  Quartermaster  Sergeant ; recruits,  making  a total  of  42  officers  and  1655  men. 


VESSEUS  SAIEED  FROM  SAN  FRANCISCO  SINCE  JUNE  1,  1899. 


June  22,  Zealandia;  June  24,  Sheridan;  June  28,  Valencia.  July  1,  Pennsylvania;  3, 
Wyefield,  freight  and  140  horses;  July  11,  Covenaugh,  freight  and  300  horses;  July  13,  City 
of  Para;  July  24,  Tarter;  July  26,  New  York;  July  27,  Ohio;  July  27,  (Ship)  Tacoma,  260 
horses.  August  10,  Indiana;  August  10,  Morgan  City;  August  14,  St.  Paul;  August  15, 
Senator;  August  18,  City  of  Sidney;  August  19,  Siam,  373  horses  and  freight;  August  29,  City 
of  Puebla;  August  29,  Leelanaw , 260  horses  and  freight.  September  2,  Warren;  September  8, 
Columbia;  September  16,  Aztec,  364  horses  and  freight;  September  16,  Belgian  King. 


CHAPTER  V. 


THE  CAPTURE  OF  MANILA. 


HE  arrival  of  the  first  detachment  of  American  troops  on  June 
30,  1898,  found  Dewey  in  possession  of  Manila  Bay  and  of 
all  the  shore  fortifications  from  Corregidor  to  Malate.  The 
Filipinos  had  possession  of  all  the  interior  of  Luzon  Island, 
and  the  Spanish  forces,  numbering  about  5600  men,  under 
Governor-General  Augustin,  were  hemmed  in  Manila. 

With  the  American  fleet  in  possession  of  the  bay  and  the 
Filipinos  holding  the  interior,  there  was  but  one  possible  out- 
come of  the  siege,  and  yet  the  Spanish  position  in  the  city 
was  by  no  means  weak.  If  well  defended  by  a force  sufficient 
to  man  the  fortifications,  it  was  well  nigh  impregnable  to  troops  unsupported  by 
heavy  artillery.  The  defenses  consisted  of  two  walls  surrounding  the  old  town, 
known  as  the  “Walled  City,”  and  numerous  outlying  works.  The  attack  of  the 
American  forces  was  directed  against  the  fortifications  on  the  south  and  east  of 
the  city,  and  a description  of  these  will  serve  for  a description  of  the  whole. 

THE  FORTIFICATIONS  OF  MANILA. 

The  west  wall  was  built  to  ward  off  a sea  attack;  the  south  and  east  an  attack 
by  land.  The  total  length  of  the  south  and  east  wall  is  4900  feet,  the  south  wall 
being  3300  and  the  east  wall  1600  feet  long.  There  are  two  of  these  walls,  known 
as  the  inner  and  the  outer  wall.  The  outer  wall  is  15  feet  high,  on  an  incline 
from  the  top  to  the  bottom  on  the  outside,  and  the  inner  wall  has  a height  of  25 
feet,  and  is  so  arranged  that  firing  is  done  over  the  heads  of  those  occupying  the 
outer  wall.  These  walls  are  built  of  heavy  masonry  and  are  from  15  to  25  feet 
in  width  on  the  top,  and  so  arranged  that  a large  force  can  occupy  them  and  be 
sheltered  from  a front  fire.  For  instance,  on  the  top  of  the  inner  wall  there  is  a 
space  about  20  feet  in  width  which  the  troops  occupy  in  action.  In  front  of  them 
is  a stone  wall  6 feet  high,  through  which  are  loopholes.  There  is  a moat  sur- 
rounding the  outer  wall  100  feet  wide,  now  nearly  filled  with  debris  and  offal,  in 
which  water  stands  the  year  round.  Between  the  walls  is  another  moat  varying 
in  width  from  125  to  150  feet,  in  a condition  like  the  outer  moat.  In  this  inside 
moat  are  three  bastions,  built  in  the  same  manner  as  the  walls  and  connected  with 
the  inner  wall  by  foot  bridges.  All  these  bastions  and  walls  are  surmounted  by 
guns,  some  modern  and  heavy,  others  ancient  and  comparatively  useless  in  modern 
warfare. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


THE  SPANISH  DUNGEONS. 

Beneath  these  walls  and  covering  their  length  underground  are  the  “dun- 
geons.” They  are  built  in  three  apartments,  the  first  50  by  25  feet,  the  other  two 
30  by  25  feet.  All  are  connected  by  stone  causeways  and  built  of  solid  masonry. 

The  guard-room  to 
these  is  a little  struc- 
ture 8 by  12  feet. 
From  this  is  an  en- 
trance to  dungeon 
No.  1 by  a series  of 
stone  steps,  and  the 
end  of  this  descent  is 
the  gate  of  entrance, 
2 feet  high  and  lyi 
feet  wide.  The  exit 
to  the  next  dungeon 
was  of  the  same  size 
and  kind,  and  here 
another  descent  of  a number  of  stone  steps  through  a stone  causeway  and  the 
same  kind  of  entrance  to  dungeon  No.  2.  From  dungeon  No.  2 was  a like 
causeway  and  descent  to  No.  3,  which  was  located  below  sea  level.  There  was 
a gate  with  iron  grates  opening  from  the  third  dungeon,  which,  when  raised, 
would  permit  the  water  from  the  sea  or  Pasig  River  to  flow  into  the  dungeon. 
In  this  last  dungeon  it  was  the  habit  of  the  Spanish  authorities  to  keep  the 
Filipino  prisoners,  and  when  they  failed  to  die  of  starvation  or  become  too 
numerous,  they  could  raise  the  gates.  When  the  Spanish  sought  diversion 
in  their  executions  they  would  take  out  the  prisoners  and  publicly  shoot  them 
by  the  score.  Two  places  were  specially  appropriated  for  this.  One  at  the 
northwest  corner  of  the  wall,  near  the  barracks  and  arsenal,  and  another  across 
the  street,  south  of  the  moat.  Here  most  of  the  civilians  were  shot. 

THE  GATES,  FORTS  AND  BARRICADES. 

There  are  six  gates  leading  into  the  walled  city,  one  of  these  being  in  the 
south  wall  mentioned,  another  in  the  east  wall,  and  the  remainder  opening 
upon  the  bay  or  river.  Nearly  opposite  the  south  gate  and  a little  west 
of  Luneta  barracks  is  another  fort  similar  in  construction  to  the  old  wall, 
with  moat  and  double  walls.  It  covers  nearly  an  acre  of  ground,  and  is  900 
feet  inland  from  the  shore.  Here  was  a powder  magazine.  At  the  place 
called  Ermita,  1500  feet  south  of  the  city  wall,  were  strong  earthworks  mounting 
a battery  of  Krupp  guns,  built  as  a defense  against  naval  attack.  Through 
this  place  extended  the  street  or  Calle  Real  from  the  wall  southward  to  Malate,  a 
distance  of  one  mile.  It  runs  nearly  parallel  to  the  shore  and  distant  there- 
from 200  to  500  feet.  Here,  extending  across  the  street,  was  a strong  barri- 
cade. It  was  6 feet  high  and  6 feet  wide  at  the  top,  with  substantial 
buildings  at  either  end,  with  openings  between  the  sandbags  on  the  top. 


SPANISH  TRENCHES  AT  CAVITE. 


Campaignhig  in  the  Philippines. 


73 


At  different  places  between  this  and  Fort  San  Antonio,  Abad,  or  Fort  Malate,  were 
three  of  these  street  barricades.  In  this  suburb  of  Malate,  all  the  streets  or 
roads  were  crossed  with  these  barricades.  All  through  this  section,  also,  were 
such  barricades  in  the  open,  covering  all  approaches  to  the  city.  Twenty-four 
hundred  feet  south  along  the  Calle  Real  Road,  was  another  trench,  commencing 
at  the  beach  and  extending  eastward  700  feet.  This  barricaded  the  approach  to 
Malate,  the  last  suburb  of  the  city  south.  The  beach  formed  the  west  flank  of 
this  trench,  and  an  impassable  swamp  the  east  flank.  Five  hundred  feet  south 
from  this  trench,  is  Fort  Malate.  This  was  a stone  fort,  built  of  solid  masonry 
and  mounted  with  modern  guns.  Instead,  however,  of  a moat  in  front,  there 
was  a slough  or  waterway,  100  feet  wide  and  varying  in  depth,  depending  upon 
tide  and  rain.  The  slough  approached  the  fort  from  the  east,  thence  deflected 
southward,  and  thence  westward  into  the  bay.  The  approaches  to  this  were 
swamps  and  brush.  A stone  bridge  crosses  this  stream  by  the  fort  on  the  Calle 
Real  Road,  and  the  approaches  to  this  bridge  were  covered  by  strong  stone  walls. 
Connecting  with  this  stone  bridge  and  the  fort,  was  a strong  line  of  trenches. 
They  extended  from  the  fort  to  the  beach,  west,  a distance  of  200  feet,  and  from 
the  fort  eastward,  a distance  of  3000  feet  to  block-house  No.  14,  which  was 
flanked  on  the  east  by  an  impassable  swamp,  and  by  the  bay  on  the  west. 

THE  SPANISH  BEOCK-HOUSES. 

All  over  the  country  wherever  the  Spaniards  had  outposts,  is  found  the  block- 
house. They  are  all  on  the  same  plan,  although  of  different  material.  Some  are 
of  stone,  some  stone  in  part  and  partly  wood,  and  some  are  all  of  wood.  Block- 
house No.  14  was  the  kind  known  as  the  wooden  block-house.  It  was  thirty  feet 
square,  two  stories  high,  built  on  raised  ground,  sloping  from  the  base  outward 
at  an  incline  of  about  fifty  degrees.  At  the  corners  are  ten-inch  timbers  to  which 
heavy  planks  are  nailed,  extending  from  one  corner  to  the  other,  both  on  the  in- 
side and  outside,  making  a double  wall  of  plank.  The  space  between  these  walls 
is  filled  with 
a mixture  of 
earth  and 
stone,  forming 
a kind  of  ce- 
ment or  mac- 
adam, though 
not  hardened. 

Each  story 
has  loopholes 
suitable  for 
rifle  firing; 
the  holes  are 
six  inches  in 

diameter,  have  an  incline  of  thirty-five  degrees,  the  bottom  of  which  is  steel- 
lined,  so  that  a shot  entering  the  hole  would  strike  the  steel  plate  and  glance 
Upward  above  the  heads  of  the  men  behind  the  guns.  There  was  a trench  around 


I 


74  Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 

block-house  No.  14,  so  built  that  it  intercepted  and  commanded  the  Cingalon 
Road,  hereafter  mentioned,  also  another  highway,  these  two  roads  being  the 
only  approach  to  Manila  from  this  district. 


CONSTRUCTION  OF  THE  SPANISH  TRENCHES. 

The  Spanish  trench  is  always  about  the  same.  There  is  a ditch  in  front  about 
six  feet  wide  and  three  feet  deep,  and  the  earth  back  of  this  is  thrown  up  five  feet 
high.  They  are  five  to  seven  feet  thick  on  the  top,  and  slope  from  this  outward 
to  the  ground.  They  are  usually  covered  with  sandbags,  between  which  are 
loopholes.  Sometimes  the  breastwork  is  made  entirely  of  sandbags.  The  ap- 
proach to  the  trench  at  block-house  No.  14  is  a swamp,  almost  impassable,  and 
brush.  South  of  this  trench  along  the  Calle  Real  Road,  and  reaching  to  the  trench, 
is  the  Spanish  cemetery.  The  wall  has  a stone  base  and  was  a good  protection 
against  an  assault.  Adjoining  this  on  the  south  is  the  American  cemetery,  where 
our  soldiers  are  interred.  South  of  this  last  trench,  at  an  average  distance  of 
1100  feet,  runs  a highway  extending  eastward  at  right  angles  from  the  Calle  Real 

Road,  which 
here  inter- 
cepts it  from 
the  north. 

This  highway 
bears  north- 
ward and 
passes  block- 
house No.  14, 
and  from  there 
on  forms  what 
is  known  as 
the  Cingalon 
Road.  On 

both  sides  of  this  road  were  Spanish  trenches  commanding  open  spaces 
where  attacks  could  be  made.  South  of  the  above  intersection  of  the  highway 
was  another  line  of  entrenchments  extending  from  the  Calle  Real  Road  to 
the  beach,  the  distance  being  650  feet.  This  was  the  last  Spanish  outpost 
entrenched  in  front  of  the  American  line.  All  these  fortifications,  under  the  plan 
of  battle  of  August  13th,  were  to  be  attacked  and  overcome  by  Gen.  Greene’s  j 

Brigade,  known  as  the  2d  Brigade  of  the  division,  with  Gen.  MacArthur’s 
Brigade  in  supporting  distance  to  the  right.  Gen.  MacArthur’s  Brigade,  under 
the  plan  of  battle,  was  to  move  directly  against  other  Spanish  strongholds,  with 
Greene’s  brigade  in  supporting  distance  on  the  left.  These  fortifications  remain 
to  be  noticed.  For  this  purpose  we  go  back  to  block-house  No.  14.  The  dis- 
tance of  block-house  No.  13  from  block-house  No.  14  is  425  yards,  air-line,  vary-  ,j 
ing  north  by  ten  degrees  east,  and  between  these  two  were  a number  of  short 
trenches  and  rifle-pits,  and  a stone  house  and  barricades,  all  so  situated  as  to  en- 
filade the  approaches  from  different  directions.  This  was  a formidable  place. 


Campaigning^  in  the  Philippines.  75 

Block-house  No.  13  rested  on  the  west  side  of  the  Cingalon  Road  and  was  strongly 
built,  and  from  this  eastward  and  extending  across  the  highway  to  an  impassable 
swamp  was  a strong  barricade.  On  the  west  of  this  fortified  line  was  also  a 
swamp.  The  only  traveled 
way  between  these  two  block- 
houses was  the  Cingalon  Road, 
which  ran  eastward  from  block- 
house No.  14  255  yards  and 
thence  turned  at  right  angles  to 
block-house  No.  13,  360  yards. 

Between  this  highway  and  the 
fortified  line  were  cultivated  fields.  Back  of  block-house  No.  13  and  extend- 
ing northeast  towards  block-house  No.  12  were  numerous  trenches  which  gave 
protection  against  an  advance  from  the  south  by  a swamp  and  slough.  The  dis- 
tance between  these  two  block-houses  is  750  yards,  and  between  them  there  is  no 
direct  traveled  way.  The  only  connection  is  by  highway  eastward  to  Cingalon, 
where  it  is  intersected  by  a road  leading  past  block-house  No.  13,  and  thence  ex- 
tending to  Paco.  The  distance  from  Cingalon  to  block-house  No.  12  is  440  yards, 
and  from  block-house  No.  13  to  Cingalon  600  yards.  The  highway  continues  from 
Cingalon  to  Paco  and  intersects  the  main  highway  from  Malate  to  Paco,  a distance 
of  830  yards.  From  this  intersection  to  Paco  bridge  is  180  yards.  The  main  traveled 
highway  to  the  walled  city  gates  from  this  locality  intersects  this  highway  80 
yards  from  the  bridge,  and  this  would  be  the  line  of  approach  to  the  south  gate  of 
the  city.  On  this  line  of  road  lies  the  Paco  cemetery,  distant  from  intersection 
700  yards.  From  Paco  cemetery  there  are  two  ways  to  the  city  gates.  By  direct 
way  to  the  south  gate  it  is  1200  yards;  the  other  makes  a circuit  northward. 
The  gate  also  may  be  reached  by  a road  going  west  to  Ermita  and  thence  north. 
The  extent  of  the  fortifications  held  by  the  Spaniards  against  the  American  troops 
was  from  the  city  wall  to  the  south  line  of  the  entrenchment,  two  miles,  and  from 
east  to  west  at  the  furthest  point  in  width,  one  mile. 

THE  FIEIPINO  INSURGENTS. 

In  front  of  the  Spanish  fortifications,  and  surrounding  the  city,  the  Filipinos 
had  thrown  up  trenches,  many  of  them  skilfully  constructed,  and  were  occupying 
them  on  the  arrival  of  the  American  forces.  They  were  very  deficient  in  military 
discipline,  and  did  not  hold  the  trenches  with  any  regularity.  The  trenches  were 
I often  inadequately  guarded,  and  at  times  an  entire  trench  might  be  vacated.  It 
was  evident  to  our  commanders  that  the  Filipinos  would  be  utterly  unreliable  as 
an  auxiliary,  or  even  a supporting  force.  In  the  event  of  their  entering  Manila 
i with  our  forces  it  was  evident  that  neither  their  own  officers  nor  the  Americans 
* could  control  them.  There  were  arms  and  equipments  but  for  a small  part  even 
of  the  actual  soldiers,  and  in  case  of  success  there  would  be  no  limit  to  the  num- 
ber of  vengeful  and  bloodthirsty  followers  who  would  rush  into  the  city,  and  who 
could  not  be  distinguished  from  those  actually  under  military  discipline,  or  from 
I the  inhabitants  of  the  city.  It  was  certain  that  under  such  circumstances  it  would 

i 


LANDING  OF  TROOPS  AT  CAVITE. 


1 


Catnpaigniiig  iji  the  Philippines. 


7() 

be  impossible  for  the  small  American  army  to  prevent  the  sack  and  burning  of  the 
city,  with  accompan3dng  horrors  such  as  the  world  has  not  seen  since  the  days  of 
Attila,  and  for  which,  if  permitted,  America  would  be  held  responsible. 

FILIPINOS  NOT  TO  SHARE  IN  THE  ATTACK. 

It  was  determined  from  the  first,  therefore,  that  the  Filipinos  should  have  no 
part  in  the  attack,  or  recognition  as  an  army  in  entering  and  occupying  the  city. 
Not  the  least  difficult  of  the  tasks  assumed  by  the  American  commanders,  was  the 
inducing  of  Aguinaldo  and  his  arm}^  to  peacefully  assent  to  this  program.  On  the 
other  hand  they  were  doubtless  aided  in  the  negotiations  for  the  final  surrender  by 
the  fear  of  the  Spanish  and  foreign  residents  of  Manila  of  the  terrible  scenes  which 
would  follow  the  entrance  of  armed  Filipinos,  and  the  knowledge  that  the  Amer- 
ican commanders  would  probably  not  be  able  to  restrain  them  if  the  city  were 
taken  by  assault.  Spanish  military  tradition,  if  not  law,  forbids  the  surrender  of 
a fortified  place,  no  matter  what  the  force  brought  against  it,  until  there  has  been 
such  an  exercise  of  that  force  as  to  actually  demonstrate  the  futility  of  resistance. 
Some  bad  things  have  been  done  in  the  Philippines,  as  in  all  wars,  but  too  much 
praise  cannot  be  given  to  the  American  commanders  for  the  care  and  tact  dis- 
plaj^ed  in  so  managing,  in  the  interest  of  humanity,  that  open  rupture  with  the 
Filipinos  was  avoided,  while  giving  to  the  brave  Spanish  officers  in  comrrand  the 
opportunity  to  save  themselves  from  the  rigor  of  Spanish  military  law,  while 
assuring  to  non-combatants  in  Manila  the  protection  which  civilization  demands. 

CAMP  DEWEY  ESTABLISHED. 

The  first  duty  of  Gen.  T.  N.  Anderson,  upon  the  arrival  of  the  first  ex- 
pedition, was  to  reconnoiter  the  position  of  the  enemy,  and  decide  upon  his 
base  of  operations,  and  the  nature  of  his  campaign.  His  base  must  be  under  the 
protection  of  the  fleet,  in  the  most  healthful  position  possible,  and  easily  accessible 
with  supplies  and  reinforcements  to  the  trenches,  where  the  fighting  must  be 
done.  For  this  purpose  he  settled  upon  a place,  afterwards  called  Camp  Dewey, 
by  wagon  road  twenty-one  miles  from  Cavite,  and  by  boat  six  miles.  The  place 
was  formerly  a peanut  field;  the  soil  is  sandy  loam  and  about  four  feet  above  sea 
level.  It  was  a mile  and  a quarter  in  length,  by  two  hundred  and  fifty  to  three 
hundred  3^ards  in  width.  The  place  was  protected  from  sea  winds  by  trees  and 

shrubs.  The  1st  Bat- 
talion of  California  Vol- 
unteers first  went  into 
camp  here  July  15th, 
and  was  soon  followed 
by  the  other  troops. 
Upon  the  arrival  of  the 
next  expedition,  Gen. 

GRAVES  OF  AMERICAN  SOLDIERS  IN  SAN  FRANCISCO.  Greene  made  his  head- 

quarters at  Camp  Dewey,  Gen.  Anderson  still  retaining  his  headquarters 
at  Cavite.  Camp  Dewey  was  located  on  the  now  famous  Calle  Real  Road, 
which  continued  its  way  south  from  the  place  we  last  left  it  on  the  Spanish 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


77 


line.  The  distance  from  headquarters  northward  towards  the  Spanish  line 
to  the  entrenchments  occupied  by  the  insurgents  was  one  mile  and  a half, 
these  extended  from  the  beach  to  the  Calle  Real  Road,  the  length  of  the 
trench  being  three  hun- 
dred yards.  The  distance 
from  this  trench  to  the 
next  insurgent  trench  was 
three  hundred  and  fifty 
yards.  This  also  extended 
from  the  beach  to  the 
Calle  Real  Road.  East 
of  these  lines  were  the 
swamps  in  which  the  army 
could  not  operate.  It  was 
this  last  trench  that  was 
finally  vacated  by  the  in- 
surgents for  the  Ameri- 
cans, and  then,  afterwards, 
the  line  was  advanced  by  the  Americans  from  fifty  to  one  hundred  and  fifty  yards, 
and  a new  line  constructed,  extending  from  the  beach  to  a highway  westward, 
and  thence  to  a swamp  seven  hundred  yards.  It  was  built  for  enfilading,  and  to 
cover  approaches  from  the  north.  The  left  rested  on  the  bay,  and  the  right  was 
covered  by  an  impassable  swamp. 

POSITION  OF  THE  AMERICAN  TROOPS. 

At  the  time  of  the  advance  on  Manila,  Gen.  Greene’s  Brigade  held  this  line 
of  entrenchments  with  his  reserve  within  supporting  distance.  Two  hundred  and 
fifty  yards  north  on  the  Calle  Real  Road,  is  the  intersection  of  the  highway  to 
Pasai,  the  distance  being  700  yards.  At  Pasai,  the  road  turns  at  right  angles  and 
extending  northward,  forms  the  Cingalon  Road.  Along  this  road  were  the 
trenches  held  and  covered  by  MacArthur’s  Brigade,  at  the  time  of  the  advance, 
the  first  of  which  is  700  yards  from  Pasai.  The  trench  here  extends  west  300 
yards  and  100  yards  east  from  the  road.  The  west  approach  is  covered  by  a 
swamp,  and  the  left  by  a trench  held  by  Greene’s  Brigade.  All  along  this 
highway  were  a number  of  short  earthworks  extending  northward  a distance 
of  650  yards  to  another  main  trench  200  yards  long.  Here  was  a strong  barri- 
cade built  for  enfilading.  This  was  north  and  east  of  Greene’s  last  trench,  and  in 
advance  of  it  350  yards,  and  300  yards  south  of  block-house  No.  14,  oc- 
cupied by  the  Spanish  force.  In  front  of  this  was  a strong  outpost  about  60 
yards  distant.  Here  began  the  insurgent  trenches,  extending  northeast  350 
yards.  Their  left  had  for  support  the  American  line  and  their  right 
an  impassable  swamp.  These  were  strong  earthworks  and  would  be  effective 
in  making  an  assault  on  the  strong  Spanish  position  which  was  supported  by  the 
block-houses.  It  was  these  trenches  which  our  forces  wished  to  occupy  before 
making  the  advance  on  Manila.  Our  operations  prior  to  this  advance  taking 
Camp  Dewey  as  a base,  covered  three-quarters  of  a mile  east  and  west,  and  two 


CHURCH  AT  MALABON. 


78 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


and  a half  miles  north  and  south.  The  west  was  protected  the  ba}^  and  the 
east  by  an  impassable  swamp,  and  the  whole  was  covered  by  the  guns  of  the 
fleet. 

EMBARRASSMENTS  OF  THE  AMERICAN  COMMANDERS. 

The  position  of  the  American  commanders,  previous  to  the  arrival  of  a military 
force  sufficient  to  make  them  masters  of  the  situation,  was  very  trying.  There 
were  large  foreign  interests  in  Manila,  and  the  well  known  temporary  lack  of 
power  on  the  part  of  the  Americans  to  give  due  protection  to  non-combatants  and 
their  property  from  the  possible  excesses  of  the  Filipinos  was  a legitimate  cause  of 
anxiety  to  the  governments  whose  citizens  were  in  Manila.  The  result  was  a 
speedy  gathering  of  British,  French,  Japanese  and  German  war-ships  to  observe 
events,  and  afford  such  protection  to  their  own  citizens  and  other  non-combatants 
as  the  exigencies  of  the  case  might  require. 

MISCONDUCT  OF  THE  GERMAN  ADMIRAL. 

The  number  of  German  ships,  however,  was  unnecessarily  large.  * There 
were  five  in  all,  two  of  which  were  armored  and  outclassed  any  ship  of  Dewey’s 
fleet;  and  considering  their  number  and  size  the  German  squadron  in  Manila  Bay 


CRAVES  OF  AMERICAN  SOLDIERS  IN  PACO  CEMETERY. 


almost  constituted  what  is  called  a “naval  demonstration,”  a term  which  is  used 
to  describe  a naval  force  sufficient  in  strength  to  control  an  existing  situation,  and 
which  is  very  seldom  displayed  under  such  circumstances,  except  for  the  purpose 
of  a warning  against  some  possible  action.  The  actions  of  the  German  squadron 
were  very  peculiar.  The  rules  of  naval  etiquette  in  a blockaded  port,  or  in  the 
presence  of  belligerents,  are  very  closely  drawn  and  perfectly  understood  by  all 
naval  commanders.  It  was  the  constant  practice  of  the  ships  of  the  German 
squadron  to  strain  these  rules  to  the  utmost,  and  in  some  cases  they  certainly 
overstepped  them.  There  was  a studied  discourtesy,  which  could  apparently  have 
no  object  except  to  irritate  the  Americans  and  engage  them  in  a controversy.  As 
naval  commanders  are  always  presumed  to  be  acting  in  pursuance  of  instructions, 
it  was  difficult  for  Admiral  Dewey  to  interpret  the  actions  of  the  German  admiral 
except  upon  the  supposition  that  he  desired  to  provoke  a contest  which  would 
serve  as  an  excuse  for  Germany’s  intervention  in  affairs  in  the  Philippines. 
Admiral  Dewey  endured  these  petty  annoyances  with  such  patience  as  he  might, 

*Mr.  Stickney’s  account  of  this  matter  has  already  been  given,  (see  page  1(>)  but  it  seems 
proper  to  make  the  narrative  complete  in  this  place, 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


79 


until,  what  he  deemed  a sufficient  occasion  arising,  he  is  said  to  have  .sent,  in  con- 
nection with  a protest  against  an  improper  action,  a request  to  Admiral  Von  Died- 
erich  to  be  informed  “Whether  Germany  and  the  United  States  were  at  peace  or  at 
war,  in  order  that  he  might  take  measures  accordingly,”  with  the  added  notifica- 
tion that  “If  Admiral  Von  Diederich  wanted  a fight  he  could  have  it  right  now.” 
No  official  report  of  any  such  message  has  been  published,  but  unque.stionably 
some  mes.sage  was  sent  which  relieved  the  situation,  for  there  was  no  more  trouble 
from  that  source.  What  instructions  Admiral  Von  Diederich  may  have  had,  or 
what  designs,  if  any,  the  German  government  may  have  had,  is  not  likely  to  be 
known,  but  so  far  as  we  can  now  .see,  whatever  trouble  there  was  grew  out  of  the 
fact  that  the  German  commander  was  an  impertinent  and  foolish  man.  At  an}" 
rate  he  was  quietly  recalled  by  his  government. 

RUMORED  COMING  OF  CAMARA’S  FLEET. 

In  addition  to  this  cause  of  anxiety,  and  the  strain  of  managing  the  Filipinos, 
there  was  a very  po.s.sible  danger  from  a Spanish  fleet.  The  battle-ships  of  the 
American  navy  were  all  in  the  Atlantic,  while  Spain  had  at  home  a good  number 
of  formidable  vessels,  from  which  a squadron,  far  more  powerful  than  that  of 
Dewey,  might  easily  be  fitted  out,  and  reach  Manila,  by  way  of  the  Suez  Canal 
long  before  any  American  battle-ship,  even  if  it  could  be  spared  from  the  Atlantic, 
could  reach  there.  In  anticipation  of  this,  and  as  the  only  thing  possible  to  be 
done,  the  monitors  Monterey  and  Monadnock,  then  lying  in  San  Francisco,  were 
fitted  out  for  the  Philippines,  and  the  Monterey  was  promptly  got  off.  As  a mat- 
ter of  fact,  as  is  well  known,  a squadron,  including  the  battle-ship  Pelayo,  was 
made  up  in  the  Mediterranean,  and  despatched  eastward  under  Admiral  Camara. 
Dewey  knew  this,  and  also  that  the  Monterey  had  sailed  to  his  assistance.  The 
anxiety  and  strain  which  grew  out  of  this  situation  is  well  described  in  the  follow- 
ing language  of  Gen.  F.  V.  Greene: 

“We  had  been  thirty  days  without  news  from  the  outer  world.  The  Boston 
brought  us  the  latest  information  by  way  of  Hongkong,  which  was  dated  July 
2d,  and  consisted  of  a few  brief  telegrams,  to  the  effect  that  Admiral  Camara’s 
fleet  had  passed 
through  the  Suez  Ca- 
nal, was  coaling  in  the 
Red  Sea,  and  as  soon 
as  this  was  completed 
would  continue  its 
voyage  to  Manila;  and 
that  Gen.  Merritt  had 
sailed  from  San  Fran- 
cisco in  the  steamer 
Newport  on  June  28th. 

“The.se  telegrams  capturkd  Spanish  guns. 

showed  that  a most  interesting  race  was  in  progress  on  two  sides  of  the  globe, 
each  of  the  contestants  with  about  7000  nautical  miles  to  go.  Camara  was 
coming  east,  and  Merritt  was  coming  west;  and  the  monitor  Moyiterey.,  which 


80 


Campaigniji^  in  the  Philippiiies. 


we  had  left  coaling  at  Honolulu,  and  the  arrival  of  which  was  of  such  vital 
importance  to  Dewej^  was  also  coming  west,  all  having  the  same  objective — 
Manila  Bay.  As  we  steamed  down  the  coast  of  Luzon,  I spent  several  hours 
figuring  on  a time  table  to  see  who  would  come  in  first.  Allowing  the 
Monterey  six  knots,  Camara’s  fleet  ten  knots,  and  the  Newport  twelve  knots,  I 
figured  out  that  Camara  would  reach  Manila  July  26th,  Merritt  July  28th,  and 
the  Monterey  August  4th.  Would  Camara  come  straight  to  Manila  ? Would  he 
sail  east  to  intercept  Merritt  ? Would  his  arrival  be  delayed  beyond  August  4th  ? 
Would  he  come  at  all  ? 

“I  handed  the  time  table  to  Admiral  Dewey,  and  he  spent  most  of  the  night 
and  the  following  day  studying  over  it.  On  the  morning  of  the  third  day  (July 
19)  he  came  to  the  China  in  his  barge,  and  asked  me  to  go  ashore  with  him 


to  see  Gen.  Anderson, 
of  his  expedition,  was 
racks  at  Cavite.  The 
vinced  that  if  Camara 
age  he  would  reach 
Monterey.  Having  no 
mand,  he  was  out- 
The  safety  of  the  army 
such  an  enormous 
ica,  depended  upon 
tact.  He  therefore 
nation,  in  case  news 
less  than  a week  that 
back,  to  take  his  fleet 
the  north  of  Luzon, 
eastward  until  he  met 
Mo7iadnock , which 
then  he  would  return 
fleet.  He  felt  reason- 
would  be  gone  not 
10th,  and  he  asked 
was  the  senior  officer,  what  he  would  do. 


BONES  OF  THE  DEPARTED, 


who,  with  2500  men 
quartered  in  the  bar- 
Admiral  was  con- 
continued  his  voy- 
Manila  before  the 
battle-ship  in  his  corn- 
classed  by  the  Pelayo. 
and  the  transports,  at 
distance  from  Amer- 
keeping  his  fleet  in- 
came  to  the  determi- 
was  not  received  in 
Camara  had  turned 
and  the  transports  to 
and  then  to  cruise 
the  Moiiterey  and  the 
was  following  her; 
and  destroy  Camara’s 
ably  confident  that  he 
longer  than  August 
Gen.  Anderson,  who 
The  latter  promptly  replied  that  he 


would  take  thirty  days’  rations,  march  into  the  hills  about  twenty  miles  east  of 
Cavite,  entrench  and  await  the  return  of  the  fleet.  My  opinion  was  asked,  and  I 
fully  concurred  in  the  wisdom  of  the  departure  of  the  fleet,  and  the  propriety  of 
taking  the  troops  inland  to  await  its  return. 

“ If  Camara’s  nerve  had  held  out,  the  result  would  have  been  a very  interesting 
campaign  in  the  Philippines.  Merritt  arrived  three  days  ahead  of  schedule  time, 
and  the  Monterey  arrived  on  the  very  day  calculated,  but  Camara  did  not  come  at 
all.  Definite  information  that  Camara  had  turned  back  reached  the  Admiral  on 
July  22d,  just  as  it  was  becoming  necessary  to  take  steps  to  carry  the  above  plan 
into  operation.” 

Such  is  the  fortune  of  war.  Conceding  the  arrival  of  Camara  with  the  Pelayo 
and  his  fleet  as  expected,  the  destruction  of  the  transport  fleet,  with  Gen.  Merritt, 


MAJOR  GKNKRALS  IN  TIIK  KIOHTH  ARMY  CORPvS. 

1.  Wesley  Merritt,  first  Governor-General  of  the  Philippine  Islands;  resigned,  August  26,  1898,  to  go  as 
Peace  Commissioner  to  Paris.  2.  PIlwell  S.  Otis,  present  Governor-General,  Philippine  Islands,  succeeding 
General  Merritt.  3.  Thomas  N.  Anderson,  commanding  First  Division,  resigned,  March  18,  1899.  4.  Arthur 
MacArthur,  commanding  Second  Division.  5.  H.  W.  Dawton,  commanding  First  Division,  succeeding 
General  Anderson.  6.  Henry  C.  Merriam,  commanding  Dept,  of  California,  relieved,  January  19,  1899. 


I 


BATTI.E  OF  AVGUST  13,  1898. 


Cauipaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


81 


was  among  the  probabilities.  Among  the  certainties  would  have  been  the 
Spanish  occupation  of  all  the  fortifications  from  Corregidor  to  Manila,  the 
American  forces,  twenty  miles  inland,  the  insurgents  driven  out  of  every  fortified 
place  in  and  about  Manila,  and  this  powerful  Pelayo  and  the  Spanish  fleet  in 
Manila  Bay  under  the  protection  and  support  of  the  heavy  guns  on  the  fortified 
walls  of  Manila.  But  none  of  these  things  happened. 


THE  PLAN  OF  ATTACK. 


On  the  arrival  of  the  second  expedition  Gen.  Anderson  and  Gen.  Greene 
deliberated  on  the  plan  of  attack,  Greene  having  brought  information  to  Ander- 
son from  Gen.  Merritt  that,  if  he  was  certain  of 
success,  he  might  make  the  attack  before  his 
(Merritt’s)  arrival;  otherwise,  to  await 
his  coming.  Gen.  Anderson  and 
Gen.  Greene  had  under  con- 


GATES  TO  THE  WALLED  CITY. 


sideration  two  plans  of  attack.  One,  to  make  San  Pedro  Macati  the  base, 
and  the  other  to  proceed  direct  against  the  Spanish  position  on  the  Manila 
Bay  side.  In  this  there  were  two  considerations.  From  the  San  Pedro  Macati 
base,  the  eastern  and  less  fortified  part  of  the  city  could  be  easily  reached. 
On  the  east,  the  insurgents  already  held  the  city  water-works,  and  effectually 
blockaded  the  city  from  all  egress  into  the  interior.  But  to  attack  from  the 
San  Pedro  Macati  base  involved  the  great  difficulty  of  hauling  the  artillery 
by  hand  to  the  place,  and  moving  the  army  so  that  it  would  practically  be 
detached  from  the  present  base,  while  the  San  Pedro  Macati  base  would  be  out  of 
effective  range  of  the  fleet,  and  without  its  support.  Gen.  Anderson,  accord- 
ing to  Gen.  Greene,  favored  the  San  Pedro  Macati  base,  while  he  favored  the 
bay  side  attack.  In  any  case,  it  was  considered  that  the  attack  should  be. 

6b 


S2 


Cauipaii]^)ii)ig^  in  the  Philippines. 


postponed  until  the  arrival  of  Gen.  Merritt,  and  he,  upon  his  arrival,  ordered  the 
attack  on  the  Greene  plan.  At  that  time,  the  reputed  strength  of  the  Spanish 
force  was  10,000  men,  but  Gen.  Greene  says  that  at  the  time  of  the  surrender 
it  was  found  to  be  18,000- 

Opposed  to  this  force  was  that  of  the  insurgent  forces  which,  while  not 
allowed  to  co-operate  with  the  Americans  in  their  aggressive  movements,  still 
held  strong  defensive  positions  against  the  Spaniards.  Gen.  Anderson  was  the 
ranking  officer  prior  to  the  arrival  of  Gen.  Merritt,  and  the  American  forces 
being  formed  into  a division,  Gen.  Anderson  was  placed  in  command,  and  upon 
the  arrival  of  Gen.  MacArthur  with  the  third  expedition,  the  whole  command 
was  divided  into  two  brigades,  Gen.  MacArthur  being  assigned  to  the  command 
of  the  1st  Brigade  and  Gen.  Greene  to  the  2d  Brigade. 

ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  AMERICAN  FORCES. 

The  formation  of  the  force  into  brigades  and  the  assignment  of  the  different 
regimental  and  other  organizations  for  the  brigades  was  made  by  Gen.  Merritt, 
by  general  order,  August  1st,  as  follows : 

Gexerat.  Orders,  [ Headquarters  Department  of  the  Pacific 

No.  2.  \ AND  Eighth  Army  Corps.  I 

Manila  Bay,  P.  I.,  August  1,  1898.  j 

I.  The  United  States  forces  assembled  at  Cavite,  Camp  Dewey  and  in  transports  off 
Cavite  are  hereby  organized  as  the  2d  Division  of  the  8th  Army  Corps,  composed  of  two 
brigades.  Biigadier-General  T.  M.  Anderson,  U.  S.  V.,  is  assigned  to  the  command  of  the 
division; 

The  brigades  are  organized  as  follows; 

FIRST  BRIGADE — Brigadier-General  Arthur  MacArthur,  U.  S.  V.,  commanding;  23d 
U.  S.  Inf.,  two  battalions;  14th  U.  S.  Inf. , one  battalion;  I3th  Minnesota  Volunteer  Inf.;  1st 
North  Dakota  Volunteer  Inf.,  two  battalions;  1st  Idaho  Volunteer  Inf.,  two  battalions;  1st 
Wyoming  Volunteer  Inf.,  one  battalion;  Astor  Battery. 

SECOND  BRIGADE— Brigadier-General  F.  V.  Greene,  U.  S.  V.,  commanding;  18th  U.  S. 
Inf.,  two  battalions;  battalion  four-foot  batteries,  3d  U.  S.  Art.;  Company  A,  Battalion  U.  S. 
Engineers;  1st  California  Volunteer  Inf.;  1st  Colorado  Volunteer  Inf.;  1st  Nebraska  Volunteer 
Inf.;  10th  Pennsylvania  Volunteer  Inf. ; Light  Battery  A,  Utah  Volunteer  Art. ; Light  Battery 
B,  Utah  Volunteer  Art. 

H.  The  2d  Oregon  Volunteer  Inf.  and  detachment  of  California  Volunteer  Heavy 
Artillery,  now  at  Cavite,  will  remain  at  that  place  on  their  present  duties,  the  commanding 
officers  reporting  direct  to  division  commander. 

III.  The  Signal  Detachment  will  remain  at  Cavite,  and  will  report  to  the  chief  signal 
officer  at  the.se  headquarters. 

By  command  of  Major-General  Merritt. 

J.  B.  BABCOCK,  Adjutant-General. 

THE  NATURE  OF  THE  GROUND  COVERED  BY  OUR  ARMY. 

The  first  expedition  under  Gen.  Anderson,  had  arrived  in  the  bay  on  June 
30,  1898,  and  landed  next  day  at  Cavite.  This  city  and  fortifications  are  on  a 
narrow  neck  which  connects  with  the  main  peninsula.  This  neck  is  a mile  long 
to  a point  where  it  is  so  narrow  that  only  a single  wagonway  connects  with  the 
peninsula.  This  road  always  overflows  at  high  tide.  The  large  peninsula  to 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


83 


which  this  neck  connects,  is  five  miles  long  to  a point  where  it  connects  with  the 
mainland,  and  here  there  is  only  room  for  a single  wagonway,  and  during  the 
rainy  season  this  roadway  is  quite  impassable.  In  the  interior,  and  north  and 
east  of  the  Cavite  peninsula,  and  extending 
to  within  a short  distance  of  where  Camp 
Dewey  was  afterwards  located,  the  country 
is  composed  largely  of  swamps  and  rough, 
uneven  ground,  through  which  many  small 
streams  flow,  which  have  their  sources  in 
the  innumerable  swamps,  the  larger  ones 
taking  their  rise  in  the  mountain  range, 
which  lies  inland  near  the  Cake  Laguna 
de  Bombon,  and  thence  flowing  westward 
and  emptying  into  Manila  Bay.  Over  this 
whole  region  was  a rank  tropical  vegeta- 
tion. Luckily  this  district,  at  the  time 
of  the  first  debarkation,  had  been  cleared 
of  the  Spaniards  by  the  insurgents,  and 
thus  all  possibility  of  opposition  in  landing 
prevented.  There  is  practically  but  one 
wagon  road  through  this  region  from 
Cavite  northward  towards  Manila,  to  a 
place  where  Camp  Dewey  was  subsequently  established,  and  this,  most  of  the 
year  in  an  almost  impassable  condition.  The  distance  is  about  twenty  miles.  The 
Spaniards  on  their  official  maps,  designate  their  public  travel  ways  as  “roads,” 
“bridlepaths”  and  “paths.”  The  first  is  something  of  an  improved  way,  the 
streams  bridged  or  supposed  to  be  so,  and  the  road-beds  thrown  up  much  after  the 
manner  of  our  Western  country  roads,  and  averaging  about  twenty-five  feet  in 
width.  The  “ bridle  path”  is  a way  over  which  a carabao  may  haul  a sled.  The 
“ path”  is  suitable  only  for  travel  by  foot  or  on  horseback.  From  the  roads, 
notably  that  which  leads  from  Cavite  to  Manila,  there  are  many  of  these  bridle 
paths  and  paths  leading  back  into  the  interior.  This  interior,  after  leaving  the  plain 
south  and  east  of  Manila,  over  which  the  campaign  was  made,  consists  of  foot- 
hills merging  into  a mountain  range,  the  highest  peaks  of  which  are  from  5000 
to  7000  feet,  and  this  range  extends  from  the  southwest  border  of  Lake  Laguna 
de  Bombon  to  the  Pasig  River,  making  a circuit  much  in  the  form  of  a half  moon. 

It  became  at  once  evident  to  Gen.  Anderson  that  Cavite  could  not,  for  the 
reason  stated,  be  made  a base  of  operations  in  an  active  campaign  against  Manila, 
and,  luckily  again,  to  enable  him  to  establish  his  base  as  he  desired,  the  insur- 
gents had  driven  the  Spaniards  out  of  the  locality  which  he  wished  to  occupy. 
That  is  to  say,  at  the  time  of  the  arrival  of  the  first  expedition,  the  insurgents 
occupied  San  Francisco  de  Malabon,  Cavite  Viejo,  Imus,  Bacoor,  Las  Pinas,  Para- 
naque  and  Malibay.  After  a further  reconnaissance,  Gen.  Anderson  selected 
as  a new  base  of  operations  in  the  active  campaign  a plot  of  ground  near 
Paranaque.  The  plan  of  his  campaign  had  for  its  objective,  first,  the  capture  of 
the  entrenchments  and  strongholds  of  the  Spanish  positions  south  and  eastward 


FLAG  RAISED  OVER  FORT  SAN  ANTONIO, 
AUGUST  13,  1898. 


84 


Caitipaigniug  in  the  Philippines. 


of  the  walled  city,  many  of  which,  owing  to  the  obstacles  shutting  them  from 
view  of  the  fleet  and  other  causes,  could  not  be  bombarded  successfully  by  the 
fleet,  and  second,  the  capture  of  the  walled  city. 

DIFFICULTIES  IN  LANDING  TROOPS. 

Debarkation  when  once  begun  on  the  part  of  the  troops,  was  pushed  with 
vigor,  although  under  unpropitious  conditions.  The  rainy  season  was  on. 

There  was  a heavy  downpour 
and  the  men  were  heavily 
loaded  with  rations.  Personal 
supplies  and  ammunition  were 
carried  ashore  by  lighters 
called  “cascos.”  This  was  the 
only  kind  of  craft  obtainable. 
The  casco  is  a kind  of  hybrid 
affair,  unwieldy  and  cumber- 
some, without  sail  or  steam; 
neither  Chinese  junk  nor  Amer- 
ican scow,  but  partaking  of  the 
characteristics  of  both.  They 

COL.  HALE  DIRECTING  MOVEMENTS  IN  THE  FIELD.  ^gaVy  timberS,  With 

outlying  riggers  and  towed  from  one  position  to  another.  Without  any  material 
mishaps  the  expedition  was  thus  landed  at  Cavite,  as  were  likewise  the  second  and 
third  expeditions,  the  only  troops  which  took  part  in  the  campaign  of  Manila. 

THE  HEALTH  OF  THE  COMMAND. 

Few  can  realize  the  conditions  at  the  time  that  the  first  expedition  cast  anchor 
in  Manila  Bay.  With  the  best  that  could  be  done,  it  was  impossible,  in  the  hurried 
departure  from  the  States,  and  the  many  hindrances  unavoidable  in  securing 
transports,  to  properly  equip  and  supply  the  troops.  As  a consequence,  the  mem- 
bers of  the  first  expedition  endured  many  discomforts  which  were  largely  avoided 
in  the  subsequent  expeditions.  The  germs  of  disease,  which  soon  after  landing 
became  widespread  and  alarming,  were  undoubtedly  fostered  on  board  the  trans- 
ports. The  2d  Oregon  were  the  worst  sufferers.  It  was  reported  that  within 
thirty  days  after  debarkation,  not  more  than  one-half  of  the  regiment  was  fit  for 
camp  duties.  There  was  much  complaint  on  shipboard  of  improper  food  supply 
and  clothing,  and  shoes  were  not  up  to  the  standard.  Hygienic  conditions  aboard 
ship  were  doubtless  neglected.  The  change  from  civil  to  military  life  brings  new 
and  untried  conditions,  which  usually  put  to  the  test  the  best  physical  conditions. 
Add  to  this  climatic  change,  improper  diet  and  bad  sanitation,  and  many  break 
down  under  the  strain.  As  the  transport  and  supply  service  became  better  organ- 
ized, and  the  troops  got  under  better  discipline,  these  conditions  gradually  disap- 
peared. 

The  most  prevalent  disease,  especially  in  the  second  expedition,  was  measles. 
Gen.  Greene,  accounting  for  this,  says  that  there  was  a great  strife  among  the 
regiments  at  San  Francisco  to  be  the  first  in  taking  transports;  that  at  the  time 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


85 


his  expedition  left  San  Francisco  a number  of  the  members  of  the  different  regi- 
ments were  in  hospitals,  some  afflicted  with  measles,  and  about  a dozen  of  these 
men  by  stealth  escaped  from  the  hospital,  and  secreted  themselves  on  shipboard, 
and  were  not  found  until  far  out  at  sea. 

AGUINALDO  ADDRESSES  THE  POWERS. 

Gen.  Wesley  Merritt  arrived  at  Manila  on  July  25th.  He  at  once  assumed 
command,  and  on  August  1st  issued  the  order,  already  quoted,  organizing  the 
brigades  of  his  army.  On  the  6th  day  of  August,  Aguinaldo,  as  President  of  the 
Revolutionary  government,  addressed  a note  to  the  Powers,  asking  their  recogni- 
tion of  his  government.  In  this  he  did  not  consult  any  representative  of  the 
United  States,  nor  had  he  the  concurrence  or  consent  of  any  such  representative. 
It  was  a plain,  unequivocal  act,  indicating  a determination  to  no  longer  act  in 
concert  with  the  United  States.  He  said  in  his  note:  “The  revolution  has  about 
9000  prisoners  of  war,  and  a regularly  organized  army  of  30,000  men,  and  they 
are  now  besieging  Manila,  the  capital.” 

On  the  12th  of  August,  1898,  the  protocol  between  Spain  and  the  United 
States  was  made,  and  among  other  recitals  it  provided:  “That  the  United  States 
will  occupy  and  hold  the  city,  bay  and  harbor  of  Manila,  pending  the  conclusion 
of  a treaty  of  peace,  which  shall  determine  the  control,  disposition  and  govern- 
ment of  the  Philippines.”  The  issue  was  thus  plainly  drawn.  Aguinaldo 
demanded  the  recognition  of  his  government.  The  United  States  decided  that 
the  status  of  the  Philippines  should  be  settled  between  them  and  Spain  by  a 
treaty  yet  to  be  made. 

GROWING  ANTAGONISM  BETWEEN  THE  AMERICANS  AND  FILIPINOS. 

Ante-dating  these  events,  a gradual  antagonism  between  the  personnel  of  the 
two  armies  had  grown  up.  An  indistinct,  undefined  color-line  had  been  drawn 
between  the  armies.  At  first  the  Filipino  sought  fraternity,  but  his  overtures  fell 
on  barren  ground,  and  he 
was  taught  that  there  could 
be  no  social  affinity  between 
him  and  the  Americans 
When  once  the  breach  be- 
gan, it  was  but  a step  to 
open  insults.  Before  and 
during  the  engagement 
which  ended  in  the  capture 
of  Manila,  animosities  be- 
tween the  Americans  and 
Filipinos  became  very 
manifest.  During  the  ad- 
vance, Aguinaldo  was 
ordered  out  of  his  trenches,  then  to  cease  firing,  and  at  a time  during  the 
advance,  a part  of  the  two  commands  stood  opposed  to  each  other  at  the  “fire” 
command.  At  the  surrender  the  Filipinos  were  not  allowed  to  participate,  and, 


GUNS  IN  THE  ARSENAL  AT  MANILA. 


86 


Catnpaig fling  in  the  Philippines. 


with  the  exception  of  their  commanding  officers,  were  excluded  from  the  city 
while  bearing  arms. 

Some  time  before  this  Aguinaldo’s  headquarters  were  at  Bacoor,  in  close 
proximity  to  the  American  land  and  naval  forces.  It  was  to  free  himself  from  this 
supposed  dangerous  proximity  that  he  removed  his  headquarters  to  a place  three 
miles  north  of  Manila.  To  this  Gen.  Otis  demurred,  and  Aguinaldo,  paying 
no  heed,  on  the  13th  of  September  he  was  ordered  peremptorily  by  Gen.  Otis 
to  evacuate  by  the  afternoon  of  the  15th.  On  the  14th  Aguinaldo,  in  consequence, 
moved  his  force  to  Malolos,  where  he  established  his  headquarters  and  that  of  the 
Provisional  government,  making  Malolos  its  capital.  At  this  time,  as  stated,  his 
forces,  in  part,  were  distributed  as  follows:  At  Caloocan,  3000  men;  his  cannon 
were  pointed  towards  Binondo;  at  Pasig,  400;  south  of  Malate,  1200,  and  at 
Pasai,  Pandacan,  Paco  and  Santa  Ana,  about  500  each. 

During  this  time,  and  up  to  the  signing  of  the  treaty  of  peace  between  Spain 
and  the  United  States,  the  insurgents  claim  that  they  had  so  conducted  their  cam- 
paign that  the  Spanish  soldiery  had  been  practically  driven  out  of  the  Philippines, 
with  the  exception  of  Manila  and  its  suburbs,  and  there  was  no  civil  control  out- 
side of  this  limit  for  the  Spanish  government  to  transfer  to  the  United  States. 

On  August  9th  the  following  general  order  was  issued  by  Gen.  Merritt: 

General  Orders,  ) Headquarters  Department  of  the  Pacific 'k 

No.  3.  \ and  Eighth  Army  Corps.  I 

Manila  Bay,  P.  I.,  August  9,  1898.  j 

In  view  of  the  extraordinary  conditions  under  which  this  army  is  operating,  the  command- 
ing general  desires  to  acquaint  the  officers  and  men  composing  it  with  the  expectations  which 
he  entertains  as  to  their  conduct.  You  are  assembled  upon  foreign  soil,  situated  within  the 
western  confines  of  a vast  ocean  separ  iting  you  from  your  native  land.  You  have  come,  not  as 
despoilers  and  oppressors,  but  simply  as  the  instruments  of  a strong,  free  government,  whose 
purposes  are  beneficent,  and  which  has  declared  itself  in  this  war  the  champion  of  those 
oppressed  by  Spanish  rule. 

It  is,  therefore,  the  intention  of  this  order  to  appeal  directly  to  your  pride  in  your  position 
as  representatives  of  a high  civilization  in  the  hope  and  with  the  firm  conviction  that  you 
will  so  conduct  yourselves  in  your  relations  with  the  inhabitants  of  these  islands  as  to  convince 
them  of  the  lofty  nature  of  the  mission  which  you  have  come  to  execute. 

It  is  not  believed  that  an^  acts  of  pillage,  rapine  or  violence  will  be  committed  by  soldiers 
or  others  in  the  employ  of  the  United  States,  but  should  there  be  persons  with  this  command 
who  prove  themselves  unworthy  of  this  confidence,  their  acts  will  be  considered  not  only  as 
crimes  against  the  sufferers,  but  as  direct  insult  to  the  United  States  flag,  and  they  will  be 
punished  on  the  spot  with  the  maximum  penalties  known  to  military  law. 

By  command  of  Major-General  Merritt. 

J.  B.  BABCOCK,  Adjutant-General. 

WORK  OF  AMERICAN  TROOPS  BEFORE  THE  FADE  OF  MANILA.. 

It  was  a vigilant  command  during  the  six  weeks  intervening  between  the 
landing  of  the  first  expedition  and  the  fall  of  Manila,  and  during  this  interim 
both  the  officers  and  rank  and  file,  without  murmur,  endured  the  hardships  and 
vicissitudes  of  campaign  life  in  the  trenches.  The  rainy  season  was  at  its  height, 
and  the  downpour  was  almost  incessant.  Life  in  camp,  aside  from  the  exposures 
on  duty,  was  almost  intolerable.  Resort  was  had  to  every  device  to  provide  some 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


87 


comfort  in  tent  life,  but  to  little  avail.  The  ground  was  in  an  overflow,  and  the 
continued  tramping  to  and  fro  made  a mixture  of  mud  which  rendered  passage 
almost  impossible.  To  cook,  eat  and  sleep,  to  live,  to  endure,  put  to  the  test  all 
their  fortitude.  The  work  of  the  soldiers  consisted,  aside  from  the  duties  in  camp, 
in  doing  service  in  the  trenches,  sometimes  to  fight,  always  under  the  enemy’s  aim 
and  always  in  mud  and  rain.  Usually  the  trench  filled  with  water  as  it  was  dug, 
and  often  the  upthrown  dirt  washed  down  as  fast  as  placed.  The  trenches  were 
held  and  the  work  there  done  in  relays,  the  relays  serving  for  twenty-four  hours. 

ARRANGEMENTS  WITH  AGUINALDO. 

It  was  to  make  more  effective  our  own  operations  that  a request  was  made  of 
the  insurgents  to  vacate  their  trenches,  giving  place  to  the  Americans.  This 
caused  much  parleying,  the  matter  being  referred  to  Aguinaldo,  who  then  had  his 


AGUINALDO  AND  FILIPINO  LEADERS’  HEADQUARTERS. 

headquarters  eleven  miles  inland,  and  whose  consent  was  obtained,  the  condition 
being  that  the  transaction  should  be  put  in  written  form.  Our  troops  occupied 
this  insurgent  trench  the  next  morning.  Express  instructions  were  given  by 
Gen.  Merritt  in  this  negotiation  that  no  force  should  be  used  or  threatened. 
This  removed  the  whole  insurgent  force  from  the  line  desired  to  be  occupied  by 
the  Americans.  This  was  not  the  first  instance  in  which  the  insurgents  hesitated 
to  comply  with  the  requests  of  the  American  commanders.  Soon  after  the  arrival 
of  the  first  troops,  land  transportation  facilities  were  badly  needed  by  the  Ameri- 
cans. All  of  these  facilities  were  in  the  hands  of  the  insurgents,  who  refused  to 
allow  their  use  by  the  Americans  upon  any  consideration.  Gen.  Anderson 
thereupon  seized  such  animals  and  means  as  he  required,  but  in  all  instances  paid 
far  more  than  their  worth.  The  treatment  of  the  Spanish  prisoners  at  Cavite  by 
the  insurgents  was  so  barbarous  that  our  general  in  command  interfered  and 


88 


Carnpaignm^  in  the  Philippines. 


called  the  attention  of  the  insurgent  officers  to  the  starving  condition  of  their 
prisoners,  and  asked  that  they  be  accorded  more  humane  treatment.  This  being 
refused,  the  prisoners  were  suitably  furnished  by  our  army. 

AMERICANS  OCCUPY  FILIPINO  TRENCHES. 

The  trench  vacated  by  the  Filipinos  was  occupied  by  one  battalion  18th  Reg- 
ulars, one  battalion  1st  Colorado  Inf.  and  four  guns,  two  from  each  of  the  Utah 
Batteries.  Owing  to  defects  in  profile  and  location,  it  was  determined  to  remove 
the  trench  to  a new  location,  which  would  better  command  the  Spanish  position 
and  could  be  better  strengthened  and  extended  so  as  to  cover  the  whole  line  of  the 
Spanish  trenches.  Lieutenant-Colonel  McCoy  surveyed  the  ground  and  deter- 
mined upon  the  location  and  character  of  the  trench,  and  it  was  placed  under  his 
direction.  The  construction  of  this  trench  went  on  for  two  days  and  nights,  and 
during  this  time  the  change  of  occupants  had  apparently  not  been  noticed  by  the 
Spaniards.  The  first  day,  the  18th  Inf.  and  Colorado  Inf.  were  relieved  by  two 
battalions  of  California  Inf.,  and  on  the  next  morning,  being  July  31st,  the 
two  California  battalions  were  relieved  by  two  battalions  of  the  10th  Pennsylvania 
Volunteers,  one  of  the  Nebraska  Volunteers  and  by  200  of  the  3d  Regular 
Artillery  as  infantry.  During  this  day  there  was  occasional  picket  firing.  The 
trench  at  this  time  had  been  built  to  and  from  the  Capuchin  chapel,  a total  dis- 
tance of  about  300  yards,  extending  from  the  beach  to  the  Calle  Real,  and 
was  nearly  completed.  It  had  a height  averaging  about  seven  feet. 

A wide  hall  runs  through  the  center  of  the  Capuchin  chapel,  east  and  ^vest. 
The  trench  began  just  north  of  the  chapel  door,  which  opened  into  this  hall-way 
and  thence  direct  to  the  road.  Connecting  on  the  west  corner  of  the  building,  the 
trench  extended  to  the  beach,  connecting  the  trench  with  this  corner.  The  earth 
was  piled  high  against  the  iron-barred  window.  Near  the  beach,  the  trench 
inclined  forward  a short  space,  and  thence  a few  yards  across  to  a wrecked  cais- 
son. During  the  day  there  had  been  slight  desultory  firing  by  the  Spaniards,  but 
not  sufficient  to  materially  interfere  with  the  construction  of  the  trench.  It  was 
seen,  however,  that  the  Spaniards  had  become  extremely  watchful  of  the  work 
going  on.  The  insurgents  in  the  trenches  had  a habit,  prior  to  this,  of  a “hit-or- 
miss”  fashion  of  firing,  as  the  spirit  caught  them.  One  or  several  would  elevate 
their  guns  and  blaze  away,  without  any  aim  and  no  special  object.  The  Spaniards 
r ; v ’,^7''';  " seemed  to  have  a like  faculty  of  random 

firing,  but  seemingly  always  firing  high. 
As  a result,  the  insurgents  in  the 
trenches  were  not  in  danger,  but  our 
troops  occupying  positions  in  their  rear 
were  exposed.  Gen.  Merritt  had  re- 
quested Aguinaldo  to  stop  this  firing 
and,  after  much  persuasion,  they 

SIXTH  ARTILLERY  IN  ACTION.  deSisted 

The  particular  danger  to  our  troops  occupying  these  trenches,  in  consequence 
of  the  Spanish  high  firing,  was  not  so  much  in  the  trench  as  in  going  to  and  from 
it.  It  is  indisputable  that  had  our  troops  in  the  trenches  paid  no  heed  to  this  firing^ 


Ca^npaigning  m the  Philippines. 


89 


it  would  have  been  an  accident  if  any  loss  of  life  had  occurred  prior  to  August 
13th,  and  even  then  there  would  have  been  no  loss  had  the  program,  as 
arranged,  been  strictly  followed.  It  was  Admiral  Dewey’s  desire  and  plan  to 
effect  the  capture  of  Manila  without  the  loss  of  a single  man.  But  our  soldiers 
could  not  resist  the  temptation,  although  against  orders,  to  now  and  then  take  a 
shot.  It  was  always  the  case,  if  they  kept  quiet  behind  the  trenches,  that  the 
Spaniards  would  fire  a few  shots  or  volleys  and  then  subside. 

THE  BATTLE  IN  THE  RAIN. 

On  the  night  of  July  31st,  however,  the  tension  reached  a climax,  and  there 
occurred  between  the  forces  what  is  known  as  the  “ Battle  in  the  Rain.”  It  was 
one  of  those  typical  tropical  night  storms  in  which  there  was  a raging  wind  and  a 
furious  downpour,  and,  in  the  darkness,  objects  were  not  discernible  beyond  your 
reach.  In  the  rush  and  roar  of  the  storm  you  could  neither  see  nor  hear.  It  was 


CONVENT  OF  GUADALUPE  BEFORE  DESTRUCTION. 


certainly  a reckless  enthusiasm  which  could  drive  our  soldiers  out  on  such  a night 
I against  orders  and  at  the  hazard  of  their  lives.  Exactly  what  occurred  when  the 
I conflict  was  at  its  height  would  be  difficult  to  learn.  At  the  time  it  was  sup- 
I posed  and  believed,  and  the  order  of  the  command  so  stated,  that  the  Spaniards 
{ had  left  their  trenches  and  attempted  to  turn  our  right  flank.  It  is  now  conceded 
j this  \^as  not  so,  and  the  Spaniards,  after  their  surrender  of  Manila,  said  they 
j never  left  their  trenches.  The  Spanish  trench  was  much  longer  than  our  own, 
i and  their  left  extended  far  eastward  of  our  right. 

I The  10th  Pennsylvanians  were  the  chief  sufferers.  They  might  have  been  in 
! error  in  supposing  the  enemy  were  turning  their  flank,  but  there  can  now  be  no 
I doubt  as  to  their  own  position  and  actions  in  the  affair.  While  conflicting  state- 
! ments  are  made  in  official  reports  and  by  those  not  participating,  the  narration 
given  in  the  Tenth  Pennsylvania  Regimental  History  in  the  Pennsylvania  edition 
of  this  volume  puts  the  question  at  rest.  It  says:  ” On  the  morning  of  July  31st 
it  fell  to  the  lot  of  the  10th  Pennsylvania  Inf.  to  be  detailed  for  outpost  duty 
for  the  next  twenty-four  hours.  Col.  Hawkins  and  the  entire  command  was  at 
or  near  this  advanced  line,  except  Company  B,  which  was  posted  on  guard  on  a 


i 


Cainpaijrjiijij^  in  the  Philippines. 


yo 

road  near  the  village  of  Pasai,  nearly  two  miles  to  the  right  rear  of  the  line  occU' 
pied  by  the  rest  of  the  regiment.  Maj.  H.  C.  Cuthbertson,  in  command  during 
the  day,  placed  the  2d  Battalion,  composed  of  Companies  A,  C,  H and  I,  Maj. 
Everhart  Bierer  commanding,  and  the  Utah  Eight  Artillery  in  the  entrenchment 
and  Companies  E and  D of  the  1st  Battalion  in  reserve  about  200  yards  in  the 
rear  of  the  center  of  the  advanced  line.  Company  K’s  position  was  about  the  same 
distance  in  the  rear  of  the  right  of  the  line  east  of  the  Manila  Road,  and  it  fur- 
nished outposts  and  pickets  from  a point  seventy-five  yards  east,  distant  and  in  a 
curved  line  to  the  north  and  west.  During  the  day  there  was  no  movement  or 
firing  of  any  account,  and  most  of  the  time  the  Keystone  State  soldiers  were  busy 
strengthening  their  earthworks. 

“That  night  about  eleven  o’clock  the  Spanish  forces  opened  a heavy  fire  of  shell 
from  four  pieces  of  artillery  at  Fort  Malate,  which  continued  for  a half  hour,  the 
Pennsylvania  Regiment  being  the  first  American  troops  to  be  fired  upon  in  the 
Philippines.  The  attack  caused  no  material  damage  to  the  regiment’s  works, 
nor  casualties  to  its  members.  The  enemy  then  advanced,  delivering  a heavy 
round  of  infantry  firing  by  squads  until  within  about  400  yards  of  our  line, 
when,  halting,  he  formed  a line  and  delivered  many  volleys.  This  lasted  for  about 
three  hours.  When  this  volley  firing  had  continued  nearly  a half  hour  the  enemy 
evidently  relieved  a part  of  his  line  from  the  extreme  right  at  the  beach  and  again 
opened  fire  from  two  pieces  of  artillery  with  shell  and  shrapnel.  The  casualties 
of  the  regiment  behind  the  entrenched  line  during  the  entire  engagement  were 
one  man  killed  and  four  wounded.  About  11:30  p.  m.  the  enemy  advanced  a line 
of  infantry  toward  the  point  east  of  the  entire  prolongation  of  the  lOth’s  en- 
trenched line  with  the  evident  intention  of  turning  the  regiment’s  right  flank. 
Seeing  this,  Maj.  Cuthbertson  withdrew  the  pickets  and  outposts  and  advanced 
the  reserve  line  under  the  command  of  Maj.  Bierer,  who  made  his  disposition  as 
follows:  Company  K (Capt.  Thomas  S.  Crago),  about  sixty  feet  to  the  right  of 
the  road,  the  eastern  end  of  the  entrenched  line,  the  left  resting  on  a dense  thicket 
of  heavy  timber,  the  line  extending  east  of  the  entrenched  line  and  about  thirty 
feet  in  advance  of  the  same;  the  right  resting  about  five  degrees  north  of*  the 

entrenched  line.  Companies 
E (Capt.  James  A.  Eoar), 
and  D (Capt.  F.  B.  Haw- 
kins), prolonged  this  line 
to  the  right  in  the  order 
mentioned. 

“ When  this  new  line 
had  been  placed  in  position 
the  enemy,  firing  volleys, 
had  advanced  to  within  200 
yards  of  the  same.  The 
three  companies  of  the  10th 
Pennsylvanians  which  were  deployed  on  the  right  of  the  Calle  Real  Road  num- 
bered about  200  men,  and  they  made  the  assault  upon,  at  the  lowest  estimate,  1000 
of  the  enemy. 


RAID  ON  OPIUM  DEN  BY  THIRTEENTH  MINNESOTA  POLICE. 


Canipaigjiiii^^  in  the  Philippines. 


91 


“ The  Pennsylvanians  made  this  advance  with  continuous  volley  firing  and  the 
enemy  continued  his  movements  until  within  about  100  yards  from  our  front.’' 

Their  account,  however,  must  be  in  error  as  to  the  enemy’s  position  and  move- 
ments. If  they  left  their  trenches 


and  were  in  such  close  prox- 
imity to  our  line,  there  would 
have  been  dead  or  wounded 
there  after  their  retreat  to  their 
trenches,  and  no  such  were 
found  after  the  firing  ceased. 
The  Spanish  fire  was  mostly  by 
heavy  volleys,  which  would 
not  have  been  the  case  had 
the  force  been  deployed  and 


A SCOUTINO  PARTY  UNDER  FIRE. 


scattered.  Again,  the  outposts  of  the  second  platoon  of  Battery  K,  3d  U.  S.  Art., 
were  not  driven  in,  and  did  not  come  in  until  they  were  relieved  at  their  station 
the  next  morning.  This  platoon,  which  was  stationed  on  the  Pasai  Road,  Lieut. 
Ke.ssler  in  command,  sent  forward  four  or  five  cossack  posts,  composed  of  four 
men  and  a non-commissioned  officer.  These  outposts  were  to  the  right  and  ahead 
of  the  Pennsylvania  line.  They  did  not  participate  in  the  fight.  The  enemy  was 
not  seen  nor  heard  firing  outside  of  their  trenches,  and  there  was  no  approach  to 
their  outposts. 

In  order  to  determine  to  a greater  certainty  from  whence  came  the  fire  upon 
our  men,  it  is  necessary  to  consider  the  disposition  of  our  forces  and  what  they 
did.  The  force  occupying  the  trenches  has  been  noted.  The  Pennsylvania  troops 
also  had  the  cossack-  outposts  in  front  of  the  line.  Back  of  the  trenches  and  in 
reserve  was  the  following  disposition  of  troops:  One  company  of  the  3d  Art. 
was  in  the  rear  of  the  trenches,  and  promptly  moved  forward  into  them  when  the 
firing  began,  and  apprised  the  command  of  the  movement.  The  other  company 
of  the  3d  Art.  was  ordered  forward,  but  before  the  order  reached  them  they 
had  already  left  camp  for  the  scene  of  action.  The  1st  California  Inf.  was  sent 
forward — one  battalion  to  the  trenches,  the  second  battalion  to  halt  in  reserve 
about  1200  yards  in  the  rear,  and  the  third  battalion  just  in  the  rear  of  the  second, 
and  out  of  the  range  of  the  Spanish  fire.  The  1st  Colorado  occupied  like  positions 
in  rear  of  the  Californias. 

Between  ten  and  eleven  o’clock.  Fort  Malate  and  the  whole  Spanish  entrenched 
line  opened  fire  on  our  little  line  of  trenches.  The  infantry  did  mostly  volley 
firing.  The  Pennsylvania  cossack  outposts  came  in  and  reported  their  belief  that 
the  Spaniards  were  flanking  our  right.  At  once  the  v/hole  camp  was  aroused, 
and  the  troops  went  forward.  It  is  readily  seen  that  with  both  wings  of  the 
Spanish  line  focusing  their  fire  on  the  trench  it  would  seem  to  the  occupants  like 
an  enfilading  or  flanking  fire.  Many  thought  by  the  sound  of  the  shots  that  they 
were  nearer  than  the  entrenched  Spanish  line.  But  it  has  since  been  thought,  in 
accounting  for  this,  that  these  sounds  were  made  by  the  “spats”  of  the  bullets 
against  the  bamboo  trees.  The  approach  to  our  trenches  during  this  fire  was  a 
hot  zone,  owing  to  the  high-firing  habit  of  the  Spaniards.  For  about  700  yards 


92 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


back  from  the  trench,  along  the  Calle  Real,  owing  to  the  focus  of  the  Spanish 
range,  there  was  a perfect  maelstrom  of  firing.  During  the  “battle”  our  forces 
fired  60,000  rounds,  and  it  may  be  safely  estimated  that  the  Spanish  during  the 
same  time  fired  nearly  double  that  quantity,  the  heavy  firing,  including  the  can- 
nonading, being  centered  in  this  locality.  How  it  happened  that  so  few  were 
killed  or  wounded  is  inexplicable. 

The  bullets  were  falling  like  a torrent,  and  the  shells  were  bursting  in  a con- 
tinuous roar,  and  this  continued  for  about  four  hours.  With  all  this  the  only 
casualty  reported,  caused  by  the  shells,  was  the  wounding  of  Lieut.  Buttermore 
of  the  Pennsylvanians.  He  was  knocked  down  by  a piece  of  shell  striking  him 
over  the  eyes.  He  got  up  at  once  and  went  on  with  the  fight.  The  Pennsylvan- 
ians in  going  into  this  position  were  undoubtedly  in  the  thickest  of  the  fight. 
Here  the  first  soldier  in  the  Philippines  was  killed  in  battle.  He  was  Corp.  N.  B. 
Brown  of  Company  D.  Many  were  wounded  here,  and  a little  beyond  this  others 
w^ere  killed.  In  the  trenches  the  men  were  standing  two  to  the  yard,  and  no 
more  men  could  be  worked  there.  The  reserves  were  in  position  and  chafing  to 

get  to  the  front. 
In  their  anxiety 
a serious  mis- 
take was  made. 
Maj.  Boxton’s 
Battalion  of 
California  Inf., 
under  orders, 
rushed  to  the 
front  under  a 
heavy  fire. 
Capt.  Reinhold 


Richter,  of 
Company  I,  was 


SPANISH  TRENCHES  NEAR  FORT  SAN  ANTONIO. 


the  first  to  fall,  hit  on  the  top  of  the  head,  on  the  right  side,  by  a bullet.  In  the 
further  advance,  1st  Sergt.  Maurice  Justh  of  Company  A,  was  instantly  killed 
by  a shot  through  the  body.  A number  were  wounded.  Coming  to  the  old 
trench,  complying,  as  they  supposed,  with  their  order,  they  saw  the  flash  of  guns 
in  their  immediate  front,  which  was  our  firing  line  in  the  new  trench.  Mis- 
taking this  for  the  reported  advanced  line  of  the  Spaniards,  they  at  once  opened 
fire  by  volleys,  and  discharged  three  volleys  straight  into  the  backs  of  the  Penn- 
sylvanians and  Regulars.  Col.  Smith  of  the  1st  Californias,  had  caught  up  with 
the  Regulars  of  Battery  H,  and  was  with  Capt.  O’Hara  in  the  trench,  and  at 
once  sent  one  of  his  officers  back  to  warn  Maj.  Boxton  of  his  mistake.  The 
officer  ran  with  the  message,  but  before  it  could  be  delivered  the  three  volleys 
had  been  fired.  The  result  of  these  volleys  is  not  known.  The  surgeons,  how- 
ever, believe  that  no  man  was  killed  by  a shot  from  the  rear. 

When  the  California  Battalion  finally  got  into  position,  it  was  sent  to  the 
relief  of  the  Pennsylvanians.  The  cruiser  Bostoji  was  at  anchor  in  position  to 
rake  the  whole  Spanish  trench,  but  Admiral  Dewey  did  not  wish  to  bring  on  an 


Campaigning  in  ihe  Philippines. 


93 


engagement  unless  from  necessity,  and  it  was  arranged  that  the  Boston  should  not 
be  signaled  to  open  fire,  unless  as  a last  resort.  Gen.  Greene  says  he  became  con- 
vinced, after  watching  the  Spanish  fire,  although  reports  were  continually  coming 
in  of  the  Spanish  advance,  that  they  were  still  in  their  trenches,  and  hence  did 
not  signal  the  Boston. 

GOOD  CONDUCT  OF  THE  VOLUNTEERS. 

There  were  many  heroic  acts  done  during  this  engagement,  but  there  is  no 
space  here  for  incidents..  It  was  amply  shown,  however,  that  the  old-time 
American  valor  was  not  wanting  in  the  command.  While  Gen.  Greene  truthfully 
says,  that  when  compared  with  the  battles  of  the  Civil  War,  this  was  an  unim- 
portant skirmish,  and  that  during  that  war  there  were  many  affairs  much  larger 
in  fatalities  than  this,  of  which  no  record  was  . ' 

made,  still  he  says  the  conditions  were  such  as 
usually  create  consternation  among  green  soldiers, 
and  the  Veterans  of  the  Civil  War  could  not  have 
done  more  thoroughly  what  was  required  that 
night  than  did  these  young  men  from  Pennsyl- 
vania, California,  Colorado  and  Utah,  and  from 
the  various  States  whose  men  were  found  in  the 
3d  Regular  Artillery. 

On  the  night  of  August  1st,  the  Colorado 
Regiment  held  the  trenches,  but  under  strict 
orders  not  to  return  the  enemy’s  fire  unless  they 
quit  their  trenches.  With  few  exceptions  this 
order  was  observed,  but  in  the  darkness  the  men 
would  find  an  excuse  for  firing,  alleging  as  a pre- 
tense that  the  Spaniards  were  advancing.  In 
consequence  of  this  unnecessary  exposure  one  was 
killed  and  three  wounded.  Up  to  August  4th, 
the  time  when  the  Monterey  arrived,  our  total  loss 
while  in  these  defensive  tactics,  was  twelve  killed 
and  fifty-four  wounded.  At  this  time,  Gen.  Mac- 
Arthur  and  his  command  had  arrived,  but  not 
landed,  being  prevented  by  a rough  sea.  On  the 
night  of  August  5th,  occurred  other  conflicts  be- 
tween the  lines,  the  usual  excuse  being  that  “the 
Spaniards  were  advancing.”  The  trenches  were 
held  by  one  battalion  each  of  the  14th  and  23d 
Regulars  and  1st  Nebraskas.  Firing  began  at 
half-past  seven  o’clock,  and  lasted  till  ten.  About 
20,000  rounds  were  fired  by  our  men.  The  loss  was  three  killed  and  seven  wounded. 

Gen.  Merritt  and  Admiral  Dewey  now  hit  upon  a plan  to  end  this  skirmish 
firing,  and  the  Governor-General  at  Manila  was  notified  that  within  forty-eight 
hours,  if  these  attacks  on  our  lines  did  not  cease,  an  attack  by  the  land  and  naval 
forces  on  the  city  would  take  place,  and  that  this  notice  was  given  so  that 


CHURCH  AT  MALATE. 


94 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


non-combatants  and  women  and  children  might  be  removed.  This  had  the  desired 
effect,  and  from  thenceforth  until  the  final  attack  on  the  city,  on  August  13th, 
there  was  no  further  molestation  of  our  outposts,  and  the  Spaniards  were  to  be 
seen  on  their  parapets  with  impunity. 

The  third  expedition  arrived  on  July  31st,  but  did  not  go  into  camp  until  the 
9th  of  August.  The  Astor  Battery  was  among  the  first  to  land.  One  of  their 
cascos  was  capsized,  her  ammunition  ruined,  and  most  of  the  rations  lost. 
Another  boat  was  upset,  but  no  one  was  drowned. 

THE  AMERICANS  READY  TO  ATTACK  MANIDA. 

With  the  arrival  of  Gen.  MacArthur  and  the  Monterey,  the  complement  of 
men  and  equipment  was  at  hand,  and  work  was  pressed  for  an  attack  on  Manila. 
On  the  10th,  Gen.  Anderson  came  over  from  Cavite  and  assumed  command  of  the 
division,  and  their  work  went  hurriedly  on.  Every  point  of  weakness  was  con- 
sidered and  strengthened;  the  troops  were  looked  carefully  after,  and  every  van- 
tage ground  and  stragetic  maneuver  determined.  The  brigade  commanders 


GATE  TO  LA  LOMA  CHURCH. 


urged  the  necessity  of  occupying  the  strong  insurgent  trenches  by  a part  of  Gen. 
MacArthur’s  Brigade  prior  to  the  advance,  but  Gen.  Merritt  persisted  in  his  policy 
of  not  using  force,  strictly  forbidding  anything  being  either  said  or  done  that 
would  give  offense  to  the  insurgent  command,  and  further  ordered  that  the  trenches 
should  not  be  extended.  There  were  but  two  important  objective  points  against 
which  the  forces  should  move — MacArthur’s  Brigade  against  the  stronghold  which 
included  block-houses  Nos.  13  and  14,  in  the  first  attack,  and  Greene’s  Brigade 
against  the  rest  of  the  Spanish  line  west,  resting  on  Fort  Malate.  For  this  pur- 
pose the  forces  were  massed  as  follows:  Against  Fort  Malate’ s front,  and  in  Gen. 
Greene’s  Brigade,  were  seven  battalions  in  the  trenches  and  eight  in  reserve,  the 
reserve  being  at  Pasai  cross-road,  before  described,  under  Gen.  Anderson’s  im- 
mediate command.  Seven  guns  of  the  Utah  Battery  were  placed  in  the  trenches 
at  intervals,  and  in  addition  three  guns  of  the  navy,  manned  by  a volunteer  de- 
tachment of  the  3d  Art.  These  were  on  the  extreme  right  of  the  column. 
MacArthur  occupied  a position,  as  seen,  with  a narrow  front,  owing  to  the  fact 
that  no  further  trenches  were  allowed  and  no  interference  with  the  insurgents,  so 
that  his  force  was  massed  in  support  of  this  narrow  line  back  along  the  Pasai 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


95 


Road.  His  front  lay  between  impassable  swamps,  and  back  of  this,  to  the  Pasai 
Road,  the  brigade  occupied  invulnerable  positions.  The  Astor  Battery  was  on  the 
right,  one  Utah  gun  in  an  insurgent  emplacement  on  the  Cingalon  Road,  the  13th 
Minnesota  on  the  right,  and  the  23d  Regulars  on  the  left. 

THE  FEEET  TAKES  POSITION. 

Having  thus  located  the  land  forces  at  the  time  of  the  attack,  we  must  now 
take  up  the  matters  pertaining  to  the  fleet,  which  was  to  join  in  a joint  attack  on 
the  Spanish  positions  at  Manila  on  the  13th.  In  the  preparations  for  this  attack. 
Admiral  Dewey  and  Gen.  Merritt  acted  in  concert.  At  this  time  there  was  a 
large  fleet  of  foreign  war-ships  in  Manila  Bay,  composed  of  four  English,  five 
German,  two  Frenchman,  and  a Japanese.  Admiral  Dewey  wanted  the  place 
occupied  by  them  in  which  to  maneuver,  and  they  moved  out  of  the  way.  Every 
precaution  was  taken  by  the  fleet  for  bombardment  as  though  it  actually  might 
occur. 

EFFORTS  TO  INDUCE  SURRENDER. 

For  some  time  before  this,  negotiations  had  been  going  on  to  effect  a surrender 
without  the  loss  of  property  or  life.  In  this  the  Spanish  held  to  their  tradition 
of  requiring  defeat  before  surrender.  They  had,  too,  been  watching  and  hoping 
for  Camara’s  fleet  and  the  Pelayo,  and  the  3000  men  which  the  fleet  was  said  to 
be  convoying  from  Spain;  but  when  Camara  turned  back,  the  last  hope  of  holding 
the  Philippines  by  force  vanished;  consequently,  they  were  inclined  to  consider 
terms  of  surrender.  The  Belgian  consul,  M.  Andre,  had  been  for  some  time 
occupying  a Belgian  craft  in  the  bay,  and  put  forth  his  good  ofiices  as  an  inter- 
mediary between  Admiral  Dewey  and  Gen.  Merritt  and  Captain-General  Augustin, 
looking  to  a pacific  capitulation.  The  Spanish  authorities,  however,  held  out  for 
honor,  and  it  required  no  little  strategy  to  perfect  the  plan  of  mimic  battle  without 
I it  verging  into  the  real.  The  American  commander  would  not  permit  this  if  the 
j play  should  go  so  far  as  to  imperil  the  life  of  a single  man.  Still,  if  Spanish 
I pride  could  be  assuaged  and  no  evil  follow,  it  would  be  far  better  than  to  incur 
the  loss  of  life  and  property  which  was  sure  to  follow  should  a general  engage- 
ment be  precipitated.  Augustin  became  so  convinced  of  the  folly  of  resistance 
j that  he  was  prepared  to  surrender  without  further  show,  and  even,  as  is  stated, 
i hoisted  the  white  flag.  It  was  pulled  down,  however,  and  subsequently  he  was 
called  to  Madrid,  and  Fermin  Jaudenes  made  Captain-General,  which  position  he 
held  when  the  “ultimatum”  was  made  to  him, 
as  before  stated,  on  August  7th.  When  the 
final  demand  was  made  for  surrender,  the  Cap- 
j tain-General  got  twentyfour  hours’  time,  but 
after  a conference,  refused  to  surrender  without 
an  attack.  In  the  meantime  the  Belgian  consul 
was  busy,  and  his  trips  were  frequent  between 
the  fleet  and  the  Captain-General’s  oflice. 

During  this  time  the  fleet  had  cleared  for  action  and  was  ready  at  a moment  to 
commence  the  attack.  Gen.  Merritt,  at  the  time  it  was  arranged  the  attack 


SIGNAL  CORPS  GOING  TO  THK  FRONT. 


96 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


should  be  made,  came  on  board  the  Olympia  and  stated  that  the  American  forces 
were  not  in  position  sufficiently  eastward  to  protect  the  city  from  the  incoming 
insurgents  at  the  time  of  surrender,  so  a little  time  was  taken  to  accomplish  this. 

ALLEGED  ARRANGEMENT  FOR  A SHAM  BATTLE. 

By  the  12th  of  August,  the  full  details  of  the  coming  “battle”  were  arranged 
between  Admiral  Dewey,  Gen.  Merritt  and  Captain-General  Jaudenes.  In  this, 
on  the  part  of  the  American  forces,  such  display  was  to  be  made  as  would  satisfy 
an  observer  that  further  resistance  on  the  part  of  the  Spaniards  would  not  only  be 
futile,  but  ground  for  censure  by  all  non-combatants;  when  this  point  was  reached 
the  white  flag  of  surrender  was  to  be  hung  out  from  the  Spanish  fort,  when 
further  assault  should  cease.  So  definite  were  the  details  as  to  this,  that  the 
maneuver  of  the  fleet  was  specified,  the  time  when  the  attack  should  begin, 
where  it  should  be  made,  its  continuance  and  character;  that  the  Spaniards  should 
fire  no  shots  in  return,  the  exact  time  when  the  flag  of  surrender  should  be  raised, 
the  proceedings  pertaining  to  this  and  the  place  and  disposition  of  the  American 
and  Spanish  forces  after  this,  until  the  American  occupation  was  made  complete, 
so  as  to  prevent  looting  and  destruction,  and  ward  off  the  insurgents  from  the  city. 

Ail  the  principal  officers  in  both  commands  were  fully  apprised,  and  specific 
instructions  given  so  that  no  mistakes  be  made  or  loss  of  life  occur.  Pursuing 
this  plan,  the  American  fleet  was  put  as  fully  in  readiness  as  when  it  first  went 
into  the  engagement  in  Manila  Bay. 


THE  FLEET  BEGINS  THE  ATTACK. 


At  nine  o’clock  on  the  morning  of  the  13th,  the  fleet  commenced  to  maneuver 
into  position  for  the  attack,  and  within  one-half  hour  the  Olympia  was  in  position 
for  shelling  Fort  Malate,  followed  by  the  Raleigh  and  Petrel,  the  Callao  and  the 
little  Bareelo  closer  in  shore;  and  back  of  these  was  Gen.  Merritt  and  staff  on  a 

transport,  and  the  Kwonghai 
with  the  Oregon  troops.  The 
Boston,  Charleston  and  Balti- 
more were  on  the  port  quarter 
of  the  Olympia.  The  AfeC?il- 
loch  was  on  the  starboard 
quarter,  while  the  Moyiterey 
moved  up  close  in  shore, 
where  her  twelve-inch  muzzles 
stood  grinning  at  the  heavy 
Krupp  batteries  at  the  Luneta; 
and  on  the  north  the  Concord 
lay  at  the  mouth  of  the  Pasig. 
The  threatening  array  would 
have  amply  justified  the  Spanish  surrender  without  a shot,  but  the  play  went  on, 
with  the  head  of  the  army  and  escort  in  the  rear,  waiting  for  the  white  flag 
and  the  peals  of  victory,  which  should  call  him  from  his  seclusion  to  receive 
the  capitulation  of  the  city  as  per  arrangement. 


OUR  PHOTOGRAPH  WAGON,  A QUILESA  USED  AS  A DARK 
ROOM  FOR  CHANGING  PLATES  AT  THE  FRONT. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


97 


The  Olympia  opened  fire  at  9:30  in  the  morning  on  the  old  Fort  Malate;  her 
shells  falling  short,  the  Raleigh  and  Petrel  took  it  up.  The  shots  improved,  the 
Olympia  changed  position,  and  then  did  more  effective  work,  as  did  the  others. 

In  the  meantime,  the  remnants  of  the  Spanish  forces  that  had  been  about  the 
fortifications  had  withdrawn 
toward  the  city.  The  firing 
continued  till  10:30,  when  '> 
the  order  to  cease  firing  was 
given  to  the  fleet,  and  the 
surrender  signals  shown  to 
the  Spanish  fort.  There  not 
being  an  immediate  answer, 
the  fleet  was  ordered  to  close 
up.  Every  captain  in  the 
fleet,  it  is  stated,  was  watch- 
ing for  the  white  flag.  Capt. 

Lamberton  was  on  the  after- 
bridge  of  the  Olympia  with 
the  Admiral  and  said:  “ I don’t  se^ 


FLAG  RAISING  AT  GUAM  ISLAND. 

that  white  flag  yet  over  that  red  roof. 


They  were  to  raise  the  flag  on  the  southwest  corner.  The  Admiral  said  it  had 
been  there  for  some  time,  and  by  close  observation  all  discovered  it,  raised  at  the 
appointed  place.  The  Spanish  signaled  back  and  asked  a conference,  and  nego- 
tiations forthwith  were  begun  and  completed  as  per  agreement. 

During  all  this  time  not  a shot  was  fired  from  a Spanish  gun,  and  the  Span- 
iards remained  within  the  walled  city.  ’ 


GEN.  MERRITT  ORDERS  AN  ATTACK. 


Turning  now  to  the  land  forces,  it  should  be  noted  that  on  the  afternoon  of 
Friday  Gen.  Merritt  had  issued  this  general  order: 

“A  combined  land  and  naval  attack  will  be  made  on  the  enemy’s  works 
to-morrow,  the  13th  inst.,  at  noon. 

“ It  will  consist  of  a naval  and  artillery  attack.  Our  lines  will  make  no 
advance,  but  will  hold  the  trenches,  the  infantry  covering  the  artillery. 

“ The  1st  Brigade  will  hold  the  right  of  the  line,  and,  operating  on  the  Manila- 
Pasai  Road,  have  for  its  immediate  objective  the  Spanish  block-house  No. 
14  and  adjoining  trenches. 

“ The  2d  Brigade  will  hold  the  left  of  the  line,  operating  along  the  beach  and 
the  trenches  adjoining. 

“ The  1st  Brigade  will  put  eight  battalions  in  the  firing  line,  and  hold  three 
in  reserve.  The  2d  Brigade  will  put  three  battalions  in  the  firing  line,  and  hold 
eight  in  reserve.  The  reserves  of  both  brigades  will  be  held  in  column  of  battal- 
ions in  the  open  field  to  the  west  of  Camino  Real  and  500  rods  south  of  the  inter- 
section of  the  Camino  Real  and  the  road  to  Pasai.  The  reserves  will  be  under 
the  general  direction  of  the  division  commander,  whose  position  will  be  on  the 
Camino  Real  near  the  reserves. 


7b 


?8 


Canipai(rnuig  hi  the  Philippines. 


“ The  men  will  take  one  day’s  cooked  rations,  canteens  filled  with  water,  and 
a minimum  of  100  rounds  of  ammunition  for  the  Springfield  rifle  and  150  for  the 
Krag-Jorgensen.  The  reserve  ammunition  will  be  held  with  the  reserves. 

“ Brigade  commanders  will  distribute  necessary  entrenching  tools  among  the 
several  organizations. 

“ The  general  hospital  will  remain  in  camp.  Ambulance  stations  will  be 
established  on  the  beach  in  the  rear  of  the  left,  one  at  Pasai,  in  the  rear  of  the 
right,  and  one  on  the  Camino  Real,  near  the  reserves. 

“All  positions  should  be  taken  up  by  9 a.  m.,  the  13th  inst.,  except  the 
reserves,  which  will  take  position  at  11  A.  m.  Our  line  will  not  advance  except 
under  orders  of  the  commanding  general  in  the  field.” 

This  order,  however,  was  not  fully  observed,  as  shown  by  the  following: 

All  instructions  to  division  and  brigade  commands  were  of  the  nature  that 
precluded  a determined  assault,  although  the  men  were  equipped  for  a long,  hard 
struggle.  Besides  his  gun  and  accouterments,  each  man  carried  200  rounds  of 
ammunition,  two  days’  rations  of  meat  and  hard  bread,  and  mess  kit.  The  front 

rank  filled  their  canteens  with 
coffee  and  the  rear  rank  with 
water.  Distributions  of  spades 
and  axes  were  made  to  the  com- 
panies, so  that  each  set  of  fours 
had  an  entrenching  tool.  A 
hatchet  and  ax  was  provided 
for  each  section  and  one  pick 
for  each  platoon.  The  ser- 
geants were  provided  with  a 
TRANSPORT  LEAVING  SAN  FRANCISCO.  wire  cutter.  Strict  instructions 

as  to  fire,  so  that  waste  of  ammunition  and  time  should  be  avoided,  and  for  the 
movements  of  regiments,  had  been  given.  If  an  assault  was  ordered,  it  was 
to  have  been  made  by  successive  battalions  in  extended  order,  each  regiment 
covering  a battalion  front  and  the  distance  between  the  battalions  to  be  about  200 
yards.  The  whole  command  were  intact  and  silent  for  some  time,  while  the 
bombardment  from  the  fleet  of  Fort  Malate  was  going  on,  its  effects  being  in  plain 
view  of  most  of  the  command.  Then  the  Utah  Battery  opened  fire  at  1000  yards’ 
range,  aiming  just  below  the  crest  of  the  parapet  of  the  fort,  as  directed.  The 
shots  were  very  effective.  A six-inch  shell  from  the  Olympia  now  pierced 
through  the  three-foot  wall  of  the  fort  and  exploded  in  the  magazine,  wrecking  it 
completely. 

THE  ALLEGED  PEACEFUL  PROGRAM  MISCARRIES. 

In  the  morning,  just  before  the  attack,  Gen.  Merritt  sent  instructions  to  Gen. 
Greene  to  send  forward  one  regiment  as  soon  as  the  bombardment  had  produced 
any  effect,  and  without  waiting  for  the  signal  given  on  the  fleet  to  surrender,  he 
now  ordered  the  Colorados  to  advance.  The  advance  was  made  through  an  open 
field  in  front  of  the  trench,  and  partly  along  the  beach  in  the  water.  Upon  this 
advance  the  Spaniards  opened  fire  from  the  woods  and  trenches  back  of  the  fort. 
It  is  claimed  that  had  the  advance  not  been  made  there  would  not  have  been  a 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


^>9 


HELIOGRAPHIC  WORK  BY  THE  SIGNAL  CORPS. 


single  rifle  shot  fired  that  day.  The  program  was  that  the  advance  should  not  be 
made  till  after  the  surrender  signal  was  given.  The  Spaniards,  therefore,  not 
knowing  of  this  late  order,  could  not  understand  this  advance,  and  opened  fire. 
The  Colorados  continued  their  ad-  T . 

vance,  wading  up  the  beach  and 
entered  the  now  vacant  fort,  Lieuten- 
ant-Colonel McCoy  of  the  Colorados 
being  in  command.  The  Spanish  flag 
was  hauled  down  and  the  Stars  and 
Stripes  ran  up  in  its  stead.  The  ex- 
hibition brought  a round  of  hurrahs 
from  the  troops.  Here  the  color- 
bearer  of  the  Colorados  was  killed. 

Gen.  MacArthur  was  shut  off  from  the  view  of  the  fleet,  but  seeing  the  flag 
raised  on  the  fort,  he  ordered  the  attack  on  block-house  No.  14.  The  two  bat- 
teries, AvStor  and  Utah,  quickly  made  this  a ruin.  The  13th  Minnesota  rushed  in 
and  captured  part  of  the  forces  there  and  in  the  trenches.  The  command  pressed 
on  to  block-house  No.  13,  which  took  fire,  a great  quantity  of  small  cartridges 
therein  exploding.  The  whole  front  of  the  column  now  moved  rapidly  onward, 
the  13th  Minnesota  being  in  advance,  and  with  them  the  Astor  Battery,  dragging 
their  guns  by  hand  and  pushing  on  along  the  Cingalon  Road,  and  the  23d  Inf., 
pressing  forward  on  the  road  which  parallels  this  west.  All  through  this  locality 
a hot  fire  was  being  poured  into  the  ranks.  The  locality  was  such  that  a view  of 
the  signal  of  surrender  could  not  be  seen,  and  the  Americans  continued  advancing 
and  firing  by  volleys.  At  Cingalon  cross-road  was  a strong  position  held  by 
the  enemy,  and  from  this  a galling  fire  was  being  poured  into  our  advance,  also 
an  enfilading  fire  from  a block-house  about  200  yards  east.  Capt.  Sawtelle,  of 
Gen.  MacArthur’ s staff,  reconnoitered  the  position  while  the  troops  were  mass- 
ing for  assault,  and,  with  Lieut.  March  of  the  Astor  Battery,  then  led  the 
charge  against  this  position  with  detachments  from  both  the  battery  and  the 
13th  Minnesota,  they  volunteering  for  the  purpose.  The  artillerymen,  leaving 
their  guns  and  charging  with  revolvers,  the  Spaniards  were  quickly  driven 
from  their  positions. 

It  is  difficult  to  reconcile  all  this  with  the  theory  that  the  program  was 
entered  into  which  should  provide  for  the  surrender  of  Manila  without  loss  of 
life,  unless  it  be  that  some  of  the  subordinate  commands  were  not  apprised  of  the 
arrangement  and  that  the  Spaniards  resisted  under  a misapprehension.  They 
were  on  the  alert  to  hold  positions  against  the  insurgents,  and  as  the  insurgents 
were  known  to  occupy  advanced  positions  here,  they  might  have  mistaken  our 
advance  for  that  of  the  insurgents. 

This  ended  the  fighting  of  MacArthur’ s Brigade,  which  had  instructions,  after 
this  place  had  been  secured,  to  move  westward  and  eastward  and  occupy  the 
approaches  to  the  city  from  Paco,  locating  the  forces  at  the  bridges  near  Paco, 
and  also  in  the  suburbs  of  Hrmita  and  Malate.  Greene’s  instructions  were,  if 
no  great  resistance  was  met  in  the  advance,  to  go  on  through  Malate  and  Hrmita, 
and  thence  move  the  columns  around  the  city  walls  and  occupy  the  suburbs  east 


100 


Canipaignmg  m the  Philippines. 


and  south  of  the  city  and  cover  all  approaches.  None  of  the  force  was  to  enter 
the  walled  city.  After  carrying  the  first  line  of  the  Spanish  entrenchments 
and  fort,  the  advance  columns  of  Greene’s  Brigade  moved  forward  toward  the 

city  and  deploy- 
ed from  the  Calle 
Real,  the  18th 
Infantry  and  the 
3d  Artillery  to 
the  right,  and, 
moving  against 
the  Spanish 
trenches  back 
of  the  first  line, 
uncovered  the 
forces  in  the 
thick  woods  and 
brush  and 
marsh.  The  1st 
California  and 
the  1st  Colorado 
held  positions 
covering  the 

Calle  Real  barricades  and  thence  to  the  shore  line  west.  In  this  way  they  moved 
up  to  Malate,  where  the  force  was  reformed  in  the  open  square  about  Malate 
church.  Up  to  this  time  the  advancing  column  had  met  sharp  random  firing 
from  the  enemy,  much  of  it  coming  from  the  houses  and  places  of  cover,  which 
the  Californias  and  those  exposed  routed,  often  by  assault.  Reforming,  the 
18th  Inf.  and  the  1st  California  were  to  move  through  the  main  streets,  the 
1st  Colorado  in  the  parallel  streets  on  the  right  and  the  1st  Nebraska  along 
the  beach.  The  Callao  kept  slightly  in  advance  in  the  bay  and  in  position  to 
rake  all  lines  of  trenches  in  advance  of  the  moving  columns.  The  3d  Art.  and 
the  10th  Pennsylvania  occupied  the  reserv^e.  The  Pennsylvanians  had  been 
in  the  trench  for  twenty-four  hours,  but  were  pressing  hard  for  an  advance 
position.  Desultory  firing  met  this  advance,  and  when  the  open  near  the  Uuneta 
was  reached,  the  firing  was  sharp  from  the  right. 

THE  FATE  OF  THE  CITY. 

At  this  time  the  white  flag  was  flying  from  the  southwest  bastion  of  the  city 
wall.  Some  of  the  insurgents  had  gone  through  by  some  of  the  approaches  at 
Paco,  and  it  was  thought  the  firing  came  from  them.  There  were  now  several 
thousand  Spanish  regulars  within  the  city  walls,  and  no  firing  came  from  any  of 
this  body.  The  day’s  work  was  done.  What  remained  to  be  done  was  to  take 
and  hold  possession  of  the  approaches  to  the  city  and  distribute  the  forces  accord- 
ing to  previous  instructions.  The  capitulation  was  now  going  on. 

After  hoisting  the  white  flag,  the  Spaniards  signaled  for  a conference.  Flag- 
Lieutenant  Brumby  and  Lieutenant-Colonel  Whittier,  representing  the  army  and 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


101 


navy,  were  despatched  in  response  to  this,  and  the  preliminary  terms  of  surrender 
were  arranged  between  them  and  Captain-General  Augustin,  Acting  Governor- 
General  Jaudenes  and  Admiral  Montejo.  This  occurred  in  the  City  Hall. 

Gen.  Merritt,  on  the  return  of  the  American  representatives,  went  ashore 
to  the  City  Hall  with  escort  of  the  2d  Oregon.  Two  other  battalions  of  the 
Oregon  followed  and  took  position  in  front  of  the  Government  Building  at 
2:36  p.  M. 

On  return  of  Cieut.  Brumby  to  the  flagship  with  the  preliminary  terms  of  sur- 
render, Admiral  Dewey  hoisted  the  signal,  “Enemy  has  surrendered.”  With 
some  modification,  the  preliminary  terms  as  drawn  were  signed,  and  the  Spanish 
flag  hauled  down  and  replaced  with  the  Stars  and  Stripes.  The  following  are  the 
articles  of  capitulation: 

articles  of  capitulation. 

The  undersigned,  having  been  appointed  a commission  to  determine  the  details  of  the 
surrender  of  the  city  and  defenses  of  Manila  and  its  suburbs,  and  the  Spanish  forces  stationed 
therein,  in  accordance  with  agreement  entered  into  the  previous  day  by  Major-General  Wesley 
Merritt,  U.  S.  A.,  American  Commander-in-Chief  in  the  Philippines,  and  His  Excellency  Don 
Fermin  Jaudenes,  Acting  General-in-Chief  of  the  Spanish  army  in  the  Philippines,  have  agreed 
upon  the  following: 

1.  The  Spanish  troops,  European  and  native,  capitulate,  with  the  city  and  defenses, 
with  all  honors  of  war,  depositing  their  arms  in  the  places  designated  by  the  authorities  of  the 
United  States  and  remaining  in  the  quarters  designated  and  under  the  orders  of  their  officers 
and  subject  to  the  control  of  the  aforesaid  United  States  authorities  until  the  conclusion  of  a 
treaty  of  peace  between  the  two  belligerent  nations.  All  persons  included  in  the  capitulation 
remain  at  liberty,  the  officers  remaining  in  their  homes,  which  shall  be  respected  as  long  as 
they  observe  the  regulations  prescribed  for  their  government  and  the  laws  in  force. 

2.  Officers  shall  retain  their  side  arms,  horses,  and  private  property.  All  public  horses, 
and  public  property  of  all  kinds,  shall  be  turned  over  to  staff  officers  designated  by  the  United 
States. 

3.  Complete  returns,  in  duplicate,  of  men  by  organizations,  and  full  lists  of  public  prop- 
erty and  stores  shall  be  rendered  to  the  United  States  within  ten  days  from  this  date. 

4.  All  questions  relating  to  the  repatriation  of  officers  and  men  of  the  Spanish  forces  and  of 
their  families  and  of  the  expenses  which  said  repatriation  may  occasion,  shall  be  referred  to 
the  government  of  the  United  States  at  Washington.  Spanish  families  may  leave  Manila  at 
any  time  convenient  to  them.  The  return  of  the  arms  surrendered  by  the  Spanish  forces  shall 
take  place  when  they  evacuate  the  city,  or  when  the  American  army  evacuates. 

5.  Officers  and  men  included  in  the  capitulation  shall  be  supplied  by  the  United  States, 
according  to  their  rank,  with  rations  and  necessary  aid,  as  though  they  were  prisoners  of  war, 
until  the  conclusion  of  the  treaty  of  peace  between  the  United  States  and  Spain.  All  the 
funds  of  the  Spanish  treasury  and  all  other  public  funds  shall  be  turned  over  to  the  authorities 
of  the  United  States. 

6.  This  city,  its  inhabitants,  its  churches  and  religious  worship,  its  educational  estab- 
lishment<5,  and  its  private  property  of  all  descriptions,  are  placed  under  the  special  safeguard 
of  the  faith  and  honor  of  the  American  army. 

F.  V.  Greene,  Brigadier-General  of  Volunteers,  U.  S.  A. 

B.  P.  Lamberton,  Captain  U.  S.  N. 

> ChareES  a.  Whittier,  Lieutenant-Colonel  and  Inspector-General. 

V.  E.  H.  Crowder,  Lieutenant-Colonel  and  Judge-Advocate. 

Nichoeas  De  La  Pena,  Oidor-General  de  Ejercito. 

Careos  Reyes,  Coronel  de  Ingenieros. 

Jose  Maria  Oeaquen,  Jefe  de  Estado  Mayor. 

Weseev  Merritt,  Major-General. 


102 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


By  the  capture  of  Manila,  there  was  surrendered  to  our  command  about 
5600*  prisoners,  22,000  small  arms,  10,000,000  rounds  of  ammunition,  70  pieces  of 
modern  artillery  of  various  calibers  and  several  hundred  ancient  bronze  pieces, 
and  $900,000  of  public  money,  besides  the  city  and  fortifications. 

The  day  previous  to  the  capture,  the  protocol  of  peace  between  Spain  and  the 
United  States  had  been  signed  at  Washington. 

* There  seems  to  be  some  uncertainty  about  the  number  of  Spanish  troops  surrendered  with 
the  city.  We  have  been  able  to  find  no  official  report.  If,  as  stated  on  page  82,  Gen.  Greene 
gave  13,000  as  the  number,  he  must  have  included  prisoners  in  the  hands  of  insurgents.  The 
figures  in  the  list  are  those  of  Mr.  Foreman,  who  appears  to  have  had  access  to  official  records. 


ARMS  USED  BY  NATIVES  OF  MINDANAO. 


CHAPTER  VI. 


FROM  THE  CAPTURE  OF  MANILA  TO  THE  REVOLT 

OF  THE  FILIPINOS. 


HE  situation  in  Manila  at  the  time  of  the  capitulation  was 
chaotic.  Civil  government  was  disrupted  and  the  only  law  in 
force  was  military  law.  It  is  remarkable  with  what  celerity 
the  military  authorities  brought  order  out  of  confusion,  so  that 
within  a few  days  a system  of  government  was  established,  as 
effective  as  that  which  obtains  in  most  of  our  large  cities. 
From  the  hour  of  surrender,  there  was  not  a hostile  demonstra- 
tion against  the  American  army.  The  Spaniards,  whatever 
their  regret  for  the  defeat  of  their  arms,  were  ready  to  co-operate 
heartily  in  establishing  and  maintaining  order.  For  twenty-four 
hours,  and  until  it  suited  the  pleasure  of  the  Americans  to  disarm  them,  they 
held  their  positions  with  their  guns.  The  great  batteries  on  the  Luneta  were 
still  in  their  possession,  and  Admiral  Dewey  next  day  sent  Eieut.  Calkins  ashore 
to  learn  the  situation,  fearing  that  there  might  be  some  danger  unforseen,  his 
attention  having  been  directed  to  these  batteries,  and  Eieut.  Calkins  still  finding 
the  Spaniards  in  possession,  he  took  from  the  guns  the  breech-plugs  and  brought 
them  to  the  ship.  In  the  eastern  part  of  the  city,  the  next  day  still  found  the 
Spaniards  on  duty,  and,  upon  their  notifying  the  American  commander  that  they 
could  not  hold  their  positions  against  the  insurgents,  were  relieved  by  the  Ameri- 
cans and  ordered  to  surrender  their  arms.  So  universal  within  the  city  was  the 
feeling  that  order  would  be  maintained,  that  within  two  days  business  was  gen- 
erally resumed. 

The  disturbing  force  was  far  less  in  the  city  proper  than  in  its  surroundings, 
and  the  danger  was  not  from  the  Spaniards  within,  but  the  insurgents  without. 
On  the  14th  of  August,  the  day  the  capitulation  was  signed,  Gen.  Merritt  issued 
the  following  proclamation: 


PROCLAMATION  OF  GEN.  MERRITT. 

Manila,  August  14,  1898. 

To  The  People  of  the  Philippines: 

1.  War  has  existed  between  the  United  States  and  Spain  since  April  21st  of  this  year. 
Since  that  date  you  have  witnessed  the  destruction  by  an  American  fleet  of  the  Spanish  naval 
power  in  these  islands,  the  fall  of  the  principal  city,  Manila,  and  its  defenses,  and  the  surrender 
of  the  Spanish  army  of  occupation  to  the  forces  of  the  United  States. 

2.  The  Commander  of  the  United  States  forces  now  in  possession  has  instructions  from  his 
government  to  assure  the  people  that  he  has  not  come  to  wage  war  upon  them,  nor  upon  any 


104 


Canipaig7iing  in  the  Philippines. 


party  or  faction  among  them,  but  to  protect  them  in  their  homes,  in  their  employments,  and 
in  their  personal  and  religious  rights.  All  persons  who,  by  active  aid  or  honest  submission, 
co-operate  with  the  United  States  in  its  effort  to  give  effect  to  this  beneficent  purpose,  will 
receive  the  reward  of  its  support  and  protection. 

• 3.  The  government  established  among  you  by  the  United  States  army  is  a government  of 

military  occupation,  and  for  the  present  it  is  ordered  that  the  municipal  laws,  such  as  affect 
private  rights  of  persons  and  property,  regulate  local  institutions,  and  provide  for  the  punish- 
ment of  crime,  shall  be  considered  as  continuing  in  force,  so  far  as  compatible  with  the  pur- 
poses of  military  government,  and  that  they  may  be  administered  through  the  ordinary 
tribunals  substantially  as  before  occupation,  but  by  officials  appointed  by  the  government  of 
occupation. 

4.  A Provost  Marshal-General  will  be  appointed  for  the  city  of  Manila  and  its  outlying 
districts.  This  territory  will  be  divided  into  sub-districts,  and  there  will  be  assigned  to  each 
a Deputy  Provost  Marshal.  The  duties  of  the  Provost  Marshal-General  and  his  deputies  will 
be  set  forth  in  detail  in  future  orders.  In  a general  way,  they  are  charged  with  the  duty  of 
making  arrests  of  military,  as  well  as  civil  offenders,  sending  such  of  the  former  class  as  are 
triable  by  court  martial  to  their  proper  commands,  with  statements  of  their  offenses  and 
names  of  witnesses,  and  detaining  in  custody  all  other  offenders  for  trial  by  military  commis- 
sion, provost  courts  or  native  criminal  courts,  in  accordance  with  law  and  the  instructions 
hereafter  to  be  issued. 

5.  The  port  of  Manila,  and  all  other  ports  and  places  in  the  Philippines  which  may  be  in 
actual  possession  of  our  land  and  naval  forces,  will  be  open,  while  our  military  occupation  may 


CHINESE  CATHOLIC  CHURCH  NEAR  MANILA. 


continue,  to  the  commerce  of  all  neutral  nations,  as  well  as  our  own,  in  articles  not  contraband 
of  war,  and  upon  payment  of  the  prescribed  rates  of  duty  which  may  be  in  force  at  the  time  of 
the  importation. 

6.  All  churches  and  places  devoted  to  religious  worship  and  to  the  arts  and  sciences,  all  edu- 
cational institutions,  libraries,  scientific  collections  and  museums,  are,  so  far  as  possible,  to  be  pro- 
tected, and  all  destruction  or  intentional  defacement  of  such  places  or  property,  of  historical 
monuments,  archives  or  works  of  science,  is  prohibited,  save  when  required  by  urgent  military 
necessity.  Severe  punishment  will  be  meted  out  for  all  violations  of  this  regulation. 

The  custodians  of  all  properties  of  the  character  mentioned  in  this  section  will  make 
prompt  returns  thereof  to  these  headquarters,  stating  character  and  location,  and  embodying 
such  recommendations  as  they  may  think  proper  for  the  full  protection  of  the  properties  under 
their  care  and  custody,  that  proper  orders  may  issue  enjoining  the  co-operation  of  both  military 
and  civil  authorities  in  securing  such  protection. 

7.  The  commanding  general,  in  announcing  the  establishment  of  military  government 
and  in  entering  upon  his  duties  as  military  governor,  in  pursuance  of  his  appointment  as  such 
by  the  government  of  the  United  States,  desires  to  assure  the  people  that  so  long  as  they  pre- 
serve the  peace  and  perform  their  duties  toward  the  representatives  of  the  United  States,  they 
will  not  be  disturbed  in  their  persons  and  property,  except  in  so  far  as  may  be  found  necessary 
for  the  good  of  the  service  of  the  United  States  and  the  benefit  of  the  people  of  the  Philippines. 

WESLEY  MERRITT, 
Major-General  U.  S.  A.,  Commanding. 


Canipaig7ii7ig  ui  the  Philippmes. 


105 


This  proclamation  was  rapidly  followed  by  a series  of  orders,  having  in  view 
the  establishment  and  maintenance  of  law  and  order  in  the  city.  Under  the  terms 
of  the  capitulation,  the  Spanish  authority  surrendered  to  the  American  command 
“the  Spanish  troops, 

European  and  native,  with 
the  city  and  defenses,” 
and  there  were  now  within 
this  area  approximately 
4000  insurgent  troops  and 
occupying  fortified  positions 
held  by  the  Spaniards  at 
the  time  of  surrender. 

There  was  no  question  as 
to  the  limits  of  the  territory 
held  by  the  Spanish  forces 
at  the  time  of  surrender, 
and  no  question  that  the 
insurgents  were  not  in-  captured  guns. 

eluded  by  the  terms  of  the  surrender  as  one  of  the  victors,  and  under  its  terms  the 
Americans  succeeded  alone  to  the  Spanish  possession.  The  insurgents,  however, 
insisted  that  they  also  had  a claim  of  rights,  and  based  their  claim  upon  the  assump- 
tion that  they  were  allies  of  the  American  force.  It  was  not  claimed  by  them  that 
they  were  such  allies  by  express  stipulation  or  even  recognition,  but  they  did  insist 
that  the  circumstances  of  their  investment  of  the  city  made  them  so.  It  was 
their  claim  that  their  participation  forced  the  surrender  of  the  city  and  that  they 
had  the  right  to  participate  in  its  control,  independent  of  the  terms  of  the  sur- 
render or  the  parties  to  it.  The  insurgents  surrounded  the  city,  except  where  the 
Americans  were  entrenched,  holding  most  of  the  block-houses  and  all  the  out- 
lying Spanish  trenches  and  the  approaches  to  the  city. 


THE  FILIPINOS  IN  CONTROL  OF  THE  COUNTRY. 

The  business  of  Manila  depended  largely  upon  its  commercial  intercourse  with 
the  interior,  and  this  could  not  go  on  without  the  consent  of  the  insurgents. 
They  also  held  possession  of  the  city  water-works.  Their  possession  and  reten- 
tion was  considered  dangerous  to  our  command.  Aguinaldo  afterward  com- 
plained that  he  was  not  notified  of  the  time  or  plan  of  the  American  attack. 
In  this  he  was  in  part  correct.  He  was  not  informed  of  the  plan,  but  he  knew 
of  the  time,  and  intended  to  force  his  command  into  recognition  at  the  time  of 
surrender,  as  is  plainly  evident  by  events  preceding  the  attack. 


COMPLICATIONS  WITH  THE  FILIPINOS. 

The  evening  of  the  12th,  under  instructions  from  Gen.  Merritt,  Gen.  Ander- 
son had  telegraphed  to  Aguinaldo,  in  substance  that  the  Americans  would  pro- 
ceed to  the  attack  without  his  forces,  and  that  his  command  should  be  kept  out  of 
the  city.  This  Aguinaldo  answered  with  the  memorable  despatch,  “Too  late.” 
This  was  but  a pretense,  for  there  was  ample  time  for  him  to  countermand  any 


10()  Campaig)iitig  hi  the  J Philippines. 

previous  instructions  he  might  have  given.  One  of  the  first  acts  of  Gen.  Merritt, 
then,  after  the  surrender,  was  to  take  measures  to  rid  the  city  of  the  armed  insur- 
gents. On  the  day  of  the  surrender  many  of  them  had  been  intercepted  and 

turned  back,  and  others,  hav- 
ing gotten  within  the  city, 
were  disarmed.  Gen.  Ander- 
son was  ordered  by  Gen. 
Merritt  to  rid  the  city  of  the 
insurgents,  and  Anderson 
telegraphed  Aguinaldo  to 
withdraw  his  men  at  once. 
Aguinaldo  answered  him, 
that  he  had  already  sent  a 
commission  to  present  the 
matter  to  the  Americans,  and 
asked  that  Gen.  Anderson 
consider  the  matter  with 
them.  There  has  been  some 
censure  of  Gen.  Anderson 
from  military  sources  because 
he  recognized  this  condition, 
but  he  had  precedent  for  so 
doing  all  through  the  cam- 
paign. Even  Gen.  Merritt’s  proclamation  had  been  read  to  Aguinaldo’ s com- 
mission in  parts,  and  was  made  in  part  to  conform  to  their  protest.  As  it  was 
originally  drawn,  it  provided  that  the  Spanish  laws  governing  civil  affairs,  prop- 
erty rights  and  the  punishment  of  crime,  should  remain  in  force  and  be  admin- 
istered by  local  Spanish  officers.  The  commissioners  said  they  could  not  submit 
to  Spanish  officials,  and  Gen.  Merritt  provided  that  American  officers  should  be 
appointed  to  hold  important  offices.  Also,  when  the  staff  officer  brought  the 
order  to  Gen.  Anderson,  he  asked  if  he  was  authorized  to  use  force.  The  officer 
did  not  know,  and  if  it  were  simply  to  be  a matter  of  persuasion,  it  is  difficult  to 
see  what  other  course  was  open  to  him.  When  the  commissioners  met  Gen. 
Anderson,  they  submitted  to  him  ten  propositions,  as  follows: 

1.  That  the  insurgents  would  retire  to  a line  running  from  Malate  to  Paco,  thence  down 
the  Paco  Creek  to  the  Pasig,  up  the  Pasig  to  the  bridge  of  Aviles,  along  the  Calle  Aviles  to 
Santa  Mesa;  thence  through  Sampaloc,  San  Lazaro  and  Tondo,  to  the  beach  at  the  north.  (This 
would  have  given  them  Malate  and  Paco  and  important  positions  on  the  east  and  north  of  the 
city.) 

2.  That  the  Filipinos  should  retain  certain  convents  in  Malate,  Paco  and  the  northern 
suburbs,  and  should  have  the  palace  of  the  Captain-General  in  Malacahan. 

3.  That  the  Filipinos  should  have  the  free  navigation  of  the  Pasig  for  their  vessels  and  the 
“ protection  of  the  Patria.”  (Nobody  knows  what  the  Patria  is,  or  has  been  able  to  find  out,  but 
.subsequent  negotiations  showed  that  it  had  something  to  do  with  our  protection  of  their  ships 
in  all  waters  under  our  control.) 

4.  That  the  Filipinos  share  in  the  booty  of  war. 

5.  That  the  civil  offices  be  filled  entirely  by  North  Americans.  Gf  Gen.  Merritt  desired  to 
appoint  Filipinos  to  any  such  places,  Aguinaldo  suggested  through  the  commissioners  that  he 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


107 


would  be  glad  to  consult  Gen.  Merritt  about  such  appointments  and  to  recommend  men  for 
them  whom  he  knew  to  be  fit  for  the  places.) 

6.  That  the  Phlipinos  should  retain  control  of  the  reserv-oir  and  ])umping  station  of  the 
water-works. 

7.  That  the  Filipino  officers  should  be  permitted  to  enter  the  city  at  all  times  wearing  their 
side  arms. 

8.  That  the  arms  taken  from  the  Filipinos  on  the  night  of  August  llltli  should  be  returned 

9.  That  the  American  troops  should  retire  within  the  lines  proposed  by  Aguinaldo,  and 
should  not  pass  beyond  those  lines  with  arms. 

10.  That  all  regulations  should  be  in  writing,  and  to  be  binding  should  be  confirmed  by 
the  commanders-in-chief  of  the  two  forces. 


Gen.  Anderson,  in  reply,  said  he  had  just  one  condition  to  make,  and  that  was 
that  the  insurgents  should  withdraw  at  once  to  the  line  he  then  drew,  before  there 
should  be  any  further  negotiation.  The  line  ran  from  the  Bocano  de  Vista  to  San 
kazaro,  Cemeterio  de  Sampaloc  to  block-house  No.  5,  block-house  No.  6,  the 
Depot  des  Aguas  Patables,  the  Spanish  works  beyond  San  Juan  del  Monte; 
thence  in  a straight  line  to  San  Pedro  Macati;  thence  in  a straight  line  to  block- 
house No.  14,  on 
the  Pinda  Road; 
thence  in  a 
straight  line  to 
the  beach  at  May- 
tubig,  south  of 
the  Polvorin  at 
Malate.  Gen. 

Anderson  yielded 
to  the  commis- 
sioners in  their  Is-EBRASKA  regiment  marching  into  MANILA,  AUGUST  13,  189S. 

request  to  have  the  matter  submitted  to  Gen.  Merritt,  and  all  appeared  before 
Gen.  Merritt.  Now,  while  Gen.  Anderson  had  been  told  to  take  sole  charge  of 
the  matter,  Merritt  listened  to  the  commissioners  and  asked  for  time  in  which 
to  consider  their  proposal,  promising  an  answer  later. 


GEN.  MERRITT  CONSULTS  ADMIRAL  DEWEY. 

Leaving  Anderson  at  headquarters,  and  in  waiting,  Merritt  went  out  to  consult 
Admiral  Dewey.  On  his  return,  he  ordered  Anderson  back  to  Cavite  in  charge  of 
his  command.  After  much  deliberation,  Gen.  Merritt  consented  to  the  following: 
That,  as  the  insurgents  had  captured  the  water- works,  they  should  retain  them; 
that  the  insurgent  officers  should  enter  the  city  with  side  arms,  but  suggested  that 
they  should  do  so  without  revolvers;  that  the  arms  captured  from  the  Filipinos 
should  be  returned  to  them  when  they  left  the  city.  The  answer  was  delayed  in 
getting  to  Aguinaldo.  The  insurgents  in  the  meantime  were  strengthening  their 
positions.  Aguinaldo,  on  receipt  of  Merritt’s  communication,  sent  three  proposi- 
tions in  lieu  of  those  previously  sent.  They  asked,  first,  that  the  first  line  desig- 
nated by  his  commissioners  be  the  line  of  separation  between  the  forces;  second, 
that  the  insurgent  vessels  be  protected  by  our  navy  in  American  waters,  or  waters 


108 


Cat)ipaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


under  our  control;  third,  that  in  case  the  Americans  should  return  the  city  to 
Spain  in  consequence  of  the  impending  treaty,  the  insurgents  should  be  placed  in 
possession  of  all  they  now  hold. 

THE  PRESIDENT  GIVES  INSTRUCTIONS. 

Gen.  Merritt  left  for  Paris  on  August  30th,  leaving  this  letter  unanswered. 
Gen.  Merritt  had  been  in  the  Philippines,  or,  to  speak  definitely,  on  the  Newport, 
in  the  bay  most  of  the  time,  a little  over  a month,  and  during  this  time  he  had 
announced  the  policy  of  the  government,  and  in  a large  part  formulated  its  meas- 
ures. Whether  wise  or  unwise,  however,  the  responsibility  must  rest  with  his 
superiors.  On  August  13th,  the  day  of  the  surrender,  the  following  despatch  was 
sent  to  the  Adjutant-General  at  Washington:  “Since  occupation  of  town  and 
suburbs  the  insurgents  on  the  outside  are  pressing  demand  for  joint  occupation  of 
city.  Situation  difficult.  Inform  me  at  once  how  far  I shall  proceed  in  forcing 
obedience  in  this  matter  and  others  that  may  arise.  Is  government  willing  to  use 
all  means  to  make  natives  submit  to  the  authority  of  the  United  States  ? 

Merritt. 

Dewey.” 

The  answer  was  the  following: 

“Major-General  Merritt,  Manila,  Philippines;  The  President  directs  that 
there  must  be  no  joint  occupation  of  the  insurgents.  The  United  States,  in  pos- 
session of  Manila  City,  Manila  Bay  and  Harbor,  must  preserve  the  peace,  and 
protect  persons  and  property  within  the  territory  occupied  by  their  military  and 
naval  forces.  The  insurgents  and  all  others  must  recognize  the  military  occupa- 
tion and  authority  of  the  United  States  and  the  cessation  of  hostilities  proclaimed 
by  the  President.  Use  whatever  means,  in  your  judgment,  is  necessary  to  this 
end.  All  law-abiding  people  must  be  treated  alike. 

By  order  of  Secretary  of  War. 

H.  C.  Corbin,  Adjutant-General.” 

GEN.  MERRITT  REPORTS  ON  AGUINALDO. 

The  official  report  of  Major-General  Merritt,  dated  August  31,  1898,  has  the 
following  bearing  upon  the  relation  of  the  two  commands: 

As  Gen.  Aguinaldo  did  not  visit  me  on  my  arrival  nor  offer  his  services  as  a subordinate 
military  leader,  and  as  my  instructions  from  the  President  fully  contemplated  the  occupation 
of  the  islands  by  the  American  land  forces,  and  stated  that  “ the  powers  of  the  military  occu- 
pant are  absolute  and  supreme,  and  immediately  operate  upon  the  political  conditions  of  the 
inhabitants,”  I did  not  consider  it  wise  to  hold  any  direct  communication  with  the  insurgent 
leader  until  I should  be  in  possession  of  the  city  of  Manila,  especially  as  I would  not  until  then 
be  in  a position  to  issue  a proclamation  and  enforce  my  authority  in  the  event  that  his  preten- 
sions should  clash  with  my  designs. 

For  these  reasons  the  preparations  for  the  attack  on  the  city  were  pressed,  and  military 
operations  conducted  without  reference  to  the  situation  of  the  insurgent  forces.  The  wisdom 
of  this  course  was  subsequently  established  by  the  fact  that  when  the  troops  of  my  command 
carried  the  Spanish  entrenchments,  extending  from  the  sea  to  the  Pasai  Road  on  the  extreme 
Spanish  right,  we  were  under  no  obligations  by  prearranged  plans  of  mutual  attack  to  turn 
to  the  right  and  clear  the  front  still  held  against  the  insurgents,  but  were  able  to  move 
forward  at  once  and  occupy  the  city  and  suburbs. 


CaiiipaigJiing  in  the  Philippines. 


109 


After  the  issue  of  my  proclamation  and  the  establishment  of  my  office  as  military  gov- 
ernor, I had  direct  written  communications  with  Gen,  Aguinaldo  on  several  occasions.  He 
recognized  my  authority  as  military  governor  of  the  town  of  Manila  and  suburbs,  and  made 
professions  of  his  willingness  to  withdraw  his  troops  to  a line  which  I might  indicate,  but  at 
the  same  time  asking  certain  favors  for  himself.  The  matters  in  this  connection  had  not  been 
settled  at  the  date  of  my  departure.  Doubtless  much  dissatisfaction  is  felt  by  the  rank  and  file 
of  the  insurgents  that  they  have  not  been  permitted  to  enjoy  the  occupancy  of  Manila,  and 
there  is  some  ground  for  trouble  with  them  owing  to  that  fact;  but,  notwithstanding  many 
rumors  to  the  contrary,  I am  of  the  opinion  that  the  leaders  will  be  able  to  prevent  serious  dis- 
turbances, as  they  are  sufficiently  intelligent  and  educated  to  know  that  to  antagonize  the 
United  States  would  be  to  destroy  their  only  chance  of  future  political  improvement. 


OTIS  SUCCEEDS  MERRITT  IN  COMMAND. 


Gen.  Klwell  E.  Otis  arrived  in  Manila  on  August  20th,  and  when  Gen.  Mer- 
ritt was  ordered  to  Paris,  he  succeeded  to  the  command.  He  had  to  take  up  the 
unfinished  work  of  Gen.  Merritt  and  he  required  some  little  time  to  familiarize 
himself  with  the  situation.  The  insurgent  occupation  continually  increased  in 


SIGNING  DECLARATION  OF  INDEPENDENCE  AT  MALOLOS. 


aggressiveness — their  entrenching  and  fortifying  continually  went  on,  and  with  it 
the  show  of  resistance  increased.  Orders  had  been  issued  to  the  effect  that  no 
interference  should  be  made  with  them,  while  they  did  not  disturb  our  lines  or 
positions.  There  was  a prospect  that  the  city  water  supply  might  be  shut  off. 
Americans  desiring  to  pass  the  insurgent  lines  required  a pass  from  the  insurgent 
commander,  and  the  demonstrations  of  the  soldiers  became  insolent.  A few 
companies  of  the  Colorados  were  ordered  to  the  water-works,  but  met  with  resist- 
ance so  that  they  were  about  to  use  force  when  the  situation  was  reported  to 
headquarters  and  they  were  ordered  back. 


THE  FIDIPINOS  ORDERED  TO  REMOVE. 

When  Gen.  Otis  assumed  command,  the  insurgents  while  infesting  the  whole 
city,  had  some  especial  strongholds,  notably,  Tondo,  Paco,  Sampaloc,  Ermita,  and 
Malate.  Gen.  Otis  sent  word  to  Aguinaldo  that  it  would  take  some  time  for  him  to 


110 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


familiarize  himself  sufficiently  with  the  matter  to  answer  his  last  letter  to  Gen. 
Merritt.  The  insurgents  had  now  been  infesting  the  city  for  a month;  and  Gen. 
Otis  determined  that  the  only  solution  compatible  with  the  duties  and  obligations 

of  the  command 
was  to  order 
the  removal  of 
the  insurgents 
from  their  posi- 
tion,  and  to 
such  distance 
that  there 
would  be  no 
inter  fere  nee 
with  the  occu- 
pation of  the 
Americans  in 

the  territory  surrendered  by  the  Spaniards.  After  submitting  to  the  War  Depart- 
ment his  views  of  the  situation  he  was  instructed  to  proceed,  and,  if  need  be, 
use  force  to  effect  a removal.  Gen.  Otis  now  addressed  a letter  to  Aguinaldo 
in  which  the  exigencies  of  the  case  were  set  forth,  and  closed  by  giving 
Aguinaldo  notice  to  remove  his  forces  from  the  jurisdictional  limits  of  Manila 
by  September  15th  on  penalty  of  being  forcibly  removed  by  the  Americans. 
Aguinaldo  was  at  this  time  establishing  his  headquarters  and  seat  of  government 
at  Malolos,  with  communication  by  railroad  north  and  south,  and  a country  of 
large  resources  tributary. 

Aguinaldo  demurred  and  again  sought  his  favorite  method  of  doing  business 
by  commission.  An  encounter  seemed  likely  to  occur,  and  the  Americans 
strengthened  their  positions  and  prepared  for  the  worst.  In  the  conference  which 
followed,  the  insurgent  leaders  still  professed  their  cordial  amity  towards  the 
American  occupation,  but  wanted  an  agreement  made  that  in  case  Manila  was 
put  back  into  Spanish  control,  they  should  have  the  same  positions  before  Manila 
that  they  now  held.  They  desired  also  to  know  whether  the  Spaniards  would 
have  returned  to  them  the  guns  and  supplies  captured  by  the  Americans,  and  be 
re-instated  in  the  position  they  occupied  before  the  attack  of  August  13th.  Gen. 
Otis  in  reply  said,  “If  the  Americans  quit  control  the  Spaniards  will  be  re- 
instated in  their  defensive  positions  and  their  arms  restored  to  them.”  There  was 
intense  dissatisfaction  on  the  part  of  a large  element  of  the  insurgent  command 
with  this  disposition  of  the  matter,  and  an  open  rupture  was  imminent.  Gen.  Pio 
del  Pilar  was  the  leader  of  this  faction. 

THE  FILIPINOS  EVACUATE. 

After  acceding  to  all  requirements  the  Filipinos  made  a last  request  that  in 
removing  from  their  position  they  be  allowed  to  march  up  the  Luneta  with  their 
arms  and  pass  the  ground  of  the  many  bloody  executions  of  their  friends  by  the 
Spaniards.  To  this  Gen.  Ovenshine  in  command  of  the  Krmita  and  Malate  pre- 
cincts consented.  On  the  morning  of  the  14th,  there  were  indications  of  a move. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


Ill 


and  all  our  sentries  were  on  the  keen  lookout  for  events.  Early  on  this  morning, 
that  part  of  the  insurgent  forces  which  would  make  their  departure  by  the  Euneta, 
began  to  move.  The  columns  passed  from  the  Calle  Real  into  the  Calle  San  Luis, 
the  rank  and  file  in  blue  drilling  led  by  the  famous  Pasig  band  of  ninety  pieces 
and  the  column  headed  by  Col.  Callis.  Down  the  Paco  Road  they  went  to  the 
Calle  Bagumbayan  where  they  soon  stood  beside  the  wall  where  so  many  of  their 
comrades  had  endured  Spanish  execution.  As  they  passed  the  Wyoming  Reg- 
iment, cheer  upon  cheer  was  given  by  the  Wyoming  boys.  It  was  an  incident 
long  remembered  by  the  insurgents.  With  the  removal  of  the  insurgents  there 
was  no  further  immediate  opposition  to  American  control. 

THE  MILITARY  GOVERNMENT. 

The  withdrawal  of  the  Filipinos  from  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  city  left 
the  commanding  general  free  to  arrange  the  details  of  the  civil  administration. 
The  most  important  orders  upon  this  subject  will  be  found  at  the  end  of  this 
chapter.  Military  rule  required  first,  order;  next,  justice.  As  has  been  said,  the 
people  of  Manila  were  anxious  for  the  maintenance  of  order,  but  there  were  many 
adverse  conditions  to  be 
met.  During  the  inter- 
regnum the  constabulary 
and  all  administrative 
functions  had  been  sus- 
pended. It  was  a meet- 
ing of  strangers  in 
method,  manner,  and 
tongue,  and  the  purposes 
of  each  were  difficult  of 
understanding  by  the 
ether.  Some  misunder-  ^.n  kngagemknt  in  a kamboo  thicket. 

standings  and  mistakes,  under  these  circumstances,  were  unavoidable.  That 
none  which  were  serious  occurred  may  be  attributed  to  the  forbearance  of 
all  parties  concerned.  Our  habits  and  customs  were  so  unlike  those  of  the 
inhabitants  that  often  our  intent  was  in  doubt,  and  the  requirements  under 
our  rule  were,  in  many  essentials,  so  unlike  those  which  preceded  us  that 
they  were  often  considered  severities.  Our  design  was  the  betterment  of  the 
social  life  of  the  citizen  and  the  security  of  his  personal  and  property  rights; 
but  the  two  civilizations  were  so  unlike  that  those  intended  to  be  benefitted  were 
often  disposed  to  rebel.  Spanish  custom  approved  much  that  is  not  only  dis- 
tasteful, but  iniquitous,  under  our  laws  and  civilization,  and  the  interference  with 
native  habits  naturally  brought  enmity  and  discontent.  This  was  especially  the 
case  as  to  gambling,  which  was  a national  habit. 

THE  FILIPINOS  OBJECT  TO  CLEANLINESS. 

The  many  restrictions  put  upon  the  citizens  in  social  life  and  essential  to  the 
maintenance  of  military  rule  were  irksome,  and  our  sanitary  measures  brought 
our  rule  squarely  in  conflict  with  the  daily  life  of  the  great  mass  of  people. 


112 


Campais;ni7ig  in  the  Philippines. 


When  our  army  took  possession  of  the  city  it  seemed  that  the  rot  and  ruin  of 
centuries  were  within  its  borders.  Degeneration  and  decay  were  everywhere.  It 

was  essential  that  this  be 
remedied,  but  the  enforced 
cleanliness  was  very  dis- 
tasteful. 

The  orders  hereafter 
given  show  the  character 
of  our  government.  The 
system  of  constabulary 
was  in  the  hands  of 
the  Provost  Marshal- 
General’s  Department, 
bamboo  thicket  cut  down  by  bullets.  and  was  apportioned  into 

districts,  and  these  again  into  precincts.  The  Provost  Marshal  had  direct 
supervision  of  the  patrol,  which,  by  details,  was  constantly  on  the  guard,  and 
thus  the  whole  area  of  the  city  was  constantly  under  the  scrutiny  of  the  military 
eye.  This  patrol  was  composed  of  the  rank  and  file  of  the  army,  and  it  was  the 
only  part  of  the  army  that  came  directly  in  personal  contact  with  the  mass  of  the 
people.  Every  act  of  this  strange  people  was  to  be  interpreted  by  this  patrol; 
their  methods  learned,  their  intentions  measured,  their  purposes  understood. 


NEWS  OF  THE  COMING  PEACE. 

News  of  the  signing  of  the  peace  protocol  arrived  in  Manila  on  the  15th  of 
August,  and  the  Spaniards  now  asked  for  re-instatement  into  their  position  held 
before  the  attack  of  August  13th,  claiming  that  the  protocol  was  in  force  at  the 
time  of  the  attack,  and  it  was  in  its  violation  that  the  attack  and  capitulation 
were  made. 

The  provisions  of  the  protocol  affecting  the  situation  in  the  Philipines  were  as 
follows : 

Third.  The  United  States  will  occupy  and  hold  the  city,  hay,  and  harbor  of  Manila, 
pending  the  conclusion  of  a treaty  of  peace  which  shall  determine  the  control,  disposition  and 
government  of  the  Philippines. 

Fifth.  The  United  States  and  Spain  will  each  appoint  not  more  than  five  commissioners 
to  negotiate  and  conclude  a treaty  of  peace.  The  commissioners  are  to  meet  at  Paris  not  later 
than  the  1st  of  October. 

Sixth.  On  signing  the  protocol,  hostilities  will  be  suspended,  and  notice  to  that  effect  will 
be  given  as  soon  as  possible  by  each  government  to  the  commanders  of  its  military  and  naval 
forces. 

The  protocol  was  immediately  circulated  extensively  among  the  native  popula- 
tion, and  was  not  only  read,  but  “read  between  the  lines,’’  and  from  this  on  the 
native  temperature,  t\hich  for  a time  had  been  cool,  fast  lowered  towards  the 
freezing  point.  Notwithstanding  this  tendency  to  frigidity,  the  patrol,  with 
trifling  exceptions,  had  no  conflicts  with  the  people.  From  the  20th  of  August  to 
February  4th,  eight  people  had  been  shot  in  the  city.  These  were  cases  where  there 
was  either  open  hostility  or  attempted  escape  from  arrest,  and  in  every  case,  after 
full  consideration,  were  approved  by  the  Provost  Marshal-General.  A number  o^ 


Cavipaiirtiing  in  the  Philippines. 


113 


minor  offenses  were  treated,  but  the  percentage  of  crime  was  no  greater  than  other 
American  cities  of  like  size.  The  crimes  committed  were  mostly  charged  to  a 
party  of  Macabebees,  who,  seventy-fire  in  number,  entered  the  city  by  the  Pasig 
River,  and  for  a time  kept  their  haunt  secret  from  the  patrol.  When  once  dis- 
covered they  were  readily  disposed  of,  but  for  a time  they  terrorized  the  city.  A 
number  of  patrolmen  were  injured  by  these  tribesmen.  Their  habit  was  to 
approach  their  victim  with  their  head  bared,  their  wide  hats  held  to  their  breasts, 
and  when  within  striking  distance,  thrust  the  hat  into  the  face  of  and  plunge  the 
dagger  into  the  victim. 

THE  FIIvIPINOS  ACCUMULATE  ARMS. 

It  soon  became  known  that  the  insurgents  without  the  city  were  being  supplied 
with  arms  and  ammunition.  On  the  81st  of  August  the  steamer  Abbie  landed  a 
cargo  of  these  supplies  at  Batangas,  and  afterwards  landed  a second  cargo  before 
being  detected,  when  she  was  seized  by  order  of  Admiral  Dewey.  After  a time 
the  death  rate  of  the  Filipinos  became  surprising,  and  the  frequency  of  burials  led 
to  further  investigation,  whereby  it  was  learned  that  the  putative  corpse  was  in 


AGUINALDO’S  CARRIAGE. 


reality  arms  and  ammunition,  being  carried  through  the  lines  for  the  insurgents. 
These  arms  had,  at  some  prior  time,  been  secreted,  largely  in  the  cathedrals  and 
monasteries,  by  the  Spanish  authorities  to  be  distributed  in  case  of  emergency 
and  used  against  the  Filipinos  in  an  uprising. 

On  August  16th,  soon  after  the  surrender,  the  Mo7iadnock  had  arrived,  and  on 
the  20th,  the  expedition  under  Gen.  Elwell  E.  Otis.  This  expedition  brought 
about  5000  men,  which  somewhat  served  to  dampen  the  warlike  ardor  of  the 
insurgents. 

SANITARY  REGULATIONS  ENFORCED. 

Sanitation  received  immediate  attention  after  the  American  control  began,  and 
a series  of  orders  were  issued,  formulated  by  Deputy  Surgeon-General  Lippincott, 
prescribing  the  methods  of  averting  disease.  These  orders  prescribed  cleanliness 
of  person  and  surroundings,  proper  diet  and  abstinence  from  drink,  and  caution 
as  to  intercourse  with  the  native  class.  These  regulations  were  rigidly  enforced. 
Smallpox  of  a mild  type  is  very  common  among  the  natives,  and  few  attain  their 
majority  not  having  had  the  disease.  If  not  closely  watched  and  well  treated 
the  malignant  type  sets  in.  Fevers  of  various  types  were  prevalent,  especially 
typhoid. 

8b 


114 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


THE  SPANISH  PRISON-HOUSES  OPENED. 

There  were  2900  prisoners  left  by  the  Spaniards  in  the  Presidio  and  Bilibid 
Prisons.  In  the  Bilibid  Prison  were  28  women  and  1300  men,  mostly  “suspects,” 
that  is,  the}^  had  been  arrested  and  incarcerated  upon  the  suspicion  of  being  in 
league  with  the  enemies  of  the  realm,  and  there  many  had  remained  for  years 
without  a trial  or  the  formality  of  indictment.  Most  of  the  women  were  charged 
with  insurrection  and  open  revolt  against  the  government.  It  was  a very  common 
thing  to  find  that  their  property  had  been  confiscated  by  officials,  and  the  vic- 
tims left  penniless.  Ever}"  case  was  promptly  taken  up  and  considered.  Many  of 
the  men  were  held  upon  suspicion  of  being  in  sympathy  with  the  revolution  of 
1896,  and  had  been  entitled  to  their  liberation  for  a long  time.  Some,  whose  prop- 
ert\"  had  been  confiscated,  were  detained  long  after  their  sentence  had  expired. 
With  few  exceptions,  they  were  all  Filipinos.  Over  1200  were  summarily  dis- 
charged by  the  American  authorities,  which  went  far  to  pacify  the  Filipinos  in 
their  distrust  of  the  Americans.  One  of  the  first  acts  after  investigating  prison 
afiairs  was  the  arrest  of  some  prison  officials  on  the  charge  of  embezzling  prison 
funds.  They  were  tried  and  found  guilty  of  thus  embezzling  $1600. 


THE  FISCAL  ADMINISTRATION. 


One  of  the  first  duties  of  the  military  governor  was  to  provide  a revenue. 
This  was  derived  from  the  customs,  internal  revenue,  licenses,  water  rents,  fines 
and  miscellaneous  sources.  The  revenue  was  honestly  collected  and  disbursed, 
and  the  following  statement  of  the  receipts  and  disbursements  for  the  first  two 
months  of  American  occupation  will  give  an  idea  of  the  sources  of  income  and 
expenditure: 

receipts  and  disbursements  for  two  months. 


Receipts. 


Seized  fund $ 890,144.25 

Internal  revenue  collections  . . . 156,378.97 

Customs 1,811,358.21 

Captain  of  Port — fees  1,823.24 

Quartermaster 58.00 

Subsistence  Department 3,150.15 

Refund 90.16 


Fines — Provost  Court $10,455.81 

Water  rents 37,060.82 

Markets 13,966.98 

Butchers 23,075.04 

Cemeteries 4,167.43 

Licenses 11,039.91 


Disburseniejits. 


Treasury $ 1,000.00 

Provost  M a rshal-General,  for 
schools,  street  cleaning.  Sani- 
tary Department  and  Fire  De- 
partment   193,963.47 

Internal  Revenue  Office,  includ- 
ing $7,000  re-fund  of  taxes  ille- 
gally collected 10,182.24 

Custom  House,  general  expenses.  17,754.16 
Chief  Commissary,  for  support  of 

Spanish  prisoners  537,244.74 


Captain  of  the  Port,  for  clearing 
river  of  obstructions  and  for 


launch  hire $24,870.88 

General  expenses,  stationery  and 

printing 495.66 

Medical  supplies  for  Spanish  pris- 
oners   1,284.95 

Chief  Quartermaster,  general  ex- 
penses, mostly  transportation.  . 300,424.75 
Chief  Ordnance  Officer,  arsenal 

repairs 1,200.00 


Cainpaigiiing  in  the  Philippines. 


115 


A COMMISSION  APPOINTED. 

A commission  appointed  by  the  President  of  the  United  States  had  been  for 
some  time  endeavoring  to  come  to  an  understanding  with  Aguinaldo  that  should 
form  the  basis  of  a settlement  satisfactory  to  himself  and  to  the  United  States. 
The  commissioners  were  men  as  well  qualified  for  the  task  as  in  the  President’s 
judgment  could  be  found,  combining  a knowledge  of  civil,  military  and  legal 
affairs  far  beyond  the  common — namely,  Gen.  R.  P.  Hughes,  Provost  Marshal- 
General,  and  Inspector-General  of  Manila;  Col.  Enoch  H.  Crowder,  Judge  Advocate 
General,  and  Col.  (now  General),  James  F.  Smith  of  the  1st  California  Regiment. 

These  men  met  the  Filipino  commissioners  appointed  by  Aguinaldo — namely, 
Florentine  Flores,  Ambrosio  Flores,  and  Manuel  Arguieles,  many  times  in  the 
attempt  to  secure  a frank  statement  of  their  views — how  they  were  to  establish  a 
stable  government,  and  how  to  meet  the  just  demands  of  the  United  States,  which 
in  the  eyes  of  the  civilized  world  was  bound  to  protect  the  Philippines  from  the 
rapacity  of  other  nations  until  they  were  strong  enough  to  protect  themselves. 
Such  protection  as  it  seemed,  could  only  be  afforded  by  the  United  States  assuming 
the  responsibility  of  establishing  a provisional  government,  which  was  to  lead  up  to 
complete  autonomy  as  rapidly  as  the  lesson  of  self-government  was  learned.  To 
this  proposition  Aguinaldo  had  not  consented — would  not  consent.  Whatever  of 
patriotism  was  in  his  heart,  his  brain  seemed  to  be  inflamed  by  the  ambition  to  rule. 

The  following  short  colloquy  at  a session  of  the  commission  brings  out  very 
clearly  some  of  the  difiiculties  of  the  case  : 

Col.  Crowder  asked  the  insurgents : 

Has  any  foreign  power  recognized  your  government  ? 

No.  ‘ 

Have  you  been  recognized  even  as  belligerents  ? 

No. 

Then  the  United  States  and  Spain  are  the  only  powers  recognized  here? 

Yes. 

Then  the  United  States  is  responsible  to  other  nations  for  these  islands? 

Yes. 

If  we  should  leave  you,  what  would  happen  to  you  ? 

Don’t  leave  us,  for  other  powers  would  come  in  and  take  possession  of  the  islands. 

Then  if  our  remaining  here  is  essential,  why  do  you  insist  on  making  trouble  ? 

The  people  are  beyond  control. 

THE  TREATY  OF  PEACE  SIGNED. 

On  the  10th  of  December,  1898,  the  treaty  of  peace  between  Spain  and  the 
United  States  was  signed,  containing  in  the  third  article  those  fateful  words  ceding 
the  Philippine  Islands  to  the  United  States. 

The  treaty  in  so  far  as  it  relates  to  the  Philippines  is  as  follows: 

ARTICLE  HI. 

Spain  cedes  to  the  United  States  the  archipelago  known  as  the  Philippine  Islands,  and 
comprising  the  islands  lying  within  the  following  lines  : 

A line  running  from  west  to  east  along  or  near  the  twentieth  parallel  of  north  latitude,  and 
through  the  middle  of  the  navigable  channel  of  Bachi,  from  the  one  hundred  and  eighteenth 
U18th)  to  the  one  hundred  and  twenty-seventh  (127th)  degree  meridian  of  longitude  east  of 


116 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


Greenwich,  thence  along  the  one  hundred  and  twenty-seventh  (127th)  degree  meridian  of  longi- 
tude east  of  Greenwich  to  the  parallel  of  four  degrees  and  forty-five  minutes  ( 4*^  45'  ) north 
latitude,  thence  along  the  parallel  of  four  degrees  and  forty-five  minutes  (4°  45')  north  latitude 

to  its  intersection 
with  the  meridian 
of  longitude  one 
hundred  and  nine- 
teen degrees  and 
thirty-five  min- 
utes (119°  35') 
east  of  Greenwich, 
thence  along  the 
meridian  of  longi- 
tude one  hundred 
and  nineteen  de- 
grees and  thirty- 

five  minutes  (119^  35')  east  of  Greenwich  to  the  parallel  of  latitude  seven  degrees  and  forty 
minutes  (7°  40')  north,  thence  along  the  parallel  of  latitude  seven  degrees  and  forty  minutes 
(7°  40')  north  to  its  intersection  with  the  one  hundred  and  sixteenth  (116th)  degree  meridian 
of  longitude  east  of  Greenwich,  thence  by  a direct  line  to  the  intersection  of  the  tenth  lOth) 
degree  parallel  of  north  latitude  with  the  one  hundred  and  eighteenth  (118th)  degree  meridian 
of  longitude  east  of  Greenwich,  and  thence  along  the  one  hundred  and  eighteenth  (118th) 
degree  meridian  of  longitude  east  of  Greenwich  to  the  point  of  beginning. 

The  United  States  will  pay  to  Spain  the  sum  of  twenty  million  dollars  ($20,000,000),  within 
three  months  after  the  exchange  of  the  ratifications  of  the  present  treaty. 

ARTICUK  IV. 

The  United  States  will,  for  the  term  of  ten  years  from  date  of  exchange  of  the  ratifications 
of  the  present  treaty,  admit  Spanish  ships  and  merchandise  tO  the  ports  of  the  Philippine 
Islands  on  the  same  terms  as  ships  and  merchandise  of  the  United  States. 

ARTICLE  V. 

The  United  States  will,  upon  the  signature  of  the  present  treaty,  send  back  to  Spain,  at  its 
own  cost,  the  Spanish  soldiers  taken  as  prisoners  of  war  on  the  capture  of  Manila  by  the  Ameri- 
can forces.  The  arms  of  the  soldiers  in  question  shall  be  restored  to  them. 

Spain  will,  upon  the  exchange  of  the  ratifications  of  the  present  treaty,  proceed  to  evacuate 
the  Philippines,  as  well  as  the  island  of  Guam,  on  terms  similar  to  those  agreed  upon  by  the 
commissioners  appointed  to  arrange  for  the  evacuation  of  Porto  Rico  and  other  islands  in  the 
West  Indies,  under  the  protocol  of  August  12,  1898,  which  is  to  continue  in  force  till  its  pro- 
visions are  completely  executed. 

The  time  within  which  the  evacuation  of  the  Philippine  Islands  and  Guam  shall  be  com- 
pleted shall  be  fixed  by  the  two  governments.  Stands  of  colors,  uncaptured  war-vessels,  small 
arms,  guns  of  all  calibers,  with  their  carriages  and  accessories,  powder,  ammunition,  live  stock, 
and  material  and  supplies  of  all  kinds,  belonging  to  the  land  and  naval  forces  of  Spain  in  the 
Philippines  and  Guam,  remain  the  property  of  Spain.  Pieces  of  heavy  ordnance,  exclusive  of 
field  artillery,  in  the  fortifications  and  coast  defenses,  shall  remain  in  their  emplacements  for 
the  term  of  six  months,  to  be  reckoned  from  the  exchange  of  ratifications  of  the  treaty;  and  the 
United  States  may,  in  the  meantime,  purchase  such  material  from  Spain,  if  a satisfactory  agree- 
ment between  the  two  governments  on  the  subject  shall  be  reached. 

ARTICLE  VI. 

Spain  will,  upon  the  signature  of  the  present  treaty,  release  all  prisioners  of  war,  and  all 
persons  detained  or  imprisoned  for  political  offenses,  in  connection  with  the  insurrections  of 
Cuba  and  the  Philippines  and  the  war  with  the  United  States. 


MOVING  ARTILLERY  TO  THE  FRONT. 


Cainpaio^nins^  in  the  Philippuies. 


117 


Reciprocally,  the  United  States  will  release  all  persons  made  prisoners  of  war  by  the 
American  forces,  and  will  undertake  to  obtain  the  release  of  all  Spanish  prisoners  in  the  hands 
of  the  insurgents  in  Cuba  and  the  Philippines. 

The  government  of  the  United  vStates  will,  at  its  own  cost,  return  to  Spain  and  the  govern- 
ment of  Spain  will,  at  its  own  cost,  return  to  the  United  States,  Cuba,  Porto  Rico,  and  the 
Philippines,  according  to  the  situation  of  their  respective  homes,  prisoners  released  or  caused  to 
be  released  by  them,  respectively,  under  this  article.  (Other  articles  of  the  treaty  provide  for 
the  protection  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  ceded  territory  in  their  civil  rights.) 

THE  PRESIDENT  DECLARES  THE  UNITED  STATES  SOVEREIGN 
IN  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

A few  days  after  the  signing  of  the  treaty  of  peace,  Gen.  Otis  made  public  the 
following  instructions  of  the  President : 

Executive  Mansion,  Washington,  D.  C.,  December  21,  1898. 

To  the  Secretary  of  War.  Sir : The  destruction  of  the  Spanish  fleet  in  the  harbor  of 
Manila  by  the  United  States  naval  squadron  commanded  by  Rear-Admiral  Dewey,  followed  by 
the  reduction  of  the  city  and  the  surrender  of  the  Spanish  forces,  practically  effected  the  con- 
quest of  the  Philippine  Islands  and  the  suspension  of  Spanish  sovereignty  therein. 

With  the  signature  of  the  treaty  of  peace  between  the  United  States  and  Spain  by  their 
respective  plenipotentiaries  at  Paris  on  the  10th  inst.,  and  as  the  result  of  the  victories  of  the 


BLOCK-HOUSE  NO.  2,  LA  LOMA  CHURCH  IN  THE  DISTANCE. 


American  arms,  the  future  control,  disposition  and  government  of  the  Philippine  Islands  is 
ceded  to  the  United  States.  In  fulfillment  of  the  rights  of  sovereignty  thus  acquired  and  the 
responsible  obligations  of  government  thus  assumed,  the  actual  occupation  and  administration 
of  the  entire  group  of  the  Philippine  Islands  becomes  immediately  necessary  and  the  military 
government  heretofore  maintained  by  the  United  States  in  the  city,  harbor,  and  bay  of  Manila 
is  to  be  extended  with  all  possible  despatch  to  the  whole  of  the  ceded  territory. 

In  performing  this  duty  the  military  commander  of  the  United  States  is  enjoined  to  make 
known  to  the  inhabitants  of  the  Philippine  Islands  that,  in  succeeding  to  the  sovereignty  of 
Spain,  in  severing  the  former  political  relations  of  the  inhabitants  and  in  establishing  a new 
political  power,  the  authority  of  the  United  States  is  to  be  exerted  for  the  sovereignty  of  the 
persons  and  property  of  the  people  of  the  islands  and  for  the  confirmation  of  all  their  private 
rights  and  relations. 

It  will  be  the  duty  of  the  commander  of  the  forces  of  occupation  to  announce  and  proclaim 
in  the  most  public  manner  that  we  come  not  as  invaders  or  conquerors,  but  as  friends  to  protect 
the  natives  in  their  homes,  in  their  employments  and  in  their  personal  and  religious  rights.  All 
persons  who,  either  by  active  aid  or  honest  submission,  co-operate  with  the  government  of  the 
United  States  to  give  effect  to  these  benefits  and  purposes,  will  receive  the  reward  of  its  sup- 
port and  protection.  All  others  will  be  brought  within  the  lawful  rule  we  have  assumed  with 
firmness,  if  need  be,  b)it  without  severity  so  far  as  may  be  possible. 

Within  the  absolute  domain  of  military  authority,  which  necessarily  is  and  must  remain 
supreme  in  the  ceded  territory  until  the  legislation  of  the  United  States  shall  otherwise  provide, 
the  municipal  laws  of  the  territory  in  respect  to  private  rights  and  property  and  the  repression 


118 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


of  crime  are  to  be  considered  as  continuing  in  force  and  to  be  administered  by  the  ordinary 
tribunals  so  far  as  possible.  The  operations  of  civil  and  municipal  government  are  to  be  per- 
formed by  such  officers  as  may  accept  the  supremacy  of  the  United  States  by  taking  the  oath  of 
allegiance,  or  by  officers  chosen  as  far  as  may  be  practicable  from  the  inhabitants  of  the  islands. 

While  the  control  of  all  the  public  property  and  the  revenues  of  the  State  passes  with  the 
cession,  and  while  the  use  and  management  of  all  public  means  of  transportation  are  necessarily 
reserved  to  the  authority  of  the  United  States,  private  property,  whether  belonging  to  individ- 
uals or  corporations,  is  to  be  respected  except  for  cause  fully  established.  The  taxes  and  duties 
heretofore  payable  by  the  inhabitants  to  the  late  government  become  payable  to  the  authorities 
of  the  United  States  unless  it  be  seen  fit  to  substitute  for  them  other  reasonable  rates  or  modes  of 
contribution  to  the  expenses  of  the  government,  whether  general  or  local.  If  private  property 
be  taken  for  military  use  it  shall  be  paid  for,  when  possible,  in  cash  at  a fair  valuation  and  when 
payment  in  cash  is  not  practicable  receipts  are  to  be  given. 

All  ports  and  places  in  the  Philippine  Islands  in  the  actual  possession  of  the  land  and 
naval  forces  of  the  United  States  will  be  opened  to  the  commerce  of  all  friendly  nations.  All 
goods  and  wares,  not  prohibited  for  military  reasons  by  due  announcement  of  the  military 
authority,  will  be  admitted  upon  payment  of  such  duties  and  other  charges  as  shall  be  in  force 
at  the  time  of  their  importation. 

Finally,  it  should  be  the  earnest  and  paramount  aim  of  the  military  administration  to  win 
the  confidence,  respect  and  affection  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  Philippines  by  assuring  to  them 
in  every  possible  way  that  full  measures  of  individual  rights  and  liberty  which  is  the  heritage 
of  free  people  and  by  proving  to  them  that  the  mission  of  the  United  States  is  one  of  benevolent 
assimilation,  substituting  the  mild  sway  of  justice  and  the  right  for  arbitrary  rule.  In  the  ful- 
fillment of  this  high  mission,  supporting  the  temperate  administration  of  affairs  for  the  greatest 
good  of  the  governed,  there  must  be  sedulously  maintained  the  strong  arm  of  authority,  to 
repress  the  disturbance  and  to  overcome  all  obstacles  to  the  bestowal  of  the  blessings  of  good 
and  stable  government  upon  the  people  of  the  Philippine  Islands  under  the  free  flag  of  the 
United  States.  WIULIAM  McKINLEY. 

AGUINALDO  REPLIES  TO  THE  PRESIDENT. 

Within  two  days  after  the  promulgation  of  the  foregoing  by  Gen.  Otis, 
Aguinaldo  issued  the  following  statement: 

The  government  of  the  Filipinos  has  concluded  that  it  is  obliged  to  expound  the  reasons 
for  the  breaking  off  of  friendly  relations  wdth  the  army  of  the  United  Seates  in  these  islands, 
so  that  all  can  be  convinced  that  I have  done  everything  on  my  part  to  avoid  it,  and  at  the 
cost  of  many  rights  necessarily  sacrificed. 

After  the  naval  combat  of  May  1st,  the  Commander  of  the  American  squadron  allowed  me 
to  return  from  Hongkong,  and  distributed  among  the  Filipinos  arms  taken  from  the  arsenal  at 
Cavite,  with  the  intention  of  starting  anew  the  revolution  (that  had  settled  down  in  conse- 
quence of  the  treaty  made  between  the  Spaniards  and  the  Filipinos  at  Biak-na-bato)  in  order  that 
he  might  get  the  Filipinos  on  his  side. 

The  different  towns  now  understand  that  w’ar  was  declared  between  the  United  States  and 
Spain  and  that  it  was  necessary  for  them  to  fight  for  their  liberty,  sure  that  Spain  would  be 
annihilated  and  would  be  unable  to  do  anything  to  put  the  islands  in  the  way  of  progress  and 
prosperity. 

My  people  rejoiced  at  my  return,  and  I had  the  honor  to  be  chosen  as  chief  for  the  services 
I had  rendered  before.  Then  all  the  Filipinos,  without  distinction  of  class,  took  arms,  and 
every  province  hurried  to  turn  all  the  Spaniards  outside  the  lines  of  its  boundary. 

So  it  is  easy  to  understand  how  my  government  would  have  had  the  power  over  the  whole 
island  of  Luzon,  Bisayas  and  a portion  of  Mindanao  had  the  Americans  taken  no  part  in  the 
military  operations  here,  which  have  cost  us  so  much  blood  and  so  much  money. 

My  government  is  quite  aware  that  the  destruction  of  the  Spanish  fleet  and  giving  of  arms 
to  them  from  the  arsenal  has  helped  them  much  in  the  way  of  arms.  I was  quite  convinced 


Canipaignm^  in  the  Philippines. 


119 


that  the  American  army  was  obliged  to  sympathize  with  a revolution  which  had  been  crushed 
so  many  times,  had  shed  so  much  blood,  and  was’again  working  for  independence.  I had  all 
confidence  in  the  American  tradition  and  history,  for  they  were  willing  to  fight  for  independ- 
ence and  the  abolition  of  slavery  until  it  was  attained. 

The  Americans,  having  won  the  good  disposition  of  the  Filipinos,  disembarked  at  Para- 
naque  and  took  the  position  occupied  by  our  troops  in  the  trenches  as  far  as  Maytubig,  taking 
possession  as  a matter  of  fact  of  many  trenches  that  had  been  constructed  by  my  people. 

They  obliged  the  capitulation  of  Manila,  and  the  city,  being  surrounded  by  my  troops,  was 
obliged  to  surrender  at  the  first  attack.  Through  my  not  being  notified,  my  troops  advanced  to 
Malate,  Ermita,  Paco,  Sampaloc  and  Tondo.  Without  these  services  in  keeping  the  Spaniards 
in  the  city  they  would  not  have  given  up  so  easil3\ 

The  American  generals  took  my  advice  regarding  the  capitulation,  but  afterwards  asked  me 
to  retire  with  my  forces  from  Port  Cavite  and  the  suburbs  of  Manila. 

I reminded  the  Generals  of  the  injustice  they  were  doing  me  and  asked  them  in  a friendly 
manner  to  recognize  in  some  expressed  way  my  co-operation,  but  they  refused  to  accord  me 
anything.  Then  not  wishing  to  do  anything  against  the  wishes  of  those  who  would  soon  be  the 
liberators  of  the  Filipino  people,  I even  ordered  my  troops  to  evacuate  the  port  of  Cavite  and 
all  the  suburbs  of  Cavite,  retaining  only  one,  the  suburb  of  Paco. 

After  all  these  concessions,  in  a few  days  Admiral  Dewey,  without  any  motive,  took  posses- 
sion of  our  steam  launches  that  were  circulating,  by  his  express  consent,  in  the  bay  of  Manila. 

Nearly  the  same  time  I received  an  order  from  Gen.  Otis,  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  army 
of  occupation,  obliging  me  to  retire  my  army  outside  certain  lines  which  were  drawn  and  given 
me,  and  in  which  I saw  included  the  town  of  Pandacan  and  the  village  of  Cingalon,  which 
never  have  been  termed  suburbs  of  Manila. 

In  the  actual  sight  of  the  two  American  generals  I ordered  a consultation  of  my  military 
generals,  and  I consulted  my  assistant  counselors  and  generals,  and  the  two  bodies  conformed 
in  a desire  to  appoint  a commissioner  to  see  Gen.  Hughes. 

The  General  received  my  commissioner  in  a poor  way  and  would  not  allow  him  to  speak, 
but  I allowed  it  to  pass,  by  a friendly  request  from  Gen.  Otis,  and  withdrew  my  troops  outside 
the  given  lines  so  as  to  avoid  trouble  and  waited  for  the  conclusion  of  the  peace  commission  at 
Paris. 

I thought  I would  get  my  independence,  as  I was  promised  by  the  Consul-General  of  Singa- 
pore, Mr.  Pratt,  and  it  would  come  iu  a formal,  assured,  friendly  proclamation  by  the  American 
generals  who  had  entered  these  waters. 

But  it  was  not  so.  The  said  Generals  took  my  concessions  in  favor  of  friendship  and  peace 
as  indicative  of  weakness,  and,  with  growing  ambition,  sent  forces  to  Iloilo  with  the  object  of 
taking  that  town,  so  they  might  call  themselves  the  conquerors  of  that  part  of  the  Philippines, 
which  is  already  occupied  by  my  government. 

This  way  of  proceeding,  so  far  from  custom  and  practice  observed  by  the  civilized  nations, 
gives  me  the  right  to  proceed,  leaving  them  out  of  consideration.  Notwithstanding  this,  and 
wishing  to  be  in  the  right  to  the  last,  I sent  to  Gen.  Otis  a commissioner  with  a request  to 
desist  from  this  fearful  undertaking,  but  he  refused  to  do  so. 

My  government  cannot  remain  indifferent  in  a view  of  violent  and  aggressive  usurpation 
of  its  territory  by  a people  who  claim  to  be  the  champions  of  liberty,  and  so  it  is  deter- 
mined to  begin  hostilities  if  the  American  forces  intend  to  get,  by  force,  the  occupation  of 
Visayas. 

I denounce  these  transactions  before  the  world  in  order  that  the  universal  conscience  may 
give  its  inflexible  decision.  Who  are  the  manslaughters  of  humanity  ? Upon  their  heads  be 
all  the  blood  that  will  be  wasted  ! EMILIO  AGUINALDO. 

January  6,  1899. 

The  crisis  was  fast  approaching.  At  Iloilo  the  expedition,  under  Gen.  Marcus 
P.  Miller,  was  resisted,  with  arms,  by  the  natives,  and  under  instructions  he 
desisted  from  using  force.  When  the  manifesto  of  Aguinaldo  was  posted  on  the 


120 


Caiiipaif^iiing  in  the  Philippines. 


walls  of  the  city,  the  native  population  very  largely  quit  the  city  for  the  provinces 
and  the  insurgent  army,  the  Spaniards  sought  safety  in  the  walled  city,  the 
American  forces  doubled  its  guards,  and  the  men  were  kept  in  quarters  and  under 
arms. 

MILITARY  GOVERNMENT  IN  THE  PHILIPPINES. 


The  following  is  the  series  of  orders  organizing  the  administration  of  civil 
affairs  in  the  Philippines,  under  military  authority. 


General  Orders, 
No.  4. 


Headquarters  Department  of  the  Pacific 
AND  Eighth  Army  Corps. 


Manila,  P.  I.,  August  15 


, 1898.  } 


I.  Ill  addition  to  his  duties  as  Division  Commander,  Brigadier-General  T.  M.  Anderson, 
U.  S.  V.,  is  hereby  assigned  to  the  command  of  the  district  of  Cavite,  and  will  remove  his  head- 
quarters to  that  point.  The  garrison  of  the  district  of  Cavite  will  be  augmented  upon  the 
arrival  of  the  next  transports  containing  troops  for  this  command. 

II.  In  addition  to  his  duties  as  Brigade-Commander,  Brigadier-General  Arthur  MacArthur, 
U.  S.  V.,  is  hereby  appointed  Military  Commandant  of  the  walled  city  of  Manila,  and  Provost 
Marshal-General  of  the  city  of  Manila,  including  all  the  outlying  districts  within  the  municipal 
jnrisdiction.  Gen.  MacArthur  will  remove  his  headquarters  within  the  walled  city,  and  will 
bring  with  him  one  strong  regiment  of  his  command  to  take  station  within  the  walled  town. 
The  commanding  officer  of  the  2d  Oregon  Volunteer  Inf.,  now  stationed  in  the  walled  city, 
will  report  to  Gen.  MacArthur,  and  the  companies  of  the  2d  Oregon  Volunteer  Inf.,  now  at 
Cavite,  will,  upon  being  relieved  by  other  troops,  be  sent  to  Manila  to  join  the  regiment.  Gen. 
MacArthur  will  relieve  the  Civil  Governor  of  his  functions,  and  take  possession  of  the  offices, 
clerks,  and  all  machinery  of  administration  of  that  office,  retaining  and  employing  the  present 
subordinate  officers  of  civil  administration  until,  in  his  judgment,  it  is  desirable  to  replace  them 
by  other  appointments. 

HI.  Col.  Janies  S.  Smith,  1st  California  Volunteer  Inf.,  in  addition  to  his  duties  as  Regi- 
mental Commander,  is  appointed  Deputy  Provost  Marshal  for  the  district  of  the  city  north  of 
the  Pasig  River,  and  will  report  to  Gen.  MacArthur.  Col.  S.  Ovenshine,  23d  U.  S.  Inf.,  is 
appointed  Deputy  Provost  Marshal  for  the  districts  of  the  city,  including  Ermita  and  Malate, 
outside  of  the  walled  town  and  south  of  the  Pasig  River,  and  will  report  to  Gen.  MacArthur. 

IV.  Under  paragraphs  3 and  4 of  the  terms  of  capitulation,  full  lists  of  public  property 
and  stores,  and  returns,  in  duplicate,  of  the  men  by  organizations,  are  to  be  rendered  to  the 
United  States  within  ten  days,  and  public  horses  and  public  property  of  all  kinds,  are  to  be 
turned  over  to  the  staff  officers  of  the  United  States  designated  to  receive  them.  Under 
these  paragraphs,  the  chief  of  artillery  at  these  headquarters  and  the  chiefs  of  the  staff  depart- 
ments, will  take  possession  of  the  public  property  turned  over,  as  above,  pertaining  to  their 
respective  departments.  ' 

The  returns  of  the  prisoners  will  be  submitted  to  the  Military  Commandant  of  the  city, 
who  will  assign  the  men  for  quarters  in  such  public  buildings  and  barracks  as  are  not  required 
for  the  use  of  the  United  States  troops.  The  horses  and  private  property  of  the  officers  of  the 
Spanish  forces  are  not  to  be  disturbed.  The  Chief  Paymaster  at  these  headquarters  will  turn 
over  such  portion  of  the  Spanish  public  funds  received  by  him,  by  virtue  of  this  order,  to  the 
Military  Commandant  above  designated,  as  may  be  necessary  for  the  administration  of  his 
office. 


V.  All  removals  and  appointments  of  subordinate  officers  of  civil  administration,  and 
transfer  of  funds  authorized  by  this  order,  must  receive  the  approval  of  the  commanding  general 
before  action  is  taken. 

VI.  The  Chief  Quartermaster  and  Chief  Commissary  of  Subsistence  at  these  headquarters 
will  establish  depots  of  supply  in  Manila,  with  as  little  delay  as  possible. 

Quartermaster  and  subsistence  depots  will  also  be  retained  at  Cavite. 

By  command  of  Major-General  Merritt. 


J.  B.  BABCOCK,  Adjutant-General. 


Ca}Hpaii}^ninQ;  in  the  Philippines. 


121 


General  Orders,  } 
No.  8.  f 


Hp:adouarters  Department  of  the  Pacific 
AND  Eighth  Army  Corps. 

Manila,  P.  I.,  August  22,  1898. 


I.  For  the  maiiiteiiaiice  of  law  and  order  in  those  portions  of  the  I’hilippines  occupied  or 
controlled  by  the  army  of  the  United  States  and  to  provide  means  to  promptly  punish  infrac- 
tions of  the  same,  Military  Commissions  and  Provost  Courts,  composed  and  constituted  in 
accordance  with  the  laws  of  war,  will  be  appointed  from  time  to  time,  as  occasion  may  require. 

II.  The  local  courts,  continued  in  force  for  certain  purposes  in  proclamation  from  these 
headquarters,  dated  August  14,  1898,  shall  not  exercise  jurisdiction  over  any  crime  or  offense 
committed  by  any  person  belonging  to  the  army  of  the  United  States,  or  any  retainer  of  the 
army,  or  person  serving  with  it,  or  any  person  furnishing  or  transporting  supplies  for  the  army, 
nor  over  any  crime  or  offense  committed  on  either  of  the  same  by  any  inhabitant  or  temporary 
resident  of  said  territory.  In  such  cases,  except  when  courts  martial  have  jurisdiction,  juris- 
diction to  try  and  punish  is  vested  in  Military  Commissioners  and  the  Provost  Courts,  as  here- 
inafter set  forth. 

III.  The  crimes  and  offenses  triable  by  Military  Commission  are  murder,  manslaughter, 
assault  and  battery  with  intent  to  kill,  robbery,  rape,  assault  and  battery  with  intent  to  commit 
rape,  and  such  other  crimes,  offenses  or  violations  of  the  laws  of  war  as  may  be  referred  to  for 
trial  by  the  commanding  general.  The  punishment  awarded  by  Military  Commission  shall 
conform,  as  far  as  possible,  to  the  laws  of  the  United  States,  or  of  either  of  the  States,  or  the 
custom  of  war.  Its  sentence  is  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  commanding  general. 

IV.  The  Provost  Court  has  jurisdiction  to  try  all  other  crimes  and  offenses  referred  to  in 
Section  II  of  this  order,  not  exclusively  triable  by  court  martial  or  military  commission,  in- 
cluding violations  of  orders  of  the  laws  of  war,  and  such  cases  as  may  be  referred  to  it  by  the 
commanding  general.  It  shall  have  power  to  punish  with  confinement,  with  or  without  hard 
labor,  for  not  more  than  six  (6)  months,  or  with  fine  not  exceeding  two  hundred  and  fifty 
dollars  ($250),  or  both.  Its  sentence  does  not  require  the  approval  of  the  commanding 
general,  but  may  be  mitigated  or  remitted  by  him. 

V.  The  Judge  of  the  Provost  Court  will  be  appointed  by  the  commanding  general.  When, 
in  the  opinion  of  the  Provost  Court,  its  power  of  punishment  is  inadequate,  it  shall  certify  the 
case  to  the  commanding  general  for  his  consideration  and  action. 


By  command  of  Major-General  Merritt.  J.  B.  BABCOCK,  Adjutant-General. 


General  Orders,  ) Headquarters  Department  j 

No.  1.  ( OF  THE  Pacific.  I 

Manila,  P.  I.,  August  25,  1898.  j 
I.  Until  such  times  as  by  orders  from  these  headquarters  it  shall  be  declared  that  the  local 
courts  are  re-organized,  under  proclamation  from  Headquarters  Department  of  the  Pacific  and 
Eighth  Army  Corps,  dated  August  14,  1898,  and  have  resumed  their  criminal  jurisdiction,  all 
crimes  and  offenses  committed  by  inhabitants  or  temporary  residents  and  not  triable  by  court 
martial,  are  triable  by  Military  Commissions  and  Provost  Courts.  The  graver  of  these  offenses, 
such  as  are  usually  punishable  under  the  laws  of  the  United  States  or  either  of  the  States,  or  under 
the  laws  of  war,  by  death  or  long  terms  of  imprisonment,  will  be  referred  for  trial  to  Military 
Commissions,  and  charges  in  all  such  cases  will  be  sent  to  the  Judge  Advocate  at  these  head- 
quarters for  such  reference.  To  the  Provost  Courts  the  Provost  Marshal-General  is  authorized 
to  refer  for  trial  all  other  crimes  and  offenses  of  the  class  referred  to  above  which  may,  in  his 
opinion,  be  adequately  punished  within  the  punishing  power  of  such  courts,  as  hereinafter 
established. 

H.  So  much  of  paragraph  IV.  G.  O.  8,  c.  s..  Headquarters  Department  of  the  Pacific  and 
Eighth  Army  Corps  as  limits  the  punishing  power  of  the  Provost  Court  for  the  city  of  Manila 
to  confinement,  with  or’  without  hard  labor,  for  not  more  than  six  months,  or  to  a fine  not  ex- 
ceeding two  hundred  and  fifty  dollars  ($250)  or  both,  is  revoked,  and  the  punishing  power  of 
said  court  is  fixed  at  confinement,  with  or  without  hard  labor,  for  a period  of  one  year,  or  fine 
not  exceeding  one  thousand  dollars  ($1000),  or  both. 


122 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


III.  An  Inferior  Provost  Court  with  jurisdiction  to  punish  by  confinement,  with  or  without 
hard  labor,  for  a period  of  two  (2)  months,  or  by  fine  not  exceeding  fifty  dollars  (^50),  or  both, 
is  hereby  established. 

IV.  Capt.  Thomas  R.  Hamer,  1st  Idaho  Volunteers,  is  hereby  appointed  Judge  of  the 
Inferior  Provost  Court.  He  will  hold  the  sessions  of  his  court  at  such  times  and  places  as  may 
be  directed  by  the  Provost  Marshal-General.  The  procedure  of  this  court  will  conform  to  that 
of  the  Provost  Court  for  the  city  of  Manila,  and  a record  of  all  cases  tried,  assimilated  to  that  of 
the  Summary  Court,  will  be  kept. 

V.  Upon  the  last  day  of  each  month  transcripts  of  all  cases  tried  by  the  Provost  Courts 
during  the  month  will  be  rendered  by  the  Judges  thereof,  through  the  Provost  Marshal-General, 
to  these  headquarters,  setting  forth  the  offenses  committed  and  the  penalties  awarded. 

By  command  of  Major-General  Merritt.  THOMAS  H.  BARRY, 

Assistant  Adjutant-General. 


General,  Orders, 
No.  8. 


Office  of  the  U.  S.  Mieitary  Governor  in 
the  Phieippine  Iseands. 


Maniea,  P.  I.,  October  7,  1898.  j 

I.  Until  otherwise  directed  from  these  headquarters  the  civil  courts,  as  composed  and  con- 
stituted by  the  laws  of  Spain,  which  were  held  and  administered  prior  to  August  13,  1898, 
within  Philippine  territory  now  subject  to  United  States  military  occupation  and  control,  are 
permitted  to  resume  at  once  the  exercise  of  the  civil  jurisdiction  conferred  by  Spanish  laws 
within  the  limits  of  that  territory,  subject,  however,  to  such  supervision  by  the  military  govern- 
ment of  the  United  States,  here  instituted,  as  in  its  judgment  the  interests  of  that  government 
may  demand.  This  privilege  does  not  extend  to  or  embrace  permission  to  institute  criminal 
proceedings  or  to  exercise  criminal  jurisdiction  of  any  nature  or  character  whatsoever. 

II.  The  provisions  of  orders  heretofore  issued  by  the  authority  of  the  United  States  in  the 
Philippine  Islands  inconsistent  with  the  foregoing  instructions  and  directions  are  hereby 
revoked. 

By  command  of  Major-General  Otis.  THOMAS  H.  BARRY, 

Assistant  Adjutant-General. 


Generae  Orders, 
No.  21. 


Office  of  the  U.  S.  Mieitary  Governor^ 
IN  THE  Phieippine  Iseands.  ( 


m.  f 


Maniea,  P.  I.,  June  5,  1899. 

I.  The  Courts  of  First  Instance  of  the  province  of  Manila,  and  the  Courts  of  the  Peace,  here- 
tofore held  in  the  city  of  Manila,  P.  I.,  are  hereby  re-established  and  will  exercise  the  juris- 
diction, civil  and  criminal,  possessed  by  them  prior  to  August  13,  1898,  in  so  far  as  compatible 
with  the  supremacy  of  the  United  States  in  the  Philippine  Islands  and  the  exercise  of  military 
government  therein,  and  will  administer  the  laws  recognized  as  continuing  in  force  by  pro- 
clamation from  these  headquarters  dated  August  14,  1898,  except  in  so  far  as  these  laws  have 
been,  or  hereafter  may  be,  modified  by  the  authority  of  the  United  States. 

II.  The  division  of  the  province  of  Manila  into  the  four  judicial  districts  of  Binondo, 
Tondo,  Quiapo  and  Intramuros,  as  such  districts  existed  prior  to  August  13,  1898,  is  continued. 
The  territorial  jurisdiction  of  the  Justice  of  the  Peace  in  each  of  these  districts  shall  be  co- 
extensive with  that  of  the  Court  of  First  Instance  therein. 

By  command  of  Major-General  Otis.  THOMAS  H.  BARRY, 

Assistant  Adjutant-General. 


Generae  Orders, 
No.  22. 


Office  of  the  U.  S.  Mieitary  Governor^ 
IN  the  Phieippine  Iseands.  b 


Maniea,  P.  I.,  June  17,  1899./ 

I.  The  Supreme  Court  of  the  Philippine  Islands  and  the  Courts  of  First  Instance  and  of 
the  Peace  for  the  province  of  Manila,  re-established  in  General  Orders  Nos.  20  and  21,  c.  s.> 
this  office,  are  announced  as  open  and  in  the  exercise  of  their  jurisdiction,  civil  and  criminal, 


Campaigning  hi  the  Philippines. 


123 


I 


i 


on  and  after  Wednesday,  June  21,  1899.  The  sessions  of  the  Supreme  Court  will  be  held  in 
the  building  known  as  the  “Audiencia;”  those  of  the  Courts  of  First  Instance  and  of  the 
Peace,  in  the  building  known  as  the  “ Casa  de  la  Moneda,”  Intramuros. 

II.  The  jurisdiction  of  the  courts,  specified  in  paragraph  I of  this  order,  and  of  other 
civil  courts  which  may  hereafter  be  re-established,  shall  not  extend  to  and  include  crimes  and 
offenses,  committed  by  either  citizens  of  or  persons  sojourning  within  the  Philippine  Islands, 
which  are  prejudicial  to  military  administration  and  discipline,  except  by  authority  specially 
conferred  by  the  Military  Governor.  Jurisdiction  to  try  and  award  punishment  in  the  class  of 
cases  designated  remains  vested  in  the  provost  courts,  court  martial  or  military  commissions. 

By  command  of  Major-General  Otis. 

THOMAS  H.  BARRY, 

Assistant  Adjutant-General. 


I.IKUT.  NAYI^OR  AND  ME:n  OF  BATTFRY  B,  UTAH  RIGHT  ARTIRRFRY. 

These  gvins  did  most  effective  work  in  the  battle  of  February  5th,  and  throughout  the  northern  campaign. 


CHAPTER  VIL 


THE  REVOLT  OF  THE  FILIPINOS. 


For  some  time  previous  to  the  4th  of  February,  1899,  the  tension 
between  the  Americans  and  the  natives  had  been  great,  both 
in  the  city  of  Manila  and  along  the  lines  of  the  army  surround- 
ing it.  Within  the  city  incidents  were  continually  occurring 
which  made  it  evident  to  the  Provost  Guard  that  important 
events  were  anticipated  by  the  natives.  Without  the  city  the 
American  outposts  were  subjected  to  continuous  insults  which 
daily  were  more  marked  as  the  Americans  continued  to  endure 
them  with  patience.  The  restraints  of  discipline  were  mis- 
understood by  the  natives  as  manifestations  of  cowardice,  and 
there  was  an  evident  and  growing  desire  on  the  part  of  the 
natives  to  provoke  a conflict  in  which  they  anticipated  an 
easy  victory.  Upon  the  part  of  the  rank  and  file  of  the 
Americans,  and  doubtless,  also,  upon  the  part  of  many  of  the  officers,  there 
grew  up  a feeling  of  intense  personal  hatred  of  their  tormentors,  and  an  earnest 
desire  to  be  turned  loose  upon  them  and  kill  them.  While  many  refused 
to  believe  that  Aguinaldo  would  really  reach  the  point  of  ordering  an  attack  upon 
the  American  army,  it  was  a general  opinion  among  the  officers  of  the  Provost 
Guard  that  existing  conditions  could  not  long  continue,  and  that  they  would  end 
in  a fight.  The  commanding  generals,  however,  while  fully  alive  to  the  danger 
of  the  situation,  were  powerless,  until  actually  attacked,  to  make  any  movement 
to  end  it.  It  was  felt  that  the  Americans  must  not  make  the  first  hostile  move 
against  those  who  had  been  so  lately  their  allies,  and  of  whose  liberty  they  had 
been  proclaimed  the  champions.  They  could  and  did,  however,  take  every  pre- 
caution not  to  be  taken  unawares  at  any  point.  The  little  army  was  disposed  in 
a thin  line  completely  encircling  the  city,  and  facing  the  natives  at  all  points. 
The  division,  brigade  and  regimental  commanders  all  had  their  instructions,  and 
were  prepared  to  act  at  a moment’s  notice.  If  an  outbreak  should  occur,  signals 
were  arranged  for  directing  the  fire  of  the  fleet. 

THE  MILITARY  vSITUATION. 

The  military  situation  was  a very  simple  one.  The  old  Spanish  line  of  defense 
against  native  attacks  was  a series  of  block-houses,  more  or  less  connected  by 
trenches  or  other  works,  completely  enclosing  the  city  on  an  irregular  semi-circle 
extending  from  the  shore  of  the  bay  on  the  north  to  the  shore  on  the  south,  and 
with  a radius  of  from  two  and  a half  to  three  and  a half  miles  from  a center  in  the 


126 


Campaigning  hi  the  Philippines. 


mouth  of  the  Pasig  River.  These  block-houses  were  from  one-half  to  three-fourths 
of  a mile  apart,  and  were  numbered  regularly  from  1,  on  the  railroad,  near  the 
shore  on  the  north,  to  15,  a little  south  of  Malate,  on  the  shore  on  the  south.  All 

the  block-houses,  from  1 to  9 
inclusive,  were  north  of  the 
Pasig  River,  and  all  numbered 
higher  than  9,  were  south  of 
the  river.  The  natives  had 
taken  possession  of  most  of 
these  defenses,  all  the  block- 
houses, except  Nos.  8,  10,  11 
and  12,  which  were  within  the 
general  line  of  the  semi-circle, 
being  occupied  by  them,  on 
February  4th. 

UTAH  LIGHT  ARTILLERY  IN  ACTION.  The  Americau  army  was  dis- 

posed on  a much  smaller  irregular  semi-circle  within  these  lines  and  facing 
outward  from  the  city.  The  object  of  the  natives,  in  any  attack,  would  be 
to  find  a weak  place  in  our  line,  break  through  it  and  rush  into  the  city, 
where  their  compatriots  were  all  ready  to  rise,  join  them,  and  begin  an  orgie 
of  massacre  and  plunder.  The  object  of  the  Americans,  on  the  contrary,  should 
an  attack  be  made,  would  be  to  repel  it,  maintain  their  line  intact,  assume  the 
offensive,  and  pursue  the  natives  wherever  they  might  go,  so  far  as  they  could 
do  so  without  exposing  the  city  to  an  attack  from  a new  army  which  might  spring 
into  existence  at  any  moment  from  the  dense  population  of  hostile  natives.  The 
natives  had  the  advantage  of  overwhelming  numbers,  and  better  arms  for  their 
infantry,  but  the  Americans  had  the  advantage  of  discipline,  good  artillery  and 
the  smaller  interior  line,  permitting  rapid  re-inforcement  of  threatened  points,  but 
again  the  disadvantage  of  operating  from  a city  the  great  majority  of  whose  in- 
habitants were  intensely  hostile  and  treacherous.  The  guns  of  the  ships  com- 
manded all  the  entrenchments  of  the  natives  as  far  inland  as  they  could  reach,  and 
really  rendered  any  attack  upon  our  lines  hopeless,  except  in  the  event  of  a sudden 
rush,  overpowering  our  troops  in  their  defenses,  and  so  mingling  the  men  that  the 
ships  would  not  dare  to  fire.  This  was  doubtless  what  was  expected  by  the 
natives.  But  it  did  not  happen. 

DIvSPOSITION  OF  OUR  TROOPvS. 

Our  army  was  divided  into  two  divisions  of  two  brigades  each,  the  first 
division,  under  Major-General  T.  M.  Anderson,  being  stationed  south  of  the  Pasig 
River,  and  the  second  division,  under  Major-General  Arthur  MacArthur,  on  the 
north. 

Beginning  on  the  north,  in  the  Tondo  district,  on  the  shore  of  the  bay,  the 
troops  of  the  .second,  or  MacArthur’s  Division,  were  distributed  as  follows: 

The  1st  Brigade,  under  Brigadier-General  H.  G.  Otis,  extended  from  near  the 
shore  of  the  bay  easterly  to  a point  about  400  yards  southwest  of  block-house  No. 
4,  in  the  following  order:  20th  Kansas,  3d  U.  S.  Art.,  1st  Montana,  10th  Penn- 


Cainpaignin}r  in  the  Philippines. 


127 


sylvania,  facing  northerly;  on  their  right,  and  facing  northeasterly,  was  the  2d 
Brigade,  under  Brigadier-General  Irving  Hale,  extending  from  its  connection 
with  the  1st  Brigade  to  block-house  No.  8,  near  the  junction  of  the  San  Juan  and 
Pasig  Rivers,  in  the  following  order:  1st  South  Dakota,  at  San  Miguel,  occupy- 
ing the  line  about  half  way  to  block-house  No.  5;  1st  Colorado,  at  Sampoloc, 
opposite  block-houses  Nos.  5 and  6;  1st  Nebraska,  from  the  right  of  the  Colorados, 
through  Santa  Mesa  and  McReod’s  Hill  to  block-house  No.  8,  near  the  river. 

The  two  brigades  were  supported  by  the  Utah  Right  Artillery. 

On  the  south  of  the  river,  Anderson’s  Division  was  disposed  as  follows: 

The  1st  Brigade,  under  Brigadier-General  Charles  King,  was  made  up  of  the 
1st  California,  1st  Washington,  1st  Idaho,  and  during  February  5th,  a Wyoming 
Battalion.  This  brigade  occupied  a line  from  near  the  river  to  block-house  No.  12, 
and  faced  easterly  or  southeasterly;  the  2d  Brigade,  under  Brigadier-General 
Samuel  Ovenshine,  was  composed  of  the  14th  U.  S.  Inf.,  1st  North  Dakota,  and 
six  troops  of  the  4th  U.  S.  Cav.,  and  occupied  the  line  from  block-house  No.  12 
to  Fort  Malate,  on  the  bay,  and  faced  southward. 

There  were  also  in  this  division,  two  batteries  of  artillery,  one,  of  six  guns, 
under  Capt.  A.  P.  Dyer,  6th  Art.,  and  four  mountain  guns  of  the  Astor  Battery. 
The  artillery  was  under  the  direction  of  the  division  commander.  There  was 
also  one  company  of  U.  S.  Engineers,  acting  as  infantry 

A PERIOD  OF  SUSPENSE. 

During  all  the  latter  part  of  January,  the  two  armies  had  faced  each  other 
substantially  as  has  been  described.  The  Filipinos  were  gathering  their  forces, 
organizing,  drilling  and  fortifying,  undisturbed  by  our  generals.  The  orders 
against  foraging  or  other  misdemeanors  were  strictly  enforced  in  the  American 
army,  and  every  effort  made  to  avoid  cause  of  collision.  The  Filipinos  freely 
came  and  went 
through  our 
lines,  and  were 
fully  informed 
of  the  disposi- 
tion of  our 
troops  and  their 
entrenchments. 

The  attitude  of 
the  natives  and 
their  insulting 
actions  and 
words  have 
been  described, 

and  gradually  it  was  felt  that  the  lines  must  be  drawn  a little  closer,  and  the 
armed  Filipinos  be  somewhat  restricted  in  their  movements.  A line  of  delimi- 
tation was  arranged  between  the  American  and  Filipino  commanders  which 
should  not  be  crossed  by  armed  men  of  either  side.  As  the  Americans,  however. 


12<S 


CatupaigJiifig  in  the  I^hilippincs. 


did  not  in  all  cases  fully  occupy  the  ground  assigned  to  them,  the  Filipinos 
Avere  disposed  to  pass  the  limit  and  themselves  occupy  che  ground.  This  led 
to  correspondence  between  Gen.  MacArthur  and  the  Filipino  commander,  who 
agreed  to  order  the  withdrawal  of  his  troops.* 

* The  details  of  this  correspondence  are  interesting  and  are  given,  as  follows: 

[From  the  report  of  Gen.  MacArthur.] 

“ The  pertinacity  of  the  insurgents,  in  passing  armed  parties  over  the  line  of  delimitation 
into  American  territory,  at  a point  nearly  opposite  the  pipe-line  outposts  of  the  Nebraska  Regi- 
ment, induced  a correspondence  which,  in  the  light  of  subsequent  events,  is  interesting,  as 
indicating  with  considerable  precision,  a premeditated  purpose,  on  the  part  of  somebody  in  the 
insurgent  army,  to  force  a collision  at  that  point.  The  original  note  from  these  headquarters, 
which  was  prepared  after  conference  with  the  Department  Commander,  was  carried  by  Maj. 
Strong,  who  entered  the  insurgent  lines  and  placed  the  paper  in  the  hands  of  Col.  San  Miguel. 
The  answer  of  Col.  San  Miguel  was  communicated  in  an  autograph  note,  which  was  written  in 
the  presence  of  Maj.  Strong,  who  also  saw  Col.  San  Miguel  write  an  order  to  his  officer  at  the 
outpost  in  question,  directing  him  to  withdraw  from  the  American  side  of  the  line.  This  order 
Maj.  Strong  saw  delivered  to  the  officer  on  the  outpost.  The  correspondence  referred  to  is  as 
follows,  the  original  of  Col.  San  Miguel’s  note,  which  was  written  in  the  Spanish  language, 
being  enclosed  herewith: 

Headquarters  Second  Division,  A 
Eighth  Army  Corps.  I 

Maniea,  P.  I.,  F'ebruary  2,  1899.  j 
“Commanding  Generae,  Phieippine  Troops  In  Third  Zone — Sir:  The  line  between 
your  command  and  my  command  has  been  long  established,  and  is  well  understood  by  your- 
self and  myself. 

It  is  quite  necessary  under  present  conditions  that  this  line  should  not  be  passed  by  armed 
men  of  either  command. 

“An  armed  party  from  your  command  now  occupies  the  village  in  front  of  block-house 
No.  7,  at  a point  considerably  more  than  100  yards  on  my  side  of  the  line,  and  is  very  active 
in  exhibiting  hostile  intentions.  This  party  must  be  withdrawn  to  your  side  of  the  line  at  once. 

“From  this  date,  if  the  line  is  crossed  by  your  men  with  arms  in  their  hands  they  must  be 
regarded  as  subject  to  such  action  as  I may  deem  necessary.  Very  respectfully, 

(Signedl  ARTHUR  MacARTHUR, 

Major-General,  U.  S.  V.,  Commanding. 

San  Juan  Dee  Monte,  February  2,  1899. 

“Major-Generae  MacArthur — My  Very  Dear  Sir:  In  reply  to  yours  dated  this  day, 
in  which  you  inform  me  that  my  soldiers  have  been  passing  the  line  of  demarcation  fixed  by 
agreement,  I desire  to  say  that  this  is  foreign  to  my  wishes,  and  I shall  give  immediate  orders 
in  the  premises  that  they  retire.  Truly  yours,  SAN  MIGUEE, 

(Signed)  Colonel  and  First  Chief. 

“At  about  8:30  p.  m.,  February  4th,  an  insurgent  patrol,  consisting  of  four  armed  soldiers, 
entered  our  territory  at  block-house  No.  7 and  advanced  to  the  little  village  of  Santol,  which 
was  occupied  from  the  pipe-line  outpost  of  the  Nebraska  Regiment.  This,  it  will  be  observed, 
was  precisely  the  point  referred  to  in  the  correspondence  above  quoted.  'The  American  sen- 
tinel challenged  twice,  and  then,  as  the  insurgent  patrol  continued  to  advance,  he  fired,  where- 
upon the  patrol  retired  to  block-house  No.  7,  from  whence  fire  was  immediately  opened  by  the 
entire  insurgent  outpost  at  that  point. 

“At  9 P.  M.,  Col.  Stotsenburg,  1st  Nebraska  Inf.,  U.  S.  V.,  reported  considerable  firing  at  his 
outposts,  which  extended  gradually  along  the  entire  front  of  the  division.  At  10:10  p.  m.,  it 
was  evident  that  hostilities  had  been  commenced  in  earnest  by  the  insurgents,  and  aecordingly 
an  order  was  issued  from  these  headquarters  to  call  out  everything  on  the  firing  line  according 
to  a program  which  had  been  pre-arranged  for  such  an  emergency.” 


BRIGADIER-GENKRAI.vS  in  the  eighth  army  corps. 

1.  Brigadier-General  Eloyd  Wheaton.  3.  Brigadier-General  Francis  V.  Greene. 

2.  Brig.\dier-Gener.a^l  Charles  King.  4.  Brigadier-General  Harrison  Gr.\y  Otis. 

.").  Brigadier-General  Marcus  P.  Miller. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


129 


At  8:30  p.  M.  on  the  night  of  February  4,  1899,  a squad  of  four  armed  Fili- 
pino soldiers,  attempting  to  pass  the  American  line  near  block-house  No.  6,  and 
refusing  to  halt  when  challenged,  was  fired  upon  by  Private  Grayson  of  the 
Nebraska  Regiment,  and  war 
with  the  Filipinos  was  begun. 

Before  the  echo  of  the  Nebras- 
kan’s Springfield  rifle  had  died 
away,  volleys  were  pouring 
from  the  Filipino  earthworks, 
and  a call  to  arms  was  ringing 
through  the  Nebraska  camp. 

The  Tagalos  had  intended  to 
draw  our  fire  and  they  drew  it. 

The  action  began  at  three 
principal  points  on  our  line — 
block-houses  Nos.  1,  2,  and  3 on  signal  corps  in  the  jungle. 

the  north,  Santa  Mesa  on  the  northeast,  and  Santa  Ana  on  the  southeast  of  the  city. 

The  fighting  thus  begun,  while  at  first  having  the  character  of  a general  engage- 
ment, which  might  have  had  a beginning  and  end,  with  certain  definite  results 
immediately  following,  degenerated,  after  February  5th,  into  a series  of  detached 
combats  and  independent  operations  which  cannot  well  be  described  as  a whole, 
except  to  say  that  the  rebels  were  not  successful  in  breaking  our  line  at  any  point, 
but  were  promptly  defeated  everywhere,  and  immediatlly  put  upon  the  defensive. 

Our  lines  were  constantly  pushed  outward  as  the  rebels  retreated,  and  the 
fighting  continued  on  some  part  of  the  line  almost  continuously  for  weeks,  and  can 
best  be  understood  by  following  the  operations  of  the  different  divisions  or  brigades, 
until  one  by  one  they  reached  a period  of  rest. 

OTIS’  BRIGADE  OF  MacARTHUR’S  DIVISION. 

Of  the  second  division,  the  1st  Brigade,  under  Gen.  H.  G.  Otis,  was  more  or 
less  under  fire  during  the  night  of  the  4th,  but  it  was  the  20th  Kansas  and  the 
1st  Montana  Regiments  chiefly  which  replied  to  the  enemy’s  volleys  before  day- 
light. On  the  5th,  an  advance  of  the  entire  line  was  made,  the  10th  Pennsylvania 
on  the  right,  the  3d  U.  S.  Art.  next,  the  Montana  next,  and  the  20th  Kansas  on 
the  left,  all  pressing  gallantly  forward  under  fire.  The  losses  sustained  were  con- 
siderable, but  the  Filipinos  were  driven  out  at  every  point,  with  a much  larger 
loss.  In  this  advance  the  3d  Art.  suffered  more  heavily  than  the  other  regiments 
of  the  1st  Brigade,  having  five  killed  and  nineteen  wounded. 

Col.  Kessler,  with  the  1st  Montanas,  advanced  to  and  captured  the  Chinese 
hospital  and  the  adjacent  walled  cemetery,  both  of  which  were  occupied  as  military 
posts.  The  position  of  the  20th  Kansas,  on  the  extreme  left,  near  the  bay,  was 
covered  by  a thick  wood  in  front,  which  concealed  the  Filipinos,  to  dislodge  whom 
Col.  Funston  resorted  to  volley  firing.  The  10th  Pennsylvania  with  the  3d  Art, 
advanced  upon  La  Roma  church.  As  the  artillery  approached  the  church-yard 
walls.  Col.  Hawkins  divided  his  small  command,  throwing  one  wing  to  the 
right  and  the  other  to  the  left  of  the  walls,  which  his  men  passed  on  the  run, 

9b 


130 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


driving  the  enemy  before  them,  and  occupying  the  block-house  in  front.  The  new 
position  was  immediately  entrenched,  three  guns  of  the  Utah  Battery  taking 
position  at  the  northeast  corner  of  the  churchyard,  and  two  at  the  stone  block- 
house. A company  of  the  20th  Kansas  was  sent  by  Gen.  MacArthur  to  this  point 
to  strengthen  the  3d  Art.  line,  and  two  companies  of  the  10th  Pennsylvania  to  the 
churchyard,  where  they  remained  until  the  7th,  and  two  companies  of  the  Mon- 
tanas under  Maj.  Drennen,  from  the  city,  to  fill  the  gap  in  the  10th  Pennsylvania 
made  by  the  withdrawal  of  two  of  its  companies. 

When  the  first  advance  was  made  on  the  afternoon  of  the  5th  from  the  posi- 
tion where  the  left  of  the  line  rested  on  the  block-house  peninsula  at  the  mouth 
of  the  Vitas  Creek,  one  Kansas  company  was  left  to  occupy  this  entrenched 
position,  and  guard  details  of  about  sixty  men  continued  to  hold  this  block- 
house.* Uater,  this  point  was  held  by  a company  of  the  23d  Inf.,  taken  from  the 
Provost  Guard. 


During  the  forward  movement  of  MacArthur’ s Division  on  the  afternoon  of 
the  5th,  the  Kansas  Regiment  advanced  beyond  the  line  intended  for  it  by  the 
Division  Commander,  and  captured  two  strong  earthworks  thrown  up  across  the 


VIEW  OF  AMERICAN  TRENCHES. 


road  to  Caloocan,  and  two  adjacent  block-houses.  In  this  operation  the  Kansas 
lost  several  men,  but  inflicted  much  greater  loss  on  their  opponents.  When 
Gen.  MacArthur  became  apprised  of  this  action,  fearing  that  the  regiment  would 
come  into  the  zone  of  firing  from  the  fleet  which  had  been  agreed  upon,  he  im- 
mediately recalled  it.  It  was,  however,  ordered  forward  again  on  the  6th,  when 
the  earthworks  and  the  block-houses  were  found  unoccupied.  A position  still 
further  to  the  front,  about  on  a line  with  block- house  No.  1,  on  the  railroad  was 
then  taken  up,  and  a new  alignment  was  perfected  with  the  other  regiments  of 
the  1st  Brigade,  running  from  the  stone  block-house  No.  2,  westward,  across  the 
ravine  adjacent,  an  intervening  plain,  and  through  a wood  near  the  shore  of  the 
bay,  all  promptly  and  strongly  entrenched. 

The  Kansas  did  no  more  fighting  until  the  evening  of  the  7th,  when  a captain 
of  that  regiment  who  had  entered  the  woods  with  about  half  a company,  near 
block-house  No.  1,  came  unexpectedly  upon  the  enemy,  and  Col.  Funston  with 

* This  block-house  is  not  numbered.  It  was  on  the  bay  shore  to  the  left,  and  west  of 
block-house  No.  1 which  was  ou  the  railroad. 


Campais;ninQ;  in  the  Philippmes. 


131 


three  companies  was  directed  to  go  to  his  assistance.  A severe  but  brief  engage- 
ment followed,  the  Kansas  losing  one  officer  killed,  and  six  enlisted  men  wounded. 
The  Filipinos  left  thirty  dead  upon  the  field. 

Nothing  further  of  importance  from  a military  point  of  view  occurred  on  this 
brigade’s  front  for  several  days.  Reconnaissances  were  made  by  the  various  com- 
mands, and  the  usual  outpost  and  trench  duty  performed  with  the  alacrity  of  pro- 
fessional soldiers,  until  the  10th,  when  by  order  of  Gen.  Mac  Arthur,  a general 
advance  was  made  upon  the  Filipino  position  in  and  about  Caloocan.  The  action 
was  preceded  by  firing  from  the  fleet,  and  also  from  field  guns  planted  near  La 
Loma  church,  lasting  for  thirty  minutes,  after  which  the  infantry  advanced,  mak- 
ing a broad  sweep  to  the  right  by  a half  turn,  begun  by  the  20th  Kansas  on  the 
left,  followed  by  the  1st  Montana  on  their  right,  and  the  3d  Art.  in  the  open. 
During  this  operation  the  10th  Pennsylvania  stood  fast  to  the  right  of  the  block- 
house No.  2,  the  pivotal  point.  The  line  was  supported  by  two  battalions  of  the 
1st  Idaho  Inf.  under  Maj.  Figgins,  one  of  which  was  placed  in  the  Montana,  and 
one  in  the  rear  of  the  Kansas  Regiment.  These  troops  advanced  with  those  of 
the  1st  Brigade,  remaining  on  the  line  throughout  the  action.  The  movement 
resulted  in  placing,  by  night,  the  left  in  advance  of  Caloocan,  with  the  new  line 
extended  to  block-house  No.  2.  Five  guns  from  the  Utah  Battery,  and  two  from 
the  6th  U.  S.  Art.  one  rifled  mortar,  and  a Nordenfeld,  constituted  the  artillery 
force  acting  in  conjunction  with  the  infantry  in  the  advance  on  Caloocan. 

HALE’S  BRIGADE  OF  MacARTHUR’S  DIVISION. 

Gen.  Hale  in  his  report  says:  “About  8:30  p.  m.  a patrol  from  Nebraska  out- 
posts on  the  water-pipe  line,  opposite  block-house  No.  7,  was  compelled  to  fire  on 
insurgents  who  advanced  this  side  of  their  line  and  refused  to  halt.  The  fire  was 
returned,  and  the  exchange  of  shots  for  a few  minutes  continued  and  then  ceased. 
Sometime  afterwards  the  insurgents  renewed  the  attack  all  along  the  line.”  “Fir- 
ing,” he  says,  “continued  at  intervals  during  the  night,  the  insurgents  always 
taking  the  initiative.”  But  no  definite 
plan  of  battle  could  be  adopted  before 
daylight.  Soon  after  daybreak  the  two 
Utah  guns  on  Sampaloc  Hill  opened 
fire  on  block-house  No.  5,  the  earth- 
works and  the  villages  in  the  vicinity. 

At  8:10  A.  M.  Companies  B,  K and  L, 

1st  Colorados,  under  Maj.  Anderson, 
with  Col.  McCoy  in  general  command, 
charged  and  captured  the  places  just 
mentioned;  and  immediately  afterwards 
a battalion  of  the  1st  Colorado,  com- 
posed of  Companies  E,  F and  G,  under 
Lieutenant-Colonel  Moses,  advanced 
and  captured  the  line  between  block- 
houses Nos.  5 and  6.  About  the  same  time  the  Nebraskas,  with  Colorado  Com- 
panies D and  I attached,  all  under  Col.  Stotsenberg,  captured  block-houses  Nos. 


WHERE  THE  MONTANAS  LOST  HEAVILY  ON 
FEBRUARY  5,  1899. 


132 


Campaigning  in  the  Phihpphies. 


6 and  7,  advancing  afterwards  to  and  across  San  Juan  Bridge,  taking  the  powder- 
house  and  Deposito  on  San  Juan  Hill,  the  entire  movement  being  completed  by  a 
little  after  12  o’clock  noon.  A Tennessee  Battalion  co-operated  with  the  Nebraskas 

and  Colorados  in  the  capture  of  San  Juan  Hill, 
afterwards  exploring  and  occupying  San  Filipe  and 
Mandalayan  between  San  Juan  and  Pasig  Rivers. 
About  9 o’clock  a.  m.  the  1st  South  Dakota  Regi- 
ment under  Col.  Frost  charged  and  took  block- 
house No.  4 and  vicinity,  and  about  3 o’clock  p.  m. 
they  co-operated  v/ith  troops  of  the  1st  Brigade  in 
the  capture  of  La  Loma  church,  about  two  and  a 
half  miles  west  of  the  block-house.  In  all  these 
brilliant  charges  and  captures  the  various  regiments 
were  greatly  assisted  by  the  Utah  guns. 

The  casualties  in  the  2d  Brigade  during  the 
night  of  February  4th  and  the  day  of  February  5th, 
were  twelve  enlisted  men  killed,  and  twenty-eight 
enlisted  men  and  one  officer,  Lieut.  Haughwout  of 
the  1st  Colorados,  wounded.  Lieut.  Haughwout 
was  hit  by  one  of  the  first  shots,  while  dressing  to 
go  to  the  front,  at  the  Colorado  headquarters  in 
the  city,  more  than  a mile  from  the  Filipino  lines. 
The  staff  officers  of  Gen.  Hale,  Capt.  Brooks, 
Capt.  Krayenbuhl,  Lieut.  Perry,  and  Lieut.  Connor 
of  the  Engineers,  who  volunteered  his  service,  had  three  miles  of  firing  line  with 
which  to  keep  in  touch,  and  this  they  gallantly  did,  being  under  fire  most  of  the 
time.  On  Monday  morning,  February  6th,  Gen.  Hale  applied  for  some  additional 
troops  to  assist  in  holding  his  long  line  so  that  he  could  make  an  advance  on  the 
water-works,  the  immediate  capture  of  which  he  urged  before  the  enemy  could 
destroy  them.  One  battalion  of  the  23d  U.  S.  Inf.,  and  one  battalion  of  the  2d  Ore- 
gon were  attached  to  the  brigade  to  co-operate  with  the  Nebraskas,  and  two  attached 
companies  of  the  Colorados  and  the  Utah  guns — all  of  which  were  placed  under 
the  direct  command  of  Col.  Stotsenberg.  The  Tennessee  Battalion  had  been 
ordered  by  the  Department  Commander  to  rejoin  the  Provost  Guard  in  the  city, 
but  when  Gen.  Hale  reached  the  firing  line  they  had  taken  the  field  on  the 
extreme  right,  and  he  was  unable  to  communicate  the  order  to  them  until  after 
the  capture  of  the  water-works,  when  they  were  returned  to  the  city. 

Col.  Stotsenberg  moved  on  the  water-works,  three  and  a half  miles  east  of  the 
Deposito  or  reservoir,  with  the  following  troops:  Two  companies  of  the  Colorados, 
as  advance  guard;  one  battalion  of  the  Tennessee  in  extended  order  on  the 
extreme  right;  one  battalion  of  the  Nebraska  as  a reserve,  and  four  Utah  guns 
to  follow  the  advance  guard  and  clear  the  woods  and  roads  to  the  right  and  left. 
The  Oregon  Battalion  guarded  the  Deposito,  while  the  23d  Battalion  proceeded 
along  the  road  from  the  Deposito  toward  Mariquina,  about  a mile  north  of  the 
water-works,  to  cover  the  attack  on  the  latter  place  from  a flank  movement  from 
the  north. 


FILIPINO  TRENCHES  AT  FORTSON’S 
KNOLL  AFTER  BATTLE  OF  FEBRU- 
ARY 5,  1899. 


Cainpaigniui^  hi  the  Phitippines. 


133 


At  intervals  on  the  way  to  the  water-works,  skirmishing  occurred,  in  which 
one  of  the  Nebraskas  was  killed,  and  three  wounded.  A considerable  number  of 
the  insurrectos  were  killed,  and  a few  taken  prisoners.  A short  distance  back 
from  the  road,  the  body  of  Assistant-Surgeon  Young,  of  the  Utah  Battery,  was 
found,  with  a powder-stained  bullet  hole  in  his  head,  showing  that  he  had  been 
captured  and  afterwards  killed.  He  had  intended  to  meet  Maj.  Young  at 
the  Deposito,  but  missed  his  way.  A little  while  before  his  murder  he  had  gone 
across  the  line  to  attend  to  some  Filipino  wounded,  which  errand  of  mercy  cost 
him  his  life. 

Maj.  Goodale,  with  a battalion  of  the  23d,  proceeded  meanwhile  along  the 
road  from  the  Deposito  towards  Mariquina,  his  advance  being  much  retarded  by 
the  cane-brakes,  ridges,  and  a generall}^  rough  country.  As  they  reached  the 
rising  ground  on  the  south  side  of  the  river,  staggering  under  the  heat  and  their 
heavy  loads,  the  air  was  fanned  by  a musketry  discharge  from  the  enemy.  But 
the  artillery  on  a high  cliff,  a mile  to  the  south  of  them,  opened  a fire  for  their 
protection,  which  soon  silenced  the  Filipino  small  arms,  and  our  troops  took  pos- 
session of  a ready-made  trench  and  lay  on  their  arms  until  morning. 

Gen.  Hale  had  determined  to  clear  the  front  of  his  right  wing  from  the  annoy- 
ance of  constant  bushwhacking.  On  the  morning  of  the  7th,  the  gunboat  Laguna 
de  Bay,  under  Maj.  Grant,  began  shelling  the  Filipino  position,  while  detach- 
ments of  the  20th  Inf.  and  1st  Nebraska  swung  in  from  the  road  to  the  water- 
works, driving  the  Filipinos  towards  the  Pasig  River.  At  the  same  time  the 
Wyoming  Battalion  advanced  on  the  enemy’s  front.  Attacked  on  three  sides,  the 
insurrectos  were  driven  back  and  the  country  between  the  reservoir  and  the  pump- 
ing station  swept  clean.  In  this  engagement  one  man  was  killed  and  three 
wounded  on  the  American  side,  and  considerable  loss  suffered  by  the  Filipinos, 
Gen.  Hale  was  in  command  during  this  action  and  directed  a movement  on  Mari- 
quina, as  a part  of  his  plan.  The  town  was  surrounded,  only  to  find  white  flags 
on  all  the  houses.  On  being  assured  that  they  would  not  be  injured  in  person  or 
property,  if  they  showed  a friendly  disposition,  the  natives  readily  shouted  “Vive 
Americanos,” 
and  declared 
their  desire  to 
become  Ameri- 
can citizens. 

Subsequently, 
under  similar 
circumstances, 

Mariquina  was 
many  times 
taken  and  aban- 
doned, the  insur- 
rectos returning  work  of  the  Kansas  boys. 

and  occupying  the  town  as  soon  as  it  was  evacuated.  It  was  at  this  point  tha\ 
Senor  Paterno  had  collected  25,000  soldiers  for  a revolution,  before  Aguinaldo 
returned  from  Singapore. 


134 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


On  February  8th  and  9th  the  lines  were  straightened  and  the  2d  Brigade  then 
covered  the  front  of  block-houses  Nos.  3,  4,  5,  6,  and  7 to  San  Juan  River  Bridge, 
two  and  a half  miles ; San  J uan  Bridge  to  the  Deposito,  one  mile ; Deposito  south 
to  Mandala3'an  on  Pasig  River,  two  miles ; Deposito  east  to  water-works  on  the 
Mariquina  River,  three  and  a half  miles,  making  a total  front  of  nine  miles.  This 
was  afterwards  increased,  b}^  covering  the  Mariquina  Road,  north  of  the  water- 
works, to  ten  and  a half  miles. 

Col.  Stotsenberg  on  February  8th  took  three  companies  of  the  Nebraska  Regi- 
ment and  advanced  on  Cainta  and  Taytay,  which  surrendered  to  him,  the  first  of 
their  many  surrenders.  The  insurrectos  were  at  that  time  in  full  retreat  towards 
Antipolo. 

On  February  8th,  the  23d  Inf.  was  relieved  by  the  W^^omings,  and  Gen. 
Hale  had  then  in  his  command  the  South  Dakotas,  the  Colorados,  the  Nebraskas, 
the  Wyomings,  one  battalion  of  the  Oregons  and  four  guns  of  the  Utah  Battery. 

This  remained 
the  status  of  the 
brigade  till 
March  14th. 
Then  the  Colo- 
rados and  Ne- 
braskas ex- 
changed places 
on  account  of 
the  exhausted 
condition  of  the 
latter  regiment, 
due  to  the  con- 
stant skirmishes 
in  their  vicinity. 
On  March  17th, 

PREPARIXa  TO  ADVANCE  ON  THE  ENEMY.  -j-pg  IQth  Pcnn- 

sjdvania,  which  held  the  line  on  the  left  of  the  South  Dakota  Regiment,  was 
added  to  the  brigade.  On  March  20th  one  battalion  of  the  13th  Minnesota  was 
attached  and  placed  on  the  water-works  road,  and  on  March  22d  another  battalion 
of  the  same  regiment  relieved  the  battalion  of  the  Oregons  near  the  Deposito. 

All  through  the  da^’s  of  battle.  Batteries  A and  B,  Utah  Tight  Artillerj^,  had 
been  of  inestimable  service.  In  response  to  the  first  alarm  on  the  night  of  the  4th, 
it  had  proceeded  to  the  various  places  assigned  in  the  districts  east  and  north  of 
Manila  and  the  Pasig  River,  and  participated  in  the  first  repulse  of  the  insur- 
rectos, as  well  as  in  the  general  advance  and  the  battle  of  the  5th.  Two  platoons 
of  four  guns,  under  Tieuts.  Gibbs  and  Webb,  assisted  in  the  important  capture  of 
the  water-works. 

The  strongest  attack  upon  Mac  Arthur’s  Division  developed  at  Santa  Mesa  and 
Caloocan.  The  native  troops  fought  bravely,  but  they  were  no  match  for  the 
stronger  and  more  skilled  warriors  from  over  the  seas.  Aside  from  their  physical 
superiority,  the  Americans  who  had  for  so  long  held  in  leash  their  resentment  at 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


135 


the  indignities  to  which  they  had  been  compelled  to  submit,  were  inspired  by  a 
personal  feeling  which  would  not  brook  further  restraint  and  became  implacable 
foes,  fighting  not  only  to  repulse  but  to  kill.  Steadily  they  advanced,  driving  the 
Filipinos  before  them  from  Santa  Mesa  to  San  Juan  del  Monte,  capturing  those 
villages. 

Gen.  MacArthur’s  estimate  of  the  losses  in  his  division  from  the  4th  to  the  10th 
of  February,  was  two  officers,  and  forty-six  enlisted  men  killed,  and  thirteen  officers 
and  two  hundred  and  twenty-three  enlisted  men  wounded. 

OPERATIONS  SOUTH  OF  THE  PASIG  RIVER. 

It  will  be  remembered  that  the  district  south  of  the  Pasig  was  occupied  by  the 
first  division,  under  Major-General  Anderson.  At  3:40  A.  m.,  on  the  morning  of 
the  5th,  the  insurrectos  opened  fire  on  block-house  No.  11,  on  the  south  side  of 
the  Pasig.  Concerning  the  movements  of  Gen.  Anderson,  he  says  in  his  report  of 
Februar}^  18th  to  the  Adjutant-General: 

“I  had  just  ridden  up  to  my  headquarters  in  the  city,  from  which  I had  tele- 
graphic communication  with  every  post  of  my  command.  I first  telegraphed 
Corps  Headquarters  for  permission  to  take  the  offensive  when  it  became  light 
enough  to  do  so.  At  seven  o’clock  I directed  Gen.  Ovenshine  to  open  artillery  fire 
on  block-house  No.  14,  and  the  wood  near  by,  and  to  be  prepared  to  drive  the 
enemy  from  Malate  front,  and  if  they  yielded  easily,  turn  to  the  left  with  part 
of  his  command  and  sweep  the  enemy  from  his  entire  front ; if  successful,  to  be 
ready  to  re-inforce  King’s  right  and  turn  to  the  left  of  the  insurgent  force  operat- 
ing from  Santa  Ana.  This  project  was  not  carried  out  until  later  in  the  day,  as 
permission  was  not  given  to  assume  the  offensive  until  eight  o’clock. 

“ In  the  meantime  the  firing  on  King’s  line  became  heavier  as  the  day  ad- 
vanced. The  Washingtons,  the  Idahos,  six  companies  of  the  California  Regi- 
ment, and  Hawthorne’s  Mountain  Battery  were  put  on  the  firing  line,  on  the  Paco 
front.  Four  guns  of  Dyer’s 
Battery,  and  four  com- 
panies of  Californias  were 
sent  to  Battery  Knoll  on 
the  right.  A battalion  of 
Wyoming  Volunteers 
which  had  reported  the 
night  before,  was  brought 
up  to  the  intersection  of 
the  Paco  and  Cingalon 
Roads,  so  that  it  could  re- 
inforce either  brigade  as 
occasion  required.  The 
troops  of  the  4th  Cav. 
were  kept  in  reserve. 

“ The  artillery  soon  began  to  do  effective  service,  and  drove  the  insurgents 
from  several  strong  positions  near  our  line.  Toward  eight  o’clock  I learned  that 
neither  the  fire  from  the  navy,  nor  our  guns  on  Malate  had  shaken  the  hold  of  the 


136 


Campaigni^ig  i?i  the  Philippiyies. 


enemy  on  Ovenshine’s  front,  and  the  volume  of  fire  beyond  Cingalon,  and  the 
demand  for  ambulances  showed  that  a desperate  battle  was  being  waged  there.  At 
last  at  eight  o’clock,  a telegram  came  from  Major-General  Otis,  authorizing  an 

advance,  if  not  made  too 
far.  I went  at  once  to 
Battery  Knoll,  taking 
with  me  the  Wyoming 
Battalion.  Finding  there 
three  companies  of  Cali- 
fornias,  I placed  these 
seven  companies  under 
the  command  of  Col. 
Smith  of  the  1st.  Cali- 
fornia, and  directed  him 
to  deploy  and  advance 

SKIRMISH  LINE  UNDER  HEAVY  FIRE,  BEHIND  RICE  “ PADDIES.”  in  line  with  the  reSt  Of 

King’s  Brigade  substituting  this  for  the  intended  co-operation  of  Ovenshine. 
Smith’s  right  was  a little  later  re-inforced  by  Company  A,  Battalion  of  Engineers, 
under  Lieut.  Haan.  Gen.  King  was  present,  and  was  ordered  to  advance  as  soon 
as  Smith  deploj^ed. 

‘ ‘ These  officers  received  this  order  with  delight,  and  their  troops  with  enthus- 
iasm. The  movement  began  at  8:20  A.  M.  with  a rush  over  the  creek  on  our 
front,  a cheer,  and  rattling  volleys  as  the  whole  line  advanced,  not  by  rushes,  but 
with  a rush.  The  insurgent  line  fell  back  before  our  advance,  fighting,  however, 
with  spirit.  The  rice-fields  in  our  front  were  intersected  by  little  irrigating 
dykes,  and  behind  each  of  these,  a stand  was  attempted,  the  Filipinos  firing  from 
behind  them.  Our  men  disdained  these  shelters  and  moved  steadily  on  until 
raking  fire  was  opened  on  them  from  the  redoubt  on  the  neck  of  the  bend  between 
Pandacan  and  Santa  Ana.  The  Idaho  Regiment  made  a turn  to  the  left,  charging 
the  reboubt,  carrying  it  at  the  point  of  the  bayonet,  and  driving  a regiment  of 
the  insurgents  to  the  bank  of  the  river. 

“The  California  companies  in  Pandacan  at  the  same  time  crossed  Concordia 
Creek  and  captured  the  smaller  earthwork  on  the  further  bank.  On  the  lower 
side  of  Santa  Ana,  on  the  river,  wms  another  earthwork  in  which  two  Krupp 
guns  were  placed,  bearing  on  the  river,  hut  with  embrasures  also  on  the  land  side, 
and  to  one  of  these  one  of  the  Krupp  guns  was  transferred,  when  an  advance  was 
made.  To  its  fire,  Hawthorne’s  Battery  replied  with  good  effect,  until  its  fire  was 
masked  by  the  advance  of  our  line.  This  earthwork  was  also  carried,  and  both 
Krupp  guns  captured. 

“At  the  redoubt  the  Filipinos  made  a brave  defense,  as  the  Scotch  guard  at 
Flodden  Field  formed  an  unbroken  line  around  their  king.  So  these  misguided 
insurgents  fell  where  they  fought,  filling  the  trenches  with  an  unbroken  line  of 
killed  and  wounded.  Apparently  a whole  battalion  was  driven  to  the  bank  of  the 
river.  They  attempted  to  cross  in  boats  and  by  swimming,  but  not  a man  was 
seen  to  gain  the  opposite  bank.  Their  bodies  have  been  floating  down  the  stream 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


137 


ever  since.*  Maj.  Figgins,  of  the  Idahos,  estimates  the  enemy’s  loss  in  this 
movement  in  the  neighborhood  of  700  killed,  wounded,  drowned  and  captured. 

‘ ‘ At  the  same  time  the  California  Battalion  charged  and  drove  the  enemy  out 
of  Santa  Ana,  driving  them  from  stone  walls  and  convents,  churches  and  houses, 
and  fighting  their  way  through  blazing  bamboo  huts  from  which  the  natives  were 
firing.  This  could  not  have  been  accomplished,  had  not  Col.  Smith’s  command 
broken  the  left  of  the  insurgents’  line  and  carried  the  English  cemetery  which 
was  enclosed  with  a strong  stone  wall.  The  Regular  Engineer  Company,  under 
Eieut.  Haan,  volunteered  for  this  service,  and  did  yeoman’s  work. 

“The  Wyoming  Battalion,  on  the  right  of  the  line,  did  not  advance  with  the 
energy  of  the  rest  of  the  line.  Had  they  done  so,  the  enemy’s  forces  might  have 
been  captured  in  Santa  Ana.  Retreating  on  San  Pedro  Macati,  they  attempted  to 
make  a stand.  A number  attempted  to  hold  the  church  and  cemetery  of  San 
Pedro  Macati.  Then  the  Wyomings  came  up,  at  last,  and  did  good  service.  By 
a skilful,  tactical  movement  of  the  Engineer  Company  this  strong  position  was 
taken  in  reverse  and  carried.  The  insurgents  finally  broke  and  ran,  and  our  forces 
advanced  and  captured  the  church  and  monastery  of  Guadalupe,  a mile  beyond. 

“Brigadier-General  Ovenshine,  commanding  the  2d  Brigade,  had  the  North 
Dakota  Regiment,  under  Eieutenant-Colonel  Treumann,  occupying  the  old  Spanish 
trenches,  from  Fort  Malate,  on  the  bay,  to  an  almost  impassable  swamp  which 
divided  his  line  into  two  sections.  From  the  further  east  side  of  his  line  was 
block-house  No.  13,  on  the  Tripa  de  Gallina.  His  line  was  held  by  nine  com- 
panies of  the  14th  Inf.,  under 


Maj.  C.  H.  Potter,  and  three 
dismounted  troops  of  the  4th 
Cav.,  under  Capt.  F.  Wheeler, 
on  the  extreme  left.  There 
our  men  had  to  fight  in  dense 
woods  and  bamboo  thickets. 
The  enemy  had  strong  en- 
trenchments, and  fired  on  us 
from  ditches  and  tree  tops. 
The  fight  waged  here  more 
fiercely  than  anywhere  else. 


‘ ‘ The  left  of  our  line  could 
not  advance  because  the  enemy 
had  a flank  fire  on  it.  When  I 
sent  Smith’s  improvised  com- 
mand to  the  left  of  King’s  line, 
I kept  only  one  company  in 
reserve  in  support  of  the  artil- 
lery at  Battery  Knoll,  but 


GEN.  HALE  AND  COL.  STOTSENBERG  CONFERRING  WITH  COL. 
MIGUEL  ON  THE  SAN  JUAN  BRIDGE  A FEW  DAYS 
BEFORE  THE  OUTBREAK  OF  FEB.  4tH. 


finding  that  two  companies  which  had  been  out  on  outpost  duty  during  the 
night  had  been  left  behind  in  the  advance,  I ordered  them  over  to  the  right  to 


* This  report  is  dated  February  IStli. 


138 


Campaig7iins;  in  the  Philippines. 


support  Wheeler.  This  gave  him  one  battalion  of  the  14th  Infantry,  his  three 
troops  of  cavalry,  and  one  company  each  of  Washingtons  and  Californias. 

“ At  about  ten  o’clock,  Ovenshine  ordered  an  advance.  The  North  Dakotas 
drove  the  enemy  from  their  front  back  to  the  Carmelita  convent.  Maj.  Potter, 
with  Mantile’s  Battalion,  14th  Inf.,  advanced  through  the  woods  to  the  right  of 
block-house  No.  14,  and  Capt.  John  Murphy,  with  his  battalion  of  the  14th  Inf., 
charged  block-house  No.  14  and  the  adjoining  trenches.  After  a desperate  fight, 
the  enemy  were  driven  out,  but  not  without  inflicting  serious  loss  on  us.  Capt. 
Mitchell  was  mortally  wounded  leading  his  company. 

“Lieut.  Miles,  14th  Inf.,  was  first  in  the  enemy’s  trenches,  and  followed  by 
only  six  men,  charged  into  the  smoking  ruins  of  the  block-house.  This  was  a 
daring  and  brilliant  feat  of  arms.  At  the  same  time  Capt.  Wheeler  advanced 
from  block-house  No.  13,  but  after  coming  in  view  of  the  enemy’s  trenches,  fell 
back.  A gun  of  Dyer’s  Battery  was  sent  to  him,  but  on  account  of  the  dense 
bamboo  thicket,  it  could  not  do  satisfactory  service.  Shortly  before  2 p.  m.,  Maj. 
Rucker,  4th  Cav.,  joined  the  cavalry  battalion,  and  relieved  Capt.  Wheeler  of 


UTAH  BATTERY  IN  ACTION  AT  BLOCK-HOUSE  NO.  2. 


command.  Hearing  of  the  successful  advance  of  the  North  Dakotas,  I telegraphed 
Gen.  Ovenshine  to  carry  out  the  project  I had  arranged  with  him,  to  attempt  to 
roll  up  the  enemy  by  a movement  from  right  to  left.  As  there  was  a long 
delay  in  carrying  out  this  order,  I repeated  it  several  times  by  telegraph,  and 
aides  were  sent  with  oral  orders.  It  was  at  last  found  that  he  was  under  a false 
impression  that  he  had  received  orders  from  the  Corps  Commander.  When  this 
misapprehension  was  removed,  he  made  the  movement  with  complete  success.  In 
the  meantime  I had  sent  a battalion  of  the  1st  Tennessee,  under  Lieutenant- 
Colonel  Gracey  Childers,  to  the  Cingalon  front.  They  reached  that  point  just  as 
the  North  Dakotas  were  clearing  the  front  and  driving  the  enemy  into  the  woods 
beyond  the  Tripa.  The  Tennessee  Battalion,  crossing  said  stream,  opened  on 
them,  as  also  did  Dyer’s  guns  on  Battery  Knoll.  Ovenshine  then  advanced  with 
his  brigade  to  Pasai,  which  he  found  abandoned.  Leaving  part  of  his  command 
there,  he  marched  with  the  rest  up  the  Pasai  Macati  Road  and  opened  communi- 
cation with  Gen.  King  at  San  Pedro  Macati,  and  returning  picketed  the  road. 
This  ended  the  fighting  at  the  front,  but  soon  after  King’s  Brigade  had  advanced 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


139 


TRENCH  SHOWING  WORK  OF  WASH- 
INGTON REGIMENT. 


beyond  Paco  a number  of  insurgents,  who  had  lain  concealed  in  the  town,  began 
to  fire  on  the  ammunition  carts  and  hospital  ambulances  going  to  the  front. 

“Anticipating  the  possibility  of  this  treachery,  a small  force  had  been  left 
Paco  under  Lieutenant-Colonel  Duboce.  For  a 
time  there  was  a lively  contest  in  the  town.  The 
insurgents  were  so  persistent  that  nearly  all  their 
“nipa”  houses  had  to  be  burned  to  dislodge  them. 

Forty-three  prisoners  were  taken,  all  in  ordinary 
clothing,  but  unquestionably  participants  in  the 
savage  warfare.  While  this  was  going  on  in  the 
town,  a sharp  musketry  fire  was  opened  on  us  from 
a large  stone  church  near  the  Paco  Bridge.  I 
directed  Dyer’s  Battery  on  the  Knoll  to  reverse 
his  guns  and  open  on  the  church.  It  was  soon  in 
flames,  yet  a number  of  desperate  men  took  refuge 
in  the  church  tower.  It  was  several  hours 
before  they  could  be  dislodged,  and  they  kept  up  their  resistance  to  the  last. 

“ During  the  engagement,  the  telegraph  men  of  the  Signal  Corps  did  effective 
service,  carrying  their  lines  to  the  extreme  front  at  San  Pedro  Macati,  Fort  Malate 
and  Pasai.  Lieut.  Kilbourne,  who  was  with  the  headquarters  party,  did  a brave 
act  in  climbing  a telegraph  pole  at  the  Paco  Bridge  to  string  a broken  wire,  under 
a cross-fire  between  desperados  in  the  tower  and  our  artillery.  New  troops  are 
generally  demoralized  by  firing  from  flanks  and  rear.  In  this  contest  bullets 
seemed  to  come  from  all  directions,  but  our  men  continued  unconcerned. 
When  I had  my  headquarters  on  Battery  Knoll,  the  artillery  men  and  my  staff  of 
officers  and  orderlies  were  subject  to  this  cross-fire  during  the  entire  engagement, 
and  as  the  enemy  used  smokeless  powder  it  could  only  be  surmised  from  what 
direction  the  fire  came. 

“ At  two  o’clock  I rode  to  King’s  front  and  found  his  lines  satisfactorily  estab- 
lished; then  went  to  Cingalon  front  and  found  everything  satisfactory  there. 
In  this  engagement  we  lost  two  officers  and  ninety-five  soldiers  wounded,  and  one 
enlisted  man  killed.  We  can  only  estimate  the  enemy’s  loss.  Our  burial  parties 
interred  in  their  own  trenches  two  hundred  and  thirty-eight  insurgent  dead.  We 
took  about  three  hundred  and  six  prisoners,  and  two  very  fine  Krupp  guns, 
besides  a large  number  of  small  arms,  ammunition  and  ordnance  stores. 

“ This  division  had  on  the  firing  line  in  the  battle  of  the  5th  instant  about 
3850  officers  and  men.  We  werfe  opposed,  as  I believe,  by  about  5000  insurgent 
Filipinos.  Of  these,  I estimate  that  2000  were  killed,  wounded,  captured  or 
scattered.  Within  two  days  we  had  captured  Pasig  and  Pateros,  and  our  scouting 
parties  had  gone  to  the  Laguna  de  Day." 


THE  TROOPvS  OF  THE  PROVOvST  GUARD. 

The  troops  of  the  Provost  Guard  were  glad  of  an  opportunity  to  go  to  the 
front.  At  the  call  to  arms,  on  the  night  of  the  4th,  the  2d  Oregon  Inf.  took  posi- 
tions assigned  them  at  the  gates  and  on  the  streets  of  the  walled  city.  On  the 
6th,  three  companies,  C,  G,  and  K,  under  Maj.  Hastwick,  took  the  field  in  Paco 


140 


Campaig7iinir  in  the  Philippines. 


district  for  the  day.  On  the  following  day  they  were  stationed  at  the  water-works, 
where  they  remained  until  the  10th.  Company  F was  on  guard  at  department 
headquarters ; Compaii}^  H on  duty  at  the  Custom  House. 

The  13th  Minnesota  Inf.,  on  the  4th,  was  under  arms,  patrolling  the  streets  in 
their  respective  districts  and  guarding  the  bridges  and  river  front.  Filipinos, 
detected  in  signaling  with  lights  from  house-tops,  were  fired  on.  On  the  5th, 
patrols  of  Company  C were  attacked  by  150  insurrectos,  armed  with  bolos  and 
machetes,  when  they  were  re-inforced  by  the  entire  company,  under  Capt.  Robin- 
son, and  the  natives  dispersed.  Company  M was  transferred  to  a station  in  a 
church  in  the  Tondo  district. 

The  2d  Battalion,  1st  Tennessee,  on  the  5th,  left  camp  and  proceeded  in  the 
direction  of  the  water-works,  having  an  engagement  with  the  enemy  and  returning 
to  station.  The  1st  Battalion  of  the  same  regiment,  on  the  5th,  took  part  in  an 
engagement  with  the  Filipinos  in  Paco  district,  returning  to  station  on  the  6th. 
The  3d  Battalion  of  the  same  regiment  proceeded  to  the  Presidio  of  Manila  and 
Bilibid  Military  Prison,  remaining  there  until  the  evening  of  the  6th.  The  23d 
Inf.,  as  already  mentioned,  participated  in  the  taking  of  the  water-works,  under 
command  of  Maj.  Goodale,  on  the  7th. 


THE  OPERATIONS  OF  THE  FLEET. 


When  firing  began,  on  the  night  of  February  4th,  the  signals  agreed  upon  by 
the  army  and  navy  commanders  could  not  be  given  until  daylight,  and  firing  from 
the  fleet  without  them  would  have  been  as  dangerous  to  the  American  forces, 
whose  positions  could  not  be  known,  as  to  the  Filipinos.  On  the  coming  of  day, 
the  Admiral’s  ship  lay  directly  in  front  of  Manila,  between  the  city  and  the 
German  cruiser  Irene  and  the  Spanish  transport  Alava.  The  Monadnock  lay 

about  one  mile  off  Fort  Malate,  and 
with  the  coming  of  day  commenced 
firing  ten -inch  shells  on  the 
enemy’s  south  line,  blowing  out 
the  breech-block  of  one  of  her  guns 
during  the  engagement,  having  one 
man  killed  and  two  wounded.  Her 
fire,  directed  by  Lieut.  E.  E.  Kelly, 
1st  Company  U.  S.  V.  Signal  Corps, 
lasted  through  the  forenoon  of  the 
5th,  and  was  very  effective,  destro}'- 
ing  villages  and  killing  many  Fili- 
pinos. In  the  afternoon,  the 
Charleston  relieved  the  Monadnock 
and  continued  the  firing  during 
the  remainder  of  the  day  and  night,  and  the  day  of  the  6th,  using  six  and  eight- 
inch  guns.  She  was  again  joined  by  the  Mo7iad7iock.,  when  they  patrolled  the  beach 
as  far  south  as  Paranaque,  setting  villages  on  fire  and  driving  the  Filipinos  from 
their  trenches.  The  Charlesto7i  remained  in  this  service  until  the  9th  of  February, 
when  she  was  relieved  by  the  Buffalo^  which  held  the  position  throughout  the 


GEN.  MAC  ARTHUR  AND  STAFF  WATCHING  BATTLE  OF 
CALOOCAN  FROM  LA  LOMA  CHURCH. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


141 


remainder  of  the  campaign.  On  the  morning  of  the  5th,  the  Charleston  was 
lying  off  the  block-house  near  the  mouth  of  the  Vitas  River,  on  the  north 
side,  about  1000  yards  from  shore,  and  during  the  forenoon,  with  ten-inch  shots, 
enfiladed  the  Filipino  line  in  front  of  the  Kansas  Inf.  until  she  relieved 

the  Monadnock,  the  Concord  taking  her  position.  The  Callao,  “Tappan’s 

battle-ship,”  as  Admiral  Dewey  was  fond  of  calling  this  little  boat,  patrolled 
the  beach  on  this  side,  her  firing  being  directed  by  Lieut.  C.  M.  Gordon, 
18th  Company,  U.  S.  V.  Signal  Corps.  The  Callao  patrolled  close  in  shore, 
using  three-pounders  and  rapid-fire  guns,  her  fire  being  directed  on  the  block- 
house. During  the  afternoon,  the  Concord  fired  six-inch  shells  on  the 

Filipinos  in  front  of  the  Kansas  lines,  continuing  the  bombardment  on  the  6th. 

An  eight-ench  shell  from  the  Concord  w^as  thrown  into  the  church  at  Malabon, 
occupied  as  headquarters  by  the  enemy,  and  exploding,  completely  demolished  it. 
By  ten  o’clock  of  the  6th,  the  Callao  had  so  destroyed  the  block-house  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Vitas  River  that  it  was  taken  with  a detachment  of  twenty  men 
under  Lieut.  Ball. 

The  Concord  and  Callao  held  their  positions  until  the  9th  of  February,  when, 
an  advance  being  made  on  Caloocan,  the  Monadnock  came  up  to  assist  in  shelling 
the  Filipino  lines.  In  this  engagement  the  Coiicord  and  Callao  fired  about  thirty 


LIEUT.  WEBB’S  GUNS  ON  SANTA  MESA  HILL,  SHELLING  BLOCK-HOUSE  NO.  7 AND  SAN  JUAN  BRIDGE. 


shots.  On  the  25th  of  February,  these  two  ships  were  relieved  by  the  Bennington 
and  the  Helena.  The  latter  was,  like  the  Callao,  a light  draft  boat,  and  with  her 
did  patrol  service,  intercepting  and  capturing  many  of  the  insurrectos’  boats  carry- 
ing supplies  to  their  lines. 

The  activity  of  the  land  forces  made  it  difficult  to  direct  the  fire,  but  the 
moral  effect,  as  well  as  the  destructive  energy  of  the  navy  guns  was  of  very  great 
assistance  to  the  Americans.  The  fleet  in  the  harbor  had  a reputation  for  invinci- 
bility which  of  itself  was  as  valuable  as  regiments  of  fighting  men  in  sustaining 
the  splendid  courage  of  our  troops,  and  disconcerting  the  confidence  of  the  Fili- 
pinos. Not  only  in  the  first  two  or  three  days  of  battle  was  the  navy  of  such 
consequence,  but  all  through  the  weeks  of  campaigning  in  the  vicinity  of  Manila 
which  followed. 

As  a result  of  the  operations  of  the  first  week  the  American  lines  had  been 
advanced  in  all  directions  outward  from  the  city,  and  extended  from  a point  beyond 
Caloocan  southeasterly  to  the  San  Juan  River,  and  thence  easterly  to  the  pumping 


142 


Cauipaigiiing  in  the  Philippines. 


Station  which  it  was  a vital  necessity  to  hold  firmly.  The  towns  of  Pasig  and 
Pateros,  situated  in  a marshy  district  on  the  river,  had  been  occupied  and  our 
southern  line  pushed  forward  to  Malate.  The  Corps  Commander,  Gen.  Otis,  how- 
ever, had  not  the  force  to  occupy  and  adequately  guard  so  large  a district,  and  on 
the  south  of  the  river  the  line  was  gradually  moved  back  to  San  Pedro  Macati. 
Pending  the  arrival  of  re-inforcements  nothing  could  be  done  except  to  hold  such 
territory  as  was  deemed  absolutely  essential,  with  occasional  extensions  to  chastise 
the  insurgents  when  they  became  too  bold.  This  involved  constant  changes  of 
position  of  our  troops,  especially  on  the  south  side  of  the  river,  which  it  would  be 
confusing  to  attempt  to  follow,  and  the  taking,  abandoning,  and  retaking  of  many 
villages.  The  behavior  of  the  natives  was  very  trying.  They  were  practically  all 
sympathizers  of  Aguinaldo,  and  the  men  were  with  the  army  so  far  as  they  could 
be  furnished  with  arms.  As  there  were  many  more  men  than  arms  there  seemed 
to  be  a constant  change  in  the  personnel  of  the  rebel  army,  a simple  change  of 
clothing  sufficing  to  transform  a ferocious  warrior  to  a peaceful  citizen,  and  vice 


battle-fip:ld  over  which  our  troops  passed  in  the  capture  of  caloocan. 


versa.  When  our  army  approached  a town  everything  that  could  be  made 
to  do  duty  as  a white  flag  was  displayed.  When  we  entered^  all  the  inhabi- 
tants declared  themselves  “amigos,”  and  blessed  the  Americans.  When  we 
departed  the  white  flags  came  down  and  they  were  all  “insurrectos”  again.  The 
rules  of  civilized  warfare  were  disregarded.  If,  in  skirmishing,  the  Filipinos 
killed  an  American  cut  off  from  his  command,  they  shot  him  to  pieces,  often  so 
that  his  body  could  not  be  recognized.  The  natives  were  not  altogether  united, 
however.  On  the  12th  of  February  the  Macabees  and  other  natives  of  the  Pam- 
panga  province  near  Malolos,  sent  a messenger  to  Gen.  Otis,  offering  to  desert 
Aguinaldo,  and  join  the  Americans  with  3000  organized  troops,  armed  and 
equipped,  and  needing  only  rations.  They  claimed  that  they  had  fought  against 
Aguinaldo  as  allies  of  the  Spanish.  For  prudential  reasons  the  overtures  were 
not  accepted.  At  a later  period  some  of  the  Macabees  were  employed  as  scouts. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


143 


A LULL  PENDING  ARRIVAL  OF  RE-INFORCEMENTS. 

After  the  establishment  of  our  lines  as  described,  there  was  nothing  further  to 
be  accomplished  until  re-inforcements  should  arrive  from  the  United  States.  The 
natural  defenses  of  Manila  having  been  reached,  and  a defensive  line  established 
about  the  city,  the  fighting  was  only  such  as 
resulted  from  the  meeting  of  scouting  parties. 

On  the  15th  of  February,  a portion  of  the  4th 
Cav.,  on  a reconnaissance,  encountered  a party 
of  Filipinos  near  Paranaque,  and  in  an  exchange 
of  shots  had  one  of  its  men  wounded.  The 
cruiser  Buffalo,  later  on  the  same  day,  fired  a 
few  small  shells  to  arrest  the  operations  of 
another  party  of  natives  who  were  attempting 
to  mount  a battery  near  Paranaque,  causing 
them  to  withdraw  their  guns  to  the  tower. 

Frequent  small  affairs  like  these  simply  kept  alive  the  embers  of  war  during 
February  and  early  in  March.  Rumors,  however,  were  rife  of  the  intensions  of 
Aguinaldo,  and  there  was  a growing  impression  that  a crisis  for  the  city  was 
impending.  The  natives  in  Manila  had  been  greatly  affected  by  the  disastrous 
results  which  followed  the  attack  upon  the  Americans,  of  the  4th  and  5th. 
They  had  been  buoyed  up  ev^er  since  the  capitulation  of  Manila  in  the  previous 
August,  by  the  hope  that  when  the  Americans  should  withdraw  from  the  city, 
whether  compulsorily  or  not,  they  would,  in  the  confusion  which  was  sure  to 
ensue,  have  the  long  desired  opportunity  of  looting  the  city  and  wreaking  ven- 
geance upon  the  Spanish  population.  But  this  expectation  had  not  been  realized, 
and  they  were  disappointed  and  wrathful,  looking  upon  the  new  invaders  as  taking 
the  place  of  the  old.  Considering  the  miscarriage  of  this  part  of  the  revolt,  and 
the  heavy  losses  they  had  sustained,  they  were  in  a condition  bordering  on  frenzy. 
That  condition  had  been  met  with  tact  by  a strong  hand,  but  American  troops 
were  eager  to  avenge  their  fallen  comrades;  the  Filipinos  were  sullenly  awaiting 
an  opportunity  to  repeat  their  first  revolt. 

THE  FILIPINOS  PREPARE  FOR  A MASSACRE 

That  there  was  ground  for  alarm  was  made  evident  by  the  finding  at  Malabon, 
of  the  following  order  which  was  to  have  been  executed  on  the  15th,  its  execu- 
tion being  only  delayed  by  the  capture  of  Caloocan  and  succeeding  events. 

First,  you  will  dispose  so  that  at  eight  o’clock  at  night  the  individuals  of  the  territorial 
militia  at  your  order  will  be  found  united  in  all  of  the  streets  of  San  Pedro,  armed  with  their 
bolos  and  revolvers,  or  guns  and  ammunition  if  convenient. 

Second,  Filipino  families  only  will  be  respected.  They  should  not  be  molested,  but  all 
other  individuals,  of  whatever  race  they  be,  will  be  exterminated  without  any  compassion  after 
the  extermination  of  the  army  of  occupation. 

Third,  the  defenders  of  the  Philippines  in  your  command  will  attack  the  guard  at  Bilibid, 
and  liberate  the  prisoners  and  “presidarios,”  and  having  accomplished  this  they  will  be  armed, 
saying  to  them,  “Brothers,  we  must  avenge  ourselves  on  the  Americans,  and  exterminate  them 
that  we  may  take  our  revenge  for  the  infamy  and  treachery  which  they  have  committed  upon 
us;  have  no  compassion  upon  them;  attack  with  vigor.  All  Filipinos  en  masse  will  second  you 
— long  live  Filipinos’  independence.’’ 


144 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippmes. 


Fifth,  the  order  which  will  be  followed  in  the  attack  will  be  as  follows:  The  sharpshooters 
of  Tondo  and  Santa  Ana  will  begin  the  attack  from  without,  and  these  shots  will  be  the  signal 
for  the  militia  of  Troso,  Binondo,  Quiapo  and  Sampaloc  to  go  out  into  the  street  and  do  their 
duty;  those  of  Paco,  Brniita,  Malate,  Santa  Cruz  and  San  Miguel  will  not  start  out  until  twelve 
o’clock,  unless  the}^  see  their  companions  need  assistance. 

Sixth,  the  militia  of  Tondo  will  start  out  at  three  o’clock  in  the  morning;  if  all  do  their 
duty  our  revenge  will  be  complete.  Brothers,  Europe  contemplates  us.  We  know  how  to  die 
as  men  shedding  our  blood  in  the  defense  of  the  liberty  of  our  country.  Death  to  the  tyrants  ! 
War  without  quarter  to  the  false  Americans  who  have  deceived  us  ! Either  independence  or 
death  ! 

The  fourth  paragraph  was  not  furnished  to  the  press,  but  its  substance  could 
be  conjectured. 

Following  the  discovery  of  this  plot,  the  tension  in  the  city  was  high.  The 
guards  were  doubled,  and  squads  of  soldiers  searched  the  suspected  houses.  Not- 
vvithstanding  this  watchfulness,  a secret  conference  of  100  Filipinos  at  mid- 
night was  discovered,  adding  to  the  general  apprehension.  Day  by  day,  incidents 
more  or  less  alarming  were  occurring. 

THE  ATTEMPT  TO  LOOT  MANILA. 

On  the  evening  of  the  22d  of  February,  a considerable  body  of  Filipinos, 
leaving  their  entrenchments  at  Malabon,  forded  the  swamps  on  Gen.  Mac  Arthur’s 
left  and  entered  the  city.  At  eight  o’clock,  an  incendiary  fire  broke  out  in  the 
Calle  la  Coste,  in  the  Santa  Cruz  district,  where,  owing  to  the  inflammable  nature 
of  the  native  houses,  the  flames  spread  rapidly.  The  city  fire  department  being 


AT  THE  BATTLE  OF  TONDO. — WORK  OF  MINNESOTA  MEN. 


unable  to  deal  with  a serious  conflagration,  the  English  fire  brigade  was  sum- 
moned from  Santa  Mesa,  and  after  several  hours  brought  the  fire  under  control. 
In  the  meantime,  confusion  reigned,  notwithstanding  the  thorough  police  arrange- 
ments directed  by  Gen.  Hughes.  The  district  was,  by  the  closing  of  the  electric 
circuit,  deprived  of  light,  except  that  from  the  burning  buildings.  In  the  semi- 
darkness the  hose  of  the  fire  brigade  was  several  times  cut,  causing  the  issuing 


Cauipaignins;-  in  the  Philippines. 


145 


of  an  order  to  drive  the  natives  into  vacant  lots,  and-  guard  them  there.  This 
action  stopped  the  placing  of  impediments  in  the  way  of  the  firemen,  although  in 
their  anxiety  to  save  their  furniture  and  property,  such  of  the  inhabitants  as  were 
not  participating  in  the 
plot  to  burn  the  city,  had 
crowded  the  streets  for  a 
quarter  of  a mile.  The 
flames  in  Santa  Cruz  dis- 
trict had  hardly  been 
subdued,  when  another 
conflagration  was  started 
in  Tondo  district,  where 
there  were  three  miles  of 
“nipa”  houses.  When 
the  firemen  and  soldiers 
made  an  attempt  to  ex- 
tinguish the  burning  houses,  they  were  met  with  a fusilade  from  the  windows 
and  roofs  of  the  buildings  passed.  The  firemen,  then,  in  connection  with  the 
soldiers,  directed  their  efforts  to  clearing  these  houses  of  the  assassins,  while  the 
fire  was  unheeded. 

GREAT  DESTRUCTION  OF  PROPERTY  BY  FIRE. 

The  fires  and  the  frequent  shots  spread  terror  through  Manila.  It  was  remarked 
that  immediately  before  the  first  fire-alarm,  the  sounding  of  a native  bugle  had 
startled  the  city.  Timid  persons,  men  and  women,  hoping  to  find  safety  on  board  one 
of  the  men-of-war,  hastened  from  their  houses  or  hotels  into  the  streets,  only  to  be 
turned  back  at  the  first  corner,  by  a guard.  The  Chinese  population  hurried 
across  the  bridges,  into  the  city,  to  seek  the  protection  of  their  consulate  ; and 
all  night  long  the  fire  spread,  devastating  the  Tondo  district  and  destroying  prop- 
erty, valued  at  a million  dollars,  which  belonged  to  the  natives  themselves.  So 
nearly  had  Aguinaldo’s  plot,  to  destroy  the  lives  and  pillage  the  property  of  the 
foreigners  in  Manila,  succeeded. 

THE  ATTEMPTED  MASSACRE  FAIRS. 

The  failure  did  not  deter  the  insurrectos  from  making  a concerted  attack  on 
Mac  Arthur’s  front  during  the  forenoon.  At  the  first  sign  of  hostilities  the  artil- 
lery was  brought  into  action,  the  insurrectos  replying  not  only  by  volley  firing, 
but  with  six  shots  from  a battery.  The  signal  was  then  given  from  the  station  to 
the  Monadnock,  which  hurled  ten-inch  shells,  as  indicated  by  the  Signal  Corps, 
over  the  American  lines  into  the  Filipino  positions.  About  eleven  o’clock  there 
were  sharp  engagements  at  the  Chinese  cemetery  and  at  San  Pedro  Macati,  with 
the  apparent  design  of  withdrawing  attention  from  the  city.  In  this  intention  the 
enemy  was  checked  by  the  artillery  of  the  Americans.  The  MonaduocPs  shells, 
also,  added  to  the  extent  of  fires  still  burning  in  Tondo,  Santa  Cruz,  San  Nicolas, 
and  other  environs.  Early  in  the  afternoon  the  Filipinos,  becoming  convinced 
of  the  futility  of  their  present  efforts,  abandoned  their  designs  on  Manila  and  retired. 

lOb 


146 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


Numerous  arrests  had  been  made  in  the  Tondo  district,  and  two  carloads  of 
arms,  with  accoutrements,  captured,  together  with  sixty  of  the  enemy,  guarding 
them.  Early  on  the  afternoon  of  the  23d,  one  battalion  of  the  23d  Inf.,  under 
Maj.  Goodale,  three  companies  of  Minnesotas,  three  of  the  Oregons,  and  a bat- 
talion of  the  4th  Cav.  were  ordered  to  this  position.  Proceeding  along  the  road 
they  were  fired  on  from  house-tops,  making  their  advance  slow.  At  Tondo  Bridge 
they  encountered  about  250  of  Aguinaldo’s  army,  who,  during  the  night,  had 
built  fine  trenches  across  the  road  and  taken  possession  of  the  bridge,  cutting  the 
line  of  communication  with  MacArthur’s  front  wing.  Here  occurred  one  of  the 
fiercest  engagements  of  the  campaign,  the  insurrectos  making  a stubborn  resist- 
ance, but  being  overcome  by  superior  strength.  In  this  battle  Capt.  N.  C.  Robin- 
son, of  the  Minnesotas,  a non-commissioned  officer,  and  six  privates  were 
wounded.  The  Filipino  loss  was  twenty  killed  and  many  wounded,  to  whom  the 

American  surgeons  gave 
their  services  as  kindly 
as  to  their  own  people. 
Hundreds  of  refugees 
afterwards  came  into  the 
American  lines — soldiers, 
who  had  thrown  away 
their  uniforms,  weeping 
women,  bearing  their 
children  in  their  arms, 
and  sullen,  hopeless  men. 

On  MacArthur’s  right 
the  Filipino  army  had 
pressed  the  American 
lines  closely,  looking  for 
a point  of  the  least  resist- 
ance, but  Col.  Frost  of 
the  South  Dakotas,  by  a 
flank  movement  drove 
them  back,  with  a loss  of  Lieut.  Eugene  S.  French,  1st  Montana  Volunteers, 
and  one  private  of  the  South  Dakotas,  killed,  and  two  other  Dakotas  wounded. 

Threats  to  burn  the  walled  city  on  the  night  of  the  23d  were  current,  and  fear- 
ing the  attempt,  the  wives  of  army  officers  and  other  Americans  were  taken  on 
board  the  transport  St.  Paul  to  remain  until  order  should  be  restored.  To  the 
gloom  of  the  situation  was  added  the  shadow  of  heavy  clouds  of  smoke  hanging 
over  the  city  and  its  environs.  This  element  of  discomfort  had  indeed  driven  many 
of  the  natives  to  the  beach,  where  they  w^ere  exposed  to  artillery  firing,  and  wLere 
many  were  killed.  Extraordinary  precautions  were  taken  by  Gen.  Otis  to  prevent 
a recurrence  of  incendiarism,  one  of  which  was  the  establishment  of  a curfew 
regulation,  by  which  all  persons  without  orders  or  passes  were  confined  to  their 
houses  after  seven  o’clock  in  the  evening.  This  seriously  interfered  with  the  com- 
fort and  convenience  of  all  classes  of  people,  but  was  recognized  as  necessary  to 
their  safety. 


FOURTH  CAVALRY  AT  SAN  PEDRO  MACATI. 


Campaigning;  in  the  Philippines. 


147 


THE  INSURRECTOvS  ASK  A CONFERENCE. 

Following  the  re-establishment  of  comparative  quiet  in  and  about  the  city, 
there  was  but  little  fighting.  On  February  27th,  under  a flag  of  truce,  the  insur- 
rectos  asked  for  a conference,  and  prominent  Filipinos  attempted  to  open  negotia- 
tions with  Gen.  Otis,  but  were  met  with  a demand  for  unconditional  surrender. 
During  the  week  following  February  27th,  there  was  no  general  attack  from  either 
side  of  the  contending  armies.  But  on  the  2d  of  March  an  unsuccessful  attempt 


BATTLE  OF  SANTA  MESA,  SHOWING  BLOCK-HOUSE  NO.  8,  AND  THE  ROTE  EACTORV  WHICH 
WAS  AFTERWARDS  BURNED  BY  THE  NEBRASKANS. 


was  made  to  dislodge  the  American  outposts  in  front  of  San  Pedro  Macati,  result- 
ing in  a severe  loss  to  the  Filipinos.  On  the  4th  of  March,  the  U.  S.  gunboat 
Bennington  was  fired  upon  by  the  insurrectos,  and  replied  by  shelling  the  suburbs 
of  Malabon.  The  arrival  about  this  time,  of  several  transports  with  troops 
materially  strengthening  our  position,  may  have  given  the  Department  Commander 
a greater  confidence  in  the  army,  a crushing  blow  to  the  rebellion  being  promised 
about  this  date. 

RENEWED  ATTACKS  ON  THE  WATER-WORKS. 

On  the  night  of  March  5th,  the  Filipinos  attacked  Gen.  Hale’s  front,  but  were 
driven  off  after  a short  encounter.  This  action  centered  about  Mariquina.  No 
sooner  was  the  fight  well  under  way  than  the  Filipinos,  knowing  that  Hale’s  force 
had  been  weakened  by  sending  troops  to  Mariquina,  attacked  the  water-works 
in  the  rear.  They  thus  attempted  to  recapture  the  pumping  station,  but  with- 
out success.  This  continued  attempt  on  the  part  of  the  enemy  to  recapture  the 
water-works  caused  Gen.  Hale,  on  March  7th,  to  move  forward  for  the  dislodg- 
ment  of  the  Filipinos  on  his  front.  Throwing  forward  detachments  from  the  20th 
Inf.,  1st  Nebraska  and  1st  Wyoming,  supported  by  a gunboat  under  the  command 
of  Capt.  Grant,  the  enemy  was  attacked  on  three  sides  and  rapidly  driven  back, 
leaving  the  country  free  between  the  reservoir  and  pumping  station. 

The  brigade  of  Gen.  King,  which  had  been  placed  temporarily  under  the  com- 
mand of  Gen.  Wheaton,  during  the  interval  between  February  27th  and  March 
13th,  had  been  much  annoyed  by  this  desultory  fighting.  So  also  were  the  troops 
in  front  of  Caloocan.  On  the  recovery  of  Gen.  King  from  his  illness,  he  was 
returned  to  his  command  and  Gen.  Wheaton  was  assigned  to  the  command  of  a 


148 


Cai>ipaignin(r  in  the  Philippines. 


flying  column,  with  orders  to  drive  out  the  enemy  along  the  Pasig  River,  and 
thereby  break  all  communication  between  the  northern  and  southern  wings  of 
Aguinaldo’s  army. 

WHEATON’S  FLYING  COLUMN. 

Reference  to  the  map  will  show  that  the  American  position  at  the  water -works, 
which  it  was  essential  to  maintain,  was  much  in  advance,  on  the  eastward,  of  the 
general  line  of  our  army,  and  greatly  exposed  to  flank  attacks  from  Pasig  and 
vicinity  where  the  insurrectos  were  encamped.  The  repeated  attempts  on  the 
water-works  have  been  mentioned,  and  there  was  a constant  feeling  of  insecurity 
with  so  vital  a point  so  greatly  exposed.  Added  to  this  was  the  easy  communica- 
tion of  the  insurgents  south  of  the  Pasig  with  Aguinaldo’s  headquarters  and  army 
at  Malolos.  The  army  having  been  strengthened  by  the  arrival  of  re-inforcements, 
it  was  determined  to  put  an  end  to  these  conditions  by  driving  the  insurrectos  out 
of  the  Pasig  district.  To  this  end  a “Provisional  Brigade’’  was  organized,  which 
has  been  known  as  “Wheaton’s  Flying  Column,’’  and  placed  under  the  command 
of  Brigadier-General  Lloyd  Wheaton,  with  instructions  to  clear  the  Pasig 
country.  The  following  account  of  the  operations  of  this  brigade  is  given  in  the 
language  of  an  officer  who  accompanied  the  expedition: 

“ By  general  orders  No.  11,  Headquarters  Department  of  the  Pacific  and 
Eighth  Army  Corps,  Gen.  Wheaton  was  assigned  to  the  command  of  “A  Provisional 
Brigade,’’  composed  of  the  20th  and  22d  Regiments  of  U.  S.  Inf.,  two  battalions 
of  the  1st  Washington  Volunteer  Inf.,  seven  companies  of  the  2d  Oregon  Volun- 
teer Inf.,  a platoon  of  6th  U.  S.  Art.,  and  a squadron  of  three  troops  4th  U.  S. 
Cav.  His  instructions  were  to  clear  the  enemy  from  the  country  to  Pasig  and  to 
strike  him  wherever  found.  The  brigade  was  formed  on  the  night  of  March  12th, 
and  bivouacked  in  line  in  rear  of  the  entrenched  position  extending  from  San 
Pedro  Macati  on  the  Pasig  one  mile  and  a half  in  the  direction  of  Pasai  from  right 
to  left  in  the  following  order:  Squadron  4th  U.  S.  Inf.,  Lieutenant-Colonel 


TAKING  SUPPLIES  TO  THE  FRONT 


McCaskey;  seven  companies  2d  Oregon  Volunteer  Inf.,  Col.  Summers;  one 
platoon,  two  guns,  6th  U.  S.  Art.,  Lieut.  Scott;  two  battalions  1st  Washington 
Volunteer  Inf.,  Col.  Wholley.  Soon  after  daylight  on  the  morning  of  March  13th, 
the  brigade  moved  by  Echelon,  from  the  right,  the  cavalry  and  the  22d  U.  S.  Inf. 
moving  first,  then  the  20th  U.  S.  Inf.,  followed  by  the  2d  Oregon  Volunteer  Inf. 


Campaignifig  in  the  Philippines. 


149 

When  the  cavalry  and  22d  Inf,  had  advanced  one  mile  and  a half,  the  line  wheeled 
to  the  left  and  marched  toward  the  river  road  along  the  Pasig.  Scott’s  guns  had 
now  opened  fire  upon  the  position  of  the  enemy  at  Guadalupe,  and  the  left  of  the 
line  advancing,  forced  him  out,  the  20th  Inf.  and  the  1st  Washington  Volunteer 
Inf.,  reaching  the  church  at  Guadalupe  at  nearly  the  same  time.  The  right  of 


VIEW  OF  CALOOCAN,  SHOWING  BURNED  DISTRICT. 


the  22d  Inf.,  struck  the  enemy  as  he  was  retreating  in  the  direction  of  Pasig, 
inflicting  heavy  loss.  The  whole  line  moved  on  and  occupied  the  Pasig  Road,  and 
then  marching  east  along  the  road,  soon  came  under  fire  of  the  enemy  from  his 
entrenched  position  at  Pasig,  on  the  north  side  of  the  river;  opened  fire  upon  his 
entrenchments  from  one  gun  on  the  road,  and  placed  the  other  upon  a cliff  or 
ridge,  extending  at  right  angles  to  the  Pasig;  occupied  the  ridge  with  infantry, 
and  extended  the  20th  and  22d  U.  S.  Infs,  to  the  right  on  the  high  ground  in  the 
direction  of  Pateros.  One  battalion  of  the  22d  Inf.,  under  Capt.  Tockwood,  and 
the  squadron  of  4th  Cav.,  under  Maj.  Rucker,  attacked  a force  of  the  enemy  in 
the  direction  of  Pateros  and  drove  him  beyond  Taguig.  The  gunboat  Lagima 
de  Bay.,  under  Capt.  Grant,  came  up,  and  night  closed  in  with  the  enemy  driven 
to  the  north  side  of  Pasig.  March  14th,  Gen.  Wheaton  extended  his  line  to  the 
south  and  west  of  Pateros,  and  reconnoitered  the  country  to  the  west  and  south. 
The  cavalry  engaged  the  enemy  in  force  in  the  direction  of  Taguig  and  drove 
him  beyond  that  place. 

“The  enemy  being  entrenched  in  the  bamboo  thickets  across  the  channel  near 
Pateros,  the  1st  Washington  Volunteer  Inf.,  one  battalion  under  Maj.  J.  J.  Weis- 
senburger,  crossed  the  channels  in  canoes  and  by  swimming,  stormed  the  entrench- 
ments and  captured  or  killed  all  the  rebels  there.  The  town  of  Pateros  took  fire 
and  burned.  March  15th  one  battalion  of  the  20th  U.  S.  Inf.  was  ordered  across 
the  river  at  Pasig  under  command  of  Maj.  Rogers;  a gun  was  brought  up  and 
the  entrenchments  in  front  of  Pasig  and  to  the  left  shelled.  The  battalions  of  the 
20th  Inf.  carried  the  city  by  storm.  A part  of  the  2d  Oregon  Volunteer  Inf.  were 
crossed  below  Pasig  and  when  the  rebels  fled  from  Pasig  they  were  exposed  to  a 
heavy  flank  fire  from  this  detachment.  The  whole  of  the  20th  Inf.  was  then  sent 
over  to  Pasig,  the  regiment  being  carried  across  upon  the  steam  launch  Maritimo. 
The  1st  Washington  was  advanced  on  the  right  to  Taguig  and  captured  about 
500  prisoners.  Night  came  on  with  the  enemy  in  the  front,  and  on  the 


150 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


right  killed,  captured  or  dispersed.  The  enemy  lost  at  least  1000  men  this 
day.  March  16th  Ivieiitenant-Colonel  McCaskey,  20th  U.  S.  Inf.  at  Pasig, 
was  instructed  to  clear  the  country  in  his  immediate  vicinity  of  any  of  the  insur- 
gents who  might  be  lurking  near,  and  soon  after  he  sent  a despatch  that  he  had 
sent  out  two  battalions  to  be  deployed  as  skirmishers  to  clear  the  island  of  Pasig. 
Soon  after  a heav}"  and  continued  firing  was  heard  to  the  east  and  north  of  Pasig. 
At  12  M.  it  was  learned  that  Maj.  William  P.  Rogers,  commanding  3d  Battalion 
20th  Inf.,  had  come  upon  the  enemy  entienched,  1000  strong,  at  the 
village  of  Cainta  and  that  he  had  carried  the  entrenchments  and  burned  the  town, 
the  enemy  flying  in  the  direction  of  Taytay.  Maj.  Rogers  returned  .with  his  bat- 
talion to  Pasig.  In  this  affair  he  lost  two  killed  and  fourteen  wounded. 

On  the  17th  of  March,  by  direction  of  the  Corps  Commander,  the  20th  U.  S. 
Inf.  returned  to  Manila,  being  relieved  at  Pasig  by  a part  of  the  1st  Washington 
Volunteer  Inf.  On  the  afternoon  of  March  18th  a force  of  the  enemy  appeared  in 
the  vicinity  of  Taguig,  which  was  held  by  one  company  of  the  1st  Washington 
Volunteer  Inf.  The  place  was  re-inforced  with  two  companies  of  infantry,  and  the 
colonel  of  the  22d  Inf.  directed  to  send  a battalion  south  of  the  position,  held  by 
his  regiment,  and  to  the  west  of  Taguig  to  ascertain  the  force  of  the  enemy.  The 
latter  was  found  about  800  strong,  occupying  the  crests  of  the  ridges,  and  a 
spirited  combat  ensued,  which  was  terminated  by  darkness.  The  22d  Inf.  had 
twenty  men  killed  and  wounded  in  this  affair.  Among  the  wounded  was 
Capt.  Frank  B.  Jones,  22d  Inf.,  commanding  the  battalion.  The  enemy  fell  back 
toward  the  south. 

“The  morning  of  March  19th,  soon  after  daylight,  Gen.  Wheaton  formed  line, 
deployed  in  the  extended  order,  facing  to  the  south  as  follows:  22d  U.  S.  Inf.,  six 
companies,  center;  1st  Washington  Volunteer  Inf.,  six  companies,  left.  The  line 
advanced  and  struck  the  enemy  four  miles  south  of  Taguig;  wheeling  to  the 
left  the  enemy  was  partly  enclosed  toward  the  lake  and  completely  routed  with 
great  loss.  The  left  of  the  line  pursued  him  down  the  lake  for  fifteen  miles  from 


VIEW  OF  BURNING  OF  TONDO  DISTRICT,  SHOWING  DEPOT  OF  MANILA  & DAGUPaN  RAILROAD. 


Taguig  as  far  as  San  Pedro  Tunasan,  all  the  houses  along  the  lake  to  that  point 
being  burned.  The  enemy’s  entrenchments  on  the  left  and  in  front  of  the  1st 
Washington  Volunteer  Inf.  were  carried,  the  enemy  leaving  more  than  200  dead 
upon  the  field.  The  command  returned  to  the  vicinity  of  Pateros  and  bivouacked 
there,  receiving  orders  to  return  to  their  respective  former  encampments  near 


Cauipai^niiig  in  the  Philippines. 


15T 


Manila,  excepting  that  the  1st  Washington  Volunteer  Inf.  was  designated  to  hold 
Pasig,  Pateros  and  Tagiiig  and  adjacent  country.  This  ended  the  operations  of 
the  “Provisional  Brigade.”  In  one  week  all  the  enemy’s  positions,  that  were 
attacked,  were  taken  and  his  troops  killed,  captured,  or  dispersed.  The  towns, 


TRENCHES  OVER  WHICH  THE  PENNSYLVANIA  REGIMENT  PASSED  IN  CHARGE  ON  LA  LOMA  CHURCH. 


from  where  he  brought  over  troops  or  in  which  he  resisted,  were  burned  or 
destroyed;  he  burned  them  himself.  The  enemy’s  loss  in  killed,  wounded  and 
captured  was  not  less  than  2000  men. 

“Gen.  Wheaton  was  ably  supported  and  assisted  by  the  several  regimental 
commanders  through  the  series  of  operations.  He  calls  attention  to  the  energetic 
conduct  of  Col.  J.  H.  Wholley,  1st  Washington  Volunteer  Inf.,  and  the  gallant 
conduct  in  action  of  Maj.  William  P.  Rogers,  20th  U.  S.  Inf.,  and  Maj.  J.  J.  Weis- 
senburger,  1st  Washington  Volunteer  Inf.,  and  to  the  gallant  and  meritorious 
services  of  Capt.  Frank  B.  Jones,  22d  U.  S.  Inf.,  2d  Rieut.  K.  D.  Scott,  6th 
U.  S.  Art.,  rendered  most  efficient  service  with  his  guns,  showing  skill  and 
intrepidity.  He  also  calls  attention  to  the  very  gallant  conduct  of  Capts.  Herbert 
S.  Foster,  James  A.  Irons  and  Benjamin  Alrord,  20th  U.  S.  Inf.,  in  the  storming 
of  Pasig  and  in  the  combat  of  Cainta.  First  Tieuts.  F.  D.  Webster  and  Chas.  R. 
Howland,  20th  U.  S.  Inf.,  Aides,  gave  valuable  assistance,  also  1st  Lieut.  Wm.  D. 
Connor,  Corps  of  Engineers,  Acting  Aide.  Service,  both  efficient  and  gallant, 
was  rendered  by  Capt.  Elmore  McKenna  and  Lieut.  Charles  E.  Kilbourne,  Vol- 
unteer Signal  Corps.” 

About  Manila,  all  was  quiet,  with  the  exception  of  a little  skirmishing,  until 
the  morning  of  March  25th.  During  this  time  the  insurgent  army  had  massed  its 
forces  at  Malolos,  and  Gen.  MacArthur,  by  command  of  Major-General  Otis,  was 
preparing  tor  an  advance  for  the  capture  of  that  stronghold. 

RE-ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  ARMY  CORPvS. 

At  this  time  the  American  force  was  re-organized  as  follows:  Major-General 
H.  W.  Lawton  on  March  18th,  replaced  Gen.  Anderson  in  command  of  the  first 
division,  the  latter  returning  to  the  United  States  according  to  orders.  Gen. 
Lawton’s  Division  consisted  of  the  following:  The  Washington,  North  Dakota  and 
California  Volunteers,  under  Gen.  King;  six  troops  of  the  4th  Cav.,  the  14th 


152 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


Regiment,  the  Idaho  Volunteers  and  a battalion  of  the  Iowa  troops,  under  Gen. 
Ovenshine;  the  3d  and  22d  Regiments  Inf.,  and  the  Oregon  Regiment,  under 
Gen.  Wheaton,  and  D3^er’s  and  Hawthorne’s  Right  Batteries. 

Gen.  MacArthur’s  Division, — two  batteries  of  the  3d  Art.;  the  Kansas  and 
Montana  Volunteers,  under  Gen.  H.  G.  Otis;  the  Colorado,  Nebraska  and  South 
Dakota  Regiments,  and  six  companies  of  the  Pennsylvania  Regiment,  under  Gen. 
Hale;  the  4th  and  17th  Regiments;  the  Minnesota  and  Wj^oming  Volunteers,  and 
the  Utah  Art.,  under  Gen.  Hall. 

A separate  brigade  was  assigned  to  provost  guard  duty,  consisting  of  the  20th 
Regiment,  and  eight  companies  of  the  23d  Regiment  Inf. 

THE  PHILIPPINE  COMMISSION. 


President  McKinley,  by  appointment,  had  created  a “Philippine  Commission.’’ 
This  consisted  of  five  members  as  follows:  Admiral  Dewey;  Gen.  Elwell  S.  Otis; 
President  J.  G.  Schurman,  of  Cornell  University;  Prof.  Dean  C.  Worcester  andChas. 


“LAGUNA  DE  BAY’’  BOMBARDING  CONVENT  OF  GUADALUPE. 

This  was  the  largest  of  four  small  boats,  known  as  the  “ mosquito  fleet,’’  used  to  patrol  the  lake  and  rivers, 

where  they  did  most  effectual  work. 


Denby.  This  commission  was  advisory  to  the  Executive  Department  of  the  govern- 
ment, and  was  vested  with  the  authority  to  proclaim  to  the  people  of  the  Philip- 
pine Islands  a Modus  Vivendi  in  their  civic  affairs,  pending  the  action  of  Congress 
in  the  premises.  This  was  a strong  commission  and  well  constituted  to  deal  with 
the  matter  in  hand.  Mr.  Denby  had  thirteen  years’  experience,  as  Minister  to 
China,  in  dealing  with  Oriental  questions.  Prof.  Worcester  had  spent  years  in 
the  Philippines  in  the  study  of  the  people  and  the  country.  Pres.  Schurman  was 
deeply  learned  in  civic  affairs  and  constitutional  questions,  and  the  military  and 
naval  situation  could  not  have  been  in  abler  hands. 

This  commission  could  not  exceed  the  prerogative  of  the  President,  and  the 
Executive  only  had  such  power  as  accrued  by  the  treaty  of  peace  and  the  military 
occupation  of  the  country.  The  most  this  commission  or  the  President  could  do 
was  to  arrange  a temporary  government,  leaving  to  Congress  the  future  govern- 
ment or  final  disposition  of  the  islands,  and  to  make  a general  study  of  the  situation. 


Canipai^^ning  in  the  Philippines. 


153 


for  the  information  of  the  President  and  Congress  in  determining  our  ultimate 
policy  with  reference  to  the  islands.  Nothing  came  of  any  effort  to  establish  a 
temporary  government,  and  the  report  of  the  commission  on  the  general  situation 
was  not  publish- 
ed when  these 
pages  were 
printed.  The 
commission  ar- 
rived in  Manila, 

March  4,  1899, 
and  on  March 
20th,  organized 
in  session  with 
Pres.  Schurman, 

President,  and 
T.  R.  McArthur, 

Secretary.  On 
April  4,  1899, 
the  commission 
issued  a procla- 
mation to  the  Filipinos  and  after  many  recitals  therein,  showing  the  obligations  of 
the  government  to  establish  and  maintain  order  in  the  islands  and  its  good 
wishes  and  desires  in  the  interest  of  the  people,  it  declared  the  intentions  of 
our  government  as  follows: 

1.  The  supremacy  of  the  United  States  must  and  will  be  enforced  throughout  every  part 
of  the  archipelago.  Those  who  resist  can  accomplish  nothing  except  their  own  ruin. 

2.  The  amplest  liberty  of  self-government  will  be  granted  which  is  reconcileable  with 
just,  stable,  effective  and  economical  administration,  and  compatible  with  the  sovereign  rights 
and  obligations  of  the  United  States. 

3.  The  civil  rights  of  the  Filipinos  will  be  guaranteed  and  protected,  their  religious  free- 
dom will  be  assured,  and  all  will  have  equal  standing  before  the  law. 

4.  Honor,  justice,  and  friendship  forbid  the  exploitation  of  the  people  of  the  islands. 
The  purpose  of  the  American  government  is  the  welfare  and  advancement  of  the  Philippine 
people. 

5.  The  United  States  government  guarantees  an  honest  and  effective  civil  service,  in 
which,  to  the  fullest  extent  practicable,  natives  shall  be  employed. 

6.  The  collection  and  application  of  taxes  and  other  revenues  will  be  put  upon  a sound, 
honest  and  economical  basis.  The  public  funds,  raised  justly  and  collected  honestly,  will  be 
applied  only  to  defraying  the  proper  expenses  of  the  establishment  and  the  maintenance  of 
the  Philippine  government,  and  such  general  improvements  as  public  intentions  demand. 
Local  funds  collected  for  local  purposes  shall  not  be  diverted  to  other  ends.  With  such 
prudent  and  honest  fiscal  administration,  it  is  believed  the  needs  of  the  government  will,  in 
a short  time,  become  compatible  with  a considerable  reduction  in  taxation. 

7.  The  establishment  of  a pure,  speedy  and  effective  administration  of  justice,  by  which 
the  evils  of  delay,  corruption  and  exploitation  will  be  effectively  eradicated. 

8.  The  construction  of  roads,  railroads,  and  other  means  of  communication  and  transporta- 
tion and  other  public  works  of  manifest  advantage  to  the  people,  will  be  promoted. 

9.  Domestic  and  foreign  trade  and  commerce  and  other  industrial  pursuits,  and  the  gen- 
eral development  of  the  country,  in  the  interest  of  its  inhabitants,  will  be  the  constant  objects 
of  solicitude  and  fostering  care. 


FLAGS  OF  TRUCE  IN  STREETS  OF  CALOOCAN. 

The  appearance  of  some  of  the  streets  resembled  a back  yard  on  washday. 


151 


CampaiiTjiing  in  the  Philippi7ics. 


10.  Effective  provision  will  be  made  for  the  establishment  of  elementary  schools,  in 
which  the  children  of  the  people  will  be  educated.  Appropriate  facilities  will  also  be  provided 
for  higher  education. 

11.  Reforms  in  all  departments  of  government,  all  branches  of  the  public  service,  and  all 
corporations,  closely  touching  the  common  life  of  the  people,  must  be  undertaken  without 
dehn-  and  effected  conformably  with  common  right  and  justice,  in  a way  to  satisfy  the  well- 
founded  demands  and  the  highest  sentiments  and  aspirations  of  the  Philippine  people. 

The  Filipino  Junta,  at  Hongkong,  issued  in  reply  its  manifesto,  in  substance 
denying  the  rights,  claimed  by  the  American  commission,  on  the  part  of  the 
United  States,  to  govern  or  control  the  islands,  or  that  the  United  States  acquired 
any  right  with  reference  thereto  by  virtue  of  the  treaty  of  peace,  and  said  further: 
“The  proclamation  is  a tissue  of  generalities,  bristled  with  pharisaism  and  cant, 
and  vaguely  promises  much  and  grants  nothing  to  the  Idlipinos,  who  are  tired  of 
promises  and  servitude,  what  Spanish  promises  seem  to  the  Americans.” 


A HOT  ENGAGEMENT  ON  THE  PASIG  RIVER,  NEAR  GUADALUPE. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 


THE  MARCH  ON  MALOLOS. 


N the  latter  part  of  March,  there  had  arrived  at  Manila  a force 
consisting  of  about  950  officers  and  23,000  men,  with  more  on 
the  way,  and  allowing  for  sickness  and  the  defense  of  Manila, 
Gen.  Otis  felt  strong  enough  to  assume  the  offensive.  Agui- 
naldo  had  established  his  headquarters  and  the  civil  capital  at 
Malolos,  on  the  railroad,  about  twenty-five  miles  northwest  of 
Manila,  where  he  was  maintaining  some  sort  of  a civil  govern- 
ment, with  a Congress  and  executive  departments  as  prescribed 
by  the  constitution  which  he  had  “proclaimed.”* 

Funds  were  derived  from  a revenue  system  which,  including  customs  and  a 
poll  tax,  was  rigidly  enforced  in  all  parts  of  the  territory  held  by  the  insurrectos. 
There  were  also  large  donations,  voluntary  or  enforced,  from  wealthy  Filipinos. 
These  funds  were  used  for  the  purchase  of  arms  and  ammunition,  which  were 
obtained  from  foreign  sources,  our  fleet  being  insufficient  to  entirely  prevent  their 
landing.  There  was  little  artillery  except  some  old-fashioned  pieces  of  little  use 
in  modern  warfare.  The  strength  of  the  insurgent  army  was  not  very  well 
known,  but  was  supposed  to  be  about  30,000  men.  It  doubtless  ffuctuated  from 
week  to  week.  The  general  in  direct  command  of  the  insurrectos  in  front  of  Gen. 
MacArthur  was  Gen.  Antonio  Tuna. 

It  was  generally  believed  that  with  sufficient  force  the  rebel  army  could  be 
surrounded  and  captured,  and  with  this  capture  of  Aguinaldo  there  was  good 
reason  to  suppose  that  the  rebellion  would  come  to  end.  At  any  rate  it  would  be 
possible  to  dislodge  and  disperse  the  army  and  capture  the  capital,  which  of  itself, 
and  without  the  capture  of  Aguinaldo,  might  end  the  trouble.  Thus  Malolos  was 
the  obvious  objective  of  the  American  army  as  soon  as  it  should  be  strong  enough 
to  move  at  all,  and  preparations  to  that  end  were  accordingly  made.  Major-General 
MacArthur,  being  in  command  upon  the  north  of  the  Pasig  River,  was  naturalljr 
assigned  to  the  command  of  the  movement. 

POSITION  OF  THE  OPPOSING  ARMIES. 

MacArthur’ s Division  lay  substantially  where  we  left  them  at  the  close  of 
Chapter  VII,  facing  northerly,  and  extending  from  a point  on  Manila  Bay,  near 
Caloocan;  easterly  by  Ea  Eoma  church  to  the  Deposito  and  water- works;  Otis’ 
Brigade  on  the  left,  by  the  bay,  occupying  about  two  and  a half  miles  of  the  line, 
and  Hale’s  Brigade  on  the  right,  occupying,  with  its  extension  to  the  Pasig  River 


*See  page  49. 


156 


Campaig7iing  t)i  the  Philippines. 


opposite  San  Pedro  Macati,  about  ten  and  a half  miles.  The  line  of  the  insur- 
rectos  extended  along  the  front  of  MacArthur’s  Division  from  Polo,  through 
Novaliches,  to  the  Nanca  River,  with  strong  outposts  at  important  points  nearer 
the  American  line. 

RE-ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  DIVISION. 

For  the  purposes  of  this  movement  MacArthur’s  Division  was  re-organized  on 
March  17th,  as  follows: 

The  Wyoming  Battalion,  the  13th  Minnesota,  occupying  the  line  from  the 
San  Juan  River  to  the  water- works,  with  the  4th  and  one  battalion  of  the  17th 
U.  S.  Inf.,  were  formed  into  a new  3d  Brigade,  under  command  of  Brigadier- 
Oeneral  R.  H.  Hall,  who  had  arrived  on  March  10th,  and  were  left  upon  Hale’s 
■old  line  to  guard  the  water-works  and  Manila,  and  make  such  demonstrations  as 
were  found  desirable  to  keep  the  enemy  occupied  on  its  front. 

The  remainder  of  Hale’s  old  brigade,  consisting  of  the  10th  Pennsylvania,  1st 
South  Dakota,  1st  Colorado,  and  1st  Nebraska  Regiments,  remained  under  Hale’s 
■command  and  formed  the  right  of  the  line  in  the  advance.  There  were  also  with 

this  brigade  two 
Nordenfeldt  guns 
and  a detachment 
of  the  Utah  Tight 
Artillery.  At  the 
left  of  Hale,  the 
brigade  of  Gen.  H. 
G.  Otis,  consisting 
of  the  First 
Montana,  20th 
Kansas,  and  two 
battalions,  3dU.  S. 
Art.,  (as  infantry) 
occupied  a portion 

■ of  the  front  hitherto  held  by  this  brigade,  while  to  the  left  of  Otis,  and  next 
to  the  bay,  was  stationed  a new  brigade  transferred  from  the  first  division, 
consisting  of  one  battalion,  3d  U.  S.  Inf.,  the  22d  U.  S.  Inf.,  and  eleven  com- 
panies of  the  Oregon  Regiment.  This  brigade  was  commanded  by  Brigadier- 
General  Tloyd  Wheaton,  who  had  arrived  at  Manila  on  February  23d.  It  was 
the  intention  that  Wheaton’s  Brigade  should  march  in  the  rear  as  a support  to  the 
other  brigades  as  needed.  The  total  number  of  troops  under  Gen.  MacArthur 
at  the  beginning  of  the  movement  was  11,578  officers  and  men,  including  Hall’s 
Brigade.  The  total  of  the  three  brigades  engaged  in  the  movement  was  8682. 
The  number  of  effectives,  however,  was  rapidly  reduced. 

THE  NATURE  OF  THE  COUNTRY. 

The  line  of  advance  to  Malolos  ran  parallel  with  the  shore  of  the  bay,  near 
which  the  ground  was  low  and  marshy  and  cut  up  by  a large  number  of  inter- 
connecting tidal  estuaries  called  “esteros.”  From  these  lowlands  there  is  a 
gradual  rise  to  a line  of  foothills  which,  near  Caloocan,  are  about  two  and  a half 


AN  OLD  SMOOTH-BORE  CANNON  CAPTURED  FROM  INSURGENTS  AT  CALOOCAN. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


157' 


miles  from  the  bay  shore,  but  gradually  retreat,  leaving  a broad  plain,  intersected, 
however,  by  frequent  rivers  and  esteros,  for  the  operations  of  the  armies.  The 
natural  defenses  of  the  insurrectos  were  along  the  lines  of  the  rivers  which  flow 
down  from  the  foothills  to  the 
bay.  These  lines  were  fully 
utilized,  as  well  as  rises  of 
ground,  timber,  and  all  other 
natural  points  of  defense.  The 
country  except  where  it  was 
actual  swamp,  was  densely  popu- 
lated, and  in  a high  state  of 
cultivation.  It  was  mostly  rice- 
fields,  intersected  by  low  dykes 
for  retaining  the  irrigating 
waters.  During  the  rainy  season 
the  rice-fields  are  flooded,  and  at  that  time  military  movements  over  such  lands^ 
are  not  merely  difficult  but  impossible.  There  are  quagmires  with  no  bottom 
which  the  soldiers  can  reach.  In  the  dry  season  the  earth,  thrown  up  in  making 
the  ditches,  affords  partial  protection  to  troops  lying  down.  There  were  roads, 
such  as  they  were,  traversing  the  plain,  and  the  railroad  embankment  was  of 
course  utilized  for  troops,  but  as  the  ground  was  contested  at  all  points  from  the 
start,  the  army  moved  forward,  for  the  most  part,  over  the  fields,  and  for  much 
of  the  way  in  line  of  battle.  The  line  of  advance  at  the  beginning  of  the  move- 
ment covered  about  eight  miles. 

NO  GENERAL  ENGAGEMENT. 

While  there  was  constant  fighting  along  the  whole  line  of  the  army,  there  was 
no  general  engagement  between  large  bodies  of  massed  troops.  In  a general  way 
the  line  of  advance  was  marked  out  for  each  brigade  by  the  Division  Commander, 
who  pushed  forward  or  restrained  the  different  brigades,  to  conform  to  his  general 
plan,  which  was  quite  carefully  supervised  by  the  Corps  Commander  at  Mani-la; 
but  the  actual  fighting  was  under  the  direction  of  the  Brigade  Commanders,  who 
were  charged  with  the  duty  of  fighting  their  way  to  the  points  designated  by 
Gen.  MacArthur.  The  Signal  Corps  kept  the  division  and  brigade  headquarters 
in  touch  by  the  field  telegraph,  so  that  general  directions  could  be  promptly  given 
and  received,  but  all  details  were  necessarily  in  charge  of  the  Brigade  Commanders. 
The  movement  began  on  March  25th,  and  our  army  entered  Malolos  on  March 
31st,  but  the  details  of  our  operations  can  be  best  understood  by  following  the  for- 
tunes of  the  different  brigades.  The  accounts  of  the  movements  of  Hale’s  and 
Otis’  Brigades,  as  here  given,  are  by  a member  of  the  staff  of  this  book,  who 
accompanied  the  column,  and  are  given  as  written,  for  the  picture  they  give  of  the 
actual  work  of  the  troops.  The  account  of  the  operations  of  Wheaton’s  Brigade 
was  written  by  an  officer  of  the  brigade,  and,  as  will  be  seen,  is  a concise  state- 
ment of  the  military  movements  and  their  results.  The  narrative  will  be  more 
readily  understood,  if  it  is  stated  here,  that  on  March  27th,  Wheaton’s  Brigade 
was  detached  from  MacArthur’s  Division  and  assigned  to  protecting  the  railroad 


SUPPLY  TRAIN  ON  PONTOON  BRIDGE,  AT  MARILAO  RIVER. 


158 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


■communications,  reporting  directly  to  the  Corps  Commander.  On  April  2d,  Gen. 
Wheaton  was  assigned  to  the  temporary  command  of  the  1st  Brigade,  relieving 
Gen.  H.  G.  Otis,  resigned,  Gen.  Wheaton  retaining  command  of  the  troops  on  the 
railroad. 

OPERATIONS  OF  HALE’S  BRIGADE. 

With  the  2d  Brigade,  as  stated,  were  two  Nordenfeldt  guns  and  a detach- 
ment of  the  Utah  Light  Battery,  under  Lieut.  Naylor,  accompanied  by  Lieut. 
Perry,  of  the  brigade  staff.  These  advanced  on  March  25th  up  the  Masambong 
sunken  road,  under  cover  of  the  infantry  fire.  Very  soon  the  Filipinos,  who  were 
well  entrenched,  opened  on  the  infantry  and  artillery.  The  Americans  advanced 
almost  on  a run,  and  in  less  than  an  hour  drove  the  insurgents  from  their  trenches. 
The  Nebraskas,  along  the  San  Juan  River,  at  San  Francisco  del  Monte,  rushed 
into  a hand-to-hand  fight.  The  South  Dakotas  and  Pennsylvanias  gallantly 
forced  the  barricades  on  the  Masambong  Road.  Naylor’s  guns  did  effec- 
tive work,  keeping  abreast  of  the  infantry  firing  line  throughout  the  advance. 


CALTFOKNIA  TRENCHES  NEAR  CONVENT  OF  GETaDALUPE. 


As  the  writer  crossed  the  field  that  morning,  half  an  hour  after  the  troops,  he 
found  that  the  Americans  had  thrown  away  their  rations  and  blanket  rolls,  and 
that  ambulance  wagons  were  gathering  up  what  could  be  found  of  the  soldiers’ 
belongings ; also,  however,  they  were  bringing  in  the  wounded  of  both  forces, 
and,  while  the  Americans  exhibited  more  tenderness  towards  their  own  wounded, 
yet  they  did  not  neglect  those  of  the  enemy.  A dozen  Filipino  prisoners  had 
been  captured,  and  these  were  given  stretchers  and  made  to  carry  their  injured 
companions  to  the  ambulances.  Neither  were  correspondents  overlooked.  The 
Hospital  Corps  gave  to  us  “first  aid’’ bandages,  and  asked  us  to  do  what  we  could 
for  the  wounded  rebels,  who  were  scattered  through  the  woods  and  in  the  rice- 
fields.  Behind  the  breastworks  were  appalling  sights.  Here  an  old  man  lay  wel- 
tering in  his  blood ; there  a boy,  his  strong  limbs  shattered  by  Springfield  bullets, 
and  yonder  in  the  rice-fields  were  rebel  soldiers  in  all  attitudes  of  pain — the  life- 
blood bedewing  the  land  they  died  to  free.  Some  cried  for  water,  and  some  for 
cigarettes,  and  some  for  death.  The  fields  were  brown  and  unsown,  but  the  next 
year,  how  this  red  rain  would  nourish  a harvest ! 


Campaigning  in  the  Ptnhppines. 


159 


In  the  woods  was  an  old  man  from  Tarlac,  who  cried  for  water  and  a priest. 
His  leg  was  shattered  by  a Springfield  bullet,  and  he  said  he  felt  the  chill  of  death. 
Through  an  interpreter  we  listened  to  his  confession.  He  told  us  he  had  a wife 
and  five  children  at  Tarlac,  and 
his  last  words  were,  “Forgive 
me  for  fighting  the  Americans, 

I did  not  know  the  kind  of 
people  they  were.”  Meanwhile 
the  brigade  kept  advancing 
along  the  Novaliches  Road. 

After  a fierce  struggle  the  in- 
surrectos  gave  up  the  villages 
of  Cabataon  and  Talinapa.  The 
day  was  extremely  hot,  and  many  men  fell  out  of  the  march,  overcome  by  the 
sun.  About  noon,  the  advance  was  ordered  in  a northwesterly  direction  along  the 
Tuliahan  River.  At  a ford  of  this  river,  where  there  was  an  uncompleted  bridge, 
a small  body  of  the  4th  Cav.  attached  to  the  division,  ran  into  a strong  position  of 
the  enemy.  In  a few  minutes  twelve  of  the  cavalrymen  had  fallen.  Gen.  Mac- 
Arthur  immediately  sent  the  Utah  Battery  to  their  aid.  The  rebels  were  driven 
out  after  a short  fight,  and  the  brigade  bivouacked  for  the  night  along  the  river, 
the  Nebraskas,  South  Dakotas  and  Peiinsylvanias  guarding  the  ridges.  The 
insurgents  came  in  force  towards  the  rear  of  our  army  that  night,  but  were  held  in 
check  by  Maj.  Allison’s  Battalion  of  the  South  Dakotas,  sent  back  as  rear  outpost. 
At  the  Tuliahan  Bridge  in  one  rail  which  had  been  used  in  an  entrenchment,  were 
found  ninety-six  bullet  marks. 

On  the  26th  of  March,  Gen.  Hale  marched  northwesterly  across  the  country 
towards  Polo,  a town  on  the  Dagupan  railroad,  supposed  to  contain  a strong  force 
of  rebels.  Near  the  railroad  he  effected  a junction  with  the  1st  Brigade,  and 
soon  after  Gen.  MacArthur  directed  him  to  deploy  north  of  the  1st  Brigade  and 
take  such  action  against  the  town  of  Polo  as  circumstances  might  render  advisable. 
While  he  was  deploying  the  Pennsylvanias,  facing  west  towards  Polo,  the  Filipinos 
opened  a brisk  fire  on  that  regiment  from  the  north,  and  the  South  Dakotas  were 
directed  to  form  on  the  Pennsylvanias’  right  in  a semi-circle  around  the  crest  of  a 
hill  facing  north  and  east,  while  the  Nebraskas,  as  a general  reserve,  were  placed 
in  the  rear. 

By  three  o’clock  in  the  afternoon.  Hale  was  ready  to  begin  operations  on 
Polo,  or  rather,  on  Meycauayan,  as  it  turned  out,  the  enemy  having  retreated  to 
the  strong  entrenchments  south  of  the  latter  town.  The  insurrectos  kept  con- 
tinually harassing  the  brigade  from  the  right  flank,  and  Maj.  Howard’s  Battalion 
of  the  South  Dakotas  was  sent  into  the  woods  in  that  direction  to  drive  them  off. 
The  main  attack  began  by  the  discharge  of  the  Utah  Battery  guns,  followed  by 
the  Nebraska  Hotchkiss  gun,  which  did  effective  work  on  the  eastern  entrench- 
ments. The  Filipinos  fought  valiantly,  and  covered  their  retreat  with  considerable 
skill.  At  four  o’clock  the  Pennsylvanias  and  South  Dakotas  advanced  on  the  en- 
trenchments, the  Nebraskas  following  as  a reserve.  Gen.  Hale  cleverly  placed  his 
men  so  that  the  South  Dakotas’  right  flanked  the  insurgents’  left,  demoralizing  the 


160 


Campaigiihig  in  the  Philippines. 


( 


X 


enemy  and  driving  him  back  all  along  the  line.  While  Gen.  Hale  was  thus  engaged, 
riding  along  the  firing  line,  he  came  upon  the  South  Dakotas  while  they  were 
under  a hot  fire  from  the  rebels,  entrenched  in  woods  and  villages  across  the  Mey- 
caua3’an  railroad  bridge.  In  endeavoring  to  ascertain  the  position  of  the  enem\^ 
he  was  exposed  to  a brisk  fusilade  and  received  a painful,  though  not  serious 
wound  on  the  knee. 

Seeing  that  it  was  necessarj"  at  once  to  flank  the  enemy’s  trenches  across  the 
river,  he  sent  Capt.  Krayenbuhl  to  bring  up  Dieutentant-Colonel  Stover’s  Battalion 
for  this  work.  Capt.  Kra^^enbuhl  had  just  brought  up  the  battalion,  under  heavy 
fire,  when  he  was  fatall>^  wounded.  Col.  Stotsenberg  came  up  with  part  of  his 
Nebraska  troops  and  reported  that  it  would  be  necessary  to  flank  the  entrench- 
ments from  the  railroad  bridge,  and  was  told  that  the  South  Dakotas’  left  had  just 
swung  around  to  this,  and  to  co-operate  with  them  in  this  work  which  he  did 
gallantly  and  effectivel3\ 

Gen.  Hale,  his  knee  having  been  bandaged,  conducted  the  companies  on  the 
right  up  the  railroad,  and  personally  directed  the  fire  from  the  embankment  against 
the  trenches  across  the  river.  After  capturing  the  railroad  embankment,  the  river 
bank  and  the  bridge,  the  South  Dakota  and  Nebraska  men  drove  the  enemy  from 
their  earthworks  and  killed  many  of  them  as  they  ran  across  the  plain.  Ninety- 
six  Filipino  dead  were  counted  in  the  vicinity. 

The  Nebraska  troops  were  then  directed  to  take  possession  of  the  Meycauayan 
railroad  station,  about  1000  yards  north  of  the  bridge,  and  extend  their  line  500 
yards  eastward  into  the  plain.  The  South  Dakotas  were  deplo^-ed  across  the 
plain  on  the  Nebraskas’  right,  with  their  own  right  thrown  back  on  the  river.  After 
locating  the  troops,  Gen.  Hale  returned  across  the  river,  reconnoitered  the  town  of 
Meycaua^^an  and  esteros  to  the  west,  and  placed  the  Pennsylvanias  on  the  Nebras- 
kas’ left,  extending  westward  through  Meycauayan.  This  arrangement  put  the 
brigade  in  a crescent,  with  its  right  flank  on  the  river  and  its  left  flank  on  an  estero. 


THE  SUPPLY  TRAIN  FOLLOWING  I’P  TROOPS  ON  THE  ADVANCE  ON  MALOLOS. 


This  crescent  formation  prevents  flanking  by  the  enemy,  and  enables  a skilled 
commander  cleverly  to  change  his  formation  to  meet  all  exigencies. 

During  the  forenoon  of  the  27th  of  March,  the  2d  Brigade  advanced  toward 
the  Marilao  River,  the  South  Dakotas  acting  as  advance  guard,  the  Nebraskas  and 
Pennsylvanias  as  the  main  bod\\  At  noon  the  insurrectos  opened  fire  upon  the 


I 


'X 

I 

h 


MAP  SHOWS  THK  OPERATIONS  OF  MACARTHUR’S  DIVISION  IN  THE  ADVANCE  P'ROM  CALOOCAN  TO  MALOLOS. 
Made  by  P.  K-  baniar,  the  oihcial  map  maker  for  this  division. 


COI^OXKlvS  OF  VOFUNTKliR  RKOIMENTS  WHO  WON  THEIR  STA.R  IN  THE  JUNGEES  OF  EUZON. 

I.  Bkigadier-Genkral  Irving  Hale  (Colorado  Regiment),  appointed  August  13,  1898.  2.  Brigadier- 

Generae  Frederick  P'unston  (Kansas  Regiment),  appointed  May  4,  1899.  3.  Brigadier-General  Owen 
Summers  (Oregon  Regiment),  appointed  (Brevet)  May  24,  1899.  4.  Brigadier-General  James  F.  Smith  (Cali- 
fornia Regiment),  appointed  April  2."),  1899.  5.  Brigadier-General  Harry  C.  Kessler  (Montana  Regiment), 

appointed  (Brevet)  October  4,  1899.  fi.  Brig.vdier-General  C.  McC.  Reeve  (Minnesota  Regiment),  appointed 
August  13,  1898.  7.  Colonp:l  John  H.  Whollev  (Washington  Regiment)  recommended  for  Brevet. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


161 


advance  skirmish  line  of  the  South  Dakotas  (Maj.  Howard’s  Battalion)  from  entrench- 
ments in  the  woods  south  of  the  river.  This  line  pressed  on,  and  Lieutenant- 
Colonel  Stover  and  Maj.  Allison  rushed  forward  their  battalions  to  its  support, 
Col.  Frost  personally  superintending  the  advance  of  the  entire  line.  The  Filipinos 
contended  foot  by  foot  for  the  ground.  From  one  line  of  trenches  to  the  next, 


SAN  JUAN  BRIDGE,  TAKEN  SOON  AFTER  THE  BATTLE  OF  SANTA  MESA. 

Companies  of  the  Tennessee,  Colorado  and  Nebraska  Regiments  charged  over  the  bridge  m a most  gallant 

manner,  in  the  face  of  murderous  fire. 


they  fell  back.  Then  they  crossed  the  river  and  formed  in  strong  trenches  there. 
Again  the  victorious  Americans  pursued  them,  the  South  Dakotas  wading  waist- 
deep  in  the  stream,  and  with  wild  cheers,  charged  up  the  opposite  bank  on  the 
sullen  foe.  After  one  of  the  hardest  fought  battles  of  the  campaign,  the  Filipinos 
were  again  routed,  the  South  Dakota  Regiment  losing  three  officers  and  six  men 
killed  and  twenty-three  men  wounded.  Admiration  is  divided  between  the  wild 
valor  of  the  Americans  and  the  courageous  defense  of  the  Filipinos.  All  through 
the  afternoon  they  kept  up  a desultory  fire  from  the  woods  across  the  plain  to 
the  north  and  a bitter  enfilading  fire  along  the  north  bank  of  the  river,  wound- 
ing several  of  our  men,  who  returned  their  attacks  with  spirit,  the  enemy 
evidently  covering  in  this  way  his  obstinate  retreat. 

As  night  came  on,  large  bodies  of  insurrectos,  apparently  brought  from  the 
north  by  trains,  formed  and  deployed  along  the  north  side  of  the  plain,  2000  yards 
away,  covering  the  entire  front  of  MacArthur’s  Division.  These  at  once  began 
a hot  fusilade  all  along  our  lines.  The  3d  Art.,  (1st  Brigade)  on  the  left  of  the 
railroad  replied  with  Krage-Jorgensens.  Gen.  Hale  found  his  line  exposed  on  the 
right  to  a galling  enfilading  fire  and  instructed  his  troops  to  lie  low  behind  their 
entrenchments  until  the  enemy  were  within  600  yards  before  returning  their  fire. 
This  order  was  given  in  view  of  the  fact  that  the  Springfield  rifle  is  much  inferior 
in  range  to  the  Mauser  of  the  Filipinos.  On  this  occasion  it  seems  that  the  enemy 
pressed  very  closely  upon  the  right  flank  of  the  Nebraskas,  who  charged  before 
the  order  was  given.  The  rest  of  the  regiment,  seeing  their  comrades  pursuing 
the  foe,  joined  in  the  charge  and  drove  the  insurrectos  across  the  plain  two  miles 
to  a wooded  ridge.  The  South  Dakotas  were  sent  forward  half  way  across  the 
plain  to  support  the  Nebraskas,  who  were  afterwards  withdrawn  to  the  river 
where  the  whole  brigade  encamped  for  the  night. 

lib 


162 


Ca})ipaigni7i(r  m the  Philippines. 


The  next  day  the  whole  of  MacArthur’s  Division  remained  at  Marilao  recuper- 
ating, bringing  up  the  supply  trains  and  issuing  rations  and  ammunition.  On 
reconnoitering,  the  patrols  found  that  the  ridge  captured  by  the  Nebraskas  the 

day  before,  was 
still  unoccupied, 
although  some 
insurrectos  were 
found  near  the 
railroad.  On 
March  29th,  the 
brigade  advanc- 
ed on  the  east 
side  of  the  rail- 
road track.  The 
Nebraskas  then 
moved  on  the 
right  of  the 
brigade  against 

PENNSYLVANIA  AMBULANCE  WAGON  AT  LA  LOMA  CHURCH.  ridge  Which 

they  had  captured  on  the  night  of  the  27th.  They  swung  to  the  left,  and  flanked 
the  enemy  in  front  of  the  Pennsylvanias  and  Dakotas.  The  Nebraskas  engaged  the 
enemy  at  7:30  in  the  morning,  and  pursued  them  across  the  Bocaue  River  towards 
Santa  Maria.  A company  of  Nebraskas  then  caused  the  town  to  be  evacuated. 
The  South  Dakotas  and  Pennsylvanias  crossed  the  river  without  serious  opposi- 
tion, and  the  whole  command  arrived  at  the  Bigaa  River  about  noon,  where  the 
enemy  had  partially  destroyed  the  railroad  and  the  bridges.  A Are  had  been  set 
to  the  bridge,  and  100  feet  of  the  railroad  track  torn  up,  but  the  Yankee  troops 
came  up  too  rapidly,  and  the  fire  was  extinguished  leaving  the  bridge  practically 
uninjured,  while  the  road  was  easily  repaired. 

These  marches  were  usually  commenced  just  after  daylight.  The  morning 
hours  in  the  tropics  are  the  coolest  and  the  men  can  then  work  without  suffering 
from  the  heat.  The  hours  from  four  to  six  in  the  afternoon  are  also  favorable  for 
hard  work.  Accordingly,  at  half  past  three  o’clock  the  march  from  Bigaa  was 
assumed  and  the  Guiguinto  River  reached  about  five.  As  there  was  no  sign  of  a 
concealed  foe  the  Pennsylvanias  began  to  cross  the  bridge.  When  about  fifteen 
men  had  passed  over  and  deployed,  the  insurrectos,  from  a ridge  at  some  distance, 
opened  a hot  fusilade  on  the  bridge  and  the  railroad  track.  Col.  Hawkins,  who 
was  with  his  advanced  line  when  the  attack  was  made,  gallantly  returned  the  fire 
and  the  few  men  who  were  already  on  the  ground  deploying,  the  others  as  they 
came  up  held  the  position  until  enough  troops  were  on  the  line  to  repulse  the 
enemy,  the  Pennsylvanias  standing  well  to  their  guns  while  Gen.  Hale  hurried  the 
remainder  of  the  regiment  across,  while  Maj.  Howard’s  Battalion  of  South 
Dakotas  quickly  came  up  and  took  a position  on  the  right.  The  20th  Kansas,  of 
the  1st  Brigade,  and  the  Utah  guns  and  rapid  fire  guns  also  crossed  and  came  into 
the  action.  A barricade  across  the  railroad  track  was  demolished  by  the  artillery. 
At  this  bridge  the  Filipinos  were  doing  very  good  work  with  their  Mausers  with 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


103 


which  they  fired  on  our  men,  armed  with  Springfields,  without  coming  into 
effective  range  of  the  latter.  But  when  the  cannon  began  to  speak,  the  enemy 
gave  up  their  position  on  the  hill.  Lieut.  Perry  of  the  Brigade  Staff,  was  slightly 
wounded  in  this  engagement.  As  darkness  was  drawing  on,  the  troops  camped 
for  the  night  on  the  river  bank.  The  men  enjoyed  their  evening  meal  in  peace, 
and  many  of  them  had  a swim  in  the  mild  waters. 

The  forenoon  of  the  following  day  was  passed  in  bringing  up  the  train,  and 
issuing  rations  and  ammunition.  In  the  afternoon  preparations  were  made  to 
renew  the  march  on  the  Filipino  capital.  When  the  brigade  had  reached  a point 
west  of  the  Guiguinto  River,  it  met  with  a scattering,  insurrecto  fire.  The  Gen- 
eral perceived  soon  after  that  a party  of  Filipinos  were  coming  down  the  railroad 
track,  apparently  with  the  intention  to  surrender.  He  sent  out  a man  to  meet 
them,  but  as  he  approached,  the  P'ilipinos  ran  back  towards  their  own  lines. 
Sometime  later  a second  party  appeared  on  the  track,  and  this  time  a Filipino  was 
sent  out  to  interview  them.  They,  however,  made  some  paltry  excuse  for  their 
action,  and  it  became  evident  that  they  were  trying  to  spy  upon  our  lines,  or  lead 
our  troops  into  a trap.  No  further  attempt  was  made  to  communicate  with  them, 
but,  as  a precaution.  Hale  advanced  one  company  of  Pennsylvanias,  and  one  com- 
pany of  Kansas  (1st  Brigade),  to  take  possession  of  entrenchments,  supposed  to  be 
unoccupied.  But  the  wily  enemy,  from  his  cover  where  he  had  been  watching 
like  a panther,  sent  his  fire  into  our  men  the  moment  they  advanced.  Nothing 
daunted,  however,  the  two  companies  with  great  dash  and  elan  went  at  the  posi- 
tion and  took  it,  without  the  loss  of  a man.  Then  camp  was  made  once  more. 
In  all  our  marching,  fighting  and  bivouacking,  it  was  cheering  to  see  how  readily 
the  troops 
adapted  things 
to  their  com- 
fort. Thus,  one 
swam  into  a 
river  to  catch 
some  ducks  for 
his  evening 
meal ; another 
boy  had  a game- 
cock, captured 
at  the  last  vil- 
lage, while  the 
rank  and  file 
fell  upon  the 
pigs  and  chick- 
ens and  made  a 
vast  slaughter 
of  them.  In 

fact,  it  soon  came  to  be  a settled  thing  that  no  sell-respecting  hen  would  trust 
herself  inside  the  American  lines.  When  we  entered  a captured  place,  the  first 
question  asked,  was:  “Well,  comrade,  are  hens  flying  high?”  If  there  were  a 


164 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


few  shacks,  or  some  bamboo  tables,  or  Filipino  stretchers,  the  boys  would  get  at 
these  things  and  put  them  to  use  in  the  most  ingenious  wa}^  The}^  sometimes 
entered  the  abandoned  houses,  but  there  was  little  left  to  take  away.  If  there 
was  a white  flag  or  any  sign  of  peaceful  inhabitant,  they  were  invariably  left 
unmolested.  All  “pacificos”  were  encouraged  to  return  to  their  homes,  and  to 
pursue  their  peaceful  avocations. 

On  the  night  of  March  30th,  a reconnaissance  was  made  by  Gen.  Hale,  and 
trenches  with  insurrectos  in  them,  were  found  at  Santa  Isabel,  the  eastern  suburb 
of  Malolos.  Outposts  were  placed  along  the  edge  of  the  woods,  the  Utah  Battery 
and  the  infantry  detachments  built  emplacements  for  guns  on  each  side  of  the 
railroad,  and  preparations  were  made  to  attack  Malolos  in  the  morning. 

Shortly  after  dawn,  on  March  31st,  the  2d  Brigade  advanced  up  the  right  side 
of  the  railroad  in  the  following  order:  The  Nebraskas  on  the  right  moved  fifteen 
minutes  after  the  Utah  Battery  had  opened  fire;  the  South  Dakotas  marched  in  the 
center  five  minutes  after  the  Nebraskas;  the  Pennsylvanias,  with  their  left  near 


WARD  IN  FIRST  RESKRVE  HOSPITAL.  Photo  hy  T.ilUe.. 

the  railroad,  moved  five  minutes  later  than  the  Dakotas.  This  made  a crescent 
formation  concave  toward  the  enemy,  enveloping  his  left  flank,  and  compelling 
him  to  abandon  his  trenches  and  the  town  of  Malolos,  thus  facilitating  the  entrance 
of  the  1st  Brigade  which  moved  up  the  west  side  of  the  track  into  the  town  itself. 

At  half  past  six  the  Filipinos  began  to  fire.  The  fire  at  this  time  was  not 
heavy  nor  long  continued,  and  it  soon  became  evident  either  that  Malolos  was 
being  eva^ated  by  the  enemy,  or  Aguinaldowas  holding  fire  for  stragetic  reasons. 

The  first  supposition  turned  out  to  be  the  true  one.  After  the  brigade  had 
crossed  the  Malolos  Creek  and  the  Malolos-Quingua  Road  it  wheeled  to  the  left 
across  a broad  open  plain  under  a galling  Mauser  fire  from  the  railroad  embank- 
ment, which  could  not  be  effectively  returned  by  our  men,  armed  mostly  with 
Springfield  rifles.  The  Hotchkiss  gun  of  the  Nebraskas  fired  three  shots  at  the 
foe,  retreating  up  the  railroad  track  2000  yards  away.  The  shots  seemed  to  strike 
right  among  the  fleeing  insurgents.  At  half  past  ten,  Gen.  Hale’s  command 
reached  Barasoain  Station,  the  northwest  suburb  of  Malolos.  In  accordance  with 


Ca)}ipaig-nins^  in  the  Philippines. 


165 


instructions  from  Gen.  MacArthur,  it  was  afterwards  swung  back  upon  the 
Malolos-Quingua  Road,  where  it  remained  until  the  advance  upon  Calumpit  began. 

In  the  advance  from  Manila  to  Malolos,  the  losses  on  the  staff  were  four; 
in  the  Pennsylvanias,  thirty  - eight ; in  the  South  Dakotas  sixty  - two  ; in  the 
Nebraskas,  eighty-seven,  making  a total  of  one  hundred  and  ninety-one.  One 
officer  on  the  staff  was  killed,  and  two  officers  and  one  orderly  wounded;  in  the 
Pennsylvanias  four  enlisted  men  were  killed,  and  two  officers  and  thirty-two  men 
wounded;  in  the  South  Dakotas  three  officers  and  four  men  were  killed,  and  two 
officers  and  fifty-three  men  wounded;  in  the  Nebraskas  six  enlisted  men  w^ere 
killed,  and  four  officers  and  seventy-seven  men  wounded.  This  is  the  most 
eloquent  tribute  to  the  bravery  of  these  regiments. 

The  total  distance  marched  by  the  right  flank  from  March  25th  to  31st  was 
sixty-six  miles,  or  over  three  times  the  air-line  distance  from  Caloocan  to  Malolos. 
This  was  due  to  the  repeated  turning  movements  executed  by  the  2d  Brigade  to 
flank  the  enemy  out  of  entrenched  positions,  and  render  the  advance  along  the 
railroad  less  deadly.  As  the  result  of  this  arduous  and  dangerous  campaign,  in 
addition  to  those  already  mentioned,  one  officer  and  four  enlisted  men  died  from 
the  effects  of  their  wounds  before  the  march  on  Calumpit,  and  large  numbers  were 
obliged  to  return  to  Manila  sick  and  suffering  from  heat  prostration.  This  is  not 
surprising,  when  we  consider  the  heavy  weight  which  the  men  had  to  carry 
in  this  rough  country.  Each  soldier  was  loaded  with  gun,  with  strap  and 
bayonet,  belt,  haversack,  mess-kit,  canteen  full  of  water  or  coffee,  one  day’s  ra- 
tions, 100  to  150  rounds  of  ammunition,  and  poncho  hung  in  belt. 

OPERATIONS  OF  GEN.  OTIS’  BRIGADE. 

At  6 p.  M.  on  the  25th,  the  column,  consisting  of  2184  officers  and  men, 
advanced  from  near  the  Ea  Eoma  church  and  to  the  right  and  left  of  it — at  right 
angles  to  Caloocan  and  the  Balantasig  Road.  The  word  was  whispered  down  the 
Kansas  line,  “ Ret  us  throw  away  our 
rations  and  blankets  and  go  at  the  niggers 
with  guns,  canteens  and  ammunition  alone.” 

The  writer  crossed  the  field  of  war  half  an 
hour  after  the  engagement.  The  boys  had 
dropped  their  cans  of  beef  and  salmon,  their 
blankets  and  camp  kit;  they  kept  their  can- 
teens and  guns,  and  went  at  the  foe.  With 
such  a brigade  of  fighters,  the  Filipinos 
thought  all  pandemonium  was  after  them. 

They  fought  bravely  at  the  first  onset,  but 
it  was  soon  evident  that  the  white  man’s 
nerve  and  the  white  man’s  science  were 
too  much  for  the  wild  valor  of  Aguinaldo’s 
mountain  men.  Before  two  hours  had  passed  the  3d  Art.  and  the  Kansans  had 
gained  the  north  bank  of  the  Tuliahan  River,  the  men  intrepidly  swimming  the 
stream  in  the  face  of  a severe  fire.  It  was  a short  range,  and  the  brave  little 
regiment,  the  3d  Art.,  lost  heavily.  But  the  loss  they  inflicted  was  greater  still. 


COL.  STOTSENBERG,  TAKEN  SHORTLY  BEFORE 
HE  WAS  KILLED. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


1()B 

Lieut.  Abernethy  of  the  3cl  Art.  distinguished  himself  for  gallantry,  but  every 
man  in  the  command  was  equally  worthy  of  high  praise.  In  a trench  in  front  of 
the  Kansans,  there  were  thirty  Filipinos.  These  men  fought  till  twent3’-six  were 

dead,  two  mortally  wounded,  one  slightly 
wounded,  and  only  one  man  got  away. 
Owing  to  the  thorny  thickets,  dense  jungles, 
bamboo  belts,  difficult  streams  and  deep 
morasses,  the  Montanas  were  delayed,  but 
they  fought  a terrific  fight,  and  joined  the  line 
as  the  evening  lights  were  beginning  to  soften 
the  land.  In  the  first  day’s  fight  our  loss  in 
this  brigade  was  sixty-eight  killed  and 
wounded.  Information  of  the  burning  and 
evacuation  of  Malabon  came  to  us  here  among 
the  cane  brakes.  The  brigade  bivouacked  at 
the  Tuliahan  River. 

On  the  morning  of  the  26th  as  we  started 
out  towards  Polo  and  Malinta  we  saw  a cloud 
of  smoke  like  a great  volcano  towering  up  into 
the  air.  All  along  the  sun-beaten  track  of 
road  our  men  reclined  in  the  shade  where 
they  could  get  it;  or  tried  their  luck  in  the 
empty  houses  along  the  march  looking  for 
water.  The  natives  usually  left  a fine  supply 
of  good  water  in  earth ern  jars.  We  lay  still 
for  several  hours  in  a hot  tropic  forenoon. 
A party  of  correspondents  found  two  bushels 
of  ripe  tomatoes.  They  happened  to  be  in  the  Pennsylvania  lines  just  then  and 
went  down  the  lines  with  the  tomatoes,  the  excellent  find  lasted  till  the^^  had  gone 
along  a line  of  200  men. 

At  last  the  order  was  given  to  advance.  I saw  one  old  grizzly  captain,  if  I 
remember  rightly  it  was  Capt.  Baltwood  of  the  20th  Kansas,  watching  his  men 
and  carefully  keeping  them  under  the  trees  whenever  there  was  a chance  to  find 
retreat  from  the  pursuing  rays  of  the  sun.  I noted  also,  that  he  and  his  men  were 
like  untamed  panthers  when  the  battle  was  on.  Well,  down  a hot  dusty  road  we 
rushed;  soon  firing,  and  by  the  tack-tack  sound  we  knew  that  it  was  a Mauser; 
then  an  angry  roar  as  of  unchained  lions  where  the  penned  martyrs  are;  then  a 
confusion  of  such  sounds  punctuated  b}^  the  snarl  of  the  cannon — then 'a  hush. 
In  the  headquarters  a party  are  waiting.  Around  are  the  officers  and  the  reporters 
and  foreign  attaches.  The  attache  from  Japan  is  making  careful  notes;  of  how 
the  Krag  penetrates,  of  how  the  Mauser  carries,  of  how  the  Springfield  kicks,  of 
how  vSUperb  and  accurate  is  the  firing  of  the  American  soldier.  He  starts  suddenly 
and  well  he  may;  death  came  near  enough  his  door  to  have  made  a call.  A 
Remington  in  an  angry  way  drilled  a hole  on  the  under  side  of  his  leg  and  after 
burrowing  in  the  ground  came  out  a foot  away  from  him.  The  men  across  in  the 


Cauipaii^riinir  in  the  Philippines. 


167 


reserve  are  lying  low,  for  bullets  are  barking  the  trees  all  around  them — yet  they 
talk  and  joke  as  if  this  was  only  an  April  holiday. 

The  reserves  are  ordered  up.  Out  of  the  woods  and  into  the  wide  rice-fields 
they  go;  they  deploy  to  the  right;  Wheaton’s  Brigade  is  on  their  left  cutting  its 
way  through  woods  afire  and  fields  aflame.  Already  the  brave  Col.  Egbert  of  the 
22d  Regulars,  is  down  with  his  death  wound,  and  other  hearts  .are  going  to  break 
in  far  away  America.  Down  the  road  we  looked  in  the  edges  of  the  woods  and 
the  grass  for  any  man  that  might  need  help.  On  a cot  a man  lay  full  six  feet,  a 
big  brave  boy  ten  minutes  ago.  He  drew  a few  breaths  and  then  reported  for 
duty  in  other  fields. 

Smashing  us  from  one  side  and  another  the  insurrectos  retreated  inch  by  inch 
stubbornly  contesting  the  ground.  At  the  close  of  day  we  had  Polo  and  Malinta. 
Both  towns  had  been  fired  by  the  signed  order  of  Gen.  Luna. 


This  day  the  brigade  lost  eleven  in  killed  and  wounded.  We  passed  the  night 
near  Polo.  The  10th  Pennsylvanias  were  detached  for  service  in  the  1st  Brigade. 


BRIDGE  AT  MALABON,  .SHOWING  SPAN  BLOWN  OUT  BY  INSURGENTS. 


On  the  27th  of  March  the  brigade  advanced  at  7 A.  m.  When  they  reached 
the  next  town,  Meycauayan,  they  found  it  in  flames,  fired  by  the  orders  of  Gen, 
Luna.  Passing  on  up  the  railroad  track  in  the  direction  of  the  insurrecto  capital, 
they  arrived  at  Marilao  early  in  the  day.  The  enemy  was  here  discovered  in 
unknown  strength,  and  Col.  Funston  with  three  battalions  went  after  him.  It 
was  a hot  fight  but  the  indomitable  Colonel  and  the  unsubdued  Kansans  drove 
him  back.  As  before,  the  enemy  fought  well  at  first,  but  was  overcome  by  the 
white  man’s  nerve,  skill  and  staying  power,  and  by  his  immense  superiority  in 
weapons. 

In  the  afternoon  the  Kansans  crossed  the  bridge  which  had  already  been 
crossed  by  the  3d  Art.,  which  Gen.  Otis  calls  “a  small,  but  effective  regiment,” 
with  the  loss  of  eighteen  in  killed  and  wounded.  The  Montanas,  as  a train  and 
artillery  guard,  came  up  to  mend  the  bridge.  Camp  was  made  for  the  night  at 
the  Marilao  River.  The  lo.ss  of  the  command  at  the  bridge  was  four. 

On  the  following  day  the  Bocaue  and  Bigaa  Rivers  were  crossed.  The  horses 
were  made  to  swim.  The  column  flanked  Bulacan,  lying  we.st  near  the  bay,  and 
reported  to  be  occupied  by  Aguinaldo’s  troops.  The  leader  here  was  said  to  be 
Gen.  Gregorio  del  Pilar  with  500  men. 


Canipaigmn»;  /;/  the  Philippines. 


Guiguilito  was  reached  on  the  afternoon;  the  10th  Pennsylvania  and  the  Kan- 
sans crossed  the  bridge,  and  the  3d  Art.  and  Montanas  camped  on  the  south  side 
of  the  river.  Indications  of  demoralization  among  the  enemy  were  frequent.  Yet 
from  later  knowledge  of  them,  they  were  evidently  conducting  a rear  guard 
fight  and  doing  it  with  great  skill,  as  they  had  done  on  former  occasions. 


SQUAD  OF  MONTANA  MEN  ON  THE  FIRING  LINE  NEAR  MALOLOS.  Photo  hy  Lillie. 

All  the  bridges  were  saved,  but  many  houses  were  destroyed.  Sometimes  the 
rebels  set  fire  to  them;  sometimes  they  were  burned  after  our  army  came  into  the 
towns.  March  30th,  we  marched  to  the  rebel  trenches,  two  miles  from  Malolos. 
There  we  found  a small  party  strongly  entrenched  near  the  railroad.  The  rail- 
road had  been  the  vertebra,  as  it  were,  of  the  advancing  division.  On  either  side 
of  this  were  long,  low  stretches  of  level  grounds,  dotted  with  villages  and  settle- 
ments, and  interspersed  by  bamboo  belts  about  every  mile  of  the  way.  On  this 
railroad  then,  the  insurgent  forces  suddenly  opened  on  Otis  and  his  staff.  Gen. 
MacArthur  was  also  on  the  ground  at  the  time  with  his  staff.  One  company  of 
the  10th  Pennsylvania  and  one  company  of  the  Kansans  repelled  this  attack;  the 
2d  Brigade  with  the  rest  of  MacArthur’ s Division  marched  on  Malolos  at  the 
break  of  day  on  March  31st.  The  20th  Kansas  were  on  the  right  of  the  brigade, 
the  Montanas  in  the  center,  and  the  3d  Art.  on  the  left.  The  advance  uncoiled 
itself  slowly,  like  a great  python,  across  the  lagoons  and  marshes.  On  the  right 
there  was  some  heavy  firing,  but  Malolos  was  taken  with  scarcely  a blow,  the 
army  of  Aguinaldo  having  evacuated  the  place.  Smoke  and  flames  were  seen 
issuing  from  the  palace  of  the  President  of  the  Filipino  Republic.  The  “ nipa  ” 
huts  were  also  in  flames.  The  frenzied  inhabitants  were  determined  to  destroy 
their  homes  and  die  for  what  they  considered  their  sacred  liberties. 

The  Montanas  were  nearest  the  town,  and  Otis  sent  them  forward  to  occupy  it, 
which  they  did  at  9:40,  according  to  Gen.  Otis’  report.  At  9:45  the  Montanas 
came  to  the  public  square.  The  house  of  the  Filipino  Congress  was  in  flames. 
Col.  Kessler,  of  the  3d  Art.,  came  up  at  once;  Col.  Funston  and  the  Kansans  had 
entered  at  9:30,  going  in  at  a point  near  the  railroad  line.  At  ten  o’clock  the 
Kansans  reported,  and  shortly  after  the  1st  Brigade  flag,  .surmounted  by  the 


Cainpaii^yiijl^  in  the  Philippines. 


169 


nationaal  colors,  floated  from  the  staff,  erected  in  front  of  the  headquarters  of  the 
insurgent  government.  The  flag  was  given  by  Company  G of  the  Montanas. 
When  it  was  raised  a mighty  cheer  went  up. 

No  burning  by  our  troops  was  allowed.  Tooting  was  strictly  forbidden,  and 
all  public  and  private  property  was  put  under  guard.  Perfect  order  was  main- 
tained in  the  city.  The  Montanas  and  the  3d  Art.  were  sent  to  guard  the  town. 
Scouting  parties  and  outposts  were  posted. 

The  total  loss  of  the  brigade  in  the  march  to  Malolos  was  285  killed  and 
wounded,  being  more  than  ten  per  cent  of  the  strength  of  the  whole  command. 

Col.  Funston,  Col.  Kessler,  and  Maj.  Kobbe  were  mentioned  for  gallant  con- 
duct, and  special  distinction  was  asked  for  them  from  the  War  Department.  After 
seven  days  of  hard  fighting  the  insurgent  capital  was  taken.  Of  the  men  under 
him  Gen.  Harrison  Gray  Otis  writes:  “They  have  shown  in  an  eminent  degree 
the  qualities  of  good  soldiers,  obedient  to  discipline,  enduring  in  courage,  in 
steadiness,  in  patriotism,  and  magnificent  order  in  battle.” 

OPERATIONS  OF  WHEATON’S  BRIGADE* 

On  March  22d,  Gen.  Wheaton  received  orders  from  Headquarters  Department 
of  the  Pacific  and  Eighth  Army  Corps  to  report  for  temporary  duty  with  his  brigade 
to  Major-General  MacArthur.  The  brigade  consisted  of  one  battalion  3d  U.  S.  Inf., 
just  landed  from  transport,  22d  U.  S.  Inf.,  and  eleven  companies  2d  Oregon  Vol- 
unteer Inf.,  in  all  2241  officers  and  enlisted  men  effective  for  duty.  The  night  of 
March  24th,  this  brigade  relieved  the  1st  Brigade,  second  division,  Brigadier- 
General  Otis,  in  the  trenches  extending  from  the  left,  west  of  Caloocan,  to  the 
vicinity  of  Ea  Toma  church.  This  disposition  was  made  in  the  darkness,  without 
the  enemy  gaining  any  knowledge  of  it,  although  his  entrenchments  were  close  in 


r • 


TRENCHES  AND  BRIDGE  AT  CALUMPIT.  Photo  by  Lillie.. 


front  and  our  movements  exposed  to  his  short-range  fire.  The  2d  Oregon  was 
placed  on  the  left,  22d  U.  S.  Inf.  on  the  right,  the  battalion  3d  Inf.  in  the 
enclosure,  or  wall,  about  Caloocan  church,  and  near  the  center.  March  25th, 
soon  after  daylight,  Major-General  MacArthur  commenced  his  movement  by 


* Written  by  an  officer  of  the  brigade. 


270 


Campaigning  m the  Philippines. 


advancing  his  right  brigade  to  attack  the  enemy  in  the  trenches  on  his  front,  and 
to  advance  his  right  on  Polo.  Soon  after,  his  left  took  up  the  movement  and 
advanced  to  the  front  and  left  his  artillery  near  the  center,  advancing  with  his  lines. 


As  soon  as  the  left  brigade  moved,  Gen.  Wheaton  advanced  one  battalion  of 
the22d  Inf.  on  his  right  to  cover  the  movement  of  the  3d  U.  S.  Art. — foot — on  Gen. 


SECTION  OF  FIRST  RESERVE  HOSPITAL,  USED  FOR  WOUNDED  FILIPINOS.  Photo  hy  Lillie. 


MacArthur’s  left.  The  turning  movement  having  sufficiently  developed  to  threaten 
the  rebel  entrenchments  on  their  left  flank,  Gen.  Wheaton  directed  that  Are  be 
opened  on  the  rebel  entrenchments  on  his  front  by  the  guns  of  the  Utah  Light 
Artillery,  1st.  Lieut.  George  W.  Gibbs,  and  at  8:30  a.  m.  directed  his  whole  line  to 
advance  in  the  following  order:  22d  U.  S.  Inf.,  Col.  H.  C.  Egbert,  on  the  right  to 
endeavor  to  keep  in  touch  and  communication  with  the  3d  U.  S.  Art.  on  the  left  of 
Otis’  Brigade;  MacArthur’s  Division,  one  battalion  3d  U.  S.  Inf.,  Capt.  Cooke, 
center;  two  companies  on  the  east  side  of  the  railroad  track  and  two  on  the  west 
side.  Second  Oregon  Volunteer  Inf.,  Col.  O.  Summers,  left  extending  to  near  the 
channel  separating  Malabon  from  the  mainland.  The  rebels  were  found  in  their 
entrenchments  in  great  force,  and  line  after  line  of  their  works  was  carried  with 
the  utmost  gallantry.  The  roll  of  the  infantry  fire  was  now  continuous  and  in- 
tense; the  heaviest  fighting  at  this  time  falling  on  the  2d  Oregon  and  two  companies 
of  3d  U.  S.  Inf.  By  11:30  A.  m.  the  enemy  was  thrown  to  the  line  of  entrench- 
ments along  the  Tuliahan  River,  he  having  been  driven  from  his  successive  lines 
of  entrenchments  with  great  slaughter.  The  two  guns  of  the  Utah  Light  Battery 
were  now  brought  up  from  the  line  of  works  in  front  of  Caloocan  to  a point  on 
the  railroad  track,  nine  hundred  yards  from  the  bridge  across  the  Tuliahan;  a 
Hotchkiss  revolving  cannon  was  sent  to  the  extreme  left  to  keep  down  the  fire  of 
the  enemy  coming  from  across  the  channel  near  Malabon.  His  block-houses  and 
entrenchments  along  the  river  on  the  north  bank  were  shelled.  A battalion  of 
two  companies  of  the  23d  U.  S.  Inf.,  one  hundred  and  fifty-nine  officers  and  enlisted 
men,  Capt.  S.  B.  Pratt,  having  been  sent  out  from  the  city,  were  placed  on  the  right 
with  instructions  to  connect  with  the  left  of  Otis’  Brigade,  which  was  done  by 
fording  the  Tuliahan.  Late  in  the  afternoon,  a despatch  was  received  from 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


171 


Gen.  Mac  Arthur  that  it  was  probable,  owing  to  the  difficulties  of  the  country, 
that  he  would  not  be  able  to  place  his  right  at  Polo  that  day,  but  hoped  to  be 
there  early  next  morning.  Gen.  Wheaton  now  suspended  his  forward  movement, 
in  order  that  the  enemy  might  not  be  driven  beyond  Polo  or  Malinta  before  the 
ground  in  that  vicinity  had  been  seized  by  Gen.  MacArthur.  Night  closed 
with  Gen.  Wheaton’s  right  connecting  with  Otis’  Brigade  of  the  second 
division,  and  the  line  close  to  the  Tuliahan,  with  the  enemy  all  driven  to  the 
north  bank.  March  26th,  at  daylight,  the  indications  were  that  the  enemy  was 
preparing  for  retreat. 

The  city  of  Malabon,  on  the  left,  was  on  fire,  and  a stream  of  fugitive  soldiers, 
of  the  enemy,  and  inhabitants,  was  pouring  from  the  city  toward  the  north.  Col. 
Egbert  was  ordered  to  ford  the  Tuliahan  River  with  his  regiment — the  22d  U.  S. 
Inf. — near  the  right,  and  form  line  perpendicular  to  the  river,  his  right  to  the 
north,  his  left  to  be  supported  by  the  battalion  23d  U.  S.  Inf.  By  11  A.  m.  all 
entrenchments  near  the  river  were  carried,  the  2d  Oregons  on  the  left  meeting 
with  an  obstinate  resistance.  Gen.  Wheaton  crossed  the  river  in  person  at  this 
time  near  the  railroad  bridge,  and  the  rebels  opened  fire  from  an  entrenchment 
halfway,  from  the  river  to  Malinta,  from  walls,  loopholed  for  musketry  about  the 
church,  and  from  entrenchments  at  Malinta.  The  22d  U.  S.  Inf.  was  ordered  to 
form  line,  facing  the  entrenchments,  and  to  charge  and  carry  them,  wffiich  the 
regiment  did  with  great  gallantr3\  Col.  H.  C.  Egbert  was  mortally  wounded  in 
this  charge,  and  died  soon  after.  At  the  same  time  the  2d  Oregon,  on  the  left, 
carried  everything  before  it.  The  3d  U.  S.  Art.  now — about  12  m. — entered 
Malinta.  The  enemy  fled  north,  pursued  by  Gen.  MacArthur’ s center  and  right. 
Gen.  Wheaton’s  whole  brigade  went  into  camp  at  Malinta,  the  two  remaining 
battalions  of  the  3d  U.  S.  Inf.  having  joined  from  the  transport,  about  dark. 
March  27th,  under  order  from  the  Division  Commander,  the  2d  Oregon  was  left  at 
Malinta,  and  the  rest  of  the  brigade  joined  head  of  column.  The  battalion  of  the 
23d  U.  S.  Inf.  was  returned  to  Manila.  At  8:40  A.  m.  Gen.  Wheaton  received  a 
despatch  from  the  Department  Commander  to  be  under  his  orders  direct,  and  to 
keep  railroad  open  in  the  rear  of  Gen.  MacArthur’ s Division.  March  28th,  the  3d 


JUST  BEFORE  THE  ADVANCE. 


and  22d  Infs,  marched  to  Marilao.  March  29th,  the  Marilao  was  crossed  and  the 
brigade  marched  up  the  railroad.  March  30th,  the  13th  Minnesota  Volunteer  Inf. 
was  assigned  to  Gen.  Wheaton’s  command.  Column  moved  at  6:30  A.  m.  All  trains 
were  left  at  Bocaue  with  one  battalion,  22d  U.  S.  Inf.,  as  guard.  The  column 
reached  Guiguinto  at  9:30  A.  m.,  and  before  dark  the  3d  U.  S.  Inf.,  Col.  Page,  and 


172 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


two  battalions  ‘22d  U.  S.  Inf.  were  in  bivouac,  one  half  mile  in  rear  of  Major- 
General  MacArthur’s  line  of  battle,  one  and  one-half  to  two  miles  from  Malolos. 
In  conference  with  Gen.  Mac  Arthur  it  was  decided  that  Gen.  Wheaton  should 
support  his  attack  on  the  enemy’s  position,  in  front  of  Malolos,  by  supporting  his 
left  with  two  battalions  22d  U.  S.  Inf.  and  his  right  with  three  battalions  8d 
U.  S.  Inf.  March  81st,  soon  after  daylight,  the  five  battalions  mentioned  were 
placed,  deployed  in  two  lines  of  skirmishers,  closed  to  two  and  one-half  paces 
interval ; distance  between  lines,  500  yards.  The  right  and  left  battalions  to  lap 
over  and  beyond  the  line  of  battle  of  the  division.  Action  commenced  about  7 
A.  M.,  the  left  occupying  Malolos,  the  enemy’s  capital,  early  in  the  day.  Gen. 
Wheaton  was  with  the  right  and  opened  fire  on  an  entrenchment  of  the  enemy 
with  Hotchkiss  revolving  cannon,  soon  after  the  line  was  formed. 

After  some  maneuvering,  Hale’s  Brigade  carried  the  enemy’s  works,  and  pur- 
sued him  in  the  direction  of  Calumpit.  The  entire  movement  from  the  lines  in 
front  of  Caloocan  to  Malolos  was  a complete  success.  Great  damage  and  heavy 
loss  in  killed  and  wounded  was  inflicted  upon  the  rebels,  and  nowhere  was  the 


WHERK  THE  NEBRASKA  REGIMENT  LOST  TWELVE  MEN  WITHIN  FIFTY  AWARDS.  Photo  hi/  Roomer. 

enemy  able  to  considerably  retard  the  advance.  He  was  in  strong  force  in  front 
of  our  lines  on  March  25th.  In  front  of  Gen.  Wheaton’s  Brigade  his  entrench- 
ments were  held  by  not  less  than  4000  men,  mostly  armed  with  Mauser  rifles.  The 
conduct  of  our  officers  and  men  was  distinguished  by  daring  and  the  utmost 
energy.  Gen.  Wheaton  expresses  the  highest  admiration  for  the  distinguished 
gallantry  of  Col.  Harry  C.  Egbert,  22d  U.  S.  Inf.,  who  fell  at  Malinta  during  the 
charge  of  his  regiment  upon  the  enemy’s  entrenchments.  He  should  be  held  in 
grateful  remembrance  by  his  countrymen.  The  gallant  conduct  of  Col.  O.  Summers, 
2d  Oregon  Volunteer  Inf.,  on  March  25th  and  26th,  is  worthy  of  the  highest 
praise.  He  maneuvered  his  regiment  with  ability  and  did  excellent  service,  in- 
spiring his  command  which  fought  with  courage  and  determination.  The  con- 
duct of  Capt.  John  G.  Ballance,  22d  U.  S.  Inf.,  was  distinguished  for  courage  and 
skill.  His  ability  in  handling  his  battalion  under  the  enemy’s  fire  is  worthy  of 
the  highest  consideration.  Gen.  Wheaton  states  that  he  is  indebted  for  valuable 
asistance  to  Capt.  H.  C.  Cabell,  8d  U.  S.  Inf.,  Assistant  Adjutant-General  U.  S.  V.; 
1st  Eieut.  F.  D.  Webster,  20th  Inf.,  Aide-de-camp;  2d  Lieut.  W.  D.  Connor, 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


173 


Corps  of  Engineers,  Acting  Aide-de-camp,  and  2d  Lieut  A.  P.  Hayne,  Battery  A, 
California  Volunteer  Heavy  Artillery,  Acting  Aide-de-camp;  that  they  carried 
his  orders  to  all  parts  of  the  field  during  these  operations;  he  expresses  his  thanks 
for  the  courage  and  ability  with  which  they  carried  his  orders.  Gen.  Wheaton 
also  states  that  Maj.  G.  F.  Shiels,  Brigade  Surgeon  of  Volunteers,  rendered 
valuable  service  in  bringing  wounded  from  the  most  exposed  places,  and  in  many 
instances  carrying  orders  under  the  heaviest  fire  of  the  enemy. 

THE  GIEMORE  INCIDENT. 

In  the  latter  part  of  March,  during  the  period  covered  by  this  chapter, 
the  gunboat  Yorktown  was  ordered  to  patrol  the  coast  of  Luzon.  After 
liberating  foreign  residents  in  towns  where  they  were  held  as  prisoners, 
the  Yorktown  proceeded  northward  as  far  as  the  province  of  El  Principe, 
stopping  at  the  capital  town  of  Bales,  where  she  arrived  April  12th.  The 
province  contains  about  50,000  inhabitants,  and  is  a mountainous  country. 
The  town  of  Bales  has  a population  of  nearly  12,000,  and  is  ten  days’  distant  by 
land  from  Manila — three  days  on  horseback,  and  seven  by  coach.  So  isolated  is 
tne  place  that  neither  the  natives  nor  Spanish  residents  were  aware  of  events 
transpiring  in  Manila,  nor  of  their  changed  relations  to  each  other,  or  the  world. 

The  Spanish  had  maintained  a garrison  at  Bales,  which  for  nearly  a year  had 
oeen  besieged  by  the  insurrectos,  a siege  which  was  continued  nothwithstanding 
surrender  of  Spain’s  claims  to  sovereignty.  The  garrison  consisted  of  eighty- 
three  soldiers,  three  officers  and  two  priests,  who  were  defending  themselves  in  a 
church.  The  mission  of  the  Yorktowyi  was  to  acquaint  the  insurrectos  with  the 
change  in  government,  and  to  rescue  the  beleaguered  garrison.  On  the  arrival  of 
the  Yorktowji,  Lieut.  J.  C.  Gilmore,  and  Ensign  W.  H.  Standley  were  directed  to 
proceed  up  the  river  in  the  Yorktown' s launch,  making  soundings,  and  discover- 
ing the  conditions  of  affairs  at  Bales.  On  arriving  at  the  mouth  of  the  river. 
Ensign  Standley  landed,  and  Gilmore  with  a party  from  the  gunboat  proceeded 
up  the  stream,  soon  being  concealed  from  view  by  a bend  in  the  shore.  Shortly 
after  losing  sight  of  the  boat,  Standley  heard  a bugle  call,  followed  by  three  volleys 
and  cheering.  That  the  launch  had  been  surprised  by  insurrectos,  he  did  not 
doubt,  and  as  the  automatic  gun  with  which  the  boat  was  equipped,  made  no 
reply,  it  seemed  almost  certain  that  Gilmore  and  party  had  been  killed,  or  taken 
prisoners. 

Returning  to  the  ship  with  this  report,  search  was  instituted  for  the  Lieu- 
tenant, his  party,  and  the  launch,  but  nothing  coming  to  light  about  either,  after 
a few  days,  during  which  the  Filipinos  refused  to  communicate  with  the  American 
officers,  the  Yorktown  continued  her  voyage  to  Iloilo.  From  that  time,  and  to 
the  time  when  these  pages  are  printed,  the  party  have  been  held  as  prisoners  by 
the  Filipinos. 


1 


CHURCH  AT  MAUOUOS. 

Used  as  headquarters  for  our  troops. 


i 


CHAPTER  IX. 


MacARTHUR’S  march  on  SAN  FERNANDO. 


R some  weeks  after  the  capture  of  Malolos,  MacArthur’s 
Division  remained  there  awaiting  further  developments. 
The  position  of  affairs  was  not  much  changed,  except  that 
the  headquarters  of  the  insurrectos  had  been  pushed 
back  a few  miles.  The  insurrectos  were  as  active  as  ever, 
and  their  lines  confronted  ours  near  Malolos,  just  as  they 
had  previously  confronted  them  at  Caloocan.  Whenever 
the  Americans  appeared  in  force  the  insurrectos  retired. 
When  the  Americans  fell  back,  the  insurrectos  returned. 
About  this  time  Gen.  H.  G.  Otis  resigned  and  returned  to 
the  United  States,  and  was  succeeded  in  the  command  of  the  1st  Brigade  by  Gen. 
Lloyd  Wheaton  on  April  2d.  The  regiments  of  Wheaton’s  Brigade  were  partly 
returned  to  Manila  and  partly  scattered  along  the  line  of  the  railroad  upon  guard 
duty,  under  command  of  Gen.  Wheaton.  Gen.  Wheaton  remained  in  command 
of  the  1st  Brigade  until  our  forces  reached  San  Fernando,  and  was  also  in  general 
charge  of  the  railroad  communications  with  Manila.  On  April  14th,  the  10th 
Pennsylvania  Regiment  was  relieved  by  the  51st  lowas. 

During  the  second  week  in  April,  a body  of  insurrectos  appeared  near  the 
railroad  between  Malolos  and  Manila,  threatening  our  communications.  Gen. 
Wheaton  proceeded  to  attend  to  that  matter,  and  the  following,  written  by  an 
officer  of  his  brigade,  describes  his  operations  in  so  doing: 

WHEATON’S  OPERATIONS  ALONG  THE  RAILROAD. 

At  1 A.  M.  April  11th,  Gen.  Wheaton  received  a despatch  from  the  command- 
ing officer  at  Bigaa  that  the  enemy  had  attacked  in  force  at  Bocaue,  on  the  rail- 
road, our  line  of  communication;  that  he  was  attacked  and  that  he  wanted 
re-inforcements.  In  compliance  with  instructions  from  Major-General  MacArthur, 
commanding  the  second  division,  Gen.  Wheaton  immediately  proceeded  (on  foot) 
in  the  direction  of  points  attacked,  taking  with  him  a detachment  of  twenty-five 
men  of  the  4th  Cav.  (dismounted),  under  command  of  Lieut.  Charles  Boyd, 
4th  U.  S.  Cav.  Upon  reaching  a company  of  the  13th  Minnesota  Volunteer  Inf., 
encamped  two  and  one-half  miles  south  of  Malolos  and  along  the  railroad  track, 
it  was  found  that  an  additional  company  had  been  sent  there  from  Guiguinto. 
The  company  was  ordered  to  follow  the  General,  and  also  one  platoon  of  the  other 
company.  Upon  arriving  at  the  bridge,  one  mile  or  less  from  Guiguinto,  the 
company  there  was  ordered  to  follow.  The  command  arrived  at  Guiguinto  as  the 


17*5 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


enemy  attacked  the  outposts  there.  The  commanding  officer  seemed  to  have  made 
no  adequate  preparation  for  combat.  Gen.  Wheaton  immediately  deployed  the 
whole  force,  amounting  to  about  400  men,  along  the  railroad  track,  and  pushed  by 
hand  the  armored  train  lying  there  into  position  to  command  the  ground  east  and 
north  of  Guiguinto.  The  enem}'  now  attacked  by  firing  from  all  the  bamboo 
thickets  and  timber  near  the  station  and  north  and  east  of  the  depot.  Fire  was 
opened  upon  him  from  the  six-pound  rifle,  and  the  Hotchkiss  revolving  cannon  and 
the  two  machine  guns  on  the  armored  train.  The  whole  infantr}^  line  opened  fire, 
and  before  daylight  the  enemy  was  driven  off  and  dispersed. 

Gen.  Wheaton  then  proceeded  to  Bigaa,  taking  the  troops  at  Guiguinto  with 
him  and  leaving  the  detachment  4th  Cav.  to  guard  the  station,  until  relieved  by 
troops  sent  from  Malolos  by  the  Division  Commander.  The  armored  train  was 
pushed  by  hand.  The  enemy  was  driven  from  the  vicinit}*  of  Bigaa,  and  taking 
the  troops  there,  excepting  detachment  left  as  guard,  the  General  proceeded  to 
Bocaue.  Upon  arriving  within  a mile  of  that  place  he  found  the  troops  3’et 
engaged.  He  opened  fire  on  the  enem^’  with  machine  guns  and  attacked  him  with 
infantr}^  deployed  in  the  extended  order,  and  drove  him  in  flight  in  the  direction 


THE  ADVAXCE  OX  MALOLOS. 


of  Santa  Maria  and  east  of  Bocaue.  It  was  found  that  there  had  been  a spirited 
combat  at  Bocaue,  and  the  four  companies  of  infantr}"  there  and  in  the  vicinity  had 
preser\*ed  the  railroad  track  intact  and  had  inflicted  loss  upon  the  enem3^  It  was  also 
learned  that  the  three  companies  of  the  Oregon  Regiment  at  Marilao  had  been 
attacked  by  about  400  rebels,  who  were  driven  off.  The  telegraph  line  betu^een 
Bocaue  and  Marilao  had  been  cut  in  several  places,  and  it  was  not  until  afternoon 
that  the  line  was  restored.  The  enem3"  had  attacked  in  considerable  force  all  the 
places  held  b3'  troops,  from  Marilao  to  Guiguinto  inclusive.  He  was  beaten  off 
ever3'wffiere  b3'  da3flight  and  driven  from  the  vicinit3^  of  all  the  stations  before  6:30 
A.  M.  The  General  ordered  four  companies  of  the  2d  Oregon  from  Malinta  and 
two  from  Marilao,  and  with  two  companies  at  Bocaue  assembled  at  that  point 
two  battalions  of  the  regiment  and  had  there  the  entire  Minnesota  Regiment. 
Major-General  MacArthur  sent  from  Malolos  one  3.2-inch  gun  and  one  Hotch- 
kiss revolving  cannon.  At  da3dight,  on  the  morning  of  the  12th  of  April,  a 
move  was  made  upon  Santa  Maria  with  this  force.  Fire  was  opened  upon  the 
position  and  entrenchments  of  the  enem3^  at  that  place  with  artiller3q  and  the 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


177 


infantry  advanced  in  the  extended  order.  The  enemy — eleven  companies  o^ 
infantry — offered  a feeble  resistance,  and  fled  north  and  east  of  Santa  Maria. 
Strong  detachments  were  sent  on  all  north  and  east  roads.  They  pursued  the 
enemy  in  every  direction,  but  were  unable  to  come  up  with  him,  as  he  had  dis- 
persed. The  command  returned  to  Bocaue,  during  the  afternoon,  and  from  there 
the  troops  were  sent  to  the  several  stations  they  occupied  before  the  enemy’s 
attack  upon  the  points,  held  by  the  troops  along  the  railroad  track.  From  inform- 
ation obtained  from  prisoners  and  from  escaped  Spanish  refugees,  it  was  learned 
that  this  attack  upon  our  communications  was  made  under  the  orders  and  super- 
vision of  Aguinaldo,  who  was  at  Santa  Maria  the  11th  of  April.  The  loss  of  the 
enemy,  as  near  as  could  be  ascertained,  was  about  250  killed  and  wounded. 

Thanks  are  due  Col.  O.  Summers,  2d  Oregon  Volunteer  Inf.,  for  prompt  co- 
operation and  to  Capt.  H.  C.  Catell  for  able  assistance,  also  to  1st.  Tieut.  F.  D. 
Webster,  20th  Inf.,  Aide-de-camp,  and  1st  Lieut.  H.  B.  Ely,  22d  Inf.,  Acting 
Assistant  Quartermaster  and  Acting  Chief  Surgeon.  Maj.  Bell,  U.  S.  V. 
Engineers,  of  Major-General  MacArthur’s  staff,  rendered  valuable  services  on  the 
12th  of  April,  and  had  charge  of  an  important  reconnaissance  from  Santa  Maria. 

In  the  latter  part  of  April,  Gen.  MacArthur  was  instructed  by  the  command- 
ing general  to  renew  his  pressure  upon  the  insurrectos,  and  drive  them  from 
Calumpit  and  San  Fernando,  which  had  become  their  headquarters. 

HALE’vS  OPERATIONvS  FROM  MAEOLOS  TO  CALUMPIT. 

The  country  from  Malolos  to  Calumpit  is  level  for  the  most  part.  A wagon 
road  runs  five  miles  northeasterly  to  Quingua,  bordered  with  a fringe  of  woods 
most  of  the  way,  with  open  fields  on  both  sides.  For  half  a mile  about  Quingua, 
the  country-  is  covered  with  woods,  but  just  before  reaching  the  woods  there  was 
half  a mile  of  open  space  defended  by  trenches — the  scene  of  the  battle  of  Quin- 
gua. Around  the  town  itself  - . ■ - 

was  a strong  line  of  trenches. 

The  Quingua  River  flows  west- 
ward past  the  north  edge  of  the 
town  of  Quingua,  and  the  south 
edge  of  the  town  of  Pulilan 
toward  Calumpit,  eight  miles 
west  of  Quingua. 

The  railroad  runs  northwest 
from  Malolos  to  Calumpit, 
through  a rich  farming  country 
like  the  English  downs.  Five 
miles  from  Malolos  it  crosses 
the  Bagbag  River,  which  here 
flows  southwesterly.  The  rail- 
road has  an  iron  bridge,  the  gen.  wheaton  at  malolos.  puotohymue. 

farther  span  of  which  had  been  dropped  into  the  river  by  the  insurrectos, — a fact 
discovered  by  Maj.  Bell  in  a reconnaissance  from  Malolos.  A mile  and  a quarter 
further  on,  the  road  crosses  the  Rio  Grande  de  la  Pampanga  on  a fine  iron  bridge ^ 

12b 


178 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


the  condition  of  which  was  unknown.  Three  hundred  yards  above  and  north- 
east of  the  broken  Bagbag  Bridge,  the  Bagbag  River  is  formed  by  the  junction  of 
the  Quingua  River,  flowing  from  the  east,  and  the  Calumpit  River,  a narrow, 

deep,  canal-like  stream  extend- 
ing from  this  junction  north- 
westerly parallel  to  the  railroad 
to  the  Rio  Grande,  thus  forming 
a connecting  link  between  the 
two  rivers. 

The  town  of  Calumpit  lies  in 
the  rectangle  formed  b}^  the 
railroad,  the  Rio  Grande  de  la 
Pampanga,  the  Calumpit  and 
the  Bagbag,  being  thus  sur- 
rounded on  three  sides  by  rivers 
said  to  be  unfordable.  It  was 
known  to  be  very  strongly 
fortified  by  entrenchments  built 
in  a practically  continuous  line  along  the  river  banks,  covered  in  some  cases  with 
bomb  proofs,  and  other  cases  with  loopholed  breastworks,  having  individual 
coverings  for  each  rifleman.  The  railroad  enbankment  was  also  converted  into 
a parapet  for  firing  in  either  direction,  and  was  gashed  with  trenches  cut  across  it, 
to  fire  on  troops  advancing  along  the  road. 

The  Americans  fully  appreciated  that  the  capture  of  this  place,  so  strongly 
fortified,  both  by  nature  and  the  insurgents,  was  a serious  problem — the  most 
difficult  yet  encountered.  The  insurgents  regarded  it  as  absolutely  impregnable. 
Buencameno,  one  of  their  leaders,  stated  in  a letter  to  Aguinaldo,  picked  up  on 
the  battle-field  after  the  capture,  that  ‘ ‘ Calumpit  will  be  the  sepulcher  of  the 
Americans,”  and  he  was  certainly  justified  in  this  opinion  by  the  strength  of  the 
position. 

The  original  plan  was  for  the  1st  Brigade  to  work  up  the  railroad,  Hale’s  Brigade 
moving  due  north  from  Malolos  across  the  Quingua  River,  and  thence  westward  to 
the  Calumpit,  from  which  position  it  could  partially  enfilade  the  trenches  along  the 
Bagbag,  near  the  railroad  bridge  in  front  of  the  1st  Brigade,  and  thus  enable  the 
latter  to  effect  a crossing.  The  Quingua  part  of  the  fight  was  not  premeditated, 
but  events  so  shaped  themselves  that  the  2d  Brigade  had  to  go  to  Quingua  and 
fight  its  way  along  the  Quingua  River,  past  Pulilan  to  Calumpit,  and  so  attack 
the  city  in  that  way. 

Before  the  march  commenced,  Maj.  Bell  went  with  a cavalry  troop  in  the  direc- 
tion of  Quingua,  to  reconnoiter  the  river.  At  the  camp  in  Malolos,  at  six  o’clock 
on  the  morning  of  April  23d,  a heavy  firing  was  heard  coming  from  the  direction  of 
Maj.  Bell’s  expedition.  The  firing  being  so  heavy  and  continuous,  as  to  indicate 
something  more  than  a mere  brush  with  an  outpost,  Gen.  Hale  immediately  sent 
an  order  to  Lieutenant-Colonel  Miller,  of  the  51st  lowas,  to  send  two  companies 
to  Maj.  Bell’s  support,  and,  as  the  firing  did  not  abate,  increased  this  to  four 
companies.  A cavalryman  rode  in  and  reported  that  Maj.  Bell  had  sent  for  a 


OREGON  BOYS  ON  THE  FIRING  LINE.  Photo  hy  Lillie. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


179 


battalion  of  Nebraskas,  whose  camp  was  nearest  the  Quingua  Road,  and  that  the}" 
were  already  on  the  way  out.  A little  later  another  battalion  of  lowas  and  one  of 
Nebraskas  went  out  to  re-inforce  their  comrades.  About  this  time  Capt.  Lockett, 
Gen.  MacArthur’s  Aide,  who  had  ridden  out  to  investigate,  reported  that  the  morn- 
ing skirmish  had  developed  into  quite  a serious  situation,  and  that  artillery  would 
be  required  to  drive  the  Filipinos  from  their  strong  position.  Gen.  MacArthur 
ordered  four  guns  to  the  post. 

Gen.  Hale  at  once  took  the  field  in  person,  and  reached  the  firing  lines  to  find 
that  the  Nebraskas  were  deployed  behind  a rice-ridge  in  the  field,  at  the  right  of 
the  road ; that  the  lowas  had  taken  a position  on  their  right  and  the  cavalry  were 
posted  on  the  left.  The  Filipinos  were  pouring  a fierce  and  deadly  fire  on  our 
lines.  The  General  waited  for  our  guns,  which  were  rapidly  coming  up  the  road, 
placed  them  at  the  edge  of  the  woods,  ordered  the  Nebraskas,  who  were  between 
his  cannon  and  the  enemy  on  the  right,  to  withdraw  to  the  woods  as  soon  as  the 
artillery  began  firing  on  the  left,  thus  permitting  the  shelling  of  the  insurgent 
trenches  in  front  of  the  Nebraskas  before  they  advanced,  and  then  opened  with 
the  artillery. 

The  Nebraska  firing  line,  however,  began  to  advance  under  a terrific  musketry 
discharge.  Thinking  that  his  instructions  had  been  misunderstood.  Hale  ran 
down  the  road  towards  the  Nebraskas  and  discovered  that  Col.  Stotsenberg,  who 
had  just  come  out  and  was  not  aware  of  the  General’s  plan  and  orders,  had  gone 
to  the  front,  and,  with  his  characteristic,  impetuous  bravery,  had  given  the  order 
to  advance.  It  was  too  late  to  recall  the  men  who  had  by  this  time  almost  reached 
the  enemy’s  trenches  and  were  fighting  with  the  courage  and  spirit  of  Napoleon’s 
Old  Guard.  The  Filipinos  in  this  fight  delivered  a very  effective  fire,  and  within 
a few  hundred  yards  Col.  Stotsenberg,  Lieut.  Sisson  and  two  enlisted  men  were 
killed,  and  thirty-one  men  wounded,  out  of  not  over  200  men  actually  on  the 
firing  lines.  But  the  charge  of  this  “thin,  brown  line’’  was  irresistible,  and  the 
Filipinos  were  beaten  back  from  their  position  and  driven  through  the  town  only 
after  they  had  made  several 
stands  behind  the  barricades. 

When  the  artillery  fire  was 
about  to  begin,  Capt.  Brooks, 

Adjutant-General  of  the  brigade, 
had  been  sent  above  the  line, 
to  the  right,  to  direct  the  Iowa 
troops  to  advance  with  the 
Nebraskas,  which  they  did, 
meeting  strong  resistance  from 
the  enemy,  entrenched  around 
the  southwest  side  of  the  town, 
but  gallantly  carrying  these 
works  and  entering  the  town 
with  the  Nebraskas.  The  unexpected  events  of  the  day  having  put  our  troops 
in  possession  of  Quingua,  it  was  considered  better  to  hold  it,  and  effect  a crossing 
of  the  Quingua  River  at  that  point,  and  march  from  there  against  Calumpit 


GUNS  OF  THE  UTAH  BATTERY  TRAINED  ON  MALABON. 


180 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


instead  of  carrying  out  the  former  plan  of  advancing  north  from  Malolos 
and  forcing  a passage  at  a new  place  which  would  probably  be  strongly 
defended.  The  events  of  the  next  day  proved  the  wisdom  of  this  judgment, 
and  showed  that  the  battle  of  Quingua  was  a blessing  in  disguise.  Accordingly, 
the  South  Dakotas,  and  the  remaining  companies  of  the  Nebraskas  and  lowas 
were  marched  to  Quingua. 

Rations  and  ammunition  were  distributed,  and  everything  put  in  readiness  to 
force  the  passage  of  the  river  on  the  following  morning.  During  the  night  the 
enemy  made  an  attempt  to  destroy  the  bamboo  bridges,  but  was  frustrated  b}^  the 
American  outposts.  Sergeant-Major  Coleman  of  the  Nebraskas  succeeded  in  recon- 
noitering  the  ford,  although  the  enemy  on  the  opposite  bank  fired  on  everyone 
approaching  the  river,  and  found  that  it  was  shallow  enough  for  troops  to  pass. 

After  a busy  and  anxious  night  the  infantr}'  and  artillery  were  placed,  at 
5 A.  M.,  along  the  south  bank  of  the  river,  the  guns  being  located  in  such  a wa}’- 
that  they  could  partially  enfilade  the  Filipino  trenches.  At  5:30  the  firing  began. 
Twenty-five  minutes  later  Company  B of  the  Nebraskas,  under  Lieut.  Osborne, 
advanced  through  the  ford,  and  Company  F,  of  the  South  Dakotas,  under  Capt. 


IX  THE  TRENCHES  AT  THE  PUMPING  STATION. 


Brockway,  dashed  across  the  frail  bambooo  foot-bridge.  This  boldness  of  the 
Americans,  which  was  not  down  in  the  books,  and  which  Spain  had  not  taught 
them,  seemed  to  paralyze  the  insurgents,  and  they  left  their  trenches  forthwith. 
After  four  hours’  hard  work,  owing  to  the  rickety  condition  of  the  bridge,  and  the 
steep  approach  to  the  ford,  and  the  soft  bottom  of  the  river,  transportation  and 
army  were  all  taken  across,  and  a northwesterly  march  on  Pulilan  began.  Pulilan 
lies  on  the  north  bank  of  the  Pulilan  River,  about  two  miles  northwest  of  Quin- 
gua and  six  miles  east  of  Calumpit.  The  thick  jungles  rendered  the  maintenance 
of  an  extended  line  extremely  difficult,  but  b}"  hard  riding  up  and  down  the  line 
and  constantly  passing  of  signals,  the  continuity  of  the  brigade  was  preserved  as 
it  forced  its  way  through  the  dense,  thorny  brush.  The  artillery  was  kept  within 
100  yards  of  the  firing  line,  to  be  ready  for  quick  action  in  an  emergency. 

Gen.  Hale  is  a strong  advocate  of  this  departure  from  the  text-book  rules  for 
location  of  artillery,  when  applied  to  warfare  with  the  Filipinos.  On  account  of 
the  high  fire  of  the  Filipinos,  it  was  fully  as  safe  on  the  firing  line  as  farther  back. 
The  guns  did  not  have  to  come  up  under  fire,  and  a few  shells  and  shrapnel 
promptly  administered  at  the  very  outset  of  an  attack,  exert  a wonderful  influence. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


181 


At  10:20  A.  M.  the  line  was  met  by  a heavy  fire  from  the  dense  bamboo  thickets 
in  its  front,  where  the  enemy  was  strongly  entrenched  in  a line  of  earthworks 
built  across  the  road,  and  in  the  woods.  One  field  gun  opened  immediately  to  the 

front,  and  a few 
well  directed 
shots  from  an- 
other put  to 
flight  a party 
of  the  enemy 
who  had  attack- 
ed our  right  and 

TRENCHES  AT  SAN  FERNANDO.  Photo  by  Darcey.  rear.  The  SoUth 

Dakotas  and  Nebraskas  charged  the  enemy’s  earthworks,  and,  as  a longer  resist- 
ance than  usual  was  made,  a large  number  were  killed.  In  one  barricade  thirty- 
eight  dead  were  counted,  at  another,  twenty-eight,  and  at  a third,  fifteen,  while 
many  more  were  seen  along  the  lanes  and  in  the  woods.  The  brigade  halted  at 
Pulilan,  resuming  the  march  at  3 p.  m. 

As  the  sun  was  sinking  towards  the  horizon,  and  the  weary  skirmish  line  was 
plodding  along  past  the  ford  of  the  Quingua  where  the  crossing  would  have  been 
made  if  the  plan  had  been  carried  out,  and  thinking  that  the  enemy  would  probably 
not  make  another  stand  before  the  final  and  crucial  conflict  at  the  stronghold  of 
Calumpit,  they  were  rudely  awakened  by  the  crackling  of  Mausers  from  a line  of 
invisible  trenches  extending  perpendicularly  to  the  river  along  the  entire  front  of 
the  brigade  for  a distance  of  nearly  a mile.  The  left  battalion  of  the  Nebraskas 
and  the  artillery  took  up  some  earthworks  which  had  been  vacated  by  the  Fili- 
pinos, and  which  made  a splendid  defense  at  this  time.  Tieut.  Webber’s  com- 
pany was  sent  up  the  road  on  the  left  to  turn  the  enemy’s  right  flank.  The  right 
battalion  of  the  Nebraskas,  under  Maj.  Eager,  in  company  with  the  South 
Dakotas,  under  Col.  Frost,  charged  across  the  intervening  space.  When  they 
were  half  way  across,  the  Filipinos  retreated,  leaving  twenty-five  dead.  This 
ended  the  third  fight  of  the  day.  Without  counting  those  scattered  through  trees 
and  jungles,  over  one  hundred  of  the  enemy  were  found  killed  and  wounded  in 
four  groups  alone  during  the  day,  and  it  is  a conservative  estimate  to  place  their 
dead  at  two  hundred.  * The  Americans  lost  in  the  day’s  fight  six  killed  and  fourteen 
wounded,  one  of  w^hom  after-  • 
wards  died.  The  command 
camped  on  the  battle-field  during 
the  night.  Under  the  cover  of 
the  darkness  supplies  were 
brought  from  Malolos  and  taken 
across  the  river  on  the  men’s 
backs.  The  dead,  wounded  and 

PENNSYLVANIAS  SKIRMISHING  JUST  AFTER  DAYBREAK 

sick  were  carried  across  and  sent  in  the  march  on  malolos. 

back  to  Malolos  in  ambulances,  and  in  the  wagons  and  bull-carts  which  brought  out 
the  supplies.  The  next  morning,  April  25th,  after  a practically  sleepless  night,  mak- 
ing forty-eight  hours  of  almost  continual  fighting,  marching  and  handling  supplies, 


182 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines,. 


the  advance  upon  Calumpit  was  resumed.  The  order  of  battle  was  for  the  main  body 
to  march  in  an  extended  line,  leaving  one  battalion  of  each  regiment  in  reserve. 
When  within  a mile  of  the  Calumpit  River,  Gen.  Hale,  by  means  of  the 
compass,  established  a new  line,  forty  degrees  west  of  north,  and  swung  his  brig- 
ade around,  so  that  it  would  be  parallel  with  the  river,  before  he  made  his  final 
advance  on  the  town.  Maj.  Mulford,  of  the  Nebraskas,  and  the  General  made  a 
reconnaissance,  locating  the  Ragbag  railroad  bridge,  the  west  span  of  which  had 


THE  ADVANCE  ON  MALOLOS. 


been  broken  down,  and  the  enemy’s  entrenchments  across  the  river.  The  1st 
Brigade  was  working  up  the  railroad,  on  the  south  side  of  the  Quingua  River  in 
conjunction  with  the  2d  Brigade  on  the  north  side.  When  sure  that  the  1st 
Brigade  was  up,  the  guns,  which  had  been  placed  to  command  the  bridge  and 
trenches,  opened  fire.  The  enemy  replied  with  much  vigor.  When  the  artillery 
had  sufficiently  shaken  things  up,  the  infantry  advanced,  firing,  until  they  came 
to  the  east  bank  of  the  Calumpit  River,  where  they  engaged  with  the  enemy  only 
fifty  yards  away,  defended  by  the  strong  entrenchments  already  mentioned,  and 
with  a deep  and  apparently  impassable  stream.  The  brigade  staff  and  the 
artillery  came  forward,  Tieut.  Fuller,  Aide-de-camp,  going  back  to  hurry  up  the 
last  piece.  Tieut.  Fleming,  with  great  coolness,  placed  his  guns  on  the  bank  and 
poured  death  into  those  wonderfully  constructed  trenches.  Not  in  the  whole 
Filipino  war  have  our  troops  occupied  more  dangerous  ground,  and  it  is  only 
owing  to  the  fact  that  the  insurgents  were  obliged  to  fire  without  aiming,  that  our 
men  escaped  a heavy  slaughter.  The  conduct  of  the  men  was  gallant,  and  so 
heavy  and  accurate  was  their  fire  that  the  frame  of  the  covered  and  loopholed 
earthworks  was  afterwards  seen  to  be  cut  in  shreds  by  bullets  passing  through 
the  loopholes  themselves.  The  insurgents  were  afraid  to  raise  their  heads  above 
the  ramparts,  but  their  hands  and  guns  could  be  seen  rising  over  the  edge,  firing 
and  dropping  back  to  load.  Consequently,  their  sheet  of  bullets  flew  over  the 
prostrate  forms  of  the  Americans,  lying  on  the  opposite  bank,  and  delivering  a 
cool  and  aimed  fire  that  played  like  a garden  hose  along  the  top  of  the  enemy’s 
parapets.  After  half  an  hour,  when  the  enemy’s  fire  was  practically  silenced  on 
our  left,  it  seemed  feasible  to  Hale  to  get  a line  of  troops  across,  near  the  junction 
of  the  Calumpit  and  Quingua  Rivers,  and  put  an  end  to  the  agony.  He  therefore 
told  Maj.  Mulford  to  take  Company  K of  the  Nebraskas,  which  was  on  the  left, 
and  make  the  attempt.  Mulford  and  Lieut.  Webber  waded  in  with  their  men,  but 
were  soon  beyond  their  depth.  A second  attempt  farther  out  on  the  Quingua 
showed  the  water  to  be  only  shoulder  deep,  and  at  this  point  the  line  was  sent  across. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philipphies. 


183' 


Gen.  Hale  and  his  staff  intrepidly  plunged  through  with  the  first  fording  party, 
at  the  same  time  hurrying  about  fifty  more  men  across,  and  formed  them  in  line 
to  sweep  through  Calumpit  and  take  the  river  trenches  in  flank.  The  Nebraska 
men  at  once  marched  through  the  town,  and  the  lowas  and  South  Dakotas  were 
told  not  to  fire  across  the  river  while  this  move  was  going  on.  Several  times 
Aguinaldo’s  men  rallied,  but  at  each  stand  they  were  routed  and  left  their  slain  in 
the  blood-stained  trenches.  Forty  dead,  and  fourteen  wounded,  were  found  as 
the  result  of  this  movement  through  the  town.  The  number  killed  and  wounded 
in  the  earlier  part  of  the  fight  can  not  be  estimated,  as  they  were  removed  before 
our  troops  crossed  the  river. 

When  the  Americans  approached  Calumpit  church,  which  the  insurgents  had 
fired  before  retreating,  a reconnoitering  party  went  forward  and  discovered  that 
the  insurrectos  had  left  the  district  south  of  the  Rio  Grande,  and  were  in  strong 
force  on  the  north  bank.  Soon  afterward  the  Filipinos  opened  fire  with  artillery 
as  well  as  infantry.  It  was  one  of  the  few  instances  in  which  they  used  artillery. 
A shrapnel  burst  over  the  heads  of  our  men.  Receiving  no  reply,  the  insurgents 
soon  tired  of  their  artillery  and  rifle  practice,  and  stopped  firing.  The  Nebraskas 
bivouacked  on  the  Calumpit  and  Ragbag  Rivers,  with  their  left  on  the  railroad 
track.  The  Adjutant-General  of  the  brigade,  Capt.  Brooks,  was  sent  up  the 
railroad  with  a detail  of  ten  men,  to  ascertain  the  condition  of  the  track  and  the 
Rio  Grande  Bridge.  He  found  that  the  road-bed  had  been  stripped  of  ties  and 
converted  into  a breastwork  for  resisting  the  American  advance,  either  along  or 
across  the  road,  but  that  the  trusses  of  the  railroad  bridge  were  apparently  unin- 
jured. As  he  approached  within  400  ^mrds  of  the  Rio  Grande  Bridge,  he  had 
been  fired  on  by  infantry  and  artillery.  The  total  number  of  our  losses  during 
these  engagements  at  Calumpit,  were  three  killed  and  thirty-three  wounded,  of 
which  one,  later,  died.  During  the  rest  of  April,  the  command  remained  at 
Calumpit,  guarding  the  bridges  over  the  Ragbag  and  Rio  Grande  Rivers. 

On  May  2d,  Gen.  Hale  took  the  South  Dakota  and  Iowa  Regiments  with  a 


MINNESOTA  FIRING  LINE  IN  THE  ADVANCE  ON  SAN  ISIDRO.  Photo  by  Lillie. 


platoon  of  cavalry  and  three  guns  to  a point  on  the  Pulilan-Quingua  Road,  east  of 
Pulilan,  holding  them  there  as  a re-inforcement  for  Gen.  Fawton’s  Division  in  the 
movement,  then  proceeding  against  Baliuag,  in  case  assistance  should  be  required. 
Baliuag,  however,  was  captured  with  little  resistance,  and  the  next  morning  the 
command  was  ordered  back  to  Calumpit,  and  in  the  afternoon  moved  north  of 
the  Rio  Gronde  in  preparation  for  the  advance  on  San  Fernando  the  following  day. 
The  total  distance  marched  in  the  two  days  was  twenty-one  miles. 


134 


Campaigning  m the  Philippines. 


OPERATIONS  OF  WHEATON’S  BRIGADE  TO  CAEUMPIT  * 

Pursuant  to  orders  of  Major-General  MacArthur,  Gen.  Wheaton  moved  his 
brigade,  now  consisting  of  a battalion  of  3d  U.  S.  Cav.,  one  of  Montana  Volunteer 
Inf.  and  one  20th  Kansas  Volunteer  Inf.,  out  of  Malolos,  on  the  morning  of  April 
24th,  with  instructions  to  attack  the  enemy  on  the  north  bank  of  the  Bagbag  River, 
but  the  brigade  of  Gen.  Hale,  with  which  it  was  desired  he  should  co-operate, 
not  having  advanced  from  the  direction  of  Quinga  on  Calumpit  sufficiently  to 
attack  at  that  point  that  day,  Gen.  Wheaton  was  directed  by  Major-General  Mac- 
Arthur to  hold  his  brigade  in  the  vicinity  of  the  railroad  at  Barasoain  until  Hale 
had  fought  his  way  to  the  vicinity  of  a ford  across  the  Quinga,  not  far  from  the 
Calumpit  River.  About  8:30  A.  m.,  on  the  morning  of  April  25th,  by  direction  of 
the  Division  Commander,  Gen.  Wheaton  marched  his  brigade  on  the  enemy’s 
position,  moving  the  20th  Kansas  Volunteer  Inf.  on  the  left  of  the  railroad  and 
the  1st  Montana  Volunteer  Inf.  on  the  right.  The  battalion  of  the  3d  U.  S.  Art., 
Maj.  Kobbe,  was  left  at  Malolos  and  Barasoain  to  guard  the  line  of  road.  The 
armored  train  was  directed  to  follow  up  the  track,  after  the  brigade  was  well  on 


INSURGENT  TRENCHES  AT  CALUMPIT. 


the  march.  His  movements  being  well  screened  from  the  enemy  by  extensive 
lines  of  bamboo  jungle,  the  General  moved  both  regiments  of  infantry  into  a well- 
protected  position,  about  1200  yards  from  the  enemy’s  entrenchments  along  the 
Bagbag.  The  armored  train,  having  reached  at  this  time  a point  on  the  road  near 
the  infantry,  it  was  ordered  that  fire  be  opened  from  the  rifled  six-pounder  and  the 
three  machine  guns  on  the  train,  and  at  this  minute  Hale’s  Artillery,  in  front  and 
on  the  right,  across  the  Quinga,  opened  fire,  and  the  guns  of  the  Utah  Battery  on 
the  right  commenced  firing.  Soon  after  the  armored  train  was  moved  to  the  front 
and  several  companies  of  infantry,  from  both  regiments,  were  advanced  to  seize 
all  places  near  the  river,  from  which  an  effective  fire  might  be  directed  upon  the 
enemy’s  entrenchments.  The  converging  fire  of  the  two  brigades  of  the  division 
and  the  artillery  now  began  to  shake  the  enemy. 

Col.  Funston,  20th  Kansas  Volunteer  Inf.,  with  Lieut.  C.  M.  Warner,  1st 
Sergt.  Raymond  Enslow  and  Sergt.  C.  P.  Barshfield,  Company  K 20th  Kansas, 
endeavored  to  rush  across  the  railroad  bridge.  A span  of  the  bridge  being 


* Written  by  an  officer  of  the  brigade. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


185 


1 


j broken,  Col,  Funston,  Lieut.  Ball  and  the  two  sergeants  named,  swam  the  river 

j and  drove  the  enemy  out  of  the  entrenchments  near  the  bridge.  At  the  same 

j time  Hale’s  Infantry  on  the  right,  forded  the  Calumpit  to  the  front  and  right, 

turned  the  enemy  out  of  his  entrenchments  along  the  Calumpit  and  pursued  him  to 
the  vicinity  of  the  Rio  Grande,  near  the  town  of  Calumpit,  which  the  enemy 
burned.  The  two  regiments  of  Gen.  Wheaton’s  Brigade  bivouacked  near  the 
Bagbag.  April  26th,  the  enemy  was  in  force  on  the  north  bank  of  the  Rio 
Grande  de  la  Pampanga,  a broad  and  deep  river.  He  was  protected  by  a most 
elaborate  system  of  field  fortifications  and  had  near  the  railroad  bridge  three 
t pieces  of  artillery,  and  one  rapid  fire  Maxim.  The  important  stragetic  position 

; of  Calumpit  would  be  untenable  until  he  was  driven  off.  Gen.  Wheaton  was 

directed  to  do  this,  his  force  to  be  the  20th  Kansas,  and  1st  Montana  Volunteer 
Inf.,  five  guns  Utah  Light  Artillery,  and  three  machine  guns.  It  was  effected  in 
, thirty-six  hours  as  follows:  The  infantry  was  advanced  in  deployed  lines  in  the 

:|  extended  order  from  the  Bagbag,  to  an  entrenched  position  about  600  yards  from 

:■  the  Rio  Grande,  which  position  had  been  abandoned  by  the  enemy,  placing  the 

20th  Kansas  on  the  left  of  the  railroad,  and  the  1st  Montana  on  the  right.  The  main 
body  now  being  well  screened  from  the  enemy’s  fire,  detachments  and  several 
parties  of  skirmishers  were  advanced,  and  seized  all  sheltered  places  near  the 
river,  and  within  long  rifle  range  of  the  railroad  bridge.  Two  brick  and  stone 
buildings  near  the  river  were  seized  and  loopholed  for  musketry.  The  machine 

guns  and  a part  of  the  artillery  were  placed  in  position  for  fire  upon  the  enemy’s 

I entrenchments.  The  river  was  reconnoitered  below  the  railroad  bridge  for  the 
' purpose  of  ascertaining  any  place  feasible  to  cross.  A constant  and  continued  fire 
of  sharpshooters  was  kept  up,  and  a slow,  but  continued  fire  from  the  3.2-inch 
guns,  during  the  26th.  On  the  night  of  the  26th,  the  railroad  bridge  was  found 
to  be  in  such  condition  that  to  rush  it  with  men  carrying  arms  would  be  impracti- 
cable. A reconnaissance  at  night  by  Col.  Funston,  made  it  apparent  that  the  enemy 
\ ' was  entrenched  in  force  at  all  points  for  a considerable  distance  down  the  river. 

! The  morning  of  the  27th  of  April,  a 3.2-inch  gun  was  brought  up  to  the  brick 

; house  near  the  bridge  and  opened  fire  at 
‘ short  range  upon  the  enemy’s  works. 

, ^ Upon  consultation  with  Col.  Funston 
: a point  about  900  yards  below  the  rail- 

road bridge  was  selected  as  the  place 
I that  he  would  endeavor  to  cross  part  of 
I his  regiment.  The  enemy’s  entrench- 
j ments  opposite  this  point  were  well 
[ screened  by  bamboo  thickets,  but  a well- 
directed  fire  from  the  brick  house  near 
the  bridge  from  the  3.2-inch  gun  and 
I by  the  companies  of  infantry  was  kept 
. : up.  Col.  Funston  also  advanced  to  a snapshot  behind  the  filipixo  trenches. 

the  river  bank  strong  parties  that  kept  up  a fire  of  great  volume.  The  effect 
of  the  heavy  and  continued  fire  was  to  drive  a part  of  the  enemy’s  force  from 
his  works  and  Privates  Edward  White  and  W.  B.  Trembly  of  Company  B, 


186 


Cainpai^Q;niiig  in  the  Philippines. 


20th  Kansas  swam  the  river  with  a rope  and  fastened  it  to  a stake  on  the  enemy’s 
entrenchments  while  yet  occupied.  Rafts  were  pulled  over  by  means  of  this  rope, 
Col.  Funston  going  over  on  the  first  raft.  The  artillery  had  during  this  time 
kept  up  a heav3^  fire  from  positions  selected  by  Maj.  Richard  W.  Young,  Utah 
Light  Artillery.  Under  direction  of  Lieutenant-Colonel  Wallace,  1st  Montana,  a 
heavy  and  continuous  fire  was  directed  on  the  enemy  near  the  railroad  bridge,  the 
machine  guns  also  being  directed  upon  the  same  place.  When  Col.  Funston  had 
crossed  fortj^-five  officers  and  men  he  attacked  the  enemy,  turning  him  out  of  his 
works  near  the  bridge.  Gen.  Wheaton  with  his  staff  then  crossed  the  bridge 

followed  by  the  20th  Kansas  and 
1st  Montana  as  fast  as  they  could 
pass  over  such  frame  work  as 
the  enemy  had  not  destroyed. 
Upon  reaching  the  north  bank 
of  the  river  two  bodies  of  the 
enemy,  each  about  1500  strong 
were  observed,  one  about  one 
and  a half  miles  to  our  left  which 
had  evidently  been  guarding  the 
river  below.  The^^  formed  in 
deployed  line  in  extended  order 
and  advanced,  but  after  being 
subjected  to  fire  about  twenty 
minutes  they  fell  back  in  disorder 
and  retreated  out  of  range.  The 
other  body  was  in  front  and 
along  the  railroad.  The  20th 
Kansas  and  1st  Montana  were 
deployed  on  the  left  and  right 
side  of  the  railroad  embankment 
and  drove  them  beyond  Apalit 
Station  in  the  direction  of  St. 
Tomas.  The  whole  force  of  the 
enemy  disappearing  in  that 
direction,  the  nature  of  the 

OUTLOOK  ,N  THE  TREE  TOP.  -P*""  % coutitry  beiiig  sucfa  that  they 

were  compelled  to  march  along  the  embankment,  Gen.  Wheaton  estimated  as  4000. 
The  night  of  the  27th  of  April  the  brigade  bivouacked  in  the  town  north  of  the  rail- 
road bridge.  The  next  morning  two  commissioned  officers  came  from  the  rebels  under 
a flag  of  truce  and  asked  for  an  armistice  sa^dng,  “They  wished  to  acknowledge 
the  valor  of  the  American  soldier,’’  They  were  sent  to  the  Division  Commander. 

Gen.  Wheaton  invites  attention  to  the  gallant  conduct  of  Col.  Frederick  Fun- 
ston— now  Brigadier-General  U.  S.  V., — during  these  operations.  Also  to 
the  very  efficient  ser\dces  and  meritorious  conduct  of  Lieutenant-Colonel  Robert 
B.  Wallace,  Commanding  1st  Montana  Volunteer  Inf.,  and  Maj.  Richard  W.  Young, 
Utah  Light  Artillery,  for  the  courage  and  skill  with  which  he  directed  the  operations 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


187 


of  his  guns.  The  extraordinary  and  most  gallant  conduct  of  Private  Edward 
White,  Company  B,  20th  Kansas  and  that  of  Private  W.  B.  Trembly  same  com- 
pany and  regiment  in  swimming  the  Rio  Grande  in  face  of  the  enemy’s  fire  and 
fastening  a rope  to  a stake  in 
his  occupied  works  is  worthy  of 
high  commendation  and  re- 
ward. The  conduct  of  Eieut. 

C.  H.  Ball  and  of  Sergts.  Emer- 
son and  Barshfield  and  Corp. 

A.  M.  Ferguson  of  Company 
E,  20th  Kansas  Volunteer  Inf. 
in  swimming  the  Bagbag  with 
Col.  Funston  under  the  fire  of 
the  enemy  is  worthy  of  reward 
and  great  praise.  Gen.  Whea- 
ton also  states  that  he  is  in-  SENomo  a message  to  mac  Arthur  from  calumpit. 

debted  for  efficient  assistance  to  Maj.  G.  F.  Shiels,  Brigade  Surgeon  of  Volun- 
teers; to  Capt.  H.  C.  Cabell,  3d  U.  S.  Inf.;  to  1st  Eieut.  F.  D.  Webster,  20th  Inf., 
Aide-de-camp;  to  Eieut.  A.  P.  Hayne,  Battery  A,  California  Heavy  Artillery. 
Eieut.  Philip  P.  Russell,  1st  Nebraska  Volunteer  Inf.,  A.  A.  G.  rendered  gallant 
and  effective  service  during  these  operations. 

HALE’S  BRIGADE  FROM  CALUMPIT  TO  SAN  FERNANDO. 

Beyond  Calumpit  the  Dagupan  Railway  runs  northwesterly  ten  miles  to  San 
Fernando,  past  the  towns  of  Apalit  and  Santo  Tomas.  The  2d  Brigade  marched 
on  the  right  on  the  railroad.  It  moved  for  two  miles  north,  along  the  Rio  Grande 
de  la  Pampanga,  and  by  wagon  road  ten  miles  more,  in  a northwesterly  direction, 
parallel  to  the  railroad  and  a mile  or  two  from  it.  From  the  river  to  San  Fernando 
the  country  is  flat  and  cut  by  esteros,  mud-bottoms,  swamps  and  bayous.  It  is  a 
country  which  only  an  adventurous  huntsman  would  venture  over  in  search  of  the 
wild  fowl  that  inhabit  its  dark  fen  a land  of  moors  and  tarns,  difficult  to  cross 
in  most  peaceful  times — a horrible  with  artillery,  baggage  and 

accoutrements,  and  with  an  entrci-  its  passage  through  every 

river  and  swamp.  Into  this  country  of  aebo.^t.  \d  dangerous  bogs  the 

American  army  plunged. 

Hale’s  Brigade  advanced  in  a northwesterly  direction  along  the  wagon  road 
toward  Santo  Tomas  and  San  Fernando,  co-operating  with  the  1st  Brigade  which 
was  to  move  up  the  railroad.  The  Divisional  Artillery  (Utah  and  6th  U.  S., 
under  Maj.  Young),  squadron  of  4th  Cav.  and  the  wagon  train,  went  with  the  2d 
Brigade.  The  3d  Battalion  of  the  51st  lowas  was  left  at  the  Rio  Grande  Bridge 
to  guard  the  stores  and  bridge.  On  May  4th  the  column  formed  in  the  following 
manner:  2d  Battalion  of  the  51st  lowas  advance  guard;  two  field  guns  and  one 
Gatling  gun  behind  the  advance  party,  for  prompt  action  if  resistance  was 
encountered;  1st  Battalion  of  51st  lowas;  remainder  of  artillery;  1st  Nebraska  Inf.;: 
1st  South  Dakota  Inf,  and  wagon  train  escorted  by  squadron  of  4th  Cav. 

At  five  o’clock  the  advance  began.  After  marching  a couple  of  hours,  they" 


188 


Cauipaigni7i<r  iu  the  Philippines. 


reached  some  recently  constructed,  but  unoccupied  trenches  across  the  road.  Re- 
ceiving a report  from  Maj.  Bell,  who  as  usual,  was  scouting  to  the  front,  that 
there  was  a party  of  natives  or  insurgents  half  a mile  ahead  in  the  road,  Gen. 
Hale  deployed  the  advance  battalion,  placed  the  guns  near  the  road  out  of  sight, 
and  went  forward  with  Maj.  Bell  to  reconnoiter.  The  suspected  part}' consisted  of 
some  uniformed  insurrectos,  and  some  natives  in  white,  who  were  swarming  in  the 
road,  busy  as  ants  in  constructing  obstacles  to  the  advance  of  the  Americans.  A 
shell  or  two  from  a field  gun  put  to  flight  the  trench  builders,  and  also  brought  a 
fusilade  from  a party  of  Filipinos  to  the  right,  sheltered  in  the  woods.  Another 
field  piece  and  a Gatling  gun  were  brought  into  operation,  and  the  concealed  foe 
was  silenced.  The  infantry  devoted  its  attention  to  the  road  party  which  retreated 
northward.  The  road  which  had  just  been  the  scene  of  so  much  industr}'  was 
discovered  to  be  honeycombed  with  conical  pits,  in  the  bottom  of  which  sharpened 
bamboo  stakes  had  been  stuck,  and  the  whole  covered  with  light  bamboo  mats  on 
which  earth  was  being  spread  to  make  the  place  appear  safe.  As  the  pits  were  in 
front  of  a stone  bridge,  which  had  swampy  ground  on  either  side,  it  took  some 
time  to  build  a road  strong  enough  to  support  the  artillery  around  the  pits.  While 


BRIXGIXG  THE  ARTILLERY  ACROSS  THE  RAGBAG  RTT’ER. 


this  was  being  done,  the  artiller\'  again  opened  fire  on  the  insurrectos,  who  had 
halted  and  seemed  disposed  to  make  a stand,  but  who  finally  moved  on.  When 
the  column  had  passed  the  pitfalls,  and  come  to  where  the  enemy’s  fire  had  been 
so  annoying,  they  found  a deep  estero  with  a destroyed  foot  bridge. 

Just  before  reaching  this  place,  a battalion  of  the  lowas  which  had  swung  out 
to  the  left  of  the  road,  came  upon  a swamp  and  were  obliged  to  return.  hX.  the 
estero  a strong  fire  from  the  enemy  was  encountered  at  800  to  1000  3'ards  to  the 
front  and  right.  Hale  replied  with  all  the  artillery  he  could  advantageously  place 
on  the  road,  and  sent  the  Iowa  Battalion  to  the  right,  along  the  bank  of  the 
estero,  and  the  Xebraskas  still  further  to  the  right,  with  a view  to  their  crossing 
the  stream  and  flanking  the  enemy.  The  Xebraskas,  however,  were  greatl}"  im- 
peded b}'  the  deep  swamps  they  encountered.  A heavy  artillery  and  infantry  fire 
for  half  or  three-quarters  of  an  hour  producing  no  apparent  discouragement  on 
the  part  of  the  Filipinos,  it  became  evident  that  only  a charge  would  drive  them 
from  their  stronghold  among  the  swamps.  Gen.  Hale  found  that  the  estero  could 
barely  be  forded  by  his  troops,  being  neck-deep  in  places,  with  a foot  or  two  of 


Cauipai^nin(r  in  the  Philippines. 


189 


GEN.  MAC  ARTHUR,  GEN.  HALE  AND 
GEN.  OTIS  AT  MALOLOS. 


Photo  hy  Lillie. 


mud.  Nevertheless,  he  urged  the  lowas  across,  and  proceeding  along  the  line  to 
where  the  Nebraskas  were  just  arriving,  on  the  banks  of  the  estero,  sent  them 
also  across,  instructing  them  to  go  to  the  right  and  ahead  of  the  Iowa  men,  and, 

if  possible,  to  flank  the  enemy. 
As  they  advanced  through  the 
swamps  in  execution  of  his  order, 
they  were  fired  into  on  their 
right  and  front.  The  fire  on  the 
right,  showing  serious  signs  of 
flank  attack,  the  South  Dakotas 
were  ordered  to  go  to  the  Ne- 
braskas’ right  and  draw  it  off. 
Thus,  the  three  regiments  ad- 
vanced, floundering  through 
swamps  and  muddy  streams,  fir- 
ing as  they  went.  On  seeing  this, 
the  Filipinos  hastily  retreated. 

Gen.  Hale  crossed  the  river  and  followed  the  Nebraskas  until  they  succeeded 
in  getting  through  the  first  branch  of  the  Santo  Tomas  River.  After  this  he 
went  to  the  left  of  the  line,  where  the  lowas,  near  the  destroyed  stone  bridge, 
were  delivering  a telling  fire  upon  the  insurrectos,  driving  them  across  the  stream, 
many  of  them  throwing  their  guns  into  the  water  as  they  fled.  When  the  General 
found  that  the  insurgents  were  retreating  towards  a strong  line  of  entrenchments, 
between  the  wagon  road  and  the  railway,  he  sent  word  to  Col.  Mulford  of  the 
Nebraska  Regiment  to  flank  them  out. 

Col.  Mulford  in  a few  minutes  appeared,  covered  with  blue  swamp  mud,  and 
gave  the  gratifying  information  that  his  regiment  had  kept  on,  wading  eleven 
streams  altogether,  and  had  already  taken  the  trenches  in  question. 

This  advance  of  the  Nebraska,  Iowa  and  South  Dakota  Regiments  through 
swamps  knee-  to  waist-deep,  and  numerous  stagnant,  mud -bottomed  esteros,  waist- to 
neck-deep,  under  oppressive 
heat  and  in  the  face  of  a galling 
fire,  driving  the  enemy  from 
entrenched  positions,  which 
would  have  been  strong  with- 
out these  natural  obstacles,  and 
with  them  would  have  been 
impregnable,  if  held  by  well 
armed  troops,  may  fairly  be 
considered  the  most  remarkable 
exhibition  of  persevering  pluck 
and  energy  during  the  cam- 
paign. The  lowas,  having  con-  wounded  FILIPINOS.  PUotohy  Parcey. 

structed  a floating  bamboo  foot-bridge  across  the  river  at  the  broken  stone 
bridge,  began  to  cross  and  move  forward,  deploying  on  the  Nebraskas’  left 
in  trenches.  Gen.  Hale  returned  to  the  first  river  to  see  what  progress  was 


190 


Ca})ipaig)ii)ig  in  the  Philippines. 


being  made  in  bridging  it  and  getting  the  artillery  across.  The  engineers 
were  obliged  to  send  back  a considerable  distance  for  bamboo  to  make  a raft, 
and  it  was  doubtful  whether  a crossing  could  be  effected  before  night.  The 


pack-horses,  un- 
loaded, swam 
across,  the  packs 
being  carried  by 
the  men,  but  the 
wheeled  trans- 
portation had  to 
remain.  The  re- 
mainder crossed 


5on  the  foot- 
Ij  bridge  and  de- 
ployed  on  the 
* right  of  the  Xe- 
braskas.  The 


MAJ.  FITZGERALD,  CHIEF  SCRGEOX  AT  FIRST  RESERVE  HOSPITAL. 
PERFORMING  AX  OPERATION. 


brigade  then  advanced  in  line,  and  bivouacked  on  the  road  running  northeast 
from  Santo  Tomas  railroad  station.  During  the  night,  although  exhausted  by 
the  day’s  work,  large  details  went  back  about  three  miles  for  the  wagon  train, 
which  could  not  cross  the  streams,  and  carried  up  rations  and  ammunition.  The 
distance  marched  by  the  flank,  not  counting  the  trip  to  the  wagon  train,  was 
eleven  miles,  including  about  two  miles  of  swamps  and  esteros.  The  casualties 
for  the  da.y  were,  1st  Nebraska,  two  enlisted  men  killed  and  five  wounded ; 
lowas,  three  enlisted  men  wounded ; South  Dakotas,  one  enlisted  man  wounded. 

The  next  morning,  Gen.  MacArthur,  having  received  report  from  Maj.  Bell’s 
scouting  party  that  San  Fernando  seemed  to  be  held  onl}’  bj^  a small  force  of  the 
enemy,  directed  Gen.  Hale  to  take  two  battalions  and  occupy  the  town.  Two 
battalions  of  the  lowas  were  immediately  formed  and  moved  to  the  corner  of 
main  San  Fernando  Road.  The  column  marched  northwest  on  the  road  to  a 
point  near  the  entrenchments,  about  half  a mile  southeast  of  the  river  and 
town.  They  proceeded  north  across  open  fields,  forded  a muddy  estero,  ad- 
vanced beyond  the  bend  in  the  river,  and  deployed  parallel  to  river,  facing  west, 
so  as  to  enter  the  town  on  the  east  side. 

Gen.  Hale  accompanied  the  right  battalion,  and  Maj.  Bell  the  left.  On  reach- 
ing the  bank  of  the  river  a brisk  fire  opened  on  the  left.  The  right  battalion 
was  rushed  across  the  river  which  was  about  chest  deep,  and  flung  to  the  left,  to 
flank  the  enemy  in  front  of  the  left  battalion.  The  latter  kept  on,  however,  with- 
out serious  resistance,  and  the  entire  line  wheeling  to  the  left,  reached  the  railroad 
near  the  station,  discovering  and  firing  on  some  parties  of  insurgents  escaping  on 
the  roads  to  the  west  of  Bacolor.  From  there  companies  were  sent  out  up  the 
roads  and  the  railroad,  and  others  through  the  town,  all  finally  assembling  in  the 
church. 

In  this  engagement  one  enlisted  man  was  wounded  and  several  insurgents  were 
killed.  Sentinels  were  prompth"  posted  throughout  the  town  to  protect  property, 
and  a line  of  outposts  established  in  semi-circular  form  from  the  river,  southwest 


Campaigning-  in  the  Philippines. 


191 


of  town,  towards  Bacolor.  Strict  orders  were  issued  against  looting,  and  it  is 
believed  that  the  behavior  of  troops  in  this  respect  was  very  exemplary.  The  South 
Dakota  Regiment,  in  compliance  with  instructions  from  the  Division  Commander, 
was  sent  for,  and  arrived  at  San  Fernando  about  5:30  p.  m.,  relieving  the  lowas 
from  interior  provost  guard  duty.  The  railroad  station,  church,  and  a number  of 
buildings  in  its  vicinity,  had  been  burned  by  the  insurrectos,  but  the  greater  part 
of  the  town  was  uninjured.  A number  of  warehouses  containing  a large  quantity 
of  sugar  were  found. 

Several  Spanish  prisoners  were  discovered  in  the  town,  including  the  former 
secretary  of  the  province,  a captain  and  other  officers.  They  stated  that  from 
1200  to  1500  insurrectos  had  passed  through  to  the  north  on  the  previous  after- 
noon, after  the  fight  of  Santo  Tomas,  and  that  Gen.  Lnna  was  wounded  on  the 
arm  or  chest,  and  was  carried  on  a couch. 

Next  morning  the  Nebraska  Regiment  was  ordered  from  Santo  Tomas  to  San 
Fernando,  and  was  quartered  on  the  main  road,  guarding  the  front,  from  the 
railroad  northeasterly  about  1400  yards.  The  1st  Brigade  also  came  up,  and 
occupied  the  ground  west  of  the  railroad.  The  insurgents  were  located  around 
the  entire  front  of  our  troops  on  the  northwest  side  of  the  river,  and  had  been  en- 
trenching, especially  across  the  Mexico  road,  and  the  adjoining  country. 

From  the  outbreak  of  the  Filipino  war  on  its  front  on  the  night  of  February 
4th,  and  the  capture  by  it  of  the  first  Filipino  position,  taken  by  the  American 
troops  on  the  morning  of  February  5th,  the  2d  Brigade  of  the  second  division  fought 
its  way  through  fifty  miles,  as  the  crow  flies,  of  hostile  and  strongly  defended 
country,  marching,  in  its  numerous  turning  movements  and  side  engagements,  as 
measured  on  the  way,  over  two  hundred  miles.  The  entire  brigade  was  involved 
in  eighteen  battles;  portions  of  it  consisting  of  two  or  more  organizations,  had 
eight  engagements;  and  single  regiments  or  parts  thereof  fought  on  nine  other 
occasions,  making  a total  of  thirty-five  engagements  in  which  the  troops  of  this 
brigade  participated.  It  lost  six  officers  and  forty-seven  enlisted  men  killed,  twenty- 
two  officers  and  three  hundred  and  thirty-one  enlisted  men  wounded,  making  a 
total  of  four  hundred 
and  six  casualties — 
the  largest  of  any 
brigade  in  the  corps. 

In  the  advance  from 
Manila  to  Malolos, 

Gen.  Hale  and  two 
of  his  three  staff 
officers,  Capt.  Kray- 
enbuhl  and  lyieut. 

Perry  were  wound- 
ed,— Capt.  Krayen- 

buhl,  mortally.  south  Dakota  boys  on  the  firing  line.  Photo  hy  luiu. 

Three  brigade  orderlies  were  wounded  during  the  campaign.  Two  staff  officers 
and  four  orderlies  were  compelled  to  return  to  Manila  on  account  of  heat 
exhaustion,  and  other  sickness,  and  another  officer  was  rendered  practically 


192 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


unfit  for  field  service  by  partial  sunstroke.  These  facts  testifiy  to  the  hard  work 
and  excellent  service  rendered  by  the  brigade. 

OPERATIONS  OF  WHEATON’S  BRIGADE,  CALUMPIT  TO  SAN  FERNANDO. 

The  morning  of  May  4th,  in  compliance  with  instructions  of  Major-General 
MacArthur,  Gen.  Wheaton  advanced  from  the  vicinity  of  Calumpit  to  attack  the 
enern}^  in  position  near  St.  Tomas.  His  force  consisted  of  the  20th  Kansas  and 
1st  Montana  Volunteer  Inf.,  with  two  machine  guns  on  small  cars  pushed  by 
hand.  The  advance  was  directed  along  the  railroad  track,  while  that  of  Brigadier- 
General  Hale  with  his  brigade  and  the  artillery  was  directed  along  the  wagon 
road,  a mile  to  two  miles  on  Gen.  Wheaton’s  right.  The  country  along  each 
side  of  the  railroad  embankment  was  found  to  be  cut  up  with  tide-water  channels 
or  esteros,  and  marshy  ground  was  so  continuous  that  all  the  command  kept  on 
the  railroad.  Upon  approaching  St.  Tomas,  about  five  miles  from  Calumpit,  the 
enemy  was  found  entrenched  upon  the  north  bank  of  a river,  deep  and  unford- 
able,  and  the  bridge  broken  down.  Hale,  upon  the  right,  became  engaged  in 


THE  “THIN  BROWN  LINE”  BEHIND  THE  RICE  PADDIES. 


Spirited  combat,  and  Gen.  Wheaton  opened  upon  the  enemy’s  entrenchments  with 
both  the  Gatling  guns  and  the  Hotchkiss  revolving  cannon.  Three  companies  of 
the  20th  Kansas  were  advanced  and  seized  all  points  from  which  an  effective  fire 
might  be  directed  upon  the  enemy’s  entrenchments  to  the  right  of  the  railroad 
bridge,  and  one  company  of  1st  Montana  was  deployed  to  the  left.  A fire  was. 
also  kept  up  from  points  along  the  enbankment  upon  the  enemy’s  works  near  St. 
Tomas.  After  some  time,  Hale  continuing  to  advance,  and  our  fire  increasing 
in  intensity,  the  enem}^  set  fire  to  St.  Tomas  and  soon  after  was  driven  from  his 
entrenchments  near  the  bridge.  Gen.  Wheaton  crossed  the  bridge  with  the  20th 
Kansas,  and  a heavy  fire  was  opened  on  the  enemy  as  he  evacuated  the  entrench- 
ments on  our  left  and  fled  beyond  St.  Tomas.  The  20th  Kansas  was  then  ad- 
vanced to  the  railroad  station  a half  mile  or  more  north  of  the  bridge,  and  at  once 
became  engaged  with  a large  force  of  the  enemy  occupying  two  lines  of  entrench- 
ments. With  his  staff,  Gen.  Wheaton  at  once  proceeded  to  the  place  of  combat,. 


FOUR  HIGH  OFFICIALS  IN  VORUNTFI^R  RI^XilMKNTS  WHO  GAVF:  UP  THEIR  FIVES  IN  THE 

sf:rvicf:  of  their  country. 

1.  Colonp:l  John  M.  Stotsenreihj,  First  Nebraska,  killed  in  action  at  the  battle  of  Quingna,  April  23,  ’899 
(Elite  photo,  S.  F.).  2.  Major  Ehwakd  McConviei.e  (brevet  Brigadier-General),  First  Idaho,  killed  in  action 
on  Sunday  morning,  February  5,  1899  (Elite  photo,  S.  F.).  3,  Coeonee  Alexander  E.  Hawkins,  Tenth 
Pennsylvania  diecl  at  sea  while  returning  home  with  regiment,  July,  1899.  4.  Coeonee  Wieeiam  C.  Smith, 
First  Tennessee,  died  of  apoplexy  on  battlefield,  February  a,  1899. 


Campaigning^  in  the  Philippines.  193 

and  taking  five  companies  of  the  20th  Kansas,  in  person,  led  a charge  upon  the 
enemy’s  entrenchments,  which  were  all  carried,  and  he  fled  in  the  direction  of  San 
Fernando.  Col.  Funston,  20th  Kansas  Volunteer  Inf.,  was  wounded  at  this 
time.  Capt.  Cabell,  3d  U.  S.  Inf.;  1st  Fieut.  F.  D.  Webster,  20th  U.  S.  Inf., 
Aide-de-camp;  Fieut.  Philip  P.  Russell,  1st  Nebraska  Volunteer  Inf.,  A.  A. 
A.  G.,  and  Fieut.  Edward  Kinnell,  3d  U.  S.  Art.,  A.  A.  Q.  M. ; all  of  the  Gen- 
eral’s personal  staff  accompanied  him  in  this  charge. 

On  May  5th,  San  Fernando  was  occupied,  the  enemy  having  burned  the  public 
buildings  and  fled  on  the  night  of  the  4th. 

GEN.  FUNSTON  SUCCEEDS  GEN.  WHEATON. 

On  the  16th  of  May,  Gen.  Funston  was  assigned  to  command  the  1st  Bri- 
gade, second  division,  at  San  Fernando,  relieving  Gen.  Wheaton,  and  on  the  22d, 
having  about  recovered  from  his  wound  received  on  May  4th,  at  Santo  Tomas, 
assumed  command. 

On  May  25th,  at  about  7 o’clock  A.  m.,  the  enemy  opened  fire  on  the  left  of  the 
line  occupied  by  the  brigade,  from  a trench  at  right  angles  to  the  Bacolor  Road, 
and  at  a distance  of  about  one  mile  from  our  outposts.  At  8:30,  the  brigade  hav- 
ing been  assembled  at  the  outposts,  two  battalions  of  the  Moni-ana  Regiment, 
under  command  of  Fieutenant-Colonel  Wallace,  were  sent  along  a sunken  road  to 
fall  on  the  enemy’s  right,  and  two  battalions  of  the  20th  Kansas,  under  command 
of  Maj.  Whitman,  were  sent  to  make  a similar  movement  against  the  enemy’s 
left,  while  two  guns  of  the  Utah  Art.,  under  Capt.  Wedgewood,  took  up 
position  opposite  the  enemy’s  center.  The  movement  was  completely  concealed 
until  the  two  attacking  columns  had  arrived  within  200  yards  of  the  enemy’s 
lines.  The  affair  lasted  less  than  one  hour,  both  flanks  of  the  enemy  were  rolled 
back,  and  the  entire  force  driven  in  confusion  through  Bacolor.  The  enemy’s  loss 
was  fifty-three  dead,  thirty-four  wounded,  and  twenty-nine  prisoners.  Three  horses 
and  all  the  official  correspondence  of  the  Filipino  commanding  officer  were  captured. 
Our  loss,  one  man  killed,  one  mortally  wounded,  one  officer  and  five  enlisted  men 
wounded  in  the  Kansas 
Regiment,  and  four  men 
wounded  in  the  Montana. 

On  May  25th,  Gen. 

Funston,  with  three  com- 
panies of  the  brigade  and 
detachment  of  scouts,  made 
a reconnoissance  to  and 
through  the  town  of  Santa 
Rita,  driving  a small  body 
of  insurrectos  toward  Porac, 
with  no  losses.  Upon  his 

return  to  this  place,  he  skirmish  link  USINC,  smokeless  powder.  Pkotohy  LHUe. 

found  that  the  enemy  had  appeared  in  force  in  front  of  the  right  of  the  brigade. 
Taking  eight  companies  of  the  Kansas  Regiment,  Gen.  Funston  moved  against 
the  enemy’s  right  flank,  quickly  repulsing  them,  and  driving  them  back. 


13b 


194 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


LOOKING  FOR  TROUBLE. 


About  4 o’clock  a.  m.,  on  May  26th,  a slight  affair  occurred  on  the  right  of  the 
Montanas’  line,  a scouting  party  of  insurgents  having  cut  off  one  of  our  outpo.sts, 
forcing  it  to  move  by  the  flank  to  escape  capture. 

At  4:05  A.  M.,  June  8d,  the  enemy  opened  fire  from  a point  on  the  Bacolor 
Road  with  artillery,  and  volleys  from  infantry,  advancing  several  hundred  yards. 

No  reply  on  our  part  being  made,  the 
enemy  quickly  withdrew.  On  June  10th 
the  Brigade  Commander  with  his  staff 
and  one  company,  each,  from  the  Mon- 
tana and  Kansas  Regiments,  made  a 
second  reconnaissance  through  and  to 
the  north  of  Bacolor.  Reaching  Bacolor, 
the  Kansas  company  was  left  at  that 
point  to  protect  the  line  of  retreat,  and 
the  remainder  of  the  command  advanced 
towards  Angeles.  About  one  and  a half  miles  beyond  Bacolor  a force  of  Filipinos, 
deployed  across  our  road,  was  met.  Though  about  200  in  number,  the  forty  men  of 
the  Montana  company  were  deployed,  and  opened  fire  on  them.  The  firing  was 
vigorously  replied  to,  and  ten  minutes  later  an  additional  force  of  about  250  of  the 
enemy  opened  fire  from  a distance  of  about  800  yards,  and  on  our  left  flank.  This 
second  party  attempted  to  cut  us  off  from  Bacolor,  by  extending  to  their  right.  A 
withdrawal  was  promptly  ordered  and  successfully  accomplished,  the  Kansas 
company  that  had  advanced  at  the  sound  of  the  firing  covering  the  movement. 
Two  Montana  men  were  severely  wounded. 

On  June  16th,  at  about  4:45  A.  m.,  a general  attack  was  made  by  the  enemy 
from  all  around  the  town  of  San  Fernando.  They  employed  several  pieces  of 
artillery,  and  it  was  estimated  that  at  least  4000  infantry  were  in  the  attacking 
force.  Our  outposts  were  promptly  re-inforced,  and  the  enemy  having  advanced 
all  along  the  front  of  the  brigade  to  within  500  yards,  a sharp  fight  of  about 
an  hour  and  a half  resulted.  A flank  movement  against  an  exposed  portion 
of  the  enemy’s  line  was  admirably  executed  by  a battalion  of  the  20th  Kansas, 
commanded  by  Maj.  Bishop,  taking  the  enemy  at  that  point  entirely  by  sur- 
prise. Thirty-six  of  the  enemy  were  killed  by  this  battalion  in  five  minutes. 
Total  casualties  in  the  brigade,  six  enlisted  men  wounded. 

On  June  24th,  the  20th  Kansas  was  relieved  by  the  9th  U.  S.  Inf.,  Col.  H.  H. 
Liscum  commanding,  and  on  June  28th,  the  Montana  Regiment  was  replaced  in 
the  brigade  by  the  12th  U.  S.  Inf.  Tieutenant-Colonel  J.  H.  Smith  commanding. 
The  four  batteries  of  the  3d  U.  S.  Art.  were  detached  from  the  brigade  on  June 
3d.  On  June  30th,  at  10  A.  m.,  and  at  10:30  p.  m.,  and  at  about  10  p.  m.,  July 
4th,  desultory  firing  by  the  enemy,  at  long  range,  was  experienced.  At  no  time 
did  the  enemy  attempt  an  advance,  and  but  two  casualties,  both  slight,  resulted. 


HALL'S  MOVE  ON  MORONG. 

When  Gens.  Hale,  Otis  and  Wheaton  moved  north,  Gen.  Hall  remained  in 
the  province  of  Manila,  guarding  the  water-works,  and  meeting  the  annoying 
attacks  of  the  insurrectos.  Gen.  Lawton  having  relieved  Gen.  Anderson,  in 


Catnpaigiiing  in  the  Philippines. 


195 


command  of  the  1st  Division,  and  subsequently  been  assigned  to  command  of  all 
troops  south  of  Caloocan,  Gen.  Hall  was  directed  to  make  a movement  southeast 
from  the  pumping  station.  His  column,  which  was  assembled  at  the  water-works 
on  the  evening  of  the  2d  of  June,  consisted  of  the  2d  Oregon  Inf.,  a battalion  of 
the  1st  Wyoming,  four  troops  of  the  4th  Cav.,  one  mounted  on  American 
horses,  the  others  dismounted,  two  battalions  of  4th  Inf.,  one  battalion  of  the  9th 
Inf.,  six  companies  of  the  1st  Colorado,  and  two  mountain  guns. 

At  four  o’clock  on  the  morning  of  the  3d,  they  began  crossing  the  San  Mateo 
River,  and  about  noon  easily  repulsed  a considerable  force  of  Filipinos,  twelve 
miles  east  of  Manila.  At  the  same  time  Col.  Wholley,  who  relieved  Gen.  King 
in  command  of  his  brigade,  proceeded  east  from  San  Pedro  Macati,  the  two  columns 
approaching  each  other.  The  town  of  Cainta  was  captured,  with  small  loss,  Gen. 
Hall  driving  the  Filipinos  from  the  vicinity  of  Mariquina  towards  Wholley’ s 
column.  During  the  night  of  the  3d,  a part  of  Wholley’ s Brigade,  under  Col. 
Treumann,  advanced  to  the  Filipino  position  at  Taytay,  which  they  reached  at 
daybreak  of  the  4th,  immediately  attacking.  After  a sharp  engagement  the  natives 
fled  over  the  mountains.  Col.  Treumann  pursuing.  Many  were  killed,  and  many 
captured,  with  their  arms  and  ammunition. 

Hall’s  Brigade  moved  at  the  same  time  toward  Antipolo,  leaving  behind  the 
Oregon  Regiment  and  9th  Inf.,  to  guard  Mariquina.  The  Filipinos  made,  as 
usual,  a vigorous  resistance,  feeling  hopeful  of  success.  Antipolo  never  having 
been  taken  by  the  Spanish.  Situated  high  up  in  the  mountains  and  easily  defended 
it  had  always  made  a successful  defense.  After  three  or  four  hours’  climb  up  a 
steep  mountain  grade,  the  American  lines,  which  were  thrown  around  the  town 
on  three  sides,  closed  in  for  a final  advance,  at  8:30  A.  m.,  but  closed  upon  a de- 
serted city.  The  Filipinos  had  abandoned  their  last  refuge  in  this  direction. 

Gen.  Hall  marched  from  Antipolo  towards  Morong,  which  lies  about  six  and 
a half  miles  southeast  of  the  mountain  town,  on  the  peninsula  of  Morong,  stop- 
ping at  Teresa,  half  way 
between,  until  the  morning  of 
the  5th,  when  he  advanced  to 
the  town  of  Morong  without 
incident. 

In  the  meantime  Col. 

Wholley,  with  eight  companies 
of  the  Washington  Inf.,  had 
marched  by  night  from  Taytay 
to  Pasig,  where  he  embarked 


on  cascos,  which  were  attached 
by  lines  to  the  three  gunboats 
Napidan,  Covado?iga  and  Oesta,  lying  there  ready  to  tow  them  to  their  destination 
near  Morong.  Col.  Treumann,  with  the  1st  North  Dakota  and  12th  Inf., 
advanced  by  the  lake  shore,  clearing  the  country  of  the  natives.  Thus  the  large 
force  in  the  field  was  concentrated  on  this  province,  thought  so  important  by  Gen. 
Tawton,  who  had  met  Gen.  Hall  at  Taytay  and  was  present  in  person  at  Morong, 
and  who  had  passed  two  nights  without  sleep,  directing  the  movements  of  his  army. 


SHOWING  CONSTRUCTION  OF  INSURGENT  TRENCHES. 


Campaigning^  in  the  Philippines. 


19() 


At  Morong  the  Filipinos  made  a stubborn  fight,  using  artillery,  and  sending  a 
shell  into  the  Covadonga,  but  the  contest  ended,  as  was  intended  by  Gens. 
Lawton  and  Hall,  with  the  evacuation  of  Morong,  and  its  re-occupation  by  the 
Americans. 

In  this  movement  on  Morong  peninsula,  Gen.  Hall  completed  the  circuit  of 
twenty  miles  over  a rough  country,  fighting  two  engagements,  one  of  them  severe, 
and  keeping  up  an  almost  constant  fire  against  scattered  parties  of  insurrectos  for 
almost  twenty -four  hours,  from  four  o’clock  on  the  morning  of  the  3d  to  about  the 
same  hour  on  the  morning  of  the  4th.  The  gunboats,  as  in  so  many  other  opera- 
tions, had  been  of  great  assistance  in  driving  the  natives  from  their  defenses.  The 
difficult  nature  of  the  country  prevented  heavy  artillery  from  reaching  position. 
Lieut.  Hawthorne,  who  was  in  command  of  the  light  mountain  battery,  was  com- 
pelled to  burn  his  wagons  to  prevent  them  from  falling  into  the  enemy’s  hands. 

The  Washington  Regiment,  which  returned  to  Pasig  on  the  5th,  and  which 
had  not  rested  for  forty-eight  hours,  was  exhausted,  and  all  had  found  the  service 
hard,  although  cheerfully  performed.  On  the  6th,  Hall’s  Brigade,  excepting  three 
troops  of  the  4th  Cav.,  and  all  of  Wholley’s  Brigade,  excepting  the  North 
Dakotas,  returned  to  their  quarters. 

The  excepted  companies,  under  Col.  Treumann,  remained  at  Morong  until  the 
7th  of  July,  when  six  companies  of  the  21st  Inf.,  relieved  them.  During  the 
month  of  June  there  were  some  slight  skirmishes,  in  which  twelve  or  fifteen  Fili- 
pinos were  killed,  and  one  American  scout  killed.  The  base  of  operations  on  the 
lake  shore  was  a mere  hamlet  of  the  “ nipa  ” huts.  On  the  21st  of  July,  the  21st 
Inf.,  leaving  a small  guard,  advanced  along  the  lake  shore  to  Paete,  where  they 
were  joined  by  other  troops  brought  there  on  cascos.  The  town  of  Calamba  was 
taken  by  the  21st  Inf.,  on  the  26th  of  July.  An  attack  was  made  July  29th,  on 
Santa  Cruz,  which  Gen.  Lawton  had  selected  for  a base  of  operations,  but  the 
American  force  was  repulsed,  and  Santa  Cruz  remained  untaken.  The  American 
loss  in  this  campaign,  was  ten  killed,  and  twenty-seven  wounded. 

With  the  exception  of  a movement  of  a part  of  Hall’s  Brigade,  under  com- 
mand of  Col.  Summers,  of  the  Oregon  Regiment,  from  Bocaue,  in  support 
of  a northern  movement  by  Gen.  Lawton,  of  which  some  account  will  appear  in 
describing  that  expedition,  this  practically  concludes  the  history  of  the  opera- 
tions of  MacArthur’s  Division,  for  the  spring  of  1899.  The  rainy  season  coming 
on,  no  further  active  operations  were  attempted,  pending  the  arrival  of  the  new 
troops  to  replace  the  volunteers  whose  terms  of  enlistment  had  expired.  Our 
lines  were  gradually  contracted  as  our  effective  force  diminished,  and  the  territory 
yielded  was  immediately  re-occupied  by  the  insurgents. 


CHAPTER  X. 


LAWTON’S  LAKE  EXPEDITION. 


HILE  the  2d  Division,  under  Gen.  Mac  Arthur,  was  actively 
engaged  north  of  the  Pasig,  in  its  move  on  the  insurgent 
capital,  the  1st  Division,  operating  south  of  the  Pasig,  was 
occupied  with  a series  of  expeditions,  whose  object  was  the 
exploration  of  the  country,  the  disposal  of  armed  bands  of 
insurgents,  the  capture  of  supplies  intended  for  the  rebel  army, 
2 and,  if  it  should  be  found  possible  with  the  force  at  command, 
— which  it  was  not — the  permanent  occupation  of  the  coun- 
try visited.  With  the  occupation  of  Manila,  Gen.  Otis  had 
no  military  reason  for  the  occupation  of  Camp  Dewey,  or 


indeed  any  of  the  country  between  Manila  and  the  peninsula  of  Cavite.  Both 
these  places  were  securely  held  and  the  line  of  communication  was  by  water,  and 
so  long  as  there  were  to  be  insurrectos  at  all  they  might  just  as  well  be  along  the 
bay  shore  between  Manila  and  Cavite  as  anywhere  else;  perhaps  better,  as  being 
more  conveniently  found  when  wanted.  The  small  size  of  his  force  compelled  Gen. 
Otis  to  contract  his  lines  so  as  to  include  only  Manila  and  a small  district  about 
it,  and  upon  the  south  the  line  was  substantially  that  occupied  by  the  Spanish 
before  the  surrender  of  Manila,  resting  on  the  bay  at  Malate.  All  the  bay  shore 
and  country  between  our  lines  and  Cavite  was  promptly  occupied  by  the  insur- 
rectos. As  already  stated  the  1st  Division,  after  the  return  of  Gen.  Anderson  to 
America,  was  in  command  of  Major-General  H.  W.  Lawton,  with  Brigadier- 
Generals  Charles  King  and  Samuel  Ovenshine  in  command  of  the  1st  and  2d 
Brigades  respectively. 

OBJECT  OF  THE  TAKE  EXPEDITION. 

The  first  expedition  undertaken  was  to  the  towns  along  the  shore  of  the  large 
lake  known  as  the  “Laguna  de  Bay,”  of  which  the  River  Pasig  is  the  outlet.  The 
district  to  be  reached  was  a beautiful  rolling  country,  raised  above  the  lowlands 
which  immediately  surround  Manila,  densely  populated  and  very  wealthy,  the 
principal  towns  being  ranged  along  the  shore  of  the  lake,  from  which  the  products 
were  transported  to  Manila  by  water.  Besides  the  main  Pasig,  which  is  navigable 
for  small  steamers,  the  lake  has  a large  number  of  shallow  outlets  which  unite 
with  each  other,  and  then  with  the  main  stream  below  the  city  of  Pasig.  These 
outlets  which  are  navigable  for  cascos,  are  interconnected  and  form  a series  of 
islands,  of  which  some  portions  are  swampy,  but  for  the  most  part  are  high  and 
dry,  and  densely  populated.  The  distance  from  Manila  to  the  lake,  at  the  outlet 
of  the  Pasig,  is  about  ten  miles.  The  possession  of  so  populous  and  wealthy  a 


198 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


district  was  of  course  of  most  importance  to  Aguinaldo,  not  only  as  a source  of 
supplies,  but  as  affording  a point  from  which  to  make  flank  attacks  upon  our 
advanced  posts  at  the  water-works.  The  lake  country,  therefore,  was  obviously 

the  first  district  to  be  occupied 
in  a movement  of  the  1st 
Division,  auxiliary  to  the  attack 
upon  Aguinaldo’ s main  army  at 
Malolos. 

The  special  objects  of  the  ex- 
pedition were  three  in  number; 
first,  to  secure  several  launches 
and  cascos  still  in  possession  of 
the  insurrectos,  and  to  cut  off 
their  most  northerly  fortress  on 
the  lake,  the  town  of  Santa 
Cruz;  secondly,  to  distribute  the 
proclamation  issued  by  the  American  commissioners;  thirdly,  to  sweep  back 
overland,  and  in  conjunction  with  Gen.  Ovenshine’s  command  to  crush  the 
enemy  at  Paranaque.  The  first  two  were  brilliantly  and  successfully  accom- 
plished; the  third  was  delayed  by  the  recall  of  the  expedition,  after  eight  days,  to 
Manila,  for  other  military  movements. 

Lawton’s  expedition  on  this  occasion  comprised  1509  men,  and  as  it  was  led 
through  a portion  of  Luzon  hitherto  unvisited  by  our  soldiers,  it  united  to  some 
extent,  the  element  of  exploration  as  well  as  of  military  operations.  The  land 
on  either  side  of  the  Pasig  River  from  Manila  to  the  Laguna  de  Bay,  is  varied  and 
beautiful.  First,  there  are  the  rich  rice-lands  bordering  the  river  as  far  as  San 
Pedro  Macati,  then  there  are  six  miles  or  so  of  green  banks  and  over-hanging 
trees.  As  you  near  the  island  on  which  Pasig  town  is  built,  the  view  expands 
into  a fine  vista  of  far  hills,  and  near  rolling  fields.  The  air  is  sweet  with  the 
odor  of  wild  flowers;  and  the  traceried  branches  of  the  palms  and  the  bamboos  cut 
clear  silhouettes  against  the  sky,  while  the  burned  villages,  and  the  ruined  Guada- 
lupe church,  suggest  the  stern  rigor  of  war. 

THE  detail  for  THE  EXPEDITION. 

On  the  6th  of  April,  1899,  the  following  order  was  issued  from  the  Headquar- 
ters of  the  1st  Division,  8th  Army  Corps: 

The  following  named  organizations  will  be  immediately  prepared  to  take  the  field  on  a 
special  expedition.  They  will  be  equipped  in  light  marching  order  and  will  be  supplied  with 
200  rounds  of  ammunition  per  man  and  ten  days’  rations,  two  of  which  will  be  “ travel  rations,” 
and  will  be  carried  in  the  haversack  : 4th  U.  S.  Cav,  Gale’s  Squadron,  Troops  C,  G,  and  L,  219 
men;  14th  U.  S.  Inf.,  Hasbrouck’s  Battalion,  A,  G,  L,  and  K,  311  men;  Patten’s  Battalion, 
Companies  C,  D,  E and  I,  290  men;  1st  Idaho  Volunteer  Inf.,  Linck’s  Battalion,  Companies 
A,  C,  D,  and  P',  225  men;  1st  North  Dakota  Volunteer  Inf.,  Fraine’s  Battalion,  Companies  C, 
D,  I and  K,  248  men;  two  mountain  guns,  Hawthorne’s  Battery,  Lieut.  Koehler  commanding, 
with  necessary  equipment,  etc.,  and  sixty  rounds  of  ammunition  for  each  piece  (shell  and 
shrapnel)  sixteen  men. 

For  the  purposes  of  this  expedition,  the  authorized  sharpshooters,  whose  names  have  been 
reported  to  these  headquarters,  with  the  ofiicers  selected  to  command  them,  will  be  temporarily 
organized  as  follows: 


GEN.  LAWTON  AND  STAFF  IN  THE  FIELD. 


Campaigning  hi  the  Philippines. 


199 


First  Company — i4th  U.  S.  Inf.,  nine  squads,  forty-five  enlisted  men,  and  4th  U.  S.  Cav., 
three  squads,  fifteen  enlisted  men,  commanded  by  Lieut.  W.  C.  Geiger,  14th  Inf.,  sixty  men. 

Second  Company — 1st  North  Dakota  Volunteer  Inf.,  eight  squads,  forty  enlisted  men, 
commanded  by  1st  Lieut.  H.  J.  Gruschus,  1st  North  Dakota  Volunteer  Inf. 

Third  Company  — 1st  Idaho  Volunteer  Inf. , eight  squads,  forty  enlisted  men,  commanded 
by  1st  Lieut.  R.  H.  Hartman,  1st  Idaho  Volunteer  Inf. 

Fourth  Company— 1st  Washington  Volunteer  Inf.,  twelve  squads,  sixty  enlisted  men,  com- 
manded by  1st  Lieut.  W.  E.  Weigle,  and  2d  Lieut.  R.  T.  Hazzard,  1st  Washington  Volunteer 
Inf.  Making  a total  of  1509  enlisted  men. 

With  the  exception  of  those  belonging  to  the  1st  Washington  Volunteer  Inf.,  sharpshooters 
will  remain  for  rations  with  their  respective  companies,  and  those  detached  from  companies 
not  taking  part  in  this  expedition  will  be  assigned  for  rations  to  companies  of  their  regiment 
above  designated,  but  will  be  held  undercharge  of  squad  leaders  and  the  officers  assigned  to  com- 
mand them,  in  readiness  to  respond  promptly  to  calls  for  service  in  their  special  duties.  The 
Washington  detachment  will  be  equipped  as  a separate  company. 

Maj.  Weisenburger,  1st  Washington  Volunteer  Inf.,  is  assigned  to  command  the  battalion 
of  sharpshooters.  Brigadier-General  Charles  King,  U.  S.  V.,  is  assigned  to  command  the  forces 
as  thus  organized,  and  will  report  in  person  to  the  Major-General  commanding  the  division  for 
detailed  instructions. 

The  Quartermaster  and  Medical  Departments,  and  the  Signal  Corps,  will  furnish  the  neces- 
sary personnel  and  material. 

Brigade  Commanders  are  charged  with  the  concentration  of  the  troops  of  their  respective 
commands  at  a point  and  time  to  be  designated  by  telegraph  from  these  headquarters. 

No  transportation  other  than  by  boat  will  be  provided  except  from  camp  to  the  place  of 
embarkation.  As  the  journey  by  boat  will  probably  be  made  during  the  night,  company  com- 
manders will  arrange  to  have  coffee  made  and  served  during  the  night  or  just  before  landing, 
which  will  doubtless  occur  about  daylight  or  before. 

It  is  the  desire  of  the  Major-General  commanding  the  division  that  this  expedition  have  a 
thorough  and  complete  organization,  and,  to  that  end,  the  companies  will  be  divided  into  squads 
and  a non-commissioned  officer  as  chief  will  be  assigned  to  the  charge  of  each.  This  assignment 
to  squads  will  be  made  permanent,  and  the  men  remain  attached  to  the  squads  to  which  they  are 
assigned,  except  when  changed  by  direction  of  the  company  commander,  and  the  chief  of  squad 
will  keep  in  his  possession  a list  of  names  of  men  in  his  squad,  and  he  shall  know  at  all  times 
the  whereabouts  of  each  man  and  be  able  to  account  for  him. 

In  battle,  the  men  of  each  squad  will  constitute  “comrades  in  battle,”  and  will  support  and 
assist  each  other.  In  no  case  will  a man  be  abandoned,  except  when  specially  so  directed  by 
the  company  commander  in  each  case.  When  a member  of  a squad  is  killed,  wounded,  or 
otherwise  disabled,  the  fact  will  be  immediately  reported  by  the  chief  of  the  squad  to  his  next 
superior.  In  case  it  becomes  necessary  to  detach  individual  men  from  squads,  they  will  be  sent 
in  pairs,  and  the  chief  of  squad  will  know  that  all  his  men  are  accounted  for. 

One  of  the  purposes  of  this  special  expedition  is  the  fulfillment  of  a desire  and  determina- 
tion of  the  United  States  government  to  prove  to  and  reassure  the  Filipinos  that  a campaign 
conducted  by  Americans,  through  a hostile  country,  can  and  will  be  prosecuted  according  to  the 
most  generous  rules  of  civilized  warfare.  To  this  and  General  Orders  No.  7,  series  1898,  and 
No.  7,  current  series  these  headquarters,  and  paragraph  No.  2,  General  Orders  No.  15,  current 
series.  Headquarters  Department  of  the  Pacific  and  8th  Army  Corps,  will  be  rigorously 
executed.  (These  orders  refer  to  looting,  etc.) 

Capt.  F.  A.  Grant,  Utah  Volunteer  Light  Artillery,  is  assigned  to  command  the  gunboats 
forming  a part  of  this  expedition;  he  will  also  arrange,  prescribe  and  superintend  the  formation  of 
the  flotilla  and  the  order  of  the  sailing  of  same,  taking  due  and  proper  precautions  against  accident. 

During  the  absence  of  the  Major-General  commanding  the  division  on  this  expedition,  the 
line  of  entrenchments  from  Pasig  to  Pasai  will  be  in  charge  of  Brigadier-General  Samuel  Oven- 
shine,  U.  S.  V.,  commanding  2d  Brigade,  who  will  assume  control  of  all  the  troops  remaining 
of  the  1st  Division.  CLARENCE  R.  EDWARDS,  Assistant  Adjutant-General. 

By  command  of  Gen.  Lawton. 


200 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


These  orders  are  quoted  at  length,  to  show  how  complete  and  careful  was  the 
preparation.  Accompanying  the  expedition,  were  a number  of  war-correspondents, 
and  Hon.  H.  A.  Ramsden,  the  English  Vice-Consul,  a man  of  very  agreeable 
companionship,  and  thoroughly  in  sympathy  with  out-door  life,  and  with  our 
American  boys.  Brigade  Surgeon  Maj.  George  Shiels,  with  twelve  assistants, 
constituted  the  Hospital  Corps.  Early  in  the  move,  Gen.  King  had  to  be  relieved 
from  his  command,  owing  to  an  attack  of  heart  trouble. 

THE  COMMAND  BEGINS  THE  MOVE. 

On  April  8th,  at  5:15  p.  m.,  Eawton,  with  eight  launches,  seventeen  cascos, 
and  two  bancas  left  San  Pedro  Macati.  The  journey  up  the  Pasig  River,  to  the 
lake,  consumed  the  night  until  4 a.  m.  next  morning.  The  winding  narrow 
channel  and  inexperienced  pilots  caused  much  loss  of  time  through  the  frequent 
grounding  of  the  launches  and  cascos,  which  had  to  be  floated  by  the  launch 
Maria,  acting  under  Capt.  Grant’s  orders.  Through  the  indefatigable  and  intelli- 
gent efforts  of  Capt.  Grant,  the  entire  flotilla  was  formed  at  the  entrance  to  the  lake 


SonXH  DAKOTA  PACK  TRAIN  CROSSING  THE  RIO  GRANDE.  Photo  Jii/  Roomer. 


an  hour  before  daybreak  of  the  9th.  The  Associated  Press  boat  Orient  volun- 
teered its  aid  as  a tug  boat,  and  the  three  gunboats,  Lagnna  de  Bay,  Oesta  and 
Napidan,  also  acted  in  the  same  capacity. 

It  was  an  interesting  sight  to  watch  the  hulks  of  the  black  cascos  lying  be- 
tween us  and  the  rising  sun;  to  hear  the  men  chat  and  chaffer  with  one  another 
from  boat  to  boat.  They  all  went  into  the  day’s  work  as  if  they  were  going  out 
among  the  hills  for  a holiday.  “Who  are  you?’’  one  boat  would  ask  another  in 
the  gray  light.  “ We  are  the  4th  Cavalry.’’  “ Who  are  you?’’  “ Oh,  we  are  the 
Heavy  First;  we  do  all  the  scrappin’,  and  we  get  all  the  praise.’’  “Here  you 
fellows  keep  quiet,  I can’t  hear  the  orders,’’  yelled  the  Sergeant,  as  one  casco 
crashed  into  another.  It  was  all  taken  in  good  part,  and  by  daylight  the  whole 
flotilla  started  up  the  lake. 

Before  noon  we  lay  in  front  of  Santa  Cruz,  a fine  town  strongly  defended. 
The  winds  come  suddenly  on  lakes  which  lie  among  mountains,  and  a stifi"  breeze 
swept  the  waters  as  the  men  prepared  to  land.  The  infantry  and  battery  were 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


201 


landed  on  a beach  in  front  of  a wide  meadow.  The  wind  interfered  a good  deal 
with  the  landing,  many  of  the  men  having  to  wade  ashore  in  water  shoulder  deep. 
From  the  Associated  Press  boat,  we  could  .see  the  whole  of  the  maneuvers  on  lake 
and  shore  as  on  a chart. 

THE  EXPEDITION  LANDED. 

Soon  all  the  boys  were  on  the  land,  except  the  4th  Cav.  We  could  see  the 
long  line  form  and  the  march  begin.  Soon  a sharp  fire  opened  on  the  right  of  our 
advancing  line.  The  boys  started  the  grinning  guns,”  and  after  half  an  hour, 
quietness  fell  on  the  scene.  Darkness  came  quickly,  as  it  does  in  the  tropics,  and 
the  soldiers  bivouacked  for  the  night.  The  insurgents  were  seen  to  be  well  forti- 
fied on  the  beach  where  the  cavalry  were  to  land,  so  they  stayed  on  the  cascos  all 
night. 

At  daybreak  of  the  10th,  Gen.  Dawton,  in  person,  landed  on  the  left  flank  of 
the  line,  walked  along  to  the  right,  which  he  found  resting  on  the  main  road  leading 
from  the  south  into  the  town.  A telegraph  line  was  cut,  thus  destroying  the  con- 
nection with  Malolos.  Owing  to  the  illness  of  Gen.  King,  Maj.  Weisenburger  of 
the  1st  Washingtons,  was  put  in  command  of  the  expeditionary  brigade.  The 
companies  were  at  once  put  into  position;  three  companies  of  the  Idahos  on  the 
right  of  the  road,  the  artillery  section  on  the  road  supporting  Company  I,  of  the 
Idahos;  on  the  left  of  the  road,  Capt.  Hasbrouck’s  Battalion  of  the  14th  Inf.;  the 
Washington  sharpshooters;  Capt.  Patten’s  Battalion,  14th  Inf.,  and  North  Dakota 
Battalion  in  the  order  named,  the  last  resting  its  left  flank  on  the  beach.  The 
advance  toward  the  city  was  then  begun,  Gen.  Tawton,  himself  personally  super- 
vising the  right  of  the  line;  Maj.  Edwards,  the  center,  and  Maj.  Starr  the  left. 

In  his  report  of  the  fight,  Gen.  Eawton  highly  commends  these  two  staff  ofiicers 
and  Maj.  Weisenburger.  Meanwhile  little  opposition  was  met  until  the  command 
reached  the  main  bridge  of  the  city.  Here  Capt.  Hasbrouck’s  Battalion  of  the 
14th,  and  some  of  the  Idahos  and  Washingtons  made  a beautiful  charge,  com- 
pletely routing 
the  enemy,  who 
put  up  a plucky 
fight.  On  the 
north  side  of 
the  field  of  op- 
erations,  the 
4th  Cav.,  were 
succe  s s fully 
landed  by  Capt. 

Gale.  The  gal- 
lant Captain 
not  only  landed 
in  the  face  of  an 
insurgent  fire, 

but  dislodged  the  enemy  and  took  their  fortifications  on  the  north.  As  the 
rebels  fled  from  the  city,  the  gunboats  under  Capt.  Grant  did  good  execution; 
for  the  Filipinos  had  to  cross  an  open  field,  where  they  were  exposed  to  the 


202 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


hot  fire  of  our  men  on  land  as  well  as  a scathing  fire  from  the  gunboats.  It 
seemed  as,  from  our  coign  of  vantage,  we  saw  these  Filipinos  running  out  of  cover ' 
into  the  field,  and  then  saw  our  men  after  them  like  fury,  that  we  were  watching 
some  terrific  foot-ball  game. 

THE  LOSS  ON  BOTH  SIDES 

The  record  of  casualties  on  our  side  was  a short  one.  No  one  was  killed  in 
this  action.  William  Somars,  Company  D,  14th  Inf.,  was  cut  in  the  right  arm 
with  a bolo  knife  in  the  hands  of  a wounded  insurgent;  1st  Sergt.  Wall,  Company* 
A,  had  a gun-shot  wound  in  the  wrist;  Private  Pitts,  Company  G,  a gun-shot 
wound  in  the  head,  which  proved  fatal.  In  the  4th  Cav.,  2d  lyieut.  Eltinge  was 
shot  in  the  finger,  J.  Grabowski,  Troop  G,  shot  in  the  head  seriously;  in  the 
Idahos,  A.  Pearson,  Company  A,  gun-shot  wound  on  the  wrist;  G.  B.  Manning, 
Company  C,  shot  in  the  foot.  No  one  was  missing.  The  enemy’s  loss  was  ninety- 
three  killed,  thirty  wounded,  of  whom  three  died;  prisoners,  forty-one.  The 
wounded  both  of  the  insurgents  and  ours  were  sent  to  Manila  on  a casco  that 
night. 

THE  WORK  OF  THE  GUNBOATS. 

The  gunboats  the  Laguna  de  Bay,  the  Oesta  and  the  Napidan  did  fine  work 
under  Capt.  Grant.  Capt.  Gale  was  put  in  charge  of  the  city  of  Santa  Cruz  with 
his  command  of  cavalry;  and  at  six  o’clock,  on  the  morning  of  the  11th,  Lawton 
set  out  to  hunt  up  the  fleeing  Filipinos.  Capt.  Grant  from  his  boat  reported  that 
the  natives  were  seen  retreating  towards  the  head  of  the  bay. 

Some  of  the  reports  of  the  subordinate  commanders  are  good  reading.  One 
characteristic  report  is  that  of  Maj.  Figgins,  of  the  Idahos.  He  closes  it  with  this 
entry:  “Estimate  of  killed  and  wounded  Filipinos:  April  9th,  killed  eight, 
wounded  none;  April  10th,  killed  thirty,  wounded  none.’’  It  would  seem  from 
this  that  the  Idahos  were  out  to  kill,  and  that  everything  they  hit  died.  Capt. 
Gale  reported  that  all  he  needed  was  ammunition,  which  he  ran  out  of,  or  he 
would  have  taken  the  town  himself.  One  of  the  14th  Inf.  boys  stated  to  the 
reporters  that  he  had  been  gored  by  a carabao  bull,  as  his  regiment  charged.  He 
was,  indeed,  all  torn  and  ripped.  But  he  had  self-command  enough  to  take  the 
bull  by  the  hind-foot  and  hold  him  till  the  rest  of  his  squad  got  together  and  shot 
the  animal.  This  is  a better  thing  than  taking  the  bull  by  the  horns. 

MOVEMENTS  AFTER  THE  FIGHT. 

From  Santa  Cruz  the  Americans  chased  the  enemy  in  the  direction  of  Pagsanjan, 
a beautiful  village,  nestled  at  the  foot  of  the  mountains,  which,  at  this  northern 
end  of  Laguna  de  Bay,  rise  like  a rim  of  bastions  from  the  level  face  of  the  fields. 
The  broad  avenues,  well  macadamized,  which  we  marched  over,  indicated  pros- 
perity, and  the  fine  cocoa-nut  groves,  that  bordered  our  way,  gave  us  grateful 
shade,  as  we  took  a quick  march  among  song-birds  and  the  dew.  We  had  gone 
not  more  than  a mile  when  the  crackle-crackle-crackle  of  Mausers  told  us  that 
the  day’s  work  was  on.  At  7:15  the  14th  Inf.  deployed  into  the  palm  woods;  then 
the  Idahos  came  up  and  deployed  to  the  right ; then  the  North  Dakotas  and 
deployed  to  the  left.  A general  advance  was  at  once  made,  but  it  met  with  no 
further  resistance.  Pagsanjan  was  taken  without  a shot.  In  the  center  of  this 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


203 


fine  town  there  is  an  old  Spanish  monument,  from  which  the  natives  have  taken 
the  original  inscriptions  and  put  in  inscriptions  of  their  own ; one  of  these  is  to 
“E.  Aguinaldo,  el  Eibertador.”  In  this  town  there  was  an  ajr  of  so  much  refine- 
ment and  wealth  that  it  seemed  strange,  that  such  intelligent  folk  should  run  off 
before  a civilized  army,  as  if  it  were  the  hosts  of  Timur. 

One  poor  woman  was  left  in  town ; but  she  was  curled  up  in  a clothes  basket. 
Lieut.  Hartman,  of  the  Idahos,  discovered  her  there ; but  the  gallant  officer  from 
the  Silver  State  was  so  embarrassed  that  he  was  golden  in  his  silence,  and  bowed 
sweetly,  smiled  and  vanished,  finding  the  situation  more  trying  to  him  than  to  the 
poor,  half-dead  lady.  Hens  and  chickens  were  in  plenty.  Dogs  gave  us  but  a 
cold  welcome.  The  soldiers  halted  an  hour  or  two.  Some  geese  and  hens  fell 
under  their  conquering  blades.  But  the  town  was  policed  and  left  in  the  same 
good  state  of  preservation  in  which  Lawton’s  army  found  it. 

Maj.  Weisenburger  took  six  troops  of  infantry  forward  along  the  Lumban  River, 
to  effect  a junction  at  its  entrance  with  the  gunboat  Lagima  de  Bay.  About  tw^o 
miles  down  the  river  the  rebels  again  made  a stand  for  a couple  of  hours,  but  were 
dislodged.  The  troops  then  marched  to  the  lake  and  took  their  supper  on  the  beach. 


GEN.  LAWTON’S  LAKE  EXPEDITION  MOVING  TROOPS  IN  CASCOS  UP  THE  PASIG  RIVER. 


The  Idahos  under  Maj.  Figgins  camped  in  the  church  at  Lumban.  The  orders 
were  very  strict  about  looting.  But  the  old  Major  said  he  thought  he  could  con- 
strue them  so  as  to  let  his  men  catch  chickens,  and  take  mats  from  the  houses  to 
cover  them  from  the  dew.  One  brawny  miner  was  hauling  away  a piece  of 
carpet,  and  was  thus  found  by  Gen.  Lawton.  Lawton  took  him  up  to  Maj.  Fig- 
gins.  “What  is  the  charge,  General?”  asked  Figgins.  “ I found  this  man 
looting,”  answered  the  General.  “All  right,  General,”  said  Figgins,  “ leave  him 
to  me.  I’ll  deal  with  him.”  When  Lawton  went  away,  the  Major  turned  to  his 
man  who  was  an  Irishman  : “You  big  galoot;  why  did  you  let  the  General  catch 
you?  Now  off  with  you,  and  get  your  carpet,  and  don’t  let  me  see  you  get 
caught  again.” 

During  the  action  along  the  Lumban  or  Pagsanjan  River,  the  expedition  cap- 
tured six  rebel  launches  and  two  cascos.  It  was  impossible  to  bring  these  out 
into  the  lake  until  dredges  were  used.  The  insurgents  had  put  obstructions  in  the 
river  and  a bar  had  formed.  While  waiting  for  these  bars  to  be  removed,  Maj. 
Weisenburger  led  the  advance  along  the  lake  from  Lumban  to  Longos.  He  met 
no  resistance  up  to  this  point.  The  road  was  a good  one,  running  between  the 


204 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


lake  and  the  mountains.  As  the  soldiers  looked  around  them,  they  saw  scener}^ 
which  reminded  some  of  California,  some  of  Georgia,  some  of  other  fine 
mountain  lands  they  had  seen.  The  valleys  and  ravines  were  thickly  overgrown 

with  underbrush;  but  on  high  the 
palm  tree  lifted  its  disheveled  head 
like  a woman  in  grief.  Brooks 
burst  out  of  the  side  of  hills,  at 
which  the  men  filled  their  canteens 
and  were  refreshed.  About  noon, 
the  column  halted  to  take  lunch 
at  lyongos,  a small  town  which 
straggles  along  the  road,  has 
good  water,  and  a fine  old  church. 
All  the  natives  had  left,  and  our 
lads  were  enjoying  a quiet  meal. 
All  at  once  the  bugles  blew.  The 
boys  laid  down  their  half-eaten  meal,  and  got  out  in  the  road  in  battle  array. 
One  man  in  the  6th  Art.,  loaned  me  his  cup.  It  was  full  of  hot  tea,  and  he  did 
not  want  to  have  me  throw  it  away,  so  he  shouted  to  me  as  he  unlimbered  his 
gun:  “You  keep  the  tin,  and  bring  it  on.  Iv’e  got  to  go.”  He  was  off  immedi- 
ately. The  firing  increased  and  lasted  for  two  hours.  I waited  at  the  old  church 
of  Longos.  At  four  o’clock  a quiet  little  procession  came,  bearing  three  men, 
one  shot  seriously,  two  fatally. 

HEROISM  OF  THE  WOUNDED. 

The  doctor  came  in  and  told  them  they  would  die  in  an  hour.  One  looked  to 
the  other  and  smiled;  “ Well,  its  all  right,  let  us  die  bravely.”  They  died  at  five 
o’clock.  Chaplain  Father  McKinnon  of  the  1st  Californias,  and  Chaplain 
Stephenson,  of  the  1st  Idahos,  did  beautiful  service  for  the  men  that  day.  They 
got  them  tea  and  food,  or  took  their  dying  messages  and  prepared  them  for  the 
last.  At  six  o’clock  a second  procession  came  with  three  silent  stretchers.  All 
dead.  They  laid  out  on  the  church  aisle  at  Bongos  five  men,  with  strong,  firm 
faces,  under  the  dim  altar  light.  The  firing  ceased.  Father  McKinnon  was 
kneeling  at  the  sanctuary  with  a wounded  man,  now  giving  him  nourishing 
draughts,  now  giving  him  consolation,  now  staunching  his  wounds.  All  quiet, 
all  sacred.  Out  in  the  sky  the  Southern  Cross  shone  brightly;  in  the  dim  aisle 
the  face  of  the  Virgin  was  suffused  as  with  tears. 

What  had  happened  was  this:  Maj.  Weisenburger  sent  Maj.  Fraineof  the  North 
Dakotas  ahead  to  reconnoiter  the  road  between  Bongos  and  Paete,  San  Antonio. 
The  battalion  marched  three-quarters  of  a mile  in  columns  of  fours,  with  point 
two  hundred  yards  in  advance  of  column,  point  being  followed  by  twenty  sharp- 
shooters, at  a distance  of  one  hundred  yards,  and  with  sharpshooters  out  on  the 
right  flank  in  the  jungle. 

The  country,  away  from  the  road,  was  an  impenetrable  jungle,  and  on  the 
right,  rising  at  angles  of  about  forty-five  degrees,  were  gullies  and  dry  beds  of. 
water-courses.  At  half  past  three,  the  point  signaled  back  that  the  insurgents 


INST’RGEXr  ARMY  MARCHING  THROUGH  PASAI. 


L.ainpaigning  in  the  PhilippineSn 


205 


were  seventy-five  yards  ahead,  behind  strong  entrenchments.  The  sharpshooters 
were  brought  up  and  deployed.  At  that  time  a heavy  fire  from  our  right  flank, 
extending  the  entire  length  of  the  command,  was  poured  into  us.  A platoon  from 
each  company  was  sent  into  the  jungle,  the  left  resting  on  the  road,  the  right 
swinging  up  the  hill  and  making  a left  turn. 

While  this  was  going  on  Lieut.  Brooke,  of  the  staff,  arrived,  and  shortly  after- 
wards Maj.  Weisenburger  with  the  mountain  battery  and  the  Washingtons.  They 
took  up  a position  in  front  of  the  entrenchment,  first  noticed  by  our  point.  Lieut. 


MAP  SHOWING  MOVEMENT  OF  GEN,  LAWTON’S  LAKE  EXPEDITION.  Copyrighted  h}/  P.  E Lamar. 

Brooke  deserves  great  credit  for  the  coolness  with  which  he  steadied  the  men  with 
him.  When  that  part  of  the  line  was  receiving  a terrific  hail  of  lead,  his  courage, 
good-nature  and  calmness  communicated  itself  to  the  men.  Everybody  did  his 
duty  well.  After  two  hours’  sharp  fighting  the  entrenchment  was  passed,  and  the 
Americans  went  on  and  entered  Paete  at  six  o’clock.  The  conduct  of  the  officers 
and  men  was  exceptionally  good  on  this  occasion.  Maj.  Fraine  said  afterwards 
that  no  fear  was  shown,  no  orders  misunderstood,  and  all  worked  well.  He 
mentioned  the  conduct  of  Lieut.  Brooke,  and  also  of  Private  John  I.  Warn  pies. 
Company  D,  Idahos,  and  Thomas  Sletteland  of  Company  C,  who  volunteered  to 


CcDHpaigning  in  the  rhilippines. 


r 


200 


take  extremely  dangerous  positions  where  they  could  observe  the  enemy  in  their 
trenches.  The  loss  to  the  one  regiment  of  the  North  Dakotas  was  five  killed  and 
one  wounded.  The  killed  were,  Corp.  Isador  Driscoll ; Privates  Peter  Tompkins, 
A^lfred  Almen,  William  C.  Tamb,  Company  C,  and  Musician  George  Schneller, 
Company  I.  Wounded,  Private  Herbert  J.  Fyles,  Company  I.  The  Laguna  de 
Bay  shelled  the  rebels  in  this  engagement,  and  the  14th  Inf.  and  6th  Art.  re- 
inforced Maj.  Fraine.  Sergt.  Charlton,  of  the  Washingtons,  was  also  wounded. 


RETURN  TO  MANILA. 

On  the  15th  of  April,  Gen.  Otis  sent  word  to  Gen.  Tawton  that  the  expedition 
would  have  to  return  to  Manila,  owing  to  military  necessities  arising  in  other  parts 
of  the  field  of  war.  Our  men  then  rested  quietly  at  Paete  for  two  or  three  days. 

The  town  of  Paete  is  situated  at  the  mouth  of  a ravine.  On  the  high  hills 
above  us  we  watched  the  rebels  bury  their  dead,  after  their  fight  on  the  12th.  A 
strict  guard  was  placed  at  all  the  avenues  to  the  town.  It  was  a pleasant  camp- 
ing ground.  The  streams  that  flow  from  the  hills  come  through  the  town  and 
cool  the  warm  heart  of  it.  Springs  and  cool  gardens  abound.  The  palm  and  the 
plantain  throw  delicious  shadows.  The  hills  are  ever  changing  in  glorious,  verd- 
urous robes.  It  is  a land  of  sunny  days  and  starry  nights  ; of  river-beds  gleam- 
ing, and  hills  crowded  with  waiting  metals. 

Such  is  Laguna  de  Bay  country — a land  even  richer  and  fairer  than  has  been 
described.  The  Idahos  went  to  panning  gold  and  found  in  the  streams  of  Paete 
that  the  waters  do  truly  “wander  o’er  sands  of  gold.”  Of  course,  all  were  tired 
of  their  cramped  life  and  were  glad  when  the  orders  came  that  embarked  them  on 
the  launches  and  cascos,  and  bore  them  back  to  Manila. 

The  expedition  accomplished  this:  It  captured  six  launches  and  two  cascos; 
one  hundred  and  twenty-five  of  the  enemy  were  killed,  thirty  wounded  and  forty 
taken  prisoners.  Sixty  Chinamen,  who  begged  to  be  taken  from  Santa  Cruz, 
were  brought  to  Manila.  When  we  pulled  out  from  Santa  Cruz,  amid  the  golden 
glory  of  mountain  sunset,  we  saw  the  rebel  fires  on  the  hills  and  discerned  that  the 
insurrectos  were  back  in  the  town.  Yet,  much  was  learned  on  this  expedition; 
among  other  things  the  fine  qualities  of  our  soldiers,  and  the  wonderfully 


.5. 


CHAPTER  XL 


LAWTON’S  NORTHERN  EXPEDITION. 


PON  his  return  from  the  lake  expedition,  Gen.  Eawton  was  im- 
mediately directed  to  prepare  for  an  expedition  upon  a larger 
scale  into  the  country  immediately  east  of  that  occupied  by 
Gen.  MacArthur  in  whose  field  would  be  located  Eawton’ s 
base  of  supplies,  and  from  which  a supporting  column  was  to 
join  him.  It  appears  to  have  been  assumed  that  Eawton  could 
go  where  he  pleased  with  his  columns,  but  that  insurgent  bands 
would  close  in  behind  him,  rendering  his  communications  with 
Manila  insecure,  unless  protected  by  a larger  force  than  he 
could  spare.  And  such  proved  to  be  the  case.  The  Dagupan 
railroad,  along  which  MacArthur  was  operating,  runs  somewhat  west  of  north  from 
Manila.  Starting  also  from  Manila  a main  road  runs  northerly  with  a deflection 
from  the  north  to  the  east  about  equal  to  the  westerly  deflection  of  the  railroad. 
Along  the  general  direction  of  this  main  road  Gen.  Eawton  was  to  advance.  It 
is  evident  that  as  he  proceeded  north,  he  would  continually  be  getting  farther 
from  the  main  line  of  MacArthur’ s Division.  Upon  the  east  of  the  Rio  Grande 
from  Calumpit  north  lies  an  extensive  swamp  known  as  the  Pinag  de  Candaba,  or 
Swamp  of  Candaba.  This  swamp  was  intersected  in  several  directions  by  roads 
built  through  it,  but  was  otherwise  impassable.  All  the  operations  of  MacArthur’ s 
Division  had  been  conducted  on  the  west  of  this  swamp,  while  the  route  marked 
out  for  Eawton’ s column  lay  to  the  east  of  it.  The  following  account  of  the  move- 
ment is  substantially  that  given  by  Gen.  Eawton  in  his  report  to  Gen.  Otis: 

ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  COMMAND. 

Pursuant  to  orders  from  the  Corps  and  Department  Commander,  during  the 
afternoon  of  April  21,  1899,  the  22d  U.  S.  Inf.,  1st  North  Dakota  Volunteer  Inf., 
2d  Squadron  (Gale’s)  4th  U.  S.  Cav.,  Hawthorne’s  Separate  Mountain  Battery 
and  Scott’s  Platoon  (two  guns).  Battery  D,  6th  U.  S.  Art.,  assembled  in  the  vicinity 
of  Ea  Eoma  church,  about  four  miles  north  of  Manila.  The  troops  bivouacked 
for  the  night,  and  instructions  were  given  for  an  early  movement  in  the  morning. 

Eight  companies  of  the  3d  U.  S.  Inf.,  under  the  command  of  Capt.  J.  W.  Han- 
nay,  of  that  regiment,  were  encamped  about  a mile  distant  and  reported  for  duty 
with  the  expedition. 

PURPOSES  OF  THE  EXPEDITION. 

The  purposes  of  the  expedition  or  plan  of  campaign  contemplated  the  advance 
of  this  column  on  what  appeared  on  most  maps  to  be  a practicable  road  through 
Novaliches  and  San  Jose  to  Norzagaray,  where  a large  insurgent  force  was  reported 


208 


Cainpai^niiis;  in  the  Philippines. 


to  have  their  headquarters.  In  front  of  Norzagaray,  junction  with  another  column, 
1200  strong,  marching  from  Bocaue  through  Santa  Maria,  was  to  be  made. 

After  the  capture  and  occupation  ot  Norzagaray,  the  road  leading  north  from 
there  to  San  Miguel  was  to  be  thoroughly  reconnoitered,  especially  as  to 
the  practicability  for  this  column.  On  the  best  credited  map,  this  route  is  repre- 
sented a good  road.  San  Miguel  was  sup- 
posed to  be  an  insurgent  stronghold,  and 
the  probable  rendezvous  of  the  forces  to  be 
defeated,  but  it  was  suggested  that  the  2d 
Division  column,  could  move  on  San  Miguel 
along  the  road  east  of  the  swamp,  thus  making 
a combined  attack  with  the  1st  Division.  This 
Novaliches-San  Jose  route  would  promise  that 
this  column  would  get  over  on  the  extreme 
right  of  the  insurgents’  left;  would  invade  their 
country;  engage  the  enemy’s  forces,  and  pre- 
vent a concentration  of  the  forces  in  our  front 
upon  MacArthur,  if  not  at  the  same  time  turn 
the  enemy’s  flank  and  disconcert  his  plans. 
The  combined  northern  movement  of  both  field 
divisions,  if  unable  to  secure  a decisive  action 
against  the  northern  insurgent  army,  would  at 
least  drive  the  enemy  out  of  the  Tagalog  pro- 
TRENCHEs  AT  SAN  FERNANDO.  Photo  hy  Darcey.  viuces  iuto  uorthem  oues,  whose  iuhabitauts 
were  reported  unfriendly  to  the  insurrection.  At  five  o’clock  next  morning, 
April  22d,  the  command  commenced  the  march  northward,  the  3d  Inf. 
joining  the  column  at  its  formation. 

COLUMN  MOVES  IN  LIGHT  MARCHING  ORDER. 

The  command  was  equipped  in  the  lightest  possible  marching  order  compatible 
with  an  expedition  of  the  duration  contemplated  for  this.  Ten  days’  field  rations 
were  taken  in  carts,  drawn  by  carabao,  or  water  buffalo,  as  was  also  a reserve  of 
100  rounds  per  man  of  ammunition.  One  hundred  rounds  were  also  carried 
by  each  soldier  on  his  person.  The  transportation  was  very  limited  and 
orders  were  issued  directing  the  loading  of  wagons  to  3000  pounds  and  carts  1500 
pounds,  exclusive  of  forage  for  the  animals.  It  was  represented  that  the  proposed 
route  was  over  a passable  wagon  road,  and  these  loads  were  considered  conserva- 
tive maxima. 

NOVALICHES  OCCUPIED. 

The  order  of  march  for  the  first  day  placed  the  North  Dakotas  in  the  advance, 
and  Gale’s  squadron  in  the  rear.  The  command  passed  the  trenches  of  the  4th 
Inf.  shortly  after  leaving  the  camping  grounds  of  the  night  previous,  and  ad- 
vanced about  six  miles  without  incident  when  the  enemy  was  encountered  in  small 
force,  being  developed  by  Company  H,  1st  North  Dakotas,  the  vanguard  of  the 
column.  Companies  A,  B,  G and  I,  of  that  regiment  were  immediately  deployed, 
and  the  enemy  fell  back  making  but  feeble  resistance.  After  driving  the  enemy  about 


MAP  SH’OWING  movements  of  gen.  LAWTON’S  NORTHERN  EPXEOITION.  Copurkihtcd  hy  P.  K . Lamar. 


AGUINALDO  AND  FOUR  OF  HIS  LKADING  GENKRAUS. 

1.  Emilio  Aouixaldo.  2.  Genkral  Pow,  an  influential  Chinese  official  in  the  insurgent  army,  and 
brother-in-law  of  Aguinaldo.  3.  General  Pilar,  one  of  Aguinaldo’s'ablest  officers.  4.  General  Torres. 
5.  General  Garcia. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


209 


! 


a mile,  the  column  was  again  formed.  After  proceeding  about  a mile  further,  the 

f enemy  was  again  encountered  in  larger  force,  and  made  a determined  opposition 

I to  our  advance,  pouring  in  a strong  fire  on  our  front  from  both  sides  of  the  road, 
j principally  from  the  left.  The  same  companies  were  again  deployed,  and  vigor- 
1 ously  engaged  the  enemy,  completely  routing  them  and  driving  them  on  through 
I the  village  of  Novaliches,  to  a point  about  two  miles  beyond.  Our  troops  oc- 

1 cupied  the  village  about  10  A.  m.,  and  a line  of  outposts  was  established  about  the 

j town.  Our  casualties:  Two  enlisted  men,  1st  North  Dakotas,  wounded,  one  ser- 
I iously,  and  several  men  overcome  by  heat. 

1 Considerable  difficulty  was  experienced  in  crossing  the  transportation  over  the 

ji  Rio  de  Tuliacan,  as  the  north  bank  of  that  stream  is  of  solid  rock,  and  no  suitable 
approach  to  the  ford  from  that  side  has  ever  been  constructed. 

During  the  afternoon  the  pickets  of  the  22d  Inf. , on  the  northeast  side  of  the 
village  were  fired  on  by  the  enemy  who  had  entrenched  about  1000  yards  away  on 
j a hillside.  Shots  were  exchanged  during  the  whole  afternoon,  Scott’s  platoon 
being  brought  into  action,  and  the  enemy  finally  silenced  with  the  exception  of 
shots  throughout  the  night.  No  casualties. 

The  town  being  entirely  deserted  by  its  inhabitants,  the  troops  occupied  “nipa” 
huts  as  quarters  for  the  night.  Nothing  of  value  was  to  be  found  in  the  town, 
practically  all  stores  of  rice  and  other  provisions  having  been  removed  by  the 
people  in  their  flight.  At  five  o’clock  next  morn- 
ing, the  23d,  the  command  was  again  on  the  move 
toward  the  north,  San  Jose  being  the  objective 
point.  On  leaving  Novaliches,  the  road  which 
up  to  that  village  had  been,  with  the  exception 
of  the  approaches  to  the  ford,  passable  for  wagons 
I and  carts,  now  became  a mere  footpath,  winding 
i its  way  over  rice-fields  with  their  innumerable 
dykes,  which  were  too  high  to  permit  the  passage 
of  wagon  and  cart  wheels,  without  work  with 
pick  and  shovel  at  each  dyke.  Great  difficulty 
was  experienced  by  the  rear  guard  of  that  day, 
the  North  Dakota  Regiment,  in  assisting  the  carts 
along.  The  “road”  leads  over  a succession  of 
hills  and  valleys,  on  the  former  of  which  the 
troops  cind  water  buffalo  were  exposed  to  the 
burning  rays  of  a tropical  sun,  and  in  the  latter 
they  labored  through  jungles  and  mudholes. 

The  heat  was  intense,  the  loads  so  great  (though 
only  absolutely  necessary  rations  and  ammunition 
were  carried)  and  the  trail  so  rough,  that  it  was 
I necessary  to  unhitch  the  carabao  on  many  of  the  divides  and  lead  them  down  to 

j waterholes  to  soak  for  a half  hour,  thus  greatly  impeding  the  progress  of  the  train. 

; Headquarters,  the  3''  and  22d  Regiments  of  infantry,  and  Scott’s  platoon 

reached  the  ford  crossing  the  Pasunkambor  River,  about  one  and  one-half  miles 
south  of  San  Jose,  at  3 p.  m.,  having  been  delayed  through  not  having  any  official 

I4b 


WOODEN  GUN  USED  BY  INSURGENTS. 


210 


CainpaigJiing  in  the  Philippines. 


guide,  and  being  misdirected  by  an  impressed  native  guide  picked  up  on  the 
wa>'.  The  advance  during  the  day  had  been  without  contact  with  the  enemy. 
The  4th  Cav.,  Hawthorne’s  Battery,  and  the  North  Dakotas,  with  the  wagon 
train  went  into  camp  about  four  miles  back  toward  Novaliches,  the  men  and  ani- 
mals being  almost  completely  exhausted  by  hauling  the  transportation  over 
sun-scorched  divides,  and  through  swampy  valle3's  and  rock}'  gullies. 

THE  COLUMN  REACHES  SAN  JOSE. 

Early  on  the  morning  of  the  24th,  the  command,  now  separated  into  two  parts, 
through  the  failure  of  the  wagon  train  to  reach  the  river  before  going  into  camp 
the  night  before,  was  in  motion.  The  22d  Inf.  advanced  to,  and  occupied  San 
Jose  without  opposition,  being  accompanied  by  Scott’s  platoon.  The  3d  Inf.  oc- 
cupied the  approaches  to  the  ford  and  the  adjacent  thickets  to  guard  the  trans- 
portation. The  remainder  of  the  command,  with  wagon  train,  resumed  the 
advance  toward  the  river.  The  same  condition,  or  worse,  if  possible,  continued 
to  impede  the  progress  of  the  wagon  train  as  on  the  day  previous.  Capt.  Gale, 


r 


BRIDGE  AT  BAGBAG  RIVER,  SHOWING  SPAN  CUT  OUT  BY  INSURGENTS.  Photo  by  Darcey. 

with  his  dismounted  squadron  of  the  4th  Cav.,  furnished  the  advance  guard  and 
convoy  of  the  train,  and  with  his  entire  command  rendered  valuable  aid  as  en- 
gineers in  assisting  to  prepare  the  roads,  building  bridges,  etc.  Lieut.  Hawthorne, 
with  his  mountain  battery  detached,  and  even  Maj.  Penrose,  Lieut.  Kemp  of  the 
Medical  Corps,  with  their  hospital  squad,  and  Chinamen,  lent  a willing  hand  to 
overcome  what  frequently  appeared  insurmountable  obstacles  to  further  progress. 
But  of  the  North  Dakotas,  commanded  by  Lieutenant-Colonel  Treumann,  Gen. 
Lawton  expresses  special  appreciation.  They  exchanged  their  well  performed 
duties  of  advance  guard  of  the  day  before,  for  the  laborious  one  of  rear  guard 
of  the  two  days  necessary  to  reach  Norzagaray.  This  regiment  had  orders  to 
leave  nothing  behind,  and  literally  carried  transportation  over  bad  places  and  put 
squads  of  men  in  the  shafts  to  replace  worn-out  and  dead  bulls.  Every  serv'ice, 
even  to  the  use  of  pick  and  shovel  was  performed,  from  the  Colonel  down  to  the 
private,  with  the  same  commendable  earnestness  that  has  given  this  regiment 
its  reputation  for  cheerful  and  effective  accomplishment  of  any  task  set  them. 


Campaigning^  in  the  Philippines. 


211 


As  rapidly  as  the  troops  came  in,  they  occupied  the  deserted  huts  of  the  town, 
(San  Jose)  and  remained  all  night.  The  wagon  train  came  in  during  the  night, 
men  and  animals  completely  exhausted,  many  carabao  having  died,  the  men  tak- 
ing their  places  and  hauling  the  carts  along. 

During  the  afternoon  2d  Tieut.  C.  H.  Boyd,  4th  Cav.,  reported  Troop  I,  of 
that  regiment,  for  duty  with  the  expedition.  He  had  come  with  his  troop,  which 
was  mounted  on  native  ponies,  from  the  vicinity  of  Norzagaray,  to  which  point  a 
provisional  brigade,  composed  of  seven  companies  of  the  2d  Oregon  Volunteer  Inf. 
and  eight  of  the  13th  Minnesota  Volunteer  Inf.,  and  a section  (one  gun)  of  the 
Utah  Light  Artillery,  under  command  of  Col.  Owen  Summers,  2d  Oregon  Volun- 
teer Inf.  had  been  accompanied  by  Maj.  Charles  G.  Starr,  Inspector-General, 
U.  S.  V.,  from  Bocaue,  with  a view  to  joining  the  expedition.  Lieut.  Boyd 
reported  that,  while  with  Col.  Summers’  command,  the  enemy  had  been  encoun- 
tered and  had  made  a stubborn  resistance,  but  had  been  driven  back  through 
Norzagaray  and  across  the  river,  just  east  of  that  town,  wdthout  serious  cuasalty 
on  our  side.  Lieut.  Boyd  and  his  troop  returned  at  once  to  Norzagaray.  The 
march  was  resumed  at  the  usual  hour,  on  the  morning  of  the  25th  instant,  for 
Norzagaray,  with  Troop  L,  4th  Cav.,  as  escort,  and  advanced  with  headquarters, 
without  waiting  for  the  remainder  of  the  command,  arriving  at  Norzagaray  about 
12:30  P.  M.,  without  incident. 

PARTIAIv  BURNING  OF  ANGAT. 

While  on  the  march,  dense  smoke  was  observed,  rising  from  the  valley  in  the 
direction  of  Angat.  It  was  found,  on  arrival  at  Norzagaray,  that  Maj.  Kastwick’s 
Battalion,  of  the  Oregons,  and  Capt.  Masterman’s,  of  the  Minnesotas,  with  the 
Utah  gun,  had  that  morning  routed  the  enemy  from,  and  occupied  the  town  of 
Angat,  some  four  miles  northwest  of  Norzagaray,  and  that  during  the  engage- 
ment a portion  of  the  town  had  been  burned.  During  the  engagem.ent  at  Angat 
about  200  men  of  those  left  behind  at  Norzagaray,  while  swimming  in  the 
river,  were  surprised  by  a heavy  fire  from  the  enemy  on  the  opposite  bank. 
The  mounted  troop  was  watering  at  the  same  time,  but  fortunately  not  a man  was 
hit.  The  enemy,  in  small  force, 
were  entrenched  across  the  river 
from  Norzagaray  and  scattered 
through  the  bamboo.  During 
the  afternoon  they  kept  up  a 
desultory  and  annoying  fire  upon 
the  town,  the  bullets  striking 
the  church  in  which  a hospital 
had  been  established.  No  casual- 
ties resulted,  as  the  firing  was 
at  long  range  and  not  intelli- 
gently dii  ected.  The  transporta- 
tion made  but  little  progress  as  the  road,  over  which  our  route  lay,  did  not  improve 
until  Norzagaray  was  sighted.  The  train  camped  some  distance  back,  toward 
San  Jose,  and,  advancing  next  morning,  was  directed  to  continue  to  Angat  and 


BRINGING  IN  WOUNDED  MEN  ON  A HANDCAR. 


212 


Cainpaigjiiiig  hi  the  Philippines. 


go  into  camp  at  that  place,  which  the  3d  and  22d  Inf.  and  the  1st  North 
Dakotas,  accompanied  by  Hawthorne’s  Mountain  Battery,  occupied  the  same  day. 

The  mounted  troop  was  sent  on  a recon  noissance  along  the  west  bank  of  the 
river  and  about  two  miles  west  of  Angat,  at  Marunco,  encountered  the  enemy  in 
force  reported  to  be  about  500 — 200  were  actually  counted  by  Capt.  W.  E.  Birk- 
himer,  3d  Art.,  Acting  Judge- Advocate.  At  the  same  time  the  cavalry  started, 
one  battalion  of  the  Oregons,  under  Maj.  Eastwick,  forded  the  river,  just  above 
Norzagaray,  and  successfully  dispersed  the  insurgent  forces  from  the  thickets, 
along  the  river  bank  from  east  to  west.  Maj.  Eastwick  reported  an  insurgent  loss 
of  five  killed  and  several  wounded.  The  following  report  will  explain  Gen. 
Eawton’s  view  of  the  situation  at  this  time. 

GEN.  LAWTON  REPOPvTS  PROGRESS. 

Headquarters  First  Division,  Eighth  Army  Corps,  ) 

In  the  Field,  Norzagarar3',  Luzon,  April  26,  1899.  ) 

To  the  Adjutant-General,  Department  of  the  Pacific  and  8th  Army  Corps,  Manila,  P.  I. 

Sir — Your  messages  of  9:30  and  9:35,  25th  inst.,  reached  me  this  a.  m.  The  command  with 
transportation  has  not  yet  reached  this  point.  I hope  to  get  it  all  up  this  evening.  The 
mounted  troops  were  sent  this  a.  m.  , on  a reconnoissance  west  along  the  bank  of  the  river  to 
look  at  roads  and  fords.  Two  miles  west  of  Angat,  the  enemy  was  encountered  in  force,  reported 
to  be  about  500 — 200  were  actually  counted  by  Capt.  W.  E.  Birkhinier  who  accompanied  the 
cavalry.  At  the  same  time  cavalry  started,  one  battalion  of  the  Oregons  forded  the  river  oppo- 
site this  place  and  drove  the  enemy  from  the  country  opposite;  they  were  plainly  seen  from  this 
point  scattering,  some  fifty  moved  up  the  river  in  southeast  direction,  others  moved  toward  the 
main  body.  Our  troops  occupied  high  ground  and  moved  down  river  opposite  Angat.  As  soon 
as  my  command  arrives  will  cross  Col.  Summers’  command  and  move  by  both  flanks  down 
river  and  endeavor  to  throw  flanks  around  the  enemy  and  destroy  some  of  them.  Concerning 
your  message  of  9:30,  there  seems  to  be  no  direct  road  from  this  place  to  Quingua.  The  only 
route  for  wagons  is  via  Baliuag  to  Bocaue.  I will  be  prepared  to  follow  instructions  contained 
in  message  of  9:35  as  soon  as  nn'  column  has  arrived  with  transportation,  and  I have  drawn  the 
enemy  from  this  vicinity.  I desire,  however,  to  submit  the  following  suggestions: 

From  the  best  information  I can  obtain,  I learn  that  there  were  at  this  place  and  at  Angat 
about  1000  men.  They  were  reported  to  have  plenty  of  ammunition  and  expended  it  freely  at 
long  range,  mostly  Remington,  but  very  little  food.  Gen.  “Punta”  Pantelon  Garcia,  command- 
ing a few  local  troops,  but  mostly  troops  driven  from  Malabon  about  March  25th  or  26th.  The 
action  of  the  enemy  indicates  that  they  are  disintegrating,  as  small  detachments  have  been 
wandering  in  different  directions  over  the  country  and  there  seems  to  be  little  organization. 
They  have  been  well  cut  off  from  the  east  and  south  and  the  mountains  in  the  up-river  country, 
and  the  main  force  have  been  pushed  north  and  west.  I feel  sure  we  are  on  their  extreme  left 
and  can  double  them  up.  Our  problem  is  transportation.  Buffalo  carts  are  out  of  the  question 
for  even  ordinaiA’  marching  except  over  smooth,  hard  roads,  for  rapid  moving  over  rolling  coun- 
try they  are  impracticable.  The  conditions  of  marching  are  such  that  the  soldier  is  taxed  to 
his  utmost  capacity  of  endurance  to  carr}'  his  rifle,  ammunition  and  blanket  roll,  without  being 
yoked  to  a cart  to  haul  the  supplies  as  we  have  been  obliged  to  do,  and  are  doing  at  this  moment. 
A number  of  our  bulls  have  died,  I cannot  ascertain  how  many,  but  ten  or  more,  and  the  men 
pull  along  the  carts.  These  bulls  have  died  from  exhaustion  and  not  from  disease.  The  four- 
mule  teams  have  done  verj-  well,  with  help  over  bad  places  and  on  the  hills,  but  the  two-horse 
and  mule  teams  could  not  pull  more  than  the  empty  wagons.  I have  therefore  no  spare  trans- 
portation even  after  the  reduction  of  weight  after  the  consumption  of  rations;  we  have,  however, 
traveled  over  a rough  country  with  no  road.  I hope  when  I get  my  transportation  in  to  replace 
dead  bulls  with  others  found  in  the  country,  to  re-adjust  and  arrange  it  so  that  it  can  continue 


Campaigning  hi  the  Philippines. 


213 


over  good  roads  and  make  short  marches  each  day.  The  fifty  pack  mules  will  give  us  very 
little  material  assistance,  as  they  will  not  carry  one  day’s  rations  for  the  whole  command,  and 
I must  still  rely  on  the  bull  teams.  I can,  however,  give  the  pack  train  to  the  squadron  of 
cavalry,  including  the  mounted  troops,  and  it  will  carry  ten  days’  rations  for  the  whole  squad- 
ron, and  I can  use  them  for  flank  or  rapid  movements  as  they  will  be  strong  enough  to  main- 
tain themselves  anywhere. 

IVIy  suggestion  then  is  to  let  me  move  west  down  the  river  by  both  banks  to  or  near  Baliuag, 
where  I should  be  met  by  a supply  train  with  ten  days’  rations.  Then  let  me  move  north  along 
the  road  through  San  Ildefonso  to  San  Miguel,  and  let  Mac  Arthur  move  over  the  road  to  the 
west  of  the  swamp  along  the  river.  I can  keep  my  cavalry  squadron  on  my  right  flank,  and  in 
communicating  distance,  and  thus  the  whole  country  between  the  mountains  on  the  east  and 
the  Rio  Grande  on  the  west  will  be  covered.  I believe  the  movement  would  disintegrate  the 
insurgent  army  in  that  section,  and  I gather  from  information  received  that  the  roads  suggested 
are  very  good.  The  signal  officer  has  reported  it  impossible  to  maintain  the  telegraph  line,  it 
having  been  cut  many  times  between  San  Jose  and  Novaliches.  He  has  sent  out  twice  or  oftener 
each  day  to  repair  it,  but  it  is  as  often  cut,  and  the  last  time  a long  section  was  removed,  and  he 
did  not  have  wire  enough  along  to  repair  it.  I suggest  that  it  be  taken  up  from  Manila  and 
toward  Novaliches,  and  I will  send  out  and  take  up  from  this  end  as  far  as  possible,  and  then 
that  a line  be  laid  out  to  me  with  supply  train,  if  it  be  sent. 

I do  not  believe  I will  be  much  in  advance  of  MacArthur,  if  my  suggestion  is  approved;  at 
any  rate  I feel  that  I have  force  enough  for  any  emergency.  A reply  by  return  of  this  escort 
will  reach  me  before  I can  be  ready  to  move. 

Very  respectfully, 

H.  \V.  LAWTON, 

Major-General,  U.  S.  V.,  Commanding. 

LAWTON’S  COMMUNICATIONS  DISTURBED. 

As  there  was  no  other  means  of  communication  Gen.  I^awton  was  obliged 
to  send  this  by  courier.  No  one  had  been  over  the  route  from  Norzagaray  to 
Bocaue  since  Col.  Summers’  advance,  and  therefore  the  security  of  this  route  to 
small  parties  was  problematical. 

Maj.  Charles  G.  Starr,  Inspector- General,  U.  S.  V.,  was  selected  for  this  duty, 
which  he  unhesitatingly  performed,  accompanied  only  by  his  personal  orderly. 

With  the  exception  of  Troop  I,  4th  Cav.,  all  the  troops  left  Norzagaray  for 
Angat  on  the  morning  of  the  27th,  Col.  Summers’  command  continuing  two  miles 
further  down  the  river  to  and  occupying  the  town  of  Marunco.  Much  trouble 
was  experienced  with  the  telegraph  line,  it  having  been  cut  many  times  between 
San  Jose  and  Novaliches.  Information  was  received  from  Corps  Headquarters, 
that  the  line  would  be  taken  up  from  Manila  to  Novaliches,  and  the  remainder 
would  be  abandoned  unless  the  command  could  recover  it  from  the  north.  This 
was  afterwards  done  by  Capt.  F.  A.  Perkins,  U.  S.  V.,  Signal  Corps,  escorted 
by  Troop  I,  4th  Cav. 

From  an  insurgent  officer  captured  by  Maj.  Eastwick’s  Battalion,  of  the  2d 
Oregons,  on  the  26th,  it  was  learned  that  the  San  Jose  and  Novaliches  insurgents 
did  not  obey  orders  from  Aguinaldo,  but  acted  separately;  and  that  the  insurgent 
forces  were  falling  back  to  San  Miguel  where  Aguinaldo  was  supposed  to  be.  It 
was  also  learned  from  the  same  source,  that  if  the  soldiers  of  the  insurgent  army 
knew  of  the  treatment  they  would  receive  from  the  Americans,  many  would  desert 
and  come  into  our  lines,  and  that  the  officers,  particularly,  feared  maltreatment  by 
Americans. 


214 


Campaigning  in  the  PhilippUies. 


At  9 A.  M. , the  commanding  officers  of  regiments,  battalions  and  separate  organi- 
zations were  called  together  at  headquarters,  and  were  advised  regarding  treat- 
ment of  the  property  and  persons  of  non-combatants,  the  purpose  of  the  expedition, 
and  what  was  contemplated  for  the  future.  Two  companies  of  the  22d  Inf.  were 
sent  back  to  Norzagaray  to  re-inforce  Troop  I,  4th  Cav.,  the  insurgents  having 
attempted  to  re-occupy  the  town. 

Information  was  received  from  headquarters,  that  the  fifty  pack  mules  loaded 
with  ammunition,  and  the  additional  four-mule  teams,  hauling  rations,  would 
leave  Bocaue  the  morning  of  the  29th,  and  request  was  made  that  they  be  sent 
via  Angat  to  join  the  command.  Instructions  were  received  on  the  29th,  after  the 
first  battle  of  San  Rafael,  to  remain  at  Angat  until  supplies  arrived. 

GALLANT  BEHAVIOR  OF  WILLIAM  H.  YOUNG. 

At  daybreak,  on  the  29th,  the  1st  North  Dakotas,  3d  U.  S.  Inf.  and  Scott’s 
platoon,  moved  down  the  south  bank  of  the  river  toward  San  Rafael.  At  the  same 
time  Col.  Summers’  command,  to  which  was  added  Hawthorne’s  Separate  Moun- 
tain Battery,  moved  down  the  north  bank  of  the  river  in  the  same  direction. 
About  noon  Col.  Treumann’s  command  developed  a force  of  the  enemy,  afterwards 
estimated  at  400,  which  they  drove  on  down  the  river.  Here  an  incident  took 


WORK  OF  IXSFRGENTS  AT  SAN  FERNANDO.  Photo 'ay  Darce.xj. 


place  which  Gen.  Lawton  says  he  shall  not  soon  forget,  in  that  it  made  him 
acquainted  with  that  splendid  and  gallant  man  and  scout,  William  H.  Young.  He, 
in  citizen’s  clothing,  was  noticed  walking  well  in  front  of  the  right  flankers  of  the 
advance  point.  Gen.  Lawton  ordered  him  in,  intending  to  reprimand  and  send 
him  to  the  rear.  Something  in  the  man’s  bearing  and  appearance  made  the 
General  change  his  mind,  and  he  directed  him  to  go  to  the  front  and  bring  in  a 
citizen  that  the  General  might  get  definite  information  about  the  location  of  San 
Rafael.  He  cheerfully  complied,  and  in  less  than  five  minutes  Gen.  Lawton  heard 
three  shots  and  Young  appeared  as  cool  and  collected  as  ever,  bearing  a rifle  and 
haversack  with  eighty-six  rounds  of  ammunition,  dripping  with  blood.  He  had 
run  into  an  insurgent  outpost  of  eight  men,  and  had  alone  killed  one  and  driven 
the  others  off.  His  action  prevented  a surprise  to  our  advance  guard  which  was 
soon  under  a rapid  and  hot  fire. 

THE  COMMAND  OCCUPIES  SAN  RAFAEL. 

Col.  Summers’  command  occupied  San  Rafael  without  opposition.  Our  casual- 
ties: 2d  Lieut.  C.  C.  Todd,  3d  Inf.,  slight  gun-shot  wound,  right  thigh,  and  two 
enlisted  men,  3d  Inf.,  and  one  enlisted  man,  1st  North  Dakotas,  wounded,  the  latter 
severely.  One  insurgent  is  known  to  have  been  killed.  Scott’s  platoon  of 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


215 


artillery  participated  in  the  engagement  with  some  effect.  Telegraphic  instructions 
were  received  from  Corps  Headquarters  that  peaceful  conditions  would  obtain 
while  representatives  of  insurgent  government,  who  had  come  in  through  Gen. 
Mac  Arthur’s  lines,  remained. 

April  30th,  two  companies  of 
the  22d  Inf.  were  sent  with 
wagons  from  Angat  to  meet 
supply  train  coming  from 
Bocaue  and  relieve  its  escort, 
a battalion  of  the  51st  Iowa 
Volunteer  Inf,  and  allow  part 
of  the  wagons  to  return.  In- 
structions were  received  from 
Corps  Headquarters  that  upon 
moving,  the  objective  would 
be  Baliuag,  where  a strong 
force  (3000)  of  insurgents  was  reported  to  be.  Information  was  received  from  the 
same  source  that  the  armistice  requested  by  the  enemy  had  not  been  granted.  Much 
difficulty  was  experienced  by  the  Quartermaster  Department  in  bringing  supplies 
from  Bocaue.  The  mules  were  very  soft,  and  the  teamsters  and  packers,  almost 
without  exception,  were  inexperienced. 

YOUNG’S  SCOUTS  ORGANIZED. 

Mr.  W.  H.  Young,  previously  mentioned,  was  employed  as  guide  and  scout, 
and  placed  in  charge  of  twenty-five  selected  men  who  were  detailed  by  name  from 
the  4th  Cav.,  2d  Oregon  Volunteer  Inf,  and  the  1st  North  Dakotas. 

SAN  RAFAEL  CAPTURED  AGAIN. 

The  rations  arriving  at  Angat  in  good  season,  May  1st,  issue  was  made  as 
speedily  as  possible,  and  the  Oregons,  Minnesotas,  3d  Inf,  Scott’s  platoon,  under 
command  of  Col.  Summers,  moved  down  the  right  bank  of  the  river  toward  San 
Rafael.  Gale’s  squadron,  4th  Cav.,  was  ordered  to  be  reported  to  Col.  Summers 
for  duty  with  his  column.  The  remainder  of  the  expeditionary  forces,  under  com- 
mand of  Col.  Treumann,  moved  down  the  left  bank  of  the  river  as  a co-operative 
force.  Gen.  Tawton  accompanied  Col.  Summers’  column,  and  Maj.  Charles  G. 
Starr  of  the  staff,  the  force  on  the  south  bank. 

The  enemy  was  developed  on  the  north  bank  by  the  scouts  about  one  and  one- 
half  miles  above  San  Rafael.  Private  Harrington,  scout,  accompanied  by  one 
other,  was  well  in  advance  of  the  left  of  our  skirmish  line.  They  steadily  ad- 
vanced, taking  advantage  of  every  shelter,  entered  the  village,  constantly  firing, 
and  steadily  pushed  back  and  drove  a large  force  from  the  village  and  rang  the  bell 
in  the  belfry  before  our  troops  entered.  The  enemy  were  driven  through  the 
town  under  the  fire  of  the  Oregons  and  Minnesotas,  and  made  a stand  across  the 
river  from  the  town.  Scott’s  Battery  was  brought  into  action,  and  the  force  on 
the  south  bank  of  the  river  co-operating,  the  enemy  dispersed.  The  strength  of 
the  enemy  estimated  at  about  1000.  Our  casualties,  one  enlisted  man,  13th  Min- 
nesota, killed;  one  man.  Battery  D,  6th  Art.,  and  three  men,  2d  Oregon,  wounded. 


SUPPLIES  FOR  GEN.  LAWTON’S  TROOPS. 


216 


Canipaignhig  in  the  Philippines. 


The  town  of  San  Rafael  thus  occupied  by  our  forces  was  found  deserted  by  the 
inhabitants.  But  little  rice  was  found  in  the  grainaries  of  the  town.  The  troops 
on  the  north  bank  of  the  river  remained  in  the  town  during  the  night,  those  on 
the  south  bank  bivouacked  opposite  the  town.  Telegraphic  communication  was 
now  via  Bocaue,  from  which  point  a line  had  been  constructed  with  the  advance 
of  the  supply  train.  Information  was  received  that  a line  was  now  in  progress  of 
construction  via  Quingua,  to  meet  the  expedition  at  some  favorable  time  and  place 
in  the  future. 

THE  COEUMN  REACHES  BAEIUAG. 

At  daybreak,  the  2d  of  May,  the  commands  on  both  sides  of  the  river  left 
their  bivouacs  of  the  night  and  continued  the  advance  down  the  river  toward 
Baliuag  on  the  north  bank,  and  Bustos  on  the  opposite  bank.  About  one  mile 

from  the  latter  town.  Col.  Treumann’s 
command  encountered  the  enemy,  and 
forced  them  back  and  through  the  town 
which  our  forces  occupied  at  11:30  a.  m. 
A half  hour  later.  Col.  Treumann’s 
scouts  crossed  the  river  to  Baliuag  and 
rang  the  cathedral  bells  to  announce 
their  arrival.  Col.  Summers’  column 
developed  a force  of  the  enemy  about 
two  miles  out  from  San  Rafael  and 
easily  forced  them  back  for  about  two 
miles,  when  we  came  in  view  of  the 
troops  and  citizens  fleeing  in  great  con- 
fusion along  the  road  to  the  north 
(toward  San  Miguel).  Owing  to  the 
great  number  of  women  and  children 
and  what  appeared  to  be  wounded, 
being  carried  on  litters,  our  fire  ceased, 
and  a flag  of  truce  was  sent  out, 
hoping  we  might  assure  them  of  their 
safety.  Capt.  J.  F.  Case,  2d  Oregons, 
Acting  Engineer  Officer  of  the  expedi- 
tion, with  Private  Schnutenhaus,  1st 
Idaho  Volunteer  Inf.,  as  orderly,  conducted  the  flag  toward  these  people 
until  at  a point  wdthin  about  500  yards  of  them,  fire  was  opened  on  the  flag 
detachment,  and  it  returned  to  our  lines  without  casualty.  Col.  Summers’ 
troops  were  then  deployed  in  the  hope  of  surrounding  the  fugitives  by  advancing 
our  right  flank,  but  they  scattered  in  dire  confusion.  Capt.  Gale,  in  charge  of  his 
three  dismounted  troops  and  the  mounted  Troop  I,  4th  Cav.,  was  sent  up  the  San 
Miguel  Road  in  the  hope  that  a hurried  march  would  allow  him  to  get  far  enough 
north  to  turn  to  the  left  and  cut  off  the  fleeing  force  that  was  making  for  the  marsh. 
When  about  three  miles  out,  this  command  run  into  what  was  believed  to  be  the 
rear  guard  of  the  enemy,  belonging  to,  or  bound  for  San  Miguel.  A sharp  engage- 
ment followed,  in  which  the  enemy  were  driven  rapidly  north.  It  was  midday 


INSURGENT  TRENCHES  NEAR  PASAI. 


Cauipaignbig  in  the  Philippines. 


217 


1 


and  excessively  hot,  and  this  pursuit  was  at  the  end  of  a day’s  march.  The 
resultant  strain  on  the  men  of  this  seasoned  organization,  as  well  as  on  others  of  the 
command,  may  be  imagined,  when  the  facts  are  considered,  that  in  less  than 
twenty  minutes  thirty-five  men  fell 
out  from  the  two  dismounted 
troops  with  heat  prostration,  eight 
of  them  were  in  a comatose  con- 
dition. For  this  reason  the  pursuit 
was  discontinued.  The  loss  suf- 
fered by  the  enemy  was  undoubted- 
ly severe,  as  seen  by  our  troops, 
and  corroborated  by  a Spaniard, 
found  at  Baliuag.  Large  numbers 
of  dead  and  wounded  insurgents 
were  carried  toward  San  Miguel 
on  wheeled  vehicles  and  on  litters 
Several  commissioned  officers  were  fishing  for  alligators  in  the  pasig  river. 

included  in  the  casualties  of  the  enemy.  It  is  known  that  six  insurgents  were 
killed,  and  fourteen  wounded.  It  was  learned  that  Gen.  Gregorio  del  Pilar  had 
had  his  headquarters  at  Baliuag  with  a force  of  800  men,  but  on  our  advance  had 
fallen  back  to  San  Miguel.  Our  casualties  in  the  occupation  of  Baliuag  were  two 
enlisted  men  wounded. 

NATIVES  FED  FROM  THE  CAPTURED  STORES. 

The  citizens  of  Bustos  and  Baliuag,  like  those  of  the  other  towns  along  our 
advance,  had  fled  from  their  homes,  but  within  a short  time  after  our  occupation  of 
Baliuag  many  of  the  poorer  class  had  returned  to  that  town,  and  by  dark,  on  the 
first  night  our  troops  were  there,  the  native  population  had  increased  from  a scant 
half  dozen  at  noon,  when  we  entered  the  town,  to  several  hundred — so  great  was 
their  confidence  in  our  humanity  as  reported  to  them  by  the  natives,  through 
whose  territory  we  had  hitherto  passed.  They  immediately  commenced  to  beg  for 
food,  of  which  they  claimed  to  have  none,  having  been  robbed  by  the  insurgents. 

Under  the  supervision  of  Capt.  G.  H.  Gale,  4th  U.  S.  Cav.,  Provost  Marshal, 
the  granary  of  the  tax  collector  of  the  place,  Capt.  Esteban,  of  the  insurgent 
army,  was  opened,  and  its  30,000  bushels  distributed,  each  native,  man  or  woman, 
who  asked,  receiving  as  much  pilai,  or  unhulled  rice,  as  he  or  she  could  carry.  To 
prevent  conveyance  of  stores  to  the  enemy,  strict  orders  were  enforced,  prohibiting 
the  departure  of  any  one  from  the  town,  to  the  north  only,  except  on  presentation 
of  a pass  from  headquarters  or  other  competent  authority.  All  who  wished  were 
permitted  to  enter  the  town,  and  in  many  instances  the  male  members  of  families 
having  come  in  and  investigated  the  conditions,  they  were  allowed  to  return  outside 
our  lines  for  the  purpose  of  bringing  in  their  women  and  children. 

VARIOUS  MINOR  OPERATIONS. 

On  the  3d,  Col.  Treumann’s  command  forded  the  river  from  Bustos,  and  joined 
the  remainder  of  the  expedition  at  Baliuag.  A suitable  guard  was  left  at  Bustos. 
About  three  o’clock  on  the  afternoon  of  the  3d  of  May,  a scouting  party  was  fired 


218 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


on  b\'  the  insurgents,  some  three  miles  northeast  of  Baliuag  on  the  San  Miguel 
Road.  Troop  I,  4th  Cav.,  was  promptly  sent  out  to  assist  the  scouts.  The 
enem}’,  in  strength  about  two  hundred,  was  dispersed  without  casualty  to  us. 
The  pursuit  was  kept  up  until  darkness  came  on. 

Upon  information  from  the  Department  Headquarters  to  the  effect  that  the 
insurgents  were  constructing  store-houses  in  the  Maasim  River  country,  scouts  were 
sent  out  with  instructions  to  destroy  all  stores  and  property  belonging  to  insur- 
gents, but  to  respect  the  persons  and  property  of  non-combatants. 

Telegraphic  communication  was  established  via  Malolos  and  Quingua,  and 
proved  much  more  reliable  than  the  Bustos- Angat-Bocaue  line,  which  was  a source 
of  much  annoyance  and  hard  work  for  the  signal  detachment,  being  frequently 
cut.  On  the  4th,  one  company  of  the  22d  Inf.  was  sent  to  Quingua  in  accord- 
ance with  instructions  from  Corps  Headquarters,  for  the  purpose  of  preserving 
telegraphic  communication,  and  to  assist  in  guarding  railway  lines  in  the  vicinity 
of  Malolos. 

MAASIM  OCCUPIED. 

Col.  Summers  with  the  Oregons,  Minnesotas,  3d  U.  S.  Inf.,  and  the  section  of 
Utah  Volunteer  Light  Artillery  was  ordered  out,  and  left  Baliuag  about  6 A.  m..  May 
4th,  and  advanced  toward  Maasim,  a village  on  the  Baliuag-San  Miguel  Road. 
Instructions  were  given  that  scouting  parties  be  sent  out  from  Maasim  to  make  care- 
ful search  of  the  country  thereabouts  to  discover  the  insurgent  stores  reported  to 
have  been  taken  there,  and  to  destroy  the  same,  great  care  being  taken  to  respect 
private  property.  Shortly  before  noon  Col.  Summers  encountered  the  enemy  and 
an  engagement  ensued,  lasting  about  an  hour,  when  the  insurgents  were  forced  to 
evacuate  Maasim  and  retreat  toward  San  Miguel.  The  enemy  occupied  trenches, 
and  their  strength  was  estimated  at  about  four  hundred.  Our  casualties  were 
Capt.  P.  S.  Heath,  2d  Oregons,  and  two  enlisted  men,  13th  Minnesotas,  slightly 
wounded.  Four  dead  insurgents  were  found  on  the  field.  This  advance  was 
beautifully  made  in  the  shape  of  a “V,”  enveloping  the  enemy’s  position. 
Col.  Summers  in  his  report  of  the  occupation  of  Maasim  stated  that  two  store- 
houses, containing  about  four  tons  of  rice,  had  been  found.  He  found  the  road  in 
some  places  impassable  without  repairs,  and  that  another  heavy  rain  would 
render  it  altogether  impassable  for  wagons. 

LARGE  AMOUNTS  OF  STORES  CAPTURED 

The  search  for  insurgent  supplies  from  Baliuag  had  resulted  in  the  finding  of 
thirty-seven  store-houses  containing,  on  conservative  estimate,  100,000  bushels  of 
rice  and  160  tons  of  sugar.  Many  other  store-houses  had  not  been  examined  when 
Lawton’s  report  was  made  to  Corps  Headquarters.  The  buildings  were  of  stone, 
with  iron  roofs,  rendering  it  almost  impossible  to  burn  their  contents — and  from 
their  location,  to  have  burned  these  store-houses  would  have  resulted  in  the 
destruction  of  much  of  the  town.  Instructions  were  requested  as  to  the  disposi- 
tion of  stores. 

Chief  Scout  Young  was  instructed  to  proceed,  on  the  afternoon  of  the  4th, 
with  the  entire  detachment  of  scouts,  in  a northeasterly  direction,  covering  the 
country  between  the  San  Rafael  Road  and  the  Maasim  River,  for  the  purpose  of 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


219 


locating  and  destroying  all  magazines,  store-houses  and  caches  of  insurgent  sub- 
sistence, or  other  supplies.  He  was  instructed  to  keep  a careful  record  of  stores 
destroyed;  that  his  party  would  not  carry  rations,  but  would  subsist  on  the 
country  traversed  by  them  ; that  the  expedition  should  continue;  that  reports 
of  progress  be  sent  in  at  every  opportunity  practicable,  and  that  his  movements 
should  be  concealed  from  the  enemy  as  much  as  possible,  with  whom  no  avoidable 
contact  should  be  had,  though  he  might,  when  returning,  secure  as  many  guns  as 
possible  from  the  insurgents.  The  usual  instructions  as  to  private  persons  and 
property  were  given. 

Troop  I,  4th  Cav.,  was  sent  up  the  river  toward  the  foothills  of  the  mountains, 
to  search  out  supplies  of  the  enemy.  The  wagon  train  left  Baliuag  on  the  4th, 
with  ninety-two  sick  and  wounded  for  Malolos,  the  sick  and  wounded  to  proceed 
thence  by  rail  to  Manila,  and  the  wagons  to  bring  the  supplies  back  to  Baliuag. 


GROUP  OF  WOUNDED  MEN  AT  FIRST  RESERVE  HOSPITAL. 


On  May  6th,  Col.  Summers  reported  the  destruction  of  2000  bushels  of  rice, 
and  that  a reconnoissance  toward  San  Miguel  had  developed  the  enemy  entrenched 
near  San  Ildefonso  in  force,  about  1500,  and  extending  for  about  one  mile.  No 
shots  were  exchanged.  It  was  reported  to  Corps  Headquarters  that  the  examina- 
tion of  store-houses  had  been  completed,  and  that  they  contained  at  least  150,000 
bushels  of  rice  and  265  tons  of  sugar,  in  which  estimate  were  not  included  small, 
or  apparently  private  stores.  These  amounts  did  not  include  the  stores  found  in 
Bustos,  of  which  there  was  a large  quantity,  including  maize.  As  the  river  from 
Baliuag  is  navigable  for  bancas,  it  was  suggested  the  stores  be  shipped  to  market 
and  sold  at  auction.  To  this  suggestion,  reply  was  received  that  until  the  naviga- 
tion of  the  river  had  been  tested,  it  was  not  apparent  how  the  stores  could  be 
moved  in  that  way.  It  was  later  directed  that  the  stores  be  confiscated,  and  pend- 
ing final  determination  of  the  matter  that  they  be  distributed  to  families  residing 
in  the  vicinity  who  desired  them.  Col.  Summers  reported  that  scouting  parties 
returning  on  the  5th,  had  destro^^ed  17,045  bushels  and  644  sacks  of  rice  and 


220 


Cainpaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


100  rounds  of  Remington  ammunition.  On  the  6th,  Capt.  Perkins  and  a 
detachment  of  the  Signal  Corps,  escorted  by  a company  of  infantry,  commenced 
recovering  the  Bustos-Angat-Bocaue  telegraph  line. 

A MYTHICAL  INSURGENT  ARMY. 

At  this  time  information  was  received  from  Corps  Headquarters,  that  Gens. 
Geronimo  with  3000  troops  at  San  Mateo,  and  Pio  del  Pilar  with  2000  at  Antipolo, 
were  reported  as  having  received  instructions  from  Aguinaldo,  to  proceed  with 

their  united  forces  by  a mountain  road  to 
Norzagaray  and  Angat,  for  the  purpose  of  co- 
operating against  this  expedition,  and  cutting 
off  our  communication  with  the  base  of  supply, 
evidently  thinking  our  route  of  supply  was  via 
Angat.  The  reported  line  of  advance  of  this 
large  force  was  Norzagaray,  Angat,  San  Rafael 
and  Bustos.  Caution  was  ordered  to  watch 
with  scouting  parties  the  country  to  the  east- 
ward. To  these  instructions,  reply  was  made, 
that  the  mounted  troop  of  cavalry  would  be  on 
the  hills  southeast  of  Norzagara}^,  on  the  San 
Jose  Road,  from  which  they  can  view  the 
country  for  miles  around,  and  that  a company 
of  infantry  was  at  Angat,  and  that  three  would 
be  sent  to  San  Rafael  to  watch  for  the  enemy. 
Col.  Summers  at  Maasim,  and  the  command  at 
Quingua,  were  similarly  instructed.  Request 
was  made  for  authority  to  advance  Col. 

FILIPINO  TRENCHES  NEAR  RAGBAG.  Summors,  driving  out  the  enemy  from  San 
Ildefonso,  and  to  threaten  San  Miguel.  Reply  was  received  from  the  Corps  Com- 
mander, that  it  was  “not  prudent  to  advance  Summers  north  until  the  reported 
movement  of  insurgents  from  the  south  developed,”  and  that  his  command  should 
be  held  in  readiness  to  unite  with  the  troops  at  Baliuag  in  crushing  force  on  this 
large  body  of  insurgents,  should  they  appear. 

From  Col.  Summers,  it  was  learned  that  the  enemy,  who  still  continued  on  his 
front,  were  reported  by  a captured  spy  to  be  about  2000  strong,  and  that  at  San 
Miguel,  they  had  two  large  pieces  of  ordnance.  Col.  Summers  also  reported  that 
the  parties  from  his  command  had  just  destroyed  3500  bushels  and  644  sacks  of 
rice,  15  bells  of  sugar,  and  as  many  gallons  of  syrup,  within  a radius  of  two  and 
one-half  miles  from  Maasim. 

Reports  were  received  of  the  destruction  of  quantities  of  military  stores  by 
Young’s  scouts  in  the  country  northeast  of  Maasim.  These  scouts  also  reported 
the  killing  of  an  insurgent  officer  and  the  capture  of  his  mount,  an  excellent  one. 

A CIYIL  GOVERNMENT  ESTABLISHED  AT  BALIUAG. 

On  May  6th,  large  numbers  of  the  inhabitants  having  returned  to  their  homes 
in  Baliuag,  a meeting,  by  permission  of  the  Division  Commander,  was  held  in  the 
public  square  or  plaza,  for  the  purpose  of  electing  a Mayor  or  Capitan  Municipal, 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


221 


who  might  administer  the  civil  affairs  of  the  town,  and  represent  its  civil 
population  in  its  official  business  with  the  military  forces  occupying  it.  Sehor 
Francisco  Guerrero  was  the  unanimous  choice  of  the  people,  and  on  the  following 
day  was  announced  in  Spanish,  English  and  Tagalog,  as  Mayor  of  Baliuag,  and 
given  authority  to  select  and  appoint  such  assistants  as  might  be  necessary,  no 
responsibility  for  salaries  or  compensation  of  these  civil  officers  to  devolve  on  the 
United  States  government. 

A party  of  twenty-five  insurgents  was  reported  to  have  been  seen  in  the 
vicinity  of  Norzagaray,  and  supposed  to  belong  to  a force  of  some  two  or  three 
companies  scattered  through  the  mountains  to  the  northeast  of  that  place,  and 
that  they  were  foraging  for  food.  Young’s  scouts  were  ordered  to  search  for  the 
enemy  through  the  foothills  east  of  Norzagaray,  and  southward  toward  San  Jose, 
co-operating  with  the  mounted  troop. 

From  an  insurgent  officer,  captured  by  the  mounted  troop,  it  was  learned 
that  four  or  five  miles  to  the  northeast,  in  the  mountains,  there  were  four  or  five 
companies  of  insurgents,  and  from  captives  it  was  learned  that  two  days’  march  to 
the  northeast  there  were  insurgents  in  large  numbers,  but  nothing  could  be  learned 
of  the  large  force  under  Gens.  Geronimo  and 
Pilar.  Maj.  Fraine,  commanding  North  Dakota 
Battalion,  along  the  river,  in  the  vicinity  of 
San  Rafael,  reported  that,  with  the  excep- 
tion of  a force  of  150  some  four  miles  away, 
traveling  northward,  his  scouts  had  not  been 
able  to  discover  any  body  of  insurgents.  He 
also  reported  that  from  natives  it  was  learned 
that  the  hospital  and  cartridge  factory  had  been 
moved  by  the  insurgents  from  San  Miguel  to  San 
Isidro.  He  also  stated  that  he  had  about  20,000 
bushels  of  rice  under  guard  in  warehouses. 

Capt.  Case,  Acting  Engineer  Officer,  was 
sent  to  Maasim,  and  reconnoitered  the  lines  of 
the  enemy  for  the  purpose  of  sketching  their 
fortifications,  which  he  did  on  the  8th  inst., 
under  the  fire  of  the  enemy,  accompanied  by 
a portion  of  Col.  Summers’  command.  Our 
casualties  were  Maj.  A.  W.  Higgles,  com- 
manding 13th  Minnesotas,  seriously  wounded 
in  the  head,  and  one  enlisted  man,  2d  Oregons, 
slightly  wounded.  Shortly  after  noon,  on  the 
9th,  the  Corps  Commander  authorized  the  with- 
drawal of  the  scouting  parties  which  had 
been  searching  in  vain  for  the  San  Mateo 

Much  difficulty  was  experienced  by  the  Quartermaster  Department  in  bringing 
up  supplies  from  Malolos.  The  acting  engineer  officer  devoted  considerable  time 
and  effort  toward  making  a satisfactory  ferry  or  ford,  over  the  river  at  Quingua. 
While  the  command  remained  at  Baliuag,  practically  the  whole  time  was  occupied 


INTERIOR  VIEW  OF  LA  LOMA  CHURCH. 


and  Antipolo  insurgent  column. 


222 


Cainpaignhig  in  the  Philippines. 


by  the  transportation  in  bringing  up  rations,  ammunition  and  quartermaster’s  sup- 
plies. The  roads  were  in  a passable  condition,  and  the  river  at  Quingua  falling 
slowl}^  but  a heavy  rain  would  render  the  roads,  through  a low,  swampy  country, 
too  muddy  for  wagons,  and  the  river  too  deep  to  be  forded,  and  too  swift  for  safe 
ferriage. 

EXTENSIVE  RECONNOISSANCE  MADE. 

Being  still  dissatisfied  with  the  results  of  the  reconnoissances  made  at  San  Ilde- 
fonso,  and  anticipating  that  any  day  might  bring  favorable  answers  to  Gen. 
Lawton’s  repeated  request  to  make  an  advance  on  San  Miguel,  on  the  11th  of 
May,  Young’s  scouts  were  ordered  to  report  to  Col.  Summers.  Capts.  Birkhimer 
and  Case  were  sent  to  Maasim  to  thoroughly  reconnoiter  the  enemy  in  Summers’ 
front.  Capt.  Birkhimer  was  especially  directed  to  look  up  good  artillery  positions. 
These  officers  were  advised  to  confer  with  Col.  Summers  and  request  of  him  such 
aid,  including  the  use  of  the  scouts,  as  was  proper.  The  enemy’s  right  and  left 
were  to  be  investigated,  but  especially  the  roads  to  the  enemy’s  left  and  rear,  (San 
Miguel  way)  with  a view  to  a turning  movement  and  subsequent  advance  on  San 
Miguel. 

A CONCERTED  MOVEMENT  PEANNED. 

Information  was  received  from  Corps  Headquarters  that  the  command  should 
be  prepared  for  a forward  move  on  the  14th  inst.,  and  be  rationed  to  include 
the  25th;  that  a battalion  of  the  17th  would  be  sent  Saturday  to  join  the 
command;  that  Gen.  MacArthur  and  the  gunboats  on  the  Rio  Grande  would 
be  ready  to  advance  on  Monday;  that  the  movement  would  be  by  San  Ildefonso 
and  San  Miguel;  and  that  Gen.  MacArthur  could  join  Gen.  Lawton  at  the  latter 
place  if  found  necessary. 

Information  was  also  received  that  one  gun  of  Battery  D,  6th  Art.,  would  be 
sent  by  Gen.  MacArthur,  with  two  companies  of  the  3d  Inf.,  from  Calumpit  to 
join  at  Baliuag;  and  that  three  guns  of  Light  Battery  B,  3d  Art.,  would  be  sent 
to  join  the  command. 

Word  was  received  from  Capt.  Birkhimer  that  he  and  Capt.  Case,  with  Young’s 
scouts,  and  eighty-four  men,  under  Maj.  Eastwick,  of  the  Oregons,  had  flanked 
and  routed  the  enemy  about  noon  from  their  trenches  in  front  of  San  Ildefonso 
and  pursued  them  until  they  had  fallen  back  to  a point  some  three  miles  from 
San  Ildefonso  toward  San  Miguel ; and  also  that  2d  Lieut.  Perfort  Reyes,  of  the 
insurgent  army,  with  an  orderly,  had  come  into  our  lines  under  a flag  of  truce, 
with  request  from  Gen.  Gregorio  del  Pilar  for  safe  conduct  to  Manila  for  the  pur- 
pose of  arranging  with  the  military  authorities  there  for  a conference  of  the 
representatives  of  the  so-called  Filipino  government  v/ith  the  United  States  Peace 
Commissioners.  The  mission  of  the  insurgent  officer  and  our  occupation  of  San 
Ildefonso  was  immediately  reported  to  Corps  Headquarters  with  the  remark  that 
Capts.  Birkhimer  and  Case  were  sent  to  make  reconnoissance,  and  it  was  not 
intended  to  make  any  advance.  Our  casualties  were,  one  scout  wounded  in  knee. 
Insurgent  loss,  four  killed  and  six  or  more  wounded,  including  one  officer. 

Instructions  were  received  to  have  Col.  Summers  occupy  San  Ildefonso,  leav- 
ing the  3d  Inf.  at  Maasim;  and  to  send  in  the  insurgent  officer  to  Corps  Head- 
quarters. Lieut.  Reyes  'vas  promptly  brought  in,  and  was  accompanied  from 


Catnpaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


223 


Baliuag  by  Capt.  Sewell,  Aide-de-camp,  going  to  Malolos  by  honseback,  and  from 
there  by  rail  to  Manila,  and  reporting  to  the  Corps  Commander,  who,  after  receiv- 
ing him,  gave  Capt.  Sewell  written  instructions  for  the  Division  Commander  to 
make  the  necessary  arrangements  for  Gen.  Pilar’s  visit  to  Manila,  Capt.  Sewell 
and  the  representative  of  Gen.  Pilar  immediately  returned  by  the  same  route  they 
pursued  in  going  in.  Lieut.  E.  L.  King,  8th  U.  S.  Cav.,  Aide-de-camp,  escorted 
the  Filipinos  through  our  lines. 

REMARKABLE  GALLANTRY  OF  YOUNG’vS  SCOUTS. 

When  Capts.  Birkhimer  and  Case  arrived  at  San  Ildefonso  they  requested,  and 
were  granted,  two  companies  as  a reconnoitering  force.  They  first  went  to  the 
right  of  the  line,  and  there  found  Young’s  scouts,  who  had  preceded  them, 
heavily  engaged,  or  rather  by  their  tactics,  drawing  a heavy  and  continued  fire 
from  the  insurgents,  and  only  returning  a shot  when  a good  target  presented  itself. 


CONVALESCENTS  AT  THE  FIRST  RESERVE  HOSPITAL. 


The  enemy’s  line  was  thus  well  developed  and  was  conservatively  estimated  at 
about  500  men,  who  wasted  about  7000  rounds  of  ammunition.  The  scouts  were 
then  sent  to  the  left  of  the  enemy’s  line  with  directions  to  the  commanding  officer 
of  the  supporting  battalion  to  make  quite  a detour,  and  keep  themselves  entirely 
concealed.  The  scouts  finally  took  position  on  a knoll  that  commanded  the 
enemy’s  left.  A heavy  fire  was  at  once  opened  on  them.  Range  flags,  as  well  as 
the  fact  that  all  bullets  struck  dangerously  close,  showed  that  ranges  had  been 
carefully  measured.  The  enemy  could  easily  see  and  count  on  this  hill  our  forces, 
which  consisted  of  the  scouts  and  Capts.  Birkhimer  and  Case,  in  all  less  than 
twenty  men.  Their  courage  accordingly  increased,  in  spite  of  the  deadly  aim  of 
the  scouts,  and  it  appeared  that  the  latter  would  soon  be  surrounded.  Messengers 
were  sent  to  tell  Maj.  Eastwick,  but  Anally  Capt.  Case  was  successful  in  finding  him, 
and  the  battalion  hurried  gallantly  to  the  rescue.  As  soon  as  the  insurgents  saw 
this  supporting  force,  although  only  eighty-four  men,  they  faltered  and  fell  back, 


■t- 


224 


Ca}>ipaig7iing  hi  the  Philippines. 


closely  pressed,  and  finally  fled  and  evacuated  the  town.  This  heroic  act  of  the 
men  on  that  knoll  was  to  be  duplicated,  if  not  excelled,  on  the  following  day.  A 
list  of  the  scouts  selected  by  Chief  Young  and  detailed  by  special  field  orders  fol- 
lows, as  their  achievements  up  to  this  time  had  already  made  the  list  an  honor  roll: 

Fourth  U.  S.  Cav. — Privates  EH  E.  Watkins,  Troop  C;  S.  Harris,  Troop  G; 
Peter  Quinn,  Troop  E.  First  North  Dakota  Volunteer  Inf. — Corp.  W.  F.  Thomas, 
Compan}’  K;  Privates  A.  Jensen,  Company  D;  D.  Powell,  Company  H;  J.  H.  Illion, 
Company  H;  J.  C.  Smith,  Company  K;  P.  Hussey,  Company  K;  Christiansen, 
Company  G;  Charles  Davis,  Company  G;  F.  Andres,  Company  B;  C.  M.  Euthur, 
Company  B;  McBain,  Company  B;  Sletteland,  Company  C;  M.  Glasley,  Company 
A;  C.  Wilson,  Company  A;  J.  R.  Desmond,  Company  I;  Otto  Boehler,  Company  I. 
Second  Oregon  Volunteer  Inf. — Privates  Jas.  Harrington,  Company  G;  F.  High, 
Company  G;  W.  Scott,  Company  K;  J.  B.  Oneal,  Company  E;  E.  C.  Eyon,  Com- 
pany B;  M.  Robertson,  Company  B. 

Eieut.  Reyes,  the  insurgent  officer  who  entered  the  lines,  reported  that  their 
losses  that  day  were  twent3-five  killed,  including  his  Captain  and  1st  Eieutenant, 
and  about  forty  wounded,  and  also  that  the  charge  was  blown  three  times  without 
results  against  that  small  body  of  men  on  the  knoll. 

Telegraphic  information  was  received  on  the  12th,  from  Corps  Headquarters, 
that  it  was  contemplated  sending  the  entire  17th  Inf.,  and  one  battalion  of  the  9th 
Inf.,  also  part  of  Andrews’  Eight  Battery,  with  three  mountain  guns,  as  an 
independent  column,  on  Candaba,  with  the  gunboats.  It  was  stated  that  junction 
with  this  column  could  be  made  by  this  command  at  San  Miguel,  or  on  the  river 
south  of  San  Isidro. 

Suggestion  was  made  that  a detachment  be  left  at  Baliuag,  as  the  town  is  an 
important  produce  mart,  seven  roads  centering  there,  and  the  large  quantities  of 
rice  and  sugar  enough  for  six  months’  supply  for  the  insurgent  army,  left  by  the 
insurgents,  showing  in  part,  the  amount  brought  to  that  place  for  shipment  to 
market.  Its  strategic  value  is  also  great. 

Early  in  the  afternoon  of  Ma}^  13th,  Capt.  Case  telegraphed  from  San'  Ilde- 
fonse  that  San  Miguel  was  being  held  by  our  forces.  Shortly  afterwards  informa- 
tion was  received  from  Capt.  Birkhimer,  stating  that  the  scouts,  supported  by 

Company  A,  2d  Oregons, 
commanded  by  Eieut. 
Kelly,  and  Company  H, 
13th  Minnesotas,  Capt. 
Bjornstad,  commanding, 
both  under  Capt.  Heath, 
2d  Oregons,  Capts.  Birk- 
himer and  Case  accom- 
paning,  routed  the  enemy, 
and  occupied  the  town  of 
San  Miguel  at  12:30  p.  m.. 
May  13th,  with  a loss  of  one  enlisted  man,  13th  Minnesota,  seriously  wounded. 
Insurgent  loss,  three  killed  and  several  wounded,  including  two  officers.  Our 
force  was  118  strong;  the  insurgents  under  Gen.  Gregorio  del  Pilar,  were  reported 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


225 


to  have  numbered  600.  Again  was  demonstrated  the  value  of  these  scouts.  In  the 
quest  of  information  for  the  objective  attack  on  this  reported  stronghold  of  San 
Miguel  de  Mayumo,  Capt.  Birkhimer  urged  forward  the  scouts,  only  eighteen  of 
them  beitig  able  to  turn  out  that  morning.  After  a stead}^  advance  before  anything 
definite  had  been  developed  or  known,  the  outskirts  of  the  town  were  reached. 

CHIEF  SCOUT  YOUNG  MORTAULY  WOUNDED. 

All  of  a sudden  a heavy  skirmish  line  appeared.  It  consisted  of  what  was 
then  estimated  at  300  in  view,  behind  rice  dykes;  the  right  upon  the  river  con- 
cealed in  the  bamboos,  and  left  on  a hill  with  ravine  in  front,  both  flanks  unturn- 
able.  The  enemy  were  not  more  than  150  to  175  yards  distant, — with  Chief 
Young  opposite  the  center.  There  hap- 
pened to  be  only  11  other  scouts  present, 
their  names  follow: 

First  North  Dakota  Volunteer  Inf. — 

Privates  P.  Hussey,  Company  K;J.  Mc- 
Intyre, Company  B;  J.  R.  Desmond, 

Company  I;  G.  Jensen,  Company  D; 

F.  Summerfield,  Company  K.  Fourth 
U.  S.  Cav. — Privates  P.  Quinn,  Troop  L; 

S.  Plarris,  Troop  G;  Eli  E.  Watkins, 

Troop  C.  Second  Oregon  Volunteer 
Inf.— Private  J as.  Harrington,  Company 

G.  (Privates  McIntyre  and  Summer- 
field  voluntarily  joined  the  scouts  after 
detail  was  made.) 

Taking  the  situation  at  a glance, 
with  the  favorable  endorsement  of  Capt. 

Birkhimer,  who  was  with  this  party 
throughout.  Chief  Young,  with  scout 
Harrington  at  his  side,  gallantly  and  desperately  charged  the  center  of  this  line, 
unhesitatingly  followed  by  the  above  loyal  ten.  The  line  faltered,  and  finally 
broke  and  fled  to  the  other  side  of  the  river.  It  was  on  this  side  of  the  river,  on 
this  side  of  the  bridge,  that  this  gallant  leader  received  a severe  wound  through 
his  knee,  that  subsequently  proved  fatal.  These  ten  scouts  were  recommended  by 
Gen.  Eawton,  for  a medal  of  honor. 

Four  companies  of  the  3d  Inf.,  were  moved  forward  to  San  Miguel,  where  they 
arrived  about  8:30  p.  m.  without  incident,  and  the  telegraphic  communication 
was  established  with  that  place  about  the  same  time. 

THE  COMMAND  OCCUPIES  SAN  MIGUEL. 

Col.  Summers  had  during  the  afternoon  occupied  San  Miguel  with  his  com- 
mand, except  two  companies  left  at  Maasim,  and  two  at  San  Ildefonso.  In  com- 
pliance with  telegraphic  authority,  thirty  dollars  reward  was  offered  for  each 
insurgent  rifle  turned  in.  This  information  was  published  in  Spanish  and  Tagalog, 
and  every  effort  made  to  get  it  within  the  insurgent  lines.  On  account  of  desired 

15b 


226 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


concert  of  movement,  with  the  column  moving  toward  Candaba,  the  movement  of 
Lawton’s  headquarters  from  Baliuag  toward  San  Miguel  was  postponed  by  the 
Corps  Commander.  The  piece  of  artillery  (Battery  D,  6th  Art.),  and  Companies 
E and  I,  3d  Inf.,  reported  at  Baliuag  about  four  o’clock  on  the  afternoon  of  the 

14th.  Orders  were  then 
received  for  the  movement 
of  all  the  command,  except 
a battalion  of  22d  Inf.  from 
Baliuag  to  San  Miguel. 
This  was  made  next  day. 
It  commenced  early  in  the 
morning  and  headquarters 
arrived  at  San  Miguel  about 
10  A.  M.,  without  incident. 
About  three  o’clock  in  the 
afternoon  Col.  Summers 
with  the  2d  Oregons  and 
13th  Minnesotas,  accom- 
panied by  a section  of 
artillery,  were  advanced  from  San  Miguel  and  proceeded  north  toward  San  Isidro, 
to  the  village  of  Bulac  (or  on  most  maps,  San  Jose),  a distance  of  about  three  miles. 
About  two  and  one  half  miles  out,  the  scouts  were  fired  on,  and  the  command 
deployed,  driving  the  enemy  who  were  strongly  entrenched  on  the  north  bank  of 
a stream,  about  one  and  one-half  miles  north  of  Bulac,  toward  San  Isidro.  Our 
casualties — one  enlisted  man,  13th  Minnesotas,  very  slight  wound,  not  disabling 
for  continuance  on  duty  with  regiment.  The  insurgent  loss — sixteen  killed, 
including  at  least  one  officer,  and  five  wounded,  left  on  the  field.  Twenty-one  or 
more  guns  and  equipments  were  captured  from  the  enemy. 

On  the  morning  of  May  l6th,  Capt.  Gale,  commanding  4th  Cav. , moved  out 
with  his  dismounted  squadron,  two  battalions  3d  Inf.,  Troop  I,  4th  Cav.,  and 
Hawthorne’s  Mountain  Battery,  toward  Sibul,  for  the  purpose  of  reconnoitering 
that  town,  and  the  insurgent  stronghold  known  as  Split  Rock,  and  to  destroy  the 
supplies  supposed  to  be  at  the  first-named  place. 

Sibul  was  reached  by  the  middle  of  the  forenoon  and  found  deserted  by  the 
insurgent  troops,  although  a few  of  the  residents  of  the  town  remained.  Much 
difficulty  was  experienced  by  the  wagons  and  artillery  as  the  road  passed  through 
muddy  sloughs.  An  attempt  was  made  to  find  the  trail  into  the  mountains,  but 
owing  to  unreliable  information  of  natives,  nothing  was  accomplished  and  the 
reconnoissance  was  concluded  by  the  return  of  the  command  to  San  Miguel,  in  the 
evening. 

San  Miguel  was  the  most  important  town  occupied  thus  far  by  the  expedition, 
with  the  exception  of  Baliuag.  There  were  many  handsome  residences  and  other 
evidences  of  the  wealth  of  the  people  who  had,  with  the  exception  of  a very  few  of 
the  wealth}"  class,  and  a few  hundred  of  the  poorer  classes,  deserted  their  homes, 
and  gone  to  the  mountains.  Many  came  in  as  soon  as  the  troops  arrived,  and  the 
insurgents  had  fallen  back  toward  San  Isidro,  and  hundreds  were  returning  daily 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


227 


as  long  as  we  remained  there.  As  is  the  case  with  all  these  towns  of  considerable 
size,  no  reliable  information  is  at  hand  concerning  their  population.  The  inhabi- 
tants cannot  even  guess,  and  it  is  not  easy  to  form  a satisfactory  estimate,  owing 
to  the  crowding  of  houses  and  huts  customary  among  the  lower  classes  of  the 
natives  and  Chinese.  Of  the  latter  a large  number  appear  to  have  lived  in  each 
of  these  larger  provincial  towns,  and  to  have  constituted  the  commercial  class, 
conducting  a multitude  of  small  shops.  These  Chinese  merchants  have  been 
scattered  by  the  unsettled  conditions  in  the  provinces,  some  remaining,  paying 
heavy  war  taxes  to  the  insurgent  officials,  for  which  they  are  supposed  to  receive 
protection  from  the  Filipino  soldiers  who  are  said  to  have  ruthlessly  slaughtered 
many. 

LIEUT.  THORNTON  SUCCEEDS  CHIEF  SCOUT  YOUNG. 

About  the  time  that  Capt.  Gale’s  column  moved  out  on  its  reconnoissance 
toward  Sibul,  Col.  Summers  and  his  column  advanced  toward,  and  occupied  San 
Roque,  where  they  arrived  about  nine  o’clock.  The  scouts  under  2d  Rieut. 
J.  E.  Thornton,  2d  Oregons,  (successor  to  Chief  Scout  Young)  were  sent  forward 
in  search  of  water.  About 
two  and  one-half  miles  out 
they  were  fired  on  by  the 
enemy,  whom  they  engaged 
and  forced  back  across  a 
river  about  forty  feet  wide, 
and  too  deep  to  be  forded, 
necessitating  the  use  of  a 
large  wooden  bridge  by  any 
one  desirous  of  crossing  to 
the  north  bank.  The  insur- 
gents retreated  across  the 
bridge,  which  they  set  on 
fire,  and  entered  their 
trenches  which  commanded 
the  approach  to  the  bridge 
by  a frontal  and  enfilading 
fire.  The  scouts  charged  across  the  bridge,  followed  by  a battalion  of  the  Oregons, 
and  engaged  the  enemy  in  their  trenches,  completely  routing  them,  with  a known 
loss  of  six  killed  and  eight  prisoners,  six  of  whom  were  wounded.  Fourteen 
Mausers,  and  two  Remingtons  with  equipments  and  ammunition,  were  captured. 
Many  killed  and  wounded  are  known  to  have  been  carried  away  to  San  Isidro, 
which  is  not  far  from  the  bridge. 

SCOUT  HARRINGTON  KILLED. 

Our  loss  was  numerically  small,  but  was  nevertheless  severe,  in  that  Scout 
James  Harrington  of  the  2d  Oregons  was  killed.  As  Young’s  assistant,  he  had 
done  many  gallant  deeds  of  which  official  records  exist.  Prior  to  the  organization 
of  Young’s  scouts,  Harrington’s  reputation  as  a successful,  intelligent  scout  had 
^extended  beyond  his  regiment,  his  many  daring  encounters  with  outposts  of  the 


INSURGKNTS  FISHED  OUT  OF  THE  MARILAO  RIVER. 


228 


Canipaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


eneni}'  being  known  generall3'  throughout  the  whole  command;  and  after  the 
iDeginning  of  the  operations  of  the  scouts  as  an  organization,  he  was 
invariabl}^  placed  in  charge  of  aii}^  detachment  sent  out  from  Young’s  charge. 

The  bridge  was  saved  from  destruction  by  the  efforts  of  the  Oregons  and  the 
scouts,  and,  occupying  both  sides  of  the  river,  they  set  about  repairing  it,  wisely 
recognizing  the  delay  that  would  otherwise  be  caused  the  main  command  in 
advancing.  Col.  Summers  and  his  troops  were  again  commended  in  reports,  and 
great  regret  expressed  at  the  loss  of  the  two  most  important  and  valuable  members 
of  the  detachment  of  scouts.  ? 

THE  COEUMN  REACHES  SAN  ISIDRO. 

Orders  were  then  issued  for  an  advance  on  San  Isidro,  the  new  objective,  to 
take  place  early  on  the  morning  of  the  17th.  Col.  J.  W.  French,  22d  Inf.,  command- 
ing his  own  regiment  and  the  1st  North  Dakotas,  was  sent  forward  in  the  evening 
of  the  16th  to  join  Col.  Summers  for  the  contemplated  movement  of  the  morrow. 
About  four  o’clock.  May  17th,  Gen.  Lawton  and  .staff  left  San  Miguel  for  the 
front,  which  was  found  to  be  just  north  of  the  bridge  and  trenches  occupied  the 
day  before  by  the  scouts  and  the  2d  Oregons.  Telegraphic  communication  was 
e.stablished  with  San  Miguel,  and  Corps  Headquarters  without  dela}^,  and  the 
movement  on  San  Isidro  commenced.  Col.  Summers  deployed  the  column;  the 
22d  Inf.  on  the  left,  their  right  resting  on  the  road,  the  1st  North  Dakotas  and  1st 
Battalion,  2d  Oregons  on  right  of  road;  along  which  Scott’s  Battery  followed;  the 
scouts  preceded  the  right  of  the  line.  Troop  I,  4th  Cav.,  operated  on  the  left  of 
the  road. 

The  command  advanced  toward  the  town,  and  when  within  about  1800  yards 
of  it,  fire  was  opened  on  the  scouts  and  on  the  right  of  our  line.  The  advance  was 
continued  and  the  city  occupied  by  our  forces.  Our  casualties,  one  enlisted  man, 
each,  13th  Minnesotas  and  2d  Oregons  slightly  wounded.  Insurgent  loss,  fifteen 
killed,  twenty  wounded,  three  prisoners.  Seven  guns  and  four  horses  fell  into  our 
hands.  Several  Spaniards  who  claimed  to  have  been  held  prisoners  by  the  insur- 
gents were  found  in  the  city,  among  them  three  officers.  Many  wealthy  natives 
remained  with  their  property  and  families,  and  at  once  applied  for,  and  were 
accorded  protection  by  our  troops.  Dr.  Albert  a former  Peace  Commissioner 
.selected  by  the  Filipino  Congress,  of  which  he  was  still  a member,  reported  the 
presence  at  his  residence  of  a large  number  of  non-combatants,  including  the  wives 
and  children  of  insurgent  officers,  and  gave  much  imformation  concerning  the 
doings  of  the  insurgent  leaders. 

THE  FILIPINO  PEACE  COMMISSION. 

Arrangements  were  made  for  the  entry  of  Gen.  Gregorio  del  Pilar,  and  three 
other  members  of  the  Filipino  Peace  Commission,  who  desired  to  go  to  Manila 
for  conference  with  the  American  Commission,  with  a view  to  the  termination  of 
hostilities.  These  per.sons  came  within  our  lines.  May  18th,  and  next  morning  started 
for  Manila,  accompanied  by  Lieut.  E.  L.  King,  Aide-de-camp,  with  orders  to  com- 
manders of  all  forces  of  this  expedition,  located  on  their  route,  to  .secure  for  the 
party  every  accommodation  and  courtesy  possible.  It  was  learned  that  the 


CaiHpai^nins;  in  the  Philippines. 


229 


insurgents  had  had  at  this  place  fourteen  prisoners,  thirteen  Americans,  including 
a lieutenant  of  our  navy,  and  one  Englishman,  whom  they  had  moved  back  into 
the  mountains  on  our  advance.  The  afternoon  of  the  capture  of  San  Isidro,  it 
was  reported  that  the  enemy  had  fled  toward  Gapan,  a town  of  considerable 
importance,  about  four  miles  east  of  San  Isidro.  The  insurgents  had  a hospital 
there,  which  was  reported  to  be  filled  with  wounded  Filipinos.  It  was  further 
alleged  that  stores  and  munitions  were  there  located. 

One  battalion  of  Oregons  and  one  of  Minnesotas  were  sent  to  Gapan  from 
San  Isidro,  and  their  departure  so  timed  as  to  eflect  a junction  with  another 
column,  under  Capt.  Hannay,  from  San  Miguel,  by  way  of  cross-roads  at  San 
Roque,  the  second  column  consisting  of  Gale’s  dismounted  squadron  and  a battalion 
of  the  8d  Inf.  The  two  columns  joined  as  anticipated,  and  with  the  exception  of 
a desultory  fire  from  the  other  side  of  the  river,  no  resistance  was  encountered. 
The  town  was  deserted.  The  San  Isidro  troops  were  returned  next  morning  and 
the  San  Miguel  troops  were  sent  to  San  Miguel  the  same  afternoon. 

Capt.  Hannay,  with  ten  companies  of  the  3d  Inf.  and  one  gun  from  Haw- 
thorne’s Mountain  Battery,  was  ordered  to  remain  at  San  Miguel,  and  Gale’s 
squadron,  with  another  gun  from  Hawthorne’s  Battery,  were  ordered  to  re-inforce 
the  garrison  at  Baliuag,  which  was  reported  to  be  in  danger  of  attack  by  a large  force 
of  the  enemy. 

AN  ENGAGEMENT  NEAR  SAN  FERNANDO. 

Col.  French  with  the  22d  Inf.,  1st  North  Dakotas  and  Scott’s  Battery  (two  guns), 
proceeded  down  the  Rio  Grande  toward  Candaba,  on  the  afternoon  of  the  18th. 
When  near  San  Fernando  they  met  the  enemy  in  trenches,  or  behind  embank- 
ments commanding  the  road,  and  an  engagement  ensued  which  lasted  until 


ENGINEER  CORPS  REPAIRING  RAILROAD  TRACK  TORN  UP  BY  INSURGENTS. 


darkness  came  on,  the  enemy  being  forced  back  across  the  river,  where  they 
poured  in  a hot  fire  from  that  side  of  the  stream.  Scott’s  guns  were  brought  up, 
and  threw  shrapnel  at  point-blank  range.  Many  of  these  shrapnel  burst  in  the 
piece,  the  projectiles  falling  harmlessly  into  the  water.  This  frequently  occurred 
during  the  campaign,  and  experience  had  rendered  the  use  of  shrapnel  for 
the  protection  of  our  advancing  infantry  too  dangerous  an  experiment  to  hazard. 


230 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


However,  the  effect  of  such  shrapnel  as  did  reach,  was  the  next  day  attested  by 
our  column  on  that  side  of  the  river  finding  several  rifle-pits  filled  with  new  earth. 
Our  loss,  suffered  from  the  first  fire  from  the  barricade  across  the  road,  was  five 
wounded,  two  of  whom  afterward  died.  The  enemy  left  tw^o  killed  and  four 
wounded.  Col.  French’s  command  bivouacked  when  darkness  overtook  them, 
and  next  morning  moved  out  and  occupied  Cabiao. 

THE  EXPEDITION  REACHES  CANDABA  AND  BREAKS  UP. 

On  the  morning  of  the  20th,  the  entire  command  left  San  Isidro,  proceeding 
down  the  river  toward  Candaba,  with  the  exception  of  the  signal  detachment, 
which  returned  toward  San  Miguel,  recovering  the  telegraph  line,  kieutenant- 
Colonel  Yoran  and  the  two  battalions  of  the  2d  Oregons,  crossed  over  to  the  west 
bank  of  the  river,  the  remainder  of  the  command  moving  along  the  road  on  the 
east  bank,  arriving  at  Cabiao  about  10  A.  m.,  at  which  point  Col.  French’s  com- 
mand joined  the  main  column,  and  all  proceeded  on  down  to  the  vicinity  of  Mount 
Ara3’at,  and  went  into  camp  about  dark. 

Just  before  starting  from  San  Isidro,  two  or  three  Mauser  volleys  were  fired 
from  across  the  river,  some  of  the  bullets  going  through  the  house  occupied  as 
Division  Headquarters.  The  scouts  under  Lieut.  Thornton,  2d  Oregons,  as 
planned  the  night  before,  shortl}^  afterwards  crossed  over,  and  under  cover  of  the 
morning  mist,  secured  a good  position  directly  in  the  enemy’s  rear,  and  waited  to 
communicate  with  the  force  under  Col.  Yoran.  Col.  Yoran’s  column  after  cross- 
ing the  river  at  San  Isidro  proceeded  up  the  road  toward  San  Antonio,  where, 
after  a junction  was  effected,  they  engaged  the  enemy  under  Col.  Tecson,  in  force 
of  about  five  hundred  and  fiftjq  who  were  driven  back  in  great  disorder,  leaving 
five  dead  on  the  field,  and  with  an  estimated  loss  of  twenty-five.  Col.  Yoran  then 
proceeded  down  the  west  bank  of  the  river  and  re-crossing,  joined  the  main  com- 
mand at  Cabiao.  The  entire  command  left  its  bivouac  earl}^  on  the  morning  of 
May  21st,  and  proceeding  down  the  river,  arrived  at  the  ferry  near  the  town  of 
Arayat  shortly  after  sunrise.  Much  to  our  surprise,  no  resistance  was  encoun- 
tered. It  was  an  ideal  place  for  defense,  and  the  crossing  was  commanded  by 
man}’  deserted  rifle  trenches. 

Much  difficulty  was  experienced  in  preparing  the  approach  to  the  ferry  for  the 
passage  of  wheeled  vehicles,  and  in  improvising  a suitable  raft  for  the  crossing  of 
stores  and  ammunition.  The  river  at  this  point  was  about  four  and  half  feet  deep, 
and,  as  indicated  by  its  banks,  is  subject  to  a considerable  rise  at  some  seasons  of 
the  year. 

The  advance  of  the  column,  a battalion  of  the  22d  Inf.,  entered  the  town  of 
Arayat  at  7:12  a.  m.,  and  found  no  evidence  of  the  presence  of  the  enemy  any- 
where in  the  vicinity.  Many  of  the  residents  of  the  town  were  in  their  houses, 
and  many  others  came  in  during  the  day. 

As  rapidly  as  possible  the  command  was  ferried  over  to  the  west  bank  of  the 
river,  and  entered  the  town.  Col.  French’s  command  was  brought  over  before 
dark,  and  even  Col.  Summers  completed  his  crossing  before  the  end  of  the  day. 
The  column  which  had  been  advancing  up  the  river  under  command  of  Maj.  J.  A. 
Kobbe  3d  Art.,  joined  the  expedition  at  Arayat,  and  remaining  over  night 


Cainpai^nini^  in  the  Philippines. 


231 


accompanied  the  main  column  down  the  river  toward  Candaba  where  they  arrived 
without  incident.  The  launch  and  cascos  carrying  supplies  had  grounded  about 
two  miles  below  Arayat,  and  no  effort  was  made  to  push  them  further  up  the  river. 

At  Candaba  were  found  the  U.  S.  A.  gunboats,  Laguna  de  Bay  and  Covadonga^ 
the  armored  launch  Oceania,  and  cascos  carrying  supplies.  Telegraphic  commu- 
nication was  again  secured,  and  instructions  were  received  to  send  the  Oregons, 
Minnesotas  and  Andrews’  Battery  to  the  south  side  of  the  river  at  Calumpit. 
These  organizations  left  en  route  to  Calumpit  early  in  the  morning  of  the  follow- 
ing day. 

During  the  day,  after  the  departure  of  the  troops  for  Calumpit,  considerable 
firing  was  heard  to  the  eastward  in  the  direction  of  San  Miguel  and  Baliuag.  A 
battalion  of  the  22d  Inf.,  commanded  by  Capt.  Ballance  and  the  detachment 
of  scouts  were  sent  in  the  direction  from  which  the  sound  of  firing  came, 
but  were  unable  to  discover  anything,  the  swamp  preventing  their  continuing 
to  the  San  Miguel-Baliuag  Road.  Rater  it  was  learned  that  the  troops  in  San 


THIRD  ARTILLERY  TRENCHES  NEAR  CALOOCAN. 


Miguel  in  obedience  to  orders  from  Corps  Headquarters  had,  under  command  of 
Capt.  Hannay,  3d  Inf.,  started  to  Baliuag  to  join  the  garrison  at  that  place,  and 
had  met  the  enemy  near  San  Ildefonso,  and  were  engaged  almost  continuously  all 
the  rest  of  the  way  to  Baliuag.  The  insurgents  were  in  strong  force  and  suffered 
severely.  Capt.  Hannay  was  prostrated  by  heat,  result  of  over- work  during  the 
expedition.  Insurgent  loss  estimated  at  fifty  killed  and  fifty  wounded. 

Capt.  Hannay’ s command  performed  an  excellent  day’s  work,  comprising,  as 
it  did,  fifteen  hours  marching,  covering  a distance  of  fourteen  miles,  during  which 
time  the  command  fought  four  different  battles.  Capt.  J.  W.  Hannay  was 
awarded  much  credit  for  the  way  he  handled  his  regiment,  (ten  companies)  during 
a series  of  difficult  situations.  A battalion  of  the  22d  Inf.,  came  to  the  support 
of  the  3d  just  after  the  last  skirmish.  The  two  Captains  who  had  been  captured 
were  sent  to  Manila,  and  turned  over  to  the  Provost  Marshal-General. 

During  the  evening  of  the  23d,  telegraphic  orders  were  received  from  the 
Corps  Commander  breaking  up  the  expedition,  stating  that  it  was  contemplated 
assigning  Gen.  Lawton  to  the  command  of  the  forces,  including,  and  south  of  the 


282 


Ca))ipaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


Caloocan,  Taguig  and  Pasai  line  of  trenehes,  except  certain  organizations  in  the 
city  of  Manila  performing  special  duties.  In  accordance  with  these  instructions, 
one  battalion  of  the  22d  Inf.,  and  one  Utah  gun  were  left  at  Candaba  and  San 
Luis,  with  orders  to  report  to  Gen.  MacArthur.  The  remainder  of  the  troops 
composing  the  expedition  with  the  exception  of  the  four  troops  of  4th  Cav.,  the 
1st  North  Dakotas,  the  battalion  of  the  9th  Inf.,  and  Scott’s  Battery,  which  were 
ordered  to  return  to  Manila,  were  turned  over  to  Major-General  MacArthur. 

On  May  24th,  Gen.  Lawton  proceeded  by  steam  launch  to  Calumpit  and  thence 
by  rail  to  Malolos  to  carry  out  instructions  from  the  Corps  Commander  in  regard 
to  distribution  and  rationing  of  troops,  added  to  Gen.  MacArthur’s  command, 
and  to  supervise  the  re-arrangement  of  the  13th  Minnesotas,  guarding  the  railway. 
On  May  26th,  it  was  reported  that  a force  of  the  enemy  was  being  concentrated  in 
the  vicinity  of  Baliuag,  and  instructions  were  given  to  the  commanding  officer  at 
that  point  to  send  out  reconnoitering  parties  in  the  direction  of  the  enemy  to 
ascertain  the  facts.  One  company  of  the  3d  Inf.,  under  1st  Lieut.  Moore,  of  that 
regiment,  developed  a force  of  the  enemy  in  the  direction  of  San  Rafael,  and  being 
encumbered  with  two  wounded  men  was  forced  to  continue  the  engagement  until 
relieved  by  two  more  companies,  when  the  enemy  were  dispersed  in  short  order. 
Other  scou-ting  parties  failed  to  discover  evidences  of  the  enemy. 

The  troops  destined  for  Manila  were  shipped  in  by  rail  from  Calumpit  as  rapidly 
as  possible,  and  the  wagon  train  marched  in  overland. 

Gen.  Lawton  returned  to  Manila  on  the  27th,  with  his  staff.  The  wagon  train 
arriving  in  the  city  on  the  30th,  closed  the  expedition,  although  it  was  practically 
completed  at  the  breaking  up  on  the  23d  at  Candaba. 


VIEW  OK  KORTSON’S  KNOI.E.  Photo  hij  Jackson. 


CHAPTER  XII. 


LAWTON’S  PARANAQUE  CAMPAIGN. 


EN.  LAWTON’S  command,  composed  of  the  following-named 
troops,  concentrated  at  San  Pedro  Macati  on  June  9th,  for  opera- 
tion against  the  insurgent  forces  in  the  vicinity  of  Paranaque, 
Gen.  Wheaton  now  commanding  King’s  old  brigade. 

Gen.  Ovenshine’s  Brigade — 13th  U.  S.  Inf.,  (complete);  14th 
U.  S.  Inf.,  (nine  companies);  12th  U.  S.  Inf.,  (two  companies); 
two  guns,  6th  Art.,  (Battery  D);  two  guns,  Hawthorne’s 
Separate  Mountain  Battery;  two  guns,  Andrew^s’  Battery  H,  1st 
Art.  Gen.  Wheaton’s  Brigade — 9th  U.  S.  Inf.,  (eight  com- 
panies); 21st  U.  S.  Inf.,  (eight  companies);  1st  Colorado 
Volunteer  Inf.,  (six  companies);  two  guns,  6th  Art.,  (Battery  D);  two  guns,  Haw- 
thorne’s Separate  Mountain  Battery;  two  guns,  Andrews’  Battery  E,  1st  Art. 

On  the  following  morning,  June  10th,  the  command  left  camp  at  San  Pedro 
Macati  at  5 A.  m.,  and  moved  in  the  direction  of  Paranaque.  The  line  of  march 
was  over  the  ridges  of  Guadalupe  to  attack  the  town  in  the  rear.  The  intention 
was  to  clear  out  the  country  lying  between  Laguna  de  Bay  and  Manila  Bay.  It 
is  a rough  grazing  country,  cut  by  gulches  and  overgrown  by  grass  and  chaparral. 

While  the  men  slept  with  no  tents,  the  rain  poured  down  heavily  for  an  hour. 
The  men  only  laughed,  for  in  the  gentle  air  of  these  favored  isles,  rain,  however 
it  may  dampen,  seldom  chills  one.  Then  again,  the  lust  of  war  was  in  our  blood, 
and  we  knew  that  to-morrow  would  show  us  the  terrible  beauty  of  skilled  and 
legal  murder. 

Before  dawn  we  passed  out  of  the  shadow  of  the  church  and  in  sight  of  the 
benediction  in  the  chapel.  Out  to  war  and  past  the  blessed  Christ  who  taught 
us  to  love  one  another;  along  Pasig  River;  then  up  past  ruined  Guadalupe;  over 
the  hill,  till  we  came  to  a high  ridge,  where  the  white  tents  of  the  12th  Inf.  kept 
watch  and  ward  over  the  sleepy  fields.  A long  procession  of  men,  miles  long,  a 
file  of  ruthless  steel,  a wall  of  iron  and  will,  came  over  the  ridge  and  went  across 
the  face  of  the  ground,  towards  Paranaque,  hidden  in  the  woods,  yet  revealing 
the  white  steeple  of  a church,  and  pointing  a finger  to  the  skies,  and  to  the  infinite 
Justice  throned  there. 

THE  CLICK  OF  THE  GUNvS.  . 

A kind  of  soothing  rap-tap-tap,  tickety-tick-tick,  comes  to  your  ears,  and  some- 
body looks  two  miles  off  among  the  ranges  and  ridges.  “They  are  using  black 
powder,’’  he  says.  We  had  heard  that  the  Filipinos  were  manufacturing  their  own 
powder  at  Lipa,  in  Batangas  province,  out  of  the  sulphur  from  the  volcano  of  Taal. 


234 


Campaignmg  in  the  Philippines. 


This  tapping  is  not  hard  or  unpleasant.  If  this  is  death,  you  say,  it  is  an  easy 
death ; some  such  quiet  feeling  as  a man  has  who  has  taken  laughing  gas.  He 
knows  something  tragic  is  going  on,  but  he  does  not  care  nor  bother  about  it. 

At  last,  as  we  look  over  the  land  we  see  long  files  of  brown  men  stalking  knee 
deep  in  long  grass.  Some  one  says,  “that  looks  like  the  Colorados.”  No.  The 
Colorados  are  away  a mile  and  a half  making  those  rapid  tick-tacks  which  are  so 

soothing.  A big 
vase  seemed  to  burst 
at  our  feet.  But  it 
was  not  a vase,  it 
was  lyieut.  Scott’s 
first  shot  from  the 
artillery  at  the  line 
of  insurgent  de- 
fense. He  hit  close 
to  it  and  exploded 
some  shells  right 
over  them.  But  sly 
Pio  del  Pilar  was 
too  old  a rat  to  be 

caught  in  a cheese  trap  like  that.  You  could  see  his  men  vamoose  over  the 
hill,  and  no  cannon  could  shoot  away  a hill.  Not  yet.  Pilar,  whether  you  are 
a traitor  or  a patriot,  shall  Yankee  hands  be  laid  on  you. 

We  are  standing  under  a tree,  which,  from  its  shape,  the  boys  have  christened 
the  “T”  tree.  It  is  on  the  topmost  ridge  and  commands  the  prospect  of  the 
field  of  fight  and  flight.  But  we  want  to  hear  those  tick-tacks  a little  closer.  So 
we  follow  a trail  down  the  hillside  and  into  a valley.  Tick-tacks  over  in  these 
wolds.  The  14th  Inf.  must  be  tacking  up  proclamations  of  the  peace  commis- 
sioners. What  did  you  say  about  peace?  Did  you  notice  those  “rookies,”  or 
new  men,  duck?  Did  you  hear  an  angry  bee  buzz  past  your  ear?  Well,  then 
listen,  and  look  out.  You  may  not  be  an  inch  from  death. 

THE  SIGNAL  CORPS  AT  WORK. 

As  we  marched  into  the  rough  land,  we  were  surprised  to  see  a man  uncoiling 
a wire.  He  must  be  out  surveying  the  land  for  a farm.  No.  He  is  the  Signal 
Corps  man.  His  wire  does  not  measure  land,  but  conveys  thoughts.  It  runs 
from  Lawton’s  headquarters  to  those  of  Otis.  It  took  a curt  message  to-day. 

Otis  is  fussy,  sends  word  to  Lawton  about  something.  He  thinks  so  and  so, 
and  like  a school  girl,  wants  to  talk  it  over.  Lawton  can’t  be  reached.  Again 
and  again  Otis  tries  to  reach  the  Indian  Exterminator.  At  last,  he  gets  this  out 
to  him:  “Where  is  Lawton?”  The  grizzly  fighter  sends  back  in  reply:  “At  the 
front  firing  line  with  his  men,  where  he  ought  to  be.” 

The  Signal  Corps  are  brave.  To-day  they  got  ahead  of  their  body-guard,  and 
were  almost  bagged  by  Pilar’s  men. 

Anon,  Maj.  Penrose  of  the  staff  goes  over  a hill  to  a grassy  field.  Here  he 
establishes  a temporary  hospital.  No  sooner  is  this  done,  than  the  enemy  fires 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


235 


into  the  hospital.  We,  who  are  unarmed  get  behind  the  ammunition  boxes  and 
“Suave  qui  peut,”  is  in  order.  Forty  riflemen  come  up  and  fight  the  trees  and 
fields  for  two  hours  and  a half.  But  thick  and  fast  flow  events.  Here  is  a wounded 
man:  “Company  K,  wounded  in  right  forearm,  not  serious.” 

A hundred  feet  behind,  the  Chinese  have  a litter.  They  carry  a silent  form. 
A young  boy  of  seventeen  years.  Ten  minutes  ago,  that  was  Healy — little  Joe 
Healy  of  Company  M,  13th  Regulars.  Somebody  in  America  to-day  is  poorer 
because  of  the  rich  Philippines.  Joe  was  terribly  young.  He  had  a surprise  look 
of  wonder  on  his  face.  What  could  death  have  told  him  that  surprised  him  so  ? 
Ask  the  Sphinx.  Why  did  the  tap-taps  come  out  of  the  woods  and  cut  his  throat 
like  that?  Not  much  had  happened  to  Joe.  Only  “shot  in  the  neck  fatally.” 
Ah,  Joe,  what  makes  you  lie  so  still,  gazing  intently  up?  You  are  not  always 
serious,  you  were  gay  and  sprightly,  Joe. 

And  now  the  tropic  sun  is  getting  up  above  our  heads.  The  boys  are  young, 
and  many  are  for  the  first  time  under  fire.  Under  a tent  cover  in  this  long,  hot 
grass,  are  two  men  overcome  by  heat.  A comrade  watches  by.  This  one  is  pros- 
trated by  the  heat,  and  that  one  has  fever  coming  on. 

THE  WORK  OF  THE  EXPEDITION. 

What  had  happened  in  military  details  is  this:  The  Colorado  Inf.,  the  9th  and 
21st  Inf.,  and  one  troop  of  the  Nevada  Cav.,  swung  around  the  hilltop  of  the  ridge 
above  Guadalupe  church  and  opened  battle  at  6:30  A.  m.  The  rebels  made  no 
response  from  the  hills  and  the  Colorado  men  cautiously  advanced  through  the 
thick  grass  until  they  were  confronted  by  a trench. 

The  Colorado  Regiment  then  advanced  toward  Laguna  de  Bay.  Two  com- 
panies encountered  trenches  on  the  top  of  a knoll,  where  the  Filipinos  stood  waist 
high  above  a trench,  pouring  a volley  upon  them.  They  charged  and  drove  out 
the  enemy,  Lieutenant-Colonel  Moses  being  wounded  in  the  arm  as  he  jumped  into 
the  trench.  On  the 
Paranaque  side,  mean- 
time, Scott’s  Battery 
of  the  6th  Art. , shelled 
the  first  line  of  insur- 
gent defense  with  good 
effect.  Then  a part  of 
the  13th  and  14th  Regi- 
ments formed  in  skir- 
mish line,  extending  a 
mile  to  the  right,  and 
supported  by  the  rest 
of  the  regiments  swept  the  burning  of  caloocan.  Photo  hy  k.  t.  f. 

down  the  valley  and  up  the  hillside  toward  another  trench.  The  approach 
through  the  morass  seriously  hampered  the  14th,  and  the  rebels,  taking  advantage 
of  this,  poured  a galling  fire  upon  them  for  thirty  minutes.  The  14th  was  twice 
compelled  to  withdraw  for  the  purpose  of  finding  a safe  crossing  in  the  swamp. 
Finally  the  trench  was  enfiladed  on  both  flanks.  The  rebels  fled  to  the  woods 


286 


Ca>>ipai<rfii)ij^  i,i  the  Philippijies. 


and  sustained  severe  loss.  Lieut.  Geiger  of  the  14th  with  forty-five  men  took  a 
hill  from  300  Filipinos.  About  three  o’clock  in  the  afternoon,  Gen.  Wheaton’s 
Brigade,  headed  by  Gen.  Lawton,  who,  in  his  white  clothing  and  helmet,  on  a 
big  black  horse,  was  a shining  mark  for  the  enemy’s  sharpshooters,  circled  to 
the  south  of  Las  Pinas,  encountering  a large  force  of  Filipinos  in  the  shelter  of 


TRAIN'  WRECKED  BY  INSURGEN'TS  NEAR  ANGELES.  P'1  oto  hy  Lillie. 


the  trees.  Gen.  Lawton  had  a narrow  escape.  In  the  first  volley  of  the  enemy 
the  horses  of  three  officers  were  shot  from  under  them.  The  Colorado  Regiment 
and  the  9th  Inf.,  bore  the  brunt  of  this  attack  and  dispersed  the  Filipinos. 
Hardly  had  they  finished  off  that  lot  when  a large  force  appeared  in  the  rear, 
which  the  9th  Inf.  and  a part  of  the  Colorado  Regiment  drove  away.  By  this  time 
nearly  the  whole  division  was  around  Las  Pinas. 

During  the  march,  men  were  prostrated  on  all  sides,  owing  to  the  lack  of  water 
and  exposure  to  the  sun.  It  is  estimated  that  forty  per  cent  of  the  troops  were 
exhau.sted.  Our  men  threw  away  their  blankets,  coats  and  even  haversacks, 
stripping  to  the  waist  and  trusting  to  luck  for  food.  Water  could  not  be  obtained, 
and  there  was  much  discomfort  after  the  canteens  were  emptied. 

While  the  troops  were  advancing  the  army  gunboat  Napidan,  on  the  river  near 
Pasig,  shelled  the  enemy,  killing  several  of  them.  The  monitor,  Monadjiock,  and 
the  gunboat  Helena,  shelled  Paranaque  and  Las  Pinas,  all  day  with  the  full  power 
of  their  batteries.  The  rebel  sharpshooters  kept  in  hiding  until  the  American 
lines  had  passed,  and  then  attempted  to  pot  stragglers  from  the  trees.  Owing  to 
their  poor  marksmanship  their  efforts  were  without  result. 

The  Americans  made  camp  for  the  night,  south  of  the  town,  during  a heavy 
rain.  Gen.  Ovenshine’s  Brigade  did  not  come  into  camp  until  after  dark.  Strag- 
glers came  in  all  during  the  night.  Men  had  fallen  on  the  way  and  were  able  to 
continue  their  march  only  after  rest  and  the  coolness  of  evening  had  refreshed 
them.  At  six  o’clock  on  the  morning  of  the  11th,  Gen.  Wheaton  advanced  upon 
Las  Pinas  with  a troop  of  cavalry,  the  21st  Inf.,  the  Colorado  Regiment,  part  of 
the  9th  Inf.,  and  two  mountain  guns,  crossing  two  streams  and  entering  the  town 
without  firing  a shot.  He  then  entered  Paranaque. 

PARANAQUE  OCCUPIED. 

Gen.  Ovenshine  came  into  Paranaque  with  his  brigade,  about  10  A.  m.  The 
troops  had  been  stalled  in  mud,  two  feet  deep.  Only  by  proceeding  in  single  file  and 
each  man  treading  in  the  footsteps  of  the  man  in  front  of  him  were  they  able  to 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


237 


advance.  How  the  artillery  was  brought  through  these  bogs  is  a mystery.  Lieut. 
Scott,  of  the  6th  Art.,  and  Lieut.  Fleming  brought  up  cannon  and  horses. 

The  women  and  children  and,  for  that  matter,  maii}^  men,  remained  in  the 
towns.  No  houses  were  destroyed,  though  many  were  torn  by  the  shells  from  the 
warships.  Everywhere  the  Americans  found  white  flags  flying. 

So  far  as  could  be  ascertained,  the  Filipino  loss  was  about  fifty  killed,  about 
three  hundred  and  fifty  wounded  and  twenty  taken  prisoners.  The  13th  U.  S. 
Inf.  and  the  Colorado  Volunteer  Inf.  were  ordered  to  return  to  Manila,  leaving 
Las  Pinas  about  5 p.  m.  same  day. 

On  June  12th,  the  command  remained  in  their  relative  positions  during  the 
day,  except  that  outposts  south  of  the  camp  were  strengthened  by  artillery. 
During  the  afternoon  of  the  same  day  the  Commanding  General  examined  the 
insurgent’s  position  along  the  bay,  on  board  the  launch  Helena. 

THE  FIGHTING  CONTINUED. 

Early  the  following  morning,  Gen.  Lawton,  with  two  companies,  21st  Inf.,  left 
camp  at  Las  Pinas  and  proceeded  towards  Bacoor  to  reconnoiter  the  enemy’s  posi- 
tion. After  going  about  one  mile,  the  enemy  was  encountered  in  large  force. 
They  opened  fire  from  all  sides,  the  fire  being  returned  by  our  men  with  good 
effect,  and  the  gunboats  in  the  bay  shelled  the  enemy’s  trenches.  The  enemy  was 
found  to  be  too  strong  for  our  small  force,  and  they  were  obliged  to  retreat  for  a 
short  distance.  Re-inforcements  were  brought  up  about  noon,  and  a hot  fight 
ensued,  lasting  until  about  5 p.  m. 

After  an  artillery  battle  and  some  lively  skirmishing,  an  advance  was  made 
in  the  direction  of  Bacoor,  and  it  developed  into  the  hardest  fight  since  the  hosti- 
lities with  the  Filipinos  began. 

The  main  work  was  the  direct  attack  on  Zapote  Bridge.  Kenley’s  Battery  of 
four  mountain  guns  and  two  3-inch  guns,  with  Company  E of  the  14th  Inf.  as 
support,  advanced  straight  along  the  road  to  the  bridge.  The  other  companies  of 
the  14th  Regiment  moved  forward  to  the  right  and  left  of  the  road. 


INSURGENT  TRENCHES  AT  MALINTA.  Photo  hy  Darce.y. 


The  rebels  had  dug  enormous  trenches  along  the  Bacoor  side  of  the  river  and 
had  burned  the  planking  in  the  middle  of  the  bridge  to  prevent  the  Americans 
from  crossing  and  taking  their  positions.  Our  men  pushed  steadily  forward  until 
they  reached  the  bank  of  the  river.  Then  Kenley  took  his  mountain  guns  right 
up  to  the  bridge  and  poured  a heavy  fire  into  the  trenches,  but  they  were  so  well 


238 


Ca}npaigni}ig  in  the  Philippines. 


constructed  that  it  was  impossible  to  damage  them  greatly.  So  close  were  we  to 
the  enemy  that  we  could  see  their  heads  above  the  earthworks.  Gen.  Lawton 
told  the  writer  that  the  Filipinos  here  made  the  bravest  defense  he  had  ever  seen. 
Our  artillery'  was  within  thirty-five  3’ards  of  their  trenches. 

A tremendous  fire  was  set  up  in  spite  of  the  galling  return.  It  was  not  long 
before  the  rebels  began  to  grow  restive  under  the  hail  of  bullets  that  was  being 
poured  into  them,  and  finall}'  they  broke  and  ran.  That  part  of  our  army  in  front 
of  the  Filipino  trenches  then  ran  along  the  bank  of  the  river,  and  standing 
upright,  directed  a terrible  fire  upon  the  fugitives.  The  14th  Inf.  swam  across  the 
river  and  found  many  Filipinos  dead  and  dying  in  the  trenches  and  fields.  Prob- 
ably fifty  dead  natives  were  found  in  the  vicinity  of  the  bridge. 

The  rebels  had  a second  line  of  trenches  half  a mile  away.  Half  an  hour  after 
the  retreat  from  the  first  line,  firing  was  re-opened  from  this  second  line.  Fresh 
troops  were  hurried  forward  to  relieve  the  tired  men  who  had  captured  the  first 
line,  and  a heavy  fire  was  opened  on  the  enemy,  who  responded  only  for  a short 
time  and  then  fled.  Gen.  Wheaton  was  slightly  hurt  by  falling  from  his  horse. 
Gen.  Ovenshine  commanded  the  attack  on  the  bridge.  Gen.  Lawton  personally 
directed  the  movement.  The  latter  was  a conspicuous  mark  for  the  enemy.  He 
is  a big  man  and  his  uniform  and  his  white  helmet  could  be  easily  distinguished 
for  a great  distance,  but  he  went  up  and  down  the  line  unscathed. 

Ensign  Davis  of  the  Helena  came  ashore  with  a Colt  rapid-fire  gun  and  saw 
lively  service.  He  captured  a Filipino  cannon,  which  had  been  placed  below  the 
bridge,  and  found  a supply  of  canister  shot  and  brown  powder. 

Almost  at  the  same  time  the  9th  and  12th  crossed  a bar  of  the  bay  and  came 
upon  their  left  flank  at  a point  where  a body  of  marines,  with  Maxim  guns, 
landed  under  protection  of  the  ships’  batteries  and  fired  upon  the  enemy’s  left  rear 
with  a demoralizing  effect.  The  21st  crossed  the  river  by  a bridge  as  soon  as  it 
could  be  mended.  Sixty-five  Filipinos  were  found  dead  in  the  trenches,  most  of 
them  shot  through  the  head.  Several  five-inch  smooth  bore  guns  were  captured, 
with  ammunition  marked  “United  States  Navy.”  After  crossing  the  river,  the 
troops  were  withdrawn,  with  the  exception  of  the  9th  and  21st,  these  regiments 
being  left  with  four  guns  to  guard  the  bridge. 

As  they  were  being  formed  into  companies,  the  insurgents  commenced  to  fire 
volleys  from  the  bamboo  jungle  three  hundred  yards  away.  The  regiments  formed 
into  line  coolly,  though  under  fire,  rushed  to  the  woods,  driving  the  enemy  a mile 
away,  the  Filipinos  disputing  every  foot.  The  14th  camped  across  the  river,  the 
men  caring  for  many  of  the  Filipino  wounded.  Eight  prisoners  were  captured. 
The  majority  of  the  Filipinos  wore  red  uniforms.  The  American  loss  in  the  fight- 
ing of  the  13th,  was  nine  killed  and  thirty  wounded.  The  Filipino  loss  was 
heavy. 

After  the  engagement  of  the  13th,  the  Filipinos  retreated  to  the  strongly  forti- 
fied town  of  Imus.  The  shelling  of  our  warships  drove  the  rebels  from  Bacoor. 
The  Americans  by  these  operations  gained  control  of  several  miles  of  the  coast, 
while  the  long  line  of  entrenchments  facing  our  south  line  had  been  cleared. 

On  the  14th,  Gen.  Lawton  and  his  staff,  and  a troop  of  the  4th  Cav.,  started  to 
ascertain  the  nature  of  the  insurgent’s  position.  He  rode  five  miles  along  the 


Canipaignitig  in  the  Philippines. 


239 


coast  to  Bacoor,  without  discovering  the  enemy.  He  found  the  town  full  of  white 
flags,  but  there  were  no  soldiers  there.  The  women  and  children  who  had  fled  to 
the  woods  during  the  bombardment  were  camping  in  the  ruins  of  their  homes. 
The  shells  had  knocked  the  town  to  pieces.  The  big  church  was  wrecked  and 
many  buildings  were  ruined.  Even  trees  and  shrubbery  were  torn  as  if  by  a hail- 
storm. 

Several  hundred  women  and  children  came  into  the  American  lines  for  refuge, 
and  the  road  from  Bacoor  was  covered  all  day  with  natives  on  foot  and  in  carts, 
driving  animals  and  carrying  goods  on  their  heads.  The  appearances  of  the  battle- 
field testified  to  the  fierceness  of  the  fighting.  The  trees  along  the  river  were 
almost  torn  down  by  bullets.  The  American  officers  estimate  that  one  hundred 
insurgents  were  killed  and  three  hundred  wounded  during  the  engagement. 


Services  at  Battery  Knoll  over  the  remains  of  three  soldiers,  Privates  in  the  Kansas,  Washington  and 
12th  Infantry.  This  made  a total  of  261  men  buried  in  this  place  to  date,  June  2,  1899. 

All  day  many  hungry  Filipinos  were  fed  at  Paranaque  and  Eas  Pinas.  The 
first  issue  of  rations  that  morning  consisted  of  rice  and  canned  roast  beef.  Some 
of  the  beef  issued  was  spoiled.  On  the  18th  a strong  reconnaissance  had  been 
made  south  of  Noveleta.  It  was  reported  that  a strong  force  of  insurgents  was  at 
San  Francisco  de  Malabon.  Gen.  Vv’^heaton  started  a reconnaissance  toward  Perez 
Dasmarinas  also.  The  country  to  the  south  of  Imus  had  not  been  scouted.  The 
rebels  were  reported  to  be  concentrated  at  Perez  Dasmarinas. 

June  18th,  our  troops  having  occupied  Imus,  and  the  enemy  threatening  an 
attack  from  Dasmarinas  eight  miles  north,  Gen.  Wheaton  was  sent  by  the  Depart- 
ment Commander  to  assume,  under  Gen.  Eawton,  command  of  the  troops  at  Imus. 
On  the  morning  of  the  19th,  a battalion  of  the  4th  Inf.  and  one  gun,  under  Maj. 
John  W.  Bubb,  was  sent  on  the  road  from  Imus  in  the  direction  of  Dasmarinas  to 


240 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


make  a reconnaissance,  and  found  the  enemy  in  force  on  the  road,  and  about  one 
mile  from  Imus.  A spirited  combat  ensued,  and  Gen.  Wheaton,  at  Imus,  hearing 
the  firing,  proceeded  at  once  to  reinforce  the  battalion  with  the  other  two  battalions 
of  the  4th  U.  S.  Inf., with  three  guns.  The  enemy,  about  2500  strong,  were  imme- 
diately attacked  in  the  flank  by  a heavy  fire  from  the  artillery  placed  b}^  Gen. 
Wheaton,  and  the  infantry  advanced  upon  him.  He  was  routed  with  great  loss, 
and  fled  in  the  direction  of  Dasmarinas.  The  20th  Inf.,  Gen.  Wheaton  advanced 
on  Dasmarinas  with  the  4th  Inf.,  one  battalion  14th  U.  S.  Inf.,  one  battalion 
9th  U.  S.  Inf.,  one  troop  Nevada  Cav.  (dismounted)  and  seven  guns.  Dasmarinas 
was  occupied  and  the  enemy’s  force  entirel 3"  dispersed. 

RESUIvT  OF  THE  OPERATIONS. 

In  this  series  of  operations  the  enemy  were  driven  from  the  countr3^  in  the 
vicinity  of  Manila  Ba3^  and  north  of  the  city.  His  loss  in  killed,  wounded  and 
captured  was  at  least  2000  men.  His  forces  were  in  a great  measure  dispersed. 


FILIPIXO  TKKNCHES. 


This  map  shows  the  movements  of  Gen. 
Tawtoii’s  troops  in  the  Paranaque  campaign, 
and,  like  the  rest  of  the  military  maps 
which  appear  in  this  book,  was  made  by 
P.  E.  Tamar,  official  map  maker  in  the  8th 
Army  Corps,  from  surveys  made  by  him. 


CHAPTER  XIII. 


EXPEDITIONS  TO  THE  SOUTHERN  ISLANDS. 

vCEBU,  PANAY,  NEGROvS  AND  SULU.) 


NTlIv  the  treaty  of  peace  should  be  ratified  or  rejected  by  the 
United  States  Senate,  the  political  situation  in  the  Philippines 
was  uncertain,  but  under  the  instructions  of  President  McKin- 
ley, Gen.  Otis  was  ordered  to  take  and  hold  all  the  ceded  terri- 
tory. At  this  time  the  islands  were  entirely  in  the  control  of 
the  natives,  with  the  exception  of  the  port  and  the  city  of 
Iloilo  on  the  island  of  Panay.  Here  the  Spanish  force  still 
held  the  city,  but  were  closely  besieged,  and  Gen.  Otis  had 
been  notified  by  Gen.  Rios  that  he  could  not  hold  the  place 
against  the  insurgents.  With  the  uncertainties  as  to  the  dis- 
position of  the  Philippines  by  the  Spanish  Cortez  and  the  American  Senate, 
neither  the  Spanish  nor  American  commanders  wished  to  disturb  the  status  unless 
pressing  need  required  it.  It  was  for  this  reason  that  the  command  of  Gen.  Miller 
was  left  inactive  and  on  board  the  transport  off  Iloilo  so  long. 


OPERATIONS  ON  PANAY. 

On  December  24,  1898,  Gen.  Otis,  by  order,  created  the  “Separate 'Brigade,” 
and  a.ssigned  the  command  to  Gen.  Marcus  P.  Miller.  The  order  directed  that 
the  command  should  proceed  to  Iloilo  and  there  execute  the  special  instructions 
which  the  commander  might  receive  from  headquarters.  That  part  of  the  order 
relating  to  this  matter  is  as  follows: 

Headquarters  Department  of  the  Pacific  \ 
General  Order?,  } and  Eighth  Army  Corps.  I 

No.  29.  1 I 

Manila,  P.  I.,  Dec.  24,  1898.  j 

1.  Brigadier-General  Marcus  P.  Miller  is  assigned  to  the  command  of  the  following 
designated  troops,  viz:  Light  Battery  G,  6th  U.  S.  Art.,  18th  U.  S.  Inf.,  51st  Iowa  Volunteer 
Inf.,  and  will  proceed  with  them  to  Iloilo,  island  of  Panay,  by  transports,  Newport^  Arizona 
and  Pennsylvania^  under  such  naval  escorts  as  the  Rear-Admiral,  commanding  the  Asiatic 
squadron,  may  furnish  him,  and  there  execute  the  special  instructions  he  will  receive  from  these 
headquarters.  These  troops  will  constitute  the  vSeparate  Brigade  within  the  meaning  of  the  73d 
Article  of  War,  to  be  known  and  designated  as  the  1st  Separate  Brigade  of  the  8th  Army  Corps. 
They  will  be  equipped  and  supplied  as  orders  already  and  hereafter  to  be  issued  indicate. 

By  command  of  Major-General  Otis. 

THOMAS  BARRY 

Assistant  Adjutant-General. 


16b 


242 


Cainpaigniug  in  the  Philippines. 


The  importance  of  this  Visayan  group  will  be  understood  by  reference  to  the 
chapter  entitled,  “The  Philippine  Islands  and  Their  People.”  The  principal 
islands  in  the  group  are  Panay,  Cebu  and  Negros.  The  distance  from  Iloilo  to 
Cebu  is  about  bO  miles;  from  Cebu  to  Escalante  on  Negros,  about  50  miles;  and 
from  Bacolod,  on  Negros  to  Iloilo  on  Panay,  about  35  miles.  This  is  by  the 

usually  traveled  routes,  and  the  distance  from  the  nearest 
point  in  the  group  to  Manila  is  355  miles.  The  military 
operations  in  these  islands  could  not,  in  detail,  be  well 
directed  from  Manila,  but  they  are  in  such  close  proximity 
that  in  any  important  movements  there,  the  forces  could 
support  each  other.  While  these  islands,  under  Spanish 
rule,  were  divided  into  provinces,  and  had  separate  com- 
mercial centers,  still  there  was  such  interchange  of 
commodities  and  business  that  the  inhabitants  had  become 
closely  allied.  The  population  of  Panay  is  781,325;  that 
of  Cebu  504,076;  and  of  Negros  321,777;  and  the  total 
population  of  the  whole  Visayan  group  is  2,384,142. 

So  closely  affiliated  are  the  people  of  these  islands, 
that  immediately  after  the  surrender  of  the  Spaniards, 
under  Gen.  Rios,  to  the  insurgents,  the  people  organized 
“a  Visayan  Republic,”  with  Iloilo  as  its  capital.  The 
governments  in  the  different  islands,  however,  were 
practically  independent.  The  climate  in  these  islands 
is  salubrious,  and  the  country  well  adapted  to  nearly 
all  branches  of  husbandry.  Next  to  Manila,  the  great 
centers  of  trade  of  the  archipelago  are  here.  It  is  not 
only  a fine  grazing  country  and  well  adapted  to  stock- 
raising,  but  sugar,  hemp,  tobacco,  the  cereals  and  a great 
variety  of  fruits  are  grown. 

The  expedition,  under  Gen.  Miller,  left  Manila, 
December  26th,  convoyed  by  the  cruiser  Baltimore.  On 
arrival  at  Iloilo  it  was  found  that  the  Spanish  garrison 
had  withdrawn  to  Zamboango,  and  that  the  city  was 
in  possession  of  the  insurgents.  The  expedition  remained  on  the  transports  until 
February  11,  1899,  pending  instructions  to  meet  the  changed  conditions.  The 
51st  Iowa  returned  to  Manila,  and  its  place  was  taken  by  the  1st  Tennessee,  which 
arrived  on  February  10th.  The  Baltimore  was  replaced  by  the  Bostoji  and  Petrel. 

On  the  morning  of  February  11th,  after  bombardment  of  the  insurgent  posi- 
tion, the  Tennessee  Regiment  and  18th  Inf.  landed,  and  took  possession  of  the 
city,  driving  the  insurgents  from  their  positions,  on  the  outskirts  of  the  town, 
along  the  river,  and  saving  much  valuable  property  from  incendiary  fires.  Capt. 
Richmond  of  Company  C,  1st  Tennessee,  was  placed  at  some  sandbag  entrench- 
ments, on  the  point,  to  prevent  the  insurgents  on  the  opposite  side  from  firing  on 
the  landing  party.  The  remainder  of  the  force,  accompanied  by  Gen.  Miller, 
marched  to  the  Plaza  and  Custom  House,  beyond  which  point  were  the  insurgents. 
Here  Col.  Childers,  of  the  Tennessee,  assigned  Companies  A,  Capt.  Reed;  E, 


Prison  at  Malolos,  where  five 
Americans  were  kept  for 
nearly  three  months. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippine^,, 


243 


Capt.  Hager,  and  F,  Capt.  Gilaen,  all  under  Maj.  Bayless,  to  that  portion  of  the 
city  along  the  river  front  and  Progresso  street,  where  they  engaged  the  insurgents 
who  occupied  the  entrenchments  and  houses  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  river.  By 
their  prompt  movements  this  command  saved  much  property  from  destruction  by  fire. 

Companies  B,  D,  L and  M,  under  Maj.  Cheatham  were  sent  up  the  river  to 
Jaro  Bridge,  which  position  they  occupied.  Companies  B,  H and  K,  under  Maj. 
McGuire,  were  instructed  to  encircle  the  town  for  the  purpose  of  flanking  the 
insurgents,  which  was  done  by  a movement  to  the  left  until  the  beach  was  reached, 
and  then  up  the  bridge  to  the  old  cemetery  which  had  been  fortified  by  the  insur- 
gents, while  they  changed  position  to  the  right  through  the  native  village  and 
through  rice-fields,  to  the  barracks  on  the  Iloilo  River  and  Molo  Road.  Here  the 
insurgents  were  found  in  force  and  were  driven  hurriedly  across  the  bridge  to 
Molo  by  the  American  force. 

On  the  morning  of  February  12th,  Companies  B,  D,  F and  M,  under  Maj. 
Cheatham,  made  a reconnaissance  through  Molo,  but  found  no  armed  insurgents. 
On  the  same  day  the  1st  Battalion  of  the  18th  Inf.,  under  Maj.  Charles  Keller, 
consisting  of  Companies  A,  C,  H and  F,  under  the  respective  commands  of  1st 
Fient.  A.  E.  Fewis,  Capt.  O.  B.  Warwick,  Jst  Fieut.  D.  H.  Wells  and  Capt.  E.  E. 
Hatch,  were  ordered  to  make  a reconnaissance  toward  Jaro,  to  which  place  the 
enemy  had  retired.  The  reconnaissance  led  to  the  sharp  engagement  at  Jaro  and 
the  capture  of  that  city.  The  battalion  lost  one  killed  and  five  wounded,  includ- 
ing one  officer.  Nine  of  the  enemy  killed  were  buried. 

Up  to  February  26th,  all  of  these  captured  positions  were  held  by  the  American 
forces,  who  were  continually  harassed  by  the  picket  firing  of  the  insurgents,  and 
there  were  numerous  outpost  skirmishes.  On  that  date  a reconnaissance  in  force 
was  made,  under  command  of  Maj. 

Cheatham,  marching  to  Molo,  where 
the  troops  crossed  the  Iloilo  River, 
and  proceeded  to  Mandurriao. 

While  resting  there,  a scouting 
party  reported  an  insurgent  outpost. 

After  driving  in  this  outpost,  an 
advance  was  made  on  the  main  body 
of  the  force.  This  was  attacked 
and  dislodged,  and  rapidly  driven 
through  the  woods  and  rice-fields 
for  a distance  of  three  miles,  when 
a halt  was  ordered  and  the  force  re- 
turned through  Jaro  to  Iloilo.  The 
insurgent  loss  was  reported  heavy, 
but  nothing  definite  as  to  this 

could  be  ascertained.  On  March  Unexploded  shell  fired  from  the  Charleston,  and  picked  up 

on  the  battlefield  of  Caloocan  by  K.  I.  Faust  and  John 

1st,  reconnaissance  was  made  to  the  w.  Taylor.  Photo  by  k.  /. 

north  of  Jaro  by  the  18th  Inf.,  and  the  Battle  of  Jaro  River  was  fought.  The 
insurgents  quickly  gave  way  to  the  onslaught  of  the  American  force  and  retreated 
in  great  disorder  and  confusion.  The  only  loss  on  the  part  of  the  Americans 


244 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


was  one  killed  and  two  wounded.  On  March  16th,  a force  of  insurgents, 
estimated  at  over  1000  men,  suddenly  precipitated  itself  upon  the  town  of 
Jaro,  now  occupied  by  the  18th  Inf.,  which  they  attempted  to  carry  by  assault. 
Five  companies  of  the  18th,  under  Maj.  Keller,  crossed  the  Jaro  River  and 
engaged  them.  Companies  B,  C,  R and  M,  and  the  Tennessees,  under  com- 
mand of  Col.  Childers,  with  Maj.  Cheatham,  were  sent  as  re-inforcements. 
Crossing  the  Jaro  River,  and  forming  with  their  left  on  the  river,  the  Tennessees 
came  in  on  the  right  flank  of  the  enemy,  who  were  driven  back  towards  Pavia, 
the  insurgent  force  continually  retreating  until  dark,  which  prevented  our  further 
advance.  The  insurgent’s  loss  was  known  to  be  150  killed  and  many  wounded. 

Having  learned  that  Gen.  Araneta,  with  800  insurgents,  had  occupied  Oton,  a 
city  about  seven  miles  from  Iloilo,  an  expedition  was  made,  with  a view  to  effect- 
ing their  capture.  Sending  Maj.  Cheatham,  with  Companies  T,  D and  K,  of  the 


Photo  hy  Lt.  Thomas 

CAPT.  STEWART,  OF  COLORADO  REGIMENT  ^SITTING  IN  CHAIR),  TAKEN  SHORTLY 
BEFORE  HE  WAS  KILLED. 

Tennessees,  by  boat  to  a point  about  one  mile  beyond  Oton,  Col.  Childers,  with 
Companies  A,  B and  F,  with  Maj.  Bayless  and  Capt.  Bridgman,  of  the  6th  Art., 
with  two  guns,  started  before  daybreak  on  the  morning  of  the  8th  of  April,  and 
proceeded  to  Molo  and  Aravelo,  where  they  made  a junction  with  troops  sent  by 
boat,  and  surroimded  Oton  at  7:30  a.m.  The  insurgents,  however,  decamped. 

The  Tennessee  Regiment  had  a peculiar  aptitude  for  winning  the  favor  of  the 
natives.  The  authority  was  tempered  with  a kindness  which  made  itself  soon  felt 
and  respected.  It  was  no  uncommon  thing  for  the  officers  and  soldiers  to  be  seen 
in  the  native  houses  of  worship,  and  their  commingling  was  of  that  character  so 
observable  in  our  own  south  between  the  whites  and  the  blacks.  The  obedience 
and  respect  of  the  latter  was  very  evident,  while  the  former  yielded  much  to  the 
little  whims  of  the  blacks.  Such  methods  gained  the  good  will  of  the  blacks,  who 
at  the  same  time  retained  their  self-respect.  The  same  spirit  exhibited  through- 
out the  Philippines  would  do  much  to  the  restoration  and  maintenance  of  peace. 
To  the  discretion  of  the  Tennessee  Regiment  may  be  attributed  the  peaceable 


Campaig7iing  in  the  Philippines.  245 

occupation  of  Panay  up  to  this  writing.  There  have  been  occasional  outpost 
skirmishes,  but  rather  with  the  marauding  class,  who  at  all  times  have  infested 
the  country.  There  is  a rebellious  spirit  in  the  island,  but,  up  to  this  time,  it  has 
not  broken  out.  Besides  Iloilo  the  Americans  have  taken  possession  of  the  towns 
of  Molo,  Trinidad,  San  Juan,  Arizalo,  San  Nicolas,  Gagarman,  Oton,  Cagbran,  San 
Diego,  Butang,  Mandurriao,  San  Roque,  Jibadan,  and  other  small  places.  The 
administration  of  civil  affairs  is  proceeding  with  little  friction. 

OPERATIONvS  IN  CEBU. 

The  instructions  to  Col.  Miller  were,  after  establishing  American  authority  at 
Iloilo,  to  proceed  immediately  to  Cebu  and  occupy  that  place.  Pursuant  to  this 
instruction  the  Petrel  was  despatched  to  Cebu.  Resistance  was  expected,  but  it 
was  thought  advisable  to  disclose  to  the  native  population  the  purposes  of  the 
government. 

The  situation  in  Cebu  at  that  time,  is  disclosed  in  the  following  statement 
made  by  the  German  Consul  to  the  writer: 

Cebu  was  surrendered  under  protest  by  the  influence  of  Majie  and  Elorente,  the  two  ablest 
Filipinos  in  the  island,  on  February  17,  1899.  There  was  a stormy  meeting  of  the  townspeople 
upon  hearing  of  the  approach  of  the  Americans.  The  young  men  advised  the  burning  of  the 
town  and  fighting  to  the  bitter  end,  but  the  older  men  advised  calmer  councils.  There  was  a 
second  meeting  at  noon  and  the  wiser  heads  prevailed.  On  the  21st  of  February,  the  U.  S. 
Petrel  was  seen,  and  Elorente,  Garardo,  Qui  and  Chiniaco,  leaders  in  Cebu,  went  out  to  meet 
her.  When  told  by  Mr.  Sidebottom,  the  English  Consul,  acting  for  the  American  government 
that  the  American  Commander  desired  to  treat,  Majie  said  that  “the  people  of  Cebu,  finding 
themselves  abandoned  by  the  Spaniards,  have  joined  the  Filipino  Republic.”  The  Commander 
of  the  Petrel  gave  them  until  eight  o’clock  on  the  22d  to  surrender.  A great  many  were  in 
favor  of  burning  the  place,  but  at  seven  o’clock  on  the  night  of  the  21st  of  E'ebruary  it  was 
agreed  to  yield  to  superior  force  and  to  give  up  the  town,  protesting  against  doing  so,  and  stat- 
ing that  they  had  no  order  from  Aguinaldo  to  that  effect.  At  8:30  on  the  morning  of  the  22d 
they  sent  this  word  to  the  Commander  of  the  Petrel.  At  9:30,  forty  sailors  were  landed,  and  at 
9:40  the  Stars  and  Stripes  were  hoisted  at  Cebu. 

On  the  28th  of  February,  the  1st  Battalion  of  the  23d  Inf.,  under  Maj.  Goodale, 
left  Manila  for  Cebu  to  complete  the  American  occupation.  While  the  natives 
demurred  to  occupation,  by  the  Americans,  of  territory  outside  the  city  of  Cebu, 
the  objections  were  overcome  and  the  American  occupatioh  resulted  in  the  estab- 
lishment and  maintenance  of  order  under  Col.  Hamer  of  the  Idaho  Regiment,  as 
Military  Governor  of  the  island,  and  for  the  period  intended  to  be  covered  by  this 
history  there  was  peace  in  the  island. 

The  writer,  during  that  time,  visited  the  island  for  the  purpose  of  observing  the 
local  conditions,  and  there  met  Lieutenant-Colonel  Bayless,  of  the  Tennessee 
Regiment.  He  said  : 

There  is  a little  trouble  in  Cebu,  but  it  is  not  serious.  Dissatisfaction  exists  in  certain 
quarters.  The  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  for  the  Filipino  government,  Senor  Majie,  has  been 
stabbed,  and  the  murderers  cannot  be  found,  because  the  native  police  will  not  give  them  up. 
They  have  fled  into  the  mountains  to  a place  named  Sudlon,  which  is  surrounded  by  an  amphi- 
theater of  hills.  They  have  150  stands  of  Mausers  and  Remingtons,  and  some  old  rifles,  and 
1000  bolos.  There  is  only  one  road  into  this  town.  I can  take  it  any  time.  The  native  police- 
men are  unreliable,  so  I have  to  place  night  patrols  of  Americans. 


246 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


Col.  Hamer,  the  Military  Governor,  said  to  the  writer  that  “ Seiior  Flores, 
who  was  President  of  the  island  at  first,  was  a weak  and  vacillating  man,  so  the 
Americans  put  him  on  the  retired  list,  and  Llorente  was  elected.  Florente  is  not 
a very  strong  man,  he  is  a Mestizo,  half  Spanish  and  half  Visa3mn,  and  has  been  ap- 
pointed Gen.  Otis  one  of  the  Associate  Justices  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  Manila.” 
In  regard  to  the  future  government  of  the  islands,  the  Colonel  remarked: 

What  the  conditions  will  be  when  the  Governor  has  perfected  his  functions,  I do  not 
know.  Some  of  these  people  are  still  for  Aguinaldo,  and  it  will  be  hard  to  make  them  discard 
him.  The  better  class  are  shrewd  enough  to  see  that  sooner  or  later  the  Americans  will  take 
possession  of  the  archipelago,  and  have  quietly  changed  their  political  belief  without  exciting 
unfavorable  comment.  The  Filipino  Governor  is  in  the  same  building  with  myself,  and  we 
have  the  anomaly  here  of  American  Governor  and  Filipino  Governor  in  the  same  building,  and 
getting  along  on  a very  friendly  basis.  The  native  police  are  not  reliable,  and  we  cannot  ferret 
out  the  crimes  of  the  Bolo  men.  They  are  suspicious  of  us,  especially  the  lower  classes,  which  are 
the  most  numerous.  I have  a theory  of  the  government  of  these  islands.  I do  not  believe  the 
native  government  should  be  general  at  first.  I think  it  would  be  better  to  begin  at  the 
bottom  and  organize  upward;  for  example,  organize  the  town  first,  and  not  the  Provincial 
government.  Preferably,  let  the  Americans  appoint  a president  of  the  town,  let  the  natives 
elect  and  make  a selection,  subject  to  the  American  approval;  leave  the  qualifications  of  voters 
for  future  consideration;  elect  a president  and  justice  and  clerk  from  the  natives;  but  let  their 
records  and  official  acts  pass  under  American  inspection.  Make  the  towns  “ kindergartens  ” to 
give  the  people  a chance  to  learn  the  art  of  self-government;  divide  them  into  wards,  some  to  be 
American  wards  absolutely.  Permit  the  people  to  elect  aldermen  aud  councilmen,  and  make 
the  city  council  a “ kindergarten  ” in  which  to  give  these  people  a chance  to  learn  the  American 
system  of  self-legislation.  I would  give  the  president,  or  mayor,  of  the  towns  the  absolute  veto 
right,  supervised  by  the  United  States  authorities.  My  impression  is  that  these  officials  should 
be  required  to  report  all  their  acts  in  writing  to  some  Central  American  Supervisor  or  Governor 
of  the  islands. 

There  are  several  classes  of  people  here  to  be  considered.  The  rich  and  intelligent,  and  a 
few  Spanish,  would  favor  the  American  control.  Majie  was  our  best  friend  and  was  the  best 
man  in  the  island.  There  are  certain  ambitious  fellows,  without  property  interests,  looters  and 
highwaymen  and  pirates  by  nature;  they  get  a crowd  around  them  and  by  intimidation  and 
bribes,  make  trouble,  in  order  that  they  may  be  able  to  levy  tribute  in  the  dress  of  the  Filipino 
army,  and  make  people  take  off  their  hats  to  them.  There  is  a third  class  of  citizens  in  Cebu,  the 
hill-folk,  they  are  a still  lower  class,  both  in  intelligence  and  property.  They  want  the  oppor- 
tunity to  make  a living,  but  are  easily  led,  and  very  susceptible  to  military  influence.  They 
seldom  visit  large  towns  and  then  only  on  market  days.  They  seldom  go  even  to  the  local 
villages,  and  then  only  to  procure  necessities.  The  hill-folk  are  deceived  by  monstrous  stories 
circulated  by  the  military  party.  Some  of  them  actually  believe  that  the  Americans  are  black, 
and  eat  children  and  live  on  babies,  and  many  join  the  insurgent  army  because  they  are  afraid 
to  do  otherwise.  There  are  few  schools  here,  and  the  well-to-do  send  their  children  to  Hong- 
kong or  Manila,  especially  to  Hongkong,  because  they  have  there  the  advantage  of  learning 
the  English  language.  The  poor  class  have  no  education  to  speak  of,  and  not  twenty-five  per 
cent  of  the  inhabitants  can  speak  Spanish,  they  speak  Visayan  and  nothing  else.  The  3mung 
men  and  women  of  Cebu  are  very  anxious  to  learn  English.  For  the  present,  religion  should 
be  let  alone,  absolutely  as  it  is.  The  priests  here  are  mostly  Mestizos. 

Governor  Elorente  received  me  with  the  politeness  which  characterizes  the 
Spanish  Mestizo.  He  was  very  frank,  and  spoke  in  an  interesting  way  of  the 
change  which  the  coming  of  the  Americans  had  made  in  Cebu.  He  thought,  as 
Col.  Hamer  did,  that  the  best  people  of  the  island  favored  American  control. 
“What  elements  are  against  the  Americans?”  I asked.  He  replied  that  there  were 
only  a few,  and  generally  the  most  ignorant.  Their  leader  was  Arcadio  Maxillon. 


Cainpai^ni}ig  in  the  Philippines. 


247 


They  were  not  strong  in  rifles,  having  less  than  200.  “What  about  religion?”  I 
inquired.  “The  Filipino  government,”  he  answered,  “wishes  its  church  and 
state  separate.  It  would  be  a pity,  however,  to  introduce  the  discussion  of  a 
Protestant  Mission  at  this  time,  because  the  public  mind  is  pretty  well  unsettled 
just  now.  I would  favor  absolute  freedom  of  religion,  when  things  are  in  a 
settled  condition.  The  Spanish  rule  here  was  very  rigorous.  They  treated  us 
like  slaves.  There  are  about  100  Spaniards  here  in  Cebu.” 

The  discontent  of  the  natives  of  late,  has  created  some  apprehension  that  an 
uprising  was  imminent,  and  to  prevent  this,  the  Supreme  Justices  from  both 
Negros  and  Cebu  visited  their  respective  islands  and  good  results  followed  for  a 
time,  but  in  Cebu  the  insurgents  have  become  active  again,  and  at  the  date  of  the 
publication  of  this  volume,  there  is  fighting  going  on  with  what  results  cannot  yet 
be  ascertained. 

OCCUPATION  OF  NP:GR0S. 


The  American  occupation  of  the  island  of  Negros  was  similar,  in  character, 
to  that  of  Cebu,  with  the  exception  that  the  local  authorities  at  that  time,  were 
more  amicable  and  more  in  hearty  accord  with  American  domination  than  those 


FILIPINO  TRENCHES.  Photij  ly  Darccy. 

of  Panay  and  Cebu.  The  inhabitants  of  this  island  had  been  in  revolt  against  the 
Spanish  government,  and  had  practically  overturned  all  Spanish  authorit}^  so 
that,  on  November  12,  1898,  a Provisional  government  had  been  established  by 
the  inhabitants  with  Anissitto  Lacon,  President,  and  Jose  Tuis  Luzuriaga,  Presi- 
dent of  the  native  Congress.  A Cabinet  was  also  created  with  functions  similar 
to  that  in  all  republican  governments,  and  the  Congress  was  made  up  of  thirty-six 
deputies.  Preceding  the  American  occupation,  a deputation  composed  of  many  of 
the  representatives  of  this  government,  including  its  President,  waited  upon  Gen. 
Otis  in  Manila,  and  expressed  their  desire  to  co-operate  in  the  amicable  establish- 
ment of  American  rule  on  the  island.  Indeed,  so  hearty  was  this  concurrence, 
that  previous  to  the  advent  of  the  Americans  on  the  island,  the  American  flag 
had  been  raised  there  by  the  natives,  and  the  subsequent  coming  of  the  Americans 
was  distinguished  by  an  ovation  rather  than  the  reluctant  submission  of  a defeated 
people.  It  was  apparent  that  with  such  manifestation  of  fealty  and  submission  it 
behooved  the  command  to  maintain  its  prestige  by  giving  to  the  people  the  largest 
liberty  compatible  with  the  military  occupation  of  the  country  by  the  United  States. 


248 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippmes. 


In  the  island  of  Negros,  then,  it  was  determined  to  test  in  the  largest  measure 
this  capacity  of  the  inhabitants  for  self-government,  and  with  this  object  in  view, 
it  was  desirable  to  place  one  who  was  well  versed  in  law  and  civic  affairs  at  the 
head  of  the  military  government  of  the  island.  Col.  James  H.  Smith,  of  the  1st 
California  Volunteers,  afterwards  General,  was  found  to  be  admirably  qualified 
for  this  position  to  which  he  was  appointed  by  Gen.  Otis. 

Col.  Smith,  with  the  1st  Battalion  of  the  California  Volunteers,  Maj.  Sime, 
commanding,  acting  upon  the  request  of  the  deputation,  proceeded  by  the  transport 
St.  Paul  from  Manila,  and,  on  the  4th  of  March,  1899,  landed  at  Bacolod  on  Negros. 
The  deputation  accompanied  the  command  but  landed  the  previous  night  to  arrange 
the  welcome.  Half  an  hour  after  landing,  Capt.  Tilly  had  re-opened  communica- 
tion with  Iloilo  by  cable,  and  the  first  message  over  the  line  was  the  following: 

The  Governor  and  inhabitants  of  Negros  to  Gen.  Miller,  Iloilo. — We  affectionately  salute 
and  congratulate  ourselves  upon  the  happy  arrival  of  Col.  Smith  and  troops,  under  your  orders, 
and  beg  3'ou  to  send  this  salutation  and  congratulation  to  Gen.  Otis,  Manila,  as  the  representa- 
tive of  the  United  States  in  the  Philippines.  ANICETO  LACSON. 

Col.  Smith  proceeded  at  once  to  recognize  and  continue  in  force  the  existing 
civil  government.  In  adjusting  this  authority  to  the  needs  of  the  military  gov- 
ernment a little  friction  was  created,  but  patience  and  good  judgment  prevented 
any  outbreak.  The  same  class  of  law-breakers,  however,  are  found  in  Negros  as 
elsewhere  in  the  Visayan  Islands.  These  largely  came  from  an  unsubdued  class 
of  brigands  for  whose  subjection  time  will  be  required. 

In  March,  Tieutenant-Colonel  Duboce  arrived  in  Negros  with  a battalion  of 
the  Californias,  and  immediately  the  command  was  called  upon  to  subdue  an  out- 
break of  this  brigand  class.  These  hill- tribesmen  were  under  the  leadership  of 
one  Papaissor,  and  were  looting  and  destroying — their  depredations  being  largely 

upon  the  inhabitants  of 
the  lowlands.  Their 
effort,  also,  was  to  incite 
insurrection  against  the 
Americans.  These 
brigands  had  killed 
many,  taken  more  into 
captivity,  and  pillaged 
the  lowland  districts. 
The  Californias  were 
despatched  against 
them,  two  companies 
under  command  of  Col. 
Duboce,  proceeding 
overland,  and  Maj. 
THE  TRENCHES.  Photo  hy  K.  I.  F.  Sime,  with  two  Other 
companies  by  water,  on  April  2,  1899.  The  command  of  Col.  Duboce  made  a 
forced  march  of  twelve  miles  and  captured  Labzid,  where  the  insurgents  were  well 
fortified,  and  destroyed  the  town,  taking  thirty-five  prisoners,  the  remainder  of 
the  force  scattering  into  the  mountains. 


THIRD  ARTILLERY  IN 


Canipai^rmuir  in  the  Philippines. 


249 


Gov.  Smith  retained  exclusive  control  of  the  customs,  postoffice,  telegraph  and 
police  force,  while  all  other  civil  affairs  were  left  in  the  hands  of  the  natives.  The 
police  force  was  constituted  of  natives,  officered  by  Americans.  Some  time  after 
the  occupation,  Capt.  Tilley,  of  the  Signal  Corps,  was  murdered  while  he  was 
preparing  a telegraph 
line,  under  a flag  of 
truce.  As  a punish- 
ment, Gen.  Smith  cap- 
tured Escalante,  where 
the  murder  occurred, 
and  killed  the  natives 
who  were  implicated  in 
the  defense.  During 
the  spring  and  early 
summer,  several  expedi- 
tions were  made  into  the 
interior,  and  across  the 
island.  Among  the  most 
important  of  these  was 
one  which  resulted  in  an 
action  at  Bobong.  This 
was  an  entrenched  insurgent  position,  and  was  carried  by  the  American  forces  in  a 
hand-to-hand  fight,  the  insurgents  leaving  one  hundred  and  fifteen  killed  on  the 
ground.  The  American  loss  was  one  killed  and  one  wounded.  There  was  another 
sharp  engagement  at  Tibunan,  of  which  Gen.  Otis  cables  as  follows:  “ Eieutenant- 
Colonel,  6th  Inf.,  with  eighty  men,  encountered  one  hundred  insurgents  entrenched 
in  the  mountains  of  the  island  of  Negros  and  routed  them  after  an  hour  and  a 
half  of  severe  fighting.  The  Americans  had  three  men  slightly  wounded.  Nine- 
teen insurgents  were  found  dead  in  the  trenches.  It  is  supposed  the  insurgents 
were  armed  Tagals,  who,  a few  days  since,  had  crossed  from  Panay  in  boats.” 

THE  SULU  ARCHIPELAGO. 

On  May  20,  1899,  Capt.  Pratt  and  his  command,  consisting  of  two  battalions 
of  the  23d  Inf.,  according  to  previous  arrangement,  peaceab^  received  the  sur- 
render of  the  Spanish  garrison  at  Sulu,  and  thereupon  the  United  States  succeeded 
to  this,  almost  the  only  actual  possession  of  Spain  in  the  Sulu  Archipelago,  but  at 
this  time  there  was  a ruler  of  Sulu  whose  power  was  far  greater  than  that  of  Spain, 
whose  title  the  United  States  acquired. 

Through  the  fanaticism  of  the  Mohammedans,  the  Sultan  of  Sulu  is  far  more 
powerful  than  the  United  States  can  hope  to  soon  become.  Capt.  Pratt,  soon  after 
his  arrival,  was  waited  upon  by  the  Sultan,  and  in  turn  Capt.  Pratt  sought  out 
this  Majesty,  whose  mind  may  be  gathered  by  these  questions  then  put  to  Capt. 
Pratt  by  him: 

“Why  did  you  come  here?  For  land,  you  have  plenty  at  home.  For  money, 
you  are  rich  and  I am  poor.  Why  are  you  here?” 


LOOKING  FOR  “ DINERO.”  Photo  hy  Coomhst. 


250 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


In  July,  1899,  Capt.  Pratt  was  succeeded  by  Maj.  Goodale,  and  subsequently 
Gen.  John  C.  Bates  arrived  and  concluded  a “Treaty”  with  the  Sultan.  Gen. 
Otis  summarizes  this  treaty  in  the  following  communication  to  the  War  Depart- 
ment, under  date  of  August  24th,  last: 

All  agreement  was  made  with  the  Sultan  and  Dates  whereby  the  sovereignty  of  the  United 
States  over  the  entire  Jolo  Archipelago  is  acknowledged;  its  flag  to  fly  on  land  and  sea;  the 
United  States  to  occupy  and  control  all  points  deemed  necessary.  Introducing  firearms  is  pro- 
hibited. The  Sultan  is  to  assist  in  suppressing  piracy.  He  agrees  to  deliver  criminals  accused 
of  crime  not  committed  by  Moros  against  Moros.  Two  other  points  in  the  archipelago  will 
be  occupied  by  the  United  States  troops  when  trade  and  commerce  can  be  controlled. 

As  with  trifling  exceptions,  the  popula- 
tion is  Moro,  it  is  evident  that  the  Sul- 
tan’s power  is  not  greatly  interfered  with. 

The  Mohammedan  is  the  dominant 
creed  in  Borneo,  Sulu  Archipelago  and  the 
great  island  of  Mindanao.  What  is  known 
as  the  Sulu  Archipelago  consists  of  about 
150  islands,  capable,  so  far  as  known, 
of  cultivation  and  possessing  some  natural 
resources.  What  has  led  to  much  con- 
fusion in  the  enumeration  of  the  number 
of  islands  in  the  Philippines,  is  the  fact 
that  some  have  attempted  to  include  in 
the  enumeration  all  the  isolated  ground 
surrounded  by  water,  while  others  confine 
the  estimate  to  those  of  some  considerable 
dimensions  or  inhabitable.  The  Spaniards 
estimate  that  some  ninety-five  of  the 
islands  in  the  archipelago  are  inhabited, 
but  very  few  of  these  have  any  import  or 
export  trade,  and,  with  few  exceptions, 
the  great  mass  of  natives  in  the  archi- 
pelago live  with  little  trade.  There  are 
some  localities  in  which  agriculture  is 
pursued.  The  principal  products  of  foreign 
trade  are  copra  and  coffee.  All  the  in- 
dustries in  the  islands  are  in  a very 
primitive  stage.  The  islands  generally  have  a salubrious  climate,  and  may  be  made 
very  productive  of  all  tropical  products,  but  production,  for  a time  to  come,  must 
depend  upon  the  native  industry,  and  this  seldom  looks  beyond  present  needs. 

It  is  probable  that  trouble  may  arise  should  our  government  attempt  to  enlarge 
the  control  imparted  to  it  by  the  Spaniards,  and  hence  it  is  well  to  examine  the 
nature  of  the  Spanish  authority  in  the  archipelago. 

Many  years  since,  the  weaker  of  two  contending  “Sultans”  sought  an 
alliance  with  the  Spanish  government  at  Manila,  which  was  perfected  upon  the 
agreement  that  he  would  recognize  Spanish  dominion  in  his  territory,  under  cer- 
tain restrictions,  in  consideration  of  which  Spain  should  subdue  the  opposition 


BRIGADIER-GENERAL  HALE  AND  BRIGADE-SURGEON 
MAJ.  ROTTER  AT  SAMPALOC  CHURCH. 


Canipaignini^  in  the  Philippines. 


251 


“Sultan.”  While  waiting  for  Spain’s  co-operation,  the  Sultan,  who  was  to  be 
aided  by  the  Spaniards,  attacked  and  dispersed  the  insurgent  forces,  losing  his 
life  in  the  engagement.  The  Spanish  fleet  finally  arrived,  and,  finding  the  Sultan 

dead,  returned  to  Manila 
without,  in  any  manner, 
complying  with  the  agree- 
ment. Adasaolan  suc- 
ceeded to  the  Sultanship 
and  made  a new  alliance 
with  the  Mindanao  Sultan 
as  well  as  the  Sultan  of 
North  Borneo. 

Later,  the  Spaniards  at- 
tempted to  establish  their 
rule  in  the  archipelago, 
claiming  the  right  by 
virtue  of  the  old  alliance. 
This  was  resisted  and 

TRENCHES  NKAR  PULILAN,  WHERE  THIRTY-EIGHT  BODIES  WERE  FOUND.  nearly  thewhole  Spanish 

command  perished.  The  Moros,  for  a long  time  thereafter,  pursued  a kind  of 
predatory  warfare  in  which  piracy  and  brigandage  were  the  chief  features.  Under 
these  methods  they  took,  and,  for  a long  time  held  possession  of  Cebu,  Negros, 
Leyte,  Bohol  and  certain  provinces  in  Panay.  Spain,  by  a series  of  victories, 
finally  drove  the  Moros  out  of  their  territory  and  built  at  Zamboango,  a strongly 
fortified  place  which  they  used  as  a base  of  operations  against  the  Mohammedans. 

Disease  attacked  the  Spaniards  at  this  place  and  out  of  a total  of  1000 
men,  850  died  in  a twelfth  month.  In  1770,  a kind  of  treaty  was  arranged 
between  the  governments,  so  that  further  warfare  was  averted,  excepting  occa- 
sional piracies,  and  this  condition  prevailed  for  nearly  a century.  There  now 
followed  a period  of 
years  in  which  the 
Moros  again  pil- 
laged and  destroyed 
Spanish  coast  towns 
so  that  in  1876, 

Spain  despatched  a 
force  against  the 
Moros  which  effect- 
ually quelled  the 
disturbance.  In 
1887,  the  Moros 
were  again  found  in 

revolt  and  this  Kansas  boys  building  trenches  under  heavy  fire.  Photo  h,j  k.  i.  f. 

being  suppressed,  was  succeeded  by  another  revolt.  In  1888,  an  agreement 
was  made  which  recognized  the  rule  of  the  Sultan,  subject  to  a kind  of  Spanish 
suzerainty,  under  which  Spain  paid  a yearly  stipend  to  the  Sultan  for  its  rights, 


Campaigning  m ihe  Philippines. 


252 


which,  under  the  treaty  concluded  by  Gen.  Bates,  is  to  be  continued  by  us. 
Even  under  this  treaty,  Spain  had  never  exercised  any  control  in  these  islands, ‘ 
except  in  some  of  the  sea-coast  towns,  and  the  population  in  the  island  interior  has 
known  no  rule  but  that  of  the  Sultan.  How  ineffective  was  Spanish  rule  in  these 
islands  ma}'  be  understood  from  the  fact  that  so  late  as  1892,  the  Spanish  Gov- 
ernor attempted  to  enforce,  for  the  first  time,  the  collection  of  a tax  upon  the 
Horos.  The  Sultan  with  a large  following  visited  the  Governor,  and  in  token  of 
his  good  will,  presented  him  with  a basket  of  pearls.  While  the  Governor  was 
in  the  act  of  receiving  them,  the  Sultan  drew  a barong  and  split  his  skull  to  his 
teeth.  The  population  of  these  islands  cannot  be  even  approximately  given,  but 
whatever  it  may  be,  the  people  have  never  been  subdued,  and  thus  far  the  Ameri- 
cans have  made  no  serious  attempt  to  do  so. 


KANSAS  MEN  CROSSING  THE  CALUMPIT  RIVER. 


Photo  hy  English 


CHAPTER  XIV. 


THE  GUNBOAT  FLOTILLA. 


HROUGHOUT  the  operations  against  the  followers  of  Aguinaldo, 
the  improvised  gunboats  under  the  command  of  Brevet-Major 
F.  A.  Grant,  of  the  Utah  Eight  Artillery,  took  a very  import- 
tant  part.  The  first  boat  to  be  put  into  service  was  the  Laguna 
de  Day,  and  her  work  in  assisting  the  land  forces  to  clear  the 
Pasig  River  was  looked  upon  with  such  favor  that  later  two 
other  boats  were  armed  and  fitted  out  for  the  service. 

Many  engagements  were  had  with  the  natives,  especially 
along  the  upper  Pasig  River  and  on  the  lake.  Laguna  de  Bay, 
after  which  the  boat  was  named.  As  the  boat  was  the  largest 
and  the  first  to  be  fitted  up,  a short  account  of  her  will  be  given. 

THE  “ LAGUNA  DE  BAY  ”. 

The  boat  was  an  old  side-wheel  steamer  owned  by  a Spanish  company,  and 
built  especially  for  trading  on  the  lake  and  Pasig  River.  She  is  120  feet  long,  40 
feet  beam,  and  of  very  light  draft.  Under  orders  of  Major-General  Otis,  Maj. 
Grant  was  instructed  to  fit  her  out,  and  on  the  27th  of  January,  she  was  ready  for 
duty.  The  report  of  the  completion  of  the  boat  showed  that  the  main  deck  of  the 
boat  had  been  completely  surrounded  with  two  thicknesses  of  steel  plate  as  a pro- 
tection from  rifle  bullets.  Two  three-inch  marine  guns  comprised  the  forward 
battery,  with  portholes  so  placed  that  they  could  be  fired  straight  ahead  or  on 
either  bow.  The  after  battery  consisted  of  two  1.65-inch  Hotchkiss  rifles,  arranged 
to  fire  broadside  or  to  the  rear. 

A turret  of  steel  plates  was  erected  on  the  top  deck,  inclosing  and  protecting 
the  men  working  at  the  wheel,  and  also  the  secondary  battery  of  four  45-caliber 
Gatling  guns  set  on  tripods. 

To  support  the  armor  and  guns  the  deck  had  to  be  strengthened  with  heavy 
timbers,  and  when  this  was  done  the  boat  was  complete  and  ready  for  service, 
with  a full  and  complete  equipment  of  working  lines  and  ship  stores  on  board. 

Capt.  B.  H.  Randolph,  of  Battery  G,  3d  U.  S.  Heavy  Artillery,  was  placed  in 
command  of  the  boat,  with  a detachment  of  twenty-nine  men  from  his  battery  to 
man  the  guns  on  the  main  deck.  Lieut.  R.  C.  Naylor,  of  the  Utah  Art.,  with 
ten  men,  was  also  detailed  on  board  the  boat.  Lieut.  Naylor  was  given  command 
of  the  guns,  and  the  Utah  men  under  Corp.  Wm.  Nelson  were  assigned  to  the 
Gatling  battery.  Lieut.  E.  A.  Harting,  with  a detachment  of  twenty-five  sharp- 
shooters from  the  South  Dakota  Regiment,  completed  the  fighting  force  of  the 


254 


Campaig}ii}ig  in  the  Philippines. 


boat.  Lieut.  S.  G.  Larson,  also  of  the  South  Dakota  Regiment,  was  detailed  as 
navigating  officer,  his  experience  before  joining  the  army  fitting  him  for  the  position. 

As  a crew  to  handle  the  boat  was  necessary,  the  whole  army  was  picked  over 
for  men  who  were  suited  for  the  work.  Sergt.  H.  F.  Juirs,  of  the  Signal  Corps, 
was  made  chief  engineer.  No  less  than  six  regiments  were  represented  in  the 
crew.  The  greatest  difficulty  was  had  with  the  old  engines,  which  were  of  a dif 
ferent  pattern  to  those  used  at  the  present  time,  but  all  difficulties  were  finally 
overcome,  and  the  boat  was  ready  late  in  January  and  anchored  in  the  river  each 
night  below  the  outposts. 

VARIOUS  FIGHTS  ON  THF  RIVERS. 

On  the  historic  night  of  February  4th,  the  Laguna  de  Bay  was  at  her  anchor- 
age, and  bullets  struck  all  around  her  and  whistled  over  her  decks.  Nothing 
could  be  done  during  the  night,  but  early  on  the  morning  of  the  5th,  an  aide 
appeared  on  the  bank  and  gave  an  order  to  Capt.  Randolph:  “Gen.  Otis  directs 
you  to  proceed  to  the  firing  line  and  engage  the  enemy.” 

On  arrival  at  the  front  a Filipino  flag  could  be  seen  floating  over  Santa  Ana, 
and  a vigorous  cannonade  was  opened  on  this  place,  which  was  soon  in  flames. 
The  church  of  San  Juan  del  Monte  came  in  for  a heavy  fire.  These  places  were 
later  occupied  by  the  infantry.  In  the  thick  jungle,  near  Santa  Ana,  a party  of 
insurgents  annoyed  the  boat  and  also  the  Nebraska  camp  with  a Mauser  fire,  so 
the  boat  rounded  the  bend  and  drove  the  insurgents  beyond  the  San  Juan  River 
with  the  Gatling  guns. 

The  natives  were  then  pushed  up  the  river  by  Gen.  King’s  Brigade,  the  gun- 
boat operating  with  him.  On  February  9th,  the  guns  of  the  boat  commanded  the 
town  of  Pasig,  and  Gen.  King  demanded  its  surrender,  which  was  complied  with. 
At  this  time  the  river  was  free  of  natives  to  the  lake,  which  was  visited  by  the 
gunboat.  The  line  to  the  north  of  the  river  had  been  weakened,  and  the  natives 
threatened  to  break  through,  so  the  boat  received  orders  to  drop  back  and  anchor 
above  Santa  Mesa,  where  a wide  stretch  of  level  country  could  be  commanded  by  her 
guns.  The  next  active  service  of  the  boat  was  on  February  14th,  when  it  was  decided 
to  evacuate  Pasig  and  fall  back  to  San  Pedro  Macati,  to  shorten  the  line  to  the 
south  of  the  river.  The  natives  were  in  large  force  at  this  point,  and  sufficient 
troops  could  not  be  spared  to  hold  such  an  advanced  point  as  Pasig.  The  retreat 
of  the  California  Regiment  from  Pasig  was  a perilous  undertaking,  and  the  boat 
was  sent  up  to  protect  the  rear.  At  Pasig  ferry  the  infantry  made  a stand,  with  the 
gunboat  lying  in  the  middle  of  the  stream.  At  this  point  the  first  casualty  on  board 
the  boat  occurred,  when  Lieut.  Harting  was  drowned,  while  attempting  to  land  a 
Hotchkiss  gun  in  a rowboat  which  capsized.  The  gun  was  lost.  All  efforts  to  rescue 
the  officer  were  futile,  and  his  body  was  not  recovered  until  the  current  of  the 
river  washed  it  ashore  at  Manila.  The  next  day  the  natives  continued  the  fight, 
and  for  more  than  two  hours  the  boat  kept  up  a terrific  fire  on  a swamp  and  jungle 
in  which  they  had  taken  up  their  position.  The  same  evening  the  infantry 
retreated  to  Guadalupe  church,  without  losing  a man,  although  the  natives  fol- 
lowed them  closely.  The  boat  returned  to  her  position  above  Santa  Ana,  where 
the  next  day  Maj.  Grant  came  aboard,  relieving  Capt.  Randolph  of  his  command. 


Cauipaio;nin^s^  in  the  Philippines. 


255 


It  was  then  decided  to  abandon  Guadalupe  church,  and  retire  to  San  Pedro 
Macati,  and  again  the  Laguna  de  Bay  advanced  to  cover  the  retreat.  All  night 
long  a desultory  fire  was  kept  up  on  the  boat  and  between  the  outposts.  At  day- 
light on  the  Ihth,  the  church  was  fired  by  the  infantry,  which  at  once  retired  to 
San  Pedro  Macati.  The  church  and  hill,  upon  which  it  was  situated,  were 
immediately  occupied  by  the  natives,  whose  sharpshooters  began  firing  on  the  boat 
and  outposts.  At  ten  o’clock  Maj.  Grant  decided  to  test  the  boat  by  running  up 
between  the  native  lines  and  see  what  the  effect  would  be.  As  the  boat  advanced 
she  received  a hail  of  bullets  from  the  native  rifles,  but  the  steel  plates  warded 
them  off.  For  half  an  hour  every  gun  on  the  boat  was  turned  loose,  and  shells 
and  bullets  whistled  into  the  insurgent  position.  *At  the  end  of  the  fire  not  a shot 
came  from  the  natives,  who  were  completely  silenced.  The  boat  again  returned 
to  a position  below  San  Pedro  Macati.  The  skirmish  at  Guadalupe  had  the 
effect  of  quieting  the  natives,  and  when  they  afterward  became  troublesome, 
the  boat  would  be  sent  for. 

Five  times  similar  engage- 
ments were  had  at  Guada- 
lupe, but  so  effective  was 
the  armor  that  but  one  man 
was  killed,  he  being  Private 
John  Toiza,  of  Battery  G, 

3d  Art.,  who  was  killed  by 
a rifle  ball  on  March  4th. 

After  the  arrival  of  more 
troops  it  was  again  decided 
to  clear  the  Pasig  River. 

On  the  morning  of  March 
14th,  Gen.  Wheaton’s 
Brigade  advanced  to  the 
attack.  The  Laguna  de 
Bay  drove  the  natives  from 
the  hill  and  it  was  occupied  by  the  infantry  without  interference.  A short 
distance  above  Guadalupe,  sunken  cascos  in  the  river  prevented  the  gunboat 
from  cutting  off  the  natives,  who  escaped  across  the  river.  After  a brief  delay,  a 
channel  was  found  in  the  river  through  the  obstructions,  and  the  boat  again 
advanced  to  the  attack.  The  natives  were  in  their  trenches  across  the  river  from 
Gen.  Wheaton’s  Brigade,  but  when  the  boat  arrived,  they  broke  and  fled  toward 
the  city.  A heavy  fire  was  kept  up,  and  on  arrival  at  Pasig,  in  the  open  fields 
beyond  the  town  were  seen  thousands  of  natives,  soldiers  and  non-combatants. 
These  were  hurrying  for  shelter  in  the  woods  beyond  and  were  not  fired  on.  Two 
launches  left  Pasig  as  the  gunboat  neared  the  town.  They  were  fired  upon 
repeatedly,  but  succeeded  in  making  their  escape  out  into  the  lake. 

The  next  day  the  Oeste,  a tug  protected  with  steel  plates  and  armed  with  a small 
cannon  and  two  Gatling  guns,  joined  the  Laguna  de  Bay.  She  was  commanded 
by  Tieut.  W.  C.  Webb,  of  the  Utah  Art.,  and  manned  by  men  from  the  larger 
boat. 


256 


Campaigyiing  iji  the  Philippines. 


IN  SUPPORT  OF  EXPEDITIONS. 

The  next  move  was  to  fit  out  an  expedition  to  capture  the  towns  on  the  lake. 
A compan}^  of  the  23d  Inf.  was  sent  with  the  boats  to  accomplish  this.  The 
towns  of  Morong  and  Jalajala  were  taken.  No  resistance  was  met,  but  at  the 
former  a quantity  of  stores  were  burned.  The  next  morning  Santa  Cruz  was 
visited.  The  locality  was  reconnoitered,  but  it  was  decided  that  there  was  not 
sufficient  force  at  hand  to  land.  The  steam  tugs  belonging  to  the  insurgents  were 
located  in  the  Lambang  River. 

When  the  advance  on  Malabon  was  contemplated,  the  Laguna  de  Bay  was 
ordered  to  that  point  to  operate  in  the  shallow  bays  and  inlets  which  are  every- 
where along  the  coast,  and  which  kept  the  ships  of  Admiral  Dewey’s  fleet  away 
from  shore.  The  towns  along  the  coast  were  shelled  by  this  gunboat.  On  the 
25th  of  March,  the  Napidan]o\xs.^6.  Maj.  Grant.  She  was  commanded  by  Rieut. 
Franklin  of  the  23d  Inf.,  and  manned  by  men  from  the  same  regiment.  She 
carried  two  six-pound  rifles,  and  two  Gatling  guns.  The  two  boats  operated 
along  the  shore  in  the  advance  on  Malolos.  The  next  move  of  the  gunboats  was 
in  a campaign  against  Santa  Cruz,  and  a direct  move  to  cripple  and  destroy  the 
power  of  the  Filipinos  on  the  lake.  Major-General  Rawton  took  great  interest  in 
Maj.  Grant’s  report  concerning  Santa  Cruz,  and  he  decided  on  a move  against 
that  place.  Before  daylight  on  April  9th,  there  were  assembled  on  the  lake, 
besides  the  three  gunboats,  a number  of  tugs  and  cascos,  on  which  were  1500 
men  of  the  14th  Inf.,  the  4th  Cav.,  dismounted,  and  the  North  Dakota  Inf. 
Major-General  Lawton  and  Brigadier-General  King  were  at  the  head  of  the 
expedition.  The  fleet  started  directly  for  Santa  Cruz,  under  the  convoy  of  the 
gunboats. 

On  nearing  the  city,  a plan  of  campaign  was  adopted.  The  troops  landed  at 
a point  about  five  miles  from  the  city,  under  the  guns  of  the  Napidan,  while  the 
Laguna  de  Bay  and  the  Oeste,  with  three  troops  of  cavalry,  anchored  directly  in 
front  of  the  city.  The  land  forces  met  little  opposition,  and  succeeded  in  sur- 
rounding the  city.  The  next  morning  the  bombardment  was  commenced,  and 
early  in  the  forenoon  the  city  was  in  the  hands  of  the  Americans.  The  Filipino 
loss  was  heavy,  and  many  prisoners  were  taken.  The  loss  of  the  land  forces  was 
light. 

The  troops  scoured  the  surrounding  country,  while  the  gunboats  directed  their 
attention  to  the  six  captured  tugs  in  the  river.  The  natives  had  disabled  the 
engines,  but  enough  were  repaired  to  tow  the  remainder  to  the  city.  On  April 
17th,  the  whole  expedition  returned  to  Manila,  after  a successful  campaign. 

Maj.  Grant  next  made  an  attempt  to  ascend  the  Malolos  River,  to  co-operate 
with  the  land  forces  in  the  advance  on  Calumpit,  but  it  was  found  to  be  impossible 
on  account  of  low  water.  The  boats  are  now  doing  duty  guarding  the  lake  and 
upper  waters  of  the  Pasig  River. 

On  May  7th,  the  Lagima  de  Bay  and  Covadonga,  ascended  the  Pasig  River 
to  Guagua,  to  establish  water  communication  with  Major-General  Mac  Arthur’s 
Division.  No  opposition  was  encountered  until  the  boat  arrived  at  Sexmoan, 
where  a force  of  natives  were  found  strongly  entrenched.  After  a brisk  skirmish 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


257 


for  a few  minutes,  the  natives  retired,  firing  the  town.  Guagua,  a mile  further  up 
the  river,  was  also  evacuated  and  set  on  fire.  With  this  move  the  advance  line 
north  of  Manila,  was  put  into  communication  with  the  city  by  an  open  water-way, 
as  well  as  by  the  railroad. 

Gen.  MacArthur  failing  to  meet  Maj.  Grant  at  Guagua  as  arranged,  the  boats 
waited  at  the  town  from  1 until  5 p.  m.,  and  as  they  could  not  hold  the  town 
without  assistance  it  was  left  for  the  time. 

On  May  10,  1899,  the  Laguna  de  Bay  and  Covadonga  entered  the  Rio 
Grande  Pampanga  River  and  made  their  way  up  to  Calumpit,  where  they  were 
in  a position  to  assist  the  land  forces  and  carry  supplies  up  to  Gen.  Lawton’s  com- 
mand at  Candaba.  On  May  17th,  the  boats  led  the  advance  of  Maj.  Kobbe’s  troops, 
driving  the  insurgents  before  them  and  capturing  San  Luis.  On  the  following 
day  the  town  of  Candaba  was  surrendered  to  Grant,  Maj.  Kobbe’s  command  arriv- 
ing about  three  hours  later. 

CAPTURES  BY  THE  FLOTILLA. 

The  Laguna  de  Bay,  Napidaji,  Oeste,  Covadonga  and  Oceania  captured  over 
two  hundred  thousand  dollars  worth  of  coal,  cascos  and  steamboats  from  the 
insurgents.  In  all  eight  steamers  were  captured,  and  at  Guagua  the  enemy  burned 
one  gunboat  and  sunk  another  large  steamer. 

Gen.  Lawton,  who  operated  with  the  boats  more  than  any  other  commander, 
was  very  loud  in  his  praise  of  the  work  done  by  them. 

The  foregoing  is  a correct  statement. 

F.  H.  GRANT, 

Late  Maj.  Utah  Art.,  Commander  United  States  gunboats. 

LATER  EVENTS  IN  THE  ISLANDS. 

The  events  occurring  between  the  closing  of  the  spring  campaign  and  the 
opening  of  that  which  has  just  begun,  have  had  no  bearing  on  the  fortunes 
of  the  war,  and  are  of  interest  only  to  those  who  were  engaged  in  them. 
So  far  as  the  volunteer  troops  were  concerned  in  them,  their  history  will 
be  found  in  the  regimental  histories  in  the  “special  editions’’  of  this  book. 
There  has  been  a series  of  detached  operations  whenever  the  insurgents  happened 
to  be  most  troublesome.  Aguinaldo’s  forces  have  remained  in  front  of  our  lines 
everywhere.  As  our  army  has  been  depleted  by  the  return  of  the  volunteer  regi- 
ments and  by  sickness,  the  insurgents  have  pressed  more  heavily  against  them, 
only  to  be  punished  and  driven  back  once  more.  Aguinaldo’s  capital  has  been 
pushed  back  along  the  railroad,  having  been  variously  reported,  at  different  times,  as 
at  San  Isidro,  on  the  Rio  Grande,  Tarlac,  on  the  railroad,  and  Porac.  In  the  south  the 
late  fighting  has  been  in  the  province  of  Cavite  between  Cavite  and  Manila,  where 
our  troops  first  landed.  The  absence  of  official  reports,  which  are  not  available  for 
the  later  operations,  renders  it  impossible  to  give  a very  clear  account  of  what  has 
happened.  We  seem  to  have  defeated  all  the  bodies  of  insurgents  with  which  our 
forces  have  come  in  contact,  and  taken  all  the  towns  which  we  have  attacked. 
Whether  or  not  we  have  retained  or  abandoned  them  is  usually  not  clear. 
Aguinaldo  is  evidently  without  resources  to  maintain  a large  army  in  one  place, 
and  his  troops  are  broken  up  into  small  bands  which  hover  about  and  harass  our 
17b 


258 


Campaignhig  m the  Philippines. 


outposts.  There  is  little  or  no  vestige  of  civil  government  in  any  part  of  the 
island  of  Luzon  with  which  we  have  become  acquainted.  In  the  Visayan  group, 
where  our  force  is  small,  there  have  of  late  been  a good  many  outbreaks,  doubt- 
less incited  by  agents  of  Aguinaldo. 

CHARACTER  OF  THE  CAMPAIGN  NOW  OPENING. 

The  detailed  history  of  our  operations  in  the  Philippines  necessarily  closes  with 
the  end  of  the  spring  campaign,  and  the  beginning  of  the  rainy  season.  The 
new  campaign  with  increased  forces  is  beginning  as  this  volume  goes  to  press. 
The  reader  of  these  pages  will  be  able,  in  connection  with  the  maps  herein  con- 
tained, to  follow  the  telegraphic  accounts  of  the  movements  of  our  army 
far  more  intelligently  than  has  hitherto  been  possible  to  the  American  public. 
With  the  increased  force  now  at  command,  and  the  certainty  that  they  can  be 
retained  until  their  mission  is  accomplished,  the  American  commander  will  be  able 
to  proceed  far  more  effectively  than  has  hitherto  been  possible.  The  geography 
of  the  country  has  become  known,  the  disposition  of  the  inhabitants,  and  the 
resources  of  the  insurgents.  It  is  announced  that  it  will  be  the  policy  of  the  gov- 
ernment to  close  all  ports  on  the  island  of  Luzon  except  those  controlled  by  our 
forces.  This  will  cut  off  a large  revenue  which  Aguinaldo  has  enjoyed  from  cus- 
toms, and  put  a stop  to  the  importations  of  arms  and  ammunition,  except  such  as 
escaping  the  vigilance  of  our  navy,  may  be  landed  in  out-of-the-way  places.  The 
first  military  operation  will  be  to  occupy  the  great  fertile  valley  which  runs  north- 
ward from  the  province  of  Cavite,  through  Manila,  and  which  is  traversed  by  the 
Manila  and  Dagupan  Railroad,  which  has  been  continually  fought  over  for  the 
past  year.  It  is  announced  that  this  valley  will  now  be  occupied  for  the 
entire  length  of  the  railroad  by  a force  sufficient  to  permanently  hold  and  police  it. 
When  this  is  done,  and  the  ports  closed,  the  power  of  Aguinaldo  will  be  broken. 
He  can  no  longer  maintain  armies,  and  must  either  submit  or  resort  to  a guerrilla 
warfare  in  the  mountains,  which,  if  he  is  not  captured,  he  can  doubtless  continue 
for  some  time.  But  with  the  permanent  occupation  of  the  great  valley,  the  natives 
assured  of  protection,  will  certainly  return  and  resume  their  occupations.  They 
will  have  no  other  alternative.  They  cannot  live  otherwise.  They  will  certainly 
enjoy  a better  government  than  they  have  ever  before  lived  under,  and  the  island 
will  probably  gradually  become  pacified. 


CHAPTER  XV. 

THE  PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS  AND  THEIR  PEOPLE. 


HE  story  of  the  campaign  in  the  Philippines  cannot  be  intelli- 
gently followed  without  some  knowledge  of  the  islands  and 
their  people.  It  is  also  evident  that,  for  other  reasons,  all 
that  pertains  to  the  country  and  its  inhabitants  is  at  this  time 
of  deep  concern  to  the  people  of  the  United  States;  while  no 
argument  will  be  made  upon  questions  of  public  policy,  the 
facts  set  forth  herein  may  be  of  benefit  to  those  seeking  a 
judicious  solution  of  the  vexed  questions  arising  from  our 
occupation;  and  while  the  moral  and  intellectual  worth  of  the 
islanders  is  of  grave  consideration  to  those  seeking  their 
betterment,  the  material  conditions  and  possibilities  of  the  country  will  be 
important  factors  in  shaping  our  policy  with  regard  to  it. 

All  that  will  be  attempted,  however,  is  a brief  statement  of  the  essential  facts, 
leaving  the  reader  to  pursue  such  further  research  into  non-essentials  he  may 
desire.  While  the  descriptive  matter  is  necessarily  brief,  it  will  be  found  well 
supplemented  by  the  various  maps,  charts  and  illustrations. 

The  Philippine  Islands  (so  called  in  honor  of  Philip  II  of  Spain)  extend  over 
an  area  of  about  one  thousand  miles  north  and  south,  and  six  hundred  miles  east 
and  west.  The  number  of  islands  is  variously  estimated  at  from  four  hundred  to 
two  thousand.  Of  these  many  are  unknown  even  by  name,  and  of  those  enumer- 
ated many  are  wholly  or  in  great  part  unexplored.  All  of  the  present  maps  and 
charts  of  the  islands  are  very  defective,  even  those  which  relate  to  the  harbors, 
the  bays,  and  the  coast  line.  The  value  of  each  island  to  the  group,  or  of  that  of 
the  group  to  the  world,  can  at  best  be  but  imperfectly  understood  until  their 
interiors  are  better  explored,  and  the  numerous  bays,  harbors  and  channels 
properly  surveyed.  The  maps  and  charts  give  substantially  the  location  of  the 
archipelago,  or  group,  in  reference  to  the  seas  and  the  continents.  These  should  be 
considered  in  connection  with  a study  of  established  steamship  lines  to  or  near  the 
islands. 

Some  twenty  islands  are  named  as  being  considered  the  chief  in  size  and 
importance,  the  principal  of  which  is  Euzon,  upon  which  Manila  is  situated. 
Their  particular  specification  will  not  add  to  the  value  of  this  summary.  Their 
estimated  area  is  114,356  square  miles.  Luzon  has  41,000  square  miles,  Min- 
danao has  37,500  square  miles,  and  five  of  the  others  have  over  10,000  square 
miles  each.  Luzon  has  been  compared  to  the  State  of  Virginia  in  size,  and  that 
of  the  group  to  Arizona. 

PHYSICAL  ASPECTS. 

The  physical  aspect  of  these  islands  is  of  interest.  Throughout  the  group 
there  is  a mountain  system  with  a trend  north  and  south,  with  occasional  deflec- 
tions. From  sources  in  these  mountain  ranges  Spring  a great  multitude  of  rivers 
and  rivulets,  which  make  their  outlet  into  the  sea.  In  these,  cascades,  cataracts 


Cauipaig)iiii<^  in  the  Philippines. 


2()0 


and  rushing  torrents  are  very  common.  Between  the  ridges,  and  along  the 
streams  are  found  alluvial  deposits,  which  broaden  and  widen  as  they  approach 
the  sea,  until,  in  the  region  of  their  mouths,  they  constitute  a vast  plain,  unsur- 
passed for  fertility  and  productiveness.  But  it  must  not  be  inferred  that  this 
excellence  of  soil  is  restricted  to  the  plains;  rank  vegetation  and  towering  hard- 
wood trees  cover  the  major  part  of  these  ranges  to  their  summits.  There  is  a gro- 
tesque grandeur  in  the  scene.  The  abrupt  declivities,  the  precipitous  walls,  the 
rugged,  towering  pinnacles  and  peaks,  are  exhibitions  of  Nature  in  its  wildest 
aspects.  There  is  Mindanao,  a wonder  and  surprise  throughout  the  whole 
10,000  feet  of  elevation  from  the  sea  to  the  summit  of  Apo.  This  is  likewise 
true  of  Halcon  in  Mindoro,  8900  feet,  and  also  Mayon,  in  Luzon,  over  8000 
feet.  This  last  is  well  known  to  have  been  a volcano,  and  not  long  since  in 
violent  action;  in  fact  the  whole  region  may  be  said  to  be  a land  of  extinct  vol- 
canoes, giving  evidences  of  the  most  destructive  eruptions.  The  latest  convulsions 
are  those  noted  as  occurring  in  1863  and  in  1880,  when  the  destruction  was  great 
in  Manila.  In  1627  one  of  the  most  elevated  mountains  in  the  province  of  Cagayan 
disappeared,  and  in  1675  a passage  was  made  to  the  sea  on  the  Island  of 
Mindoro,  from  which  a vast  plain  emerged. 


EARLY  HISTORY  UNKNOWN. 


But  little  is  known  of  the  origin  and  early  history  of  the  inhabitants  of 
these  islands.  Their  traditions,  which  should  give  us  some  clew,  appear, 
under  the  educational  influences  of  the  Catholic  clergy,  to  have  been  sup- 
pressed, changed,  or  inex- 
tricably intermingled 
with  inventions  of  the 
friars  themselves.  It 
is  believed  that  the 
original  type  is 
found  in  the  Aetas 
or  Negritos,  a 
species  of  dwarfish 
blacks  now  found 
in  the  mountain 
regions  of  Luzon 
and  Negros,  but 
fast  becoming  extinct. 
Large  areas  in  the  interior, 
NATivKs  GRINDING  RICE.  howovor,  ave  inhabited  by  the 

savage  natives,  of  whom  but  little  is  known.  Their  number  is  unknown,  but 
from  the  best  information  obtainable,  is  supposed  to  approximate  one  million. 
All  estimates,  however,  of  the  total  population  are  conjectural,  as  there  has 
never  been  a complete  or  reliable  census  of  the  islands.  The  estimates  vary, 
and  range  from  eight  to  ten  millions.  We  should  judge  from  the  density  of  the 
population  of  the  provinces  best  known — a tabulated  statement  of  a few  of  which 
is  subjoined — that  the  above  total  is  rather  under  than  over  the  actual  number. 


Cauipai^iiijio-  in  the  Philippines. 


2()1 


The  population  of  the  best  known  provinces  is  exceedingly  mixed.  Malays 
predominate  largely,  and  with  these  are  found  Aetas,  Negritos  (pure  blacks), 
Chinese,  Japanese,  Indies,  Moors  and  Europeans,  and  every  conceivable  shade  of 
intermixture.  It  is  estimated  there  are  quite  as  many  different  tribes  as  islands, 
and  that  at  least  five  hundred  different  languages  and  dialects  are  spoken.  It 
may  be  said  generally  of  the  inhabitants  that  they  are  amenable  to  government, 
that  the  Malays  are  superior  to  many  other  Asiatics,  and  that  they  are  honest, 
honorable,  and  readily  yield  obedience  to  better  influences. 


POUTICAIv  SUBDIVISIONS. 


A province  under  the  Spanish  dominion  was  a division  of  land,  with  a capital 
and  government  of  its  own,  but  all  subordinate  to  the  Governor-General  at  Manila. 
Luzon  had  thirty-five  of  these  subordinate  provinces,  as  follows : 


PROVINCE 

Abra 

Albay  

Amburayan  .... 

Apayaos  

Bataan 

Batangas  

Benguet  

Binatangan 

Bontoc 

Bulacan 

Cabugavon 

Cagayan  

Camarines 

Cavite 

Cayapa  

Ilocos  Norte 

Ilocos  Sur 

Infanta 

Isabela  de  Lnzon 

Itaves 

Laguna  

Lepanto  

Manila 

Morong 

Nueva  Ecija  .... 
Nueva  Vizcaya  . . 

Pampanga 

Pangasinan 

Principe 

Quiangan 

Tarlac 

Tayabas  

Tiagan 

Union  (La.) 

Zambales 


POPULATION 

49,702  . 

29(),850  . 

30,150 
6,000  . 
52,000  . 

212,192  . 

15,932  , 


24,502 

230,000 


112,357 

185,878 

133,926 


156,900 

172,836 

10,200 

46,846 

15,208 

177.000 
19,422 

400,238 

42,748 

155.000 
23,520 

250.000 
295,105 

5,000 

29,800 

97,947 

105,576 

3,041 

119,421 

87,641 


CAPITAL 

Bangued 

Albay 

Alilen 

Bagubagu 

Balanga 

Batangas 

La  Trinidad 

Binatangan 

Bontoc 

Bulacan 

Cabugavon 

Tuguegarao 

Nueva  Caceres 

Cavite 

Cayapa 

Laoag 

Vigan 

Binangonan  de  Lampon 

Hagan 

Macogao 

Santa  Cruz 

Cervantes 

Manila 

Morong 

San  Isidro 

Bayombong 

Bacolor 

Lingayen 

Baler 

Quiangan 

Tarlac 

Tayabas 

San  Emilio 

San  Fernando 

Iba 


The  province  of  Manila,  the  seat  of  the  general  government,  has  an  area  of 
264  square  miles,  and  a population  of  over  400,000.  Manila  proper,  or  Old  Manila, 
contained  a population,  previous  to  the  war,  of  110,000.  The  main  part  of  the 


CampaignUig  in  the  Philippines. 


2()2 


population  of  the  locality  known  as  Manila  was  in  the  suburbs,  chief  of  which 
were:  Pueblo,  Binondo,  San  Jose,  Santa  Cruz,  with  fifteen  wards  ; Quiapo,  with 
two  wards  ; San  Miguel,  with  seven  wards  ; Sampaloc,  with  thirty-nine  wards, 
and  Tondo,  with  eighteen  wards.  All  of  these  suburbs  are  easy  of  access,  and  in 
them  are  centered  the  chief  mercantile  transactions  of  the  islands,  while  not  only  in 
business,  but  in  most  of  their  attractions,  they  far  outrank  Old  Manila.  The  total 
distance  east  and  west,  in  a direct  line  through  Manila,  is  miles,  and  total  dis- 
tance north  and  south,  4^  miles. 

The  following  are  the  chief  cities  and  towns  of  the  province : 


NAME 

*Caloocan 

Dilao 

Ermita 

Las  Pinas 

Malate 

Malabon  or  Tambobong 

Malibay 

Mariquina 

fMontalban 

Muntinlupa 

Navotas 

Pandacan  

Paranaque 

Pasig 

Pateros 

Pineda  

San  Felipe  Neri 

San  Juan  del  Monte  . . . . 

San  Mateo 

San  Pedro  Macati 

Santa  Ana 

Taguig 


POPULATION  DISTANCE  FROM  MANILA 

9,843  5 miles  from  city  limits 

4,625  3 miles  from  city  limits 

4,726  miles  from  city  limits 

4,000  8 miles  from  city  limits 

2,319  Yi  mile  from  city  limits 

. 25,000  6 miles  from  city  limits 

2,890  4 miles  from  city  limits 

. 10,313  7 miles  from  city  limits 

3,055  16  miles  from  city  limits 

5,068  21  miles  from  city  limits 

9,154  6X  miles  from  city  limits 

. 2,446  2 miles  from  city  limits 

. 9,863  6J^  miles  from  city  limits 

. 22,000  7 miles  from  city  limits 

2,842  3 miles  from  city  limits 

9,825  3j^  miles  from  city  limits 

5,465  2j^  miles  from  city  limits 

2,011  2 miles  from  city  limits 

. 6,700  17  miles  from  city  limits 

3,921  3 miles  from  city  limits 

2,194  3 miles  from  city  limits 

9,662  9^  miles  from  city  limits 


* The  distances  given  are  calculated  from  the  Walled  City  or  Old  Manila 
t With  highway  to  Caloocan. 


Cavite  is  the  capital  of  the  province  of  Cavite.  The  province  has  an  area  of 
480  square  miles,  and  within  this  is  a population  of  133,926.  It  is  contiguous  to, 
and  closely  identified  with,  Manila  in  its  enterprises.  The  towns  and  cities  range 
from  1000  to  15,000  in  population.  Bulacan,  the  capital  of  the  province  of  Bulacan, 
has  a population  of  13,186,  distant  22  miles  from  Manila.  The  area  of  the  prov- 
ince is  965  square  miles,  and  it  has  a total  population  of  230,000.  This  is  one  of 
the  richest  provinces  in  the  archipelago,  and  maintains  a variety  of  industries, 
agricultural,  manufacturing,  and  commercial.  The  cities  are  in  close  proximity 
to  each  other,  with  good  means  of  communication. 

Close  at  hand,  and  north  of  Manila  province,  is  the  province  of  Pampanga;  it 
has  an  area  of  787  square  miles,  and  a population  of  250,000,  distributed  among 
22  pueblos  and  329  barios.  Bacolor,  the  capital,  has  a population  of  10,642,  and 
is  situated  47  miles  from  Manila.  The  pueblos  or  cities  range  in  population 
from  3000  to  20,000,  and  are  distant  from  each  other  and  the  capital  from  1 to  20 
miles.  The  foregoing  will  suffice  to  illustrate  the  distribution  of  the  great  bulk 
of  the  population  of  the  Island  of  Luzon. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


2():] 


THE  VISAYAS. 


Constituting  a part  of  the  Philippine  system  is  a group  of  islands  known  as  the 
Visayas,  which  have  long  been  famous  for  their  fertility  and  productiveness,  and 
here  is  found  a veritable  mass  of  humanity.  Up  to  the  present  time,  except  at 
Iloilo,  and  slight  disturbances  in  the  Islands  of  Negros  and  Cebu,  there  has 
been  no  special  opposition  to  American  control. 

The  population  can  be  better  enumerated  by  the  provinces  as  follows: 


PROVINCE 

Antique 

Bohol 

Capiz 

Cebu 

Concepcion 

Iloilo 

Leyte 

Negros  Occidentales 
Negros  Orientates . . 

Romblon 

Samar 


POPULATION  CAPITAL 

119,35ti  San  Jose  de  Buenavista 

247,745  Tagbilaran 

189,171  Capiz 

504,076  Cebu 

19,342  Concepcion 

472,798  Iloilo 

270,491  Tacloban 

226,995  Bacolod 

94,782  Duniaguete 

38,633  Romblon 

200,753  Catbalogan 


Three  of  these  provinces  are  on  the  Island  of  Panay,  viz.,  Capiz,  Iloilo,  and 
Antique;  and,  as  the  table  shows,  their  total  population  is  781,325,  while  the  area 
is  4540  square  miles.  The  province  of  Iloilo  is  99  miles  in  length  by  27  miles  in 
width.  Iloilo,  the  capital,  is  355  miles  from  Manila,  and  has  a population  of 
10,380.  The  distribution  of  the  population  may  be  set  down  as  follows: 


NAME 

Alimodian  . . . . 

Anilao 

Arevalo 

Ban  ate 

Barotac  Nuevo 
Barotac  Viejo  . 
Buenavista  . . . 

Cabatuan 

Calinog  

Cordoba  

Dingle 

Duenas 

Dumangas  . . . . 

Guimbal 

Igbaras  

Janinay 

Jaro 

Lambuano  . . . . 

Leganes 

Leon 

Lucena 

Maasin 

Manduriao . . . . 

Miagas 

Mina 

Molo 


POPULATION  DISTANCE  P'ROM  ILOILO 

11,837  12  miles 

2,699  12  miles 

3,594  4 miles 

6,764  31  miles 

. 11,805  

5,590  32  miles 

3,497  1 mile 

18,177  13  miles 

8,866  23  miles 

2,744  2 miles 

11,000  21  miles 

7,130  28  miles 

. 14,114  24  miles 

10,958  18  miles 

12,140  24  miles 

. 28,738  3 miles 

9,482  

. 7,989  21  miles 

2,875  6 miles 

13,950  16  miles 

6,511  7 miles 

9,674  

6,749  4 miles 

. 22,100  24  miles 

. 4,357  

. 9,547  


2()4 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippuies. 


N A M E 

Nagaba  

Oton 

I^assi  

Pavia 

Paz  (La.) 

Pototaii 

San  Dioiiisio.  , 
San  Enrique  . 
San  Joaquin  . 
San  Miguel . . , 
Santa  Barbara 

Sara 

Tigbauan 

Tubugan 

Zarraga 


POPULATION  DISTANCE  FROM  ILOILO 

8,000  5 miles 

13,3()3  7 miles 

13,802  

10,221  6 miles 

3,641  mile 

14,512  18  miles 

1,782  

. 3,015  27  miles 

13,918  34  miles 

7.300  9 miles 

13,000  16  miles 

10,950  75  miles 

9,109  7 miles 

4.368  31  miles 

5,208  8 miles 


The  province  of  Cebu  comprises  the  island  of  that  name.  The  capital,  Cebu, 
has  a population  of  35,243,  and  is  distant  from  Manila  460  miles;  the  area  is  2090 
square  miles,  and  population,  as  before  stated,  504,076.  The  city  and  locality  of 
Cebu  long  ranked  Manila  in  importance,  and  is  now  considered  the  most  import- 
ant of  the  Visayas.  On  account  of  its  varied  industries,  commercial  facilities  and 
numerous  inhabitants,  it  may  be  fitly  termed  the  mercantile  center  of  the  islands. 
The  following  indicates  the  distribution  of  population: 


NAME 

Alcantara 

Alcoy  

Alegria 

Aloguinsan 

Argao 

Asturias 

Badian 

Balamban 

Bantayan 

Barili 

Bogo 

Boljoon 

Carcar  

Carmen 

Catman  

Compostela  . . . , 
Consolacion  . , . 

Cordoba  

Daan  Bantayan 
Dalaguete  .... 

Danao  

Dunianjug 

Ginatilan 

Liloan 

Malabuyoc 

Mandaue 

Medellin  

Minglanilla  . . . 
Moalboal 


POPULATION 

. 4,080 

. 5,040 

. 11,460 

. 3,993 

. 34,050 

. 6,000 
. 9,409 

. 9,610 

. 10,016 
. 20,914 

. 16,350 

. 7,413 

. 30,300 

. 6,673 

. 6,098 

. 4,393 

. 4,616  , 

. 5,009 

. 8,530 

. 21,323 

. 15,483 

. 13,171  , 

. 12,144 

. 8,380 

. 13,113 

. 15,307  , 

. 8,221 
. 6,310 

9,509 


DISTANCE  FROM  CEBU 


44  miles 
90  miles 


33  miles- 
109  miles 

51  miles 
43  miles 
62  miles 

52  miles 
69  miles 
57  miles 
23  miles 
25  miles 


7 miles 


103  miles 
49  miles 
4 miles 
42  miles 


83  miles 
41  miles 


5 miles 


NAME 

Naga 

Nueva  Caceres  . 

Opon  

Oslob 

Pardo  (Bl.) 

Pilar 

Pina  Mungajan 

Poro 

Samboan 

San  Fernando . . 
San  Francisco , . 
San  Nicolas . . . . 
San  Remigio  . . . 

Santa  Fe 

Santander 

Sibonga 

Sogod  

Tabogon 

Talambang 

Talisay 

Toledo 

Tuburan 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines.  2(15 

POPULATION  DISTANCE  PROM  CEBU 

10,926  11  miles 

3,339  42  miles 

11,506  9 miles 

6,013  78  miles 

10,647  

4,268  38  miles 

5,378  

7,000  

10,422  68  miles 

12,155  9 miles 

6,567  

17,800  

6,192  69  miles 

3,102  

4,686  88  miles 

23,455  31  miles 

6,719  

8,631  

6,226  1 mile 

19,000  6 miles 

10,922  39  miles 

10,760  51  miles 


THE  SULU  ARCHIPBIvAGO. 

South  of  this  group  in  the  Philippine  system,  are  the  Sulu  Islands  or 
archipelago.  The  natives  here  are  less  civilized  than  those  of  Tuzon  and  the 
Visayas,  and  while  they  have  warlike  proclivities  they  are  wanting  in  many  of  the 
qualities  of  the  barbarian.  Of  the  Mangayans, — there  are  two  distinct  types,  the 
highland  and  the  lowland.  The  lowlanders  for  centuries  have  felt  the  contact  of 
civilization,  and  morally,  physically  and  intellectually,  it  has  been  to  their 
detriment.  The  highlanders  have  had  less  intercourse  with  the  white  races; 
and  as  a race  they  are  physically  superior,  having  a well  defined  moral  code,  a 
due  regard  for  the  virtues  of  sex,  the  sacredness  of  the  marriage  relation,  and  the 
obligations  to  offspring;  they  are  both  brave  and  honest.  A certain  wild 
domesticity,  sacredly  observant  of  home  and  family  ties,  and  scrupulous  in  regard 
to  the  higher  virtues  of  life,  permeates  the  life  of  the  pure  native  Filipino  wherever 
found ; and  it  would  seem  that  no  race  with  such  characteristics  could  be  essentially 
vicious  or  take  delight  in  the  atrocities  of  the  barbarian.  The  native  learns  easily 
and  readily  takes  to  books,  education,  mechanics  and  the  arts.  Such  a nature 
ruust  be  susceptible  to  the  good  with  which  it  comes  in  contact.  How  much  then, 
of  what  he  now  is,  is  due  to  Spanish  misrule,  and  now,  divested  of  that,  what  will 
the  Filipino  be  or  soon  become?  It  is  this  question  with  which  some  of  the  best 
of  our  countrymen  are  so  greatly  concerned  to-day.  There  may  be  those  who  hold 
that  in  national  affairs  “public  good  makes  public  right,”  but  with  the  majority  is 
the  desire  that  justice  shall  be  done.  Tooking  at  the  great  admixture  of  races  the 
wonder  is  that  any  special  type  should  remain.  It  would  be  interesting  to  study 
in  detail  the  effects  of  the  curious  intermingling  of  races  which  has  taken  place  in 
these  islands,  but  for  want  of  space  we  must  pass  over  a long  period  of  bigotry  and 


26G 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippmes. 


superstition,  of  burdens  and  exactions,  to  a time  when  we  see  the  primitive 
Filipino;  then  place  him  in  comparison  and  contrast  with  the  Filipino  of  the 
present. 

AN  EARLY  ACCOUNT  OF  THE  ISLANDS. 


De  Morga,  a writer  and  author,  whose  work  appeared  about  1609,  wrote 
extensively  on  the  Philippine  Islands.  His  position  in  their  government,  and  his 
reputation,  makes  his  work  credible.  De  Morga  Street,  in  Manila,  was  named 
after  him.  The  following  are  largely  paraphrases  or  excerpts  from  his  book: 

“ The  people  who  inhabit  this  great  Island  of  Luzon,  both  in  the  maritime 
districts  and  in  the  interior  of  Camarines  province,  are  of  middling  stature,  of  the 
color  of  boiled  quinces  ; well  featured,  both  men  and  women  ; the  hair  very 
black,  scanty  beard;  of  a clever  disposition  for  anything  they  undertake  ; sharp. 

All  live  by  their  labor, 
trade ; navigating  by 
island,  and  going  from 
another  by  land.  The 
provinces  of  this 
jmn,  are  of  the  same 
cept  that  it  is  known 
of  Manila  and  its 
natives  of  the  island, 
and  settled  there  in 
they  were  Malays, 
and  remote  provinces 
the  Island  of  Luzon, 
of  natives  of  a black 
hair  ; men  and  women 
though  strong  and 
These  men  are  bar- 
capacity  ; they  have 
dwellings;  they  go  in 
the  mountains  and 
ing  their  abode  accord- 


choleric  and  resolute, 
gains,  fishing  and 
sea  from  island  to 
one  province  to 
natives  of  the  other 
island,  as  far  as  Caga- 
sort  and  quality,  ex- 
by  tradition  that  those 
neighborhood  were  not 
but  had  come  to  it 
bygone  times,  and  that 
natives  of  other  islands 
in  various  parts 
There  are  a number 
color,  with  tangled 
not  very  tall  in  stature, 
with  good  limbs, 
barians  and  of  little 
no  houses  nor  settled 
tribes,  and  bivouac  in 


A FILIPINO  BELLE. 


craggy  ground,  chang- 
ing to  the  season  from  one  place  to  another,  maintaining  themselves  with  some 
little  tillage  and  sowing  of  rice,  which  they  do  temporarily  ; and  the  game  which 
they  shoot  with  their  bows,  with  which  they  are  very  dexterous  and  good 
marksmen  ; also  with  mountain  honey,  and  roots  which  grow  in  the  earth. 
They  are  a barbarous  people,  with  whom  there  is  no  security ; inclined  to 
murder,  and  to  attack  the  towns  of  other  natives,  where  they  do  great  rriischief ; 
without  its  having  been  possible  to  take  effective  measures  to  prevent  them,  either 
to  reduce  them  to  subjection  or  to  bring  them  to  a state  of  peace,  although  it  is 
always  attempted,  by  good  or  evil  means,  as  the  opportunity  or  necessity  demands. 

‘ ‘ The  province  of  Cagayan  is  inhabited  by  natives  of  the  same  color  as  the 
other  inhabitants  of  the  island,  though  of  better  shaped  bodies,  and  more  valiant 
and  warlike  than  the  rest.  Their  hair  is  long,  hanging  down  over  their  shoulders. 


Campaigning  in  the  JViilippines. 


2()7 


They  have  been  in  rebellion  and  insurrection  twice  since  they  were  reduced  to 
submission,  and  there  has  been  much  work  on  different  occasions  to  subject  them 

The  costume  and  dress  of  these  inhabitants  of  lyuzon, 
before  the  Spanish  entered  the  country,  usually  consisted, 
for  men — coats  of  Congan,  with  collars  sewed  together 
in  front,  with  short  sleeves,  coming  a little  below  the 
waist  ; some  blue,  others  black,  and  a few  of  varied  colors 
for  the  chief  men  ; these  they  call  Chininas,  A colored 
wrapper  is  folded  at  the  waist  and  between  the  legs,  so  as 
to  cover  their  middles  and  half  way  down  the  thigh; 
these  they  call  Bahaques.  Their  legs  bare  and  their  feet 
unshod,  their  head  is  uncovered  save  for  a narrow  cloth 
wrapped  around  it,  with  which  they  bind  the  forehead 
and  temples,  called  a Potong.  Chains  of  gold  wound 
around  the  neck,  worked  like  sperm  wax,  and  with  links 
in  our  fashion,  some  larger  than  others.  Bracelets  on  the 
arms,  which  they  call  Calombigas,  made  of  gold,  very 
thick  and  of  different  patterns,  and  some  with  strings 
of  stones,  carnelians  and  agates;  and  others,  blue  and 
white  stones,  which  are  much  esteemed  amongst  them  ; 
and  for  garters  on  their  legs,  some  strings  of  these 
stones  and  some  cords  pitched  and  black,  wound  round  many  times. 

“ In  one  province  which  they  call  Zambals,  they  wear  the  front  half  of  the 
head  shaved,  and  on  the  skull  a great  lock  of  loose  hair.  The  women  in  the 
whole  of  this  island  wear  little  frocks,  with  the  sleeves  of  the  same  stuffs  and  of 
all  colors,  which  they  call  Varas,  without  shifts,  but  they  have  white  cotton 
wraps,  folded  from  the  waist  downwards  to  the  feet,  and  other  colored  garments 
fitting  the  body  like  cloaks,  which  are  very  graceful.  The  great  ladies  wear 
crimson,  and  some  have  silk  and  other  stuffs  woven  with  gold,  and  edged  with 
fringes  and  other  ornaments.  Many  wear  gold  chains  around  the  neck.  Cal- 
ombigas  (bracelets)  on  the  wrists  and  thick  earrings  of  gold  in  the  ears,  rings 
on  the  fingers  of  gold  and  precious  stones.  The  hair  is  black,  and  tied 
gracefully  with  a knot  on  the  back  of  the  head. 

‘ ‘ Since  the  Spaniards  have  been  in  the  country 
many  of  the  natives  do  not  wear  Bahaques,  (waist 
cloths)  but  wide  drawers  of  the  same  stuffs,  and 
wrappers — and  hats  on  their  heads.  The  chiefs 
wear  braids  of  beaten  gold,  and  of  various  work- 
manships, and  use  shoes.  The  great  ladies  also 
are  daintily  shod,  many  of  them  with  shoes  of 
velvet  embroidered  with  gold,  and  white  robes  like 
petticoats.  Men  and  women,  and  especially  the 
great  people,  are  very  cleanly  and  elegant  in  their  person  and  dress,  and  of 
goodly  mien  and  grace.  They  take  great  care  of  their  hair,  rejoicing  in  its 
being  very  black.  They  wash  it  with  the  boiled  rind  of  a tree,  which  they 
call  Gogo,  and  they  anoint  it  with  oil  of  sesame,  prepared  with  musk  and 


and  pacify  them  again. 


MARKKT  WOMEN. 


268 


CaDipaigmng  m the  Philippines. 


other  perfumes.  All  take  much  care  of  their  teeth,  and  from  tender  age  they 
file  and  make  them  equal  in  size  with  stones  and  instruments,  and  they  give 
them  a black  color  which  is  perpetual,  and  which  they  preserve  until  they  are 

very  old.  They  very  generally  bathe  their 
whole  bodies  in  the  rivers  and  creeks.  They 
say  it  is  one  of  the  chief  medicines  with 
which  they  are  acquainted.  When  a little 
child  is  born  they  immediately  bathe  it,  and 
the  mother  likewise.  The  women  have,  for 
their  employment  and  occupation,  needle 
work,  in  which  they  excel  very  much,  as  in 
all  kinds  of  sewing.  They  weave  coverings 
NATIVE  FRUIT  STAND.  and  Spill  cotton,  and  serve  in  the  houses  of 

their  husbands  and  fathers.  They  pound  the  rice  for  their  meals,  and  prepare 
the  other  victuals.  They  rear  fowls  and  suckling  pigs,  and  take  care  of  the 
houses,  while  the  men  are  attending  to  the  labors  in  the  fields,  their  fishing, 
voyages  and  gains.  In  their  visits,  and  in  going  about  the  streets  and  to  the 
temples,  both  men  and  women,  and  especially  the  principal  ones,  walk  very 
slowly,  and  pay  attention  to  their  steps,  and  with  a large  following  of  male 
and  female  slaves,  and  with  silk  parasols,  which  they  carry  as  a protection 
against  sun  and  rain.  The  ladies  go  in  front,  with  their  maids  and  slaves,  and 
behind  them  their  husbands,  fathers  and  brothers,  with  their  servants  and  slaves. 

“ Their  ordinary  food  is  rice,  ground  in  wooden  mortars  and  boiled,  which  is 
called  Morisqueta.  This  is  the  ordinary  bread  of  all  the  country.  Boiled  fish,  of 
which  there  is  great  abundance,  is  a favorite  food,  and  flesh  of  swine,  deer  and 
wild  buffalo,  which  they  call  Carabaos.  They  also  eat  boiled  Camotes,  which  are 
sweet  potatoes;  French  beans,  Quitites,  and  other  vegetables.  All  sorts  of  plan- 
tains, guavas,  pineapples,  custard  apples,  oranges  of  various  sorts,  and  other  kinds 
of  fruit  and  vegetables;  in  these  the  country  abounds.  What  is  used  for  drink  is 
a wine  made  from  the  tops  of  cocoanut  palms  and  nipa  trees,  of  which  there  is  a 
great  abundance,  and  they  are  grown  and  cultivated  like  vines,  though  with  less 
labor  and  tillage.  When  the  sap  is  taken  from  the  palm  they  distil  it  in  retorts 
with  their  little  stoves  and  instruments  of  a greater  or  less  strength,  and  it 
becomes  spirits,  and  this  is  drunk  in  all  the  islands.  It  is  a very  clear  wine,  like 
water,  but  strong  and  dry,  and  if  it  is  used  in  moderation,  it  is  medicine  for  the 
stomach;  when  mixed  with  the  wine  of  Spain  it  becomes  a sweet  liquor,  and  is 
very  wholesome. 

“ The  weapons  of  these  people  are  in  some  provinces  bows  and  arrows,  but  in 
general,  throughout  the  isles,  they  use  lances  with  well  made  blades,  of  a 
middling  size,  and  shields  of  light  wood,  with  their  hands  fixed  on  the  inside, 
which  cover  them  from  head  to  foot,  which  they  call  Carasas.  At  the  waist  a 
dagger  four  inches  wide,  the  blade  ending  in  a point,  and  a third  of  a yard  in 
length;  the  hilt  of  gold  or  ivory;  the  pommel  open,  with  two  cross  bars  or  projec- 
tions, without  any  other  guard;  they  are  called  Bararoes,  and  are  two-edged;  held 
in  sheaths  of  wood  or  buffalo  horn,  elegantly  worked;  with  these  they  strike  with 
the  point,  but  more  usually  with  the  edge.  They  are  very  dexterous;  when  they 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


2()<) 


reach  their  adversary,  if  they  lay  hold  of  his  hair  with  one  hand,  with  the  other, 
at  one  blow  they  often  cut  off  his  head.  Since  they  have  seen  Spaniards  use  their 
arms,  many  of  them  handle  arequebuses  and  muskets  very  dexterously.  Before 
this  time  they  had  small  brass  cannon,  and  other  pieces  of  iron  cast,  with  which 
they  defended  their  forts  and  towns,  though  their  powder  was  not  as  fine  as  that 
of  the  Spaniards. 

“Their  boats  and  ships  were  of  many  kinds,  for  on  the  rivers  and  creeks  within 
the  country  they  used  canoes  made  of  one  very  large  tree  and  others  with  benches 
made  of  planks  and  built  with  keels;  also  Vireys  and  Barangays,  which  are 
vessels  very  swift  and  light,  and  low  in  the  water,  joined  together  with  wooden 
bolts ; as  slender  at  the  stern  as  at  the  bow,  which  contained  many  rowers  on  both 
sides,  who  with  Buzeyes  or  paddles  and  with  oars,  rowed  outside  the  vessel,  timing 
their  rowing  to  the  sound  of  some  who  kept  singing  in  their  language,  things  to 
the  purpose,  by  which  they  understood  whether  they  were  to  hasten  or  retard  their 
rowing.  Above  the  rowers  there  was  a bailior,  or  gangway,  upon  which  the 
fighting  men  stood  without  embarassing  the  crew  of  rowers.  These  were  built 
with  out-riggers,  to  prevent  sinking  or  capsizing,  and  carried  sails.  Another  craft, 
of  larger  proportions,  and  differently  constructed,  was  in  use  for  freighting  between 
the  islands.  Some  of  the  fighting  ships  could  carry  one  hundred  and  fifty  men.” 

THE  VISAYAS  IN  F:ARkY  TIMES. 

As  to  the  inhabitants  of  the  Visayas,  the  narration  says; — “The  Bisayas,  also 
called  Pintadoes,  are  thickly  peopled  with  natives.  All  the  inhabitants  of  these 
islands,  both  men  and  women,  are  well  featured  and  of  a good  disposition,  and 
more  well  conditioned,  and  of  more  noble  conduct,  than  the  inhabitants  of  the  Isle 
of  Tuzon  and  other  neighboring  isles.  They  are  different  from  them  in  their 
hair,  which  the  men  wear  cut  in  a cue  like  the  ancient  Spanish  fashion,  and  their 
bodies  painted  with  many  designs,  without  touching  the  face.  They  wear  very 
large  earrings  of  gold  and  ivory,  and  bracelets  of  the  same  material ; their  head 
dresses  are  twisted  around  their  heads  like  turbans,  with  graceful  knots  and  much 
striped  with  gold;  jackets  with  light  sleeves,  without  collars;  with  skirts  half 
way  down  the  legs,  fastened  in  front,  of  Medrinaqve  and  colored  silks.  They  do 
not  wear  shirts  nor  drawers,  but  Bahaques  of 
many  folds,  so  that  their  middles  are  covered 
when  they  take  off  the  jackets  and  skirts. 

“The  women  are  good  looking  and  pleas- 
ing, very  elegant  and  slow  in  their  gait ; 
their  hair  black  and  long,  and  tied  upon 
the  head ; their  wrappers  are  twisted  around 
the  waist,  and  hang  down  over  them;  they 
are  of  all  colors,  and  their  jackets  of  the 
same,  without  collars.  They  all  go,  men  and  camp  lifk. 

women,  without  cloaks  or  other  covering,  and  barefoot,  with  much  adorning  of  gold 
chains,  earrings,  and  wrought  bracelets.  Their  weapons  are  long  knives  curved 
like  alfanges,  lances  and  shields.  They  use  the  same  boats  as  the  people  of  Luzon. 
They  have  the  same  labors,  fruits  and  occupations,  as  all  the  other  islands.” 


270 


Cat)ipaigiiing  in  the  Philippines. 


The  Island  of  Cebu  was  inhabited  by  the  same  class  of  natives,  and  abounded 
in  provisions,  mines  and  gold  washings.  On  the  Island  of  Panay  were  some  large 
rich  towns,  and  stocks  for  building  ships  of  large  size,  and  a great  plenty  of  timber 

for  construction.  There  was  also 
great  abundance  of  rice,  palm  wine 
and  provisions.  The  natives  were 
skilled  shipbuilders,  and  close  by 
was  a small  islet  where  the  natives 
were  all  carpenters  and  fine  work- 
men, following  no  other  employ- 
ment. This  was  the  Island  of  the 
Cagayans.  All  of  the  islands  were 
thickly  inhabited;  the  people  indus- 
trious, pursuing  different  avoca- 
tions, such  as  tilling  the  soil,  fishing,  shipbuilding,  stock  raising  and  trading. 
Their  language  was  the  same,  and  they  communicated  by  speech  and  writing,  and 
in  this  had  letters  and  characters  of  their  own,  which  resembled  those  of  the 
Arabic.  The  writing  was  mostly  done  on  the  leaf  of  a tree. 

The  language  of  the  natives  of  Luzon,  and  neighborhood,  was  unlike  that  of 
the  Visayas.  There  were  many  different  languages  in  Luzon.  That  of  the 
Tagals  in  the  province  of  Manila  was  elegant,  copious,  and  abundant,  and  was 
not  difficult  to  learn  or  pronounce.  In  all  the  islands  they  wrote  well,  using 
characters  something  like  Greek  or  Arabic.  There  were  fifteen  letters  used,  three 
were  vowels,  the  rest  consonants.  They  wrote  from  right  to  left  in  the  Arabic 
fashion  and  there  were  very  few  who  did  not  write  well  and  correctly. 

The  houses  of  these  natives  were  fixed,  and  all  built  on  a similar 
method  or  plan,  the  purpose  being  to  avoid  the  torridity  of  the  climate,  and 
anno3mnces  of  the  vermin  and  rats.  These  houses  were  built  up  on  piles, 
there  being  sufficient  space  between  the  ground  and  the  first  floor  for  the  fowls  and 
animals ; the  roof  was  thatched  with  palm  leaf,  which  is  considered  much  more 
effective  in  resisting  sun  and  rain  than  shingles  or  tiles.  Ascent  was  made  to  the 
living  apartments  by  ladders. 

ANCIENT  FORM  OF  GOVERNMENT. 

They  had  a well  defined  form  of  government,  which  not  only  made  provision 
for  its  permanence,  but  also  for  the  social  well-being  and  protection  of  the  prop- 
erty and  person  of  the  subject. 

De  Morga  says,  of  the  government  existing  at  the  time  of  the  Spanish  invasion  : 
“There  were  neither  kings  nor  rulers  who  governed  after  the  manner  of  other 
kingdoms  and  provinces,  but  in  each  island  and  province  the  natives  recognized 
many  of  their  number  as  chiefs,  some  greater  than  others,  and  each  one  with  his 
own  partisans  and  subjects,  divided  into  quarters  and  families.  These  chieftainships 
and  lordships  were  inherited  by  filiation  and  succession  from  father  to  son,  and 
their  descendants,  and  in  default  of  them,  the  brothers  and  collaterals  succeeded. 
Their  duty  was  to  rule  and  govern  their  subjects  and  partisans,  and* assist  them  in 
their  wants  and  necessities.  What  these  rulers  received  from  their  subjects  was 


Campaigning  in  the  rhilippines. 


271 


respected  and  revered  by  the  ruler,  and  a regular  system  of  tribute  from  the  subject 
obtained,  by  means  of  which  the  authority  of  the  government  was  maintained.” 


THE  SYSTEM  OF  SLAVERY. 

The  descendants  of  the  rulers  were  regarded  and  treated  as  nobles,  and  their 
women  had  the  corresponding  rank  and  respect  shown  them.  The  rule  of  the 
chief  was  a kind  of  absolutism,  in  which  he  could,  for  a trifling  offense,  make  the 
subject  a slave;  however,  there  were  certain  restrictions,  involving  a humanity 
and  decency,  unknown  in  our  own  late  slave  system.  If  the  owner  of  a slave  had 
a child  by  a slave  mother,  thereupon  both  mother  and  child  became  free,  so  that 
no  man  could  traffic,  sell,  or  hold  in  bondage  his  own  child  or  its  mother.  The 
grievances  between  subjects  involving  property  interests  or  damages  to  the  person 
were  held  and  determined  by  the  “ Ancients,”  that  is,  certain  of  the  older  mem- 
bers of  the  tribe.  The  parties  were  present,  and  witnesses  heard  in  a manner 
similar  to  our  regular  court  procedure,  and  their  determination  was  a finality,  and 
effect  given  to  the  judgment  at  once.  The  laws  were  unwritten,  but  were  well  in 
effect  by  custom  and  tradition.  There 
were  three  distinct  classes — the  nobles 
mentioned;  the  Timagnas,  this  being 
the  plebeian  class;  and  the  slaves 
belonging  to  these  two.  There  were 
many  peculiarities  in  this  slave  system, 
which  would  have  been  very  tolerant 
if  they  had  formed  a part  of  our  own. 

There  was  permeating  through  the 
whole  system  the  possibility  of  free- 
dom to  the  slave.  By  far  the  major 
part  of  these  slaves  were  only  slaves 
in  part;  for  instance,  a half,  third,  or  minor  part  of  the  slave’s  time  only  was 
given  to  his  servitude,  and  the  rest  of  his  time  was  for  his  own  exclusive  benefit, 
at  which  time  he  was  absolutely  free.  Again,  when  only  one  of  the  parents 
was  slave,  and  the  other  free,  and  there  was  only  one  child,  he  would  be  half 
slave  and  half  free,  and  if  more  than  one,  the  first  child  would  take  the  con- 
dition of  the  father,  whether  slave  or  free,  and  the  other  the  condition  of  the 
mother,  and  so  on  alternating.  If  there  were  an  odd  number,  he  would  be 
half  slave  and  half  free.  The  offspring  of  such  children  would  still  be  so  appor- 
tioned as  to  being  slave  or  free.  These  part  slaves  could  also  oblige  their 
owner  to  emancipate  them  entirely  upon  payment  of  a just  sum.  This  was 
regulated  as  to  price,  dependent  upon  conditions,  and  ranged  from  forty  to  eighty 
dollars.  Much  of  the  time  of  the  courts  was  taken  with  the  adjudication  of 
these  matters. 

It  is  not  known  how  the  slave  system  became  inaugurated,  but  it  is  supposed 
to  have  come  in  the  way  of  conquest  and  usurious  contracts,  which  provided  for 
taking  the  body  of  a debtor  in  liquidation,  upon  forfeiture  of  debtor.  Crimes 
were  punished  at  the  instance  of  the  aggrieved  party,  and  robbery  might  be 


272 


Campaigiiiiig  i)i  the  Philippines. 


punished  by  death  or  slavery.  Insults  by  words  might  be  punished  to  the  same 
extent.  Under  certain  circumstances  such  insults  were  regarded  as  more  aggra- 
vating than  violence  to  the  person. 

MARRIAGE  INSTITUTIONS. 

The  marriages  were  mostly  confined  to  the  same  class.  Nobles  with  nobles;  Tun- 
aguas  with  their  rank;  and  slaves  with  slaves.  They  had  a system  of  contract 
marriage,  agreed  to  by  the  parents  and  relatives,  which  was  celebrated  by  feasts 
and  a public  recognition.  There  was  one  real  wife,  who  had  property  rights,  and 
the  children  had  inheritance  and  descent;  she  was  called  Unasaba.  There  were 
other  wives  called  frieyids;  the  children  of  these  did  not  inherit,  but  usually  were 
apportioned.  The  marriage  portion  was  brought  by  the  man,  and  his  parents 
gave  him  this,  but  the  wife  brought  nothing  till  she  inherited  from  her  family. 
Marriage  was  dissolved  by  the  judgment  of  the  Elders,  in  which  parents  and  rela- 
tives had  consideration.  If  the  husband  were  at  fault  his  marriage  would  be 
retained  by  the  wife,  otherwise  it  would  be  returned  to  him.  The  property 
which  they  had  acquired  together  was  divided  equally.  There  was  judicious 
provision  made  for  the  adoption  of  children,  and  the  inheritance  and  descent  of 
property. 

DETERIORATION  OF  THE  FILIPINO. 

The  foregoing  may  suffice  to  show  the  attributes  and  character  of  the  primitive 
Filipino.  His  love  of  home,  country  and  order  are  strikingly  manifest  in  those 
early  times;  his  interpretation  of  rights  and  wrongs  are  all  in  accord  with  feelings 
of  justice  and  humanity,  and  there  is  not  in  the  characteristics  of  the 
native  in  those  early  times,  a single  disclosure  of  the  instinct  of  savagery.  In  all 

the  arts  of  peace  he  was  certainly  quite  abreast  of  his 
times,  while  in  warfare  and  defense  he  had  the 
necessary  bravery  and  fortitude,  but  without  the  art  of 
military  organization  and  effective  weapons.  For 
centuries  this  people  must  have  existed  as  a pastoral 
peasantry,  and  were  wanting  in  the  polish  and  tarnish 
of  modern  civilized  life.  If  we  regard  him  now,  we 
may  find  a defacement  of  his  former  self.  He  is  as 
brave  now  as  in  those  generations  past  when  MageJlan, 
under  the  direction  and  supervision  of  his  astrologer, 
discovered  him;  for  what  can  be  stronger  proof  of 
courage  than  the  act  of  coolly  facing  death?  The 
Filipino  to-day,  knowing  his  inequality,  coolly  stands  in 
his  trenches  to  receive  the  fatal  bullet  of  the  Volunteer. 

His  institutions  now  are  as  they  were  then,  and  his 
impulses  the  same,  but  there  is  in  him  a timidity  and 
A YOUNG  REBEL.  evasion,  a wariness  and  caution,  that  leads  you  to 

watching  his  deceits.  It  is  scarcely  human  not  to  live  to  profit — even  to  profit  by 
deception — and  a little  insight  into  his  past  will  indicate  the  cause  of  his  weakened 
moral  fiber.  It  is  said  that  perjury  has  controlled  the  Spanish  Courts  of  Justice 


Campaigning  in  the  r/iilippines. 


278 


in  the  Philippines  for  ages  past,  and  that  intrigue  and  deception  is  the  rule  of 
conduct  in  the  governing  class.  It  is  also  true  that  in  pursuit  of  their  oppression 
and  exactions,  the  Spanish  not  only  practiced  intrigue  and  deceit,  but  fraud  and 
violence,  and  these,  by  precept  and  ex-  ^ 
ample,  entered  largely  into  the  business 
life  of  the  people.  The  varied,  iniquitous 
devices  to  enforce  Spanish  misrule  upon 
the  Filipino  cannot  be  given  within  the 
confines  of  a chapter,  but  the  whole 
system  was  a net-work  of  wrong,  entering 
into  the  judicial  and  executive  functions, 
and  lowering  the  social  standard  of  the 
people.  How  any  residue  of  manliness 
and  honor  could  outlive  it  all  is  a source  a native  milk  train. 

of  wonder;  the  fact  that  much  has  remained  will  always  bring  sympathy  and 
esteem  to  the  native  Filipino.  His  status  under  the  Spanish  rule  has  received  the 
condemnation  of  all  who  have  written  upon  the  Philippines,  other  than  those 
of  Spanish  origin,  and  their  conclusions  concur  as  to  the  baleful  effects  of  the 
Spanish  policy. 

In  1842  Tieutenant  Wilkes,  in  command  of  the  United  States  exploring  expe- 
dition, makes  the  significant  statement:  “That  they  (the  Filipinos)  are  an 
industrious  class;  that  they  are  extremely  hospitable,  tractable,  and  possessed  of 
quick  apprehension;  that  they  are  intelligent  and  orderly,  and  govern  themselves 
without  the  aid  of  the  military;  that  their  wages  then  were  twelve  and  one-half 
cents  a day  in  Manila,  and  six  cents  to  nine  cents  a day  in  the  provinces,”  and  he 
says:  “The  government  of  the  Philippines  is  emphatically  an  iron  rule,  and 
how  long  it  can  continue  so  is  doubtful.” 

Under  the  present  conditions,  with  his  quiet  reticence,  the  native  seldom  mani- 
fests his  true  character  to  those  outside  his  class,  and  what  he  is  or  was  before  the 
insurrection  must  be  largely  gleaned  from  those  who  were  his  familiars  at  such 
time. 

Professor  Dean  C.  Worcester  of  the  late  Commission  to  the  Philippines,  had 
previously  spent  some  years  in  the  islands  in  his  pursuit  as  a naturalist.  He 
summarizes  the  Filipino  then,  and  his  relation  to  Spanish  rule,  as  follows:  “ As 
a rule  the  civilized  natives  are  orderly,  and  when  well  drilled  they  make  excellent 
soldiers.  Many  of  the  natives  are  quick  to  learn,  and  are  anxious  for  the  oppor- 
tunity, so  that  their  education  reduces  itself  to  a question  of  ways  and  means. 
By  centuries  of  oppression  and  injustice,  this  naturally  gentle  and  peace-loving 
people  has  been  drawn  into  armed  revolt.  One  of  the  chief  causes,”  he  con- 
cludes, “is  that  a school  system  is  provided  for  by  the  Spanish  law,  but  favoritism 
prevails  in  the  choice  of  teachers,  who  are  often  grossly  incompetent,  while  the 
practical  workings  of  the  schools  are  frequently  interfered  with  by  the  friars.  The 
law  provides  that  Spanish  shall  be  taught,  but  as  it  suits  their  convenience  in  the 
more  out  of  the  way  places  to  be  the  only  means  of  communication  between  the 
government  and  the  natives,  they  often  forbid  this.  A few  prayers,  and  a little 
writing  and  arithmetic,  comprise  the  course  of  instruction  in  many  of  the  schools. 

18b 


274 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


The  relation  of  the  friars  to  the  free  school  system  naturally  leads  to  the  discus- 
sion of  a delicate  question,  but  it  would  be  idle  to  treat  of  the  problems  of  the 
Philippines  without  discussing  the  predominance  of  the  friars,  and  the  character 
of  their  influence. 

“ A clear  distinction  should  be  drawn  at  the  outset  between  the  friars  and  the 
priests.  Some  of  the  priests  have  accomplished  an  immense  amount  of  good,  as 
the  Jesuits.  Their  ‘ Ateneo  Municipal’  at  Manila  is,  with  possibly  one  excep- 
tion, the  best  educational  institution  in  the  archipelago,  and  numbers  among  its 
faculty  many  able  and  competent  men.  For  some  unexplained  reason  they  are 

allowed  to  do  missionary 
work  only  in  the  Morro 
country,  where  there  is 
much  danger  and  hardship. 

“The  priests  of  the  mis- 
sion are  often  very  superior 
men,  abuses  are  absent,  and 
much  good  has  been  accom- 
plished. Many  parishes  are 
held  by  a class  of  friars 
which  would  not  be  tolerated 
in  any  other  country. 
While  it  is  by  no  means 
true  that  all  of  these  friars 
are  incompetent,  it  is  never- 
theless a fact  that  many  of 
them  are  ignorant  beyond 
belief,  and  are  given  over  to 
open  and  brutish  licentious- 
ness, practice  inhuman  ex- 
tortion, especially  in  con- 
nection with  the  solemniza- 
tion of  marriage  and  the 
burial  of  the  dead,  while 
they  interfere  with  the  ex- 
ecution of  the  laws,  and 
themselves  openly  violate 
them  when  it  serves  their 

CONSTRUCTING  A NATIVE  HOUSE.  ^iids  to  do  SO.  Tho  inevi- 

table result  is  the  utter  demoralization  of  the  communities  which  they  control. 
There  is  no  doubt  that  their  evil  practices  have  contributed,  as  much  as  any  other 
one  cause,  towards  bringing  about  the  present  revolution,  and  one  of  the  demands 
of  the  insurgents  has  been  that  the  friars  should  be  expelled  from  the  country. 

“ It  is  true  that  there  exists  a large  class  which  has  suffered  at  the  hands  of 
the  friars  wrongs  which  it  is  not  human  to  forgive.  Spain  has  purposely  kept 
the  natives  in  ignorance,  has  prevented  them  from  communicating  freely  with  one 
another,  has  removed  men  who  showed  capacity  and  inclination  to  become 


Cauipaigjimg  in  the  Philippines. 


275 


leaders,  and  has  above  all,  prevented  the  bringing  in  of  firearms  and  ammunition. 
The  name  of  existing  codes  is  legion,  and  a law-suit  under  any  of  them  is  the 
worst  misfortune  that  can  befall  a man;  precedent  can  be  found  for  anything; 
bribery  is  universal  and  justice  virtually  unknown.  Notwithstanding  this,  it  is 
considered  that  a larger  percentage  of  the  Christian  natives  can  read  and  write, 
than  the  percentage  in  Spain. 

A BRITISH  OPINION  OF  THE  FILIPINOS. 

In  a British  Consular  report  on  the  Philippines  are  these  statements: 

‘ ‘ Rarely  is  an  intro-tropical  people  a satisfactory  one,  but  this  cannot  be  said 
of  the  Philippine  Malay,  who,  in  bodily  formation  and  mental  capacities  alike, 
may  fairly  claim  a place  not  among  the  middling  ones  merely,  but  among  the 
higher  ones  included  in  the  world’s  national  scale.  He  is  characterized  by  a con- 
centrated, never  absent  self-respect;  an  habitual  self  restraint;  a word  and  deed 


STREET  SCENE  IN  SAN  FERNANDO. 

very  rarely  broken,  except  when  extreme  provocation  induces  the  transitory,  but 
fatal  frenzy  ‘Omuah;’  an  inbred  courtesy,  equally  diffused  throughout  all  classes, 
high  or  low;  by  unfailing  decorum,  prudence,  caution,  quiet  cheerfulness,  ready 
hospitality  and  correct,  though  not  inventive  taste.  His  family  is  a pleasing 
sight;  much  subordination,  and  little  restraint ; unison  in  gradation;  liberty,  not 
license ; orderly  children,  respectful  parents ; women  subject,  but  not  oppressed ; 
men  ruling,  but  not  despotic;  reverence,  with  kindness;  obedience  in  affection. 
These  form  a lovely  picture,  by  no  means  rare  in  the  villages  of  the  eastern  isles.” 

The  construction  and  operation  of  the  only  steam  railway  in  the  islands  affords 
another  illustration  of  the  capacity  of  the  natives.  The  Manila  and  Dagupan 
Railway  was  constructed  on  a guaranty  by  the  government  of  an  income  of  eight 
per  cent  on  the  investment,  and  as  the  government  has  never  been  called  upon  to 
liquidate  the  guaranty,  it  may  be  assumed  that  the  investment  is  a paying  one. 


Canipai^S!^)ii)ig  in  the  Philippines. 


276 


The  road  is  one  hundred  and  twenty-three  miles  in  length,  and  extends  from 
Manila,  through  and  along  the  length  of  one  of  the  largest,  and  perhaps  the  most 
productive  valley  in  the  islands,  to  Dagupan,  a small  port  on  the  west  coast.  It 
has  a good  roadbed,  well  ballasted,  elevated  some  three  or  four  feet  above  the 
adjoining  land;  hardwood  ties,  and  steel  rails  ; the  gauge  is  three  feet  six  inches. 
There  are  some  sixteen  iron  bridges  crossing  the  streams  on  the  course,  and  the 
line  is  almost  entirely  on  the  lowlands,  in  order  that  it  may  be  accessible  in  mov- 
ing the  large  rice  crops  which  grow  in  what  might  be  termed  the  swampy  part  of 
the  valley.  On  the  higher  and  dryer  land  grow  the  sugar  cane  and  cocoa  crops. 
The  line,  then,  is  peculiarly  subject  to  washouts  and  overflows,  common  to  certain 
periods  of  the  3’ear,  owing  to  torrents  of  rainfall.  The  construction  was  begun 
in  1887,  and  completed  in  four  years. 

BUSINESS  CAPABILITY  OF  THE  NATIVES. 

It  goes  without  saying  that  a high  order  of  intelligence  and  great  trust- 
worthiness on  the  part  of  the  employees  of  our  ordinary  American  railway  is 
required;  and  it  is  apparent  that  the  construction  and  maintenance  of  such  a line 
as  the  Manila  and  Dagupan  Railway,  under  the  circumstances  and  conditions 
described,  would  call  for  the  highest  type  of  these  qualities  on  the  part  of  the 
employees. 

The  railway  was  built,  and  has  ever  since  been  maintained  b}"  Filipinos  under 
the  supervision  of  English  management.  Up  to  the  time  of  the  insurrection 
there  had  not  been  a single  loss  or  accident  chargeable  to  the  neglect  or  want  of 
skill  on  the  part  of  an  employee.  There  were  some  twenty-eight  stations  on  the 
line,  and  with  the  exception  of  three  Spanish  station  agents,  all  the  rest  were 

Filipinos.  In  fact,  with 
the  exception  of  the 
general  manager  and  a 
few  English  overseers, 
the  whole  force,  clerical 
and  otherwise,  were 
Filipinos.  Their  apti- 
tude for  this  service  is 
a revelation  when  it  is 
further  known  that 
they  had  no  prior  train- 
ing or  discipline  in  the 
work.  It  is  said  that 
the  clerks  compare 
very  favorably  with  the 
Europeans  in  the  like 
service.  Their  wages  were  six  to  twenty  dollars  per  month,  and  this  service  in- 
cluded station  masters,  telegraph  operators,  conductors,  engineers  and  mechanics, 
the  great  bulk  of  them  drawing  the  lower  salaries.  This  is  only  one  instance 
of  the  capacity  of  the  Filipino,  and  may  be  an  overdrawn  statement.  Under 
the  restraints  attending  his  position  in  this  conflict  he  is  too  exclusive  to 


IGRITOS  CAPTURED  NEAR  THE  DEPOSITO,  ON  FEBRUARY  5tH. 


CanipaigniHir  in  the  Philippines. 


277 


an  American  to  be  by  him  fairly  judged,  but  we  may  safely  say  of  him  that 
he  is  open-handed,  capable,  cheerful  and  hospitable.  He  does  not  count  him- 
self in  his  hospitality  to  the  stranger;  he  never  turns  one  of  his  kind  from  his 
door.  If  cleanliness  is  next  to  godliness  he  is  to  be  commended;  public  and  private 
baths  are  universal,  and  are  daily 
used  by  all  classes.  There  is  a 
pretty  custom  at  vespers,  which  has 
often  been  mentioned:  “In  an 
instant  a hush  comes  over  the  home 
and  place;  in  each  house  father, 
mother  and  children  fall  on  their 
knees  before  the  image  of  some  saint 
and  repeat  their  prayers;  then,  rising, 
each  child  kisses  the  hand  of  its 
mother  and  father  and  bids  a good 
night;  then  obeisance  is  made  to  his 
fellow  children,  and  if  there  is  a 
guest  present  he  is  saluted  with  a 
bow,  and  to  a white  man  they 
usually  kneel  and  kiss  his  hand.” 

The  Filipino  is  a kind  father,  a 
dutiful  son.  His  aged  relatives  are 
never  allowed  to  want  where  there 
is  wherewithal  to  give,  but  depend- 
ents are  taken  to  the  home  and 
in  all  ways  share  in  the  living  of 
the  family.  He  is  genial  with  his 
race;  is  a natural  musician,  and 
loves  to  sing,  dance  and  be  merry. 

Fearless  himself,  he  much  admires 
bravery  in  others.  Such  is  the  kind 
of  people  to  be  subdued  in  this  conflict — persistent,  indefatigable,  brave.  When 
once  the  science  of  arms  is  known  to  them  it  is  the  consensus  of  opinion  among 
the  volunteers  that  their  subjugation  and  defeat  can  only  be  compassed  by  great 
efibrt  and  sacrifice. 

CLIMATIC  CONDITIONS. 

Before  turning  to  the  topography  of  the  country  in  which  the  campaign  has 
been,  and  must  for  a time  continue,  consideration  must  be  given  to  the  cli- 
matic conditions  under  which  the  war  has  been  and  must  be  waged.  “Seis  meses 
de  lodo,” — “six  months  of  mud.”  “Seis  meses  de  palvo,” — “six  months  of 
dust.”  “Seis  meses  de  todo,” — “six  months  of  anything.”  This  is  what  the 
Spaniards  said  after  losing  twenty-five  per  cent  of  their  command  in  fifteen  months 
in  the  Philippines.  While  the  climate  in  general  is  tropical,  there  is  great  varia- 
tion, and  this  should  be  apparent  when  we  consider  the  extreme  length  of  the 
group,  from  north  to  south,  their  northern  limit  extending  to  a point  north  of  the 
tropical  zone ; the  ^mriable  winds  and  currents  are  more  or  less  unlike  in  their 


NATIVES  IN  THE  INTERIOR  OF  LUZON. 


278 


Ca))ipaigmu{r  in  the  Philippines. 


effects  upon  different  localities  differently  exposed;  and  the  varying  altitudes,  from 
plain  to  mountain  top,  should  also  be  considered.  We  have  the  mean  tempera- 
ture of  three  seasons,  known  as  cold,  hot,  wet,  at  several  places,  as  follows: 

MEAN  TEMPERATURE. 


COLD  HOT  WKT 

Manila 72  degrees  87  degrees  84  degrees 

Cebu 75  “ 86  “ 75  “ 

Davao 86  “ 88  “ 87  “ 

Sulu 81  “ 82  “ 83 


At  Manila  the  average  rainfall  yearly  is  reported  to  be  from  seventy-five  to 
one  hundred  and  twent}^  inches;  this  is  small  compared  with  many  other  localities. 
In  the  archipelago  of  Liano,  northeast  of  Mindanao,  the  average  rainfall  is  one 
hundred  and  forty-two  inches.  The  United  States  Weather  Bureau  makes  the 
following  computation  of  weather  at  Manila,  covering  a period  of  thirty-two 
years : 

TEMPERATURE. 


Mean  annual 80  degrees 

Warmest  month 82  “ 

Coldest  month 79  “ 

Highest  temperature 100  “ 

Lowest  temperature 60  “ 


Humidity,  relative  per  cent,  78  degrees,  absolute  grains,  per  cubic  foot,  8.75. 


WIND  MOVEMENTS  IN  MIEES. 


Daily  mean 134 

Greatest  daily 204 

Least  daily 95 


Prevailing  wind  directions — Northeast,  November  to  April.  Southwest,  May  to  October. 


Annual  per  cent 


CEOUDINESS. 


53 


Total  number 


DAYS  WITH  RAIN. 


135 


RAINFAEE  IN  INCHES. 


Mean  annual 75.43 

Greatest  annual 120.98 

Least  annual 55.65 


The  heated  term  lasts  from  March  to  June,  the  greatest  heat  usually  being  in 
the  month  of  May,  before  the  wet  season.  At  this  time  the  temperature  maximum 
ranges  from  80°  to  100°,  but  most  of  that  time  nearer  the  latter  mark.  The  cool 
season  is  most  marked,  beginning  with  December  and  ending  with  February. 
During  this  time  the  temperature  ranges  usually  from  60°  to  65*^  at  night,  and 
seldom  goes  above  75°  in  the  daytime.  It  should  be  noted  here  that  the  differ- 
ence in  the  length  of  the  longest  and  the  shortest  day  at  Manila  scarcely  exceeds 
one  and  one-half  hours  during  the  year.  The  months  of  November,  December, 
January  and  February,  are  set  down  as  “the  delightful  season”  of  the  year.  As 
a rule  the  sky  is  clear,  and  the  weather  dry  and  cool.  Among  the  chief  causes 
superinducing  unlike  conditions  in  different  localities  are  the  winds  and  the  currents. 


CauipaiiTjiinfr  in  the  Philippi)ies. 


279 


THE  TYPHOONS. 


There  are  three  well  defined  classes  of  wind  in  the  Philippines — the  Calla, 
Nortada  and  Baguio,  the  last  being  more  generally  known  as  the  typhoon.  The 
Calla  usually  lasts  three  days,  at  the  end  of  which  its  subsidence  is  usually  percep- 
tible; during  this  time,  however,  it  has  a varying  force,  but  is  constant  from  a given 
direction,  although  generally  it  has  the  accompaniments  of  calms,  squalls,  and  then 
heavy  dashes  of  rain.  The  Nortada  is  as  a rule  premonitory  of  an  approaching 
or  passing  typhoon.  It  is  in  the  nature  of  a constant  wind,  and  is  most  common 
in  the  northern  portions  of  the  islands.  It  is  in  these  localities  that  the  typhoon 
is  usually  known  in  its  season.  This  season  proper  is  in  the  months  of  July,  August 
and  September,  although  it  may  be  expected  any  time  between  May  and  Novem- 
ber. Due  to  causes,  not  yet  definitely  known,  these 
terrific  wind  centers  have  their  origin  in  the 
Pacific  Ocean,  thence  take  their  way 
across  the  China  Sea,  during  which  ^ 


THK  FII.IPINO  SEDAN  CHAIR. 


Photo  hy  Lillie. 


time  they  seem  to  augment  in  power  and  force,  striking  in  their  southwesterly 
course  from  the  northeast,  the  northernmost  parts  of  the  islands.  As  the  summer 
time  passes,  their  frequency  increases,  and  with  this,  their  track  extends  south- 
ward. Their  course  seldom  extends  south  of  9°  North  latitude.  Such  regularity 
governs  the  action  of  these  winds  that  the  time  of  their  regular  coming  at  Manila 
is  fixed  for  the  latter  part  of  October  or  the  first  of  November.  It  is  not  the 
rapidity  of  the  progressive  motion  of  these  winds  and  storms  that  is  alarming,  for 
they  have  never  been  known  to  exceed  fourteep  miles  an  hour;  their  usual  speed 
is  eleven  or  twelve  miles  per  hour;  but  the  spiral  or  gyrating  motion  is  the 
destructive  force,  which  seems  to  draw  everything  within  its  path  into  the  vortex 
of  destruction  and  death.  The  diameter  of  this  wind  circle  ranges  from  forty  to 
one  hundred  and  thirty  miles,  with  an  axis  or  central  wind  vacuum  of  eight  to 
fifteen  miles.  The  length  of  time,  then,  that  this  wind  or  storm  may  continue  at 
a given  place,  is  usually  less  than  ten  hours.  At  times  there  is  a deluge  of  rain, 
and  from  the  low,  dark  clouds  there  is  emitted  a continuous  electrical  discharge. 


280 


Campaio;ninp:;  in  the  Philippines. 


The  CJihia  Sea  Directory  treats  of  the  typhoon  as  follows:  “The  earliest 
signs  of  a t3^phoon  are  clouds  of  a cirrus  type,  looking  like  fine  hair  or 
feathers,  or  small  white  tufts  of  wool,  traveling  from  east  or  north;  a slight 
rise  in  the  barometer;  clear  and  dry  weather  and  light  wind.  These  signs  are 

usually  followed  by  the  usual  ugly  and  threatening 
appearance  of  the  weather  which  forebodes  most 
storms,  and  the  increasing  of  the  number  and  severity 
of  the  gusts  of  wind  with  the  rising  of  the  storm. 
In  some  cases,  one  of  the  earliest  signs  is  a long, 
heavy  swell,  and  confused  sea,  which  comes  from 
the  direction  from  which  the  storm  is  approaching, 
and  travels  more  rapidly  than  the  storm  center. 
The  best  and  surest  warning,  however,  will  be  found 
in  the  barometer.  In  every  case  there  is  a great 
barometric  disturbance,  accordingly,  if  the  barometer 
falls  rapidh^  or  even  if  the  regularity  of  its  diurnal 
variation  be  disrupted,  danger  may  be  apprehended. 
No  positive  rule  can  be  given  as  to  the  amount  of 
depression  to  be  expected,  but  at  the  center  of  some 
of  the  storms,  the  barometer  is  said  to  stand  fully 
two  inches  lower  than  outside  the  storm  field. 
The  average  barometer  gradient  near  the  vortex 
of  the  most  violent  of  these  storms  is  said  to  be 
rather  more  than  one  inch  in  fifty  nautical  miles. 
As  the  center  of  the  storm  is  approached,  the 
more  rapid  become  the  changes  of  wind,  until  at  length,  instead  of  its  direc- 
tion altering  gradually,  as  is  the  case  on  first  entering  the  storm  field,  the 
wind  flies  around  at  once  to  the  opposite  direction,  the  sea  meanwhile  breaking 
into  mountainous  and  confused  heaps.  There  are  instances  on  record  of  the  wind 
suddenly  falling  in  the  vortex,  and  the  clouds  dispersing  for  a short  interval, 
though  the  wind  soon  blows  again,  with  renewed  fury.” 

THE  OCEANIC  CURRENTS. 

The  oceanic  currents  have  much  to  do  with  climatic  conditions  in  the  Philip- 
pines. What  is  known  as  the  Equatorial  Current,  exists  between  the  26°  South, 
and  24°  North.  This  consists  of  two  mighty  currents  coming  from  east  to  west, 
on  either  side  of  the  Equator,  while  between  the  two  is  the  great  Counter  Equa- 
torial Current,  running  from  west  to  east,  and  having  an  average  width  of  three 
hundred  miles.  The  Trade  Drift  which  flows  to  the  westward  between  the  parallels 
of  9°  and  20°  North,  on  reaching  the  eastern  shores  of  the  Philippines,  again 
turns  to  the  northward,  forming  near  the  northern  limit  of  that  group,  the  com- 
mencement of  the  Japan  Current;  the  main  body  of  the  current  then  flows  along 
the  east  coast  of  Formosa,  and  from  that  island  pursues  a northeasterly  course 
through  the  chain  of  islands  lying  between  Formosa  and  Japan,  and  sweeping 
along  the  southeastern  coast  of  Japan  in  the  same  general  direction;  it  is  known 
to  reach  the  parallel  of  50°  North.  The  limits  and  velocity  of  the  Japan  Current 


A CHINESE  MESTIZA. 


Cauipai^niii^  in  the  Philippines. 


281 


are  considerably  influenced  by  the  monsoons  in  the  China  Sea,  and  by  the  prevail- 
ing winds  in  the  corresponding  seasons  in  the  Yellow-Japan  Sea;  also  by  the  var- 
ious drift  currents  which  these  periodic  winds  produce.  It  is  thus  easy  to  infer 
that  the  whole  Philippine  group  presents  a variable  climate.  It  is  told  by  a party 
of  travelers  that  they  passed  a whole  year  in  the  Philippines,  and  at  no  time  were 
in  a locality  during  a rainfall.  The  intersection  of  storm  currents  by  mountain 
ranges,  and  the  change  and  alteration  of  these  currents  in  the  seasons,  makes 
this  possible. 

UNHEAIvTHFUIvNKSS  OF  MANILA. 

The  salubrity  of  many  localities,  including  some  entire  islands,  is  unquestioned, 
but  Manila  and  its  environments  will  never  be  noted  as  a health  resort.  Good 
sanitation  will  dispel  much  of  the  pestilential  conditions,  but  it  will  always  be  a 
marked  place  of  discomfort.  Healthfulness  did  not  enter  into  the  question  of  its 
founding.  When  first  known  by  the  Spaniards,  there  was  a large  center  of  popu- 
lation here,  and  the  place  was  called  by  the  natives,  “Manila.”  There  was 
another  large  city  at  hand,  called  by  the  natives,  “Tondo,”  and  under  different 
chiefs.  It  was  then  a fortified  place,  with  mounted  bronze  cannon,  but  there  is 
no  record  by  whom,  or  when  founded.  The  Pasig  River  was  on  the  north,  the 
bay  in  front,  while  swamps  were  south  and  east.  For 
defense,  it  was  a place  easily  fortified,  and  in  a large 
measure  made  impregnable  to  the  old  methods  of 
warfare.  The  ground  is  but  a trifle  above  sea-level. 

This  place  is  now  known  as  “Old  Manila.”  It  is  a 
thing  remarkable  that  in  all  the  centuries  since  the 
Spaniards  have  but  added  to  the  noisomeness  of  the 
place.  Internal  improvement  does  not  accord  with 
the  Spanish  mind  and  Spanish  official  thrift.  Here, 
with  a population  approximating  350,000  souls,  there 
is  not  an  artificial  sewerage  system  in  the  whole  place. 

The  city  depends  almost  entirely  upon  nature  for 
sewerage,  as  the  people  do  largely  for  a living.  A few 
natural  cuts  or  water-ways,  which  serve  as  conduits 
when  there  is  an  overflow  caused  by  excessive  rainfall 
at  certain  seasons  of  the  year,  is  the  only  way  of 
cleansing  the  city  of  its  filth.  The  water  is  so  stag- 
nant that  this  is  only  in  part  washed  from  the  cit3q 
but  the  decompositions  of  the  season  are  left  in  solu- 
tion, to  impregnate  and  saturate  the  soil.  When  these 
water-beds  become  dry,  and  the  black  scum  covers 
them  over,  the  exhalation  is  awful.  As  a source 
of  pestilence,  it  is  difficult  to  conceive  its  equal. 

It  is  said  that  the  old  moat  surrounding  the  Old 
Manila  wall  has  never  been  cleansed  since  the  first  century  of  its  existence. 
It  was  formerly  constructed  so  that  it  could  be  flooded  through  a number  of 
gates,  but  the  gates  got  out  of  repair  soon  after  they  were  built,  and  as  all 
the  revenue  was  needed  b}'  the  officials  in  their  affairs,  the  necessary  outlay 


A FILIPINO  “ BOLO  MAN.” 


282 


Campaig7img  in  the  Philippuies. 


to  put  them  in  repair  could  not  be  made ; so  for  centuries  since,  the  moat 
has  remained  uncleansed,  and  there  it  is  to-day,  extending  around  the  city, 
along  the  wall,  a distance  of  two  and  one-quarter  miles,  a reeking  putrescent 
mass.  An  apology  has  been  made  by  the  Spanish  authorities  that  it  could 
not  be  disturbed  because  of  the  pestilence  it  would  breed.  The  sanitary 
condition  of  the  city,  through  the  work  of  “ the  details,”  has  been  much  improved 
since  the  American  occupation,  who  did  much  to  rid  the  city  of  its  putrefaction. 

With  a heavy  rainfall  about  one-third  of  the 
year  and  blistering  sun  the  major  part  of  the 
remainder,  health  conditions  could  not  be 
desirable.  There  are  few  days  in  the  year 
when  the  people  are  not  compelled  to  remain 
indoors,  avoiding,  in  a way,  the  excessive 
heat  during  this  heated  term.  Still,  this  is 
the  headquarters  of  our  army,  and  for 
months  this  army  of  inactivity  was  kept 
bottled  up  amid  these  stifling  elements  of 
death.  This  plague-spot  has  many  tribu- 
taries and  ramifications,  in  which  the  mili- 
tary campaign  must  be  made.  Directly 
back  of  Manila,  interior  and  northward,  are 
the  rice-fields,  a fact  sufficient  of  itself  to 
account  for  the  long  campaign;  and  for 
months  the  army  has  been  largely  kept 
in  the  trenches,  on  the  march  or  in  battle 
in  this  miasmatic  place.  As  was  to  be 
expected,  there  was  enervation,  exhaustion, 
debility  and  death.  It  is  estimated  that  there  are  approximately  5,000,000  of  the 
civilized  natives.  With  few  exceptions  they  seem  to  be  hostile  to  our  occupation. 
Their  homes  and  property,  without  our  lines,  ' , largely  in  the  great  valley 

extending  northward  from  Manila,  and  through  which  the  Manila  and  Dagupan 
Railway,  before  mentioned,  extends. 

The  region  of  the  rice-fields  is  largely  made  up  of  small  holdings, 
and  here  there  is  a dense  population.  Further  north,  and  on  the  higher 
ground,  of  which  San  Fernando  may  be  called  the  center,  is  the  sugar-producing 
region,  and  beyond  this  the  tobacco  country.  Nearly  all  the  products  of  the 
island  are  grown  in  great  abundance  in  this  valley  and  its  tributaries.  Here  is 
largely  centered  the  wealth  of  Luzon  Island.  It  may  cost  much  in  money  and 
men  to  take  and  hold  this  country. 

COMMERCE  OF  THE  ISLANDS. 

The  following  compilation  is  largely  from  the  British  Foreign  Office  report  of 
1897  and  a United  States  Consular  report  of  1898: 

The  export  staples  from  the  Philippines  are  tobacco  (manufactured  and  raw), 
cocoa,  coffee,  sugar,  Manila  hemp,  and  certain  textile  fabrics,  consisting  of  baskets, 
ropes,  mats,  hats,  carriages,  musical  instruments,  pottery  and  furniture.  During 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


283 


the  quarter  ending  December  31,  1897,  there  were  exported  to  Great  Britain  and 
the  United  States  216,898  bales  of  hemp  (280  pounds  to  the  bale),  of  which 
138,798  bales  went  to  the  United  States  and  78,106  bales  to  Great  Britain.  During 
this  year  the  hemp  trade  increased  as  follows:  To  Continental  Europe,  19,741 
bales;  to  Australia,  2192  bales;  to  the  United  States,  133,896  bales.  To  Great 
Britain  there  was  a decrease  of  22,348  bales.  Thus,  it  will  be  seen,  in  this 
increase  the  United  States  is  544  per  cent  greater  than  all  other  countries 
combined.  Of  the  total  export  of  hemp  from  these  islands  for  the  ten  years 
ending  with  1897,  amounting  to  6,528,965  bales,  or  914,055  tons,  41  per  cent, 
went  to  the  United  States.  During  this  time  sugar  was  exported  from  the  islands 
amounting  to  151,582,904  tons,  of  which  875,150  tons  went  to  the  United  States, 
666,391  tons  to  Great  Britain  and  41,362  tons  to  Continental  Europe.  By  com- 
parison, then,  it  will  be  seen  that  55  per  cent  went  to  the  United  States.  English 
reports  estimate  the  imports  into  the  islands,  for  the  year  1896,  at  ^10,631,250, 
and  the  exports  at  $20,175,000.  The  general  imports  being  flour,  rice,  dress 
goods,  wines,  coal  and  petroleum. 

The  following  is  given  for  1897: 


COUNTRY 

Great  Britain , 
Germany, . . . 

France 

Belgium 

United  States 

China 

Japan  


IMPORT 

$2,467,090 
. 744,928 

, 1,794,900 
272,240 
162,446 
108,()80 
98,782 


EXPORT 

$7,467,500 

223,700 

1,987,900 

45,660 

4,982,857 

13,770 

1,387,909 


NATURAL  PRODUCTS. 

An  important  item  is  the  vast  area  of  primeval  forest.  There  is  not  a timber 
growth  essential  in  any  wood  work,  that  is  not  found  here  in  the  very  highest 
stage  of  excellence.  Those  in  most  common  use  are  found  in  abundance,  and 
with  them  in  like  quantities,  slj  be  found  ebony, 
cedar,  spanwood,  logwood,  gumtrees,  cocoa,  nucifera, 
bamboo,  arcea  palm,  and  two  woods,  the  bonava 
and  malavea,  which  resist  the  action  of  water  for 
centuries.  There  are  over  two  hundred  varieties  of 
wood,  and  some  most  excellent  for  shipbuilding.  In 
the  southern  isles  there  are  reported  to  be  over  fifty 
varieties  of  food  producing  trees.  It  must  not  be 
assumed  that  these  forests  are  isolated,  or  inacces- 
sible; on  the  contrary,  it  would  perhaps  be  difficult 
to  find  any  considerable  forest  tract  that  is  not 
easily  approachable,  either  by  stream,  waterway  or 
otherwise.  What  then,  in  the  near  future,  may  not 
be  the  status  of  the  manufacture  of  lumber  ? And 
when  the  vast  deposits  of  coal  and  iron  are  utilized,  what  will  be  the  condition  of 
shipbuilding,  now  in  its  infancy?  In  fact,  any  art  in  which  wood  and  iron 
form  an  essential  part,  should  soon  find  rapid  growth  in  the  opportunities  of  the 


“GOOD  THING;  PUSH  IT  ALONG.” 

This  will  only  be  appreciated  by  those 
who  have  been  in  Manila. 


284 


Caiupaii^nini^  in  the  Philippines. 


Philippines.  Practically,  the  products  include  all  citrus  and  many  deciduous  fruits, 
and  much  in  plant  life  indigenous  to  the  country,  and  not  successfully  grown  else- 
where, such  as  Manila  hemp.  It  is  not  to  be  said  that  all  these  varieties,  which 
enter  into  our  consumption  are  common  to  all  localities,  but  that  each  finds  local- 
ities suitable  to  its  cultivation  and  growth.  Mangoes,  plantains,  jack-fruits  and 
all  the  Malayan  fruits  grow  abundantly. 

The  hills  or  higher  altitudes  are  well  adapted  to  stock-raising.  There  are  now 
in  these  regions,  or  rather  were  before  the  beginning  of  the  insurrection,  great 
herds  of  cattle,  hogs,  horses,  buffalo,  and  many  in  a wild  state.  The  buffalo,  or 
“Karba,”  as  called  by  the  Malays,  is  the  beast  of  common  burden.  In  the  wild 

state  he  is  intractable,  but 
domesticated,  suits  the  pur- 
pose of  the  natives  well. 
Of  a grayish  or  mouse  color, 
and  smaller  than  our  native 
ox,  he  is  strong  and  hardy 
as  long  as  he  has  his  fill  of 
water,  and  the  frequent  in- 
dulgence of  a mud  bath. 
He  has  many  peculiarities, 
one  being  the  shape  of  the 
horns,  which  is  much  like 
a three-cornered  file,  being 
flat  on  top.  The  native 
horse  is  small  and  unseemly, 
but  enduring  and  strong. 
Before  the  outbreak,  the 
best  ranged  in  price  from 
$100  to  $150,  but  the  aver- 
age per  pair  for  ordinary 
draft  purposes,  was  from 
$15  to  $20.  The  husbandry, 
which  obtains  in  the  Phil- 
ippines, is  very  crude.  In 
the  cultivation  and  manufacture  of  hemp,  sugar  and  rice,  and  in  all  the  affairs  of 
agricultural  life,  the  primitive  ways  of  centuries  past  are  still  in  vogue;  the  reason  of 
this  is  due  to  Spanish  design  or  inertia.  When  the  re-habilitation  takes  place,  and 
the  industries  there  adopt  the  science  and  appliances  of  modern  times,  the  awaken- 
ing will  be  astonishing.  Indeed,  the  business  world  is  already  turning  its  atten- 
tion to  these  islands.  The  ‘ ‘ march  of  empire  ’ ’ is  rapidly  in  the  westward  trend, 
and  in  this  we  are  ourselves  active  participants.  We  can  easily  recur  to  that  time 
when  the  Mediterranean  was  appropriately  styled  “the  mid-earth  sea.”  The 
central  carrying  trade  became  shifted  to  the  Atlantic  Ocean;  and  now,  there  is 
every  assurance  that  this  is  soon  to  shift  to  the  Pacific. 

With  the  decade  ending  in  1894,  the  shipping  on  the  Atlantic  decreased  over 
130,000  tons,  while  there  was  a corresponding  increase  on  the  Pacific.  Now, 


Cauipaigning  hi  the  Philippines. 


285 


the  commerce  of  the  Pacific  is  rapidly  increasing,  and  we  can  see  that  with 
the  new  era  of  commercial  enterprise,  it  must  soon  be  immeasurably  expanded. 
The  factors  promotive  of  this  may  be  stated  in  brief. 

What  pertains  to  ourselves  may  be  considered  known,  but  looking  beyond  this 
continent  we  see  populations  having  the  Pacific  Ocean  as  a shore  line,  whose  busi- 
ness interests  will  revolutionize  the  future.  The  carrying  trade  will  have  in  view 
a desirable  interchange  of  commodities,  and  in  this,  regard  will  be  had  to  the  vast 
populations  bordering  on  the  waters,  and  to  economy  in  time  and  distance. 

These  populations  may  be  set  down  as  follows: 

The  Chinese  Empire  and  Islands  400,000,000 

British  Indies  and  Dependencies 290,000,000 

Japan  and  Formosa 45,000,000 

Corea  and  Eastern  Siberia 21 ,000,000 

The  Malay  Peninsula  and  Siam 9,000,000 

The  Philippines,  Australasia,  Dutch  East  Indies  and  the  islands  of  Oceanica  52,000,000 
The  total  Western  Slope  of  America 40,000,000 

It  is  readily  seen,  estimating  the  total  population  of  the  earth  at  1,500,000,000, 
that  more  than  one-half  of  it  is  included  in  the  above  enumeration. 

The  enormous  expenditures  in  the  recent  past,  in  railway  and  maritime  con- 
struction; the  vast  outlays  in  developing  natural  resources,  and  other  like  sums 
given  to  commercial  and  manufacturing  enterprises;  all  these  tend  towards  mak- 
ing the  Pacific  the  carrying  center  of  the  world’s  business  and  traffic.  Russia  is 
hastening  the  completion  of  the  Trans-Siberian  Railway,  and  bending  her  com- 
mercial energies  to  share  in  this  new  field.  England  is  directing  her  colonial 
enterprises  to  this  end.  Japan 
has  arisen  from  her  lethargy  of 
ages.  Thirty-five  years  ago  she 
had  not  an  iron  rail,  a steamer, 
or  manufactures;  now  her  man- 
ufactures are  in  active  competi- 
tion with  the  best  the  world 
produces,  and  her  foreign  com- 
merce, in  1897,  amounted  to 
quite  $200,000,000.  Certainly 
much  must  be  expected  of  China, 
in  this  behalf.  Her  richest  part 
is  the  valley  of  the  Yang-tse- 
Kiang,  covering  over  600,000 
square  miles,  through  which 
the  great  river  flows  to  the 
Pacific.  Here  we  find  Shangai,  with  already  an  annual  foreign  trade  of 
$80,000,000.  Corea  is  another  instance  of  rapid  growth.  A few  years  ago  she 
had  comparitively  no  foreign  trade,  but  in  1897,  this  amounted  to  $11,755,625. 
The  Dutch  Colonial  Possessions  are  all  in  place,  and  ready  to  avail  themselves  of 
the  new  trade  and  traffic.  It  is  easy  to  see,  that  soon  much  of  our  European  traffic 
will  be  diverted  into  this  new  field,  where  the  consumer  is  not  likewise  competitor. 


A YOUNG  CHINESE  MESTIZO. 


280 


Cainpaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


Our  relation  to  this  situation,  together  with  that  of  a home  government  to  its 
colonies,  may  be  briefly  indicated  by  noting  the  following:  In  1892  our  export 
trade  to  China  amounted,  in  round  numbers,  to  $9,600,000,  and  in  1896  this  had 

increased  to  $17,675,000.  The  English 
say  the  Americans  have  an  aptitude 
for  manufacturing  what  the  market 
demands,  while  they  (the  English) 
manufacture  what  they  think  the 
people  ought  to  have.  This  seems  to 
be  supported  by  the  facts. 

Our  exports  have  increased  in  the 
last  six  years  from  15  to  20  per  cent, 
which  is  not  equaled  in  the  English 
trade.  Our  total  exports  for  1898  were 
$1,277,000,000.  Since  1888  and  includ- 
ing 1897,  Great  Britain,  Germany, 
France,  Spain  and  the  British  colonies 
have  lost  in  exports  $1,518,127,850, 
and  during  this  time  the  United  States 
gained  $270,000,901. 

England,  it  is  estimated,  controls 
practically  22  per  cent  of  the  entire  area 
of  the  globe  and  27  per  cent  of  the  population  of  the  world,  and  has  about  55  per 
cent  of  the  carrying  tonnage;  still  she  lost  in  exports  $566,000,000,  or  7)4  per 
cent  of  her  export  trade;  but  in  her  exports  to  her  colonies  she  lost  10  per  cent 
of  this  trade,  or  $200,000,000. 

Our  exports  to  the  Philippines  for  the  past  eighteen  years  average  less  than 
$130,000  yearly,  this  being  from  1880  to  and  including  1897.  For  the  last  year, 
as  shown  by  the  Treasury  Department  Report,  it  was  $127,804.  Comparing  this 
with  our  world’s  business,  it  is  about  1-100  of  1 per  cent. 

MINING  INDUSTRIES. 

Much  has  been  said  of  the  mining  interests  in  the  islands,  but  at  present  these 
are  almost  unknown.  However,  there  is  sufficient  information  to  justify  explora- 
tion, when  conditions  will  permit,  although  no  one  now  seems  to  be  possessed  of 
absolute  knowledge  of  the  mines.  Perhaps  a reason  may  be  found  for  this  in  the 
early  accounts  of  De  Morga.  He  says: 

“All  the  islands  are  rich  in  gold  washings,  and  in  ore  of  this  metal,  which  the 
natives  extract  and  work;  although,  since  the  Spaniards  are  in  the  country,  they 
proceed  more  slowly  with  this,  contenting  themselves  with  what  they  already  have 
got  in  jewels,  and  from  a far  distant  time,  and  inherited  from  their  predecessors, 
which  is  a large  quantity;  for  he  must  be  a very  poor  and  wretched  person  who 
does  not  possess  any  chains  of  gold,  bracelets  and  earrings.  In  the  province  of 
Camarines,  Paracali,  they  work  some  washings  and  mines  where  there  is  good  gold 
upon  copper,  also  in  Ylocos,  this  merchandise  is  dealt  in,  because  at  the  edge  and 
back  of  the  province,  which  is  on  the  edge  and  coast  of  the  sea,  there  are  some 


CELEBRATING  AGUINALDO’S  ELECTION  AT  MALOLOS. 


Campaigning  -in  the  Philippines. 


287 


high  and  craggy  mountain  ranges,  which  run  as  far  as  Cagayan,  on  the  slopes  of 
which  many  islanders  dwell.  These  are  not  yet  subdued,  nor  has  any  entrance 
been  made  amongst  them;  they  are  named  Ygorrotes.  These  possess  rich  mines, 
many  of  them  gold  upon  silver.  From  these  they  only  extract  as  much  as  they 
require  for  their  wants,  and  they  descend  with  this  gold,  without  completing  its 
refinement,  or  bringing  it  to  perfection,  to  trade  with  the  Ylocos  in  certain  places, 
where  they  exchange  the  gold  for  rice,  swine,  buffalo,  wraps  and  other  things,  in 
which  they  are  deficient;  and  the  Ylocos  finish  the  refining  of  it  and  getting  it 
ready,  and  by  their  means  it  is  distributed  over  the  whole  country. 

“And  although  steps  have  been  taken  with  these  Ygorrotes  to  discover  their 
mines,  and  how  they  work  them,  and  the  method  they  possess  for  extracting  the 
metal,  there  has  been  no  means  of  kqowing  it,  because  they  are  apprehensive  of 
the  Spaniards  who  would  go  to  look  them  up,  for  the  sake  of  their  gold,  and  they 
say  they  keep  it  better  taken  care  of  in  the  earth  than  in  their  houses. 

“In  the  other  islands  there  is  the  same  plenty  of  mines  and  gold  washings, 
especially  in  the  Pintadoes  River  of  Botuan  in  Mindanao,  and  in  Sulu,  where  a 
mine  is  worked  and  good  gold  extracted,  named  Taribon,  and  if  the  industry  and 
labor  of  the  Spaniards  were  applied  to  working  the  gold  mines,  as  much  would  be 
extracted  from  any  of  these  isles  as  from  the  other  provinces  in  the  rest  of  the 
world,  but  attending  to  other  gains  more  than  to  this,  as  will  be  said  in  its  place, 
this  was  not  attempted  with  design  or  purpose.” 

lyieut.  Wilkes,  before  quoted,  having  been  in  charge  of  government  explora- 
tions for  many  years,  is  certainly  an  authority.  He  was  in  the  islands  nearly 
sixty  years  ago,  in  the  same  service,  and  says  of  the  mines:  “There  are  many 
valuable  mines  of  gold,  lead,  copper  and  iron,  besides  coal;  and  the  geological 
formation  indicated  a large  area  of  these  ores  and  deposits;”  and  concludes: 
“With  such  mineral  resources,  and  a soil  capable  of  producing  the  most  varied 
vegetation  of  the  tropics,  a liberal  policy  is  all  the  country  lacks.” 


SAN  JACINTO  STREET,  MANILA. 

Showing  the  office  of  Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 
(Mr.  Faust  in  center  with  umbrella.) 


MAP  SHOWING  THE  DIFFERENT  STEAMSHIP  ROUTES  BETWEEN  SAN  FSANCISCO  AND  MANILA, 


THE  VOYAGE  FROM  SAN  FRANCISCO  TO  MANILA. 


DESCRIPTION  of  the  Philippine  Islands  would  be  unsatisfac- 
tory without  reference  to  what  must  necessarily  be  considered 
in  their  connection — the  trip  to  the  islands.  The  great 
distance  separating  these  islands  from  our  Western  Coast  adds 
an  especial  interest  to  what  is  already  an  absorbing  subject,  in 
very  much  the  same  manner  that  distance  lends  enchantment 
to  the  view,  and  the  voyage  of  nearly  17,000  miles  from  San 
Francisco  to  Manila  and  return  is  a feature  of  not  the  least 
importance.  It  seems  appropriate,  therefore,  that  the  writer 
should  give  a brief  description  of  the  trip  made  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  infor- 
mation contained  in  this  book,  which,  by  the  way  of  calling  up  pleasant  memories, 
becomes  a very  agreeable  task. 

After  having  decided  to  make  the  trip  the  next  question  to  be  considered  was, 
which  steamship  line  offered  the  best  inducements  to  the  prospective  tourist.  It 
was  found,  after  a careful  investigation  of  the  various  routes,  that  the  Occidental 
and  Oriental  Steamship  Company’s  terms  and  accommodations  were  the  most 
satisfactory,  and  passage  was  secured  at  their  office.  No.  421  Market  street,  San 
Francisco,  on  the  steamer  Gaelic,  sailing  from  San  Francisco,  December  24,  1898. 

The  route  of  travel  between  San  Francisco  and  Manila  is  via  Honolulu,  Yoko- 
hama and  Hongkong,  the  latter  city  being  the  terminus  of  this  Steamship 
Company’s  Line.  Connections  are  made  with  steamers  running  between  Hongkong 
and  Manila,  and  through  tickets  are  sold  by  this  company  from  San  Francisco  to 
Manila  as  follows:  First-class  cabin  passage,  one  way,  $261.00;  four  months 
round  trip,  $397.50;  twelve  months  round  trip,  $453.75.  All  passengers  holding 
cabin  tickets,  who  desire  to  lay  over  at  Honolulu  or  at  any  port  of  call  in  Japan 
and  China,  are  at  liberty  to  do  so  and  resume  their  journey  by  any  steamer  of 
either  the  Occidental  and  Oriental,  Pacific  Mail  or  the  Toyo  Kisen  Kaisha  Steam- 
ship Companies. 

Families  of  United  States  army  and  naval  officials,  also  missionaries  and  their 
families  and  servants  accompanying  same,  are  accorded  special  rates.  Cabin  pas- 
sengers are  allowed  to  carry  350  pounds  of  baggage  free.  The  distance  between 
San  Francisco  and  Hongkong  via  the  above-described  route  is  7579  miles,  and  it 
takes  twenty-eight  days  to  make  the  trip.  From  Hongkong  to  Manila  the  dis- 
tance is  850  miles,  which  is  made  in  about  three  and  a half  days. 

One  would  naturally  suppose  it  would  require  a good  deal  of  preparation  for 
such  a long  voyage,  but  upon  inquiring  at  the  steamship  company’s  office  you 
are  advised  to  take  no  unnecessary  baggage,  and  divest  yourself  of  all  non-essen- 
tials in  wardrobe  or  personal  effects,  except  such  as  are  necessary  for  ordinary  use. 
Of  course,  customs  change  in  the  Orient,  but  your  wants  can  be  supplied  much 

19b 


290 


Campaigjnng  in  the  Philippines 


cheaper  there  than  here.  W^hen  settled  down  on  board  you  will  find  yourself  sur- 
rounded with  all  the  luxuries  of  a first-class  hotel  in  one  of  these  splendidly 
equipped  steamers,  and  you  are  not  long  on  the  voyage  when  you  commence  to 
have  a home-like  feeling,  which  is  hard  to  shake  off  when  you  find  all  too  soon 
that  you  are  obliged  to  bid  farewell  to  your  pleasant  environments. 

The  scene  at  the  Steamship  Company’s  dock  on  the  day  of  departure  of  one 
of  their  trans-Pacific  liners  is  at  once  novel  and  interesting.  The  custom  officials 
are  busy  marshaling  on  board  the  hundreds  of  Chinese,  who  constitute  a large 
percentage  of  the  human  freight  carried  by  these  steamers.  The  Gaelic  on  this 
trip  carried  over  4e50  “Celestials,”  who  occupied  a portion  of  the  ship  especially 
set  apart  for  them,  and  are,  therefore,  not  brought  in  contact  with  the  cabin  pas- 
sengers in  any  way  that  is  offensive.  Passengers  who  have  not  already  had  their 
baggage  checked  are  rustling  around  attending  to  this  important  duty,  assisted 
by  obliging  and  courteous  employees.  Friends  of  the  passengers  form  an  inter- 
esting feature  of  the  crowd  which  is  always  present  to  watch  the  departure  of  one 
of  these  vessels.  It  was  particularly  noticeable  on  this  occasion,  as  Tieut.  Hobson, 
the  hero  of  the  Merrimac,  was  to  be  one  of  the  passengers,  and  the  esteem  in 
which  this  gentleman  is  held  by  his  admiring  countrymen  and  “countrywomen” 
was  shown  by  the  great  throng  which  had  gathered  at  the  dock  to  catch  a glimpse 
of  him  and,  if  possible,  shake  his  hand  and  wish  him  a pleasant  voyage.  The 
autograph  and  kodak  “fiends”  were  well  represented,  and  the  gallant  and  oblig- 
ing Lieutenant  had  much  difficulty  in  elbowing  his  way  through  the  crowd  to  the 
ship,  shaking  many  hands  and  leaving  his  autograph  on  many  slips  of  paper 
thrust  before  him. 

The  chorus  of  good-byes  shouted  back  and  forth  soon  make  us  realize  that  we 
are  slowly  backing  away  from  the  dock,  and,  as  the  ship  swings  around  and  points 
her  bows  toward  the  setting  sun,  we  remember  that  it  will  be  many  moons  before 
we  can  hope  to  again  see  those  left  behind.  Out  through  the  Golden  Gate,  past 
the  light-ship,  and  we  are  on  the  great  Pacific  Ocean,  steering  a course  for 
the  Hawaiian  Islands. 

The  trip  from  San  Francisco  to  Honolulu  has  been  described  as  “drifting  to 
paradise  on  an  even  keel.”  Whether  the  expression  originated  with  some  enter- 
prising real  estate  dealer  of  Honolulu,  or  is  the  product  of  a bard  of  modern  lore, 
we  are  unable  to  say,  but,  after  having  made  the  trip,  one  must  become  convinced 
that  there  is  at  least  as  much  truth  as  poetry  in  the  statement.  Certainly  no 
ocean  voyage  could  be  more  delightful  than  this,  and  it  would  be  difficult  to 
imagine  any  combination  of  earth,  sea  and  sky  that  would  better  represent  the 
average  mortal’s  idea  of  an  earthly  paradise  than  that  which  unfolded  itself  in 
these  beautiful  islands  of  tne  sea.  Masters  in  the  art  of  word-painting  have  sung 
their  praise  in  poetry  and  prose;  yet,  after  beholding  this  marvelous  work  of 
nature,  one  can  but  realize  the  inadequacy  of  words  to  describe  this  “ Paradise  of 
the  Pacific.” 

Our  life  is  much  as  we  make  it,  whether  aboard  ship  or  elsewhere.  After  find- 
ing yourself  pleasantly  ensconced  in  one  of  the  light  and  airy  cabins  for  which 
these  ships  are  justly  famous,  if  you  are  like  the  rest,  you  soon  join  the  genial 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


291 


throng  and  become  one  of  them.  On  the  Gaelic  there  was  a continued  overflow  of 
this  exhuberance,  and  acquaintance  speedily  ripened  into  friendship,  the  memories 
of  which  will  be  life  long. 

Our  cabin  passenger  list,  as  is  usually  the  case  with  the  vessels  of  this  line^ 
ran  up  to  the  ship’s  full  complement,  and  while  the  different  walks  of  life  were 
represented,  the  highly  cultured  class  predominated.  As  it  is  desirable  to  have 
the  best  associations  during  this  long  voyage,  one  should  be  careful  where  he 
pitches  his  tent.  The  real  luxuries  of  life  are  less  in  food  supplies  and  physical 
comforts  than  in  the  satiation  of  our  mental  desires. 

The  courtesies  of  the  ship  were  soon  marked  by  the  whole  cabin.  From 
genial  Capt.  Finch  down  through  the  gradation  of  attendants  there  was  appar- 


NUUANU  AVENUE,  HONOLULU. 


ently  nothing  left  undone  that  would  add  to  the  welfare  and  comfort  of  the 
passengers.  A good  library  supplies  the  best  literature,  and  a piano,  organ  and 
music-boxes  furnish  opportunity  for  those  musically  inclined  to  gratify  their  tastes. 
Games  for  upper  deck,  such  as  shuffle-board,  quoits,  etc.,  are  provided,  and  an 
obliging  attendant  is  always  at  hand  to  supply  your  slightest  wish. 

All  the  passengers,  as  a rule,  participated  in  these  sports,  and  even  the  venera- 
ble Dr.  Allen,  who,  for  forty  years,  has  served  as  a missionary  in  China,  and 
during  this  time  has  crossed  the  Pacific  a dozen  or  more  times,  seemed  to  forget 
that  he  had  passed  the  three-score-and-ten  mark,  and  joined  in  the  games  with 


I 


STKAMSHIP  . “ GAKLIC.” 

420  feet  long  ; 4500  gross  tonnage. 


Campai^ryiing  in  the  Philippines. 


293 


as  much  enthusiasm  as  the  two  little  girls  who  called  him  Santa  Claus.  Lieut. 
Hobson  was  always  ready  to  join  the  party,  and  we  found  him  a very  agreeable 
and  interesting  traveling  companion.  His  unassuming  manners  and  gentlemanly 
conduct  won  for  him  the  esteem  of  all  on  board,  and  the  charming  young  lady 
from  Georgia  voiced  the  sentiments  of  us  all  when  she  said  that  “ he  was  just 
the  nicest  gentleman  that  she  ever  did  see.” 

We  must  not  forget  to  speak  of  the  ample  provision  made  for  supplying  the 
desires  of  the  inner  man.  To  say  that  this  far  exceeded  our  expectations  is  but 
to  poorly  express  our  appreciation  of  the  excellent  fare  served  on  the  Gaelic.  To 
give  the  reader  an  opportunity  to  judge,  for  himself,  we  print  one  of  the  daily 
dinner  bills  of  fare. 

DINNER 

Eastern  Oysters  on  Half  Shell 

Celery  Anchovy  Toast  Olives 

SOUPS 

Green  Turtle  Consomme 

FISH 

Boiled  Salmon,  Parsley  Sauce 
entrees 

Kidney,  Vol  au  Vent  Haricot  Ox  Tail 
Quail  on  Toast  Peach  Fritters 

BOIEED 

Mutton,  Caper  Sauce  Calf’s  Head,  Brain  Sauce 

Ham,  Champagne  Sauce 

ROASTS 

Sirloin  of  Beef,  Yorkshire  Pudding 
Turkey,  Cranberry  Sauce  Suckling  Pig,  Apple  Sauce 

VEGETABEES 

Cauliflower  Green  Peas 

Maitre  d’ Hotel  and  Boiled  Potatoes 

PUDDING  AND  PASTRY 

English  Plum  Pudding,  Hard  and  Brandy  Sauce 


Compote  of  Pears 

Apple  and  Mince  Pies 

Candy  Assorted  Cake 

dessert 

Apples 

Oranges 

Bananas 

Pineapples 

Nuts  and  Raisins 

Figs 

Crackers 

Coffee  and  Tea 

Cheese 

The  Chinese  servants,  dressed  in  their  long  blue  or  white  robes,  move 
noiselessly  about,  and  seem  to  know  intuitively  your  every  wish,  and  before  you 
have  reached  the  journey’s  end  you  are  convinced  that  there  are  no  better  ser- 
vants than  those  on  these  steamers. 

It  is  such  surroundings  as  those  described  above  that  make  life  on  board  one 
of  these  splendid  modern  steamers,  “one  continual  round  of  pleasure,”  and 
it  is  not  to  be  wondered  at  that  by  the  time  the  journey’s  end  is  reached  you  feel 
like  a new  being,  and  treasure  up  in  your  store-house  of  memories  this  most 
delightful  experience  and  leave  the  ship  with  feelings  not  unmingled  with  regret 


294 


Cai)ipaif^ni7ig  in  the  Philippines. 


After  six  da^^s  of  this  kind  of  life,  land  is  sighted,  which  proves  to  be  Diamond 
Head,  and  now  we  have  reached  the  famous  Paradise  of  the  Pacific.  There  is  a 
charm  about  the  Hawaiian  Islands  which  increases  with  your  sta^^  The  delight- 
ful langor  of  a restful  repose  is  the  first  pleasing  emotion  of  a visitor  to  these 
islands,  and  he  then  easily  finds  himself  en  rapport  with  his  surroundings.  The 
climate  is  so  equable  that  one  scarcely  notices  the  change  of  seasons.  For 
instance,  the  morning  temperature  at  six  o’clock,  for  the  year,  runs  from  67  to  75 
degrees,  a variation  of  eight  degrees.  The  noon  temperature,  from  72  to  84 
degrees,  and  the  evening,  nine  o’clock,  from  63  to  76  degrees.  The  rainfall  at  Hono- 
lulu averages  twenty-five  inches  a year.  On  other  parts  of  the  island  the  rainfall 
is  very  heavy,  while  in  others  it  is  much  less.  The  Hawaiian  archipelago  con- 
sists of  about  twenty  islands,  the  entry  ports  of  any  note  being  Honolulu,  on 
Oahu;  Hilo,  on  Hawaii,  and  Kahului,  on  Maui.  The  resources  of  the  country 

are  now  in  process  of  rapid  development, 
and  if  the  traveler  has  the  time  the  situ- 
ation will  well  repay  his  consideration. 
The  population  of  Honolulu,  prior  to 
annexation,  was  about  25,000,  but  this  is 
rapidly  increasing,  and  the  English 
language  is  generally  understood.  One 
will  want  to  see  the  Punch  Bowl  Hill, 
an  extinct  crater — a few  minutes’  walk 
from  the  hotel.  Go  from  this  to  Mount 
Tantalus,  where  you  reach  an  altitude  of 
2000  feet,  and  the  view  covers  a large 
area.  Mount  Konahuanui  has  an  altitude 
of  4000  feet,  from  the  summit  of  which 
the  island  of  Oahu  may  be  viewed.  All 
these  tours  take  the  traveler  through  a 
country  grandly  picturesque,  and  in  which 
the  flora  is  bewilderingly  beautiful.  It 
takes  about  ten  days  to  make  the  trip. 
Waikiki  is  the  bathing  resort.  This  is 
some  three  miles  distant  from  Honolulu.  It  is  said  that  no  one  has  had  the 
full  luxury  of  a sea  bath  unless  he  has  laved  himself  in  the  sea  at  Waikiki. 

After  spending  a most  delightful  day  in  Honolulu,  we  reluctantly  returned  to 
the  ship,  regretting  that  circumstances  would  not  permit  us  to  take  advantage  of 
the  stop-over  privilege  which  cabin  passengers  are  entitled  to.  As  if  to  more 
firmly  rivet  the  chains  which  Honolulu’s  natural  charms  have  placed  about  the 
admiring  tourist,  young  ladies  are  at  the  dock  with  garlands  of  flowers  which 
they  place  about  the  necks  of  passengers,  and  a native  band  plays  some  of  their 
weird  pathetic  music,  which  adds  a peculiar  fascination  not  easy  to  shake  off.  As 
the  steamer  backs  away  from  the  dock  the  passengers  join  in  singing  “Some  Day 
I’ll  Wander  Back  Again,’’  and  you  sincerely  hope  that  Providence  may  so  direct  your 
footsteps.  The  usual  schedule  time  from  Honolulu  to  Yokohama,  is  ten  days.  The 
voyage  is  largely  a repetition  of  the  trip  dowm  to  Honolulu.  Friendships  become 


Cauipaiirnin^  in  the  Philippines. 


295 


more  cemented,  and  the  ties  are  more  and  more  like  those  of  the  family  group. 
The  first  glimpse  of  the  “Island  Empire”  is  had  at  Yokohama.  This  is  the 
largest  of  the  treaty  ports,  and  practically  the  port  of  Tokio.  If  you  are  bent 
upon  a thorough  inspection  of  this  new  wonderland,  you  quit  the  steamer  at 
Yokohama,  and  with  the  stop-over  ticket,  proceed  through  the  interior,  by 
rail,  to  the  temples  and  shrines,  and  many  places  of  absorbing  interest.  A little 
note  on  climate  that  you  may  prepare  yourself  accordingly.  To  speak  generally, 
the  summer  is  hot,  with  occasional  rains,  and  during  September  and  a part  of 
October  very  wet.  Beginning  late  in  autumn,  and  through  the  first  part  of  win- 
ter it  is  delightfully  cool  and  dry.  February  and  March  are  variable  with  more  or 
less  snow,  and  in  the  late  spring,  considerable  rain  and  high  winds  are  interspersed 
with  beautiful  days.  For  thirteen  years  the  mean  temperature  was  56.5°.  The 
lowest,  January,  36.7°.  Highest,  August,  77.9°.  Mean  rainfall  58.33".  Num- 
ber of  rainy  days  138.7,  and  days  with  snow  8.5. 

Japan  has  been  called  “the  pleasure  ground  of  the  universe,”  and  it  is  said 
one  always  leaves  the  country  with  regrets,  no  matter  how  short  or  long  his  stay. 
Dr.  Dresser  said,  while  exploring  the  country:  “I  am  getting  weary  of  beauty 
and  I am  weary  of  writing  of  the  beautiful.”  Percival  Lowell  says:  “ In  the  soul 
of  the  far  East,  the  Japanese  makes  love  to  Nature,  and  it  almost  seems  as  if 
Nature  heard  his  silent  prayer  and  smiled  upon  him  in  acceptance,  as  if  the  love- 
light  lent  her  face  the  added  beauty  that  it  lends  the  maids.  For  nowhere  in  this 
world  probably  is  she  lovelier  than  in  Japan.  A climate  of  long  happy  means 
and  short  extremes.  Months  of  spring,  and  months  of  autumn,  with  but  a few 
weeks  of  winter  in  be- 
tween ; a land  of  flowers 
where  the  lotus  and  the 
cherry,  the  plum  and 
wistaria  grow  wantonly 
side  by  side ; a land 
where  the  bamboo  em- 
bosoms the  maple ; where 
the  pine  at  last  has  found 
its  palm  tree,  and  the 
tropic  and  temperate  zone 
forget  their  separating 
identity  in  one  long  self- 
obliterating  kiss.” 

Japan  “can  be  done” 
in  three  weeks,  but  three 
months  is  preferable.  It 
is  best  also  if  you  want 
the  best  of  everything  to  start  on  an  excursion  in  the  morning  and  avoid  night 
travel.  Of  course  one  must  be  armed  with  a passport,  for  this  is  in  constant 
requisition.  An  excellent  view  of  Yokohama  and  its  approaches  is  had  from 
Noge-Yama.  Here  are  various  shrines  such  as  the  Shinto  God  of  Akiha,  the 
great  Buddhist  God  and  the  Sun  Goddess  of  Ise. 


JAPANESE  P-LOWER  MERCHANT. 


296 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


It  is  eighteen  miles  from  Yokohama  to  Tokio,  the  capital.  The  journey  is  made 
by  rail  in  fifty  minutes.  It  was  the  first  railroad  built  in  Japan  and  was  opened  in 
1872.  Tokio  has  good  hotel  accommodations  and  is  the  center  of  the  trade  in 
curios.  On  the  road  hither  from  Yokohama  an  excellent  view  of  Fujiyama,  the 

highest  mountain  peak  in 
Japan  may  be  had.  It  is 
12,400  feet  high.  At  Neno 
Park  the  Cherry  Blossom 
festival  is  held  each  year  in 
April.  If  the  traveler  re- 
turns to  Yokohama  he  may 
go  by  steamer  to  Kobe,  the 
distance  being  348  miles. 
If  he  goes  by  rail  the  dis- 
tance is  376  miles.  Most 
travelers  go  by  rail  as  they 
may  thus  visit  Osaka, 
Kyoto,  Nagoya  and  other 
desirable  places  en  route. 
The  road  runs  through  a 
densely  populated  region 
and  these  cities  are  among 
the  chief  in  the  Empire.  Kobe  is  the  center  for  travelers,  being  situated  accessible 
to  the  great  Inland  Sea  and  also  communicating  by  rail  with  the  interior  important 
cities.  The  famous  landscape  gardens  are  in  this  region,  and  numerous  temples  of 
antiquity,  while  the  scenic  effects  are  incomparable.  Take  Biwa  is  a national  resort. 
It  is  36  miles  long  by  12  miles  wide,  has  an  elevation  of  340  feet  and  its  depth  is 
325  feet.  The  oldest  Buddhist  temple  in  Japan  is  found  near  here  and  has  many 
relics  of  antiquity.  The  bronze  work  in  these  temples  is  very  elaborate.  In  one 
the  bell  was  cast  in  732,  contains  37  tons  of  metal,  is  14  feet  high,  9 feet  in 
diameter  and  8^  inches  thick  at  the  edges. 

The  Inland  Sea  of  Japan  is  famous  the  world  over.  Its  length  is  240  miles, 
and  is  studded  with  beautiful  islands,  similar  in  contour  and  aspect  to  those  in  the 
St.  Lawrence  and  Puget  Sound.  It  is  justly  styled  the  most  magnificent  sheet  of 
water  in  the  known  world.  It  narrows  in  places  so  that  two  ships  can  hardly  pass, 
and  from  the  time  the  steamer  enters  it,  through  the  Straits  of  Akashi  until  she 
goes  out  through  the  Straits  of  Shimonoseki,  it  is  one  gorgeous  panorama,  a verit- 
able sailing  through  “ fairy -land.”  The  islands  and  country  are  in  a high  state  of 
cultivation  and  the  whole  scene  is  so  emblazoned  with  grandeur  that  the  travelers 
quit  their  meals  and  feast  their  souls  on  the  beauties  of  their  surroundings. 

Emerging  into  the  open  sea  from  the  Straits  of  Shimonoseki  a detour  is  made 
southward,  where  Nagasaki  is  reached.  The  steamer  remains  here  usually  one 
day  for  the  purpose  of  coaling,  and  this  is  done  by  men,  women  and  children  with 
small  baskets.  The  adults  standing  in  a row  passing  the  basket  along  the  line 
from  one  to  the  other  to  the  boat,  the  children  gathering  up  the  empty  baskets. 
The  women  receive  for  this  work  nine  cents  a day  and  the  men  twelve  cents.  The 


SWIMMING  TANK  ON  THE  “GAELIC.” 


Campai^7iing  in  the  Philippines. 


297 


largest  engineering  and  ship-building  works  in  the  far  East  are  situated  here,  also 
the  Tategami  dock,  cut  out  of  solid  rock  and  costing  over  $1 ,000,000.  It  is  avail- 
able for  the  largest  ships  afloat,  and  is  a remarkable  piece  of  workmanship. 

The  distance  from  Nagasaki  to  Shanghai  is  about  400  miles,  and  Shanghai  from 
Hongkong  about  870  miles.  Shanghai  is  termed  the  “Paris  of  the  far  East” 
because  of  its  pleasures  and  social  gaities.  Its  population  is  about  400,000  with  5000 
foreigners.  It  is  the  largest  treaty  port  in  China.  Usually  the  traveler  takes  a 
stop-over  trip  at  Shanghai,  partly  because  of  the  sights  there  and  because  he  wishes 
to  see  the  great  city  of  Peking,  about  80  miles  inland,  and  the  distance  is 
covered  in  less  than  four  hours.  There  are  fine  roads  and  beautiful  drives  in  this 
region  and  a very  profitable  stay  can  be  made  in  the  study  of  the  antiquities,  habits 
and  customs  of  the  people.  Peking  became  the  capital  of  China  in  1491  and  its 
present  population  is  placed  anywhere  between  1,000,000  and  1,750,000.  The 
natives  call  the  city  Ching.  It  is  surrounded  by  walls,  the  outer  of  which  is  dis- 
tant about  130  yards  and  runs  parallel  to  the  city.  Then  high  walls  and  open 
spaces  surround  the  inside  of  the  Imperial  City  of  Peking  and  separate  it  entirely 
from  the  city  itself.  The  great  wall  of  China  is  45  miles  from  the  city,  and 
the  road  leading  to  the  nearest  part  is  paved  with  solid  granite  slabs  10  feet  long. 
The  city  and  its  surroundings  are  replete  with  curiosities,  and  well  worth  a visit. 

It  is  about  four  days  by  steamer  from  Shanghai  to  Hongkong.  Hongkong 
is  styled  the  “Revelation”  owing  to  its  development  since  the  incoming 
of  the  English  in  1841.  In  that  year  the  Island  of  Hongkong  was  ceded  to 
Great  Britain  by  China,  the  island  then  having  a population  of  2000,  consisting 
of  Puntis,  Aboriginees,  Hakkas,  or  strangers  from  the  highlands,  and  the  Hoklos, 
hailing  from  the  coast  ports  of  the  North.  The  island  is  about  three  miles  in 
width  and  twelve  miles  in 
length.  It  now  has  a popu- 
lation approximating  250,- 
000  and  is  cosmopolitan  in 
appearance.  Those  j ourney- 
ing  to  the  Philippines 
usually  want  to  spend  about 
three  days  on  their  outward 
trip,  viewing  the  many  in- 
teresting sights  in  and 
around  Hongkong,  and 
should  by  all  means  take  a 
flying  trip  up  to  Canton, 
which  is  reached  in  about 
seven  hours  by  boat.  Here 
is  found  the  temple  of  Ho- 
nan, the  finest  temple  in 
China,  with  its  gardens,  in  the  kitchen  department  of  which  there  is  a Colum- 
barium similar  to  the  one  discovered  at  Pompeii.  A Buddhist  monastery  and 
nunnery  with  water  clock  800  years  old  and  the  five-storied  Pagoda  are  also 
here.  Another  day  is  usually  given  to  Maco  where  great  gambling  games 


EXTERIOR  AND  INTERIOR  VIEWS  ON  BOARD  THE  “GAFJJC/ 


Cmnpaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


299 


similar  in  style  to  those  at  Montecarlo  are  carried  on.  At  Hongkong  we  bid 
good-bye  to  the  good  ship  Gaelic.,  genial  Captain  Finch  and  his  courteous  officers 
and  each  one  prepares  to  go  his  own  way,  and  in  winding  up  this  short  descrip- 
tion of  a most  charming  sea  voyage,  the  writer  feels  it  incumbent  upon  him  to 
say  that  all  the  promises  made  by  the  steamship  officials  were  more  than  fulfilled, 
and  this  was  the  concensus  of  opinion  throughout  the  ship. 

From  Hongkong  to  Manila,  the  distance  as  heretofore  stated,  is  about  850 
miles  and  the  trip  is  made  in  about  three  and  one-half  days.  The  China  Sea  is 
well  known  to  be  a body  of  rough  water  and  you  do  not  look  forward  with  much 
pleasurable  anticipation  of  the  trip.  How- 
ever, it  has  to  be  made,  and  your  first  inquiry 
is,  which  of  the  steamship  lines  have  the 
safest  and  best  boats.  There  are  several  small 
boats  running  to  Manila,  and  if  you  happen 
to  be  a passenger  on  one  of  these  in  some  of 
the  storms  which  are  quite  frequent  in  this 
latitude,  you  may  not  only  have  occasion  to 
regret  your  experience,  but  there  is  also 
actual  danger  to  life.  It  is  generally  the 
wisest  and  best  in  such  cases  to  patronize  an 
old  established  company  as  they  all  usually 
know  by  experience  the  existing  conditions 
and  are  prepared  for  emergencies.  The 
events  of  the  past  year  in  the  Philippine 
Islands  have  caused  a good  deal  of  travel  to 
Manila  and  this  has  made  the  steamship  busi- 
ness unusually  brisk  and  as  a result  a number 
of  boacs  have  been  taken  off  other  routes  that 
are  less  profitable  and  put  upon  this  one. 

The  oldest  firm  operating  a line  of  steamers 
between  Hongkong  and  Manila  is  Warren, 

Barnes  & Company.  We  took  passage  on 
their  steamer  Esmeralda  and  have  never  had 
occasion  to  regret  the  choice.  Of  course  the 
change  in  our  surroundings  was  quite  notice- 
able as  compared  with  those  we  had  been  accustomed  to  on  the  good  old  Gaelic^  but 
as  compared  with  some  of  the  boats  of  the  other  steamship  companies  we  think  we 
were  very  fortunate  in  making  the  choice.  The  sea  was  very  choppy  and  rough 
and  although  we  had  experienced  only  slight  symptoms  of  seasickness  in  crossing 
the  Pacific  Ocean  we  are  willing  to  admit  that  there  were  only  two  occasions  when 
we  answered  the  call  of  the  dinner  bell,  once  before  the  steamer  left  the  harbor  of 
Hongkong  and  the  other  after  we  were  inside  Manila  Bay. 

As  we  enter  the  historical  waters  of  Manila  Bay,  past  the  guns  which  frown 
upon  us  from  Fraile  Rock  and  the  forts  on  Corregidor  Island,  w^e  remember  with 
a thrill  of  admiration  that  a little  less  than  a year  ago  a very  unassuming  Com- 
modore in  the  American  Navy,  with  his  slim  fleet  entered  these  same  waters, 


300 


Campaignmg  hi  the  Philippines. 


silenced  these  guns,  and  passing  on  up  the  bay  engaged  and  entirely  destroyed 
the  proud  Spanish  fleet  which  were  there  awaiting  him  and  by  this  act  changed 
the  theater  of  war  and  focused  the  e3"es  of  the  world  upon  these  islands  in  this 
remote  corner  of  the  globe — when  we  remember  all  this  we  are  proud  to  pay 
homage  to  America’s  greatest  hero  in  the  late  war  with  Spain — Admiral  George 
Dewey 


MONUMENT  NEAR  MALATE,  SHOWING  EFFECTS 
OF  MAUSER  BULLETS. 


SUPPLEMENT. 


THE  STAFF  DEPARTMENTS  OF  THE  ARMY. 


The  attention  of  the  public  is  so  much  occupied  with  the  fighting  portion  of  the  army — 
known  as  “the  line” — that  it  usually  gives  little  thought  to  those  less  prominent,  but 
equally  essential  services  which  feed  and  clorhe  the  army,  transport  it  from  place  to  place, 
care  for  the  wounded  and  sick,  minister  to  its  moral  and  spiritual  needs,  arrange  its  fortifica- 
tions and  build  its  bridges  and  roads.  The  following  is  intended  to  give  some  idea  of  the  nature 
of  these  services,  which  are  performed  by  a number  of  departments,  collectively  known  as  “ the 
staff.”  Officers  of  the  very  highest  ability  are  selected  for  staff  service.  Any  brave  man  can 
fight,  but  the  number  is  comparatively  limited  who  have  the  organizing  and  executive  ability 
required  for  carrying  on  business  upon  the  enormous  scale  requisite  for  the  support  of  a large 
army.  In  time  of  war  it  is  sometimes  very  difficult  to  keep  these  able  officers  in  the  compara- 
tively obscure  positions  of  the  staff.  They  wish  to  be  on  the  fighting  line.  In  time  of  peace 
they  are  best  satisfied  where  they  are. 

THE  ENGINEER  CORPS. 

The  planning  and  construction  of  the  national  defenses  and  the  operations  of  an  army  in 
the  field  require  a great  amount  of  skilled  work,  which  must  be  directed  by  the  highest  intel- 
ligence. Scholarship,  especially  in  mathematics,  is  an  essential  prerequisite  for  the  engineer 
service,  and  a certain  number  of  the  graduates  of  West  Point  who  stand  highest  in  scholarship 
are  assigned  to  the  Engineer  Corps.  In  times  of  peace  this  is  the  most  desirable  assignment  in 
the  army,  as  the  construction  of  harbor  defenses  and  of  river  and  harbor  improvements,  which 
are  also  usually  directed  by  engineer  officers,  commonly  goes  on  in  the  neighborhood  of  large 
cities,  where  conditions  of  life  are  most  agreeable.  In  time  of  war,  however,  it  is  different,  as 
the  engineers,  while  quite  as  much  exposed  as  those  of  other  branches  of  the  service,  and 
engaged  in  the  most  arduous  labor,  are  not  in  the  line  of  promotion  to  high  command,  and 
have  little  hope  of  attaining  the  great  military  reputation  which  is  the  dream  of  all  soldiers. 

The  chief  of  engineers  is  a Brigadier-General,  and  is  stationed  at  Washington.  All  plans 
and  estimates  for  the  construction  of  national  works  pass  through  his  office  for  approval  before 
being  submitted  to  Congress  for  authorization,  and  he  makes  the  details  of  engineer  officers  for 
service  in  all  parts  of  the  country.  When  an  army  takes  the  field  there  is  a chief  of  engineers 
attached  to  the  staff  of  the  commanding  general,  and  also,  usually,  to  Division  Headquarters. 
Other  engineer  officers  are  assigned  as  occasion  demands,  it  being  necessary  that  every  body 
of  troops  moving  independently  in  an  enemy’s  country  should  be  accompanied  by  a skilled 
engineer.  As  all  West  Point  graduates,  however,  have  had  instruction  in  engineering,  it  is 
not  always  necessary  that  engineer  officers  should  be  detailed  for  the  purpose. 

THE  BATTAEION  OF  ENGINEERS. 

In  time  of  peace  the  construction  force  for  government  works  can  usually  be  employed  on 
the  spot,  when  necessary,  although  for  the  most  part  such  works  are  executed  by  civilian  con- 
tractors, but  such  operations  as  the  mining  of  harbors,  torpedo  work,  quick  bridge  building, 
trench  and  fort  construction  in  the  field,  reconnaissance  and  quick  map  making,  require  not 
only  skilled  direction,  but  a force  of  trained  men  for  execution.  For  this  purpose,  there  is  con- 
stantly maintained  a battalion  of  engineers  whose  headquarters  are  at  Willets  Point,  on  Long 
Island,  a few  miles  from  New  York  City.  Here  the  men  are  trained  in  all  kinds  of  engineering 
work,  and  kept  in  constant  readiness  for  military  operations.  In  peace,  the  strength  of  each 


302 


Cajfipaij^ning'  in  the  Philippines. 


of  the  four  companies  of  the  battalion  is  kept  at  about  eighty  enlisted  men,  but  in  war  time  the 
company  is  filled  up  to  one  hundred  and  twenty.  There  is  the  regular  company  and  battalion 
complement  of  officers,  and  the  battalion  is  armed  and  drilled  as  infantry,  doing  its  work  in 
the  field  under  arms,  and  serving  as  infantry  as  occasion  requires. 

THE  ENGINEER  CORPS  IN  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

During  the  Philippine  campaign,  Lieutenant-Colonel  Charles  L.  Potter  has  been  Chief  of 
Engineers,  on  the  staff  of  Major-General  Otis,  commanding  the  Corps,  and  Maj.  J.  F.  Bell,  upon 
the  staff  of  Gen.  MacArthur,  commanding  the  2d  Division.  Lieut.  Edward  L.  King  of  the 
8th  Cav.,  has  acted  as  Chief  of  Engineers,  on  the  staff  of  Gen.  Lawton,  commanding  the  2d 
Division.  Lieut.  W.  G.  Haan  of  the  3d  Art.,  was  in  command  of  the  company  of  the  Engineer 
Corps  until  March  8,  1899,  in  which  capacity  he  repeatedly  distinguished  himself.  He  was 
succeeded  by  Capt.  Francis  R.  Shunk.  Other  engineer  officers  were  detailed  for  various  ser- 
vices as  occasion  required. 

THE  QUARTERMASTER’S  DEPARTMENT.  * 

The  duties  of  the  Quartermaster’s  Department  are  to  provide  means  of  transportation  of 
every  character  which  may  be  needed  in  the  movement  of  troops  and  the  materials  of  war.  It 
furnishes  clothing,  camp  and  garrison  equipage,  barracks,  store-houses  and  other  buildings  for 
the  accommodation  of  soldiers.  Under  the  direction  of  the  engineers  it  constructs  and  repairs 
roads,  telegraph  lines,  railways  and  bridges;  it  charters  ships  and  boats,  docks  and  Wxiarves 
needed  for  military  purposes.  Moreover,  all  the  disbursing  of  civil  funds  to  pay  for  the  fore- 
going is  done  through  this  department.  The  work  of  the  Quartermaster’s  Department  in  the 
field  is  well  illustrated  by  the  efficiency  with  which,  assisted  by  details  of  skilled  mechanics 
from  the  volunteer  regiments,  it  rose  to  an  emergency  in  the  Philippine  campaign.  Lieutenant- 
Colonel  James  W.  Pope,  has  until  quite  recently,  served  as  Chief  Quartermaster  in  the  Philip- 
pines, and  has  received  great  commendation  for  his  efficiency. 

OPERATING  A RAILROAD. 

After  the  fight  of  Saturday  night  and  Sunday,  February  5th  and  6th,  it  was  found  that  the 
last  engine  on  the  Manila  and  Dagupan  Railroad  had  gone  north  and  through  the  lines,  con- 
veying M.  Haggin  (the  Superintendent  of  the  road)  into  the  insurgent  lines.  The  road  was 
thus  rendered  valueless  to  the  American  forces,  while  the  insurgents  were  able  to  use  it  to  their 
own  very  great  advantage.  Matters  remained  in  this  unsatisfactory  shape  until  the  night  of 
Friday,  February  lOth,  when  Gen.  MacArthur  advanced  and  took  Caloocan.  Maj.  C.  A.  Devol, 
Transportation  Quartermaster,  obtained  Corp.  J.  J.  Haish,  20th  Kansas,  an  old  Rock  Island 
railroad  man,  to  follow  and  see  what  could  be  found  at  the  Caloocan  round  house.  The 
Corporal  appeared  the  next  morning  with  a small  yard  engine,  crew  and  all,  fired  and  ready  for 
work.  The  round  house  was  found  to  contain  three  large  engines,  more  or  less  disabled,  and 
two  small  ones.  The  insurgents  could  readily  have  permanently  disabled  these  engines  and  thus 
seriously  crippled  the  American  advance,  but  probably  not  realizing  the  ready  ingenuity  of  the 
American  soldier,  they  thought  that  an  engine  taken  apart  and  resting  on  jacks  was  not  of 
service.  As  the  insurgent  lines  were  just  beyond  Caloocan  and  firing  almost  continuous,  Gen. 
Otis  directed  the  five  engines  brought  down  at  once  to  Manila  that  night,  if  possible.  Maj. 
Devol  at  once  proceeded  with  all  available  railroad  men  to  the  shops  at  Caloocan,  and 
during  the  afternoon  repaired  and  fired  the  least  disabled  engine,  intending  to  pull  the  others 
down.  Steam  was  not  gotten  up  until  after  dark,  and  then  all  hands  stood  around  while  the 
engineer  opened  the  throttle  to  see  if  she  would  work.  Slowly  and  majestically  she  ran  out  of 
the  house  and  up  the  track  amid  a general  sigh  of  relief,  when  a crash  and  dismal  rattle  told 
experienced  men  that  she  had  gone  off  the  track.  It  was  a bad  derailment,  and  time  was 
precious.  Jacks,  lanterns,  pins,  etc.  were  finally  found,  and  after  about  seven  hours’  hard  work  she 
was  on,  and  ran  into  Manila  at  three  o’clock  in  the  morning.  The  engines  were  repaired  one 
after  another.  The  20th  Kansas  and  1st  Montana  furnished  invaluable  aid  in  the  services  of 

*The  work  of  the  Quartermaster’s  Department  in  San  Francisco  has  been  very  fully  described  in  Chapter 
IV,  in  connection  with  the  movement  of  the  troops  to  the  Philippines. 


CcDHpai^^'ninz  in  fhe  Philippines. 


303 


their  railroad  men  These  men  didn’t  like  to  leave  the  firing  line,  but  there  is  something  about 
railroading  that  makes  an  old  railroad  man  long  to  get  back  on  an  engine  again,  if  only  for  a 
time,  and  as  the  engines,  whenever  they  appeared,  were  usually  saluted  V)y  a long  range 
fire  from  the  insurgent  lines,  they  carry  to  this  day  marks  of  the  Mauser  bullet.  The  train 
crew  did  not  have  a chance  to  worry  much  about  not  being  on  the  firing  line.  The  train  service 
settled  into  a steady  routine  supply  of  Gen.  Mac  Arthur’s  Division  at  Caloocan,  until  his 
advance  on  his  long  march  to  San  Fernando.  As  soon  as  he  had  passed  the  Friageus  River  it 
was  found  that  the  track  was  torn  up  across  the  bridge  and  quite  an  embankment  thrown  across 
the  track  on  the  other  side.  The  railroad  wrecking  gang,  assisted  by  the  engineers,  immediately 
began  to  repair  the  bridge  and  track  and  had  a train  over  in  a few  hours.  All  along  the  advance 
the  track  was  found  torn  up  at  intervals  and  bridges  damaged.  Twenty  railroad  men  were 
detailed  from  the  1st  Colorado  Volunteers  and  sent  up  to  assist  in  the  work  of  following  the 
firing  line.  The  track  to  Malolos  was  damaged  at  Tinajeus  River,  Malinta,  Manlao,  Bocaue, 
Bigaa,  Guiguinto  and  Malolos,  each  break  worse  than  the  preceding  one.  The  wrecking  crew 
and  engineers  worked  night  and  day  and  the  trains  followed  the  advance,  supplying  condensed 
water,  fresh  beef,  bread  and  ammunition  and  nearly  every  night  carrying  to  Manila  the  men 
who  had  lost  their  lives  or  been  wounded  in  the  advance. 

On  the  night  before  Malolos  was  taken,  the  headlight  of  the  locomotive  was  on  the  firing 
line,  and  the  train  delivered  some  badly  needed  ammunition  to  the  battery.  The  stop  at 
Malolos  gave  the  enemy  time  to  badly  use  up  the  road  from  this  on  to  San  Fernando.  Realiz- 
ing the  futility  of  tearing  up  the  track,  they  dropped  a span  of  the  bridge  at  Bagbag  into  the 
river,  and  tore  up  the  track  clear  into  Calumpit.  After  Gen.  MacArthur  had  advanced,  this 
span  was  repaired  by  trestling  up  from  the  inclined  span.  The  similar  break  at  St.  Tomas  was 
repaired  in  the  same  way.  At  Calumpit,  twelve  of  the  tie-bearing  girders  had  been  taken 
entirely  away.  These  were  made  in  a few  days  in  Manila. 

Too  much  credit  cannot  be  given  to  the  trainmen  and  crews  during  this  long  advance. 
They  got  no  extra  pay  for  this  arduous  and  dangerous  service.  Trains  ran  day  and  night — all 
day  with  the  advance,  carrying  rations,  ammunition  and  bridge-builders’  supplies,  and  all  night 
with  the  dead  and  wounded,  back  to  Manila.  They  had  every  difficulty  to  overcome.  New 
and  hastily  repaired  engines,  uncertain  roadbed,  constant  danger  in  night  runs  of  being  derailed 
by  insurgents,  loss  of  sleep  and  often  scant  food.  Not  a man  of  them  would  have  stood  this 
sort  of  service  back  in  the  States  for  any  amount  of  money,  but  they  were  working  with  the 
firing  line  for  the  glory  of  the  American  soldiers,  and  they  stood  by  their  work  to  the  end. 

THE  SUBSISTENCE  DEPARTMENT. 

The  Subsistence  Department  of  the  U.  S.  A.  is  that  branch  of  the  service  charged 
with  the  duty  of  supplying  food  and  articles  of  consumption,  such  as  groceries,  fruits 
and  other  articles  which  comprise  the  rations  of  the  troops,  as  well  as  such  luxuries  as  they  and 
other  persons  in  the  service  of  the  United  States  are  allowed  to  purchase  from  the  government. 
Whenever  it  is  practicable,  the  needed  supplies  are  bought  in  the  United  States,  but  circum- 
stances have  arisen  in  the  distant  Philippine  Islands,  when  the  stocks  of  certain  articles  were 
depleted,  that  compelled  the  chief  commissary  at  Manila  to  effect  his  purchases  through  ten- 
ders from  local  dealers,  who,  in  the  main,  obtained  supplies  from  Hongkong  and  Singapore. 
Distribution  of  rations  to  the  troops  takes  place  at  stated  intervals  by  the  depot  commissary, 
who  delivers  the  supplies  to  men  detailed  from  each  regiment,  who  are  authorized  to  receive 
the  same  b}'  the  officer  charged  with  the  duty  of  attending  to  the  feeding  of  the  command. 
This  system  applies  when  troops  are  in  garrison. 

In  the  field  each  brigade  has  a chief  commissary,  with  a commissary  for  each  division 
when  practicable.  These  officers  make  requisitions  upon  the  depot  commissary  for  supplies 
for  sale  and  the  rations  allowed  by  law,  and  upon  receipt  of  the  same  apportion  the  allowances 
and  regulate  the  issuances  and  sales  to  the  respective  regimental  officers. 

The  company  cooks  of  each  regiment,  under  the  supervision  of  Sergeants,  prepare  the 
rations.  The  officers  aud  men  buy  articles  from  the  sales  depots  of  such  food  products  as  are 
not  comprised  in  the  ration  list. 


304 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


RATIONS  ON  THE  TRANSPORTS. 

The  following  table  shows  the  quantity  and  description  of  food  issued  to  the  troops  on 
board  the  transports  en  route  from  the  United  States  to  the  Philippine  Islands;  the  computa- 
tions are  for  1000  men: 


MEATS.  Pounds 

Pork 75 

Bacon 150 

Fresh  Beef  875  pounds,  or  Fresh 
Beef  750  pounds  and  Canned  Sal- 
mon 125  pounds 875 

FEOUR. 

Flour 1125 

VEGETABEES. 

Dry  Beans  or  Peas 75 

Rice  or  Hominy 50 

Fresh  Potatoes,  800  pounds,  or  Pota- 
toes 700  pounds 800 


Onions,  200  pounds 
Canned  Tomatoes,  300  pounds 


Coffee,  green IQO 

Sugar 150 

Vinegar ;io 

Candles 15 

Soap 40 

Salt 40 

Pepper 2.5 


For  1000  men  . 3877 . 5 

Per  man  one  ration ...  3 88 


RATIONS  IN  THE  FIELD. 

The  following  table  shows  the  rations  issued  to  the 
for  a body  of  1000  men: 

Pounds 


Bacon 750 

Hard  Bread 1000 

Beans 150 

Potatoes,  Onions  and  Canned  Toma- 
toes (when  possible)  1000 

Coffee,  roasted 80 

Sugar 150 


troops  when  in  the  field.  Computed 


Pounds. 

Vinegar 80 

Candles 15 

Soap 40 

Salt 40 

Pepper,  black 2 5 

For  1000  men 3307 . 5 

One  ration 3.31 


THE  TRAVEL  RATION. 


The  travel  ration  when  en  route,  computed  at  the  rate  of  1000  men: 


FOR  FIRST  FOUR  DAYS.  Pounds 

Hard  Bread 1000 

Canned  Beef 750 

Baked  Beans,  (3-pound  cans) 450 

Coffee,  roasted 80 

Sugar 150 


One  thousand  rations 2430 

One  ration, 2.43 

AFTER  FOURTH  DAY,  ADDITIONAE  Pounds 

Tomatoes,  (gallon  cans) 1000 

One  ration 1 


Col.  David  L.  Brainard  has  served  as  Chief  Commissary  with  the  army  in  the  Philippines. 
THE  MEDICAL  DEPARTMENT. 

The  Medical  Department  of  the  army  is  under  the  supervison  of  the  Surgeon-General,  and 
no  candidate  can  be  examined  for  a commission  as  surgeon  without  his  express  sanction,  which 
is  only  granted  after  evidence  of  such  candidate’s  moral,  intellectual  and  physical  fitness  to 
perform  the  necessary  duties.  The  candidate  for  a commission  must  be  a citizen  of  the  United 
States,  not  more  than  twenty-nine  years  of  age  at  date  of  appearing  for  such  examination,  and  a 
graduate  of  some  regular  medical  college  with  hospital  training  and  practical  experience. 


Ca}npai(r)iiii(r  in  the  Philippi7ies. 


305 


The  Chief  Surgeon  of  an  Army  Corps  is  an  officer  attached  to  the  staff  of  the  commanding 
general,  and  is  charged  with  the  supervision  of  all  matters  pertaining  to  the  health  of  the  com- 
mand. This  includes  sanitation,  the  hosjntal  and  ambulance  service,  the  detail  of  medical 
officers  and  the  obtaining,  distribution  and  care  of  medical  supplies.  He  prepares  general 
orders,  when  necessary,  which  are  signed  and  promulgated  by  the  Corps  Commander.  The 
Chief  Division  and  Brigade  Surgeons  have  similar  duties  within  their  divisions  and  brigades. 
The  regimental  surgeon  has  charge  of  the  health  of  his  regiment,  and  the  treatment  of  temporary 
ailments,  all  serious  cases  being  sent  to  the  brigade,  division,  or  general  hospital,  as  circumstances 
may  require.  There  are  attached  to  each  full  regiment,  one  .surgeon,  ranking  as  Major,  and  two 
assistant  surgeons,  ranking  respectively,  as  Captain  and  Lieutenant.  When  in  action,  field 
hospitals  are  established  in  sheltered  places,  as  near  the  firing  line  as  possible  where  temporary 
trealment  is  given,  and  are  manned  from  the  staff  and  regimental  surgeons  as  circumstances  re- 
spiire  or  permit.  The  organization  of  a medical  service  in  a campaign  is  constantly  changing, 
according  to  circumstances,  but  severe  ca.ses  of  wounds  or  sickness  are  sent  as  soon  as  possible 
to  the  general  hospitals,  where  the  best  care  can  be  given,  and  which  are  under  the  control  of 
the  Corps  Surgeon.  Each  hospital,  however,  is  an  organization  of  itself,  in  charge  of  a surgeon 
and  as  many  assistants  as  necessary,  the  surgeon  in  charge  reporting  to  the  Corps,  Division,  or 
Brigade  Surgeon  as  the  case  may  be.  All  officers  and  men  are  under  the  direct  medical  and 
sanitary  direction  of  the  regimental  surgeons,  until  transferred  to  .some  hospital. 

THE  SUPPLY  AND  AMBULANCE  SERVICE. 

That  part  of  the  medical  service  which  in  civil  life  is  known  as  the  “drug  store”  is  in 
charge  of  non-commissioned  officers,  known  as  “ Hospital  Stewards.”  P"or  the  positions  of 
hospital  steward,  and  acting  hospital  steward,  special  examinations  are  necessary,  and  these  are 
made  by  a medical  board.  Candidates  must  be  unmarried  and  be  physically  and  mentally 
capable  of  endurance,  and  have  had  experience  in  discipline  and  control  of  men,  nursing  and 
dispensary  work,  clerical  work,  cooking  and  mess  management,  hospital  corps  drill  and  minor 
surgery.  Their  duties  are  to  care  for  the  hospital  stores  and  property,  to  compound  and 
administer  medicines,  supervi.se  preparation  and  serving  of  food,  maintain  discipline  in  the 
hospitals  and  watch  over  their  police,  and  to  supervi.se  the  duties  of  the  Hospital  Corps  in  the 
hospital  and  in  the  field.  The  Hospital  Corps  consists  of  stewards,  and  acting  stewards  and 
privates  who  are  assigned  to  regiments  as  required. 

The  ambulance  service  is  organized  for  the  transport  of  the  sick  and  wounded  Ambul- 
ances are  attached  to  each  regiment  and  hospital  and  are  under  control  of  the  surgeons,  and 
there  is  an  Ambulance  Corps  organized  for  general  service,  in  removing  the  sick  to  hospitals  and 
the  wounded  from  the  field  of  batcle. 

Except  under  special  circumstances  which  justify  the  expectation  that  their  rights  as  non- 
combatants  under  the  Geneva  Convention  will  not  be  recognized,  no  arms  are  issued  to  the  Hospital 
Corps.  During  the  war  with  the  Filipinos,  however,  it  has  been  frequently  necessary  to  arm 
them,  as  they  were  not  respected  by  the  enemy. 

The  ambulance  and  hospital  service  of  each  command  is  under  the  supervision  of  its  chief 
surgeon,  who  makes  all  necessary  arrangements  for  the  care  of  the  sick  and  wounded,  and  their 
transportation  during  action.  These  arrangements  are  so  made  that  they  may  receive 
attention  with  the  line  of  battle  under  fire,  at  the  dressing  stations,  at  the  ambulance  stations 
and  at  the  division,  brigade  and  field  hospitals. 

To  the  ranking  surgeon  also  falls  the  duty  of  detailing  the  number  of  medical  officers, 
hospital  stewards 'and  privates  of  the  Hospital  Corps  for  duty  with  the  advance  line.  First 
dressing  stations  are  established  at  places  near  to  the  combatants,  but  where  the  wounded  and 
those  attendant  upon  them  will  not  be  exposed  to  fire.  These  dressing  stations  are  distin- 
guished by  Red  Cross  flags  in  the  day  and  by  red  lanterns  at  night. 

MEDICAL  DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  EIGHTPI  ARMY  CORPS. 

At  the  head  of  the  medical  service  of  the  8th  Army  Corps  was  Surgeon  Henry  Lippincott,* 
U.  S.  V.,  with  the  rank  of  Lieutenant-Colonel  and  Deputy  Surgeon-General.  Immediately 
upon  his  arrival  at  Manila,  Col.  Lippincott  was  compelled  to  deal  resolutely  with  the  subject  of 

* Since  relieved  by  lyieuteiiant-Colonel  Alfred  A.  Woodliall,  U.  S.  A. 

20  b 


.306 


Cauipaigniug  in  the  Philippines. 


sanitation.  There  was  much  sickness  in  the  army,  partly  growing  out  of  the  filthy  condition  of 
all  buildings  and  places  which  had  been  occupied  by  Spaniards  or  Filipinos,  and  partly  by  rea- 
son of  the  imprudence  of  the  men,  who  did  not  willingly  submit  to  the  strict  regulations  con- 
cerning diet,  drink  and  exposure  which  were  necessar}'  under  the  circumstances.  By  vigorous 
measures,  however,  the  surroundings  of  the  troops  were  made  and  kept  clean,  the  men 
restrained  from  indulgence  in  unwholesome  fruits,  and  compelled  to  drink  no  water  which  had 
not  been  boiled.  As  a result  sickness  rapidly  decreased,  and  by  the  end  of  August,  1898,  the 
health  of  the  command  was  fairly  good. 

The  surgeons  had  much  to  contend  with  on  arrival,  as  transport  work  between  the  vessels 
and  Camp  Dewey  and  Cavite  was  difficult  and  dangerous,  owing  to  the  very  stormy 
weather  and  heavy  rain  prevailing  at  the  time.  Much  valuable  property  was  lost  or  ruined, 
while  lives  of  patients  were  endangered  in  the  landing  under  such  circumstances.  On  the 
organization  of  the  Medical  Department,  under  Col.  Lippincott,  the  Volunteer  Hospital  Corps 
was  transferred  to  the  regular  establishment.  This  secured  many  excellent  men,  and  a sufficient 
number  of  privates  was  furnished  for  duty  in  the  Divisional  Hospital  Corps  and  for  attendance 
upon  the  sick  in  transports. 

VICTIMS  OF  WAR  IN  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

The  following  is  a complete  list  of  the  deaths,  as  copied  from  the  records  in  the  Surgeon- 
General’s  office,  occurring  in  the  U.  S.  A.  operating  in  the  Philippines  up  to  June  2,  1899: 


IS'AME  OF  Organization. 

Killed  in  .Action 

Died  ok  Wounds 

Died  of 

Disease 

U 

X 

< 

0 

Typhoid 

Dysentery 

Malaria 

Smallpox 

Diphtheria 

Tonsillitis 

Other  P'evers 

Meningitis 

Pneumonia 

2 

H 

u 

V 

'X 

Accidental 

Drowning 

Tuberculosis 

Suicide 

Mi.sccllaneous 

Astor  Battery 

3 

1 

•A  i 

■ ■ 

! i 

i • • ■ 

1 

5 

1st  California  Volunteer  Inf. . . . 

6 

5 

5 

6 

2 

3 ! 

1 ! 

1 

2 

■2 

31 

California  Heavy  Artillery 

3 

1 •• 

1 

•• 

3 

1st  Colorado  Volunteer  Inf 

5 

5 

2 

5 

7 

i 

1 ' 

32 

1st  Idaho  Volunteer  Inf 

6 

3 

2 

1 ^ 

3 

1 

.. 

' ! 

1 

1 

22 

51st  Iowa  Volunteer  Inf. 

1 

1 

3 

;3 

20th  Kansas  Volunteer  Inf  .... 

i? 

17 

‘2  1 

I ■■ 

! 1 

13 

3 i 

i 4 

: 1 i 

58 

1st  Minnesota  Volunteer  Inf  . . . 

4 

4 

12 

‘i 

11 

. i 

• • 1 

1 1 ! 

1 

1 

3 

39 

1st  ^Montana  Volunteer  Inf.  .... 

10 

13 

1 ^ 

2 

i 

1 

2 

..  i 

1 'i  ! 

'i 

6 

1st  Nebraska  Volunteer  Inf 

23 

15 

13 

1 1 1 

1 

2 

1 ! 

! - 1 

1 

■-> 

1 

05 

Nevada  Volunteer  Cav 

1 1 

i . . 1 

1 

••  1 

1 

1 1 

1st  North  Dakota  Volunteer  Inf. 

5 

2 

2 

, 4 I 

1 

. . i 

1 • • 

••  ! 

1 

1 

■ 15 

2d  Oregon  Volunteer  Inf. 

12 

3 

9 

3 

7 

i 

i 

2 ‘ 

• • i 

2 

46 

10th  Pennsylvania  Volunteer  In  f. 

6 

9 

1 2 

1 

1 

! 1 

1 1 

.. 

1 •• 

• ■ 

1 

21 

1st  South  Dakota  Volunteer  Inf.  , 

20 

5 

6 

I 4 

1 

7 

i 

2 

5 

1 

1 

2 

55 

1st  Tennessee  Volunteer  Inf. . . . . 

7 

•• 

••  1 

1 

1 

2 

10 

Utah  Volunteer  Tight  Artillery. . 

‘3 

1 

1 1 

1 

1 .. 

1 

: 1 

0 

1st  Washington  Volunteer  Inf.. . 

i5 

9 

8 

i 3 

1 •• 

i 

36 

1st  Wyoming  Volunteer  Inf  .... 

2 

1 

4 

1 

i 

i 

1 

1 

9 

Third  U.  S.  Art  

18 

8 

1 

; 2 

1 

1 

i 

1 

i . . 

33 

Sixth  U.  S.  Art  

1 

1 1 

!!  i 

1 .. 

5 

Fourth  U.  S.  Cav 

4 

3 

! 1 

2 

1 

i 

1 

13 

Third  U.  S.  Inf 

7 

1 

1 5 

2 

i 

'i 

i 

1 

19 

Fourth  U.  vS.  Inf 

1 

2 

i 2 

1 

1 

2 

8 

Ninth  U.  S.  Inf. 

i 

2 

3 

Twelfth  U.  S.  Inf 

i 

1 .. 

^ '6 

8 

9 

Fourteenth  U.  S.  Inf 

is 

'4 

3 

'2 

^ 1 

9 

38 

Seventeenth  U.  S.  Inf 

1 

i 

i ' ! 

2 

Eighteenth  U.  S.  Inf 

'4 

2 

6 

2 

4 

3 

1 

3 

4 

'i 

3 

33 

Twentieth  U.  S.  Inf 

3 

1 

2 

1 

7 

Twenty-second  U.  .S.  Inf 

10 

2 

•• 

12 

Twenty-third  U.  S.  Inf. 

5 

6 

2 

6 

i •• 

6 

i 

5 

31 

U.  S.  Flngineer  Corps 

U.  S.  Hospital  Corps 

'2 

‘‘2 

6 

2 

i 

] 3 

U.  S.  Signal  Corps 

1 1 

1 •• 

1 

2 

Total 

193 

124 

F 

50 

' 18 

85 

4 

2 

1 3 

22 

23 

i ^ 

24 

6 

1 

: 8 

1 

37 

721 

Total  died  of  disease,  404.  Total  died  of  wounds,  124.  Total  killed  in  action,  193. 


The  total  number  of  fatalities  given  is  736 — 23  officers,  699  privates  and  14  civilians  attached 
to  the  army.  The  mortality  of  officers  from  disease  was  small,  but  the  officers  killed  in  battle 
were  out  of  all  proportion  to  the  number  of  privates.  Of  the  23  officers  killed.  16 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


307 


were  shot  down  in  battle  and  the  other  7 died  of  disease.  In  the  case  of  the  men,  294  died  of 
wounds  received  in  action  and  9 were  killed  accidentally.  In  addition  to  the  above,  I officer 
and  18  enlisted  men  died  on  transports  returning  to  San  Francisco,  and  1 officer  and  155 
enlisted  men  had  died  in  the  general  hospital  at  San  Francisco  up  to  September  30,  1899.  The 
grand  total  of  deaths  in  the  Philippine  campaign  up  to  October  1,  1899,  is  25  officers,  1 retired 
officer,  872  enlisted  men  and  14  civilians,  in  addition  to  deaths  in  the  islands  between  June  2d 
and  October  1st,  and  a small  number  who  died  on  hospital  ships  not  reported  at  Department 
Headquarters. 

NOBLE  WORK  OF  THE  VOLUNTEER  LADY  PHYSICIANS. 

It  would  be  improper  to  close  this  sketch  of  the  work  of  the  Medical  Department  in  the 
Philippines  without  mention  of  the  effective  aid  given  by  several  lady  physicians,  who  were 
early  on  the  ground,  by  permission  of  the  government,  and  who  placed  their  services  at  e 
disposal  of  the  medical  officer.  The  true  physician  is  devoted  to  his  profession  and  unsparing 
of  himself  in  emergencies,  and  it  would  be  improper  to  say  that  these  ladies  were  any  more 
zealous  in  the  service  than  the  medical  officers,  who  exposed  themselves  on  the  field  when  occa- 
sion demanded,  as  freely  as  those  bearing  arms;  but  it  is  true  that  in  the  womanly  touch 
there  is  a deftness  and  in  the  womanly  nature  a tenderness  which  are  wanting  in  the  kindest 
man;  and  the  gentle  ministrations  of  thesi  faithful  co-workers  in  the  hospitals,  comforted  the 
departing  hour  of  many  a dying  soldier,  and  live  as  a grateful  memory  in  the  hearts  of  hun- 
dreds of  those  who  survive. 

THE  RED  CROSS  WORK. 

In  connection  with  the  Medical  Department,  it  is  appropriate  to  make  some  mention  of  the 
“ Red  Cross  Society.”  It  is  the  duty  of  all  governments  to  care  for  their  wounded  and  sick 
soldiers,  and  they  all  seek  to  discharge  that  duty,  but  with  the  progress  of  civilization  there  has 
arisen  an  earnest  and  world  wide  desire  to  supplement  government  care  with  the  gifts  and 
services  of  private  devotion.  During  the  Crimean  War,  in  1854,  Miss  Florence  Nightengale  at 
the  head  of  a body  of  women  nurses  sent  out  by  the  British  government,  first  demonstrated,  on 
a great  scale,  the  effectiveness  of  women  in  organized  work  of  relief,  and  while  the  Red  Cross 
Society  was  not  founded  by  women,  they  have  always  born  their  full  share  of  the  work,  and,  in 
this  country,  have  usually  been  the  recognized  leaders. 

The  immediate  occasion  of  the  founding  of  the  Red  Cross  organization,  was  the  dreadful 
suffering  which  followed  the  Battle  of  Solferino  in  1859,  when  the  army  surgeons  were  utterly 
unable  to  deal  with  the  thousands  upon  thousands  of  the  wounded  of  the  two  armies.  Henri 
Dunand,  a Swiss  gentleman,  who  was  present  and  aided  in  this  care,  was  so  much  impressed 
with  the  inadequacy  of  government  efforts,  that  he  began  an  agitation  which  resulted,  in 
August,  1894,  in  an  official  convention  of  delegates  representing  sixteen  governments,  which 
formulated  articles  ” for  the  amelioration  of  the  condition  of  the  wounded  in  the  armies  in  the 
field,”  and  which,  as  modified  in  a later  convention,  have  received  the  formal  adhesion  of  the 
governments  of  nearly  all  civilized  nations.  The  badge,  the  red  cross  on  a white  ground,  is  the 
national  colors  of  Switzerland  reversed,  and  was  adopted  as  a compliment  to  the  nation  where 
both  the  treaties  have  been  formulated,  and’which  is  the  home  of  the  International  permanent 
Committee.  This  Committee  however,  is  only  maintained  as  a bond  of  unity  between  the 
national  committees,  which  are  entirely  independent 

The  United  States  was  very  slow  in  giving  its  adhesion  to  the  movement.  In  1864,  during 
our  Civil  War,  the  ‘LSanitary  Commission”  wassuccessfully  doing  its  work,  audit  was  not,  at  the 
time,  thought  best' to  commit  the  government  to  any  other  movement.  Subsequently,  in  1877, 
a letter  from  the  President  of  the  International  Committee  sent  through  Miss  Clara  Barton,  to 
President  Hayes,  does  not  seem  even  to  have  elicited  a reply.  Later,  however,  in  1881,  a copy 
of  the  same  letter  presented  by  Miss  Barton  to  President  Garfield,  received  prompt  attention, 
and  as  a result,  the  American  Association  of  the  Red  Cross  was  immediately  organized,  and  the 
United  States,  in  1882,  agreed  to  the  convention  of  Geneva,  being  the  thirty-second  nation  to  do  so. 

The  American  National  Society  has  its  auxiliaries  in  all  parts  of  the  United  States.  Its 
organization  is  permanent,  and  it  pursues  its  work  of  mercy,  not  only  in  war,  but  at  all  times 
when  sudden  emergencies  arise.  It  seeks  to  be  constantly  ready  for  duty,  both  as  to  material 


I 


Canipaii^)ii)ii^  in  the  Philippines. 


30. -i 


and  personnel.  Its  badge  has  become  familiar  wherever  there  is  great  trouble.  Miss  Clara  Bar- 
ton, as  is  well  known,  has  been  at  the  head  of  the  American  Society  ever  since  its  organization. 

The  American  Red  Cross  had  been  active  in  Cuba,  previous  to  the  breaking  out  of  the  war, 
and  immediately  upon  that  event,  and  coincident  with  the  raising  of  volunteer  troops,  Red 
Cross  Societies,  with  or  without  formal  connection  with  the  National  Society,  sprang  into 
existence  everywhere.  The  headquarters  of  the  National  Society  are  at  Washington,  but  its 
greate.st  center  of  work  is  in  New  York,  where,  at  the  beginning  of  the  war,  a powerful  Relief 
Committee  was  organized,  under  the  Presidency  of  Bishop  H.  C.  Potter,  which  had  received, 
up  to  March  17,  1899,  over  $320,000  to  be  applied  to  the  work.  To  “Auxiliary  No.  3,”  at  New 
York,  of  which  Mrs.  Janies  Speyer  is  President,  was  assigned  the  duty  of  caring  for  the  soldiers 
in  the  Philippines,  and  nur.ses  and  supplies  went  forward  by  the  first  transport  sailing  from 
New  York. 

Immediately  upon  the  call  for  volunteers  a meeting  of  patriotic  ladies  and  gentlemen  was 
called  in  San  Francisco  and  met  at  the  California  Hotel,  on  April  23d,  Mrs.  W.  B.  Harrington 
presiding.  Other  meetings  were  held  in  rapid  succession  in  other  cities  of  the  State,  and  the 
result  was  the  organization  of  a California  State  Red  Cross  Society  of  wdiich  Mrs.  W.  B.  Har- 
rington has  been  President,  and  which  has  been  remarkable  for  its  effectiveness  and  for  the 
personal  devotion  of  its  officers  and  members.  At  first  the  main  thought  was  for  provision  for 
the  California  soldiers,  and  the  natural  official  affiliation  of  the  society  was  with  the  California 
National  Guard.  There  was  no  time  to  seek  instructions  from  the  National  Society,  and 
apparently  no  necessity,  the  proposed  duty  being  mainly  the  proper  equipment  and  care  of  the 
California  Yolunteers;  Init  with  Dewey’s  victory,  and  the  American  occupation  of  the  Philip- 
pines, all  this  was  changed.  San  Francisco  would  evidently  be  the  post  of  departure  for  the 
troops  for  the  Orient.  Soldiers  from  many  States  would  be  for  weeks  in  camp  here,  and  later 
would  be  returning,  in  both  cases  needing  such  care  as  no  government  ever  did  or  ever  can  .supply. 
How  nobly  the  women  of  California  rose  to  the  unexpected  opportunity  has  been  told  in 
emphatic  language  from  the  lips  of  every  soldier  who  has  passed  through  San  P'rancisco. 
Originally  organized  to  aid  the  soldiers  of  California,  the  charit}"  and  loving  care  of  the  society 
has  known  no  bounds.  Soldiers  have  been  cared  for  regardless  of  State  bounds.  Although  a 
local  society  it  has  been  doing  a national  work.  It  has  not  only  cared  for  soldiers  in  San  Fran- 
cisco, but  has  sent  nurses,  agents  and  supplies  to  the  Philippines  for  the  succor,  not  only  of 
Californi  ms,  but  of  all  in  distress.  It  has  had  the  aid  of  more  than  one  hundred  local  auxil- 
iaries, of  which  that  of  San  I'rancisco,  under  the  presidency  of  Mrs.  John  F.  Merrill,  has 
naturally  been  the  largest.  Large  .sums  of  money  have  been  expended  by  the  State,  San  PTan- 
cisco  and  Oakland  societies.  It  is  not  yet  possible  to  give  the  aggregate  of  the  disbursements  of  the 
California  Red  Cross  Societies,  but  the  State  Society  alone  expended  |22,494  during  the  year 
ending  October  17, 1899.  The  money  was  expended  for  the  support  of  nurses  and  supplies  sent 
to  the  Philippines,  and  employed  in  San  Francisco,  wdiere  a convalescent  hospital  w’as  main- 
tained. Indentification  medals  w^ere  supplied  to  all  soldiers,  and  nearly  all  organizations, 
passing  through  San  Francisco,  were  met  and  fed  on  arrival.  The  Society  acted  as  bankers  for 
soldiers  paid  off,  and  distributed  literature  and  stationery  in  great  quantities. 

THE  SIGNAL  CORPS. 

The  Signal  Corps  is  the  staff  department  which  is  charged  with  the  duty  of  maintaining 
communications  between  commanding  generals  and  their  subordinates  in  the  field,  by  means 
of  telegraphs,  telephones,  flag  signals,  balloons,  carrier  pigeons  or  whatever  other  means  of 
communication  may  be  found  practicable.  The  head  of  the  department  is  a Brigadier  General, 
at  Washington,  and  there  are  signal  officers  attached  to  all  armies  in  the  field  according  to  their 
requirements  for  the  time  being.  The  enlisted  force  consists  of  Sergeants,  Corporals  and  Pri- 
vates, as  in  the  line.  In  the  reorganized  regular  army  there  are  six  companies,  fully  officered, 
the  aggregate  enlisted  force  being  about  750  men.  There  is  a school  of  instruction  maintained  on 
the  Atlantic  Coast  where  men  are  trained  for  their  duties.  In  time  of  war  the  service  is  rapidly 
recruited,  mainly  from  telegraph  operators  and  others  accustomed  to  electrical  work,  and  where- 
ever  an  army  moves  the  Signal  Corps  men  go  with  it,  the  telegraph  lines  being  kept  as  close  as 
necessary  to  the  firing  line,  so  that  the  commanding  general  is  kept  in  constant  touch  with 


Ca}Hpaip:;nin_s^  in  the  Philippuics. 


809 


Division  and  Brigade  Headquarters.  It  is  a laborious  and  hazardous  service,  as  no  point  is  more 
eagerly  sought  for  attack  than  the  communications  of  an  enemy.  The  lines  are  often  p)ut  up 
and  maintained  under  fire,  and  during  the  Philippine  campaign  many  acts  of  heroism  have  been 
performed  by  the  men  of  this  corps  who  freely  exposed  themselves  to  sharpshooters  in  climbing 
poles  and  trees  while  stringing  the  telegraph  lines.  Dieutenant-Colonel  R.  E.  Thompson  has 
been  Chief  Signal  Officer  upon  the  staff  of  the  Corps  Commander,  during  the  operations  of  our 
armies  in  the  Philippines. 

THE  CHAPEAINS  IN  THE  ARMY. 

[According  to  army  regulations,  there  is  attached  to  each  regiment  a Chaplain  whose  duty 
is  to  conduct  religious  services  when  possible,  and  otherwise  to  minister  to  the  regiments  in  the 
field  as  he  would  to  a congregation  at  home.  Being  non-combatants,  they  are  not  necessarily 
exposed  to  the  fire  of  the  enemy,  but  to  the  credit  of  our  Chaplains  be  it  said,  that  where  there 
was  a soldier  needing  their  attentions,  there  they  were  to  be  found,  whether  on  the  firing  line 
or  elsewhere.  It  has  not  been  found  possible  to  procure  any  complete  record  of  the  services  of 
the  Chaplains  in  the  Philippines,  and  it  has  seemed  best  to  give  in  full  the  following  personal 
narrative,  which  includes  merely  a record  of  a few  incidents  coming  under  ihe  personal  observa- 
tion of  the  writer,  Init  illustrates  better  than  any  more  formal  statement,  the  life  and  work  of 
the  Chaplains  in  the  army.  It  is  proper  to  say  that  the  writer  of  the  following  was  a Press 
Correspondent  who  is  also  a congregational  clergyman,  who  was  himself  several  times  wounded, 
and  who  was  as  active  and  helpful  in  ministering  to  the  soldiers,  as  those  whose  services  he 
chronicles]. 

“ The  Chaplain  is  the  true  knight  of  the  battlefield.  His  high  duty  it  is  to  march  with  the 
soldiers,  assist  the  weak,  succor  the  wounded,  administer  to  the  dying,  and  bring  the  consolation 
of  God  to  the  dripping  edges  of  the  battlefield. 

“ There  were  not  wanting  in  our  army  in  the  Philippines  splendid  and  heroic  Ministers  of 
various  denominations  and  creeds  of  Christianity,  who  abandoned  their  homes  and  their  work 
in  order  to  be  of  use  and  blessing  to  the  soldiers  fighting  in  the  distant  land.  I have  seen  these 
Chaplains  on  the  firing  line,  with  the  Hospital  Corps,  the  Military  Reserve  Hospitals,  and  be- 
side the  soldier’s  grave.  No  class  of  men  behave  with  more  gentleness  and  chivalry  than  these 
devoted  Soldiers  of  the  Cross.  It  would  be  invidious  to  select  from  so  able  and  perfect  a body 
of  men  any  particular  members  for  special  praise  or  consideration,  but  I was  fortunate  enough 
to  meet  and  campaign  with  several  of  them,  while  I was  not  able  to  see  them  all  on  the  battle- 
field. Among  the  very  best  and  most  heroic  of  these  men  was  Rev.  P'ather  W.  D.  McKinnon, 
Chaplain  of  the  1st  California.  He  it  was,  who  entered  Manila  under  the  fire  of  the  Spaniards, 
walking  along  the  shore  near  old  Malate,  in  order  to  interview  the  Archbishop  and  to  ask  him 
if  Manila  could  not  be  surrendered  without  loss  of  life.  He  told  me  himself  that  in  this  expedi- 
tion he  received  a wound  in  the  fleshy  part  of  the  leg,  which  he  tried  to  treat  himself,  and  which 
after  a couple  of  days  gangrened,  giving  him  considerable  trouble.  He  was  not  a spectacular 
man,  P'ather  McKinnon,  but  did  his  work  in  a kind,  gentle  and  modest  way  which  attracted  to 
him  the  hearts  of  all  who  met  him.  Among  all  the  regiments  I think  no  Chaplain  was  more 
sincerely  loved  by  men  of  all  denominations  and  creeds  than  Father  McKinnon.  Together  we 
trudged  along  dusty  roads,  through  the  rice-fields  and  through  the  cane-brakes  on  the  torrid, 
dusty  battlefields  between  Caloocan  and  Malolos. 

“ I remember  one  morning,  as  we  came  along  the  railroad  beyond  Bocaue,  how  we  found  a 
poor  P'ilipino  lying  with  his  leg  broken  at  the  thigh.  He  must  have  been  running  and  fell  into 
one  of  the  deep  ravines,  for  his  clothes  were  saturated  with  water,  and  his  handsand  feet  were  all 
pale  and  white.  Two  soldiers  had  brought  him  from  the  swamp  and  laid  him  on  the  dry  ground 
beside  the  railway.  I was  very  much  touched  at  the  way  in  which  Father  McKinnon,  with  the 
aid  of  Mr.  Waage,  of  the  California  Red  Cross,  worked  over  the  restoration  of  this  poor  man. 
The  Padre  went  across  the  scorching  rice-fields  to  get  some  branches  of  bamboo  to  shade  the 
man  withal,  while  Mr.  Waage,  from  his  medical  kit,  gave  restoratives  and  hypodermic  injec- 
tions to  the  sufferer. 

“ Again  on  the  Santa  Cruz  expedition,  I met  Father  McKinnon  and  Mr.  Waage.  There 
was  no  duty  too  menial,  no  work  too  hard,  and  no  task  too  perilous  for  the  Chaplain  to  under- 
take. He  would  walk  by  the  side  of  a soldier  and  encourage  him  in  a kindly  way  and  help  him 


310 


in  the  Philippines. 


with  his  knapsack,  or  try  and  get  food  or  medicine  for  the  poor  fellows  who  fell  ont  from  the 
heat  of  the  snn.  Between  Santa  Cruz  and  Pagsanjan,  while  we  were  on  the  roadside  waiting  for 
the  artillery  to  come  up,  a great  fellow  over  six  feet  tall  broke  in  from  the  cocoanut  groves, 
saying  he  was  prostrated  by  the  heat.  It  was  evident  that  he  was  thoroughly  demoralized,  and 
perhaps  his  brain  touched  by  the  sun.  It  was  a telling  sight  to  see  P'ather  McKinnon  encour- 
age the  poor  fellow,  and  by  a few  restoratives  bringing  him  around  so  that  by  afternoon  I saw 
this  same  man  fighting  away  on  the  firing  lines  as  if  he  had  never  been  injured.  I shall  never 
forget  a night  that  the  reporters,  chaplains  and  military  attaches  encamped  at  Bongos  church 
on  Laguna  de  Bay.  That  day  a part  of  the  North  Dakota  Regiment  had  been  ambushed  aud 
five  of  its  men  killed  and  .several  wounded.  The  killed  and  wounded  were  brought  back  as  the 
evening  shades  grew  to  gray  around  the  old  church  walls.  One  poor  fellow  was  shot  through 
the  lungs,  another  was  shot  through  the  neck.  They  were  both  alive  when  brought  to  the 
church.  Still  a third  had  been  shot  through  the  spine.  He  also  was  alive.  From  five  in  the 
afternoon  until  midnight.  Father  McKinnon  was  engaged  with  these  men.  From  some  he  took 
their  confessions,  to  some  he  brought  tea  and  such  other  restoratives  as  we  could  get  ready. 

“There  was  also  with  us  that  night  a very  noble  man,  the  Rev.  Mr.  Stephenson  of  Idaho. 
These  two  Chaplains  exercised  a wonderful  influence  in  the  tragic  scene.  Here  in  the  dim 
church  aisle  were  stretched  in  pathetic  windrows,  the  living  and  the  dead,  and  up  under  the 
altar,  where  the  dim  light  of  the  candles  throws  a shadow,  lay  the  man  who  was  wounded  in  the 
lungs,  and  in  the  little  sacristy  lay  two  of  the  mortally  wounded.  When  the  Chaplain  told 
these  men  they  had  but  an  hour  to  live,  one  of  them,  a young  bugler,  sipped  a cup  of  tea  and 
turning  to  his  friend,  who  was  also  mortally  wounded,  said:  ‘Well,  Jack,  let  us  die  bravely.’  Chap- 
lain McKinnon  sat  up  most  of  the  night  with  the  man  who  was  shot  through  the  lungs.  I 
remember  looking  along  the  floor  of  the  church  that  night,  and  the  shadow  of  the  sentinel 
pacing  to  and  fro,  mingled  strangely  with  the  shadow  of  the  preacher  as  he  bent  above  the 
agonized  and  dying.  It  was  a scene  to  live  in  a man's  memory  forever.  As  I went  outside  the 
stifling  church — for  in  that  tropic  country  decomposition  sets  in  as  soon  as  death,  and  the  odor 
of  choloroform  and  decomposition  was  .stifling—  I looked  up  at  the  sky  and  saw  the  ‘ Southern 
Cross.’  It  seemed  to  me  almost  a sign  from  Heaven.  Out  in  the  dew’  where  the  stars  are 
always  peaceful,  the  ‘ Cross  ’ seemed  like  an  emblem  of  Hope.  It  .seemed  as  if  God  knew 

that  our  hearts  were  hurt  and  weary.  In  the  early  gray  of  dawn,  I walked  down  to  the  church 

again  and  found  the  Chaplain  there.  Still  those  pathetic  windrows  of  the  dead,  and  those 

pathetic  faces  of  the  living.  The  .stars  were  .shining  still.  The  ‘Sign  ’ was  hung  out  in  the 

branding  sky,  and  in  the  dim  aisles  where  the  altar  candles  burned  the  face  of  ‘ Our  Lady  ’ 
was  suffused  as  with  tears. 

“ In  Lawton’s  expedition  north,  there  campaigned  with  us  Father  Hart  of  the  3d  Art.,  and 
Father  Fitzgarald.  In  the  expedition  to  San  Isidro,  we  traversed  a country  that  was  almost 
impassable.  Few  armies  would  have  been  able  to  cross  it  except  under  such  a brilliant  and 
determined  a man  as  Major-General  Lawton.  To  watch  the  battle  was  interesting,  and  to  march 
with  and  talk  to  the  men  was  an  education  for  a lifetime,  but  as  a change  I sometimes  fell  back 
to  talk  and  interchange  views  with  the  Chaplains.  In  places,  these  men  were  under  severe  Are 
because  the  insurgents  fire  high  and  the  spent  bullets  usually  take  effect  with  the  Hospital 
Corps,  and  the  Signal  Service  men,  who  are  in  the  rear.  At  San  Rafael  we  had  various  skirm- 
ishes, but  you  could  see  these  Chaplains  moving  to  and  fro  along  the  road,  which  was  a very 
exposed  and  dangerous  place,  helping  the  men  and  cheerfully  doing  any  task  or  duty  that  came 
their  way.  One  day  we  were  led  off  into  ambush  by  a spy,  who  was  our  guide.  After  the  army 
had  wandered  two  or  three  miles  acro.ss  the  country,  we  discovered  a native  priest  who  offered 
to  .show  us  the  way  to  San  Jose,  our  next  town.  It  was  impossible,  however,  to  get  very  much 
out  of  him,  as  he  did  not  understand  Spanish  very  well,  but  Father  Fitzgarald,  was  in  the 
expedition,  and  I suggested  to  Gen.  Lawton,  that  perhaps  Father  Fitzgarald  could  understand 
the  priest’s  way  of  expressing  him.self.  I went  back  about  two  miles  and  found  Father  Fitz- 
gerald at  dinner,  which  consisted  of  one  slice  of  bacon  and  one  and  a half  hardtack.  He 
immediately  left  his  luxurious  meal,  aud  accompanied  me  across  the  hot  stifling  landscape  in 
the  middle  of  the  day.  Reaching  the  tent  where  Gen.  Lawton  and  the  Filipinio  priest  were, 
Father  B'itzgerald  engaged  the  priest  in  conversation  in  Latin,  and  in  a few  moments  was 


burial  scenes  in  the  graveyard  near  fort  SAN  ANTONIO. 

CHAPLAIN  PIERCE,  OFFICIATING. 


312 


Canipaignins[  in  the  Philippines. 


able  to  find  out  from  him  the  various  trails  and  roads  leading  to  the  town  we  were  looking 
for.  Gen.  Lawton  spoke  to  me  in  terms  of  highest  commendation  of  Father  Fitzgerald. 

“ It  was  upon  a dark  night  in  front  of  San  Rafael.  I reached  the  camp  at  midnight,  worn  out 
with  the  journey  of  thirty-five  miles,  and  lay  down  upon  the  road  beside  a carabao  wagon.  A 
bull  was  tied  to  one  side  of  the  wagon  and  in  between  the  shafts  was  a heap  of  hay.  As  I lay 
down  with  a groan  I was  surprised  to  see  this  heap  of  hay  move,  and  Father  Fitzgerald  extri- 
cate himself  from  the  shafts  of  the  wagon,  saying  to  me  in  a kindly  voice,  ‘ I know  you  have 
come  all  the  way  from  Manila.  You  get  in  this  hay.  I can  sleep  on  a board  which  the  China- 
man, our  cook,  offered  me  this  evening.’  It  rained  that  night  and,  as  I was  a sick  man,  I felt 
how  good  a turn  the  priest  had  done  me.  I should  have  been  very  comfortable  under  my 
coverlet  of  hay,  only  the  old  bull,  in  the  middle  of  the  night,  became  hungry  and  ate  up  this 
unusual  counterpane. 

“After  the  fall  of  Malabon,  Father  Hart  was  stationed  in  that  town  for  sometime.  The 
natives  were  a little  shy  of  him  when  he  came  in  an  American  uniform,  but  when  he  brought 
his  Catholic  vestment  and  conducted  their  services  for  them,  they  opened  their  hearts  and  homes 
to  him,  and  he  told  me  that  never  in  his  life  had  he  been  received  with  such  courtesy  and  loving 
kindness  as  by  the  inhabitants  of  Malabon.  I think  it  would  be  of  immense  value  to  these 
Philippine  Islands  to  import  into  the  Catholic  Church  there  a large  number  of  our  American 
priests.  Here  in  America  the  Catholic  priests  have  become  so  thoroughly  imbued  with  the 
ideas  of  universal  liberty  that  they  could  not  but  impart  to  the  PTlipinos  a great  deal  of  the 
results  of  American  training.  A man  like  Archbishop  Ireland,  in  my  opinion,  could  do  more  for 
the  Islands,  with  an  able  staff  of  Catholic  priests,  than  all  the  armies  that  we  can  send  against 
these  benighted  folk. 

“ Chaplain  Stephenson  of  the  Idaho  Regiment  was  a man  for  whom  the  whole  army  had  the 
highest  respect;  a man  who  lived  with  the  troops,  who  partook  of  their  scanty  fare,  journeyed  in 
their  hard  marches,  shared  their  dangers,  and  did  all  these  things  with  a modesty  of  forgetful- 
ness for  self,  which  creates  the  true  gentleman  hero. 

“ Chaplain  Pierce  of  the  First  Reserve  Hospital,  has  been  of  great  help  to  the  sick  soldiers, 
and  of  great  use  to  the  country  by  reason  of  his  carefulness  in  burying  the  dead  and  marking 
their  graves  against  the  time  that  their  friends  at  home  may  wish  to  remove  their  heroic  ashes. 
Since  Chaplain  Pierce  came  to  this  work  no  single  American  soldier  has  been  buried  without 
military  honors.  We  have  lost  by  disease  and  battles  a good  many  men  in  the  Philippines. 
The  cemetery  at  Battery  Knoll  is  filled,  and  a new  cemetery  was  opened  on  the  level  ground, 
near  old  Malate  Fort.  As  we  passed  one  day,  we  saw  a long  trench  like  a deep  gash  in  the 
face  of  nature.  A few  graves  were  already  there.  A week  later  I visited  the  same  place  and 
found  the  significant  line  of  graves  had  lengthened,  and  the  gash  in  nature  was  being  filled. 
After  a few  w’eeks  this  long  trench  was  nearly  filled  in,  and  one  quiet  afternoon,  as  we  neared 
the  place,  we  saw  four  hearses  there.  There  were  no  mourners,  only  Chaplain  Pierce  standing 
bareheaded,  while  four  coffins  were  lowered  into  the  graves.  The  wild  waves  beat  on  the  shore 
of  Manila  Bay,  as  if  to  sing  a requiem  for  the  brave  dead  who  would  never  see  their  native  land 
again.  A strong  wind  was  blowing  across  the  level  lands,  and  in  the  woods  the  cooing 
of  the  ring-dove  sounded  strange  and  weird.  The  Chaplain  read,  as  he  stood  alone,  the 
glorious  words  of  the  burial  service  of  the  Episcopal  Church  The  weed-grown  grave,  already, 
nearby,  was  the  scene  of  the  burial  of  a child,  and  the  service  of  the  Chaplain,  as  it  rose  free  to 
the  sky  in  that  desolate  and  lonely  place  seemed  a fitting  prayer  for  the  child  who  had  died  c n 
its  mother’s  knee,  and  the  man  who  had  hobbled  across  the  hospital  of  life  to  the  grave  on  the 
other  side.  There  was  a prayer  for  the  ‘Martyr,’  a prayer  for  the  ‘Suffering,’  a prayer  for 
all  in  ‘ Trouble  ’ and  a Benediction. 

“ As  I went  away  from  that  sad  place  the  grand  words  seemed  to  mingle  still  upon  the  air 
and  make  it  sweet,  tho’  lonely.  Some  of  the  words  kept  coming  back  like  the  words  of  an 
unforgotten  song. 

“ ‘ Lord,  have  mercy  upon  all  who  are  wounded  or  suffering.  Let  thy  grace  be  their  comfort, 
tho’  kindred  and  friends  be  faraway  . . . Almighty  God,  with  whom  do  live  the  spirits  of 

just  men,  made  perfect  after  their  delivery  from  their  earthly  presence,  we  humbly  command 
the  souls  of  these  thy  servants,  our  brothers,  into  thy  hands. 


CainpaiQ;nin^Q;  in  the  PJiilippmcs. 


313 


“ ‘ Lord,  support  ns  all  day  long  of  this  troublous  life,  until  the  shadows  lengthen  and  the 
evening  conies,  and  the  busy  world  is  hushed,  and  the  fever  of  life  is  over  and  its  battles  done. 
Then,  in  thy  mercy,  grant  us  a safe  lodging  and  holy  rest  and  peace  at  last.’ 

“These  words  seemed  so  gracious  on  the  horrid  edge  of  war.  They  seem  to  grow  into  our 
memory  like  a little  root  of  daisies  blooming  undefiled  amid  the  riot  of  the  battlefield.  It 
seemed  to  send  the  throes  of  grace  and  poetry  into  the  hard  and  sordid  world.  The  dead  had 
not  died  in  vain,  their  friends  remembered  them:  ‘ Tho’  kindred  and  friends  were  far  away.’ 
They  were  sustained  by  the  prayers  of  those  across  the  sea:  ‘ Support  us  all  day  long  of  this 
troublous  life,  until  the  shadows  lengthen  and  the  evening  comes,  and  the  busy  world  is  hushed 
and  the  fever  of  life  is  over  and  its  battles  done.’ 

SKETCHES  OF  SOME  CHAPLAINS. 

“ Rev.  Charles  C.  Pierce  of  the  P^piscopal  Church  in  Philadelphia,  a graduate  ofShurtleff  Col- 
lege, Illinois,  was  the  Chaplain  of  the  Regulars  at  Camp  Merritt.  He  has  been  in  the  army  for 
thirteen  years.  When  active  operations  began  in  the  Philippines,  he  was  in  the  Second  Divi- 
sion, Chaplain  with  the  Regulars  ou  Gen.  Mac  Arthur’s  staff,  and  was  ordered  to  the  First 
Reserve  Hospital,  his  duty  being  to  take  charge  of  and  identify  the  dead,  prepare  them  for 
burial,  make  arrangements  for  the  sounding  of  the  taps  over  their  graves,  and  for  the  sending  of 
the  clergyman  to  conduct  the  services.  He  has  charge  of  the  coffins  and  the  supplying  of 
clothes,  carriage  escorts  and  buglers.  When  there  is  no  other  Chaplain  at  hand  he  goes  to  the 
grave  himself.  He  told  me  of  a case  of  five  men  who  were  killed  at  Paete  and  brought 
down  in  the  middle  cf  the  night.  They  had  been  dead  several  days,  and  in  the  tropical 
climate  decomposition  had  strongly  set  in.  These  bodies  were  placed  in  the  aisle  of  a hospital 
among  the  sick  people  and  were  a danger  and  menace  to  health.  Dr.  Pierce  came  in  at  mid- 
night and  found  this  condition  of  things.  He  made  a protest  but  could  find  no  one  to  help  him 
in  the  difficulty.  Pfinally  he  engaged  a dozen  natives  and  with  them  set  out  himself  to  Battery 
Knoll,  placed  the  soldiers  in  graves  and  located  each  body,  so  that  they  could  be  found  when 
their  friends  at  home  sent  for  them.  He  had  buried,  when  I saw  him  on  the  16th  of  June, 
since  March  29th,  217  American  soldiers.  Not  one  man  had  been  buried  without  the  honors 
of  war  and  the  Chaplain.  That  is,  the  sounding  of  the  taps  and  the  wreathing  of  the  grave  with 
the  American  flag.  The  work  of  this  one  man  shows  the  value,  courage  and  constancy  of  the 
work  done  by  the  Chaplains  in  the  army. 

“ vSometirnes  men  are  inclined  to  .slight  the  Chaplains.  This  happened  to  be  the  case  in  the 
Kansas  Regiment,  where  the  Chaplain,  Dr.  J,  S.  Schliemann,  was  supposed  to  be  too  much  of  a 
recluse  and  religious  man  to  suit  the  fighting  blood  of  Funston’s  soldiers.  Time  went  on  and 
open  war  began,  and  the  temper  of  the  Chaplain  had  never  been  known  to  his  regiment  until 
the  night  of  the  fight  at  Caloocan,  when  the  Kansans  discerned  the  tall  and  rail-like  figure  of 
their  Chaplain  stalking  through  the  woods  with  a gun,  bringing  down  the  wily  sharpshooter 
from  his  perch  in  the  trees,  even  as  the  hunter  brings  down  his  game.  From  that  moment  Dr. 
Schliemann  was  one  of  the  chief  heroes  in  the  Kansas  Regiment,  ‘ that  bodyof  heroes  and  hero- 
worshipers.’ 

“ We  read  of  the  Tennessee  Chaplain  dying  at  his  post  from  the  plague  of  smallpox;  of 
the  Washington  Chaplain  also  falling  martyr  to  duty,  and  it  would  be  invidious  to  mention  one 
without  naming  all  for  heroism  and  duty  well  performed.  The  only  reason  why  I cannot  give 
a sketch  of  the  work  of  each  Chaplain,  is  that  I am  speaking  now  only  of  those  with  whom  I 
came  in  contact.  I have  heard  of  the  work  of  all  of  the  Chaplains,  and  I have  heard  them  all 
highly  praised. 

“ Rev.  W.  S.  Gilbert,  Presbyterian,  of  the  Oregon  Regiment,  was  a man  who  impressed  me 
with  his  great  common  sen.se,  and  his  deep  interest  in  the  welfare  of  his  men.  He  prepared  a 
tablet  for  me,  showing  how  the  army  influences  the  character  of  young  men.  He  prepared 
several  questions  which  he  gave  to  each  one  of  the  Captains  and  Sergeants  of  the  Oregon  Regi- 
ment, in  relation  to  the  moral  influence  of  the  army  life,  and  received  in  reply  an  almost 
unanimous  answer,  that  in  every  respect,  with  the  exception  of  profanity,  the  men  had  improved 
in  character  since  coming  to  the  Philippines. 


P,14 


C aiupaio-iiino;  ?;/  the  Philippujes. 


“ There  is  every  reason  for  me  to  believe  that  the  Chaplain  was  an  instrument  of  good 
among  the  men.  This  is  true,  not  only  in  regard  to  those  I have  mentioned,  but  in  regard  to 
all  the  Chaplains  in  the  field. 

“ Chaplains  Stull  and  Cressy  were  especially  prominent  in  their  efforts  to  give  the  soldiers 
and  civilians  religions  exercises  on  Sunday.  There  .seemed  to  be  no  distinction  of  sect,  all 
difference  of  belief  seemed  to  sink  in  the  face  of  heroism  and  duty.  I have  seen  a Catholic 
priest  and  a ^Methodist  minister  bending  over  the  same,  wounded,  dying  man,  and  giving  him 
whatever  human  help  they  could. 

“ The  Y.  ]M.  C.  A.,  under  INIessrs.  Glunz  and  Jackson,  did  splendid  and  effective  w’ork  in 
helping  the  men  along  the  lines.  They  used  to  go  along  the  firing  lines  with  note  paper,  pens 
and  pencils  so  that  the  soldier  did  not  feel  himself  utterlj'  abandoned  if  he  happened  to  fall  in 
the  fight,  but  was  able  thus  to  send  messages,  oftentimes  his  last  w'ord  to  his  kin  beyond  the 
.sea.  The  Y.  ]M.  C.  A.  akso  had  a tent  near  the  Bridge  of  Spain,  near  Manila.  Their  books, 
papers,  periodicals,  and  all  kinds  of  writing  material  were  given  to  the  soldiers  free  of  charge. 
As  one  crossed  the  Bridge  of  Spain,  nights,  the  kindly  lights  of  the  Y.  M.  C.  A.  tent  gleamed 
out  amid  the  tents  of  war  and  the  .streets  of  turmoil,  like  a silver  beacon  along  the  wave- 
tormented  coast. 

“ Rev.  James  B.  Rodgers  and  the  Rev.  E.  S.  Hubbard  of  the  Presbyterian  Board  of  P'oreign 
^Missions,  conducted  the  missionary  work  in  the  city  of  IManila,  in  a quiet,  modest  and  sub- 
stantial way.  Just  at  present,  owing  to  the  unsettled  condition  of  Luzon,  and,  in  fact,  of  all  the 
Philippines,  the  work  of  the  missionar)"  will  necessarih'  be  ver}’  slow.  Only  the  very  wi.se  and 
level-headed  preachers  should  attempt  any  of  that  work  to-day  in  the  Philippines,  because  the 
people  are  very  strongly  opposed  to  Protestantism,  and  feel  that  if  we  thrust  Protestantism  into 
the  islands,  we  will  take  away  their  religious,  as  well  as  their  political  liberty.  This  was  the 
case  with  the  Rev.  Dr.  Hermann  in  Cebu.  He  had  distributed  some  tracts  among  the  Bisayans. 
The  tracts  were  harmless  in  themselves,  but  the  town  priest  and  local  i)aper  immediate!}^ 
became  enraged,  and  Col.  Hamer,  the  American  Military  Commander,  was  forced  to  send  Mr. 
Hermann  to  Manila.” 


A DESERVED  ACKNOWLEDGMENT. 

An  interesting  chapter  might  be  w'ritten,  describing  the  circumstances  under  which  man}-  of 
the  views  which  appear  in  this  book  were  taken.  The  w’riter’s  own  personal  experience  with  a 
kodak  could  be  made,  with  a little  embellishment,  into  a very  exciting  tale.  Many  of  the 
pictures  were  taken  in  the  open  battlefield,  under  the  fire  of  the  enemy,  and  several  men  were 
wounded  while  thus  engaged.  It  requires  as  much  nerve  to  take  a photograph  of  a company 
of  soldiers  charging  the  enemy’s  trenches,  as  for  one  of  those  engaged  in  the  movement — 
possibly  more,  when  the  enemy  is  firing  wild,  or  when  they  happen  to  select  the  camera  for 
a target. 

Special  mention  is  due  to  the  following  soldiers  of  the  different  regiments,  who  have 
furnished  us  with  photographs,  taken  on  the  field  or  elsewhere.  Their  addresses,  as  far  as  we 
have  them,  are  given  for  the  benefit  of  those  who  may  be  collecting  war  views: 

W.  H.  Lillie,  official  photographer,  8th  Army  Corps,  box  614,  Leadville,  Col. 

Harry  Coombs  (1st  Washington),  North  Yakima,  Wash;  C.  C.  Jackson  (1st  Washington), 
Dayton,  Wash.;  Howard  Page  (13th  Minne.sota),  Minneapolis,  jMinn;  Wni.  Darcey  (remained  in 
Manila);  J.  E.  Northrup  (20th  Kansas),  Lawrence,  Kas.;  C.  C.  Cole,  (20th  Kansas);  Arthur  C. 
Johnson  (1st  Colorado),  Denver.  Col.;  Lieut  G.  E.  Thomas  (1st  Colorado),  Pueblo,  Col  ; 
Geo.  R.  Boomer  (1st  Nebraska),  Beatrice,  Neb.;  Wni.  H.  Reedy  (1st  Nebraska),  Beatrice,  Neb.; 
Lieut.  Van  Valin  (1st  Nebraska),  Nelson,  Neb.;  John  W.  Jones  (2d  Oregon),  Portland,  Or.; 
C.  C.  Stoakley  (6th  U.  S.  Art.),  remained  at  Manila;  C.  B.  Bishop  (6th  Art.),  remained  at  Manila; 
Steward  Wells  (Hospital  Corps),  Corregidor  Island,  P.  I. 

Sam  C.  Partridge,  121  Post  street,  San  Francisco;  B.  F.  Rahmeyer,  Greenwich  street,  San 
Francisco;  Hodson,  416  Geary  street,  San  Francisco,  have  photos  of  companies  and  ofi&cers  in 
volunteer  regiments. 


GOVKRXOR  ROBERT  B.  SMITH,  MONTANA, 


OFFICIAL 


HISTORY  OF  THE  OPERATIONS 


OF  THE 


First  Montana  Infantry,  U.  S.  V. 


IN  THE 


CAMPAIGN  IN  THE  PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS 


WRITTEN  BY 


LIEUTENANT  ALEXANDER  LAIST 

Who  served  as  Chief  Clerk  and  Chief  of  Orderlies  on  General  MacArthur’s  Staff 


IHROUGH  THE  CCURTESY  OF 

GENERAL  HARRY  C.  KESSLER 


DEUTENANT  LAIST  WAS  PERMITTED  TO  USE  THE  OFFICIAL  RECORDS  OF  THE 
REGIMENT  IN  COMPILING  THIS  HISTORY. 


To  Whom  it  May  .Concern: 

I certify  that  the  accompanying  historical  matter  and 
rosters,  written  especially  for  “ Campaigning  in  the  Philippines,” 
relative  to  the  First  Montana  Volunteer  Infantry,  are  official,  the 
account  of  the  field  operations  having  been  compiled  by  Lieutenant 
Alexander  Laist,  from  the  official  records  of  the  regiment. 

HARRY  C.  KESSLER, 

Colonel  First  Montana  Infantry. 


BRIGADIER-GENERAL  H.  C.  KESSLER 
(Formerly  Colonel  of  the  Regiment.) 


THE  FIRST  MONTANA  INFANTRY. 


'HE  marvelous  industrial  development  of  the  Great  Republic  has 
always  been  the  wonder  of  Europe.  It  has  become  the  fashion 
of  late  years  for  her  statesmen,  writers  and  industrialists  to 
direct  their  Cook’s  tours  to  these  shores,  and  the  journals  and 
letters  published  by  these  men  have  been  eagerly  read  by  our 
people.  It  is  always  instructive  to  learn  how  others  see  us, 
but  the  productions  of  these  car-window  observers  have  been, 
too  frequently,  simply  repetitions  of  how,  through  the  distorted 
spectacles  of  the  writers  for  partisan  newspapers,  we  see  our- 
selves. All  the  unpleasant  things  which  are  there  said  about 
those  of  our  fellow-citizens  who  are  unfortunate  enough  to  be 
candidates  for  office,  and  all  the  charges  of  corruption  which  are  heaped  upon  the 
party  in  power  by  the  organs  of  the  party  out  of  power,  are  taken  as  absolutely 
true;  received,  in  fact,  as  admissions  against  interest.  A big  nation — that  is  the 
verdict — but  not  great;  wonderful  prosperity,  it  is  true,  but  low  public  morals. 
Great  mines,  railroads,  factories,  commercial  houses,  but  that  is  all;  everywhere 
the  sordid  spirit  of  money-getting,  and  nowhere  the  higher  aims  that  make  life 
worthy  and  distinguishable  from  the  strife  of  the  barbarian  for  the  material  neces- 
saries of  existence.  The  men  who  are  at  the  head  of  our  Government  and 
defenses,  it  was  charged,  were  mere  jobbers  and  traders  of  the  nation’s  honor, 
anxious  only  to  enrich  themselves.  Was  it  not  only  in  February  of  the  year  1898 
that  the  letter  of  the  Spanish  Minister  at  Washington,  in  which  he  denounced  the 
President  of  the  United  States  as  a low  politician,  was  pronounced,  by  almost  the 
entire  continental  European  press,  to  be  correct  and  truthful,  although  perhaps  a 
little  unwise  and  impolitic?  Was  it  not  only  a few  days  later,  after  the  blowing 
up  of  the  Maijie,  that  the  same  press  almost  unanimously  agreed  that  the  Ameri- 
can naval  officers  were,  through  their  incompetence  and  inefficiency,  themselves 
responsible  for  the  destruction  of  the  ill-fated  battleship?  How  they  must  have 
changed  their  opinion  ! And  the  army,  what  a ridiculously  small  body  that  was; 
scarcely  numbering  two-thirds  of  the  standing  army  of  Denmark,  and  that  is  a 
little  kingdom  with  a much  smaller  total  population  than  one  of  our  great  cities, 
and  only  a little  larger  than  that  of  at  least  one  more.  Then  that  the  discordant 
elements  of  European  immigration  could  have  become  welded  into  a nation,  was 
another  matter  incomprehensible  to,  and  not  believed  by,  our  critics.  We  think, 
however,  that  recent  events  have  sufficiently  opened  their  eyes. 

The  outbreak  of  hostilities  with  Spain  found  the  United  States  well  prepared 
on  the  sea,  but,  according  to  the  standards  of  Europe,  almost  entirely  without 
land  forces.  Even  Spain,  small  a country  as  she  is,  outnumbered  us  four  to  one 
with  her  standing  army.  But,  as  in  1861,  we  showed  our  capacity  for  rapid  mil- 
itary development.  The  nucleus  of  our  forces  was,  of  course,  our  regular  army 


Campaii^uijio^  in  the  Philippines. 


small  but  efficient.  The  next  reliance  of  the  Government  was  upon  onr  National 
Guard;  citizen-soldiers,  who  had  patiently  subjected  themselves  to  military  instruc- 
tion and  discipline  for  years  past,  ready  for  the  call  of  the  nation  at  the  appearance 
of  internal  or  external  foe. 

When  the  President  issued  his  proclamation  for  125,000  volunteers,  on  April 
2od,  it  was  found  that  the  number  allotted  to  Montana  was  a little  over  500. 

However,  the  existence  in  the  State 
of  a regiment  of  National  Guard 
Infantry  led  to  its  acceptance  as  a 
whole,  recruited  to  a war  strength  of 
50  officers  and  1019  enlisted  men.  The 
membership  of  the  regiment  before  the 
war  had  been  about  500,  so  that,  it 
will  be  seen,  over  one-half  of  the  body 
that  went  to  the  Philippines  was  drawn  from  the  general  population. 

The  1st  Regiment  of  Inf.,  Montana  National  Guard,  had  been  organized  in 
1887,  and  this  was  the  organization  that  was  expanded  to  form  the  1st  Montana 
Inf.,  U.  S.  Its  Colonel,  Harry  C.  Kessler,  of  Butte,  had  been  the  old 

National  Guard  Colonel;  Lieutenant-Colonel  Wallace  was  a 1st  Lieutenant  in  the 
6th  L.  S.  Cav.  and  military  instructor  of  the  Montana  National  Guard;  Maj.  James 
W.  Drennan  had  been  Adjutant  General  of  Montana;  Benj.  E.  Calkins,  1st  Lieut, 
and  Adjt.,  and  Albert  Seadorf,  1st  Lieut,  and  Quartermaster,  had  held  the  same 
positions  in  the  guard.  All  the  old  officers  of  the  guard,  except  two,  volunteered 
and  joined.  Maj.  Miller  had  been  Captain  of  a battery  of  light  artillery"  at  Helena. 
The  regiment  numbered  many  others  who  had  had  some  previous  military  training, 
and  many  had,  at  one  time  or  other,  belonged  to  the  regular  army,  among 
them  Capt.  Thomas  S.  Dillon  of  Company  K;  Chief  Musician  Henry  Roberts,  1st 
Lieut.  Bryan  Conrad,  afterward  Lieutenant  in  the  18th  U.  S.  Inf.;  1st  Sergt. 
Albert  J.  Erickson  of  Company  G,  afterward  Captain  in  the  37th  U.  S.  V.  Inf., 
and  Private  Charles  R.  Valentine  of  Company  F.  Maj.  Asa  L.  Duncan  had  been 
a member  of  the  3d  Virgina  Regiment  of  National  Guard  and  commandant  of 
cadets  at  the  military  school  at  Lexington,  Virginia;  there  were  a few  graduates 
of  military  schools  and  many  who  had  been  members  of  the  National  Guards  of 
other  States. 

Nor  was  the  regiment  entirely  without  those  who  had  seen  practical  warfare. 
Col.  Kessler  had  fought  as  1st  Lieutenant  in  the  104th  Pennsylvania  Vols.  under 
^IcClellan  at  Vorktown,  Lee’s  ^lills,  Williamsburg,  Bottom’s  Bridge  and  Fair 
Oaks;  Maj.  Drennan  had  served  under  Gen.  Thomas  Francis  Meagher  (whose 
name  is  historical  in  Montana  as  that  of  one  of  its  first  Governors)  at  the  san- 
guinary combat  of  Gettysburg  and  throughout  the  campaigns  of  the  army  of  the 
Potomac,  and  later  gained  renown  upon  the  expedition  in  1866,  of  Gen.  E.  S. 
Otis,  up  the  Missouri  River  against  the  Sioux,  and  of  Gen.  Crook,  in  1876,  against 
Chief  Dull  Knife  of  the  Cheyenne  tribe,  being  wounded  at  Slim  Butte,  Neb. 
Capt.  Hallahan  had  fought  in  the  47th  New  Vork  Vols.  under  Gens.  Sherman, 
Terry  and  Schofield  at  Chapin’s  Farm,  in  front  of  Petersburg,  at  Wilmington, 
Faisen’s  Station  and  Bentonville,  was  with  Gen.  Terry  on  the  Fort  Fisher  expe- 


TAKIXG  THE  OATH  OF  ALLEGIANCE. 


Cauipaigniug  in  the  rhilippines. 


clition,  and  after  the  close  of  the  Civil  War,  aided  for  three  years,  as  a member  of  the 
14th  U.  S.  Inf.  in  the  Apache  campaigns  of  Gen.  Thomas  L.  Crittenden.  Capt. 
Reif,  then  in  the  2d  U.  S.  Cav.,  took  part  in  the  eight  months’  campaign  of 
1877  of  Gen.  Nelson  L.  Miles  on  the  Rosebud  against  the  Nez  Perce  tribe  and 
was  present  at  the  surrender  of  Chief  Joseph.  Capt.  Wynne  had  been  a member 
of  an  expedition  of  the  pioneers  of  Montana  who  organized  themselves  for  defense 
against  the  Indian  outbreak  of  1877  and  took  part  in  the  engagement  of  Camas 
Meadows  in  that  year. 

Lieut.  Seadorf  was  an  old  Indian  campaigner.  He  had  served  under  Capt. 
Kennington  against  the  Utes  in  1875,  and  in  1876  he  was  with  Gen.  Crook  in 
Montana,  Wyoming  and  Idaho  in  the  expedition  against  the  Sioux,  taking  part 
in  the  Battle  of  Sim  Butte  on  September  9th. 

Privates  Andrew  McGinnis  and  Walter  L.  Whann  were  both  veterans  of  the 
Civil  War.  So  it  will  be  seen  from  this  list  of  names,  which  is  necessarily  incom- 
plete, that  the  population  of  Montana,  although  devoted  to  the  arts  of  peace,  was, 
as  the  other  States  of  the  Union,  not  without  those  who  had  some  proficiency  in 
the  arts  of  war. 

Company  A was  the  old  National  Guard  company  of  Great  Falls;  B,  F and  G 
of  Butte;  E of  Dillon;  D of  Virginia  City;  H of  Kalispell;  I of  Lewistown  and  K 
of  Anaconda.  Company  C was  composed  chiefly  of  the  Bozeman  troop  of  cavalry 
and  the  Helena  Light  Battery,  its  Captain,  James  F.  Keown,  having  been  commander 
of  the  troop.  Company  L was  principally  from  Helena,  and  M from  Anaconda, 
neither  having  been  represented  in  the  National  Guard,  but  were  organized  to  bring 
the  number  of  companies  up  to  twelve,  in  accordance  with  the  call  of  the  President. 

The  first  signs  of  war  revived  interest  in  the  guard.  Armories  that  had  been 
deserted  became  the  gathering  place  for  men  anxious  to  enlist,  and  drill  nights, 
which  had  been  neglected,  were  attended,  not  only  by  the  members  of  the  guard, 
but  by  the  embryo  soldiers  as  well. 

When  enrollment  finally  did  commence  (April  28th),  it  proceeded  as  rapidly  as 
the  clerical  facilities  permitted.  There  was  no  lack  of  recruits.  The  only  diffi- 
culty was  to  adjudicate  the  rival  claims  of  those  who,  from  procrastination,  had 
failed  to  present  themselves  prompthv 
The  roll  of  enlisted  men  included  the 
names  of  prominent  and  prosperous 
Montanans.  John  C.  Heilig  was  at 
the  time  Alderman  of  Butte;  Thomas 
P.  A.  Howe  was  a well-known  civil 
engineer  of  Great  Falls,  and  had 
formerly  been  a Captain  of  the  National 
Guard;  Robt.  H.  Paxson  was,  and  is  yet,  one  of  the  leading  druggists  of  Butte; 
E.  K.  Cheadle  was  County  Attorney  of  Meagher  County  when  he  enlisted;  Albert 
Pfaus  was  a Presbyterian  minister  at  Lewistown;  Wm.  J.  Hannah  was  a member 
of  the  Montana  State  Senate;  Robert  H.  Sprague  and  S.  J.  Murph}-  are  well-to-do 
ranchers  of  the  Gallatin  and  Prickly  Pear  Valleys,  respectively,  and  so  on. 

Col.  Ke.ssler  issued  orders  to  the  guard  on  April  28th,  to  report  for  duty  at 
their  several  armories  throughout  the  State.  From  that  time  drilling  was  begun 


“ DRILL,  YE  TARRIERS.” 


4 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


in  earnest.  Montana,  like  the  rest  of  the  country,  was  agog  over  war  news. 
Crowds  besieged  the  bulletin  boards  ; those  who  intended  to  enlist  hastily  arranged 
their  business  affairs,  and  when  Dewe^^’s  victory  at  Manila  was  announced,  it  was 
realized  that  war  had  actualh"  begun.  The  unexpectedness  with  which  this  news 
came,  and  the  enchantment  and  romance  lent  by  the  distant  scene  of  this  battle 
fired  the  imagination  of  all. 

On  May  4th,  the  companies  began  to  arrive  at  Helena.  D,  the  Virginia  City 
Company,  was  the  first,  and  was  mustered  in  on  May  6th.  The  Helena  Company, 
L,  was  already  on  the  ground  and  was  mustered  in  on  the  5th.  B,  F and  G 
arrived  on  the  5th,  and  the  first  was  mustered  in  on  the  6th,  and  the  two  latter  on 
the  7th.  E,  K,  and  M arrived  on  the  6th  and  were  mustered  in  on  the  8th.  A 
reached  camp  on  the  7th  and  was  mustered  in  on  the  8th.  C,  H,  and  I arrived 
on  the  7th  and  were  mustered  in  on  the  9th.  On  May  9th  the  mustering-in  was 
completed  by  Lieut.  Geo.  P.  Ahern,  of  the  regular  service,  who  had  been  on  duty 
as  military  instructor  at  the  agricultural  college  at  Bozeman.  On  the  same  day 
Col.  Kessler  formally  took  command  of  the  regiment  and  appointed  Lieuts.  Ben. 
E.  Calkins  and  Alford  Seadorf  Adjutant  and  Quartermaster,  respectively. 

The  several  companies  in  their  journeys  to  Helena,  were  the  recipients  of 
ovations  all  along  the  line.  The  enthusiasm  was  great  everywhere.  The  farewell 
meetings,  festive  decorations  and  last  cheers  at  the  home  towns  were  never  to  be 
forgotten.  At  the  way  stations  the  village  band,  if  there  was  one,  played  patriotic 
airs  ; school-children,  wearing  the  national  colors,  sang  ‘ ‘ America,  ’ ’ and  those  of 
the  townsmen  who  had  friends  among  the  departing  bade  them  good-bye. 

The  first  camp  of  the  regiment  at  Helena,  called  “Robert  B.  Smith,”  in  honor 
of  the  Governor,  was  a sorry  place.  It  was  situated  not  far  from  the  Broadwater 
Hotel.  During  the  first  few  days  the  weather,  although  cold,  was  sunny  and  dry; 
but  when,  later,  it  began  to  snow,  the  melting  snow,  becoming  churned  into  the 
ground  by  the  tramp  of  the  soldiers  going  out  to  drill  or  passing  to  and  fro  in  the 
discharge  of  their  duties,  turned  the  camp  into  the  semblance  of  a duck  pond.  It 
was  impossible  to  keep  dr}^  or  clean  or  warm.  Colds  became  numerous  and  the 
brown  mixture  provided  by  Uncle  Sam  was  dispensed  to  the  long  crowds  that 
lined  up  every  morning  at  the  hospital  tent,  by  the  barrel.  The  chorus  of  coughs 
that  was  to  be  heard  whenever  a company  formed  for  roll  call  would  have  been 

amusing  had  it  not  been  indicative  of 
considerable  suffering.  Finally,  condi- 
tions became  unbearable  and  on  May  16th 
Camp  “Mud,”  as  it  was  familiarly  called, 
was  abandoned  and  another  location, 
nearer  to  the  town,  was  selected.  The 
new  Camp  Smith,  although  equally  cold, 
was  at  least  healthy,  and  by  the  provision 
of  straw  for  the  tents  and  cord  wood  for 
camp  fires,  was  made  moderately  com- 
fortable. 

The  lack  of  clothing  was  another  cause  of  discomfort.  The  Government  made 
no  issues  of  anything  except  blankets  until  the  regiment  reached  San  Francisco. 


CAMP  LIFE— THE  SUNXY  SIDE. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


5 


The  only  company  that  was  fully  uniformed  was  the  Great  Falls  company,  and 
some  of  the  others,  like  M,  had  no  uniforms  at  all. 

Rifles,  too,  were  very  scarce.  Those  on  hand,  of  the  Springfield  pattern,  had 
belonged  to  the  guard  and  were  sufiicient 
to  arm  only  half  the  regiment.  Each 
company  was  given  its  proportionate 
share  and  the  men  had  to  take  turns 
practicing  the  manual  of  arms. 

In  the  meantime,  instruction  in  mili- 
tary duties  was  going  on  apace.  Six  hours 
per  day  were  devoted  to  drill  and  officers’ 
and  non-commissioned  officers’  schools 
were  instituted.  Everyone  went  to  work 
with  a will.  Heated  discussions  were  to 
be  heard  about  the  camp  fires  and  in  the  tents  on  doubtful  points  in  the  drill 
regulations.  The  regiment  about  this  time  was  subdivided  into  battalions,  the 
1st  Battalion,  under  Maj.  Drennen,  including  Companies  C,  H,  E and  K;  the 
2d,  under  Maj.  Cook,  D,  E,  G and  M,  and  the  8d,  under  Maj.  Miller,  A,  B,  F and  I. 

Rumors  became  rife  that  the  regiment  was  among  those  to  go  to  the  Philip- 
pines. Considerable  impatience  was  felt  on  account  of  the  delay  in  the  start  for 
San  Francisco.  On  account  of  the  severity  of  the  weather,  as  well  as  a desire  to 
take  the  first  step  in  the  voyage  to  the  seat  of  war,  everyone  was  anxious  to  leave 
Camp  R.  B.  Smith.  Finally,  the  Government  was  able  to  provide  transportation 
and  the  orders  to  break  camp  came.  Everything  was  carefully  packed  and  loaded 
in  the  baggage  cars  and  when  on  May  25th  at  8 A.  m.  the  trumpets  blew  the 
“general,”  all  the  tents  fell  together,  and  the  regiment’s  days  in  the  home  State 
were  over.  The  train,  in  four  sections,  was  soon  speeding  to  its  destination. 
Whenever  a stop  was  made  the  boys  were  sure  of  a hearty  welcome  and  the  best 
wishes  on  their  journey.  The  reception  at  Dillon,  where  the  ladies  of  the  town 
entertained  the  entire  regiment  at  supper,  was  especially  remembered.  The  route 
lay  south  through  Idaho  and  Utah  and  then  westward  over  the  Central  Pacific. 
The  trip  was  without  incident  and  was  accomplished  by  the  morning  of  May  28th. 
By  noon  of  the  same  day  the  regiment  reached  Camp  Merritt,  in  the  Bay  District 
of  San  Francisco,  and  was  quartered  on  a block  fronting  on  Point  Eobos  avenue, 
opposite  the  Odd  Fellows’  Cemetery.  The  bo^^s  were  given  a splendid  breakfast 
at  the  ferry-house  by  the  San  Francisco  Red  Cross  ladies,  and  they  feasted  their 
eyes  on  a wealth  of  flowers  to  which  they  had  been  unaccustomed  in  their 
rather  bleak  and  cold  mountain  homes. 

The  tents  were  pitched  in  the  bottomless  sands  of  San  Francisco.  Straw  was 
provided,  but  after  a few  days,  for  sanitary  reasons,  was  removed.  Sand  got  into 
everything,  the  eyes,  ears,  clothes  and  food;  and  besides,  the  district  was  infested 
by  a minute  sand  flea  which  few  ever  saw  but  from  which  all  suffered.  At  night  the 
camp  was  overhung  by  thick  fogs  that  blew  straight  in  from  the  ocean.  When  this 
settled  on  the  tents  and  boards,  it  was  difficult,  from  the  amount  of  moisture,  to 
distinguish  from  a rainfall.  Still,  the  new  location  was  not  unhealthy.  The  drill 
ground  lay  about  a quarter  of  a mile  away  and  consisted  of  a gently  sloping  hill- 


6 


Cainpaig}ii)ij^  in  the  Philippines. 


side  in  the  Presidio,  overlooking  the  Pacific  Ocean.  When  the  regiment  first 
marched  to  it,  many  of  its  members  got  their  first  view  of  saltwater.  Drilling  was 
actively  carried  on,  as  well  as  instructions  in  the  other  duties  of  a soldier.  Guard 
duty  received  especial  attention,  and  the  careful  training  the  boys  then  got,  under 
the  direction  of  Col.  Kessler,  proved  of  the  greatest  advantage  in  the  Philippines. 
One  detachment  of  nine  privates,  two  Corporals  and  a Sergeant  were  sent  to  a Gov- 
ernment woodpile  about  three  blocks  away  from  camp.  They  measured  the  pile 
and  discovered  that  it  was  worth  $2.40,  so  they  made  up  a pot  to  pa}"  for  the  wood 
that  they  might  go  to  sleep.  The  cruel  officer  of  the  day  refused  the  offer,  but 
afterwards  it  was  realized  that  the  benefits  of  the  work  at  Camp  Merritt  lay  not  so 
much  in  its  present  value  as  in  the  training  it  afforded  for  the  night  vigils  in 
Manila. 

At  this  time  the  first  summary  court  was  instituted,  Maj.  Brennan  being 
detailed  on  field  officer’s  court  on  June  4th.  The  court  soon  began  to  get  in  its 

deadly  work,  although  the  good- 
hearted  Major  was  sometimes  very 
loath  to  inflict  punishments  as  severe 
as  the  regulations  of  the  army  con- 
templated. The  minor  offenses  were 
followed  by  a few  da3"s’  work  in  the 
kitchen,  and  some  had  employment 
there  so  steadily  that  by  the  time  they 
were  mustered  out,  they  had  learned 
the  worthy  trade  of  cooking.  Drinks 
cost  from  $2.00  up,  according  to  size 
and  quality. 

Shortly  after  the  Montanas  reached 
San  Francisco,  they,  together  with  the 
South  Dakotas,  the  Wyomings  and  7th 
Californians,  were  included  in  a brigade 
under  command  of  Gen.  Arthur  Mac- 
Arthur.  On  June  21st,  Gen.  MacArthur  departed  for  the  Philippines.  Col.  Kess- 
ler, who  was  the  ranking  Colonel,  and,  for  that  matter,  the  ranking  volunteer 
Colonel  in  the  country,  took  command,  and  retained  it  for  something  like  three 
weeks,  when  he  was  relieved  by  Brigadier-General  Harrison  Gray  Otis,  U.  S.  V. 

About  the  middle  of  June  the  regiment  had  its  first  pay  day,  being  paid  for 
the  months  of  May  and  June,  and  for  a few  days  the  business  of  the  summary 
court  was  good.  The  monthly  pay  of  a private  was  $15.60,  an  increase  of  20  per 
cent  on  the  regular  $18  being  allowed  for  war  service. 

The  Fourth  of  July  was  spent  in  Oakland,  where,  in  a beautiful  public  park, 
a sham  battle  was  fought  with  blank  cartridges,  and  the  boys  were  entertained  at 
luncheon  and  supper  by  the  good  people  of  that  town.  Six  companies  represented 
the  Americans,  and  the  others,  very  reluctantly,  had  to  play  the  part  of  Spaniards. 
In  the  combat  the  old  struggle  between  love  and  duty  presented  itself  to  the 
“Spaniards,”  whether,  as  soldiers,  they  should  strain  every  nerve  to  win,  or,  as 
real  Americans,  the  Spaniards  should  be  beaten.  As  it  has  happened  in  similar 


THE  FIRST  PAY-DAY. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


THE  AWKWARD  SQUAD. 


cases,  love  conquered,  and  by  a judicious  throwing  off  by  the  “Spaniards,”  the 
Americans  won  the  day.  The  fight  was  in  every  respect  a mimic  battle,  with  the 
exception,  of  course,  of  the  whistling  of  the  bullets,  and  was  hugely  enjoyed  by 
spectators  and  participants  as  well.  Men  were  detailed  to  fall  as  though  wounded, 
and  the  Captain  of  one  company,  who  had  thoughtlessly  designated  a man  for  this 
duty  who  weighed  216  pounds, 
came  in  for  considerable  criticism 
at  the  hands  of  the  unfortunate 
litter-bearers,  who  had  to  carry 
him  off  the  gore-stained  field. 

In  the  meantime,  the  Govern- 
ment had  made  its  issue  of  arms, 
accoutrements  and  clothing,  and 
in  the  pattern  and  quality  of  these, 
the  lack  of  preparation  was  well  shown.  The  rifle  was  the  old  Springfield  model 
of  1878,  a venerable  antiquity,  whose  failings  were  to  be  well  demonstrated  later 
on  when  in  hostile  conflict  with  the  modern  Mausers  of  the  Filipinos.  On  the 
advance  to  Malolos,  the  unfortunate  soldiers  who  were  armed  with  these  weapons 
were  dubbed  “ bolomen  ” by  their  luckier  comrades,  who  had  the  Krag-Jorgen- 
sens,  in  allusion  to  Aguinaldo’s  “ bolo  ” or  machete  battalions.  The  uniforms 
were  something  indescribable.  The  appellation  of  “Boys  in  blue”  was  not 
literally  exact  for  the  Montanans,  because,  after  a few  days’  exposure,  the  blouses 
assumed  a dead  purple  hue,  and  the  trousers  a glaring,  horrible  green.  Nor  was 
the  Regimental  Quartermaster  to  blame,  or  even  the  Government.  For  the  former 
had  to  take  what  was  offered,  or  nothing,  and  the  latter  was  in  much  the  same 
position.  Armies  or  their  supplies  cannot  be  created  in  a moment. 

On  July  6,  1898,  death  claimed  its  first  victim.  Hospital  Corps  Private  Robert 
Lennington,  who  had  enlisted  with  Company  K and  had  been  transferred  to  the 
Hospital  Corps,  on  May  11th,  passed  away  on  that  day  after  a severe  illness  of 
pneumonia.  The  entire  regiment  joined  in  the  impressive  ceremonies  of  his 
funeral. 

The  Montana  soldiers  were  now  becoming  impatient  of  remaining  in  the 
country.  Three  expeditions  had  already  departed  for  foreign  shores,  and  it  was 
thought  that  they  should  also  be  given  their  turn.  Their  claims  were  actively 
pressed  by  the  Colonel,  but,  under  existing  circumstances,  the  authorities  in 
control  could  not  be  hurried.  Finally,  the  orders  came.  The  transport  allotted 
was  the  Pennsylvania,  an  American-built  ship  which  had,  a short  time  before, 
rounded  the  Horn,  having  been  brought  to  San  Francisco  to  engage  in  the  Klon- 
dike trade,  which  was  then  very  prosperous.  Last  leaves  were  taken,  and  at  the 
camp  the  ridiculous  alternated  with  the  pathetic.  Whenever  a lady  approached 
a soldier  friend  to  shake  hands,  a chorus  of  bystanders  would  break  out  into  an 
ear-splitting,  hoarse  howl  of  “Good-bye,”  and  “God  bless  you,”  and  fall  on  each 
others’  necks,  simulating  uncontrollable  grief.  On  July  18th,  at  8:15  in  the 
morning,  the  tents  fell  at  the  sounding  of  the  “general,”  and  the  regiment 
marched  through  the  gaily  decorated  streets,  thronged  by  an  enthusiastic  multi- 
tude, to  the  dock.  The  ship  pulled  into  the  stream  and  anchored  at  5 p.  m.  On 


<s 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


the  19th,  at  10:30  A.  m.  the  vessel  set  sail.  While  the  work  of  loading  had  been 
going  on,  on  the  17th,  Private  Frank  Camp,  of  Company  C,  succumbed  to  disease 
at  the  French  Hospital. 

Sea-sickness  began  shorth^  after  leaving  the  Golden  Gate.  Few  escaped,  but 
nearly  all  recovered  in  a day  or  two.  The  trip  was  one  of  hardship  to  nearly  all 
on  the  ship.  To  begin  with,  the  vessel  was  much  overcrowded.  Besides  carrying 

the  entire  Montana  Regiment,  there  were  three  hundred 
recruits  for  the  1st  California  aboard.  One  entire  company 
was  without  berths.  This  evil  was  remedied  at  Honolulu, 
where  seventy-five  of  the  California  men  were  transferred 
to  the  Rio  de  Janeiro. 

Honolulu  was  reached  at  7:30  A.  m.,  July  28th.  The 
troops  were  permitted  to  land,  and  enjoyed  the  few  days’ 
stay  they  had  there  hugely.  The  town  and  suburbs  is 
certain!}^  one  of  the  prettiest  spots  on  the  face  of  the  earth, 
and  the  people,  who  were  daily  awaiting  the  arrival  of 
commissioners  to  complete  formalities  of  annexation, 
extended  a hearty  welcome.  The  first  evening  a glee 
club  of  Hawaiians  came  aboard  and  sang,  besides  some 
of  the  popular  songs  of  the  day,  some  of  their  own  sweet 
and  plaintive  airs.  Sitting  there  in  the  moonlight,  fanned  by  a cooling  tropi- 
cal breeze,  the  shadows  of  the  tall  palms  on  the  shore  in  the  distance,  was 
not  a bad  beginning.  How  nice  it  would  have  been  if  they  could  only  have 
brought  the  Filipinos  over  to  us  and  had  it  out  then  and  there ! For  dinner 
the  next  da}’'  the  ladies  of  Honolulu  provided  a bountiful  repast  in  the 
luxuriant  grove  in  front  of  the  Government  building,  formerly  Queen  Liliuokalani’s 
palace.  How  the  boys  did  eat,  and  what  an  abundance  of  mangoes,  oranges,  pine- 
apples and  bananas,  besides  more  solid  things ! Occasionally,  drills  were  had,  and 
when  the  ship  again  set  sail,  August  3d,  at  5 A.  m.,  everybody  was  in  the  best 
of  spirits  and  much  strengthened  for  the  remainder  of  the  voyage.  The  trip  to 
Manila  was  made  in  the  company  of  the  Rio  de  Janeiro,  carrying  South  Dakota 
troops,  which  was  never  out  of  sight  until  the  destination  was  reached.  Aboard 
the  Rio  was  Gen.  H.  G.  Otis,  who  had  command  of  the  expedition  and  paid 
occasional  visits  of  inspection  on  mid-ocean.  The  route  lay  almost  due  east  until 
the  northern  extremity  of  Luzon  was  reached,  when  the  course  was  south. 
Between  Honolulu  and  the  Philippines  no  land  was  sighted.  The  weather  in  the 
China  Sea,  as  is  usual  on  those  turbulent  waters,  was  rough,  and  on  August  24th, 
at  9:30  A.  m.  the  ship  cast  anchor  off  Cavite,  without  having  had  any  deaths, 
accidents,  or  serious  cases  of  illness  aboard. 

The  voyage,  however,  had  been  a severe  trial  to  all,  especially  after  leaving 
Honolulu.  The  Pennsylvania  was  scarcely  fit  for  the  carrying  of  passengers.  The 
decks  were  small  and  not  shaded  by  awnings,  and  this  caused,  perhaps,  more  suffer- 
ing than  anything  else,  the  weather  encountered  being  intensely  hot.  The  hold 
became  untenable,  almost,  3"et  many  had  to  sleep  there  for  lack  of  room  on  deck. 
The  food,  too,  was  something  not  to  be  forgotten.  The  bill  of  fare  consisted, 
breakfast  and  dinner,  of  beef  stew  made  out  of  meat  that  was  not  embalmed,  but 


i-  A. ' 

A WOODPILE  SHAVE. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


9' 


would  probably  have  kept  better  if  it  had  been.  This  mixture  was  promptly 
dubbed  “vSlum-gullion,”  and  everybody  who  ever  saw  it,  or  smelt  it,  or  tasted  it, 
agreed  that  it  deserved  its  name.  Supper  consisted  of  beans  sometimes  cooked 
a la  gunny-sack,  that  is,  with  the  gunny-sack  on,  whenever  the  cooks  were  tired. 
Besides  they  had  a receipt  in  the  galley  for  baking  the  only  soda  biscuits  that  we 
ever  saw  that  would  sink  immediately  upon  touching  the  water.  The  soldiers 
from  the  conditions  on  the  ship,  received  thorough  training  in  the  art  of  “lining- 
up.”  One  had  to  line  up  to  go  below,  to  pass  along  the  deck,  and  get  a drink  of 
water.  And  what  water!  It  came  fresh  from  the  condenser  and  was  usually 
lukewarm.  The  Colonel  and  regimental  officers  did  all  they  could  to  alleviate  the 
suffering  of  the  men,  but  with  the  poor  facilities  the  Government  had  provided, 
they  could  do  little  or  nothing. 

The  vessels  had  not  skirted  the  coast  of  Luzon  into  Manila  without  anxiety. 
Entirely  without  armed  convo}^  and  the  Spanish  War  still  being  at  its  height 
when  San  Francisco  was  left,  it  was  not  impossible  that  the  expedition  might  be 
waylaid  by  gunboats  of  the  enemy.  Yet  these  apprehensions  turned  out  to  be 
baseless.  The  transport  entered  the  bay  on  a bright  sunny  morning.  A launch 
soon  came  alongside  and  brought  the  request  from  Admiral  Dewey  that  we  should 
deliver  at  once  any  mail  we  might  have  for  the  American  fleet.  Questions  were 
then  asked.  “How  is  the  war?”  “The  war  is  over.  The  Spaniards  surren- 
dered Manila  on  August  13th.”  Cheers  went  up,  not  without  regrets,  for  every 
man  in  the  regiment  had  come  to  fight,  and  now  it  almost  seemed  as  though  they 
would  not  get  to  strike  a blow.  Some  of  the  more  credulous  even  went  so  far  as 
to  fear  that  the  Pennsylvania  would  be  turned  back  before  the  troops  would  be 
permitted  to  land.  All  doubts  on  that  score  were,  however,  soon  set  at  rest. 
Early  in  the  evening,  disembarkation  began.  The  soldiers  were  loaded  on  paddle- 
wheel  steamboats  and  taken  to  Cavite.  The  2d  Battalion  landed  after  dark, 
not  late  in  the  evening,  though,  for  the  sun  sets  early  in  those  latitudes,  and  it  is 
not  daylight  until  7 o’clock  in  the  morning.  When  the  lighter  touched  land, 
they  crawled  over  three  or  four  boats  that  lay  between  them  and  the  wharf  and 
picked  their  way  through  the  darkened  walks  of  the  Cavite  Navy  Yard.  There 
were  shades  and  shadows  of 
strange  things  that  none  had  seen 
the  like  of  before,  oddly  built 
forts  and  houses,  curious  old  can- 
non that  had  long  ceased  to  be 
useful,  an  octagonal  shrine,  the 
statue  of  a Spanish  cavalier,  and 
rank,  luxuriant  tropical  vegeta- 
tion. Two  troops  of  the  4th  U.  S. 

Cav.  were  already  there  and  told 
the  arrivals  that  on  that  very  day 
the  insurgents  had  killed  a Sergeant  of  the  Utah  Eight  Artillery.  It  was  within 
the  walls  of  the  town  of  Cavite  and  proved  to  have  been  a drunken  brawl.  The 
Sergeant  failed  to  halt  when  challenged  by  an  insurgent  sentry,  standing  guard 
over  territory  in  the  rebels’  hands. 


CAMP  EQUIPAGE. 


10 


Cauipaigning  i?i  the  Philippines. 


A guard  detail  was  called  for  that  same  night,  to  stand  on  the  seawall  and 
protect  the  Spanish  wrecks  lying  in  the  offing  from  the  ravages  of  Filipino  boat- 
men, who  were  stealing  everything  that  could  be  removed.  Capt.  Jensen  was 
officer  of  the  day,  and  some  of  the  men  of  his  company  shot  at  and  killed  two 
thieves  who  were  all  too  persistent,  and  wounded  three  others.  So,  from  the 
experiences  and  the  story  of  the  4th  Cav.  troops,  things  were  not  so  peaceful  in 
the  Philippines  after  all. 

By  noon  of  the  next  day  the  entire  regiment  had  gone  into  quarters  in  the  old 
Spanish  barracks,  part  of  which  are  hundreds  of  years  old.  Fort  San  Felipe, 
near  by,  was  occupied  by  a detachment  of  California  Heavy  Artillery  and  the  6th 
U.  S.  Art.  The  South  Dakotas  were  quartered  in  an  old  church,  but  these,  as 
well  as  the  4th  Cav.,  soon  went  to  Manila,  leaving  the  field  to  the  Montanas. 

The  first  impressions  of  the  Philippines  were  not  pleasant  ones.  In  the  first 
place,  there  was  an  entire  absence  of  enthusiastic  reception,  such  as  the  regiment 
had  been  used  to.  There  were  no  flags,  no  dinners,  no  shouts  of  welcome,  and 
all  this  was  unconsciously  resented.  Nor  were  the  natives,  to  our  eyes,  pleasant 
to  look  upon.  Some  of  the  younger  men  and  women  were  not  ill-favored;  but 
the  older  Filipinos,  with  their  dark  yellow  or  brown,  leathery  skin,  were  not 
unlike  Chinamen  blackened  for  a nigger  minstrel  show.  They  had  a way  of 
holding  up  the  forefinger  of  one  hand  to  represent  the  “Americanos”  and  that  of 
the  other  to  represent  the  Filipinos,  and  then  putting  the  two  together  to  repre- 
sent the  unity  of  the  two  races  in  interest  and 
in  amity.  “Americano  mucho  bueno,  Spanish 
mucho  malo,”  was  an  oft-heard  phrase  of  theirs. 
And  with  their  professions  their  friendship  ended, 
for  from  the  very  first  their  attitude  was  covertly 
hostile,  and  whenever  possible  they  victimized 
those  who  had  destroyed  the  power  of  their 
Spanish  oppressors.  Supplies  for  the  army  and 
navy  could  only  be  gotten  at  ruinous  valuations, 
and  prices  of  fruit  and  things  of  daily  use  were 
one  thing  for  Filipinos  and  two  or  three  times  as 
much  for  Americans. 

The  unloading  of  the  ship  was  done  by  the 
soldiers.  It  was  then  quickly  discovered  that  the 
amount  of  physical  labor  that  could  be  endured 
by  a white  man  was  much  less  than  at  home.  The 
sun’s  rays  soon  fatigued,  and  there  was  but 
little  refreshment  in  sleep  during  the  hot  nights,  made  hideous  by  millions  of 
mosquitoes.  At  this  time  the  regiment  first  became  acquainted  with  so-called 
“ Prime  Roast  Beef.”  The  first  fatigue  details  engaged  in  unloading  the  ship  had 
encountered  the  appetizing  label  on  some  of  the  boxes  and  managed,  as  if  by 
chance,  to  drop  one  or  two,  and  break  them.  The  cans  were  quickly  secreted 
under  the  shirts  of  the  soldiers,  taken  behind  a convenient  wall  and  eaten.  In 
their  famished  condition  they  managed  to  eat  it,  but  it  soon  became  nauseating. 
It  was  tried  to  make  it  palatable  in  all  sorts  of  ways — boiled,  fried,  made  into 


I 


! 

I 


SABBATH  TEACHING. 


Campaigning  in  the  rjiilippines. 


11 


liasl],  literally  seasoned — but  all  to  no  avail;  the  stomach  refused  it.  This  was 
the  stuff  that,  it  had  been  charged,  was  the  “ refuse  of  the  manufacture  of  beef 
extract  and  canned  soup.”  The  Court  of  Inquiry  said  it  was  the  “by  product” 
of  such  manufacture — a distinction  that  did  not  improve  its  taste  or  nourishing 
qualities.  It  was  issued  by  the  Government  in  the 
Philippines  off  and  on  until  the  end  of  March. 

In  the  morning  there  was  one-hour  drill,  and  in 
the  evening  a half  hour,  besides  guard  duty.  The 
insidious  effects  of  the  climate  soon  began  to  be  felt. 

Everyone  suffered  to  some  extent  of  malarial  fever; 
some  quite  severely.  Cases  of  a month’s  confinement 
to  the  hospital  were  common,  and  the  men,  when  dis- 
charged, were  but  shadows  ot  their  former  selves. 

At  first  the  Montanas  occupied  Cavite  jointly  with 
the  Filpinos.  The  little  brown  soldiers,  barefooted, 
when  standing  at  “order  arms,”  the  bayonetsextending 
sometimes  fifteen  inches  above  their  heads,  were  curious 
to  look  upon.  They  had  a large  building  full  of  Spanish 
prisoners,  who,  in  their  famished  condition,  enlisted 
the  sympathies  of  the  American  soldiers.  The  latter  frequently  passed  food 
in  through  the  bars  to  them,  and  brought  them  fruit.  Working  parties  of 
Spanish  prisoners  held  by  the  Americans  always  returned  with  three  or  four 
recruits  who  had  escaped  from  the  cruel  treatment  of  the  insurgents.  The 
presence  of  the  Filipino  soldiers,  however,  became  undesirable.  The  Proctocol  of 
Paris  made  Cavite  and  Manila  temporarily  American,  and  for  this  reason  alone, 
if  not  for  others,  alien  military  forces  were  not  to  be  tolerated.  Gen.  Andenson 
was  in  command  of  the  district  of  Cavite,  but  his  first  demands  for  evacuation 
were  met  by  temporizing  on  the  part  of  Aguinaldo.  The  wily  Malay  soon  found 
that  these  tactics  would  avail  nothing,  and  eventually,  about  the  middle  of 
October  he  retired  through  the  gates  of  the  walled  city  of  Cavite  that  opened  on 
the  causeway  which  connected  with  the  mainland.  The  number  of  insurgent 
soldiers  had  been  about  one  thousand  ; of  Spanish  prisoners,  about  two  hundred. 

Trading  with  the  natives  was  a novelty.  When  you  wanted  tomatoes, 
potatoes  or  onions,  3"ou  did  not  buy  a peck  or  a pound,  but  bought  them  by  the 
piece.  On  landing,  mone^^  was  quite  scarce,  so  that  some  of  the  bo>"S  were  com- 
pelled to  spend  their  aluminum  identification  medals,  provided  by  the  Red  Cross 
ladies  of  San  Francisco.  The  only  thing  that  was  really  cheap  was  cigars,  and 
of  these,  one  could  enjoy  the  best  the  Islands  afforded  for  two  cents  apiece. 
Ever\Tody  smoked  them,  men,  women  and  children  alike. 

The  situation  at  Manila  was  becoming  such  that  the  Commanding  General 
issued  orders  for  the  regiment  to  come  to  that  cit^v  On  October  24,  1898,  the  1st 
and  2d  Battalions  left  Cavite,  and  on  November  21st,  the  3d  followed.  The  2d 
and  3d  Battalions  were  quartered  at  No  6.  San  Miguel  street,  and  the  1st  near  by, 
on  Gunao  street,  headquarters  being  established  at  23  San  Miguel  street.  The 
barracks  were  crowded,  and  those  at  6 San  Miguel  had  been  a warehouse  for 
dried  cocoanuts,  the  smell  of  which  remained  to  the  last.  Mosquito  nets  and  can- 


“ CLEANLINESS  IS  NEXT  TO 
GODLINESS.” 


12 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


vas  cots  were  furnished,  which  made  living  much  more  comfortable.  The  rains 
were  severe,  and  the  lot  where  the  cooking  was  done  soon  became  a trackless 
swamp.  One  who  has  never  seen  a tropical  rain  can  have  no  conception  of  the 
deluge  of  water  that  is  poured  from  the  heavens.  The  city  of  Manila  has  an 
abundant  water  supply.  Shower  baths  were  provided  and  were  used  by  the  sol- 
diers sometimes  as  often  as  four  to  five  times  a day.  It  was  the  onl}^  way  of 
keeping  cool.  For  drinking  purposes  the  water  had  to  be  boiled. 

Drilling  was  cut  down  to  half  an  hour  in  the  morning,  and  in  the  evening  a 
march  and  dress  parade,  occupying  about  the  same  length  of  time,  was  had.  The 
regiment,  besides  guarding  its  own  camp,  was  required  to  furnish  a guard  for  the 
Escolta,  Manila’s  principal  thoroughfare,  from  November  10th  to  December  8th, 
and  the  sentries  at  the  headquarters  of  the  2d  Division  of  the  8th  Army  Corps, 
Maj.  Gen.  MacArthnr,  No.  16  General  Solano  street,  were  Montana  men  from 
the  beginning  of  January  until  the  middle  of  July. 

The  sanitar}"  conditions  at  the  barracks  and  their  surroundings,  the  kind  of 
water  and  food  and  the  amount  of  work  and  hardship  to  which  the  soldiers  were 
subjected,  made  themselves  felt  in  the  daily  sick  reports,  a never-failing  barometer. 
Thus,  at  Cavite,  the  1st  Battalion,  which  was  quartered  in  an  old  Spanish  fort, 
with  thick  and  damp  walls,  had  thirty  to  forty  sick  men  where  the  others  had 
only  fifteen  or  twenty.  The  percentage  of  sick  in  San  Francisco  had  been  about 
four.  In  Cavite  it  speedily  rose  to  ten,  and  fluctuated  in  that  neighborhood  until 
the  trouble  broke  out,  when  at  one  time  it  rose  as  high  as  thirty-two  in  the  Mon- 
tanas, although  other  regiments  had  it  as  high  as  sixty-five  per  cent.  Artificer 
John  C.  Adams,  Company  A,  died  at  Cavite,  September  2,  1898,  of  typhoid 
fever;  Private  Cary  A.  Sayler,  Company  A,  at  the  same  place  and  of  the  same 
disease,  on  September  5th;  Private  William  C.  O’Leary,  at  the  same  place,  Sep- 
tember 5th,  of  spinal  meningitis;  Private  Daniel  McElliott,  Company  A,  October 

22d,  at  Cavite,  of  dysen- 
tery; Private  Walter  J. 
McLean.  Com  pan}"  L, 
October  28th,  at  Cavite. 
There  were  no  further 
deaths  until  Private 
Harry  Archibald,  Com- 
pany M,  died  at  Manila, 
January  6,  1899,  of  ty- 
phoid fever,  and  his  was 
the  last  death  before  the 
trouble  broke  out. 

On  December  1,  1898,  1st  Lieut,  and  Regimental  Adjt.  Ben  E.  Calkins,  who 
was  called  home  on  pressing  business  affairs,  received  his  discharge  from  the 
service.  He  sailed  for  home  two  days  later.  Second  Lieut. William  B.  Knowlton, 
Company  G,  who  was  extremely  popular  with  the  officers  and  enlisted  men,  was 
detailed  as  Acting  Regimental  Adjutant  on  December  2d,  and  on  the  24th  of  the  same 
month  he  received  his  promotion  as  1st  Lieutenant  and  Adjutant,  and  served  in 
that  capacity  until  muster  out,  with  great  credit  to  himself  and  to  his  regiment. 


DISHING  UP  RATIONS. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


13 


First  Ivieiit.  Edgar  S.  Paxson,  Company  G,  was  given  sick  leave  to  the  United 
States  on  October  15,  189S.  His  health  was  such  that  he  could  not  return  and  he 
was  mustered  out  of  the  service.  Pdrst  Lieut.  Louis  P.  Sanders  was  detailed  as 
aide  to  the  General  commanding  the  American  troops,  and  remained  on  that  duty 
during  his  stay  in  the  Philippines.  Capt.  Charles  Gardner  and  1st  Lieut.  Wil- 
liam F.  McGrath,  both  of  Company  B;  2d  Lieut.  Adolph  Kappner,  Company 
F,  and  2d  Lieut.  Gerald  Sullivan,  Company  M,  were  discharged  from  the  ser- 
vice on  January  8,  1899.  First  Lieut.  Jacob  M. 

Kennedy,  Company  K,  was  discharged  on  account 
of  sickness  on  December  81st.  First  Lieut.  Bryan 
Conrad,  Company  M,  was  discharged  September 
1st,  to  go  into  the  18th  U.  S.  Inf.  The  following 
promotions  were  made  from  the  muster-in  of  the 
regiment  until  the  outbreak  of  hostilities:  Louis 
P.  Sanders,  Captain  of  Company  B,  January  28d; 

Clarence  I.  Boardman,  1st  Lieutenant  of  Com- 
pany B,  January  28d;  S.  A.  J.  Dorn,  2d  Lieu- 
tenant of  Company  M,  January  9th  and  1st  Lieu- 
tenant same  company,  January  23d;  Byron  J. 

McIntyre,  1st  Lieutenant,  Company  G,  January 
24th;  Philip  Greenan,  1st  Lieutenant,  Company 
K,  January  6th;  William  C.  Gardenhire,  2d  Lieu- 
tenant, Company  P',  January  22d;  Ernest  V.  D. 

Murphy,  2d  Lieutenant,  Company  G,  January  6th;  Arthur  O’Leary,  2d  Lieuten- 
ant, Company  M,  January  23d;  Valentine  Laubenheimer,  2d  Lieutenant,  Company 
A,  January  23d,  and  Myles  Kelly,  2d  Lieutenant,  Company  H,  January  23d. 

On  December  24,  1898,  the  Montanas  were  assigned  a place  in  the  line  of 
defenses  of  Manila.  The  regiment  was  then,  as  throughout  the  campaign,  a part 
of  the  2d  Division,  under  Major-General  Mac  Arthur,  which  occupied  the 
portion  of  Manila  north  of  the  Pasig  River,  and  was  brigaded  with  the  20th 
Kansas,  10th  Pennsylvanias,  and  3d  Art.  (acting  as  infantry),  under  Brigadier- 
General  Harrison  Gray  Otis.  The  Montanas  occupied  a position,  the  center  of 
which  was  a point  on  the  Dulumbayan  Road,  about  one  thousand  yards  north  of 
the  leper  hospital.  The  3d  Art.  was  to  the  left  and  the  Pennsylvanias  to  the  right. 
There  was  a small  cemetery  nearby,  heavily  walled,  which  was  used  as  a fortress 
on  the  night  of  February  4th.  The  post  was  about  two  miles  from  the  barracks. 
At  first  it  was  occupied  by  one  company  at  a time,  on  duty  for  twent3-four  hours 
at  a time.  On  January  7th,  two  companies  were  on  at  night  and  one  in  the  day, 
and  on  February  1st,  four  companies  were  held  in  reserve  at  the  barracks  with 
orders  to  march  out  at  the  first  sign  of  difficulty. 

The  attitude  of  the  Filipinos  w^as  hostile  throughout,  and  the  relations  between 
the  two  forces  became  more  and  more  strained  every  day.  The  patience  with 
which  the  Americans  received  the  insults  of  the  insurgents  was  mistaken  for 
cowardice.  All  sorts  of  challenges  were  called  to  the  sentries  in  bad  Spanish. 
“ Quiere  combatir ! Americano  mucho  malo!  Poco  tiempo,  no  mas  Montanas!” 
meaning,  ” Come  and  fight,”  “The  Americans  are  no  good.”  “Pretty  soon  the 


A CAMP  PEDDI.ER. 


Mont.  2 


14 


Cainpaig)iino  in  the  Philippines. 


Montanas  will  be  exterminated,”  and  so  on.  The  commanding  General  was 
determined  not  to  use  violence  until  attacked  by  force  of  arms,  and  all  this  had 
to  be  borne. 

About  the  middle  of  January  a painful  accident  occurred.  A sentry  belonging 
to  Company  B carelessly  discharged  his  rifle,  the  ball  lodging  in  the  hip  of  a Fili- 
pino woman,  and  inflicting  a mortal  wound.  Maj.  (later  Lieutenant-Colonel) 
Cook,  who  was  field  officer  of  the  day,  quelled  the  excitement,  which  was  run- 
ning high.  A money  contribution  by  Col.  Kessler  to  the  bereaved  widower,  large 
enough  to  bury  the  remains  with  pomp  and  enable  him  to  get  a handsomer  and 
younger  wife,  sufficed  to  smooth  over  the  incident. 

The  first  actively  hostile  demonstration  at  the  Montana  line  was  made  on  Jan- 
uary 18th.  Company  E was  on  duty  and  Capt.  Jenson  was  in  charge  of  his  com- 
pany. At  about  2 p.  M.,  a squad  composed  of  Corp.  \V.  H.  Mace  and  Privates 
Robert  Johnston,  J.  L.  Banks,  G.  L.  Banks,  M.  Phelan,  \V.  P.  Mulchay,  Otto 
Olson  and  Eli  Loucks,  posted  150  3’ards  in  front  of  the  main  body,  observed  a bod}' 
of  Aguinaldo’s  soldiers  with  rifles  leveled,  coming  toward  it.  The  sentry  called  a 
halt,  which  was  received  with  shouts  of  derision.  The  P'ilipinos  crossed  into  the 
American  lines  and  soon  had  the  squad  completely  surrounded.  Private  Loucks 


BREAKING  CAMP. 


was  sent  to  the  Captain  as  messenger,  and  the  squad,  under  the  circumstances, 
not  being  allowed  to  fire,  reluctantly  began  to  slowly  fall  back.  Soon  Capt.  Jen- 
son arrived,  brought  the  outpost  back  to  the  main  body,  and  deployed  the  com- 
pany at  the  right  and  left  of  the  road,  in  line  of  skirmishers,  some  distance  in  front 
of  the  walled  cemetery.  In  accordance  with  instructions,  he  telegraphed  Gen. 
MacArthur,  “Outpost  attacked.”  In  half  an  hour  Brigadier-General  H.  G.  Otis 
and  Inspector-General  John  S.  Mallory,  of  MacArthur’s  staff,  arrived  and  had  a 
parley  with  the  Filipinos.  Their  commander  apologized  and  quiet  was  soon  re- 
stored, the  outpost  re-occupying  its  old  position. 

A day  or  two  later.  Col.  Kessler,  when  field  officer  of  the  day,  was  called  upon 
to  pour  oil  on  the  troubled  waters  at  the  Kansas  outpost,  where  a sentry  was 
holding  a mob  of  over  three  hundred  at  bay,  by  loading  his  rifle  with  ball  car- 
tridges in  the  presence  of  some  insolent  Filipinos,  who  persisted  in  entering  the 
lines  armed.  This  difficulty,  too,  was  adjusted. 

During  the  night  of  February  2d,  the  first  hostile  shots  were  fired  at  the  Mon- 
tana men.  Companies  G and  B were  on  duty.  Early  in  the  evening  the  Cor- 
poral of  the  guard,  John  J.  McLane,  had  noticed  unusual  activit}'  in  the  native 
houses  of  the  vicinity.  A larger  number  than  common  of  natives  was  seen  to  be 


VlKWvS  ABOUT  MANILA. 


IG 


Caiiipaionuig  in  the  Philippines. 


about,  and  about  9 o’clock  a dusky  messenger  was  seen  to  go  from  house  to 
house.  Trouble  was  anticipated,  and  it  came.  At  midnight  the  sentries  of  Com- 
pany G were  relieved  by  Company  B men.  About  half  an  hour  later  two  shots 
were  fired  at  the  men  on  the  foremost  post.  The  alarm  was  given  in  a minute, 
and,  directly,  Capt.  Wynne  and  Tieut.  Corby  had  deplo^'ed  their  men  as  skir- 
mishers, B to  the  left  and  G to  the  right  of  the  road.  Officers  and  men,  long  held 
at  bay,  were  eager  for  the  fray,  but  Maj.  Drennan,  field  officer  of  the  day,  of 
cour.se,  could  not  permit  it.  Peace  was  restored,  and  hostilities  were  put  off  a 
little  while  longer. 

The  humdrum  of  barrack  life  and  the  monotony  of  what  was  practically 
imprisonment  in  the  limits  of  Manila,  had  made  all  anxious  to  strike  the  blow. 
The  opportunity  came  on  the  evening  of  February  4th.  The  long-continued 
hostile  attitude  of  the  insurgents  culminated  in  their  attack  on  the  Nebraskas, 
who  occupied  the  extreme  right  of  Gen.  MacArthur’s  line.  A sentry  of  this 
regiment  fired  the  finst  shot  of  the  war.  The  volunteers  in  the  Philippines  had 
enlisted  against  the  Spaniards,  but  fighting  was  now  a matter  of  self-defense  and 
just  vengeance,  and  to  a man  they  were  eager  for  the  call  of  duty  and  the  orders 
of  their  superiors. 

When  the  attack  began.  Companies  M and  I were  on  the  line,  and  I),  F,  A 
and  K were  in  reserve  quarters.  Capt.  Hallahan,  Company  M,  was  in  com- 
mand of  the  force  at  the  front.  The  night  was  a very  dark  one.  A little  before 
9 o’clock  he  called  the  attention  of  Maj.  Bierer,  of  the  10th  Pennsylvania, 
field  officer  of  the  day,  to  some  shots  heard  in  the  distance.  Being  repeated,  they 
discussed  them,  and  first  thought  they  might  be  fire-crackers.  Maj.  Bierer  finally 
said:  ‘ ‘ Those  are  not  fire-crackers.  The  ball  is  opened. ’ ’ They  listened  a moment 
longer  and  then  formed  the  two  companies,  M and  I,  and  ten  or  fifteen  minutes 
later  they  heard  the  Filipino  bugles  blow  a call  in  the  distance  that  was  new  to 

them.  It  was  quite  long, 
and  presumably  a call  to 
arms.  Corp.  William  S. 
Lincoln,  Company  M, 
was  then  at  the  cossack 
post,  some  550  paces  north 
of  the  main  body,  with  a 
squad  of  twelve  men  be- 
longing to  both  Compan- 
ies M and  I.  Private 
Michael  Henry  was  the 
sentry  to  the  left.  He 
was  the  first  Montana 
man  fired  upon,  and  promptly  returned  the  fire.  Soon  the  entire  detachment  was 
engaged.  The  Filipinos  endeavored  to  surround  it,  but  it  gallantly  held  its  own, 
retreating  slowly  to  the  main  body,  keeping  up  a steady  fire  and  taking  advantage 
of  the  conformation  of  the  ground.  The  two  companies  were  deployed,  500  yards 
to  the  left  of  the  road,  to  connect  with  the  3d  Art.,  and  360  yards  to  the  right  to 
touch  Pennsylvania’s  left,  a long  line  for  so  few  to  defend,  allowing  only  one  man 


MARCHING  TO  THE  TRAIN. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


17 


KN  ROUTK  TO  SAN  FRANCISCO. 


to  every  twelve  paces.  This  position  was  held  for  over  an  hour,  when,  in 
obedience  to  repeated  orders.  Companies  M and  I retired  to  the  small  walled  ceme- 
tery 800  paces  to  the  rear,  and  rather  reluctantly,  because  at  this  .station  the 
ground  could  be  only  imperfectly  covered,  so  that  there  was  some  danger  that  the 
insurgents  might  sneak  through  to  the  leper  hospital.  They  had  approached  as 
close  as  twenty  yards,  but  after  that  the  shots  were  long  range,  immediate  hopes 
of  penetrating  the  lines  having 
apparently  been  given  up. 

Our  soldiers  were  much  ex- 
posed by  their  black-powder 
cartridges,  which  they  had  to 
use  in  part,  and  which  belched 
forth  long  tongues  of  flame 
that  gave  the  enemy  complete 
indication  of  their  position. 

In  the  meantime.  Col.  Kess- 
ler arrived  with  reinforcements. 

At  half-past  nine,  the  order 
had  come  at  the  barracks  to 
fall  in.  Maj.  Miller  had  been 
placed  in  command  of  the  companies  that  were  left  to  guard  the  safety  of  Manila. 
Tieut.  Col.  Wallace  and  Maj.  Cook  had  gone  to  the  left  of  the  Kansas,  the 
extreme  left  of  the  north  line,  with  Companies  G,  E,  and  B.  The  latter  two 
immediately  returned,  but  G fought  with  Kansas  until  the  morning  of  the  6th, 
when  it,  too,  joined  the  regiment.  The  command  was  halted  on  the  corner  of 
Dulumbayan  Road  and  Calle  Iris,  where  Maj.  Gen.  MacArthur  had  established 
temporary  headquarters.  The  Colonel  took  Companies  L and  C forward,  and 
the.se,  with  M and  I,  were,  by  11  p.  m.,  disposed  about  the  small  cemetery; 
Company  I,  Capt.  Preston,  to  the  left  of  the  road,  using  the  rice-dikes  for  shelter. 
The  thick  walls  of  the  cemetery  afforded  ample  protection  for  the  other  companies. 
Two  guns  of  the  Utah  Light  Artillery — three  2 -inch  field  pieces — also  took  post 
here,  and  began  their  destructive  work  under  Capt.  Grant  of  that  organiza- 
tion. Firing  was  kept  up  all  night,  and  by  daylight  the  boys,  although  there 
had  been  no  casualty,  were  pretty  well  exhausted.  The  vigorous  kick  of  the 
ancient  Springfield  muskets  had  made  many  an  arm  black  and  blue,  and  many  a 
shoulder  painfully  sore.  However,  Manila  was  still  American,  and  the  battle  had 
been  won.  Capt.  Keown  then,  with  a squad  of  Company  C men,  was  detailed 
to  clear  the  territory  in  the  immediate  front  of  nipa  huts,  by  burning  them  to  the 
ground,  and  about  10  o’clock  in  the  forenoon.  Companies  M and  I advanced 
about  one  thousand  yards,  also  clearing  away  obstructions. 

Gen.  MacArthur  now  (Sunday  morning,  February  5thl  ordered  an  advance  of 
about  a mile  to  La  Loma  Church  and  the  Chinese  Cemetery.  Capt.  Hill,  with  a 
squad  of  about  a dozen  men  of  Company  F,  which  had  in  the  meantime  arrived, 
was  sent  to  reconnoiter  the  position  to  the  right.  Considerable  resistance  was  met, 
but  the  Chinese  Hospital  was  gained,  being  found  deserted,  and  about  the 
same  time  Lieut.  Gardenhire,  with  another  detachment  of  Company  F,  appeared. 


IS 


CainJ:aij^)ii?ig  in  the  Philippines. 


Col.  Kessler  now  moved  the  regiment  forward,  and  after  sharp  fighting,  occupied 
the  line  contemplated  in  the  General’s  orders.  It  included,  besides  tbe  church 
and  cemetery  mentioned,  the  town  of  Lico  and  also  block-house  Xo.*  2,  a strong 
fortress  of  hewn  stone,  provided  with  numerous  port-holes  for  musketry.  Com- 
panies C,  F,  H,  I,  K,  Iv  and  M had  taken  part  in  the  engagement,  while  G (Capt. 
W^vniie)  was  on  the  lefc  of  the  Kansas,  and  fought  bravely  with  that  regiment. 
The  next  day  (Monday,  the  fith)  an  adjustment  of  the  lines  was  made,  involving 
a slight  advance.  Trenches  were  thrown  up,  and  the  position  retained  until  Feb- 
ruary 10th.  The  bulk  of  the  regiment  was  stationed  to  the  left  of  block-house 
Xo.  2;  Company  E was  at  the  block-house,  and  C and  M were  to  the  right  near 
La  Loma  Church,  with  the  Pennsylvanias,  under  command  of  Maj.  Drennan. 

The  fight  of  the  5th  claimed  six  victims.  The  following  were  wounded:  Pri- 
vate L.  L.  Pierstorff,  Company  C;  Private  Charles  Runnels,  H;  Private  George  A. 
Rowland,  H;  Corp.  Edward  L.  Skinner,  I;  Corp.  William  Meyersick,  I,  (died 
February  18th),  and  Private  John  Sorensen,  L,  (died  February  20th).  Private 
Henry  Slack,  Company  B,  was  wounded  on  the  7th. 

The  extension  of  the  line,  to  include  the  village  of  Caloocan,  was  now  decided 
upon  by  the  division  commander.  The  movement  was  set  for  the  10th  of  Feb- 
ruary, and  made  with  the  co-operation  of  the  fleet.  For  thirty  minutes,  beginning 
at  8:09  p.  m.,  upon  signal  from  the  high  cupola  of  La  Loma  Church,  the  division 

headquarters,  the  rebel  entrenchments  were 
bombarded  by  the  big  10-inch  guns  of  the 
navy,  and  the  shrapnel  of  the  Utah  Artil- 
lery. The  ardor  of  the  cannoneers  was 
such  that  it  was  impossible  to  control  their 
Are  within  the  time  limits  fixed,  so  that  it 
was  not  safe  for  the  infantr}’  advance  to  com- 
mence until  8:50  p.  m.  Then  the  signal  was 
given  and  the  Montana  boys  swept  forward 
in  a hail  of  Mauser  and  Remington  bullets. 
The  enemy  fled  before  them  in  confusion,  man}'  falling  before  the  well-directed 
fire.  The  programme  placed  Companies  D,  G,  A and  I between  Kansas  on  the 
left  and  the  8d  Art.  on  the  right,  on  the  firing  line,  but  Companies  L,  K,  B and  F, 
who  had  been  designated  as  support  to  remain  in  the  rear,  could  not  be  controlled, 
and  they,  too,  pressed  forward  on  the  advance  line.  Col.  Kessler  was  in  command 
of  these  eight  companies.  Company  E held  block-house  Xo.  2,  and  C was  with 
the  Pennsylvanias  at  La  Loma  Church.  Company  M and  its  Captain  were  selected 
for  a duty  which  is  referred  to  in  the  report  of  the  division  commander  in  the 
following  words: 

“ In  the  connection  with  the  occupation  of  Caloocan,  Company  M of  the  Mon- 
tana Regiment,  Capt.  Hallahan  commanding,  was  placed  under  the  orders  of 
Maj.  Bell,  U.  S.  V.  engineers,  in  charge  of  the  office  of  Military  Information,  with 
a view  to  utilizing  a ravine  for  a concealed  advance,  in  the  hope  of  deriving 
advantage  from  the  sudden  and  unexpected  appearance  of  troops  on  that  part  of 
the  field.  This  duty,  which  was  special  in  its  nature,  and  also  involved  the  pos- 
sibility of  extra  hazard,  was  well  performed.” 


Cainpai(rning  in  the  Philippines. 


19 


Capt.  Hallahaii,  in  a personal  interview  with  Gen.  MacArthur,  received  the 
instructions  for  his  command.  The  company,  at  1:30  on  the  afternoon  of  the 
battle,  concealed  by  a rank  growth  of  bamboos  and  grasses,  took  position  some 
distance  in  advance  of  the  troops.  At  the  preconcerted  signal,  the  discharge  of  a 
cannon,  the  men  stealthily  crawled  forward,  unobserved  by  the  enemy,  endeavor- 
ing to  gain  the  left  flank  of  the  enemy’s  trenches,  and  to  drive  them  therefrom  by 
enfilading  fire.  When  within  300  yards,  they  opened  on  the 
enemy,  and  were  then  attacked  both  front  and  rear.  After  a 
determined  stand,  the  firing  from  the  insurgents  in  the  rear 
subsided,  the  rest  of  the  American  forces  having  in  the  mean- 
time commenced  their  advance.  Capt.  Hallahan  then  moved 
forward  and  soon  arrived  at  his  destination,  the  final  charge 
being  made  with  fixed  bayonets,  ammunition  having  given 
out.  Company  D arrived  at  Caloocan  about  the  same  time 
from  the  other  direction.  Privates  James  Casey  and  William 
E.  Edwards  of  Company  M raised  the  American  flag  on  the 
town  at  5:15  p.  m.,  while  rebel  bullets  were  still  flying.  The 
ardor  of  the  Montana  boys  was  such,  and  the  “niggers”  ran 
so  well,  that  our  men  were  carried  over  a mile  beyond  their 
destination,  but  before  nightfall  were  ordered  back  to  Caloocan.  The  insurgents 
had  fired  the  village  before  evacuating  and  nothing  was  standing  save  the  railroad 
shops  and  the  church,  which  had  been  used  as  a fort  and  partly  ruined  by  the  shells 
from  the  battleships  in  the  bay. 

The  victory,  however,  was  costly.  Private  Frederick  Hall  of  the  band,  was 
killed.  The  following  were  wounded:  Lieut.  Col.  R.  B.  Wallace;  Private  John  C. 
Bullard,  Company  A;  Musician  Seth  H.  Dibble,  Company  A.;  Corp.  David  A. 
Bruneau,  Company  A;  Private  Adolph  F.  Charette,  Company  A;  Sergt.  Everett 
Metcalf,  Company  B;  Sergt.  Geo.  W.  Lowman,  Company  D;  Private  James  M. 
Box,  Company  D;  Private  Edward  G.  Reynolds,  Company  D;  Capt.  Wm.  F.  Hill, 
Company  F;  Lieut.  Wm.  C.  Gardenhire,  Company  F;  Private  James  Cravere, 
Company  F;  Pri- 
vate James  W. 

Kennedy,  Com- 
pany G ; Private 
Delos  D.  Bab- 
cock, Company 
G;  Artificer  Wm. 

J.  Borthwick, 

Company  G;  Pri- 
vate Karl  J.  Peterson,  Company  G;  Private  Thomas  Malloy,  Company  K;  Private 
John  J.  Campbell,  Company  M (died  February  16th);  Private  Joseph  Callahan, 
Company  M,  and  Private  Clarence  G.  Briggs  of  the  band  (died  February  12th),  a 
total  of  one  killed  and  twenty  wounded.  Private  Percy  C.  Bullard,  Company  I, 
had  been  wounded  the  day  before. 

The  Montana  boys  now  entrenched  themselves  a little  beyond  Caloocan  and  to 
the  right  of  the  railroad  track,  and  here  they  remained  until  March  24th,  when 


20 


Campaigniuir  m the  Philippines. 


further  advance  was  ordered.  The  camp  consisted  of  a long  single  row  of  shelter 
tents,  pitched  directly  in  the  trenches,  and  here,  for  a month  and  a half,  the 
soldiers,  from  Colonel  down,  slept,  ate,  drank,  chatted,  wrote  letters  and  fought 
The  life  was  trying.  Outposts  were  maintained  at  some  distance  to  the  front,  and 
this  dangerous  duty  was  attended  with  frequent  casualties.  In  the  trenches  it 
was  necessary  to  be  on  the  alert  at  all  hours  of  the  day  and  night.  The  favorite 
hours  for  insurgent  attack  were  11  at  night,  and  8 in  the  morning;  but  at 
any  time  one  was  likel}'  to  be  disturbed  at  mess,  during  a nap,  or  while  washing 
or  shaving,  and  compelled  to  pick  up  the  rifle  for  an  exchange  of  compliments 
with  the  dusk}^  warriors.  Such  things  as  leaves-of-absence  were  unknown. 
Ever^^one  had  to  sta}'  right  on  the  fighting-line.  From  Malabon,  separated  by  a 
marsh  and  an  arm  of  the  sea,  the  deadly  fire  of  the  insurgents  entirely  covered 
the  camp.  The  bullets  came  not  only  from  the  front  but  also  from  the  rear.  The 
dangerousness  of  the  position  is  attested  by  the  following  list  of  casualties,  which 
occured  during  the  occupation:  killed.  Private  Henry  C.  Beecher,  Company 

A,  on  March 
1 5th  ; wounded , 
Private  Francis 
G.  A n s p a c h , 
Company  A,  Feb- 
ruary 25th ; Pri- 
vate Alvin  F. 
Plottner,  A,  Feb- 
ruary 28th ; Pri- 
vate Otto  Nel- 
son, A,  February 
23d ; Private 
John  \V.  Shan- 
non, A,  Febru- 
ary 23d;  Private  Charles  Brinton,  B,  February  11th;  Private  Martin  Hyman,  B, 
February  22d;  Private  John  F.  Funn,  C,  Februar}^  23d;  Private  Glen  Hurd,  C, 
February  23d;  Private  Albert  S.  Hicks,  C,  February  25th;  Private  William  F. 
Kraemer,  D,  February  23d  ; Private  Frederick  A.  Chaxel,  F,  Februar}'  23d  ; Private 
Theodore  H.  Manchester,  G,  February  23d;  Private  Edward  S.  Moore,  G,  Febru- 
ary 27th  (died  February  28th);  Private  William  A.  Bonham,  I,  February  23d; 
1st  Lieut.  Philip  Greenan,  K,  February  23d;  Private  Howard  L.  Turner,  K,  Feb- 
ruary 28th ; Private  Thomas  P.  Dunn,  L,  February  23d ; Private  William  J. 
Cheastey,  M,  Februar}^  28th,  and  Private  Alfred  Cashmore  of  the  band,  ^larch 
2d  ; a total  of  one  killed  and  one  wounded,  in  this  period. 

There  was  much  suffering  from  the  heat,  the  poor  quality  of  the  food,  the  bad- 
ness of  the  water,  the  unhealthiness  of  the  neighborhood,  and  the  close  confine- 
ment to  the  camp. 

The  days  at  Caloocan  were  unrelieved  by  engagements  of  any  magnitude. 
The  events  of  February  23d  are,  however,  noteworthy.  On  that  day  a formidable 
uprising  was  undertaken  in  the  city  of  Manila  by  the  combined  efforts  of  the 
natives,  assisted  by  insurgent  soldiers,  who  had  apparently  passed  our  lines 


VIEWS  IN  TIIK  INTERIOR  OF  EUZON. 


--  Ca})ipaig)iing  in  the  Philippuies. 

disguised,  for  the  purpose  of  eiicouragiiig  their  friends  in  the  city.  Information 
of  a successful  attack  by  natives  on  the  Tondo  car-shed  of  the  tramway  line  con- 
necting ]\Ianila  and  IMalabon,  and  which  lay  directly  on  the  road  from  camp  to  the 
city,  was  reported  to  Gen.  MacArthur.  The  enemy  was  thus  cutting  off  commun- 
ication with  Manila.  Troops  of  the  Provost  Guard  was  sent  in  their  pursuit,  and 
Company  L,  accompanied  by  Maj.  Mallory,  of  the  division  staff,  assisted  from  the 

other  direction  to  effect  their  dislodgement,  which  was 
soon  accomplished.  Corp.  William  A.  Stedman  was 
wounded  and  kieut.  Eugene  S.  French  was  killed  under 
circumstances  that  illustrated  the  treacherous  nature  of 
the  foe.  A party  of  natives  had  been  cornered  and  so 
hard  pressed  that  the}^  raised  a white  flag  to  invoke  the 
mercy  of  our  sharpshooters.  French  commanded  his 
men  to  cease  firing,  and  while  he  was  assuring  the  insur- 
gents in  a few  words  of  Spanish  of  their  safety,  one  of 
them  quickly  picked  up  a rifle  concealed  in  the  grass  and 
inflicted  a wound  upon  him  of  which  he  instantly  died. 

Fred  S.  Yaeger  and  George  E.  Kumpe  were  mustered 
in  as  2d  Lieutenants  on  March  6th  and  24th,  respectively. 

The  forward  movement,  which  culminated  in  the  capture  of  Malolos,  the  rebel 
capital,  began  for  the  Montanas  on  the  night  of  March  24th.  On  the  fighting 
line  the  3d  Art.  and  Kansas  were  to  be  at  the  left,  then  the  Montanas  and  the 
Pennsylvanias  at  their  right.  To  effect  the  new  arrangement  the  Montanas, 
under  the  cover  of  darkness,  marched  from  Caloocan  to  La  Loma  Church,  a dis- 
tance of  three  miles.  At  this  time  the  total  fighting  strength,  through  casualties 
and  disease,  had  dwindled  to  42  officers  and  796  enlisted  men.  The  entire  regi- 
ment was  united,  except  Compain’^  A (Capt.  Moran),  which  had  been  temporarily 
detailed  as  guard  in  town  and  arrived  too  late  to  reach  La  Loma,  but  which,  re- 
porting to  Gen.  Wheaton,  fought  with  the  2d  Oregons  at  ^lalabon,  joining  its 
own  command  on  the  morning  of  the  27th.  All  soldiers  were  provided  with  200 
rounds  of  ammunition,  weighing  about  twenty  pounds,  and  twenty-four  hours’ 
rations. 

The  main  body  of  the  insurgent  army  had  been  located  by  reconnoissance  at 
Polo  and  Xovaliches,  but  the  enemy  was  strongly  entrenched  on  the  farther  banks 
of  the  Tuliahan  River,  a stream  averaging  a width  of  forty  feet  and  a depth  of  five 
feet,  and  running  nearly  parallel  to  the  old  Caloocan-La  Loma  entrenchments  at  a 
distance  of  about  three  miles  in  front.  The  ground  which  was  to  be  taken,  placed 
our  troops  at  serious  disadvantage.  For  the  most  part  it  consisted  of  hard,  dried- 
up  rice  fields  terraced  down  to  the  enemy’s  position,  who  was  concealed  b}’  the 
rank  growth  of  bamboo  along  the  banks  of  the  Tuliahan.  The  scheme  was  for 
the  2d  Brigade,  under  Hale,  to  execute  a turning  movement,  come  upon  the 
enemy  from  the  rear,  and  thus  imprison  him  between  the  1st  Brigade,  which  in- 
cluded the  Montanas,  in  front,  and  the  2d  Brigade  behind.  On  account  of  the 
dense  tropical  jungle,  it  could  not  be  carried  out. 

The  start  was  made  in  line  of  skirmishers  at  6 a.  m..  Col.  Kessler  in  com- 
mand. Wallace,  with  H,  K,  and  C,  was  to  the  left  of  the  road  leading  north ; 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


Cook,  \\ith  M,  E,  G,  and  D,  to  his  left,  and  Miller,  with  E,  F,  I,  and  B,  to  the 
left  of  Cook.  Some  confusion  was  caused  by  Pennsylvania  companies  getting  in 
between  the  ‘2d  and  3d  Battalions,  but  this  was  soon  straightened  out.  The 
enemy’s  fire  proved  deadly  from  the  first.  Sharp  resistance  was  encountered  at 
every  inch  of  the  ground.  Almost  more  harassing  than  the  hostile  bullets,  were 
the  blighting  rays  of  the  tropical  sun,  and  the  thorns  of  the  jungle  which  tore 
clothes  and  flesh.  Heat  prostrations  were  numerous  and  had  soon  decimated  the 
command. 

The  entrenchments  at  the  Tuliahan  were  formidable  works,  but  the  well- 
directed  bullets  from  our  side  soon  cleared  them  of  living  Filipinos.  Two  strong 
block-houses  of  the  enemy  also  impeded  the  progress  of  the  Montanas,  but 


EMBARKING  FOR  MANILA. 


Companies  D and  G killed  six  insurgents  by  firing  at  and  through  the  port-holes. 
It  was  the  latter  Company,  too,  that  suffered  most  severely  on  this  day. 

By  10  o’clock  in  the  morning  the  trenches  had  been  cleared,  and  the  Montanas 
took  a well-deserved  rest  on  the  near  bank  of  the  Tuliahan.  At  noon,  the 
entire  command  crossed,  the  1st  Battalion  wading  through  water  that  reached  to 
the  armpits,  and  the  2d,  about  waist  deep.  The  8d  came  up  the  Polo  Road,  and 
forded  at  the  Malabon  pumping  station.  Here,  just  north  of  the  river,  the 
Montanas  pitched  camp,  or  rather  laid  down  on  the  ground  in  their  company 
formation  for  a few  hours’  rest,  for  they  had  no  tents,  no  bedding,  and  no  blankets. 
The  losses  of  the  day  were:  killed.  Private  Percy  R.  Lockhart  and  Private  Steve 
Stephens,  both  of  Company  G;  Private  William  Meitschke,  M,  and  Artificer 
Joseph  A.  J.  Beckmann,  F.  Private  Robert  Brown,  G,  died  the  next  day  of  a 
mortal  wound  received  at  the  Tuliahan.  The  wounded  were  Private  Thomas 
Rickard,  Company  D;  Private  John  Cavanaugh,  E;  Private  James  Enright,  E; 


24 


Cai)ipaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


Musician  James  M,  McOuary,  E;  Private  George  T.  Banks,  E;  Private  William 
H.  McCarthy,  G;  Private  Hayes  Axtell,  G;  Private  Gomer  Williams,  G ; Private 
Joseph  P.  Meyer,  G;  Private  John  T.  McLaughlin,  G;  Private  Charles  E. 
Young,  G ; 2d  Lieut.  ]\Iyles  Kelly,  H ; Private  Louis  Pollat,  H ; Private  Edvard 
J.  Lynn,  I ; Private  Edward  ]\I.  Weaver,  I,  and  Private  John  TC  Robinson,  M ; 
a total  of  five  killed  and  sixteen  wounded,  of  which  three  killed  and  six  wounded 
belonged  to  Company  G. 

Fighting  the  next  day  was  desultory.  Early  in  the  morning  the  regiment 
formed  column  of  fours  and  marched  northward  until  it  came  in  sight  of  Polo  and 
the  railroad.  The  dense  smoke  of  the  burning  village  of  Malabon,  which  the 
rebels  had  put  to  the  torch  before  evacuation,  obscured  the  horizon  to  the  west. 
In  the  early  afternoon  Gen.  H.  G.  Otis  had  a drill  of  his  brigade.  Later,  the 
march  was  resumed,  and  by  5 p.  m.  the  regiment  was  encamped  in  the  trenches  of 
the*  enemy  a mile  or  so  north  of  Polo  and  to  the  right  of  the  track  of  the  Manila 
and  IJagnpan  Railway.  Xearby  was  a salt-water  pond,  and  most  of  the  men 
availed  themselves  of  the  opportunity  of  a cooling  bath,  although 
the  whistle  of  occasional  bullets  from  rebel  sharpshooters  was 
still  to  be  heard.  To  the  front  the  glare  of  burning  towns, 
abandoned  by  the  enemy,  lit  up  the  night. 

Maj.  and  Surgeon  Francis  J.  Adams,  who  had  been  in  the 
thickest  of  the  fight,  binding  up  wounds  and  alleviating  the 
suffering  of  those  overcome  by  heat,  and  Private  Edward  Mor- 
rissey, Company  B,  were  wounded  this  day  (March  26th). 

On  the  27th,  the  regiment  was  in  reserve,  the  3d  U.  S.  Art. 
constituting  the  firing  line  of  the  1st  Brigade.  Camp  was 
broken  about  6:45  A.  m.,  and  the  march  proceeded  in  column 
of  fours.  Meycauayan  was  reached  about  10:30  a.  m.  At 
about  5 p.  31.  the  command  moved  northward  on  the  road  about 
a mile,  to  the  Marilao  River,  finding  the  bridge  destroyed. 
Here  it  bivouacked  for  the  night.  The  road  to  the  rear  was 
crowded  with  the  supply  train  of  the  army,  and  means  had  to  be  provided  for  its 
crossing.  Fording  was  impossible,  for  the  river  was  from  fifteen  to  twenty  feet 
deep.  Under  the  direction  of  Capt.  Francis  P.  Shrink  of  the  Corps  of  Engineers, 
the  Montanas  built  a pontoon  bridge.  Work  was  begun  about  9 p.  3i.  Some 
cascoes  were  found  in  the  river  and  lumber  was  obtained  from  the  church.  This 
lumber  was  very  hard  and  heavy.  Much  of  it  had  to  be  sawed  into  suitable 
lengths,  and  there  was  much  delay  on  account  of  having  only  one  saw.  The 
bridge  was  supported  by  two  cascoes,  one  transverse  to  the  length  of  the  bridge, 
the  other  longitudinal.  It  was  finished  by  7 :30  a.  3i.  the  next  morning,  details 
of  sixty  men  each  working  all  night  for  two-hour  shifts. 

The  position  of  reserve  is  almost  as  perilous  as  the  firing  line,  for  eight  men 
were  wounded  this  day  (March  27th).  They  were  Private  Harry  T.  Athay,  A;  Pri- 
vate Theodore  Volkey,  C;  Private  William  H.  Yost,  G;  Private  Frank  A.  Gibson, 
H;  Corp.  Joseph  Lorenz,  I;  Private  Seymour  Addison,  I;  Private  John  T.  Tier- 
ney, K,  and  Private  Lawrence  Keenan,  K.  During  the  afternoon  Maj.  Miller 


LAST  MAX  ABOARD. 


Cauipaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


25 


crossed  the  ri'ver  to  the  left,  in  cascoes,  with  Companies  I and  B,  to  protect  the 
left  flank  of  the  8d  Art.,  who  were  just  then  in  considerable  straits. 

Early  on  the  28th,  the  Marilao  River  was  crossed  on  the  bridge  which  had 
been  built.  The  day  was  quite  uneventful.  The  regiment  advanced  to  Bocaue, 
and  camped  there.  There  were  no  casualties  on  this  day. 

At  b:80  the  next  morning  (March  2hth)  the  2d  and  8d  Battalions  (Cook’s  and 
Miller’s)  were  formed  in  line  of  skirmishers  and  the  1st  (Wallace’s')  was  held  as 
support.  The  advance  proceeded  amid  the  whistle  of  rebel  bullets.  By  10  o’clock 
Bocaue  bridge  was  passed,  and  Bigaa  to  the  front  was  burning,  set  afire  b}^  the 
fleeing  insurgents.  It  was  taken  by  our  troops  by  1 p.  m. 

It  was  now  necessary  to  wait  for  the  supply  train.  The  draught  animal  in  the 
Philippines  is  the  carabao,  or  water  buffalo,  and  the  speed  of  this  ponderous  beast 
is  about  five  miles  a day,  and  he  had  been  entirely  unable  to  keep  up  with  the  in- 
fantry. At  Marilao,  however,  most  of  the  food  had  been  transferred  to  a railway 
train,  and  this  now  came  up,  carrying  also  an  abundant  supply  of  good  water. 
Through  the  lack  of  water  the  troops  had  suffered  much,  for  that  which  had  been 
encountered  by  the  way,  was  not  only  “green,  crawling  and  stinkin’ ,”  like  Gunga 
Din’s  in  Kipling’s  poem,  but  .strongly  brackish  as  well.  The  troops  were  issued 


LBAVING  GOLDEN  GATE. 


rations,  made  a hasty  meal,  and  by  3:15  p.  m.  were  again  under  way.  The  com- 
mand crossed  on  the  railroad  bridge  and  camped  near  Guiguinto.  The  casualties 
for  the  day  (March  29th)  were  the  following,  wounded:  Corp.  William  H.  Tol- 
bert, A;  Private  James  P.  Eennox,  E;  Private  Axel  Peterson,  E;  Private  William 
Borkowski,  F;  Private  Edward  Bowen,  F;  Private  Frederick  Wheaton,  H,  (died 
next  day);  Private  Alex.  F.  Smith,  H,  and  Private  Charles  F.  Meyer,  H;  a total 
of  eight.  Col.  Kessler’s  orderly,  William  G.  Marshall,  of  Company  D,  was  killed 
on  this  day  while  standing  by  the  Colonel’s  side,  holding  his  horse.  There  were 
no  further  casualties  until  after  Malolos  had  been  taken. 

The  advance  next  day  (March  30th)  was  again  delayed  by  shortage  of  rations. 
It  began  at  2 o’clock  in  the  afternoon  in  column  of  fours,  but  some  resistance 
being  encountered.  Companies  A and  F were  deployed  as  skirmishers.  The 
enemy  soon  fled,  and  the  regiment  bivouacked  at  Santa  Isabel,  about  three  miles 
from  Malolos,  by  the  side  of  the  Kansas  and  the  3d  Art. 

Malolos  could  have  been  gained  the  same  day,  but  owing  to  the  fact  that  it  was 
the  rebel  capital,  considerable  resistance  was  anticipated,  and  this  was  confirmed 
by  natives  who  entered  the  American  lines  from  the  north,  during  the  day  of  the 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


2() 


oOth.  From  the  boasts  of  the  insurgents,  a desperate  stand,  it  was  believed,  was 
to  be  made.  Malolos  was  known  to  be  strongly  entrenched. 

Preparations  were  accordingly  made  for  a premeditated  battle  of  considerable 
proportions,  the  *2d  Brigade  being  to  the  right  of  the  railway  track  and  the  1st  to 
the  left,  Montana  in  the  center  of  the  latter,  between  the  3d  Art.  on  its  left  and 
the  Kansas  on  its  right.  An  artillery  bombardment  of  twenty-five  minutes  opened 

the  engagement,  and  thereafcer,  at  7:25  A.  m., 
March  31st,  the  advance  of  the  infantry  began. 
Although  there  was  a large  force  of  insurgents 
present,  there  was  but  little  opposition.  The 
enemy  seemed  to  have  been  thoroughly  cowed  by 
this  time  by  their  constant  defeat.  Montana 
moved  forwards  in  line  as  skirmishers,  and  by  10 
K - .MR  .RACING  .\T  Ho-xoLULr.  o’clock  the  towii  wus  reached.  At  10:30  the  2d 
Battalion  (Cook)  received  orders  to  enter.  The  convent,  which  had  been  occupied 
bv  Aguinaldo  as  headquarters  was  found  in  flames,  and  the  last  dozen  or  so 
retreating  P'ilipinos  fired  from  behind  street  barricades  of  stones.  The  Montana 
men  charged,  killed  some,  and  routed  the  rest.  A flag  belonging  to  some  members 
of  Company  G was  soon  hoisted,  and  it  was  the  first  American  flag  to  wave  over 
the  rebel  captial.  The  regiment  went  into  camp  in  a line  about  a mile  long  on 
the  banks  of  a small  creek  north  of  Malolos,  remaining  there  nearly  two  months. 

The  problem  now  was  to  ascertain  the  direction  taken  by  the  fleeing  enemy. 
Two  days  later  (April  2d),  the  3d  Battalion,  under  Maj.  Miller,  composed  of  Com- 
panies F,  I,  B and  A,  made  a reconnoissance  to  the  north  in  the  neighborhood  of 
the  Bagbag  River  and  found  the  enemy  in  considerable  force  on  the  opposite  bank. 
No  one  was  hurt. 

On  April  4th,  the  entire  regiment,  accompanied  by  two  3.2-inch  field  pieces 
and  one  Colt’s  automatic  gun,  the  latter  borrowed  from  the  navy  and  in  charge  of 
Lieut.  Cleland  Davis,  U.  S.  N.,  made  another  reconnoissance  in  the  same  direc- 
tion, along  the  railway.  The  start  was  made  at  5:30  A.  m.,  and  by  10  o’clock  the 
regiment  reached  a point  within  two  hundred  yards  of  the  Bagbag.  The  enem}^ 
had  strong  trenches,  masked  by  banana  trees,  on  the  other  bank.  One  span  of 
the  railway  bridge  had  been  broken.  The  1st  and  3d  Battalions  found  shelter  in 
a clump  of  bamboos,  but  the  2d  (Cook’s),  being  in  the  lead,  was  compelled  to  lay 
in  the  open  rice  fields,  exposed  to  the  glaring  sun,  and  the  enemy’s  bullets,  as 
well.  A messenger  was  sent  to  Gen.  Mac  Arthur  and  the  return  to  Malolos  or- 
dered by  him,  and  commenced  by  5:30  p.  m.  The  day  had  been  very  trying  to 
the  2d  Battalion.  Over  thirty  men  were  prostrated  by  the  intense  heat,  and  Corp. 
Owen  H.  Rowlands,  Company  L,  was  killed,  and  Principal  Musician  George 
Crowell,  Private  \Vm.  J.  Boast,  Company  G,  and  Private  Frank  Landreman,  M, 
were  wounded. 

On  April  14th  a permanent  scouting  and  reconnoitering  detachment  was  or- 
ganized under  Maj.  Bell,  of  Gen.  MacArthur’s  staff,  and  1st  Lieut.  Charles  W. 
Mead,  Company  D,  was  put  in  practical  charge.  Lieut.  Mead’s  experience  as 
civil  engineer  and  his  ability  at  map  making,  as  well  as  his  fearlessness  in  pene- 
trating into  the  lines  of  the  enemy,  proved  of  great  service  at  divisioiCheadquar- 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


27 


ters.  Corp.  D.  W.  Vickers  of  Company  D and  Private  W.  Chatelle  of  E,  were 
other  Montana  men  on  this  detachment. 

Gen.  MacArthur  had  established  his  headquarters  in  the  building  formerly  oc- 
cupied by  the  insurgent  treasury.  It  contained,  among  other  things,  three  prom- 
ising looking  safes.  Hospital  Corps  Private  Alex.  G.  Ralston,  formerly  of  the 
Montana  Regiment,  was  detailed  to  break  them  open.  Two  were  found  empty, 
but  the  third  yielded  over  $23,000  in  Mexican  mone3v 

Eife  at  Malolos  was  much  the  same  as  it  had  been  in  the  trenches  at  Caloocan. 
There  was  the  same  necessity  of  being  constantly  on  the  alert,  and  in  attendance 
on  camp,  to  await  the  favorite  night  attacks  of  the  enem3\  Outpost  duty,  occa- 
sional drills  and  going  to  the  train  for  rations  was  the  order  of  the  da^^  All 
water  had  to  be  brought  from  Manila  on  the  cars,  for  the  wells  of  the  neighbor- 
hood are  strongly  brackish.  Private  Joseph  A.  Wright  of  Company  B was 
wounded  on  April  13th. 

The  Montanas  had,  in  the  meantime,  fought  their  battles  with  the  Springfield 
rifle,  an  antiquated  weapon,  which  placed  them  at  great  disadvantage  with  the 
Filipinos,  who  were  mostly  provided  with  Mausers.  The  Springfields  could  shoot 
well  to  a distance  of  800  3'ards;  the  Mausers  twice  that  far.  So,  it  will  be  seen, 
an  insurgent  could  safely  stand,  say  1500  yards  awa}^,  and  inflict  the  most  deadly 
punishment  on  our  boys.  Throughout  the  campaign  there  had  been  experiences 
of  having  to  advance  through  a hail  of  hostile  bullets  for  quite  a distance  before 
the  fire  of  the  shorter  ranged  Springfields  could  be  made  effective.  The  use  of 
smokeless  powder  soon  destroyed  the  rifling  of  the  barrels,  and  the  bamboos  of  the 
jungles  through  which  it  became  necessary  to  fire,  deflected  the  heavy  lead  bullets 
of  the  Springfield.  The  Montana  boys  were  now  (about  the  middle  of  April) 
partly  armed  with  Krag-Jorgensens,  twenty-five  of  these  to  each  compaii}',  and  so 
became  a much  more  formidable  fighting  body. 

In  April,  Col.  Kessler  became  ill  and  had  to  keep  to  his  bed  in  Manila.  Rieut. 
Col.  Wallace  took  temporary" 
command.  Col.  Kessler  rejoined 
at  the  Rio  Grande. 

The  monotony  and  humdrum 
of  garrison  duty  at  Malolos  was 
becoming  distasteful.  The  boys 
longed  to  again  go  “on  the  hike,  ’ ’ 
and  when,  on  April  22d,  Gen, 

MacArthur’s  field  order  (No.  26), 
ordering  further  advance,  was  re- 
ceived, every  one  was  well  pleased.  The  plan  contemplated  an  advance  of  only  ten 
miles,  but  necessitated  the  crossing  of  two  wide  and  deep  rivers,  the  Ragbag  and  Rio 
Grande  de  la  Pampanga,  and  the  taking  of  two  fortifications  of  the  enemy,  much 
more  formidable  than  any  hitherto  encountered.  Upon  these  works  the  rebels  had 
built  almost  their  last  hopes,  and  Col.  Aguelles,  Chief  of  Staff  to  Gen.  Tuna,  the 
insurgent  commander  in  the  premises,  who  afterwards  entered  our  lines  to  negoti- 
ate for  a suspension  of  hostilities,  said  that  he  had  been  charged  by  his  chief  to 


28 


Caitipaigniug  in  the  Philippines. 


express  the  warmest  admiration  of  the  valor  of  the  American  soldier  in  fording  the 
Rio  Grande,  a feat  which  theretofore  by  them  had  been  considered  impossible. 

On  April  24th,  the  regiment  moved  about  a mile  north  without  resistance.  A 
halt  was  made  to  give  the  2d  Brigade,  which  was  making  a detour  to  the  right,  a 
chance  to  come  up.  By  the  next  morning  at  6 o’clock  (April  25th)  the  command 
was  again  under  way,  this  time  advancing  cautiously  in  line  of  skirmishers,  and 
reaching  the  Bagbag  a little  before  noon.  The  engagement  that  followed  was 
sharp,  but  short,  and  by  1 o’clock  the  enemy  was  dislodged.  The  Kansas  were  to 
the  right  of  the  railway  and  the  Montanas  to  the  left.  In  the  center  was  the 
armored  car,  carrying  four  cannon  and  Gatling  guns.  Musician  William  Patton, 
Company  H,  and  Private  Joseph  E.  Jette,  Company  K,  were  wounded,  and  Private 
James  Kenned}^  Company  K,  was  drowned  while  bathing  in  the  Bagbag. 

A span  of  the  railroad  bridge  was  down,  as  had  been  thertofore  determined 
by  the  reconnoissance  of  April  4th.  It  became  necessary,  therefore,  to  wait 

until  the  engineers  could  erect  a suit- 
able foot  bridge,  the  river  being  entirely 
unfordable.  This  task  was  completed 
- during  the  night. 

Next  morning,  April  26th,  the 
Kansas  and  Montana  boys  crossed  and 
advanced  in  deployed  lines  to  some 
abandomed  trenches  within  600  3^ards 
of  the  Rio  Grande.  The  river  at  this 
point  is  about  200  feet  wide,  very  deep 
and  swift,  and  runs  between  steep,  high 
banks.  The  steel  bridge  had  been  de- 
nuded of  all  timbers.  Only  the  frame- 
work was  left  intact.  On  the  opposite 
bank  lay  the  main  body  of  the  Filipino 
army,  out-numbering  our  men  three  to 
one.  It  was  protected  b}'  elaborate  field 
fortifications,  constructed  of  railroad 
iron  and  boiler  plates.  Mounted  so  as  to 
icommand  the  bridge  were  three  pieces 
of  artillery  and  a rapid-fire  Maxim  gun. 

The  main  body  of  our  forces  being  screened  from  the  enemy’s  fire,  detach- 
ments and  small  parties  of  skirmishers,  Kansas  and  Montana  men,  were  advanced 
and  siezed  all  sheltered  places  near  the  river  and  within  long  rifle  range  of  the 
bridge.  Two  brick  and  stone  buildings  near  the  river  were  occupied  and  loop- 
holed  for  musketry.  The  machine  guns  and  a part  of  the  artillery  were  placed  in 
position  for  fire  upon  the  enemy’s  entrenchments.  The  river  was  reconnoitered 
below  the  railroad  bridge  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  any  place  possible  to  cross. 
A constant  and  continued  fire  of  Montana  sharpshooters  was  kept  up,  and  slow 
but  continuous  fire  from  the  three  2-inch  guns.  The  distance  separating  the 
combatants  was  scarcely  greater  than  a stone’s  throw.  The  losses  of  the  day 
were  Sergt.  Thomas  G.  Anderson,  Company  B,  and  Private  James  A.  Callahan, 


'LIGHTHOUSE.  AT  CORKEGIDOR. 


Caiiipaii^nijig  in  the  Philippines. 


29 


K,  killed;  and  Private  Andrew  Davis,  B;  Corp.  Adolph  M.  Clay,  F;  Private 
Edward  B.  Harvey,  I,  and  Sergt.  James  O’ Deary,  M,  wounded. 

The  fusilade  and  cannonade  were  kept  up  the  morning  of  the  next  day  (April 
27th).  Part  of  the  Kansas  Regiment,  about  forty  men,  crossed  on  a raft  and  en- 
filaded the  enemy.  By  1 o’clock  the  fire  had  subsided  to  such  an  extent  that  the 
river  could  be  crossed.  The  Montana  men,  carrying  only  their  rifles  and  ammu- 
nition, pushed  across  such  framework  of  the  bridge  as  was  still  standing.  On 
reaching  the  north  bank,  two  bodies  of  the  enemy,  each  about  two  thousand 
strong,  and  which  had  evidently  been  guarding  the  river  below,  were  observed, 
about  one  and  a half  miles  to  the  left  They  moved  in  a deployed  line,  extended 
order,  and  advanced,  but  after  being  subjected  to  fire  about  twenty  minutes,  fell 
back  in  disorder  and  retreated  out  of  range.  The  Kansas  and  Montanas  drove 
them  beyond  Apalit  Station,  in  the  direction  of  Santo  Tomas.  In  the  distance 
the  smoke  of  a locomotive  was  seen,  hauling  a trainload  of  Filipino  warriors  for 
whom  running  was  not  sufficiently  fast.  One  cannon  was  captured.  Thecasual- 


MANILA  AND  MALABON  RAILROAD. 


ties  were:  killed.  Private  Charles  A.  Murphy,  Company  M;  wounded,  Maj.  John 
R.  Miller;  Private  James  Tierney,  Company  B;  Private  Gotlieb  Molsen,  C;  Capt. 
Andrew  Jensen,  E;  Private  Martin  B.  Hall,  F;  Private  Frank  E.  Tate,  F;  Private 
John  Kirley,  K,  and  Private  Robert  Murphy,  K.  The  regiment  then  camped  in 
the  town  of  Apalit  for  a week,  Company  G acting  as  Provost  Guard. 

The  advance  was  resumed  on  May  4th,  at  4:15  A.  m.  The  Montanas  and  their 
old  partners,  the  Kansas,  held  to  the  railway.  The  fire  of  the  enemy  was  at  its 
height  at  about  10  o’clock.  The  insurgents  had  set  fire  to  Santo  Tomas,  and  the 
contest  was  for  the  six-span  railway  bridge  over  the  Malolos  River.  By  11 :30  A.  m. 
the  bridge  was  taken,  but  it  was  found  that  one  span  was  destroyed.  After  the  bridge 
was  passed,  a considerable  number  of  the  enemy  were  found  strongly  entrenched  at 
the  Santo  Tomas  Station,  and  from  there  delivering  a galling  fire.  A charge  was 
made,  and  the  insurgents  routed  with  considerable  loss,  thirty  prisoners  being 
taken.  The  regiment  bivouacked  in  Santo  Tomas.  The  work  of  the  day  had 


Mont.  3 


30 


Campciigning  in  the  Philippines. 


been  the  most  exhausting  of  the  campaign,  but  the  results  were  entirely  satisfactory. 
The  countr}’  traversed  is  swamp}-  and  intersected  with  numierous  streams.  The 
heat  was  son:ething  indescribable,  and  many  were  overcome.  The  casualties  were: 
Private  Thcmas  Scallcn,  Company  K,  killed;  and  Private  Fred  W.  Smith,  Corn- 

pan}-  C,  Capt.  Thomas  S.  Dillon,  Company  K,  and 
Private  Bruce  Belknap,  Company  K,  wounded. 

On  the  5th,  the  regiment  remained  at  Santo 
Tomas.  San  Fernando,  the  objective  point,  was 
captured  by  the  2d  Brigade  on  this  day,  but  the  1st 
Brigade  could  not  break  camp  on  account  of  the 
delay  in  bringing  forward  the  supply  train. 

On  the  6th,  at  5:30  A.  m.,  the  2d  and  3d  Battalions 
set  out  on  a reconnoissance  to  the  west,  but  finding 
no  enemy  returned  to  Santo  Tomas  at  about  10:30. 
At  11:30  A.  M.  the  command  marched  into  San 
Fernando,  occupying  deserted  native  houses  on  the  north  bank  of  the  San  Fer- 
nando River  and  to  the  west  of  the  railw-ay.  It  made  no  further  advance  from 
here,  but  for  the  next  two  months  was  part  of  the  garrison  of  the  towm,  the  prin- 
cipal part  of  the  Filipino  army  being  here  held  at  bay. 

The  regiment  had  reached  its  new  camp  wdth  less  than  450  men  able  to  do 
duty.  To  the  Montanas  w-as  assigned  the  duty  of  protecting  the  w-estern  limits  of 
the  tow-n,  which  involved  the  guarding  of  the  road  to  Bacolor.  Beyond  this 
town,  at  Santa  Rita  and  Porac,  w^as  stationed  a large  division  of  the  insurgent 
army  under  Gen.  Mascardo. 

On  May  7th,  the  Companies  H and  K made  a reconnoissance  under  Capt. 
Green,  but  found  no  enemy. 

On  the  8th,  the  outpost  was  attacked.  The  entire  regiment  was  under  arms, 
and  1st  Sergt.  Patrick  McBride  of  Company  K was  wounded. 

On  the  17th,  a platoon  of  Company  L made  a reconnoissance. 

On  May  19th,  Lieutenant-Colonel  Wallace  was  appointed  Provost  Marshal  of 
San  Fernando,  and  the  1st  Battalion  became  the  Provost  Guard.  They  w^ere  re- 
lieved on  May  25th. 

On  the  24th  of  May,  the  insurgents  completely  surrounded  and  isolated  the 
American  forces  at  San  Fernando.  On  parts  of  the  line  the  attack  was  made  as 
early  as  3 o’clock  in  the  morning,  but  there  was  no  firing  on  the  Montana  patrol 
until  about  5:30  A.  m.  Col.  Kessler  took  out  the  whole  regiment.  The  enemy 
was  occupying  a long  and  deep  entrenchment  to  the  west  of  the  town.  Tw^o  bat- 
talions of  the  Montanas,  Companies  A,  F,  G,  H,  K,  L,  H and  C,  took  position 
unobserved  at  one  of  his  flanks  and  two  battalions  of  Kansas  on  the  other.  The 
Montanas  then  began  the  fire,  which  caused  the  insurgents  to  run  from  their  end 
of  the  ditch  only  to  fall  into  the  hands  of  the  Kansans  at  the  other  end.  The 
slaughter  was  great,  and  the  enemy  fled  towards  Bacolor  in  wild  confusion.  The 
Montanas  went  in  pursuit  of  them,  advancing  as  far  as  Bacolor,  but  the  fleetness 
of  the  Filipinos  before  the  volleys  sent  after  them,  was  such  that  our  boys  had  to 
give  up  the  race  at  this  place,  and  returned  to  camp.  It  had  been  necessary  to 
wade,  part  of  the  distance,  through  rice  fields  filled  with  water,  and  the  physical 


Ca})ipaignin(r  in  the  Philippines. 


31 


effort  attending  this  was  indescribably  exhausting.  The  casualties  were:  Corp. 
James  C.  Taylor,  Company  F;  Private  Joseph  Frantzen,  F;  Private  George  B. 
Raymond,  G,  and  Private  Barney  O’Niel,  M,  wounded. 

June  od,  the  outpost  was  again  fired  upon.  Private  Theodore  Schuele,  of 
Company  C,  was  wounded. 

On  the  Ifith,  another  extended  attack  was  made  by  the  enemy.  The  events 
of  that  day  show  the  peculiar  methods  of  the  Filipinos,  and  illustrates  to  what 
extent  they  are  in  the  habit  of  violating  the  most  ordinary  rules  of  civilized 
warfare.  Company  C was  on  outpost.  At  the  extreme  left,  Corp.  Charles  J. 
Lisle  and  Privates  William  Howen,  William  Kincade  and  Lester  P\  Pierstorff 
were  on  guard.  About  5:15  A.  m.,  they  were  approached  by  a party  of  150 
Filipinos  in  single  file,  carrying  white  flags.  The  fact  that  the  part}^  instead 
of  coming  up  the  road,  was  advancing  across  the  rice  fields,  and  also  the 
regularity  of  their  formation,  excited  suspicion  and  led  the  guards  to  think  that 
they  might  not  be  what  they  pretended,  namely,  friendly  natives,  seeking  pro- 
tection. In  order  to  test  their  intentions,  one  shot  was  fired  at  them,  knowing 
that  if  they  were  friendly  they  would  fall  to  the  ground  to  wait  for  identifica- 
tion. Instead,  a volley  from  their  concealed  Mausers  was  the  response,  and 
they  were  thus  revealed  in  a true  light.  Our  fire  that  followed  soon  put  them 
to  rout.  After  an  hour  and  a half’s  sharp  fight,  in  which  all  the  forces  in 
San  Fernando  were  engaged,  the  enemy  fled.  Over  150  of  them  were  killed. 
Sergt.  George  W.  Boardman,  Company  A;  Sergt.  James  W.  Dennis,  D;  Private 
Warren  Morris,  C ; Private  Charles  Robb,  E,  and  Private  David  Silver,  M,  were 
wounded.  The  latter  died  of  his  wounds  the  same  day.  To  make  the  lesson 
an  impressive  one  to  the  natives,  the  division  commander  ordered  all  of  the 
enemy  killed  to  be  brought  to  San  Fernando  and  laid  together  in  one  place 
in  the  cemetery,  so  that  the  amount  of  punishment  would  be  realized.  This 
was  the  last  battle  in  which  the  Montanas  took  part. 

On  June  10th,  Companies  D and  L made  a reconnoissance  of  the  countrjr 
lying  between  Bacolor  and  Santa  Rita.  They  found  the  enemy  in  some  force 
and  had  a sharp  brush  with  him. 

Privates  Abraham  Clem  and  Wil- 
liam F.  Kraemer,  both  of  Com- 
pany D,  were  wounded. 

On  June  22d,  the  enemy  again 
attacked  the  right  of  the  outpost 
line,  and  the  regiment  was  ordered 
out,  but  there  was  no  engagement 
on  the  Montana  front. 

The  department  commander 
had,  in  the  meantime,  promised  Montana  outpost  attack. 

to  relieve  the  regiment  from  garrison  duty  at  San  Fernando.  The  term  of  enlist- 
ment had  long  expired,  for  war  with  the  Spaniards  had  ended  a year  before.  Other 
volunteers  were  being  sent  home,  and  as  the  rainy  season,  which  was  then  a month 
old,  prevented  the  further  prosecution  of  active  warfare,  they,  too,  thought  it  should 
soon  be  their  turn  to  embark  for  America.  Accordingly,  on  the  28th  of  June,  the 


32 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


3d  Battalion,  composed  of  Companies  F,  I,  B and  A,  were  sent  to  Cavite.  The 
former  two  were  kept  in  the  town,  and  the  two  latter,  under  :\Iaj.  Miller,  occupied 
an  outpost  of  Cavite,  at  Punta  Caridad.  On  the  29th,  the  rest  of  the  regiment, 
headquarters,  band,  and  the  1st  and  2d  Battalions,  moved  from  their  quarters  to 
the  south  side  of  the  river  to  make  room  for  the  12th  U.  S.  Inf.,  which  was  to 
relieve  the  Montanas,  and  on  July  3d  these,  too,  left  San  Fernando,  stopping  at 
Manila.  On  the  6th,  headquarters,  band,  and  the  1st  Battalion  proceeded  to 
Cavite  for  guard  and  provost  duty,  relieving  the  California  Heavy  Artillery.  Col. 
Kessler  was  put  in  command  of  the  District  of  Cavite.  On  the  12th,  the  2d  Bat- 
talion was  ordered  from  Manila  to  Zapote  bridge.  Soon  after  their  arrival  the 
river  began  to  rise  and  the  country  became  a lake.  Storing  their  baggage  on  the 
roofs  of  houses  and  on  rafts  moored  to  high  trees,  the  men  sought  higher  ground 
at  Bacoor,  three  miles  awa}^  wading  and  swimming  along  the  highroad.  By  the 
25th,  the  floods  had  subsided  sufficiently  to  permit  of  return. 

The  following  promotions  were  made  before  leaving  the  Philippines:  Philip 
Greenan,  Captain,  August  1st;  Walter  J.  Bradshaw,  Captain,  July  14th;  John  F. 
Mercer,  Captain,  August  15th;  Asa  L.  Duncan,  Major,  May  11th;  James  F. 
Keown,  Major,  May  9th;  William  C.  Gardenhire,  1st  Lieutenant,  May  1st;  Valen- 
tine Laubenheimer,  1st  Lieutenant,  July  24th;  Arthur  O’Leary,  1st  Lieutenant, 
July  5th;  Edward  J.  Gainan,  1st  Lieutenant,  July  22d;  Fred  S.  Yaeger,  1st  Lieu- 
tenant, July  14th;  George  E.  Kumpe,  1st  Lieutenant,  August  2d;  Colin  S.  Hill, 

2d  Lieutenant,  May  1st,  (John  C.  Heilig  being  ap- 
pointed Sergeant  Major  in  his  place  on  the  same  day); 
Charles  W.  Lane,  2d  Lieutenant,  Jul}^  24th,  (Lloyd  R. 
Hood  being  made  Regimental  Quartermaster-Sergeant 
in  his  place);  Archibald  Logan,  2d  Lieutenant,  July 
5th;  George  E.  Lowman,  2d  Lieutenant,  August  3d; 
Alexander  Laist,  2d  Lieutenant,  xAugust  5th;  Charles 
H.  Virden,  2d  Lieutenant,  August  18th;  Arthur  W. 
Church,  2d  Lieutenant,  August  4th;  Byron  H.  Cook, 
Lieutenant-Colonel,  August  4th;  Arthur  W.  Stoddard, 
2d  Lieutenant,  August  18th;  William  H.  Poorman, 
1st  Lieutenant,  July  14th. 

Preparations  for  return  now  actively  began.  ‘Such 
Government  property'  as  was  no  more  needed  was 
turned  in.  Three  regiments  of  veterans  were  being 
organized  and  for  these  the  Montanas  furnished 
fifty-five  enlisted  men  as  recruits,  besides  the  following 
officers:  R.  B.  Wallace,  Colonel,  37th  U.  S.  V.  Inf.; 
Daniel  T.  Bowman,  1st  Lieutenant;  A.  J.  Erickson, 
Captain;  William  B.  Hanna,  Captain;  John  E.  Moran, 
Captain;  E.  D.  Murphy,  1st  Lieutenant,  all  the  same  regiment;  Frank  E.  Green, 
Captain,  11th  U.  S.  V.  Cav.  (Lockett’s),  and  Charles  W.  Mead  and  Charles  French, 
Captains,  36th  U.  S.  V.  Inf.  (Bell’s).  Seventy -six  enlisted  men  were  discharged 
at  Manila  to  engage  in  civil  pursuits  in  the  land  which  they  had  helped  to  add 
to  America.  First  Lieutenant  Byron  J.  McIntyre  also  remained,  to  open  a law 


<v;KX.  CiRKKXE  AXI)  COL.  H.ALE. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


33 


office  there,  and  1st  Lieut.  Edward  A.  Foster  was  discharged  to  enable  him 
to  make  the  trip  home  via  Asia  and  Europe. 

The  transports  Zealaudia  and  Valencia  were  the  ships  allotted.  The  troops 
went  aboard  on  August  18th  and  19th,  headquarters,  band  and  Companies  D,  E, 
G,  M,  H and  K on  the  former,  and  Companies  A,  B,  C,  F,  I and  L,  under  com- 
mand of  Maj.  Miller,  on  the  latter. 

While  the  ships  were  laying  in  the  harbor,  the  following  dispatch  was  received 
from  the  General  under  whom  the  Montanas  had  fought  so  bravel}"  through  many 
a hard  battle: 

San  Fernando,  August  18,  1899. 

To  Col.  Kessler,  ist  Montana,  Cavite: 

In  reply  to  your  exceedingly  agreeable  message,  just  received,  my  staff  joins  me  in  sending 
cordial  greetings  and  God-speed  to  the  commanding  officers,  officers,  and  enlisted  men  of  the 
1st  Montana  Inf.  We  all  join  in  the  hope  that  all  members  of  the  regiment  may  realize  their 
most  sanguine  expectations  upon  arrival  home,  as  they  have  certainly  earned  a right  to  the 
gratitude  of  their  State  and  Nation  by  their  brilliant  and  faithful  services  in  the  Philippines. 

(Signed)  ARTHUR  MacARTHUR, 

Maj.  Gen.  U.  S.  V.,  Commanding  2d  Division,  8th  Army  Corps. 


The  ships  were  compelled  to  lay  in  the  harbor  until  the  morning  of  August 
23d,  to  await  the  blowing  over  of  a typhoon.  At  10  o’clock  A.  m.  of  that  day,  in 
a thick  fog,  the  ships  sailed,  and  the  Montana  - . — 

men  had  their  last  look  at  the  land  in  which 
they  had  spent  just  a year  of  their  lives. 

The  course  was  northerly,  skirting  the  west 
coast  of  Luzon  and  then  the  east  coast  of  For- 
mosa. The  first  port  made  was  Nagasaki,  at 
the  western  extremity  of  Japan,  reached  on 
August  28th,  where  both  vessels  coaled,  and 
the  Zealaudia  went  into  dry-dock  and  was 
cleaned  and  painted.  The  route  then  lay 
through  the  Inland  Sea  to  Yokohama,  where 
the  ships  dropped  anchor.  On  September  3d^ 
the  Vale7icia  sailed  into  the  open  Pacific,  and 
the  Zeala7idia  followed  on  the  morning  of  the 
4th.  The  stops  at  Japanese  ports  had  given  all  an  opportunity  to  take  a good 
glance  at  this,  of  all  countries  of  the  East,  the  most  charming  to  the  tourist. 

The  homeward  course  taken  then  lay  nearly  along  the  fortieth  parallel. 
The  Zealandia  arrived  in  San  Francisco  Bay,  the  22d  of  September,  and  the 
troops  landed  the  23d  ; the  Valencia  arrived  in  the  bay  on  the  24th,  and  landing 
was  made  on  the  25th.  While  laying  at  anchor  the  vessels  were  visited  by 
Governor  Smith  of  Montana,  his  staff.  Senator  Carter,  ex-Governor  Rickards, 
and  many  prominent  citizens  of  the  home  State.  It  was  learned  that  the  friends 
left  behind  had  provided  for  a reception  and  celebration  at  Butte,  the  like  of 
which  had  never  been  seen. 

The  march  up  Market  street  to  the  Presidio  was  made  through  cheering 
crowds  and  gaily  decorated  streets.  The  excellent  camp  which  awaited  made  the 


34 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


Of  the  enlisted  men  originally  enrolled,  277  had  been  discharged  before  this 
time,  for  various  reasons;  for  sickness,  by  favor,  a few  for  crimes,  and  to  re-enlist 
in  new  regiments  and  to  engage  in  civil  pursuits  in  the  Philippines ; twenty-one 
had  been  killed  or  had  died  of  wounds ; thirteen  had  died  of  disease,  and  one 
had  drowned.  The  total  number  of  wounded  in  battle  was  121. 

While  waiting  for  muster-out  the  following  promotions  were  made:  James  M. 
Croft  and  Joseph  Corby,  1st  Lieutenants  and  Battalion  Adjutants;  Samuel 
Hilburn,  Captain;  Myles  Kelly,  1st  Lieutenant,  and  Andrew  W.  Swane}^  George 
W.  King  and  Alexander  Wessetch,  2d  Lieutenants.  It  was  also  learned  that 
1st  Lieuts.  George  E.  Kumpe  and  William  Brown  had  received  commissions  in  the 
45th  U.  S.  V.  Inf. 


soldiers  forget,  to  some  extent,  the  hardships  and  suffering  they  had  undergone. 
Extra  rations  were  allowed  all  the  returning  volunteers,  and  the  efficiency  of  the 
commissary  and  quartermaster  departments  of  the  army  had,  after  a year  of 
warfare,  become  such  that  the  difference  between  the  new  and  old  San  Francisco 
camps  was  something  marv^elous. 

Muster-out,  it  was  found,  was  set  for  October  17th.  Each  company  had  to 
prepare  five  copies  of  a roll  showing  the  complete  military  history  of  all  the  men 
who  had  ever  belonged  to  the  company.  The  body  returned  to  the  States  num- 
bering 48  officers  and  676  enlisted  men.  Since  muster-in,  a year  and  a half 
before,  nineteen  had  been  promoted  from  the  ranks,  two  officers  had  resigned, 
seventeen  had  been  discharged,  one  had  been  killed,  and  one  had  died  of  disease. 


GUN  IN  THE  LUNETA  JUST  AS  LEFT  BY  THE  SPANIARDS. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


35 


On  the  5th  of  October,  the  following  telegram  was  received: 

Washington,  D.  C.,  October  4,  1899. 

Gen.  W.  R.  Shafter,  Commanding  Departinent  of  California: 

The  Secretary  of  War  directs  me  to  authorize  you  to  inform  Col.  Kessler,  of  the  1st 
Montana  Regiment,  that  the  President  has  to-day  conferred  upon  him  the  brevet  of  Brigadier- 
General  of  Vounteers,  in  recognition  of  his  gallant  services  in  the  battles  in  which  his  regiment 
was  engaged  in  the  Philippine  Islands. 

(Signed)  H.  C.  CORBIN, 

Adjt.  Gen.  of  the  Army. 


The  news  was  received  with  enthusiasm  and  joy  by  all  member  of  the  regiment, 
because  they,  as  no  others,  knew  that  the  reward  had  been  justly  bestowed. 

On  the  17th,  the  process  of  muster-out  was  completed.  Two  days  later  the 
ex-soldiers  boarded  a train  provided  through  the  liberality  of  the  citizens  of  Mon- 
tana. In  due  time  they  arrived  at  Butte,  where  immense  crowds  were  waiting  to 
welcome  them.  Whose  heart  was  so  cold  that  his  e3^es  remained  dry  at  the 
enthusiasm  of  the  old  friends  at  the  home  coming? 

The  whilom  soldiers  were  now  back  at  their  old  peaceful  pursuits.  All  were 
thoroughly  glad  that  their  days  of  warfare  were  over;  or  were  there  some  who, 
like  the  British  veteran  of  Oriental  campaigns,  were  soon  to  long  for  the  old 
stirring  days  by  palm  and  bamboo  ? 


An’  I’m  learniu’  ’ere  iu  Loudon  what  tlie  teu-\^ear  sodger  tells; 

If  you’ve  ’eard  the  East  a-calliii’  why  you  won’t  ’eed  nothin’  else. 

Ship  me  somewheres  east  of  vSuez,  where  the  best  is  like  the  worst, 
Where  there  aren’t  no  Ten  Commandments,  an’  a man  can  raise  a thirst. 

F'or  the  temple  bells  are  callin’,  an’  it’s  there  that  I would  be — 

By  the  old  Moulmein  Pagoda,  lookin'  laz\"  at  the  sea — 

On  the  road  to  Mandala^^  where  the  Ilyin’  fishes  play. 

An’  the  dawn  comes  u])  like  thunder  outer  China  ’crost  the  ba\n 


Photo  by  B.  F.  Rahmeyer.  REGIMKNTAI^  OFFICERS,  1st  MONTANA  INFANTRY. 


Campaigning  iii  the  Philippines. 


87 


Key  to  Cut  of  Officers  on  Opposite  Page 


No.  1— Col.  H.  C.  Kessler 
“ 2— Kieiit.  Col.  Cook 

“ 3— Maj.  John  R.  Miller 

“ 4— Maj.  Janies  F.  Keown 

“ 5 — Maj.  Asa  L,.  Duncan 

“ 6 — Maj.  Adams 

•'*  7 — 1st  Dient.  Knowlton 

“■  8 — Chaplain  Stull 
“ 9 — 1st  Dieut.  Bruning 

“ 10 — 1st  Dieut.  vSouthmaj’d 
“ 11— 1st  Dieut.  Win.  Brown 
“ 12— 1st  Dieut.  Janies  W.  Croft 
“ 13— Capt.  Geo.  W.  Reif 
“ 14— Capt.  W.  D.  Hill 
“ 15— Capt.  Fllis  W.  Wynne 
“ 16— Capt.  Thos.  S.  Dillon 
“ 17 — Capt.  Andrew  Jensen 
“ IS — Capt.  John  Hallahan 
“ 19 — Capt.  Guy  A.  Preston 
“ 20 — Capt.  Philip  Greenan 
“ 21 — Capt.  John  F.  Mercer 


No.  22 — Capt.  Samuel  Hilburn 
“ 23— 1st  Dieut.  P'rederick  Bird 
“ 24— 1st  Dieut.  W.  C.  Gardenhire 
“ 25— 1st  Dieut.  Arthur  O’Deary 
“ 26 — 1st  Dieut.  Fd.  J.  Gainer 
“ 27 — 1st  Dieut.  F'red  S.  Yeager 
“ 28 — 1st  Dieut.  Geo.  E.  Kunipe 
“ 29— 1st  Dieut.  W.  H.  Poornian 
“ 30— 1st  Dieut.  Myles  Kelly 
“ 31— 2d  Dieut.  Homer  G.  Rickards 
“ 32— 2d  Dieut.  C.  S.  Hill 
“ £3 — 2d  Dieut.  Archibald  Dogan 
“ 34— 2d  Dieut.  Chas.  W.  Dane 
“ 35— 2d  Dieut.  Arthur  W.  Church 
“ 36 — 2d  Dieut  Alex  Daist 
“ 37— 2d  Dieut  Geo  E-  Dowman 
“ 38— 2d  Dieut.  Chas.  A.  Virden 
“ 39— 2d  Dieut.  Arthur  W.  Stoddard 
“ 40— 2d  Dieut.  Andrew  W.  Swaney 
“ 41— 1st  Dieut.  Alex  Wessitsh 


Field  and  Staff- 


NAMB.  OCCUPATION. 

Harry  C.  Kessler,  Colonel Capitalist 

Byron  H.  Cook,  Dieutenant  Colonel.  . . Accountant 

John  R.  Miller,  Major Banker 

James  F.  Keown,  Major Farmer 

Asa  D-  Duncan,  Major Dawyer 

Wm.  B.  Knowlton,  1st  Dieut.  and  Adjt . Accountant 

W'^m.  Brown,  1st  Dieut.  and  Bat.  Adjt.  . Druggist 

Joseph  Corby,  1st  Dt.  and  Bat.  Adjt.  . . .Engineer 

James  M.  Croft,  1st  Dt.  and  Bat.  Adjt.  .County  Asjeisor.  . . 

Francis  J.  Adams,  Maj.  and  Surgeon.  .Physician 

Dou  C.  Bruning,  1st  Dt.  and  Ast.  Surg.  .Physician 


Deroy  Southmayd,  1st  Dt.  and  Ast.  Srg. Physician . . . 
George  C.  Stull,  Capt.  and  Chaplain.  . .Clergyman. 
Alfred  Seadorf,  1st  Dieut.  and  Q.  M. . . .Bookkeeper 


ADDRESS. 

Butte,  Mont. 

Butte, 

Helena,  “ 

Bozeman,  “ 

Missoula,  “ 

Butte, 

Helena,  “ 

Butte, 

Dewiston,  “ 

Great  Falls,  “ 

Miles  City,  “ 

..  .Virginia  City,  “ 

Billings,  “ 

Butte, 


PROMOTED. 

NAME.  ADDRESS.  OCCUPATION.  REMARKS. 

Robt.  B.  Wallace,  Dieut.  Col Manila,  P.  I Soldier Col.  37th  Inf.,  U.S.  V.,  July  10,1899. 

Wm.  B.  Hanna,  1st  Dt.,  Bat.  Adjt  .Manila, P. I Accountant..  Capt.  37th  Inf.,  U.  vS.  V.,  July  13, 1899. 


resigned. 

Benj.  E-  Calkins,  Ist  Dt.  and  Adjt, Butte,  Mont Stationer 


.January  7,  1899. 


James  W.  Drennan,  Major 


DIED. 

. .Died  of  Bright’s  disease  at  Malate,  P.  I.,  June  24,  1898. 


WOUNDED. 

.Wounded  in  left  lung  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  F'ebruary  10,  1899. 
. . .Wounded  in  left  shoulder  at  Calumpit,  P.  I.,  April  27, 1899. 
. . . .Wounded  in  left  thigh  near  Bocaue,  P.  I.,  March  28,  1899. 


Robt.  B.  Wallace,  Dieut.  Col 

John  R.  Miller,  Major 

Francis  J.  Adams,  Maj.  and  Surg. 


38 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippijies. 


Non-Commissioned  Staff- 


NAME  OCCUPATION 

John  C.  Heilig,  Sergt.  Maj Accountant 

hloyd  R.  Hood,  Quartermaster  Sergt.  .Salesman 

Edvv.  H.  Charette,  Hospital  Steward. . .Druggist 

Edmund  G.  High,  Hospital  Steward..  .Druggist 

Rudolf  Herbst,  Hospital  Steward Nurse 


Harry  Roberts,  Chief  Music’n  and  Con  . Musician 
Chas.  D.  Tomlinson,  Prin.  Musician. . .Musician 
Geo.  W.  Crowell,  Principal  Musician..  .Clerk 


ADDRESS 

Butte,  Mont. 

Bozeman,  “ 

...  .Great  Falls, 

Butte, 

...  .Great  Falls, 

. . , Great  Falls, 

Augusta,  “ 

Dillon,  “ 


DISCHARGED  TO  ACCEPT  COMMISSIONS. 

NAME  ADDRESS  OCCUPATION  REMARKS 

James  H.  Monteath,  Sergt.  Maj  . .Butte,  Mont.  .Newspaperman  Maj.  Grigsby ’s  Rough  Riders,  Junel5,1898. 

Colin  S.  Hill,  Sergt.  Maj “ “ ..Accountant 2d  Eieut.,  Co.  F,  1st  Mont.,  May  1,  1899. 

Chas.  W.  Dane,  Q.  M.  Sergt “ “ ..Accountant 2d  Et.,  Co.  A,  1st  Mont.,  Aug.  22,  1899. 


Hospital  Corps, 


NAME. 

P^dw.  H.  Charette,  Hosp.  Steward 

Edmund  G.  High,  Hosp.  Steward  

Rudolf  Herbst,  Hosp.  Steward 

Albert  D.  Tonkin, 

Fred  Peterson 

John  E-  Strain 

Charles  S.  Patterson 


OCCUPA'l  ION. 

Druggist 

Druggist 

Nurse 

Student  

Nurse 

. Clerk 

Student 


ADDRESS. 

Great  Falls,  Mont. 

Butte,  “ 

Great  Falls,  “ 

Butte,  “ 

Helena,  “ 

Great  Falls,  “ 

Bozeman,  “ 


DISCHARGED. 


NAME.  ADDRESS.  OCCUPATION. 

Robt.  H.  Paxson,  Hsp.  S’d.  .Butte,  Mont Druggist By 

And’w  G.Einquest,  “ “ ..  “ “ Nurse By 

Charles  C.  Cline  Stockton,  Cal  Blacksmith By 

Warner  A.  Jennings Townsen,  Mont Teacher By 

Daniel  A.  McMillian Butte,  Mont Clerk  By 

Albert  D.  McNeal Manila,  P.  I Res’t  Keeper  By 


REMARKS. 

orders,  March  10,  1899. 
orders,  August  9,  1899. 
orders,  October  1,  1899. 
orders,  October  1,  1899. 
order,  August  31, 1899. 
orders,  August  18,  1899. 


transferrp:d. 

Harry  A.  Green  Virginia  City,  Mont Nurse 

Oliver  E.  Nelson Helena,  Mont  Nurse 

Alex  Ralston Butte,  Mont Student  . . . . 


) To  First  Reserve  Hosp.,  Manila, 
r August  31,  1898. 


Robert  Eennington 


dead. 

. .Died  of  pneumonia,  at  San  F'rancisco,  Cal.,  July  6,  1898. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


39- 


field  AND  STAFF  OFFICERS. 


BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES. 

HARRY  CLAY  KESSLER,  Colonel,  1st  Montana  Regiment,  was  born  in 
Philadelphia,  Pa.,  March  18,  1844.  He  is  of  old  Revolutionary  stock.  His  great 
grandfather  served  as  a midshipman  under  Commodore  John  Barry  in  the  War  for 
Independence.  Col.  Kessler  was  educated  in  the  public  schools  of  Philadelphia. 
At  the  breaking  out  of  the  Civil  War  in  1861,  he  entered  the  service  as  2d  Lieu- 
tenant of  the  104th  Pennsylvania  Volunteers,  and  served  nearly  three  years  in  the 
Army  of  the  Potomac,  participating  in  all  the  engagements  of  the  Peninsula 
Campaign,  under  General  McClellan.  He  was  mustered  out  as  1st  Lieutenant  of 
the  same  regiment.  After  the  war  he  engaged  in  business  in  Philadelphia.  In 
the  early  part  of  1875,  he  moved  to  Montana,  and  went  into  business  with  Capt. 
James  H.  Mills  in  the  publication  of  the  Ne^v  Northwest.  In  1876  he  went  to 
Butte  and  established  the  Butte  Miner.,  and  next  year  sold  his  interest  in  the  paper 
and  engaged  in  mining.  He  served  one  term  as  County  Commissioner  and  four 
terms  as  County  Treasurer  in  Silver  Bow  County.  He  has  been  connected  with 
the  National  Guard  since  its  organization  in  1887,  first  as  Captain,  then  as  Lieu- 
tenant-Colonel, and  afterwards  as  Colonel  of  the  regiment,  and  was  in  command 
at  the  breaking  out  of  the  Spanish-American  War.  He  was  called  into  service  and 
commissioned  Colonel  of  the  1st  Montana  Inf.,  U.  S.  V.,  April  25,  1898,  and 
remained  in  command  until  the  regiment  was  discharged  from  the  service  of  the 
United  States.  On  October  4,  1899,  the  President  of  the  United  States  conferred 
upon  him  the  brevet  of  Brigadier-General  of  Volunteers,  in  recognition  of  his 
gallant  services  in  the  battles  in  which  his  regiment  was  engaged  in  the  Philippine 
Islands. 

[As  Lieut.  Col.  Wallace  is  still  in  Manila  we  have  been  unable  to  obtain  any  particulars  of 
his  life  except  the  following.] 

ROBERT  B.  WALLACE,  Lieutenant-Colonel,  was  a West  Point  cadet.  He 
was  commissioned  2d  Lieutenant,  2d  Cav.,  U.  S.  A.,  from  June  12,  1890,  to  Jan- 
uary 13,  1897,  and  promoted  to  1st  Lieutenant,  January  4,  1897,  from  which  he 
was  granted  an  indefinite  leave  of  absence  to  accept  a commission  as  Lieutenant- 
Colonel.  He  was  mustered  into  the  volunteer  service  as  Lieutenant-Colonel  of  the 
1st  Montana  Volunteer  Regiment,  May  7,  1898,  at  Helena,  Mont.,  and  served 
through  the  Philippine  campaign  with  his  regiment.  Lieut.  Col.  Wallace  was  on 
general  duty  organizing  the  37th  Inf  from  June  26,  1899,  to  July  9,  1899,  inclusive. 
He  was  discharged  from  the  1st  Montana  Volunteer  Inf,  Jul}^  10,  1899,  to  accept 
a commission  as  Colonel  of  this  regiment. 

BYRON  PI.  COOK,  Lieutenant-Colonel,  was  born  in  Faribault,  Minn.,  July 
17,  1859.  He  spent  the  early  portion  of  his  life  in  California,  then  returned  to 
Minnesota.  He  left  Minnesota  in  1876,  and  went  to  Montana  in  the  spring  of 


40 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


1877  and  has  been  [there  ever  since  that  time.  He  was  connected  with  the 
National  Guard  since  its  organization  in  1887.  He  was  1st  Sergeant  in  Compain^ 
C.  In  the  National  Guard  he  was  Regimental  Adjutant,  Captain,  Major,  and 
Inspector  of  Rifle  Practice.  At  the  time  of  the  outbreak  of  the  war  he  was 
Major,  and  was  mustered  in  as  Major  of  the  1st  Montana  Regiment.  He  was 
appointed  Lieutenant-Colonel  to  fill  a vacancy  on  July  13,  1899,  succeeding 
Lieut.  Col.  MMllace.  He  was  with  all  the  engagements  of  the  regiment  from  the 
call  out,  February  4th. 

JOHN  P.  MILLER,  Major,  1st  Montana  Inf.,  was  born  in  Cleveland, 
Ohio,  February  26,  1866.  He  went  to  Montana  in  1883,  and  lived  in  Butte  for 
a short  time  and  then  in  Helena.  He  first  served  as  2d  Lieutenant  in  Troop  A, 
National  Guard,  Montana,  then  on  the  Ordnance  Staff,  and  then  on  Light 
Battery  A,  which  he  left  when  he  entered  the  United  States’  service.  He  was 
mustered  in  as  IMajor  in  the  1st  Montana,  and  served  through  the  whole 
campaign  in  the  same  rank.  He  went  in  as  Junior  Major  of  the  regiment,  and 
came  out  as  Senior  Major.  He  was  wounded  at  Rio  Grande  River,  April  27, 
1899,  and  was  disabled  for  two  months.  He  returned  to  duty  about  the  15th  of 
June.  He  was  shot  in  Calumpit  Cemetery,  near  the  Rio  Grande. 

J.  F.  KEOWN,  IMajor,  was  born  in  Pennsylvania,  December,  1866.  He 
came  to  Montana  in  1879.  He  first  resided  at  Fort  Benton  and  then  removed  to 
Bozeman,  which  is  now  his  home.  He  was  educated  in  the  public  schools  at 
Bozeman,  and  also  went  to  school  in  Philadelphia.  He  has  been  in  the  National 
Guard  of  Montana  since  its  organization  in  1887.  He  was  in  the  Cavalry  Army 
service  of  the  National  Guard.  When  the  first  call  for  volunteers  came  he  was 
ordered  to  report  to  Col.  Roosevelt,  but,  through  influence  unknown  to  him,  was 
left  out  and  went  into  the  infantry  as  Captain  of  Company  C and  was  promoted 
to  Major  July  13,  1899.  He  went  through  all  the  Filipino  campaign,  and  was 
in  all  the  engagements  from  Manila  to  San  Fernando. 

A.  L.  DUNCAN,  Major,  was  born  at  Hale  Ford,  Franklin  Co.,  Va.  He  was 
educated  in  the  public  schools  of  Danville,  Va.  He  entered  the  Virginia  Militarj^ 
Institute,  Juh^  1880,  and  graduated  as  Cadet  Lieutenant,  July  4,  1883.  He  was 
appointed  Assistant  Professor  of  Latin,  French  and  instructor  of  infantry  and 
artillery  tactics,  after  graduation,  with  the  rank  of  Captain  in  the  Virginia  Military 
Institute.  He  held  this  position  for  two  years,  and  then  resigned  and  studied  law 
at  the  Washington  & Lee  University,  Lexington,  Va.,  receiving  a diploma  as  a 
graduate  of  the  law  school  of  that  institution  in  June,  1886,  and  later  studied  law 
in  the  University  of  Virginia.  He  commanded  Company  A of  the  3d  Virginia 
Regiment  of  Volunteer  Militia,  from  1888  to  1889.  He  was  called  back  to  the 
Virginia  Military  Institute  as  Acting  Commandant  of  the  Cadets,  in  Januar}^ 
1890.  He  resigned  this  position  in  July,  1891,  and  went  to  Missoula,  Mont.,  and 
began  the  practice  of  law.  He  was  elected  County  xVttorney,  Missoula  Co.,  Mont., 
in  1896,  and  held  this  position  until  the  beginning  of  the  Spanish-American  War 
in  1898.  He  was  commissioned  b}'  the  Governor  of  Montana  as  Captain  of  Com- 


Cainpaii^7ii>ig  in  the  Philippines. 


41 


paiiy  L,  1st  Montana  Inf.,  U.  S.  V.,  and  served  with  the  regiment  a part  of  1898 
and  1899.  He  was  promoted  to  the  rank  of  Major  in  July,  1899. 

W.  B.  KNOWLTON,  1st  Lieutenant,  Regimental  Adjutant,  was  born  in  Wis- 
consin, August  13,  1868.  He  belonged  to  the  National  Guard  in  Montana  for 
eight  years  before  the  outbreak  of  the  Spanish- American  War.  He  was  mustered 
in  at  the  outbreak  of  the  war  as  2d  Lieutenant  of  Company  G,  and  was  promoted 
to  1st  Lieutenant  of  the  same  company,  December  26,  1898,  at  the  resignation  of 
Lieut.  Paxson.  He  was  appointed  Regimental  Adjutant,  January  24,  1899.  He 
was  with  his  regiment  in  all  engagements. 

WILLIAM  BROWN,  Battalion  Adjutant  of  the  1st  Battalion,  under  Maj. 
Miller,  and  Regimental  Commissary  Officer,  was  born  in  Edinburgh,  Scotland, 
November  12,  1872.  He  came  to  America  in  July,  1889.  He  joined  the  National 
Guard  in  Montana.  He  first  joined  a troop  in  the  winter  of  1892-93,  and  was 
then  promoted  to  Corporal  in  Company  C,  Infantry,  and  was  commissioned  2d 
Lieutenant  in  1893,  and  promoted  to  1st  Lieutenant  in  1894,  in  the  same  company. 
He  resigned  and  joined  the  Signal  Corps,  and  was  two  years  in  that  order,  under 
Maj.  Miller.  The  Signal  Corps  was  abolished,  and  a battery  of  light  artiller3y 
Battery  A,  was  organized.  Commencing  service  therein  as  1st  Sergeant,  he  held 
that  appointment  until  the  Spanish-American  War,  which  he  entered  as  Battalion 
Adjutant,  1st  Montana,  already  commissioned  first  in  the  45th  U.  S.  V. 

WILLIAM  B.  HANNA,  1st  Lieutenant  and  Battalion  Adjutant,  was  born  in 
Indianapolis,  Ind.,  1874.  He  was  enrolled  and  mustered  in  as  Sergeant  in  Company 
L,  1st  Montana,  U.  S.  V.,  May  5,  1898,  at  Helena,  Mont.,  and  appointed  1st  Lieu- 
tenant and  Battalion  Adjutant,  May  11,  1898,  to  fill  the  original  vacancy.  He  was 
on  special  dut^"  as  Inspector  of  Immigrants,  per  Special  Order  123,  Headquarters 
Department  Pacific  and  8th  Army  Corps,  dated  November  30,  1898.  He  was  on 
special  duty  as  Captain  of  the  Port  at  Iloilo,  Island  of  Panay,  per  Paragraph  3, 
General  Orders  8,  Headquarters  U.  S.  Military'  Governor  in  Philippines,  dated 
March  14,  1899.  He  was  discharged,  July  13,  1899,  to  accept  a commission  as 
Captain  in  the  37th  U.  S.  V. 

JAMES  M.  CROFT,  1st  Lieutenant,  3d  Battalion  Adjutant,  was  born  in 
Waterbury,  New  Haven  County,  Conn.,  January  3,  1858.  He  went  to  Montana 
in  the  spring  of  1881,  and  has  been  engaged  in  business  there  ever  since.  His 
first  military  service  was  in  Company  A,  2d  Connecticut  National  Guard.  He 
served  four  years  ^ in  that  company,  and  was  promoted  to  Corporal.  He  next 
became  identified  with  the  National  Guard  in  Montana,  March  19,  1898,  when  he 
was  elected  2d  Lieutenant,  and  afterward  commissioned  by  Governor  Smith  in 
Company  I,  1st  Montana  National  Guard.  He  was  mustered  into  the  service  of 
the  United  States,  May  7,  1898,  as  2d  Lieutenant,  Company  I,  1st  Montana  Inf., 
U.  S.  V.  He  was  promoted  to  1st  Lieutenant  and  Battalion  Adjutant,  September 
28,  1899.  He  has  been  constantly  with  the  regiment  since  the  mustering  into 
service,  and  has  been  present  at  all  engagements  in  which  the  regiment  has 


42 


CaDipaigiiifig  in  the  PhiUppines. 


participated,  with  the  exception  of  one,  the  engagement  of  June  16th  at  San 
Fernando.  He  was  detailed  as  exchange  officer  in  Manila,  November  25,  1898. 
He  was  assigned  to  the  command  of  Company  M at  Malolos  on  April  17,  1899, 
and  commanded  the  company  from  that  date  until  July  1,  1899.  He  returned 
with  the  regiment  from  San  Fernando  to  Manila,  July  3,  1899,  and  was  assigned 
to  duty  as  Adjutant  of  the  1st  Battalion,  July  5,  1899.  He  is  Adjutant  of  the 
battalion  up  to  the  present  time.  The  battalion  was  detached  and  sent  to  Zapote 
bridge,  July  12,  1899,  where  it  remained  until  August  13,  1899,  when  it  was 
relieved  and  proceeded  to  Manila,  preparatory  to  taking  passage  on  the  transport 
for  the  United  States.  He  was  appointed  and  commissioned  by  the  President  as 
Captain  in  the  37th  U.  S.  Inf.,  in  July,  1899,  but  declined  for  private  reasons. 

FRANCIS  JOSEPH  ADAMS,  Major  and  Staff  Surgeon,  1st  Montana  Inf., 
was  born  at  Fort  Crook,  Cal.,  December  16,  1859.  He  was  a graduate  of  the 
University  of  Georgetown,  classical  and  medical  department.  He  was  resident 
physician  of  the  Children’s  Hospital  of  Washington,  D.  C.  From  1881  to  1885 
he  was  Assistant  Surgeon  of  the  U.  S.  Army  stationed  at  New  York  Harbor  and 
at  Newport,  R.  I.,  and  the  Department  of  Columbia  and  the  Department  of  Da- 
kota. He  accepted  the  appointment  as  Assistant  Instructor  in  the  St.  Eouis  Post 
Graduate  Medical  School.  He  went  to  Great  Falls,  Mont.,  in  1891,  and  en- 
gaged in  civil  practice  there.  He  was  appointed  Major-Surgeon  of  the  1st  Mon- 
tana, May  1,  1898,  served  in  that  capacity  through  the  Spanish-American  War, 
and  was  appointed  Brigade  Surgeon,  1st  Brigade,  December,  1898,  and  served  on 
the  staffs  of  Gen.  Otis,  Gen.  Uloyd  Wheaton  and  Gen.  Fred  Funston.  He  had 
charge  of  the  Canacoa  Hospital  for  Filipino  prisoners  from  July  1st  until  August 
23d,  and  was  wounded  at  Polo,  March  26,  1899.  He  was  sent  with  Col.  Wallace, 
as  hostage,  to  the  insurgent  forces  under  Gen.  Tuna  at  Santo  Tomas.  Maj. 
Adams  is  a member  of  the  Sons  of  the  American  Revolution  and  the  Aztec  Society, 
Mexican  War. 

U.  C.  BRUNING,  1st  Eieutenant,  Assistant  Surgeon,  was  born  in  Louisville, 
Ky.,  November  3,  1867.  -He  graduated  from  the  University  of  Louisville  in  1894, 
serving  as  House  Surgeon  in  the  Louisville  City  Hospital  during  1894  and  1395. 
He  practiced  the  profession  in  Miles  City,  Mont.,  until  the  outbreak  of  the 
Spanish-American  War  and  has  been  serving  during  the  Philippine  campaign. 

LE  ROY  SOUTHMAYD,  1st  Lieutenant,  Assistant  Surgeon,  was  born  in 
Alder  Gulch,  Mont.,  July  19,  1869.  He  was  educated  at  the  University  of 
Michigan  in  arts  and  medicine.  He  was  appointed  by  the  Governor  of  Montana 
as  1st  Lieutenant,  Assistant  Surgeon,  May  4,  1898,  and  was  with  the  regiment 
until  its  arrival  in  the  Philippines,  when  he  was  placed  on  detached  duty  at  Cavite 
Hospital.  He  was  on  duty  at  the  hospital  from  August  23,  1898,  until  December 
9,  1898,  and  was  then  transferred  to  the  2d  Reserve  Hospital  in  Manila,  and  was  on 
duty  there  from  the  9th  of  December  until  April  15,  1899.  During  this  time  he 
was  also  chief  of  the  ambulances  of  the  1st  Division,  8th  Army  Corps,  and  served 
daily  in  the  field  in  that  capacity  with  the  troops  of  the  1st  Division,  participating 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


4a 


in  all  their  engagements  np  to  that  time  and  then  was  returned  to  the  regiment, 
after  repeated  request  by  the  Major-Surgeon  of  the  regiment  at  Malolos,  and  made 
the  advance  with  them  from  there  to  San  Fernando,  participating  in  all  engage- 
ments. He  returned  to  San  Francisco  on  the  U.  S.  transport  Zealandia. 

G.  C.  STULL,  Chaplain,  1st  Montana,  was  born  in  Pennsylvania  in  1858  and 
came  to  Montana  in  1882,  and  was  appointed  by  Gov.  Rickards  as  Chaplain  of 
the  National  Guard  in  1892.  He  was  appointed  by  Gov.  Smith,  Chaplain 
of  the  1st  Montana  in  May,  1898,  and  has  been  with  that  regiment  constantly 
since.  His  duties  have  varied  from  the  distribution  of  shoe  strings  and  the 
taking  of  money  and  valuables  of  the  men,  to  getting  the  last  message  from  the 
dying  soldier  and  committing  his  body  to  the  ground  in  the  lonely  cemeteries  in 
Manila.  At  no  time  has  he  been  sick  or  incapacitated  from  duty  and  was  not 
absent' from  any  engagement  from  the  time  the  regiment  left  Manila  until  it  went 
on  board  the  transport  for  the  United  States. 

Chaplain  Stull  was  the  pastor  of  a church  in  Montana  from  1882  to  1887,  and 
from  1887  to  1892  in  Idaho,  then  a part  of  the  Montana  Conference.  In  1892 
and  1897  he  was  Presiding  Elder  of  the  Helena  district,  and  in  1898  he  came  to 
the  Spanish-American  War.  He  expects  to  be  returned  to  Montana.  He  will  go 
back  to  his  native  State  and  will  then  return  to  Montana  to  resume  his  work. 
While  at  Manila  he  was  placed  in  charge  of  sixty  Spanish  prisoners  held  by  the 
insurgents  and  continued  to  feed  them  and  provide  them  with  clothing  and  medical 
attendance  until  the  breaking  out  of  hostilities  between  the  Americans  and  insurg- 
ents. He  was  granted  a pass  by  Gen.  Estrella  of  Cavite  Province,  on  the  1st 
of  February  to  visit  any  part  of  Cavite  Province,  and  in  going  in  the  insurgent 
line  was  shown  every  courtesy  that  might  possibly  be  extended.  He  had  a con- 
ference with  Aguinaldo  and  found  him  a perfect  gentleman  and  a scholar,  and  also 
found  that  his  aide  were  men  who  had  been  educated  in  England  and  in  Germany, 
and  were  men  of  more  than  average  intelligence. 

A.  SEAUORF,  1st  Lieutenant  and  Quartermaster,  was  born  in  Germany  in  1848 
and  came  to  America  in  1866.  In  civil  life  his  occupation  was  that  of  bookkeeper. 
He  served  ten  years  in  the  14th  Inf.  and  was  discharged  as  1st  Sergeant  in  1884. 
He  has  belonged  to  the  National  Guard  in  Montana  since  1888.  At  the  outbreak 
■of  the  Spanish-American  War  he  was  mustered  in  as  1st  Lieutenant  and  Quarter- 
master and  was  in  all  the  engagements  with  his  regiment. 


Campaignirig  m the  Philippines. 


45 


Instrumentation  of  First  Montana  Infantry  Band* 


Harry  Roberts,  Chief  Musician  and  Conductor 

Chas.  D.  Tomlinson,  Principle  Musician Solo  Bl>  Cornet 

Geo.  W Crowell,  Principle  Musician Solo  Bb  Clarinet 

Wm.  D.  Alexander,  Private Third  Alto 

Edw.  C.  Biganess,  “ E^  Tuba 

Alfred  C.  Cashmore,  “ Second  Trombone 

Herman  Fashman,  “ Bass  Trombone 

Wm.  A.  Flowers,  “ Solo  Alto 

Alfred  Force,  “ First  Tenor 

Frank  Hawkins,  “ Bass  Drum 

John  H.  McPherson,  “ B Bb  Tuba 

John  F.  Pearson,  “ First  Bb  Cornet 

Oliver  M.  Ross,  “ Second  Tenor 

Harry  B.  Stevens,  “ Piccolo 

Walter  L.  Verge,  “ Eb  Clarinet 

Chas.  M.  Walker,  “ Cymbals 

Wm.  H.  Wilton,  “ Baritone 

Albert  Breitlove,  Sergeant  First  Alto 

Leon  D.  Alexander,  Private Solo  Bb  Cornet 

Ernest  H.  Boyd,  “ Snare  Drum 

Ray  Conger,  “ Second  Clarinet 

Fred’k  Eythe,  “ Fourth  Alto 

Edgar  J.  Thomson  “ Drum  Major 


DISCHARGED. 

Asa  F.  Fisk,  Sergeant By  order,  June  1st,  1899. 

George  B.  Mead,  Private,  37th  U.  S.  V “ Aug.  22,  1899. 

WOUNDED. 

Geo.  W.  Crowell,  Prin.  Musician,  wounded  in  right  leg  at  Malolos,  P.I.,  April  4,  1899. 
Alfred  Cashmore,  Private,  wounded  in  left  leg  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  Mar.  2,  1899. 

DEAD. 

Clarence  G.  Briggs,  Private,  died  in  Manila,  P.  I.,  Feb.  12, 1899,  of  wounds  received 
at  Caloocan. 

Fred’k  Hall,  Private,  killed  in  action  at  Caloocan,  Feb.  10,  1899. 


Mont  4 


CO.  F,  1st  MONTANA  INFANTRY. 
Taken  at  Malolos  shortly  after  arrival. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


47 


COMMIvSSIONEl)  OFFICERS  OF  COMPANY  F. 
B I O C't R A P H I C AF  SK P:TC H PFS . 


WILEIAM  L.  HILL,  Captain,  Company  F,  Est  Montana  Inf.,  was  born  in 
Devonshire,  FEigland.  He  came  to  the  United  States  in  1884,  and  went 
to  Butte,  Mont.,  in  1888,  and  has  lived  there  ever  since.  He  served  two 
terms  in  Butte,  Mont.,  as  County  Treasurer,  and  has  been  in  the  National 
Guard  ten  years.  When  the  Spanish-American  War  broke  out,  he  was 
mustered  in  as  Captain  of  Company  P'.  He  was  seriously  wounded  at  Caloocan, 
Island  of  Luzon,  on  PAbruary  10,  1890,  and  was  sent  home  in  May  on  sick  leave, 
arriving  there  on  the  22d.  Were  it  not  for  Dr.  Brnning,  he  would  not  be  alive 
to-day. 

WILLIAM  C.  GARDENHIRE,  1st  Lieutenant,  Company  F,  was  born  in 
Chattanooga,  Tenn.  His  occupation  in  civil  life  is  a traveling  salesman.  He  went 
from  Tennessee  to  Montana  in  1894.  He  enlisted  in  the  Spanish-American  War  as 
private,  Company  G.  He  was  commissioned  2d  Lieutenant  January  21,  1899. 
May  1,  1899,  he  was  promoted  to  1st  Lieutenant  and  placed  in  command  of  Com- 
pany F,  until  the  regiment  was  mustered  out.  He  was  in  all  engagements,  and 
was  wounded  at  Caloocan,  February  10,  1899. 

C.  S.  HILL,  2d  Lieutenant,  Compaii}^  F,  was  born  in  Devon,  Eng.,  July  9, 
1869.  In  civil  life  he  was  occupied  as  a druggist.  He  has  been  living  in  Butte, 
Mont.,  for  the  last  eight  years,  and  belonged  to  the  National  Guard  of  that  place 
for  four  years.  At  the  outbreak  of  the  war,  he  was  mustered  in  as  Quarter- 
master Sergeant  of  Company  F,  and  was  promoted  to  Sergeant-Major,  in  May, 
1898,  acting  in  that  capacity  until  April  80,  1899.  May  1,  1899,  he  was  promoted 
to  2d  Lieutenant.  He  was  absent  from  his  regiment  from  March  28  to  April  28, 
on  account  of  sickness. 


48 


Canipaigjiijig  in  the  PhilippUies. 


Co.  F — 1st  Battalion. 


NAME  OCCUPATION 

William  L.  Hill,  Capt Accountant 

William  C.  Gardenhire,  1st  Ivieut Traveling  Salesman.  . 

Colin  S.  Hill,  2d  L,ieut Bookkeeper 

James  E-  Weaver,  1st  Sergt Carpenter  

William  Johnson,  Q.  M.  Sergt Teamster 

Adolph  Keppeler,  Sergt Jeweler 

Thomas  J.  Coberly,  Sergt  . Miner  

Eouis  Olsen,  Sergt Engineer 

Arlin  R.  Ayers,  Sergt Assayer 

John  Stenzel,  Corp Miner 

John  H.  Caddy,  Corp Photographer 

Ernest  H.  Eeosch,  Corp Butcher 

Charles  H.  Evans,  Corp Baker 

Charles  M.  Pyle,  Corp Miner 

William  Raymond,  Corp Tinsmith 

Eugene  Gastiger,  Cook Cook 

John  G.  Vigeant,  Mus Chemist 

Herbert  P.  Galbraith,  Artificer Printer 

John  Strasser,  Wagoner Eocksmith 


Alex.  C.  Abbott 

Joseph  J.  Baker 

William  Barkowski . 

Joseph  Brauer 

Herbert  R.  Bucks. . . . 

Alfred  E.  Caddy 

George  E-  Chapman 
Frederick  Chaxel  . . 

James  F.  Craver 

Charles  W.  Elwell. 

John  J.  Evans 

John  S.  Forsberg 

Joseph  Frantzen 

Robert  E-  Gaffin 

Samuel  Gillam 

Abel  H.  Hall 

Martin  S Hall 

William  B.  Harris  . 

William  P.  Harris 

Edward  W.  Harvey 

Victor  E-  Hitter 

Thomas  Johns 

Jesse  E.  Jones 

Owen  King 

George  F.  Mardel  . . . 

Bruce  H.  Mason 

Timothy  J.  McAuliff , 

Acle  McMahone 

Michael  Nugent 

Mathias  Ostberg 

Frank  Otis 

Charles  F.  Patton  — 

T.  J.  Renaux 

Gus  A.  Schudoma.  . . . 

Alvin  D.  Sheldon 

Frank  E.  Tate 

James  C.  Taylor 

William  F.  Turner.. . 

Charles  R.  Ubele 

Eug'^ne  '"’’alencourt . . 
Charles  xv.  Valentine 
William  H.  Walsh  . . . 
Eugene  A.  Whitten .. 


PRIVATES. 

.Glass-blower 

.Boiler-maker 

.Potter 

.Tile-setter 

.Engineer 

. Carpenter 

. Engineer 

. Painter 

. Millman  

. Clerk 

.Miner 

.Clerk 

. Miner 

.Harness-maker  .... 

.Miner 

. Plasterer 

.Miner 

. Miner 

Miner 

. Cook 

. Butcher 

. Smelterman 

. Horse-trainer 

. Miner 

.Upholsterer 

. Miner 

.Miner 

. Miner 

Miner 

. Carpenter 

. Miner 

Miner 

Stone-mason 

Teamster 

.Clerk 

. Cabinet-maker 

. Paper-hanger  

Machinist 

Blacksmith  ....  . . 

. Min  ?r 

Waiter 

. Cook  

. Stone-cutter 


ADDRESS 

Butte,  Mont. 


. Seattle,  Wash. 
. Butte,  Mont. 


Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Butte,  Mont. 

. . Middletown,  N.  Y. 
Butte  Mont. 


. .Aurora.  111. 
Butte,  Mont. 


Eeminster,  Mass. 

Butte,  Mont. 

Belt,  Mont. 

....  Butte.  Mont. 


Monticello,  Minn. 

Butte,  Mont. 

....  Eureka,  Utah. 
Butte,  Mont. 


Ishpeming,  Mich. 
Butte,  Mon' 


Colton,  Ohio. 
Butte,  Mont. 


.Iron  Mountain,  Mich. 
Butte,  Mont. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


49 


NAME. 

Gustav  T.  Nickel,  1st  kieut 
Adolf  Keppner,  2d  kieut . . . , 
Gustav  H.  B.  Hess,  Sergt..  . 

Adolph  M.  Clay,  Corp 

Alex  McAlpey,  Corp 

Albert  Ackerman 

kdw.  B.  Bowen 

Dugal  Carmichael 

Wm.  Gottlieb 

Henry  B.  Hinton 

Michael  k-  James 

John  Jonas 

Wm.  McCartney 

Jesse  J.  Norgaard 

Thos.  W.  Robinson 

korenz  Schaub 

Jos.  k.  Trahant 

kouis  Weigle 


DISCHARGED. 

ADDRESS.  OCCUPATION. 

Butte,  Mont Saloon-keeper  . 

“ “ Clerk 

“ Machinist 

.San  Francisco,  Cal Civil  Engineer 

Butte,  Mont Miner 

Cavite,  P.  I Saloon-keeper. 

Butte,  Mont Miner 

“ Baker 

“ “ Cook 

“ ‘ ’. Miner 

‘‘  “ Miner 

“ “ Marble-cutter. 

“ “ Miner 

Kalispel,  “ Miner 

Butte,  “ Miner 

“ Baker 

“ “ Shoe-cutter 

“ “ Butcher 


REMARKS. 

.Resigned  April  18,  1899. 
By  order,  Jan.  6,  1899. 
By  order,  Nov.  14,  1898. 
Disability,  Sept.  3,  1899. 
, By  order.  May  16,  1899. 
.By  order,  Oct.  6,  1898. 
Disability,  Sept.  5,  1899. 

. By  order,  Aug.  19,  lb99. 

. Disability,  Sept.  5,  1899. 
.By  order,  Sept.  5,  1899. 
By  order,  July  23,  1899. 
.By  order.  Sept.  5,  1899. 
By  order.  Sept.  5,  1899. 
By  order,  Aug.  13,  1899. 
By  order,  Aug.  19,  1899. 
.By  order,  Aug.  19,  1899. 
By  order,  Aug.  19,  1899. 

. By  order,  Aug.  19.  1899. 


transferred. 

Milan  D.  Elderkin Butte,  Mont Machinist To  Co.  I,  June  6,  1898. 

Frank  S.  McNeil Manila,  P.  I kaborer To  Co.  B,  Dec.  23, 1898. 

Wm.  P.  Mulcahy Helena,  Mont F^ectrician To  Co.  E,  June  6,  1899. 

Chas.  M.  Walker Butte,  “ Soldier To  Reg. Band, Nov. 26, ’98. 


Wm.  k.  Hill,  Capt 

Wm.  G.  Gardenhire,  1st  kieut 

Adolph  M.  Clay,  Corp 

Wm.  Bartawski 

Edw.  B.  Bowen 

Fred  Chaxel 

Jas.  F.  Craver 

Jos.  Frantzen 

Martin  S.  Hall 

Frank  E.  Tate 

Jas.  C.  Taylor 


WOUNDED. 

Wounded  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  in  right  groin,  Feb.  10,  1899. 

Wounded  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  in  leg,  Feb.  10,  1899. 

Wounded  at  Calumpit,  P.  I.,  in  jaw,  April  26,  1899. 

Wounded  near  Bocaue,  P.  I.,  in  left  lung,  March  28,  1899. 

Wounded  near  Bocaue,  P.  I.,  in  forehead,  March  28,  1899. 

Wounded  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  in  right  elbow,  Feb.  23,  1899. 

Wounded  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  in  back,  Feb.  10, 1899. 

Wounded  at  San  Fernando,  P.  I.,  in  right  cheek.  May  24,  1899. 

Wounded  at  Calumpit,  P.  I.,  in  ear,  April  26,  1899. 

Wounded  at  Calumpit,  P.  I.,  in  nose,  April  26,  1899. 

Wounded  at  San  Fernando,  P.  I.,  in  head.  May  24,  1899. 


DEAD. 

David  k.  Williams,  Musician  Died  at  Manila,  P.  I.,  of  dysentery.  May  31,  1899. 

Jos.  O.  J.  Beckman,  Artificer Killed  in  action  at  ka  koma  Church,  P.  I.,  March  25,  1899. 

Wm.  F.  Stanley Died  at  Manila,  P.  I.,  of  typhoid  fever,  Feb.  19,  1899. 


CO.  I,  l.st  MONTANA  INFANTRY. 
Taken  at  Malolo.s  shortly  after  arrival. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


51 


COMMISSIONED  OFFICERS  OF  COMPANY  I. 
BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES. 


G.  H.  PRESTON,  Captain,  Company  I,  was  born  in  New  Ipenwich,  N.  H., 
July  30,  1865.  He  belonged  to  Company  M of  the  6th  Massachusetts  and  was 
Corporal  in  Company  C,  1st  Iowa.  He  served  fourteen  months  as  Sergeant  in 
Company  C of  the  1st  Montana  National  Guard  and  was  1st  Sergeant,  2d  Lieu- 
tenant, 1st  Lieutenant  and  Captain  of  the  company.  He  was  made  Captain  of 
Company  I of  the  1st  Montana,  April  28,  1898,  and  was  mustered  into  the  service 
as  Captain  of  that  company.  May  8,  1898.  He  was  with  his  regiment  in  all  its 
engagements. 

EDWARD  A.  FOSTER,  1st  Lieutenant,  Company  I,  was  born  in  Marion, 
Ohio,  in  1867.  He  was  elected  1st  Lieutenant  in  the  Montana  National  Guard  at 
date  of  organization  and  was  appointed  1st  Lieutenant  when  the  regiment  was 
mustered  into  the  U.  S.  V.  service.  May  1,  1899.  He  was  in  all  engagements 
of  his  company  from  February  6,  1899,  to  time  of  discharge,  and  was  mustered 
out  at  Manila,  P.  I.,  August  18,  1899,  to  enable  him  to  return  to  the  United  States 
via  Europe. 

ALEXANDER  WESSITSH,  2d  Lieutenant,  Company  I,  was  born  in  Mos- 
cow, Russia,  August  23,  1874.  He  came  to  Montana  April  12,  1890,  where  he 
has  lived  for  the  past  nine  years.  At  the  outbreak  of  the  war  he  was  enrolled  as 
1st  Sergeant  of  Company  C,  and  was  promoted  to  2d  Lieutenant,  Company  I, 
September  29,  1899.  He  was  in  all  the  engagements  up  to  Marilao,  P.  I.,  when 
he  went  to  Cebu.  On  June  22,  1899,  he  was  sent  home  for  treatment  on  the  Hos- 
pital Ship,  Relief.  He  reported  for  duty  with  his  regiment  September  25,  1899. 


52 


Campaignmg  in  the  Philippines. 


NAME 

Guy  H.  Preston,  Capt 

Alex  Wessitch,  2d  Lieut 

Benj.  C.  Wiedeman,  1st  Sergt.. 
Thos.  A.  Harrison,  Q.  M.  Sergt 

Wm.  A.  Shauls,  Sergt 

P<dw.  L.  Skinner,  Sergt 

Chas.  L-  Seifert,  Sergt 

Jos.  Lorenz,  Sergt 

Chas.  F.  Smith,  Corp 

Arthur  T.  Harvey,  Corp 

Alex  Robertson,  Corp 

Fdw.  M.  Weaver,  Corp...'..... 

Frank  N.  Bristol,  Corp 

John  F.  Munz 

Chas.  G.  Edwards,  Cook 

Chas.  E.  Beary,  Musician 

Geo.  W.  Hall,  Musician 

Frank  M.  Partridge,  Artificer. 
Perry  C.  McHugh,  Wagoner  . . 


Co,  I — 1st  Battalion. 

OCCUPATION 

. . Pharmacist 

..Clerk 

..Clerk 

. .Soldier 

. .Saloon-keeper 

. .Laborer 

..Clerk 

. .Tailor 

. . Printer 

. .Laborer 

. .Miner 

. .Laborer 

. . Farmer 

. . Miner 

. .Cook 

. .Printer 

. .Farmer 

. .Carpenter  

. . Laborer 


ADDRESS 
Lewiston,  Mont. 
Bozeman,  “ 
Lewiston,  “ 

. Dubuque,  Iowa 
.Lewiston,  Mont. 


Bosault,  Idaho 

Lewiston,  Mont. 

...Cottonwood,  “ 

, Dawson  City,  Alaska 

Gilt  Edge,  Mont. 

. . San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Lewiston,  Mont. 


Anton  Bisjak 

Harry  D.  Booth 

Robt.  B.  Bradley 

Geo.  Briggs 

Percy  C.  Bullard 

Geo.  H.  Burmaster. . 

Harry  Buser 

Nuggett  Cordeiro  . . . 

Conrad  Duvall 

Jos.  Echer 

Milan  D.  Elderkin, . . 
Jonathan  F.  Fisher. 

Chas.  R.  Frost 

Frank  Gant 

Samuel  Grant 

Eldw.  B.  Harvey 

Alvin  M.  Hill 

Wm.  R.  Hortop 

Marshall  H.  Huffine 
Jas.  P.  Johnson  .... 

Jas.  Logan 

Edw.  J.  Lynn 

Robt.  H.  McKee 

Gilbert  T.  Olson  .... 
Shelton  N.  Paine. . . . 

Samuel  C.  Purdy 

Julius  Riser 

John  B.  Ritch 

Chas.  F.  Robbins  ... 

Richard  Roberts 

Wm.  J.  Roberts 

John  F.  Schultz 

Ray  O.  Sherman  .... 

Chas.  Starnish 

A.  Van  Irnestine 

Hiram  L.  Welch 


NAME. 

Edward  A.  Foster,  1st  Lieut. 
Edwin  K.  Cheadle,  1st  Sergt 
Thomas  D.  Barton,  Sergt  .. . 


PRIVATES. 

Miner 

Railroadman, 

....  Herder 

Miner 

Clerk 

Clerk 

Barber 

Herder 

Stockman 

Miner 

Machinist 

Laborer 

Stockman 

Miner 

Miner 

Laborer 

Teamster 

Herder 

Clerk 

Miner 

Miner 

Miner 

Miner 

Teamster 

Railroadman 

Miner 

Miner 

Miner 

Nailroadman 

Cook  

Jeweler 

Miner 

Farmer  . 

Miner 

Herder 

Farmer 

DISCHARGED. 

ADDRESS.  OCCUPATION. 

Lewiston,  Mont Merchant  ... 

“ “ Lawyer 

.Manila,  P.  I Printer 


Gilt  Edge,  Mont. 
Great  Falls,  “ 
..Gilt  Edge,  “ 


Lewiston, 


Castle, 

Cottonwood, 

Belt, 

Butte, 

Maiden, 

. . . Lewiston, 

Belt, 

. . . Gilt  Edge, 
. Lewiston, 

Ubet, 

. . . Lewiston, 
. . . Bozeman 
Belt, 


. . . Gilt  Edge, 
Sand  Coulee, 
Great  Falls, 

Belt, 

. .Lewiston, 

. . Gilt  F'dge, 
Great  Falls, 
. . Lewiston, 

Belt, 

. . . Gilt  Edge, 

Castle, 

Belt, 

...  Lewiston, 
.Cottonwood, 


REMARKS. 

By  order,  August  18,  1899. 
By  order,  June  I,  1899. 

By  order,  Aug.  18,  1899. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


53 


NAMK 


ADDRESS  OCCUPATION 


REMARKS 


George  F.  Young,  Sergt Manila,  P.  I 

Albert  Pfaus,  Corp Fewiston,  Mont  . . 

Thomas  G.  Nielson,  Corp “ “ 

William  Schugart,  Mus “ “ 

Seymour  Addison Gilt  I?dge,  “ 

Carl  A.  Anderson Lewiston,  “ 

Jacob  F.  Arsenschek Manila,  P.  I 

Clarence  H.  Barrowsi Ubet,  Mont 

William  A.  Bonham  Lewiston,  Mont  . . 

Milton  B.  Carroll  “ “ 

Leroy  Gorley  Manila,  P.  I 

Edward  J.  Grindrod “ “ 

William  J.  Hanna Big  Timber,  Mont 

Frederick  H.  Jones Gilt  Fydge,  “ 

John  G.  Kertz Manila,  P.  I 

Andrew  Merton Belt,  Mont 

Bernard  Neisigh Lewiston,  Mont  . , 

Claude  Ramsey Paines  Creek,  Cal . 

Lewis  D.  Smith Lewiston,  Mont  . . 

James  W.  Stevenson Manila,  P.  I 

P'rank  A.  Storey “ “ 


Tinner 

. . . .Clergyman  . 

....  Miner 

Barber  .... 

Blacksmith 

. . . .Farmer 

Miner 

. . . .Stockman  . . . 

. . . .Farmer.  . . . 

...  Farmer 

. . . .Elocutionist 
....  Lawyer  .... 

Clergyman . . 

. . . . Miner 

. . . .Teamster  . . . 

. . . . Miner 

. . . . Miner 

. . . .Laborer 

. . . . Rancher 

. . . . Miner 

. . . .Miner 


. .By  order,  July  6,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
By  order,  Dec.  3,  ’98.  [37th  U.  S.  V. 

. . Disability,  March  21, 1899. 

. .By  order,  Aug.  18,  ’99.  [37th  U.  S.  V. 
. .By  order,  July  6,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
. .Disability,  April  26,  1899. 

. .By  order,  August  18,  1899. 

. .Disability,  September  11,  1899. 

. .Disability,  September  11,  1899. 

. .Disability,  April  18, ’99.  |37th  U.  S.V. 
. .By  order,  July  6,  1899  Re-enlisted 
. . By  order,  August  18,  1899; 

. .November  25,  1898. 

. .Disability,  vSept.  7,  ’99.  [37th  U.  S.  V. 
..By  order,  July  6,1899.  Re-enlisted 
. . Disability,  September  11,  1899. 

. . By  order,  March  3,  1899. 

. .Disability,  February  2,  1899. 

. . March  19,  1899. 

. . By  order,  Aug.  18,  ’99.  [37th  U.  S.  V. 
. By  order,  Aug.  4,  1899.  Re-enlisted 


Janies  M.  Croft,  2d  Lieut  . . 
Arthur  W.  Stoddard,  Sergt 

Edward  J.  Kurz  

Fred  Miller 

Myles  J.  O’Connor 


TRANSFFIRRED. 

.Lewiston,  Mont County  Assessor. To  1st  Lt.  and  Bat.  Adjt.,  Sept.  29,  1899. 

“ “ Merchant To  2d  Lieut,  Company  K,  Aug.  18, 1899. 

Iowa  City,  Iowa Laborer  To  Company  A,  January  29,  1899. 

Helena,  Mont Teamster To  Company  L,  June  6,  1898. 

Manila,  P.  I Miner .To  Company  C,  June  13, 1898. 


WOUNDED. 

Joseph  Lorenz,  Sergt Wounded  near  Meycauayan,  P.  I.,  in  right  thigh,  March  27,  1899. 

Edward  L.  Skinner,  Sergt  Wounded  at  La  Loma,  P.  I.,  in  left  leg,  February  5,  1899. 

Edward  M.  Weaver,  Corp Wounded  at  Tulihan  River,  P.  I.,  in  left  forearm,  March  25,  1899. 

Seymour  Addison Wounded  near  Meycauayan,  P.  I.,  in  left  shoulder,  March  27,  1899. 

William  A.  Bonham Wounded  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  in  right  shoulder,  February  21,  1899. 

Percy  C.  Bullard Wounded  near  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  in  right  foot,  February  8,  1899. 

Fidward  B.  Harvey Wounded  at  Calumpit,  P.  I.,  in  neck,  April  26,  1899. 

Fldward  J.  Lynn Wounded  at  La  Loma  Church,  P.  I.,  in  abdomen,  March  25, 1899. 


DEAD. 

William  R.  Meyersick Died  of  wounds,  February  13,  1899,  received  at  Manila,  P.  I. 

William  C.  O’Leary Died  of  spinal  meningitis,  September  5,  1898,  at  Cavite,  P.  I. 


tf?  ’Ir 


•Photo  by  B.  F.  -liohnieycr.  CO.  B,  1st  MONTANA  INFANTRY. 

Taken  at  Presidio,  California,  after  return  from  Manila. 


Campdigniiiir  in  the  Philippines. 


55 


COMMISSIONED  OFFICERS  OF  COMPANY  P. 

BIOGRAPHICAL  vSKKTCHPLS. 


L.  P.  SANDFvRS,  Captain,  Company  B,  was  born  at  Helena,  Mont.,  Octo- 
ber 28,  1870  ; graduated  from  Philips  Flxeter  Academy,  1880,  and  Harvard  Uni- 
versity, 1898;  read  law  in  the  office  of  \V.  S.  Sanders,  his  father,  in  Helena, 
Mont,,  was  admitted  to  practice  June,  1890,  before  vState  and  Federal  Courts, 
and  became  a partner  in  the  firm  of  Sanders  & Sanders,  Attorneys  and  Counselors- 
at-Eaw,  immediately  thereafter.  He  was  practicing  the  law  profession  when  the 
call  for  volunteers  for  the  War  with  Spain  was  issued.  He  had  never  been  a member 
of  the  National  Guard.  He  was  enrolled  May  2d,  commissioned  1st  Lieutenant 
and  Battalion  Adjutant,  May  7,  1898,  and  assigned  to  the  2d  Battalion  commanded 
by  Maj.  B.  J.  Cook;  was  appointed  aide-de-camp  on  the  .staff  of  Brigadier- 
General  H.  G.  'Otis,  June  18,  1898,  and  returned  to  duty  with  the  regiment, 
September  10,  1898,  while  at  Cavite,  P.  I.;  served  on  Military  Commission  for 
trial  of  those  accused  of  offenses  not  cognizable  by  courts  martial;  was  promoted 
to  Captaincy,  January  24,  1899,  and  assigned  to  Company  B,  l.st  Montana  Regi- 
ment; was  appointed  aide-de-camp  on  the  staff  of  Major-General  Elwell  S.  Otis, 
commanding  8th  Army  Corps,  and  .served  in  this  capacity  through  the  American- 
Filipino  War,  until  relieved,  August  20,  1899,  to  return  to  the  United  States 
with  the  regiment. 

CHARLES  FRENCH,  1st  Lieutenant,  Company  B,  was  born  in  Rubicon, 
Wisconsin,  in  1864.  He  enlisted  as  1st  Lieutenant  in  the  Montana  National 
Guard  and  was  mustered  into  the  l.st  Montana  Volunteer  Regiment  as  1st 
Lieutenant  of  Company  A,  May  1,  1898,  at  Helena,  Mont.  He  was  trans- 
ferred to  Company  B,  July  9,  1899,  and  discharged  therefrom  July  20th,  to  accept 
a commission  as  Captain  of  Company  H,  86th  Philippine  Veteran  Volunteer  Inf. 

CLARENCE  I.  BOARDMAN,  1st  Lieutenant,  Company  B,  was  born  in  Union 
City,  Pa.,  October  2,  1875.  He  was  educated  in  the  Montana  public  schools  and 
was  connected  witu  the  National  Guard.  He  taught  school  one  year  in  Montana. 
He  was  in  thedaw  office  of  Stanton  & Stanton  for  two  and  a half  years.  At  the 
beginning  of  the  war  he  was  commi.ssioned  2d  Lieutenant  of  Company  A,  at 
Great  Falls.  He  was  promoted  to  Ist  Lieutenant,  vice  William  McGrath,  from 
Company  A to  Company  B.  He  was  in  command  of  Company  A,  from  April  27, 
1899,  to  June  80,  1899,  in  the  field.  July  7,  1899,  he  was  appointed  Provost 
Judge  of  the  District  of  Cavite.  He  rejoined  Compaii}"  B,  August  18,  1899,  and 
was  in  all  engagements  of  the  regiment. 

GEORGE  W.  KING,  2d  Lieutenant,  Company  B,  was  born  in  Jacksonville, 
Or.,  December  10,  1874.  He  was  a mining  engineer  in  Butte,  Mont.,  and  had 
two  enlistments  in  the  National  Guard  of  Montana.  He  entered  the  Spanish- 
American  War  as  a private  and  was  promoted  to  2d  Lieutenant,  September  5,  1899. 
He  was  in  all  the  engagements  north  of  Malolos. 


56 


Cainpaignifig  in  the  Philippines. 


Co.  B — 1st  Battalion, 

NAMK  OCCUPATION 

Louis  P.  Sanders,  Capt Lawyer 

Clarence  I.  Boardman,  1st  Lieut Lawyer 

Geo.  W.  King,  ‘2d  Lieut Medical  Student 

Michael  Joy,  1st  Sergt Miner 

Everett  Metcalf,  Q.  M.  Sergt Fireman 

John  J.  Eddy,  Sergt Bookkeeper 

Wilmer  B,  Brinton,  Sergt Motorman 

Stephen  G.  Jeans,  Sergt Clerk 

Peter  D.  McKenzie,  Sergt Miner 

Frank  McManimon,  Corp Miner 

Jas.  McCartin,  Corp Miner 

Wm.  Williams,  Corp  . . Blacksmith 

Homer  E.  Vroom,  Corp Engineer 

Michael  Hanifan,  Corp Miner 

Foster  Torrence,  Corp Miner 

Thos.  Goforth,  Cook Smelterman 

Chas.  Peltier,  Artificer Upholsterer 

Michael  H.  Hogan,  Wagoner Teamster 


Wm.  Aspel 

Thomas  Bergum.  . . . 

Chas.  Black 

Thos.  Bowden 

Chas.  Brinton 

John  Coggins 

Jas.  Connell 

Thos.  Crotty 

Andrew  Davis 

John  Erickson 

Frank  Foley 

Frank  Franzen 

Thos.  C.  Garrity . . . . 

Wm.  A.  Green 

Isaac  Havard 

Secondrus  Holland 

John  Kemple 

Luke  Kennelly 

Thos.  Maguire 

Jas.  Martin 

John  McClernon 

Geo.  Miller 

Leonard  Miller 

Daniel  J.  Monroe. . . 

Fdw.  Morrissey 

John  F.  Murphy. 

Patrick  O’Brien 

Jas.  Percise 

Arthur  Peters 

Henry  Pollard 

Nathan  D.  Root 

Jas.  H.  Rowling  . . . . 

Jos.  M.  Shane 

Harry  L.  Slack 

Albert  Stack 

Chas.  E.  Thompson, 
Milton  Valentine. . . 

Fdw.  R.  Walsh 

Jas.  W.  Weaver 

Harry  A.  White 

Winnie  Whitely 

Jos.  A.  Wright 

Zuar  .S.  Wright 


PRIVATES. 

.Miner 

.Laborer 

.Laborer 

.Painter 

.Student 

. Miner 

. Miner 

.Miner  

.Carpenter 

.Laborer 

.Miner 

Laborer  

.Miner 

.Farmer 

.Laborer 

. Laborer 

.Miner 

.Student 

. Miner 

. Miner 

.Miner 

. Miner 

.Cook 

. Miner 

.Miner 

. Miner 

.Miner 

. Machinist 

. Miner 

.Shoemaker 

.Laborer 

. Laborer 

. Miner 

. Clerk 

.Fireman 

.Fireman 

.Laborer 

. Boilermaker 

.Clerk 

.Student 

.Brakeman 

.Smelterman 

. Machinist 


ADDRESS 

Helena,  Mont. 

Great  Falls,  “ 
Butte, 


Butte,  Mont. 


Denver,  Colo. 
Butte,  Mont. 


Cannon  Ferry,  “ 

Butte,  “ 

Pupello,  Ala. 

Butte,  Mont. 


Anaconda,  “ 
....Butte,  “ 

Easton,  Pa. 

Butte,  Mont. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


5 


■ DIvSCHARGED. 

ADDRKSS  OCCUPATION  REMARKS 


Charles  Gardner,  Capt Butte,  Mont Salesman By  order,  January  6,  1899. 

Win.  F.  McGrath,  1st  lyieut. . . “ “ Policeman By  order,  Jan.  6, ’99.  [36th  U.  .S.  V. 

Charles  French,  1st  Fieut Great  Falls,  Mont  . . . .Contractor By  order.  July  20,  ’99.  Capt.  Co.  H, 

John  McAuley,  Sergt Manila,  P.  I Laborer By  order,  July  19,  1899. 

Franks.  O’Neill,  Mus “ “ Miner By  order,  July  3,  1899.  36th  U.  S.  V. 

Charles  Foote,  Wagoner “ “ Carpenter By  order,  August  19,  1899. 

William  Black Butte,  Mont Laborer Disability,  June  8,  1899. 

Charles  Buchanan Manila,  P.  I Miner By  order,  August  19,  1899. 

Ralph  Fvans “ “ Laborer By  order,  Aug  12,  ’99.  36th  U.  S.  V. 

James  P.  Green Butte,  Mont Blacksmith By  order,  October  6,  1898. 

Thomas  Joyce Manila,  P.  I Teamster By  order,  August  19,  1899. 

Peter  Kelly Butte,  Mont Assayer By  order,  June  9,  1899. 

Charles  Kerr San  Francisco,  Cal..  . .Butcher By  order,  August  31,  1899. 

Thomas  J.  Mullaney Manila,  P.  I Miner By  order,  August  19,  1899. 

John  B.  McLeod Butte,  Mont Miner By  order,  August  .31,  1899. 

Myles  J.  O’Connor Manila,  P.  I Miner By  order,  July  3,  ’99.  36th  U.  S.  V. 

John  Percell Oakland,  Cal Plumber By  order,  June  28, 1898. 

Louis  Semple Manila,  P.  1 Clerk By  order,  Augusi  19,  1899. 

Irving  C.  Smith “ “ By  order,  August  19,  1899. 

James  Tierney Butte,  Mont Miner Disability,  August  18,  1899. 


transferred. 

Joseph  Corby,  2d  Lieut Butte,  Mont Engineer. . . . 

E.  V.  D.  Murphy,  1st  Sergt Manila,  P.  I Accountant  . 

Timothy  J.  McAulifT,  Sergt ..  Butte,  Mont Miner 

John  R.  Ross,  Artificer “ “ Blacksmith  . 

Charles  C.  Cline Stockton,  Cal Blacksmith. . 

Frank  Hawkins Butte,  Mont Sailor 

Martin  K.  Hyman “ “ Cook 

Warner  A.  Jennings Townsend,  Mont. . . . Teacher 

John  H.  McPherson Butte,  Mont ..Silversmith  .. 

Edw.  T.  Moran “ “ Clerk 

Irving  C.  Smith “ “ Assayer 

Harry  B.  Stevens “ “ Miner 


.To  Bat.  Adj.  September  29,  1899. 

To  2d  Lieut.  Co.  G,  January  7,  1899. 
. To  Company  F,  July  28, 1899. 

.To  Company  C,  June  22,  1898. 

To  Hospital  Corps,  June  14,  1898. 

.To  Regimental  Band,  July  6,1898. 
To  Company  K,  August  5,  1898. 

To  Hospital  Corps,  June  17,  1898. 

To  Regimental  Band,  June  6,  1898. 
To  Company  C,  June  22,  1898. 

.To  Company  C,  June  22,  1898. 

.To  Regimental  Band,  June  6,  1898. 


wounded. 


Everett  L.  Metcalf,  Q.  M.  Sergt 

Charles  Brinton 

Andrew  Davis 

Martin  Hyman 

Edw.  Morrissey 

Harry  Slack 

James  Tierney 

Joseph  A.  Wright 


.Wounded  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  in  left  arm,  February  10, 
..Wounded  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  in  left  arm,  February  10, 
. . .Wounded  at  Calumpit,  P.  I.,  in  left  cheek,  April  26, 
Wounded  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  in  right  leg,  February  23, 

Wounded  near  Polo,  P.  I.,  in  left  arm,  March  26, 

, .Wounded  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  in  left  hip,  P'ebruary  10, 
. .Wounded  near  Apalit,  P.  I.,  in  right  thigh,  April  27, 
Wounded  at  Malolos,  P.  I.,  in  left  leg,  April  13, 


1899. 

1899. 

1899. 

1899. 

1899. 

1899. 

1899. 

1899. 


Patrick  Haggerty 


DESERTED. 

Deserted  at  San  Francisco,  June  23,  1898. 


Thomas  C.  Anderson,  Sergt 


DEAD. 


Killed  in  action  near  Calumpit,  April  26,  1899. 


Photo  by  ‘B.  F.  Rabmeyer.  CO.  A,  1st  MONTANA  INFANTRY. 

Taken  at  Piesiclio,  California,  after  return  from  Manila. 


(Sanipaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


COMMISSIONED  OFFICERS  OF  COMPANY  A. 

BIOGRAPHICAL  vSKPACHPLS. 


JOHN  F.  MERCER,  Captain,  Company  A,  was  born  in  Anne  Arundel 
County,  Maryland,  February  1,  1860.  He  moved  to  Montana,  and  was  with  the 
Northern  Pacific  Railroad  in  1878,  and  was  a member  of  the  Engineer  Corps  for  a 
number  of  years.  He  has  been  with  the  National  Bank  of  Montana,  as  examiner 
and  receiver,  and  was  connected  with  the  First  National  Bank  of  Helena.  He 
was  in  the  City  and  County  Treasurer’s  office,  and  the  Eand  Office  of  the  In- 
terior Department  during  several  terms.  He  was  commissioned  1st  Eieutenant  of 
Campany  C,  in  the  National  Guard  of  Montana,  and  was  mustered  into  the  ser- 
vice as  1st  Eieutenant  of  the  same  company.  He  was  promoted  to  Captain  of 
Company  A,  at  Cavite,  P.  I.,  during  the  month  of  August,  1899,  and  was  tempor- 
arily assigned  to  the  command  of  Battery  B,  of  the  6th  U.  S.  Art.,  stationed  at 
Caridad.  He  was  with  his  regiment  in  all  its  engagements  from  Manila  to  San 
Fernando. 

JOHN  E.  MORAN,  Captain,  Company  A,  was  born  in  Vernon,  Vt.,  in 
1858.  He  enlisted  in  the  Montana  National  Guard,  and  was  promoted  Captain 
of  Company  A.  On  May  1,  1898,  he  was  mustered  into  the  1st  Montana  Volun- 
teer service  as  Captain  of  Company  C,  with  which  he  served  during  the  Philip- 
pine campaign, . taking  an  active  part  in  all  the  battles  and  engagements  of  his 
company.  He  was  discharged  August  16,  1896,  to  accept  a commission  as  Cap- 
tain of  Company  F,  37th  Philippine  Veteran  Volunteer  Inf. 

CHAS.  W.  DANE,  2d  Lieutenant,  Company  A,  1st  Montana  Inf.,  was  born 
in  New  Castle,  Pa.,  April  10,  1856.  He  was  in  the  general  office  of  the  railroad 
company  for  twelve  years,  first  with  the  N.  Y.  P.  N.  O.  and  afterwards  with  the 
N.  Y.,  L.  E.  & W.  S.  He  came  to  Montana  in  1890,  and  was  with  the  National 
Guard  there  for  eight  years  up  to  the  time  he  was  mustered  in,  at  the  outbreak 
of  the  Spanish- American  War,  as  Regimental  Quartermaster  Sergeant.  He  was 
promoted  to  2d  Lieutenant  in  July  1899,  was  assigned  to  Company  A,  and  was  in 
all  engagements  from  the  night  of  February  4th  to  the  finish. 


Campai(rni7ig  in  the  Philippines. 


()0 


Co.  A — 1st  Battalion. 


OCCUPATIOX 


John  F.  Mercer,  Capt Civil  Engineer  . 

Valentine  Faubenheimer,  1st  lyieut  . . . .Stenographer. . . 

Chas.  W.  Lane,  2d  Lieut Accountant 

Chas.  S.  Hoermann,  1st  Sergt Printer 

Knimett  L-  Hawkins,  Q.  M.  Sergt Tinner 

Edwin  G.  Cornelius,  Sergt Stage  Mechanic 

Geo.  W.  Boardman,  Sergt Laborer 

Wm.  H.  Tolbert,  Sergt Mechanic 

Peter  Peterson,  Sergt Miner 

Albert  G.  Gray,  Corp Bookkeeper  .... 

David  A.  Bruneau,  Corp  Clerk 

Harry  L.  Price,  Corp Clerk 

Hugh  M.  Jones,  Corp Clerk 

Alois  Klauer,  Corp Bookkeeper 

Edw.  J.  Sayler,  Corp Student 

Frank  Bates,  Cook Machinist 

Seth  H.  Dibble,  Musician Student 

Edgar  J.  Thompson,  Musician Bricklayer 

Ira  O.  Black,  Artificer Carpenter 

John  P".  Ferguson,  Wagoner Engineer 


Guilder  Ammoiidson. 
Francis  G.  Anspach.. 

Harry  R.  Athey 

John  A.  Best 

John  E.  Blair 

Darwin  R.  Boots 

Oliver  M.  Bowen  . . . 

Wm.  R.  Brown 

John  C.  Bullard 

Sherman  A.  Burger 
Lynn  C.  Chamberlain. 
Adolph  T.  Charette  . . . 

Wm.  E.  Charette 

Maurice  T.  Comstock . 

Roger  Curry 

Seymour  W.  B.  Curry 
Walter  M.  Dannat. . . 
Lemuel  F.  Depew  . . . 

Fred  W.  Dow 

Walter  H.  Earll 

Howard  Ellis 

Calvin  A.  Everhart 

Walter  J.  Forster 

Francis  J.  Gray 

Thomas  F.  Hodges 

John  R.  Irwin 

Scott  Jones 

Fred  F.  Knight 

Peter  Kommers  

Edw.  J.  Kurz 

Arthur  D.  Lambie 

Addison  R.  Lancaster. 

Jay  D.  Moore 

Alonzo  R.  Morrison.. . 

Walter  Morrison 

Patrick  M.  Murphy. . . 

Simon  D.  Murray 

Otto  Nelson 

Moritz  C.  Newman. . 
Elton  Nunn 


PRIVATES. 

. Engineer 

Student 

.Student 

. Barber 

.Clerk 

.Abstracter 

Cook 

.Laborer  

. Musician 

. Teamster 

.Student 

. Bookkeeper 

.Carpenter  

. Railroadman 

.Laborer 

. Laborer 

. Fireman 

.Student 

Merchant 

.Smelterman 

.Farmer 

.Clerk 

.Student 

.Fireman 

. News  Agent 

.Painter 

.Cook  

.Brakeman 

Laborer . 

.Laborer 

.Laborer 

.Laborer  

. Student 

Engineer,  

, Laborer 

Laborer 

.Miner 

Carpenter 

. Brakeman 

Ranger 


ADDRESS 

. Helena,  Mont. 

Great  Falls,  “ 

Butte,  “ 

Dubuque,  Iowa 

Great  Falls,  Mont. 


. . . . Dubuque,  Iowa 
Great  Falls,  Mont. 


Cresco,  Iowa 

■ Great  Falls,  Mont. 


Great  Falls,  Mont. 


Dillon, 

Great  Falls, 


St.  Paul,  Minn. 

Great  Falls,  Mont. 


. .Morehead,  Minn. 
Great  Falls,  Mont. 


Martinsburg,  Penn. 
.Great  Falls,  Mont. 


Waukon,  Iowa 

. .New  Orleans,  La. 

Waverly,  Minn. 

. . .Iowa  City,  Iowa 
Great  Falls,  Mont. 


Green  Bay,  Wis. 

.Great  Falls,  Mont. 
Sand  Coulee,  Mont. 


Canipaiirning  in  the  Philippines. 


61 


NAMK  OCCUPATION  ADDRESS 

Alvin  F.  Plottner Barber  Great  Falls,  Mont. 

Fred  F^  Powell Jeweler “ “ 

Win.  Radis  Farmer “ “ 

Robt.  S.  Rothweiler Laborer “ “ 

John  W.  Shannon Book  Agent “ “ 

Casper  Shog Laborer “ “ 

Samuel  D.  Webb Laborer 

Jas.  L.  Young Cook 


dischargf:d. 

NAME  ADDRESS  OCCUPATION 

John  Fb  Moran,  Capt Manila,  P.  I Clerk 

Thos.  P.  A.  Howe.  IstSergt..  “ “ Civil  Fhigineer . . 

Stuart  H.  Reid,  Sergt Great  Falls,  Mont Clerk 

John  T.  Conrey Manila,  P.  I Bartender 

Patrick  Derrig Great  Falls,  Mont Machinist 

Harry  A.  Elliott “ “ . . .Teamster 

Robt.  S.  Matheson Manila,  P.  I F'ireman 

Robt.  H.  McCormick Great  Falls,  Mont Journalist 

Timothy  F.  McDonald Manila,  P.  I Laborer 

Jas.  B.  Shaw “ “ Printer 


REMARKS  p^7th  U.s.v. 

By  order,  Aug.  16,  1899.  Capt.  Co.  F. 
By  order,  Aug,  15,  '99.  [37th  U.  S.  V. 
By  order,  April  4,  1899. 

By  order,  July  4,  ’99.  [36th  U.  S.  V. 

Disability,  March  7,  1899. 

Disability,  January  22,  1899. 

By  order,  August  16,  1899. 

By  order,  April  17,  1899. 

By  order,  July  10,  ’99.  [36th  U.  S.  V. 
By  order,  August  16,  1899. 


PROMOTIONS. 

Clarence  I.  Boardman,  2d.  Lieut.  . . .Great  Falls,  Mont Lawyer To  1st  Lieut.  Co.  B,  Jan.  23,  1899. 

Geo.  E.  Kumpe,  Sergt “ “ Druggist To  1st  Lieut.  Co.  K,  March  23,  1899. 


Chas.  French,  1st  Lieut 
Clarence  G.  Briggs. . . . 

Oliver  M.  Ross 

John  E.  Strain 

Walter  L.  Verge 


TRANSFERRED. 

. ...Manila,  P.  I Contractor.. 

. . . .Great  Falls,  Mont Smelterman. 

. . . . “ “ ....  Boilermaker 

. . . . “ “ ....  Merchant. . . 

“ ....Clerk 


To  1st  Lieut.  Co.  B,  July  9,  1899. 

To  Regt.  Band,  September  10,  1898. 
To  Regt.  Band,  June  6,  1898. 

To  Hosp.  Corp,  June  14,  1898. 

To  Regt.  Band,  June  6,  1898. 


Geo.  W.  Boardman,  Sergt 
Wm.  H.  Tolbert,  Sergt. . . 
David  A.  Bruneau,  Corp.  . 
Seth  H.  Dibble,  Musician. 

Francis  G.  Anspach 

Harry  R.  Athey 

John  C.  Bullard 

Adolph  T.  Charette 

Otto  Nelson 

Alvin  F.  Plottner 

John  W. Shannon 


John  C.  Adams,  Artificer 

Henry  C.  Beecher 

Daniel  McEUiot 

Cary  A.  Sayler 


wounded.  j-^jp  June  16,  ’99. 

.Wounded  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.  in  knee,  F'eb.  10,  ’99  and  at  San  Fernando,  P.  I.  in 

Wounded  near  Bocaue,  P.  I.,  in  right  wrist  March  28,  1899. 

Wounded  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  in  face,  February  10,  1899. 

Wounded  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  in  both  legs,  February  10,  1899. 

Wounded  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  in  neck,  February  24,  1899. 

Wounded  at  Polo,  P.  I.,  in  left  thigh,  March  26,  1899. 

Wounded  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  in  face,  February  10,  1899. 

Wounded  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  in  hand,  February  10,  1899. 

Wounded  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  in  shoulder,  February  23,  1899. 

Wounded  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  in  right  shoulder,  February  28,  1899. 

Wounded  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  in  right  buttock,  February  23,  1899. 

DEAD. 

Died  at  Cavite  of  typhoid  fever,  September  2,  1898. 

Killed  in  action  at  Caloocan,  P.  I..  March  15,  1899. 

Died  at  Cavite,  P.  I.  of  dysentery,  October  22,  1898, 

Died  at  Cavite,  P.  I.  of  typhoid  fever,  September  5,  1898. 


tl?  ir 


Mont  5 


CO.  K,  l.st  IVIONTANA  INFANTRY. 
Taken  at  Malolo.s  .shortly  after  arrival. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


COMMISSIONED  OFFICERS  OF  COMPANY  K. 

HI( )( 'xR  API  I IC  A L SKP:TCHP:vS. 


'^PHOMAS  DILLON,  Captain,  Company  K,  was  born  in  Ireland  in  1872.  He 
came  to  Canada  in  ISSb  and  thence  to  the  Lnited  States  in  1888.  He  joined  the 
2d  U.  S.  Inf.  in  1894  and  was  discharged  in  1897.  He  belonged  to  Company  K, 
National  Guard  of  Montana.  At  the  outbreak  of  the  war  he  was  commissioned 
Captain  of  Company  K,  1st  Montana  Regiment,  May  7th.  He  was  wounded  at 
Santo  Tomas  and  was  in  all  the  engagements  but  two  at  San  Fernando. 

GEORGE  E.  KUMPE,  Lst  Lieutenant,  Company  K,  was  born  in  Leighton, 
Alabama,  May  12,  187b.  He  was  a member  of  the  National  Guard  of  Mon- 
tana, and  at  the  outbreak  of  the  war  was  mustered  in  as  Sergeant  of  Company  A. 
He  was  promoted  to  2d  Lieutenant,  May  24,  1899,  and  to  1st  Lieutenant,  Com- 
pany K,  August  2,  1899.  He  participated  with  his  regiment  in  all  engagements. 

ARTHUR  \V.  STODDARD,  2d  Lieutenant,  Company  K,  1st  Montana  Vol- 
unteers, was  born  at  Newington,  Hartford  County,  Conn.,  June  17,  1866,  and 
was  educated  in  the  public  schools  of  Hartford,  Conn.  He  moved  to  Mon- 
tana in  1884.  In  civil  life  he  is  a merchant  in  Lewiston,  Fergus  County,  Mont. 
He  enlisted  in  Company  I,  National  Guard  of  Montana,  in  March,  1896,  and  was 
mustered  into  the  United  States  service  as  a Sergeant  on  May  9,  1898.  He  was 
appointed  1st  Sergeant  on  June  1,  1899,  and  was  commissioned  2d  Lieutenant, 
August  6,  1899,  and  assigned  to  Compaii}^  K. 


G4 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


Co.  K — 2d  Battalion. 


NAME  OCCUPATION 

Thomas  S.  Dillon,  Capt Soldier 

George  K.  Kumpe,  1st  Tieut Druggist.  . 

Arthur  W.  Stoddard,  2d  Dieut Merchant . 

Patrick  McBride,  1st  Sergt Laborer  . . . 

Barney  Marron,  Q.  M.  Sergt Laborer  . . . 

Patrick  Culleton,  Sergt Laborer  . . . 

John  F.  Corrigan,  Sergt Soldier 

John  Reiley,  Sergt Laborer  . . . 

William  Lyons,  Sergt Laborer  . . . 

Harold  H.  Tonseth,  Corp Clerk 

James  Fitzpatrick,  Corp Laborer  . . . 

Frank  P.  Burke,  Corp Refiner. . . . 

Janies  R.  Fitzpatrick,  Corp Laborer  . . . 

John  Alexander,  Corp Fireman  .. 

Edward  Heaf}^  Corp Laborer  . . . 

Thomas  Williams,  Cook Brakeman 

Austin  O’Malley,  Wagoner Laborer  . . . 


ADDRESS 

. .Anaconda,  Mont. 
Great  Falls,  “ 
...Lewiston,  “ 

. Anaconda,  Mont. 


Portland,  Or. 

Anaconda,  Mont. 


Gustaf  Ahlgren 

Bruce  F.  Belknap 

Henry  Bell 

Herman  Blank 

George  D.  Brown  . . . 

Harry  Burleigh 

James  T.  Cannon  . . . . 

James  Conlon 

Francis  Corrigan. . . . 

Earl  Daugherty 

Joseph  M.  Devine. . . . 
George  C.  Douglas  . . . 

Patrick  Duffy 

Frank  Faley 

Thomas  Feeney 

James  Garvey 

James  Golden 

Frank  Goldsworthy 

Walter  Green 

Frederick  C.  Greene  . 

John  Hagar 

Paul  Harmon 

Lawrence  Keegan 

John  Kiely 

Carl  G.  Killinger 

John  Kirley 

Patrick  McCollum  . . 

James  McDevdtt 

Barney  McKittrick  . . 

Robert  Murphy 

John  Newman 

Paul  E.  Nicholas 

Hugh  Rafferty 

Richard  S.  Ryan 

John  Smith 

Frank  J.  Smyth  

Howard  L.  Tanner.  . . 

John  J.  Tiernay 

Clemson  Underwood 
Henry  Watt 


PRIVATES. 

. . . Laborer 

. . . Laborer 

. . . Baker 

. . .Shingle-worker 

...Engineer  

. . . Cook 

. . . Laborer 

. . . Laborer  

. . . Laborer 

. . .Fireman 

...Clerk 

. . . Laborer 

. . . Smelterman . . . . 

. . . Laborer 

. . . Laborer 

. . . Laborer 

. . . Laborer 

. . . Laborer 

. . Cook 

. . . Harness-maker 

. . . Cook 

. . . Waiter 

. . .Laborer 

. . . Laborer 

. . Carpenter  

. . Miner 

. . . Laborer 

. . . Miner 

. . . Laborer 

. . . Miner  

. . . Miner 

. . Clerk 

. . . Laborer 

. . . Laborer 

. . Laborer 

. . .Laborer 

. . . Brakeman 

. . . Laborer  

. . .Laborer 

. . . Rancher 


Anaconda,  Mont. 
Valley  City,  Wash. 
. .Anaconda,  Mont. 

Nenno,  Wis. 

..Anaconda,  Mont. 
. . Huntington,  Pa. 

Cresco,  Iowa 

. . Anaconda,  Mont. 


Sharon,  Pa. 

Peru,  Ind. 

Anaconda,  Mont. 


. ..  Hollville  Ind. 
Anaconda,  Mont. 


Lake  Linden,  Mich. 
. . Anaconda,  Mont. 
Lake  Linden,  Mich. 
. . . Anaconda,  Mont. 


Peru,  Ind. 

Anaconda,  Mont. 


Denver,  Col. 

Anaconda,  Mont. 
Spirit  Lake.  Iowa. 
.Anaconda,  Mont. 


. . . . Volney,  Iowa  . 
. .St.  Paul,  Minn. 
Anaconda,  Mont. 


DISCHARGED. 

NAME  ADDRESS  OCCUPATION  REMARKS 

Jacob  M.  Kennedy,  1st  Lieut Anaconda,  Mont Journalist Resigned,  Dec.  31,  1898.  [36th  U.  S.  V. 

Michael  Barr/,  Sergt Manila,  P.  I Laborer By  order,  July  1,  1899.  Re-enlisted 

John  Cavin,  Corp “ “ Butcher By  order,  July  1, 1899. 


Canipai^nini^  in  the  Philippines. 


()5 


NAME 

ADDRESS 

OCCUPATION 

Thomas  A.  O’Toole,  Corp. . . 

Henry  Bode,  Musician 

. . Honolulu,  H.  I 

Joseph  E-  Jette,  Musician.. 

. . Anaconda,  Mont . . . 

....  Laborer 

John  Clinton,  Artificer 

.. 

Electrician.  

William  A.  Brown 

. . Manila,  P.  I 

Hoyt  B.  Cooper 

. Anaconda,  Mont.. . 

....  Cook 

John  Donohue 

...  Plumber 

Michael  P'itzgerald 

. Manila  P.  I 

....  Motorman 

Martin  K.  Hyman 

. . Anaconda,  Mont  . . 

....  Cook 

Lawrence  Keenan 

....  Laborer  

John  Kerrigan 

....  Laborer 

Thomas  Malloy 

. .Anaconda,  Mont  . 

Laborer 

Janies  W.  Reed 

Cook 

Robert  M.  Richwine 

. . Manila,  P.  I. 

...  Peddler 

John  P.  Rowan 

. . Cook  

transfp:rrp;d. 

Philip  Greenan,  1st  Lieut  .. . 

. Anaconda,  Mont... 

Myles  Kelly,  2d  Lieut 

....  Laborer 

Arthur  O’Leary,  Corp 

“ “ 

. . Student 

Herman  Fashman 

, . Loraine,  Ohio 

Martin  K.  Hyman 

. . .\naconda,  Mont  . . 

. . . Cook 

Robert  Lennington 

“ 

Carpenter 

Albert  D.  McNeal 

“ ... 

. . . .Cook 

Jeremiah  Mahoney 

“ ... 

....  Barber 

REMARKS 


[37th  U.  vS.  V. 
1899.  Re-enlisted 


By  order,  July  1,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
Disability,  August  17,  1889, 
Disability,  Jan.  21 , 1899.  [36th  U.  S.  V. 
By  order  July  1,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
By  order,  August  18,  1899. 

Disability,  Aug.  17,  ’99.  [37th  U.  S.  V. 
By  order,  July  1,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
Disability,  July  3,  1899. 

By  order,  Aug.  18,  ’99.  [37th  U.  S.  V. 

By  order,  July  16,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
By  order,  October  6,  1898. 


Co.  M,  Jan.  24,  1899. 


-ps,  June  11,  1898. 
October  7,  1898. 


db:sb:rtb:d. 

Richard  C.  Burke,  Musician Laborer Anaconda,  Mont. 

WOUNDBID. 

Wounded  in  left  side,  near  Santo  Tomas,  P.  I.,  May  4,  1899. 

Wounded  in  right  side,  at  Caloocan,  P I.,  February  23,  1899. 

’^Vounded  in  chest  and  right  arm,  at  San  Fernando,  P.  I.,  May  8,  1899. 

Wounded  in  left  breast,  near  Santo  Tomas,  P.  I , May  4,  1899. 

Wounded  in  left  shoulder,  at  Bagbag  River,  P.  I.,  April  25,  1899. 

Wounded  in  right  lung,  near  Meycauayan,  P.  I.,  March  27,  1899. 

Wounded  in  right  shoulder,  at  Apalit,  P.  I.,  April  27,  1899. 

Wounded  in  left  shoulder,  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  February  10,  1899. 

Wounded  in  right  shoulder,  near  Apalit,  P.  I.,  April  27,  1899. 

Wounded  in  left  leg,  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  February  28,  1899. 

Wounded  in  left  thigh,  near  Meycauayan,  P.  I.,  March  27,  1899. 

DEAD. 


James  A.  Callahan Killed  in  action,  near  Calumpit,  P.  1.,  April  26,  1899. 

Michael  Corrigan Died  of  dysentery,  at  Manila,  P.  I.,  July  15,  1899. 

Charles  A.  Kaiser Died  of  typhoid  fever,  at  Manila,  P.  I.,  April  8,  1899. 

James  Kennedy Drowned  in  Bagbag  River,  P.  I.,  April  25,  1899. 

Thomas  Scallon  Killed  in  action,  near  Santo  Tomas,  P.  I.,  .May  4,  1899. 


Thomas  S.  Dillon,  Capt. , . . 
Philip  Greenan,  1st  Lieut.. 
Patrick  McBride,  1st  Sergt. 

Bruce  F.  Belknap 

Joseph  E.  Jette 

Lawrence  Keenan 

John  Kirley 

Thomas  Mallory 

Robert  Murphy 

Howard  L.  Tanner 

John  J.  Tierney 


CO.  C,  1st  MONTANA  INFANTRY. 
Taken  at  Malolos  shortly  after  arrival. 


Campaignmg  hi  the  Philippines. 


07 


COMMISSIONED  OFFICERS  OF  COMPANY  C. 
BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHEvS. 


WALTER  J.  BRADSHAW,  Captain,  Company  C,  was  born  at  Indianapolis, 
Ind.,  in  1858.  He  joined  the  Montana  Regiment,  May  5,  1898,  as  1st  Lieutenant, 
Company  L,  and  was  transferred  and  commissioned  Captain  of  Company  C on 
July  17th.  He  had  no  sick  record  and  never  lost  a day  during  the  campaign; 
was  in  every  battle  the  regiment  was  engaged  in,  and  two  besides. 

WILLIAM  H.  POORMAN,  1st  Lieutenant,  Company  C,  was  born  near 
Muncie,  Ind.,  November  3,  1858.  He  moved  to  Wisconsin  in  1861.  He  grad- 
uated from  the  law  department  of  the  State  University  of  Wisconsin  with  the  Class 
of  ’88.  He  moved  to  Livingston,  Mont.,  in  May,  1889,  and  served  two  terms  there 
as  City  Attorney  and  two  terms  as  County  Attorney.  He  enrolled  with  the  1st 
Montana  Regiment,  May  1,  1898,  was  mustered  into  service,  May  9,  1898,  as  2d 
Lieutenant,  and  was  promoted  to  1st  Lieutenant,  August  4,  1899.  He  served  for  a 
time  as  Passenger  Inspector  at  Manila,  and  was  also  for  a time  in  charge  of  the 
military  prison.  District  of  Cavite,  P.  I.,  and  served  as  Judge  Advocate.  He  was 
with  his  regiment  at  all  times,  except  when  temporarily  detailed  on  special  duty. 

CHARLES  H.  VIRDIN,  2d  Lieutenant,  Company  C,  was  born  in  Madison 
County,  Mont.,  September  26,  1874.  He  spent  the  first  part  of  his  life  in  Sheri- 
dan, Mont.,  and  then  moved  to  Dillon,  Mont.,  where  he  was  living  when  he 
enlisted  for  the  Spanish-American  War.  He  belonged  to  Company  E,  Montana 
National  Guard,  and  had  seen  previous  service  with  that  organization  as  Sergeant. 
He  was  mustered  into  the  service  of  the  United  States  as  1st  Sergeant  in  Company 
E,  and  was  commissioned  2d  Lieutenant,  Company’  C,  August  4,  1899.  He  has 
been  in  continuous  service  since  muster-in. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


()8 


Co.  C — 2d  Battalion. 


NAMK.  OCCUPATION. 

Walter  J.  Bradshaw,  Capt Civil  Engineer 

Wm.  H.  Poorman,  1st  Eieut Lawyer 

Chas.  H,  Virden,  ‘2d  Lient Carpenter 

Robt.  H.  Sprague,  1st  Sergt Farmer 

Andrew  C.  Harding,  Q.  M.  Sergt Farmer 

Rhesis  Fransham,  Sergt Clerk 

Jas.  S.  Dolliver,  Sergt Printer 

Edw.  M.  Reynolds,  Sergt Teamster 

Chas.  J.  Lisle,  Sergt Printer 

Ernest  E.  Paddock,  Corp Student 

Comly  T.  Heaton,  Corp Laborer 

Jos.  Morgan,  Corp Farmer 

Wm.  H.  Owen,  Corp Miner 

Lauriston  Cruttenden,  Corp Farmer 

Oscar  G.  Hodson,  Corp Miner 

Wm.  Kinkade,  Cook Cook 

Fred  Lytle,  Musician Jeweler 

Theo.  Volkey,  Musician Clerk 

Daniel  Paling,  Artificer Farmer 

John  R.  B.  Cheney,  Wagoner Farmer 


.^DDRES.S. 

Helena,  Mont. 

Livingston,  “ 

Dillon,  “ 

..Bozeman,  “ 


South  Framingham,  Mass. 

Bozeman,  Mont. 

Dong  Pine,  Neb. 

Leadville,  Col. 

Smithfield,  Ohio. 

. .' Bozeman,  Mont. 


Canyon  Ferry, 
Bozeman, 


. . Helena, 
. . Logan, 
Bozeman, 


Victor  H.  Adams 

Leon  V.  Alexander. . . 
Chauncey  T.  Boswell. 

Parker  Brown 

Branson  B.  DeHart. . . 

John  F.  Dunn 

Robt.  Fogle 

Andrew  Hogstrom  . . . 

Wm.  P.  Hayes 

Frank  Hobert 

Amos.  A.  Hogeland.. 

Geo.  I.  Hyatt  . 

Louis  Kraus 

Frank  Leonard 

John  McLaughlin. . . . 

Wm.  McManus 

John  P.  Molitor 

Warren  J.  Morris. . . . 
Lester  L-  Pierstorff. . . 

Fldw.  S.  Pollard 

Harry  Ponsford 

Geo.  W.  Post 

Frank  E.  Price 

Emory  Ricketts 

MerUbn  L-  Rowley. . . . 

Theo.  Schuele 

Fred  D.  Schwietering 

John  T.  Wickham 

Clemens  Wiese 


PRIVATES. 

. Blacksmith . . 

. Laborer 

. Miner 

. F'armer 

. Miner 

.Printer 

, Farmer 

Shoemaker. . . 
. Cigarmaker.  . 

Teamster 

. Laborer 

. Miner 

.Nurse 

. Butcher 

. Blacksmith , . 

. Farmer 

. Miner 

. Farmer 

.Clerk 

. Miner 

. Electrician . . . 

.Farmer 

.Cook  . . . 

. Blacksmith . . . 

.Miner 

. Miner 

Farmer 

. Herder 

. Painter 


Bozeman,  Mont. 


Seattle,  Wash. 

. . .Bozeman,  Mont. 
Livingston  “ 
...Helena,  “ 
..Bozeman,  “ 

Butte,  “ 

..Bozeman,  “ 


. . . .Helena,  “ 
..Missoula,  “ 

Chicago,  111. 

Winston,  Mont. 
Bozeman,  “ 
..Cinnabar,  “ 

Nevada,  Mo. 

Bozeman,  Mont. 
Townsend,  “ 
Bozeman,  “ 


....  Helena,  “ 
Livingston,  “ 

. . . Winston,  “ 

Topeka  Kas. 

. Bozeman,  Mont. 
...  Boulder,  “ 
Bozeman,  “ 


NAME 


DISCHARGED. 

ADDRESS  OCCUPATION 


rp:marks 


Daniel  T.  Bowman Manila,  P.  I 

Edw.  P.  Brown *. Nagasaki,  Japan 

Jas.  W.  Cameron Bozeman,  Mont . 

Daniel  Coryell  . . Manila,  P.  I 

Fritz  Esselborn “ “ 

Edw.  M.  Gould Helena,  Mont . . . 

Harry  B.  Gray Bozeman,  Mont. 


Clerk By  order,  July  2,  1899.  Re-enlisted 

1st  Lieut.  87th  U.  S.  V. 

.Shoemaker Disability,  December  15,  1898. 

Farmer Disability,  August  31,  1899. 

Farmer By  order,  Aug.  19,  ’99.  [36th  U.  S.  V. 

Blacksmith By  order,  July  2, 1899.  Re-enlisted 

Fireman Disability,  April  3,  1899. 

Clerk Disability,  August  15,  1899. 


CauipaignUi^  in  the  Philippines. 


69 


NAME 


ADDRESS  OCCUPATION 


REMARKS 


Albert  vS.  Hicks kivingston,  Mont Clerk 

Glen  Hnrd Manila,  P.  I Teamster 

Martin  Keongh Great  Falls,  Mont Brakeman  .... 

Robt.  Mahaffy Manila,  P.  I Coachman 

Jeremiah  F.  Mahoney Omaha,  Neb Barber 

Henry  Miller Bozeman,  Mont laborer 

Gottlieb  Molcon Manila,  P.  I Taborer 

PMw.  T.  Moran  Butte,  Mont Clerk 

Peter  Norve Helena,  Mont Laborer 

Harry  C.  Patterson Bozeman,  Mont Student 

Jas.  P.  Phelan Manila,  P.  I. Farmer 

Geo.  Reynolds “ Herder 

Wm.  Seaman Bozeman,  Mont Laborer 

Fred  W.  Smith  Manila,  P.  I Kngineer 

Fred  W.  Smith Helena  Mont Teamster 

Harry  A.  Summers  Manila,!’.  I Bartender 

Frank  Thomas... Manila,  P.  I Laborer 

PROMOTFD. 

Jas.  F*.  Keown,  Capt Bozeman,  Mont Farmer 

John  F.  Mercer,  1st  Lieut Helena,  Mont Civil  Kngineer 

Alex.  Wessitsh,  1st  Sergt Bozeman,  Mont Clerk 

Arthur  W.  Church,  Sergt Helena,  Mont Kngineer 

Lloyd  R.  Hood,  Sergt Bozeman,  Mont Salesman.  . . . 

Kdmund  (L  High Bntte,  Mont Druggist.  . . 

Talentine  Laubenheimer Great  Falls,  Mont Stenographer.. 


Disability,  Aug.  31,  ’99.  [37th  U.  S.  V. 
By  order,  July  2,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
Disability,  Aug.  31,  ’99.  [37th  U.  S.  V. 
By  order,  Aug.  5,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
By  order,  December  15,  1898. 
Disability  July  26, ’99.  [37thU.S.  V. 
. By  order,  July  2,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
By  order,  August  6,  1898. 

Disability,  August  18,  1899. 
Disability,  Sept.  30,  ’98.  [37th  U.  S.  V. 

. By  order,  Aug.  5,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
By  order,  July  2,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
Disability,  Mch.  7,  ’99.  [36th  U.  S.V. 

By  order,  July  4,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
, Disability,  Nov.  25,  ’98.  [36th  U.S.V. 

37th  U.  S.  V. 
By  order,  Aug.  4,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
37th  C.  S.V. 
By  order,  July  2,  1899.  Re-enlisted 


.To  Major,  August  5,  1899. 

To  Capt.  Co.  A,  August  17,  1899. 

To  2d  Lieut.  Co.  I,  Sept.  28,  1899. 

To  2d  Lieut.  Co.  L,  August  3,  1899. 
To  Regl.  Q M.  vSergt.,  July  24,  1899. 
To  Hospital  Steward,  Mch.  28,  1899. 
To  1st  Lieut.  Co.  A,  Jan.  24,  1899. 


transfkrrkd. 

Krnest  V.  D.  Murphy,  Corp ...  Manila,  P.  I Accountant 

Geo.  W.  Ingram Helena,  Mont Laborer.  . . . 

John  Kerrigan Manila,  P.  I Laborer.... 

Daniel  J.  Monroe Butte,  Mont Miner 

Myles  O’Connor “ “ Miner 

Chas.  S Patterson Bozeman,  Mont Student.  . . . 

John  R.  Ross Butte,  Mont Blacksmith 

Chas.  F.  Smith Lewiston,  Mont Printer 

Irving  C.  .Smith  Butte,  Mont Assayer 

Chas.  D.  Tomlinson Augusta,  Mont Musician... 


To  Company  B,  June  22,  1898. 

.To  Company  L,  September  14,  1898. 
To  Company  K,  October  7,  1898. 

To  Company  B,  June  22,  1898. 

.To  Company  B,  December  21,  1898. 
To  Hospital  Corps,  June  14,  1898. 

To  Company  G,  August  5,  1899. 

To  Company  I,  June  22,  1898. 

To  Company  B,  July  14,  1899. 

To  Regl.  Band.  June  6,  1898. 


John  F.  Dunn 

Albert  S.  Hicks 

Glen  Hurd 

Gottlieb  Molcon 

Warren  Morris 

Theo.  Schuele 

Fred  W.  Smith 

Theo.  Volkey,  Musician 


WOUNDKD. 

.Wounded  in  left  thigh  and  left  wrist  at  Caloocan,  P.  I..  February  23,  1899. 

Wounded  in  left  shoulder  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  February  24,  1899. 

Wounded  in  left  instep  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  February  23,  1899. 

Wounded  in  right  arm  near  Apalit,  P.  I.,  April  27,  1899. 

Wounded  in  left  side  at  San  Fernando,  P.  I.,  June  16,  1899. 

Wounded  in  back  at  San  Fernando,  P.  I.,  June  3,  1899. 

Wounded  in  left  cheek  near  Santa  Tomas,  P.  I.,  May  4,  1899. 

Wounded  in  neck  and  left  shoulder  near  Meycauayan,  P.  I.,  March  27,  1899. 


DKAD. 

Frank  A.  Camp ; Died  of  empyema  at  vSan  Francisco,  Cal.,  July  16,  1898. 

Jos.  Marx Died  of  smallpox  at  Manila,  P.  I.,  March  5,  1899. 

Dickson  W.  Weeden Died  of  typhoid  fever  at  Cavite,  P.  I,,  August  18,  1899. 


CO.  Tv,  1st  MONTANA  INFANTRY. 
Taken  at  Malolos  shortly  after  arrival. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines . 


71 


COMMISSIONED  OFFICERS  OF  COMPANY  E. 
BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES 


PHILIP  GREENAN,  Captain,  Company  L,  was  born  in  Ireland  in  1869. 
He  came  to  America  in  1889  and  went  to  Montana  in  1891.  He  belonged  to  the 
National  Guard  of  Montana.  When  the  1st  Montana  Regiment  was  organized  he 
was  commissioned  2d  Lieutenant,  Company  K,  and  was  promoted  to  1st  Lieutenant 
of  the  same  company,  January  28,  1899.  He  was  promoted  to  Captain  of  Com- 
pany L,  July  28,  1899.  He  was  wounded  on  the  23d  of  February  at  Caloocan, 
and  was  with  his  regiment  in  all  its  engagements. 

FRED  S.  YAEGER,  1st  Lieutenant,  Company  L,  was  born  at  Fort  Hayes, 
Kas.,  July  24,  1873.  He  spent  his  younger  days  in  the  Southern  States,  arriving 
in  Montana  when  four  years  old.  He  was  educated  in  the  public  schools  of 
Helena,  Mont.  He  was  draftsman  in  the  U.  S.  Surveyor-General’s  office  for  four 
years  and  Deputy  County  Clerk  and  Recorder  of  Lewis  and  Clarke  Counties.  At 
the  outbreak  of  the  war  he  formed  Company  L,  assisted  by  Lieut.  French,  who 
was  afterwards  killed  at  the  Tondo  fight.  He  entered  the  service  as  Sergeant  of 
Company  L,  and  was  promoted  to  2d  Lieutenant  to  succeed  Lieut.  French, 
March  5,  1899.  He  commanded  Company  L at  the  engagements  at  Bagbag  River, 
Calumpit,  Rio  Grande,  Santo  Tomas,  San  Fernando  and  Santa  Rita.  He  was 
promoted  to  1st  Lieutenant  at  Cavite,  P.  I.,  to  succeed  Lieut.  Bradshaw  who 
was  promoted  to  Captain. 

ARTHUR  W.  CHURCH,  2d  Lieutenant,  Company  L,  was  born  in  Oswego, 
Kas.,  January  12,  1873.  In  civil  life  he  was  occupied  as  hoisting  engineer.  He 
served  in  Battery  A of  the  National  Guard  of  Montana.  He  joined  the  National 
Guard  in  the  winter  of  1890  and  was  transferred  to  Company  I,  Infantry,  in  1892. 
He  served  in  Company  I until  1895,  when  he  was  discharged,  and  in  the  winter 
of  1897  he  joined  Battery  A,  National  Guard  of  Montana,  and  served  until  the 
outbreak  of  the  Spanish- American  War.  He  enlisted  as  Sergeant  in  Company  C, 
and  was  promoted  July  12,  1899,  to  2d  Lieutenant,  Compan}^  L.  He  was  with 
the  regiment  in  all  engagements. 

E.  S.  FRENCH,  2d  Lieutenant,  Company  L,  was  killed  at  the  Tondo  fight, 
February  23,  1899.  For  this  reason  it  has  been  impossible  to  get  an  accurate 
biography.  The  facts  of  his  gallantry  in  battle  are  stated  in  the  Montana 
Regimental  History.  Too  much  cannot  be  said  of  the  fighting  abilities  ol  Lieut. 
French,  or  of  his  character  as  a man  and  loyal  friend.  He  was  a popular  man 
among  his  men  and  a born  fighter. 


72 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines 


Co*  L — 2d  Battalion* 


NAME  OCCUPATION 

Philip  Greenan,  Capt Merchant 

Freds.  Yaeger,  1st  hieut Dentist 

Arthur  W.  Church,  2d  Lieut Engineer 

Thomas  B.  Stephens,  Sergt Clerk 

Charles  R.  Sutton,  Q.  M.  Sergt Insurance  Agent 

Charles  L.  Moore,  vSergt  Lawyer 

Guy  \V.  Hassler Lawyer 

Alex.  Goodman,  Sergt Clerk 

William  A.  Steadman,  Sergt Machinist 

Harry  Younglove,  Corp Conductor 

Mark  T.  Good,  Corp  Team.ster 

Julius  Barnej’,Corp Clerk 

^tephen  J.  Murphy,  Corp Farmer 

Edw.  A.  Meyers,  Corp Engineer 

David  Hanley,  Corp  Carpenter 

William  L-  Kindall,  Cook Laborer 

Harry  vS.  Strong,  Artificer Machinist 

David  P'.  F'j^erl}’,  Wagoner Carpenter 


ADDRESS 
Anaconda  Mont. 
...Helena,  “ 


East  Helena,  “ 

Milan,  Mich. 

Helena,  Mont. 


Sumas  City,  Wash. 


John  Baas 

Robert  Bridgens 
William  L.  Briggs  . 
James  Browning. . . 
Ralph  Bushnell . . . . 
Donald  Cameron  . . . 
Plugene  E.  Clark  . . . 

Fldw.  Costello  

George  Daigh 

Oscar  A.  Fallang.  . . 

John  Fennell  

Patrick  Flynn  . . . 
Oscar  B.  Hallpeter  . 
George  Haynes  . . . . 

John  S.  Herald 

Joseph  D.  Hoffman 

Barney  Hogan  

Frank  M.  Kline  ... 
Emery  B.  Lacy  . . . . 
Thomas  H.  Larkin 
Frank  Lessinger  . . . 

Hugh  McGee 

Andrew  McGinnis. 
Napoleon  Monroe.  . 
Daniel  C.  Mosier. . . 
Andrew'  Nelson  .... 
Edw.  C.  O’Brien  . . 

Daniel  Olsen 

Frank  Peterson 
George  Pitcher. . . 
Samuel  F.  Price.  . 
George  W.  Shepard 
Alfred  F.  Sibley... 
August  Streit  .... 
George  Townsend 
Bird  C.  Vestal  . . 
Walter  L.  Whann  . 


PRIVATES 

. Laborer 

. Laborer 

.Engineer  

. Butcher 

Butcher 

.Carpenter 

Brakeman 

. Blacksmith 

Farmer 

.Farmer 

, .Farmer 

. Miner 

. Electrician 

Clerk 

.Miner 

.Clerk 

Miner 

. Liquor-dealer 
Telegraph  Operator 

.Lawyer 

. Laborer 

Cook 

. Upholsterer 

.Clerk 

. Engineer 

.Laborer 

Laborer  

Laborer 

.Miner 

. Painter 

. Brakeman 

.Miner 

.Florist 

Musician 

.Farmer 

. Laborer 

Miner 


Helena,  Mont. 

. . Canyon  Ferry,  “ 

Milan,  Mich. 

Ogden,  Utah. 

Twin  Bridges,  Mont. 

Helena,  '■ 

Los  Angeles,  Cal. 

Helena,  Motit 

Ashton,  W.  Va. 

Melrose,  Mont. 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Butte,  Mont. 

Norwalk,  Ohio. 

. . San  P'ran cisco  Cal. 

Helena,  Mont. 

Hudson,  Wis. 

El  Paso,  Wis. 

. . . Big  Timber,  Mont. 
Prairie  Du  Chien,  Wis. 

St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Utica.  N.  Y. 

Helena,  viont. 


East  Helena, 
. . Ironwof  d, 
Big  Timber, 
Helena, 


. . . Weston,  Mass. 

Helena,  Mont. 

. . Faribault,  Minn. 
Big  Timber,  Mont. 
Helena,  “ 


NAME 

Theron  M.  Ripley,  Sergt  . . 
Hobart  H.  Hawkins,  Sergt 
Charles  Albrecht,  Corp 


DISCHARGED. 

.ADDRESS  OCCUPATION  REMARKS 

Helena,  Mont Civil  Engineer By  order,  Aug.  IS,  1S99.  [37th  U.  S.  V. 

Manila,  P.  I Butcher By  order,  Aug.  13,  1899.  Re-enlisted 

Helena,  Mont Clerk By  order,  August  Jo  1898. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


73 


NAME  ADDRESS 

Thomas  J.  Mclvaughlin,  Corp Manila,  P.  I . 

Robert  Ormiston,  Corp Helena,  Mont 


Enstice  Wheeler,  Corp “ “ 

George  W.  Ingram,  Musician  ...  “ “ 

Hans  M.  Wegener,  Corp “ “ 

P'rank  Monroe,  Wagoner “ “ 

John  P.  Bahnsen “ “ 

Kerr  Beadle “ “ 

Michael  Bennett “ “ 

William  H.  Plashill  Manila,  P.  I 

George  Brown San  Francisco 

Austin  D.  Butler Helena,  Mont 

Thomas  P.  Dunn “ “ 

Jacob  Goodman “ “ 

P'rank  Henry vSan  Francisco,  Cal 

Severet  Johnson Helena,  Mont 

John  F.  King “ “ 

John  Mazanec “ “ 

Fred.  Miller “ " 

Dinford  Seeley  “ “ 

Arthur  W.  Smith “ “ 

Frank  Stursa “ “ 

William  Thefault “ “ 

George  F.  Walker  Manila,  P.  I 


OCCUPATION 

. . . Miner 

. . . Farmer 

Dawyer 

. . . Taborer 

. . . Photographer 

. . Merchant 

. . . Plumber 

Miner 

. . .Butcher 

Butcher 

, . .Taborer 

. . .Carpenter 

. . .Barber 

. . Merchant 

. . Cook 

. . .Cook 

. . Daborer 

. . -Daborer 

. . . Teamster 

. Carpenter  . . . . 

...Clerk 

. . Butcher 

. . Taborer 

. . .Miner 


REMARKS 

.By  order,  August  18,  1899. 
. .By  order,  August  31,  1899. 
. .By  order,  June  5,  1898. 

. .By  order,  August  18,  1899. 
. By  order,  August  18,  1899. 
. .By  order,  August  18,  1899. 
. .By  order,  August  17,  1899. 

.By  order,  July  14,  1898. 

. By  order,  August  31, 1899. 

. .By  order,  August  18,  1899. 
. . By  order,  July  1.5,  1898. 

. . By  order.  May  7,  1899. 

. Disability,  July  3,  1899. 

. .By  order,  June  7, 1898. 

By  order,  July  26,  1898. 

By  order,  August  31,  1899. 
. . By  order,  August  31 , 1899. 
. By  order,  August  18.  1899. 
..Disability,  June  21,  1899. 

. By  order,  August  31,  1899. 
. .By  order,  April  10,  1899. 

. .By  order,  June  10,  1899. 

. .Disability,  April  27,  1899. 
..By  order,  August  18,  1899. 


TRANSFERKPID. 

Asa  D-  Fisk Helena,  Mont Printer To  Regl.  Band,  June  4,  1898. 

Fred  Peterson “ “ Nurse To  Hosp.  Corps,  June  19,  1898. 


PROMOTED. 

Asa  E.  Duncan,  Capt Missoula,  Mont Lawyer To  Major,  August  1,1899. 

Walter  J.  Bradshaw,  1st  Lieut. Helena,  “ Civil  Engineer  . . .To  Capt.,  Company  C,  Aug.  4,  1899. 

William  B.  Hanna,  Sergt Manila,  P.  I Accountant To  1st  Lt.  and  Bat.  Adj.,  June  2,  ’98. 


William  A.  Steadman,  Corp. 
Thomas  P.  Dunn 


WOUNDED. 

Wounded  in  left  thigh,  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  February  23,  1899. 
Wounded  in  head,  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  February  22,  1899. 


Eugene  S.  French,  2d  Lieut 
Owen  H.  Rowland,  Corp. . . . 

Walter  J.  McLean 

John  Sorenson 


DEAD 

Killed  in  action  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  February  23,  1899. 

Killed  in  action  near  Malolos,  P.  I.,  April  4,  1899 

. . . Died  of  typhoid  fever  at  Cavite,  P.  I.,  October  28,  1898 
Died  of  wounds  at  Manila,  P.  I.,  February  20, 1899. 


Photo  by  B.  F.  Rahmeycr.  CO.  H,  l.st  MONTANA  INFANTRY. 

Taken  at  Presidio,  California,  after  return  from  Manila. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


75 


COMMISSIONED  OFFICERS  OF  COMPANY  H. 
BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES. 


FRANK  I{.  GREEN,  Captain,  Company  H,  was  born  in  St.  Peters,  Minn., 
and  when  enrolled  into  U.  S.  V.  service  was  27  years  of  age.  Capt.  Green  joined 
the  Montana  National  Guard  as  1st  Lieutenant  of  Company  H,  September 
17,  1897,  and  was  promoted  to  Captain  of  that  company  May  9,  1898.  He  was 
in  all  the  engagements  of  his  company.  He  was  mustered  out  at  Manila,  P.  I.,  to 
accept  a commission  as  Captain  in  the  11th  U.  S.  V.  Cav. 

SAMUEL  HILBURN,  Captain,  Company  H,  was  born  in  Xenia,  Ohio, 
October  28,  1860.  At  the  time  of  joining  the  militia,  in  1897,  he  was  County 
Treasurer  of  Flathead  County,  Mont.  He  was  enrolled  as  2d  Lieutenant,  and 
mustered  in  as  1st  Lieutenant  on  account  of  the  physical  disability  of  the 
Captain.  He  was  promoted  to  Captain  on  the  5th  day  of  September,  1899,  and 
was  with  the  regiment  in  all  its  engagements  except  three,  which  he  missed  on 
account  of  sickness. 

MYLES  KELLY,  1st  Lieutenant,  Company  H,  was  born  in  Ireland  in  1876. 
He  came  to  America  in  1890.  He  was  chief  organizer  of  Company  K,  1st  Montana 
Regiment,  and  was  mustered  into  the  volunteer  service  as  1st  Sergeant,  Company 
K.  He  was  promoted  January  28,  1899,  to  2d  Lieutenant.  On  the  25th  of 
March  he  was  wounded  at  La  Loma  Church.  September  28,  1899,  he  was 
promoted  to  1st  Lieutenant  Company  H,  and  was  with  his  regiment  in  all  its 
engagements. 

A.  W.  SWANEY,  2d  Lieutenant,  Company  H,  was  born  in  Allegheny  City, 
Pa.,  June  8,  1860.  At  the  outbreak  of  the  war  he  was  clerk  of  the  court  of 
the  11th  District,  State  of  Montana,  for  Flathead  County.  He  belonged  to  the 
National  Guard  and  was  mustered  into  the  United  States  .service  as  1st  Sergeant 
of  Company  H,  and  was  promoted  to  2d  Lieutenant  September  11,  1899.  He  was 
with  his  regiment  in  all  its  engagements. 


76 


Canipaig7ii7i^  iti  the  Philippines. 


Co*  H — 2d  Battalion* 


NAME  OCCUPATION 

Samuel  Hilburn,  Capt Accountant.  . . . 

Myles  Kelly,  1st  Lieut Smelterman  . . 

Andrew  W.  Swaney,  2d  Lieut Farmer 

August  C.  Lagoni,  1st  Sergt Farmer 

James  F.  Johnson,  Q.  M.  Sergt Boatman 

Albert  Breedlove,  Sergt Clerk 

James  A.  Coulter,  Sergt Student 

George  C.  McCauley,  Sergt Carpenter 

Albert  Ingraham,  Sergt Farmer 

Joseph  f;.  Ritchey,  Corp  Clerk 

Benjamin  A.  Green,  Corp Student 

Charles  E.  Forbes,  Corp Farmer 

John  W.  Kneiff,  Corp Contractor 

Charles  F.  Myers,  Corp Farmer 

Edward  3.  Green,  Cook Carpenter 

Ralph  C.  Kirkland,  Musician Harness-maker 

William  A.  Patton,  Musician Laborer 

Henry  Loewe,  Artificer Cigarniaker  . . . . 

Hugh  W.  McCauley,  Wagoner  Carpenter 

PRIVATES. 

Henry  Bird Farmer 

Rodney  W.  Bradley Laborer 

Isaac  M.  Chance Glassblower  . . . 

Birt  B.  Curtis Farmer 

Charles  G.  Dick Printer 

John  Gilmore  Laborer 

Henry  C.  Gould Laborer 

Silas  Gould Carpenter 

Elmer  Greenleaf Laborer 

Swan  Halleen Teamster 

George  W.  Hatt Barber 

James  J.  Hayes Hotel-keeper  . . 

Oscar  Herbert Miner 

Arnt  Hogan Blacksmith 

Willard  Hollowell Laborer 

Thomas  Howard Shoemaker. . . . 

Joseph  D.  Isaacs Laborer 

Mathias  Iverson Laborer 

Charles  F.  Jewell Laborer 

Leroy  H.  Johnstone Railroadman. . . 

Theodore  Knutson Miner 

James  K.  Lang Accountant 

Hans  C.  Mamen Laborer 

Fred  Meiers Butcher 

David  Nelson Carpenter 

Charles  A.  Ovelman Laborer 

Clarence  Poole Farmer 

Patrick  Rooney Laborer 

George  A.  Rowland Clerk 

Joseph  H.  Shultz Miner 

Alfred  F.  Smith Miner 

Ole  Thorson Miner 

Joseph  Wadsworth Laborer 

Walter  J.  Walker Laborer 

John  S.  Wise Farmer 

Rice  Wood Teamster 


ADDRESS 
Kalispell,  Mont. 
Anaconda,  “ 
Kalispell,  “ 


. . . . Brooklyn,  N Y. 
. . . Kalispell,  Mont. 
Grand  Forks,  N.  D. 
. . . Kalispell,  Mont. 


Columbia  Falls,  “ 

St.  Peter,  Minn. 

Kalispell,  Mont. 

Colorado  Springs,  Col. 
Kalispell,  Mont. 


Kalispell,  Mont. 


Blackfoot,  Idaho. 
. . . Helena,  Mont. 
Kalispell,  “ 


Columbia  Falls,  “ 

Elk  Park,  S.  D. 

. . . Wilmington,  Ohio. 

Troy,  Mont. 

. . . . Sandcoulee,  “ 

Kalispell,  “ 

Rockford,  Ohio. 

Kalispell,  Mont. 

Great  Falls,  “ 

Kalispell,  “ 


....  Truro,  N.  D. 
. Billing,  Minn. 
Kalispell,  Mont. 


. . . . Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
,San  Francisco,  Cal. 
. Kalispell,  Mont. 


Libby,  “ 

Kalispell,  “ 

Columbia  Falls,  “ 

Arlington,  Neb. 


DISCHARGED. 


NAME  ADDRESS 

Soren  H.  Smith,  Corp Kalispell,  Mont 

William  Zeller,  Cook Manila  P.  I 

Adelbert  R.  Burke,  Musician. . “ “ 


OCCUPATION  REMARKS 

Accountant By  order,  October  3,  1899. 

Cook By  order.  Aug.  17,  ’99.  [37th  U.  S.  V. 

Barber By  order,  Aug.  15,  1899.  Re-enlisted 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippinei,. 


77 


NAME 

Mark  R.  Baldwin..  . 
Daniel  D.  Barrett  . . 
Edward  F.  Barrett  . 

George  Berry 

Albert  H.  Buckland 

Robert  R.  Case 

William  H.  Doyle  . . 
Alfred  M.  Finley  . . . 

Frank  A.  Gibson  . . . 

Nels  Hansen  

Charles  Jessup 

John  Nilson 

Douis  Pallat  

Albert  R.  Peterson  . 
Charles  H.  Runels  . . 
George  h.  Stanley. . , 
Anton  Stromgren  . . 
Samuel  Swanson  . . 
Louis  Warner 


ADI)Rt;SS 
.Manila,  P.  I.  . . . 

.Kalispell,  Mont 

. Chicago,  111 

. Kalispell,  Mont 

Manila,  P.  I Civil  Kngineer  .. 

“ “ Teacher 

.New  York  City,  N.  Y.  .Plasterer 

Manila,  P.  I .Sailor 

Manila  P.  I Cook 

“ “ Miner  

“ “ Laborer 

. Kalispell,  Mont Laborer . . 

Columbia  Falls Farmer 

. Kalispell,  Mont Fireman 

Marseilles,  Mich Mason 

Columbia  Falls,  Mont  . Herder 

.Nelson,  B.  C Miner, 

Manila  P.  I Miner 

“ “ Miner. 


REMARKS 

By  order  August  18.  1899. 

Disability,  June  24,  1898. 

By  order,  August  31,  1899. 

Disability,  September  5.  1899. 

By  order,  Aug.  13,  1899. 

By  order,  Aug.  18,  1899. 

By  order,  January  24,  1899.  [11th  Cav. 
By  order,  Aug.  19,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
[37th  U.  S.  V. 
By  order,  Aug.  19,  1899  Re-enlisted 
By  order,  August  18,  1899.  [11th  Cav. 
By  order,  Aug.  9,  1899  Re-enlisted 
By  order,  Aug.  31,  1899. 

Disability,  August  31,  1899. 
Disability,  August  31,  1899. 

By  order,  April  17  1899. 

By  order,  January  25,  1899. 

Disability,  Aug.  31,  1899.  [11th  Cav. 

By  order,  Aug.  17,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
By  order,  August  18,  1899. 


OCCUPATION 
Laborer  . . . 
Engineer  . 
Electrician 
Baker  


Frank  E Green,  Capt  Manila,  P.  I.  . . . 

Byron  J.  Mclntire  1st  Lieut..  “ “ 

Pinkney  M.  Thompson,  Sergt  Kalispell,  Mont 
Archibald  H.  Logan,  Corp. . . .Helena,  Mont. . . 
Hi-nry  Bode Honolulu,  H.  I . 


Lawyer To  Captain,  11th  Cav.,  Aug.  21, 1899. 

Lawyer To  Company  G,  January  23,  1899. 

.Electrician  To  Signal  Corps,  March  18,  1899. 

.Stenographer To  Signal  Corps,  March  18,  1899. 

Sailor To  Company  K,  Oct.  1,  1898- 


TRANSFERRED. 


Myles  Kelly,  1st  Lieut 

Soren  H.  Smith,  Corp 

William  A.  Patton,  Musician 

Frank  A.  Gibson 

Charles  F.  Myers 

Louis  Pallat 

George  A.  Rowland 

Charles  Runels 

Alfred  F.  Smith 


WOUNDED. 

. Wounded  in  nose  and  lip,  at  Tuliahan  River,  P.  I.,  Marc  i 25,  1899. 

Wounded  in  left  arm,  near  Bocaue,  P.  I.,  March  28,  1899. 

Wounded  in  neck,  at  Ragbag  River,  P.  I.,  April  25,  1899. 

Wounded  in  left  leg,  near  Meycauayan,  P.  I.,  March  27,  1899. 

Wounded  in  left  side,  near  Bocaue,  P.  I.,  March  29,  1899. 

Wounded  in  body,  at  La  Loma  Church,  P.  I.,  March  25,  1899. 

Wounded  in  left  ear,  at  La  Loma  Church,  P.  I.,  February  5,  1899. 

Wounded  in  right  leg,  at  Chinese  Cemetery,  P.  I.,  February  5,  1899. 
Wounded  in  face,  near  Bocaue,  P.  I.,  March  29,  1899. 


Frederick  Wheaton 


DEAD. 

Died  oi  wounds  received  in  action,  near  Bocaue,  P.  I.,  March  SO,  1899. 


^ ^ ^ 


Mont  6 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


79 


COMMISSIONED  OFFICERS  OF  COMPANY  D. 
BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES. 


GEORGE  W.  REIF,  Captain,  Company  D,  was  born  in  Philadelphia,  Pa., 
PYbruary  27,  1857.  He  was  in  the  2d  U.  S.  Cav.  in  the  years  1876-1878  and 
served  in  the  Indian  campaigns,  under  Gen.  Miles,  in  Montana  and  Dakota.  He 
belonged  to  the  National  Guard  from  1889  until  the  breaking  out  of  war.  He 
was  mustered  into  the  United  States  service  as  Captain  of  Company  D.  He  was 
with  his  regiment  in  all  the  engagements  and  did  not  lose  a day  through 
sickness. 

CHARLES  W.  MEAD,  1st  Lieutenant,  Company  D,  was  born  in  Underhill^ 
Vt.,  and  when  mustered  into  the  United  States  volunteer  service,  was  87  years 
of  age.  He  enlisted  as  1st  Sergeant,  of  Company  D,  Montana  National  Guard, 
in  May,  1898,  and  was  promoted  to  1st  Lieutenant  of  the  same  company  in 
January,  1899.  He  was  enrolled  into  the  United  States  volunteer  service  at 
Virginia  City,  Mont.,  and  served  with  his  company  through  the  insurgent  war 
until  July  12,  1899,  on  which  day  he  resigned  to  accept  a commission  as  Captain 
in  the  36th  Philippine  Veteran  Volunteer  Inf. 

E.  J.  GAINAN,  1st  Lieutenant,  Company  D,  was  born  in  Lyons,  Iowa,  July 
26,  1864.  He  joined  Company  I)  of  the  National  Guard  of  Montana  in  1887. 
He  served  as  a private  for  two  enlistments.  He  was  1st  Sergeant  a part 
of  one  enlistment  and  was  then  elected  2d  Lieutenant.  At  the  time  of  the  out- 
break of  the  war  he  was  2d  Lieutenant,  and  was  mustered  in  as  such.  He  was 
promoted  to  1st  Lieutenant  on  July  12,  1899.  He  was  in  all  the  engagements 
with  his  regiment.  ''  . 

GEORGE  E.  LOWMAN,  2d  Lieutenant,  Company  D,  was  born  in  Virginia 
City,  Mont.,  November  8,  1869.  His  occupation  in  civil  life  was  stationary 
engineer.  He  was  a member  of  the  Montana  National  Guard,  from  1887  until 
1895.  He  went  from  Montana  to  Idaho  in  1896  and  returned  to  Montana  at  the 
outbreak  of  the  war.  He  was  once  commissioned  2d  Lieutenant  in  the  National 
Guard  of  Montana.  He  enlisted  in  the  Spanish-American  War  as  Sergeant, 
Company  D,  and  was  promoted  to  1st  Sergeant,  February  23,  1899.  He  was 
commissioned  2d  Lieutenant,  July  27,  1899.  He  was  with  his  regiment  in  all  its 
engagements. 


80 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


Co*  D-— 3d  Battalion* 


NAMK 


OCCUPATION 


ADDRESS 


Geo.  W.  Reif,  Capt Miner. ... 

Kdw.  J.  Gainan,  1st  t,ieut Miner  . . . 

Geo.  K-  Lowman,  2d  Lieut Kngineer. 

Jas.  M.  McClurg,  1st  Sergt Teamster. 

Dean  W.  Vickers,  Q.  M.  Sergt Laborer  . 

Alvah  M.  Parke,  Sergt Miner  . . 

Jas.  W.  C.  Dennis,  Sergt Stockman 

Boyd  A.  Kneedler,  Sergt Clerk 

Chas.  N.  Morse,  Sergt Miner 

Cornelius  McClurg,  Corp Teamster. 

Grant  D.  Mathers.  Corp Laborer.  . . 

Valentine  Gilbert,  Corp Laborer  . . 

Jas.  W.  Bothwell,  Corp  P'armer  . . 

Chas.  Kelly,  Corp Farmer.  . . 

Nels  Peterson  Corp Miner 

Nichols  Rider,  Cook Miner 

Stewart  R.  Champion,  Musician Teamster. 

Floyd  C.  Wilson,  Musician Laborer  . . 

Frank  Mack,  Artificer Miner 


Virginia  City, 


Pony, 


Virginia  City, 
. . . .vSheridan, 
Virginia  City, 

Sheridan, 

Pony, 

Butte, 

Pony, 

Virginia  City, 

St.  Paul, 

. . Lexington, 


Mont. 


PRIVATES. 

Chas.  Beckwith Miner 

Alonzo  L.  Blaugh Miner 

John  A.  Bowman Farmer 

Jas.  M.  Box Farmer 

John  W.  Boyd Laborer 

Jas.  Carlon Farmer 

Albert  Case  Laborer 

Jos.  A.  Casebeer Miner 

Abraham  L-  Clem Miner 

Jas.  W.  Comley Farmer 

Chas.  M.  Kdgehill Teamster 

Frank  Faires Farmer 

Jas.  Francis Miner 

Nazaire  Gardner Miner 

Jefferson  D.  Garrett Miner 

Kdgar  Guidry Cigarmaker 

Albert  Johnson  Miner 

Lucius  G.  Kellogg Engineer.. 

David  Kenealy Teamster  . 

Fay  Kohls Laborer 

Berry  Knutson Miner 

Wm.  F.  Kramer Laborer 

Oliver  P.  Longfellow Teamster. 

Robert  Lee 

Albert  Mack Miner 

Alex.  J.  McArthur Miner 

Herbert  G.  McPheters  Laborer 

Julius  Moritz Barber 

Chas.  Nacie Teamster. . . 

Thos.  G.  Pasley Farmer  

Thos.  Rickards  Miner 

Wm.  Roden Teamster... 

John  R.  Rogers Miner 

Wm.  F.  Stobie Miner 

Oscar  C.  Stone Miner 

Maurice  A.  Wiles Laborer 

Perry  Wilsey Stockman  . 

Wm.  J.  Wammach Miner 

Christ.  Zigler Laborer  . . . 

Ray  Zigler Laborer 


Ponj',  Mont. 


Sheridan, 

. Twin  Bridges,  “ 

Sheridan, 

Pony,  “ 

. Virginia  City,  “ 

Pony,  “ 

Sheridan,  “ 

. .Virginia  City,  “ 

. .Twin  Bridges,  “ 

Salina,  Mo. 

Butte,  Mont. 

. Virginia  City,  “ 
Sheridan,  ‘ 
Lafayette  Parish,  La. 
. .Twin  Bridges,  Mont. 
. Virginia  City,  “ 

Adobetown,  “ 

. Virginia  City,  “ 

Pony,  “ 

..Virginia  City,  “ 


Lexington,  Minn. 
.Twin  Bridges,  Mont. 

Ketchum,  Idaho. 

Virginia  City,  Mont. 

Butte, 

Virginia  City,  Wash. 
Butte,  Mont. 


Virginia  City,  “ 

Lampa,  Idaho. 

Sheridan,  Mont. 

Virginia  City,  “ 

...Home  Park,  “ 

Pony,  “ 

.Sheridan,  “ 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


81 


DISCHAKGliD. 

NAME  ADDRES.S  OCCUPATION 

Chas.  W.  Mead,  1st  lyieut Manila,  P.  I Civil  tCngineer 

Aimer  X.  Kellogg,  Q.M.Sergt  . Manila,  P.  I Teamster 

August  T.  Romey,  Sergt Virginia  City,  Mont  Mechanic 

Albert  p;.  Cole,  Corp “ “ ..Laborer 

Richard  B.  Vickers,  Corp “ “ ..Laborer 

Geo.  D.  Vickers  Corp “ “ ..Laborer 

Clarence  Ph  Wilson,  Corp.  . . . Manila,  P.  I Printer 

Jerome  Mayland,  Artificer  ...  “ Mechanic 

Jos.  W.  Black Pony,  Mont Miner 

Curtis  K.  Brooks Manila,  P.  1. Farmer 

Otis  Carter Pony,  Mont Miner 

Job  D.  Foster Manila,  P.  I Phigineer 

Berrington  P.  Gould “ “ Jouriialist 

Chauncy  W.  Jackson Twin  Bridget,  Mont.  .Teamster  

Wm.  H.  McDonald Manila,  P.  I Farmer 

Isaac  A.  Ogden “ “ . ..  ..  Miner 

John  H.  Orth  “ “ Cook 

p;dward  L.  Reynolds  Virginia  City,  Mont ..  Blacksmith  ...  . 

Jos.  Sicard Pony,  Mont Miner 

Dlisha  Siprell Sheridan,  Mont Laborer 

Jos.  A.  Spalding Virginia  City,  Mont  Teamster 

Thos.  Wilson Manila,  P.  I Miner 


REMARKS. 

. Resigned,  July  12,  ’99.  Re-enlisted, 
Capt.,  ;-,6th  U.  S.  V. 
.By  order,  Aug.  18,  1899. 

. By  order,  June  1,  1899. 

Disability,  December  31,  1898. 

.By  order,  August  31, 1899. 

.By  order,  September  15,  1899. 

.By  order,  August  18,  1899. 

.By  order,  August  18,  1899. 
.Disability,  April  21,  1899. 

.By  order,  July  31,  ’99.  Re-enlisted 
..By  order,  April  21,  1899.  [36th  U.S.V. 
..By  order,  July  31,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
By  order,  July  31,  1899.  [36th  U.S.V. 
..By  order,  September  18,  1899. 

• By  order,  July  31,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
..By  order,  August  18,  ’99.  [36thU.S.V. 

By  order,  August  18,  1899. 
..Disability,  July  26, 1899. 

By  order,  August  31,  1899. 

..By  order,  August  31, 1899. 
.Disability,  April  20,  ’99.  [36th  U.S.V. 
.By  order,  July  31,  1899.  Re-enlisted 


transferred. 

Geo.  B.  Mead Garrison,  Mont Barber To  Reg’l  Band,  June  9,  1898. 

DESERTED. 

Willard  D.  Phsher hX  Camp  Merritt,  July  1,  1898. 


WOUNDED. 

Geo.  E-  Lownian,  2d  Lieut Wounded  in  abdomen  at  Caloocan,  P.  1.,  February  10,  1899. 

Jas.  W.  C.  Dennis,  Sergt Wounded  in  right  buttock  at  San  Fernando,  P.  I.,  June  16,  1899. 

Jas.  M.  Box Wounded  in  left  shoulder  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  February  10, 1899. 

Abraham  L-  Clem Wounded  in  right  thigh,  near  Bacolor,  P.  I , June  10,  1899. 

Wm.  F.  Kramer Wounded  in  scalp  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  February  23,  1899,  and  in  left  knee,  near 

Bacolor,  P.  1.,  June  10,  1899. 

Edward  L.  Reynolds Wounded  in  left  leg  at  Caloocan,  P.  1.,  February  10,  1899. 

Thos.  Rickards. Wounded  in  right  thigh  at  La  Loma  Church,  P.  I.,  March  25,  1899. 


Wm.  G.  Marshall 


DEAD. 

Died  of  wounds  received  in  action,  near  Bocaue,  P.  I.,  April  2,  1899. 


ttr  ^ rtr 


Photo  bv  B.  F.  Rahmeyer.  CO.  G,  1st  MONTANA  INFANTRY. 

Taken  at  Presidio,  California,  after  return  from  Manila. 


Cainpaigjiing  in  the  Philippines. 


83 


* COMMISSIONED  OFFICERS  OF  COMPANY  G. 

BIOGRAPHICAL  vSKETCHES. 


ELLIS  W.  WYNNE,  Captain,  Company  G,  was  born  at  Hazel  Green,  Grant 
County,  Wis.,  May  1,  1859.  He  went  to  Montana  in  1877  and  was  in  the  Nez  Perce 
war  with  the  Indians.  He  served  two  years  as  Alderman  in  Butte  City,  Mont., 
and  three  years  as  Deputy  County  Auditor  of  the  same  place.  He  has  been  a 
member  of  the  National  Guard  of  Montana  since  its  organization  in  1887.  He 
was  one  of  the  organizers  of  Company  G.  He  commenced  as  Sergeant  and  went 
through  all  other  offices  up  to  Captain,  and  was  Captain  when  the  Spanish- 
American  War  broke  out.  He  was  commissioned  Captain,  Company  G,  volunteer 
service,  and  has  been  in  all  the  engagements  of  the  regiment. 

BYRON  J.  McINTlRE,  1st  Lieutenant,  Company  G,  was  born  in  Ludlow,  • 
Vt.,  in  1860.  He  is  a lawyer  and  was  engaged  in  the  practice  of  his  pro- 
fession at  Kalispel,  Mont.,  when  the  Spanish-American  War  broke  out.  He 
joined  the  Montana  National  Guard  as  a private,  April  19,  1898,  and  was  soon 
promoted  to  Corporal.  He  enlisted  as  Sergeant,  Company  H,  in  the  1st  Montana 
Volunteer  service  and  was  promoted  to  2d  Lieutenant.  On  January  24,  1899,  he 
was  transferred  to  Company  G as  1st  Lieutenant.  He  was  Judge- Advocate  of  the 
1st  Brigade,  2d  Division,  8th  Army  Corps  from  November,  1898,  to  February, 
1899.  He  was  mustered  out  of  service  in  Manila. 

ALEXANDER  LAIST,  2d  Lieutenant.  Company  G,  was  born  in  Cincinnati, 
Ohio,  May  3,  1866.  He  went  to  the  public  schools  at  that  place  and,  subse- 
quently, the  Columbia  University  at  New  York.  He  graduated  as  Bachelor  of 
Science  at  the  University  of  Cincinnati.  In  August,  1887,  he  came  to  Montana, 
locating  at  Bozeman,  where  he  was  teacher  at  the  Bozeman  Academy,  and  had  an 
assay  office.  In  1888  he  went  into  the  employ  of  the  Anaconda  Company  as 
mechanical  engineer  and  draughtsman,  and  afterwards  for  the  Utah  and  Montana 
Machinery  Company,  at  Butte.  He  planned  and  supervised  the  construction  of 
the  Morning  Concentrator  at  Mullen,  Idaho,  and  the  Champion  Silver  Mill,  Deer 
Lodge.  In  March,  1892,  he  was  admitted  to  the  bar,  having  studied  law  with 
Thompson  & Campbell.  He  was  practicing  law  when  the  Spanish-American 
War  broke  out.  He  was  mustered  into  the  Montana  Regiment  as  Corporal,  Com- 
pany G.  From  January  1,  1899,  until  July  he  was  detailed  at  Gen.  Mac- 
Arthur’s  headquarters,  being,  during  that  time,  chief  clerk  and  chief  of  the  or- 
derlies. On  July  13,  1899,  he  was  promoted  to  2d  Lieutenant,  Company  G,  and 
returned  to  his  regiment.  He  was  the  regimental  historian. 


Biography  of  2d  lieutenant  K.  V.  D.  Murphy  appears  on  page  94. 


84 


Campaig7iing  in  the  Philippines. 


Co*  G — 3d  Battalion* 


NAME  OCCrPATION 

Ellis  W.  Wynne,  Capt Accountant... 

Alex.  Eaist,  2d  Lieut Lawyer 

Win.  L.  Soper.  1st  Sergt Teacher 

Frank  Morford,  Q.  M.  Sergt Baker 

Thos.  J.  Bordeaux,  Sergt Collector 

Albert  H.  Bond,  Sergt Engineer  ... 

Geo.  Hunter,  Sergt Photographer 

John  J.  McLane,  Sergt Fireman 

John  V.  Lemon,  Corp Miner 

Marvin  B.  Sipple,  Corp Millman. . . . 

Jos.  H.  Williams,  Corp Letter  Carrier 

Walter  G.  Tucker,  Corp Accountant  . . 

Frank  E.  Kennedy,  Corp Salesman 

Win.  H.  Yost,  Corp Electrician 

Louis  S.  Hoffman,  Cook Merchant 

Chas.  Bayer,  ^Musician Miner 

Harry  M.  Paxson,  Musician Student 

Win.  J.  Borthwick,  Artificer Blacksmith  . 


ADDRESS 

Butte,  Mont. 


Basin, 

Butte 


Jas.  E Anderson 

Hayes  C.  Axtell 

Lewis  C.  Bartholomew 

Frank  E.  Belaud 

Wm.  J.  Boast 

Chas.  J.  Byers 

John  T.  Carter 

Guy  N.  Churchill 

Jas.  T.  Coleman 

John  P.  Daily 

Geo.  W.  Elliott 

Robt.  B.  Hall  

Chas.  M.  Hewitt 

Jas.  W.  Kennedy 

Chas.  J.  Kinseth 

Fred  E.  Mershon 

Fred  J.  Prince 

John  R.  Ross 

Christ  R.  Schweitzer. . . 

Samuel  M.  Shields 

Louis  Vanderhook 

Wm.  R.  Van  Orden 

Gomer  Williams 


PRIVATE. 

.Fireman  

.Telegraph  Operator 

Carpenter 

Carpenter 

.Teamster 

.Teamster  

^Miller 

.Clerk 

. Bricklayer 

Traveling  Salesman 

. Miner  

.Traveling  .Salesman 

. Miner 

.City  Officer 

.Traveling  Salesman 

.Barber 

.Millman 

.Blacksmith  

.Plumber . 

.Journalist 

.Clerk 

.Clerk  

. Assayer 


Butte,  iMont. 

Basin,  “ 

Salesvillc,  “ 

. . . Butte, 


Basin, 

Walkerville, 
Butte, 


•Lewiston.  Utah. 
...  Butte,  Mont. 


DISCHARGED. 

NAME  .ADDRESS  OCCUP.ATIO.N 

Edgar  S.  Paxson,  1st  Lieut  . . .Butte,  Mont .Artist 

Byron  J.  Mclntire,  1st  Lieut. . Manila,  P.  I Lawj'er.  .. 

Ernest  V.  D.  Murphy,  2d  Lieut.  “ “ -Accountant 

-Albert  J.  p;rickson,  1st  Sergt.  .Manila,  P.  I .Soldier 

J.  T.  McCluskey,  Q.  M.  Sergt. . Manila,  P.  I Carpenter 

Jos.  A.  Proulx,  Corp Butte,  Mont Blacksmith 

Wm.  G.  Watson,  Wagoner Manila,  P.  I Engineer  . 

Fred  D.  -Abbott Butte,  Mont Cook 

Delos  D.  Babcock  “ “ Miner 

Guy  Bellenger Manila,  P.  I Bookkeeper 

Edgar  B.  Benware “ “ Butcher. 

Ray  M.  Calkins “ “ Clerk 

Adelard  N.  Dussault “ “ Teamster 

Wm.  H.  Fifer . " “ Salesman 


REM. ARKS 

. Resigned,  December  2,  1898. 

By  order,  -August  19,  1899. 

. Hy  order,  July  16,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
1st  Lieut  37th  U.  S.  V. 
. By  order,  July  1,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
Capt.  37th  U.  S.  V 
By  order,  .August  18,  1899. 
Disability,  January  23,  1899. 

By  order,  August  18,  1899. 

Disability,  March  15,  1899. 

. Disability,  July  12,  1899. 

By  order,  July  1,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
. By  order,  -Aug.  18,  ’99.  [37th  U.  S.  V. 
By  order,  .August  6,  1899. 

By  ord  r,  .August  18,  1899. 

By  order,  .August  18,  1899. 


Catnpaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


85 


NAME 


ADDRESS  OCCUPATION 


REMARKS 


Wm.  W.  Garver Iloilo,  P.  I 

Geo.  Gibson Manila,  P.  1.  .. 

Wni.  Hardcastle  Butte,  Mont.... 

Jos.  Hervey Manila,  P.  1.  .. 

Wm.  Holmes “ “ . . . . 

Theo.  K.  Manchester Butte,  Mont.  .. 

Wm.  H.  McCarty Manila,  P.  1.  .. 

Samuel  McDonald “ “ .... 

Wilbur  J.  McKee “ “ . . . . 

John  T.  McDaughliii “ “ 

Wm.  McLean  “ “ . . . . 

Jos.  P.  Meyers “ “ . . . . 

Martin  N.  Miller “ “ ... 

Karl  J.  Peterson  Butte,  Mont.  .. 

Geo.  B.  Raymond “ “ .... 

Jos.  S.  Robinson “ “ .... 

Walter  A.  Sherlock “ “ .... 

Chas.  p;.  Young “ ‘ ■ .... 

Geo.  PL  Young Manila,  P I.  . . . 


...  .Stenographer. 

....  Miner 

. . . . Stenographer. . 

....  Printer 

....  Miner 

..  .Salesman 

Stonecutter. . . 

....  Paper-hanger. 

. ..  Clerk 

. . . .Blacksmith.  . . 

....  Miner 

. . . .Cook 

. . . . Miner 

. . . .Clerk 

. . . . Bookkeeper. . . 

. . . .Clerk 

. . . . Student 

. . . . Miner 

. . . Miner 


By  order,  P'ebruary  7,  1899. 

By  order,  August  18,  1899. 

By  order,  August  31,  1899. 

By  order,  August  18,  1899. 

By  order,  August  18,  1899. 
Disability,  June  17,  1899. 

. By  order,  August  18,  1899. 

By  order,  August  18,  1899. 

By  order,  August  18  1899. 

By  order,  Aug.  18,  ’99.  [36th  U.  S.  V. 
By  order,  July  27.  1899.  Re-enlisted 
By  order,  August  18,  1899. 

By  order,  August  18,  1899. 

By  order  June  24,  1899. 

Disability,  August  21,  1899. 

By  order,  August  18,  1899. 
Disability,  August  31,  1899. 
Disability,  June  20,  ’99.  [37th  U.S.V. 
By  order,  July  1,  1899.  Re-enlisted 


transfp:rred. 


Wm.  C.  Gardenhire,  2d  Lieut . .Butte,  Mont. . . 
Wm.  B.  Knowlton,  2d  Lieut. . . “ “ 

Geo.  W.  King,  Corp “ “ ... 

John  C.  Heilig “ “ .. 

Daniel  A.  McMillan “ “ ... 

Alex.  G.  Ralston “ “ ... 

Homer  C.  Rickards ‘ “ .. 

Claude  H.  Still St.  Paul,  Minn 

Albert  D.  Tonkin Butte,  Mont  . . 


Trav.  Salesman To  1st  Lieut.  Co.  F,  Jan.  22,  1899. 

Accountant To  1st  Lt.  and  Regl.  Adjt.,  Jan. 23, ’99. 

Medical  Student.  . . .To  2d  Lieut.  Co.  B,  Sept.  28,  1899. 

Accountant To  Regl.  Sergt.  Maj.,  May  1,  1898. 

Clerk To  Hospital  Corps,  July  7,  1898. 

Student To  Hospital  Corps,  July  7,  1898. 

Clerk To  2d  Lieut.  Co.  K,  May  14,  1898. 

Stenographer To  Co.C,  13th  Minn.  Inf.,  June  11, ’98. 

Student To  Hospital  Corps,  June  23,  1898. 


WOUNDED. 

Hayes  C.  Axtell Wounded  in  both  thighs  at  Tuliahan  River,  P.  I.,  March  25,1899. 

Wm.  J.  Borthwick,  Artificer Wounded  in  left  arm  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  February  10,  1899. 

Delos  D.  Babcock.  . Wounded  in  right  ankle  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  February  10,  1899. 

Wm.  Boast Wounded  in  left  knee  near  Malolos,  P.  I.,  April  4,  1899. 

Jas.  W.  Kennedy Wounded  in  right  leg  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  February  10,  1899. 

Theo.  PL  Manchester Wounded  in  left  hand  and  both  legs  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  February  13,  1899. 

Wm.  H.  McCarty .Wounded  in  left  leg  at  Tuliahan  River,  P.  I.,  March  25,  1899. 

John  T.  McLaughlin Wounded  in  left  hand  near  Bocaue,  P.  I.,  March  28,  1899. 

Jos.  P.  Meyer Wounded  in  right  hip  at  Tuliahan  River,  P.  I.,  March  25,  1899. 

Karl  J.  Peterson Wounded  in  left  shoulder  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  February  10,  1899. 

Geo.  B.  Raymond Wounded  in  left  arm  at  San  Fernando,  P.  I.,  May  24,  1899. 

Gomer  Williams Wounded  in  left  arm  and  breast  at  Tuliahan  River,  P.  I.,  March  25,  1899. 

Wm.  H.  Yost Wounded  in  left  thigh  near  Meycauayan,  P.  I.,  March  27,  1899. 

Chas.  E.  Young Wounded  in  right  hand  at  La  Loma  Church,  P.  I.,  March  25,  1899. 


John  R.  Moody 


DESERTED. 

Deserted  at  Silver  Bow,  Mont.  May  25,  1898. 


DEAD. 

Robt.  Brown Died  of  wounds  received  in  action  at  Tuliahan  River,  P.  I.,  March  26,  1899. 

Percy  R.  Lockhart Killed  in  action  at  Tuliahan  River,  P.  I.,  March  25,  1899. 

Edw.  S.  Moore Died  of  wounds  received  in  action  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  February  28,  1899. 

Steve  Stevens Died  of  wounds  received  in  action  at  La  Loma  Church,  P.  I.,  March  25,  1899. 


tl?  ’Ir  <1? 


Photo  by  H.  F.  Rabmeyer.  CO.  !<;,  1st  MONTANA  INFANTRY. 

Taken  at  Presidio,  California,  after  return  froni  Manila. 


Campaignin}^  ui  the  Philippines. 


87 


COMMISSIONED  OFFICERS  OF  COMPANY  E. 

BIOGRAPHICAL  vSKRTCHES. 


ANDREW  JENSEN,  Captain,  Company  E,  was  born  in  St.  Paul,  Minn., 
January  1,  1862.  His  military  career  began  in  1880,  when  he  was  a member  of 
Company  D,  1st  Minnesota  (now  13th),  of  the  National  Guard,  in  St.  Paul,  Minn. 
He  moved  to  Great  Falls,  Mont.,  in  1888,  and  organized  Company  A,  at  present 
the  first  company  of  the  1st  Montana  Regiment.  He  was  Captain  of  Company  A, 
but  resigned  on  account  of  pressure  of  business  and  lack  of  time.  At  the  outbreak 
of  the  war  he  was  Inspector-General  of  the  State  of  Montana.  He  recruited  a new 
company  to  take  the  place  of  Company  E in  the  1st  Regiment,  and  was  mustered 
in  as  Captain  of  Company  E.  He  was  wounded  in  the  arm  at  the  Battle  of  Apalit 
and  was  sent  to  San  Francisco  for  treatment.  He  participated  in  all  the  engage- 
ments of  his  regiment  up  to  the  time  he  was  wounded. 

FRED  J.  BIRD,  1st  Lieutenant,  Company  E,  was  born  in  Salt  Lake,  Utah, 
in  October,  1857.  He  joined  the  National  Guard  in  May,  1889.  He  was  pro- 
moted from  Sergeant  to  2d  Lieutenant  in  the  National  Guard  of  Dillon,  Mont. 
He  went  to  Montana  in  1877,  and  was  promoted  to  1st  Lieutenant  of  the  National 
Guard  about  April  1,  1898.  He  enlisted  for  the  Spanish- American  War,  and  was 
mustered  in.  May  8,  1898,  in  Company  E.  On  February  4th  he  went  out,  and 
was  in  every  engagement,  one  excepted,  at  Bacolor,  which  he  missed  on  account 
of  sickness.  He  went  to  Manila,  July  8d,  and  stayed  there  until  Jul}^  10th,  when 
he  went  back  to  Bacoor  at  Zapote  bridge.  He  made  one  reconnoissance  while 
there,  and  returned  from  Zapote  to  Manila,  August  13th.  In  April  he  took 
charge  of  the  transportation  of  the  regiment,  and  had  charge  until  May  8,  1899. 

HOMER  C.  RICKARDS,  2d  Lieutenant,  Company  E,  was  born  in  Trinidad, 
Col.,  March  25,  1877.  He  was  a member  of  the  Montana  National  Guard,  as 
Corporal,  previous  to  the  regimental  muster  into  the  service  of  the  United  States. 
He  was  mustered  in  as  Corporal  in  Company  G,  and  then  promoted  to  2d  Lieuten- 
ant, Company  E.  He  served  in  Manila  on  Brigadier-General  Otis’  staff  as 
Brigadier  Commissary. 


88 


CampaigniJig  in  the  Philippines. 


NAME 

Andrew  Jensen,  Capt 

Fred’k  Bird,  1st  Lieut 

Homer  G.  Rickards,  2d  Lieut. . 
Francis  A.  Johnston,  1st  Sergt 
Comas  Nelson,  Q.  Sergt. . . . 

Fred.  M.  Rogers,  Sergt 

Osborne  McIntosh,  Sergt 

Albert  S.  Johnson,  Sergt 

Robt.  Robbins,  Sergt 

Harry  Allen,  Corp 

Wellington  H.  Mace,  Corp 

Patrick  F.  Harrington,  Corp.. . 

Andrew  L.  Banks,  Corp 

John  J.  McDonald,  Corp 

Jas.  P Lenox,  Corp 

Wm.  D.  Brown,  Cook 

John  H.  McQuary,  Musician  . 
Ernest  H.  Boyd,  Musician  ... 

Wm.  F.  Dudley,  Artificer 

Ernest  Powell,  Wagoner 


Andrew  Anderson  . . 

Geo.  T.  Banks 

John  L.  Banks 

Frank  Borbridge 

John  Cavanaugh 

Ray  S.  Conger 

Dennis  D.  Dojde 

Andrew  Ehricks  .... 

James  Enright 

Emil  Feltman 

Ellis  J.  Fifer 

Rich’d  Fielder 

Robt.  Foster 

David  E.  Freeman . . . 

Paul  Frisch 

Angelo  A.  F3’hrie. . . 

Geo.  B.  Graham 

Orin  F.  Grant 

Robt.  J.  Gray 

John  Hank 

Jas.  M Harney 

Eberhard  Heberlein  . 

David  C.  Hines 

Chas.  L.  Huestis  .... 

Wm.  K.  Ireland 

Kobt.  Johnston 

Henry  Kej’ser 

Albert  S.  Lloyd 

Raj’  H.  Longwell. ...» 

Eli  Loucks 

John  W.  Lj'ons 

Thos.  W.  McConnon. 

Oscar  McIntosh 

Jas.  C.  Nedrow 

Otto  M.  Olsen 

Martin  Pendergast 

Axel  Peterson 

Michael  Phelan 

Chas.  N.  Robb 

Geo.  W.  Schulte 

Edw.  Sheser 


Co*  E — 3d  Battalion. 


OCCUPATION  ADDRESS 

...Merchant  Great  Falls,  Mont. 

. . . Farmer Dillon,  Mont. 

. . .Clerk Butte,  Mont. 

. . . Teamster Dillon , Mont. 

. . .Liverj’man “ ‘ 

. . .Painter Butte,  Mont. 

...Student Dillon,  Mont. 

. . .Barber “ “ 

...Laborer “ “ 

..Operator “ “ 

. . Engineer Germantown,  Pa. 

. Blacksmith Butte,  Mont. 

. Farmer Dillon,  Mont. 

. Engineer Carroll,  Mont. 

Farmer Dillon,  Mont. 

. . .Farmer Santian,  Or. 

. Painter Milton,  Or. 

. . .Laborer Dillon,  Mont. 

...Miner “ 

. . .Farmer Whitehall,  Mont. 

PRIVATES. 

. . .Farmer Falim,  Kas. 

..  .Cook Seabrook,  Kas. 

. . . Farmer Dillon,  Mont. 

. . Waiter Rochester,  Minn. 

. . . Miner Hollingsdale,  Wis. 

. . .Painter Dillon,  Mont. 

. . . Miner Butte,  Mont. 

...Carpenter “ “ 

. . Teamster “ “ 

. . . Farmer Perrj',  Idaho. 

. Fireman Butte,  Mont. 

. . . Clerk Red  Rock,  Mont. 

...Fireman Butte,  Mont. 

. . .Laborer Lawrenceburg,  Ind. 

. . .Laborer Billings,  Mont. 

..  Clerk Dillon,  Mont 

. . . Teacher Holden,  Mo. 

. . .Miner Marseilles,  111. 

. . Farmer Dennison  Mills,  Quebec,  Canada. 

. . . Miner Newton,  111. 

. . .Salesman Galena,  111. 

. . .Chemist Great  Falls,  Mont. 

...Farmer  Gowere.  Mo. 

. . .Miner Cold  Springs,  Putman  Countj-,  N.  Y 

. . Miner Butte,  Mont 

. . .Miner  “ *' 

. Laborer. Dillon,  Mont. 

Laborer Anaconda,  Mont. 

. . . Farmer Blockton,  Iowa. 

..  .Farmer  Newbridgeville.  Pa. 

, . .Miner  Wood  River,  Neb. 

. . . Bookkeeper  Peterson,  N.  Y. 

...Laborer Dillon,  Mont. 

. . .Teamster St.  Anthony,  Idaho. 

. . Laborer. . . . „ Lone  Walnut,  Kas. 

. . Miner Butte,  Mont. 

. . .Laborer Rawlins,  Wj’o. 

. , .Miner Butte,  Mont. 

. . Clerk Gibbons,  Neb. 

. Laborer Dillon,  Mont. 

...Clerk  “ 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


Si> 


NAME 

John  H.  Selzer 

John  F.  Sullivan 
John  S.  Taylor  . . 
Nicholas  Vincent  . 
Robt.  A.  Waddell. 

Guy  W.  Wade 

Fred.  Walker 

Geo.  D.  Wenceslaw 
Flarl  V.  Williamson 

John  W.  Wynes 

Geo.  W.  Zeigler ... 


. .Miller 

Miner 

Clerk 

vSwitchiuan 

Miner 

Laborer  . . . 
Farmer. . . . 

Miner 

Butcher  ... 
Laborer  . . . . 
Clerk 


ADDRESS 
Lincoln,  Neb. 
Butte,  Mont. 
Dillon,  Mont. 
Butte,  Mont. 


. . . Wadena,  Iowa. 

Amity,  Or. 

Butte,  Mont. 

Sacramento,  Cal. 
. . .Chappell,  Neb. 
. . . Toledo,  Ohio. 


DISCHARGED. 

NA.ME  ADDRESS  OCCUPATION 

Lorenzo  Cushing.  Sergt Dillon,  Mont Clerk 

Rich’d  F.  Wells,  Sergt Manila,  P.  I Assayer 

Walter  M.  Powers,  Corp Dillon,  Mont Student 

Harry  Chamberlain Manila,  P.  I Painter 

Wilfred  Chetelle  “ “ Miner 

Harry  C.  Falls U.  S.  A.  Transport Fhigineer  . . 

Win  Leaton Manila,  P.  I Miner 

Win.  P.  Mulcahy “ “ Electrician.. 

Jens  Nelson “ “ Clerk 


REMARKS 

.Disability,  November,  11.  1898. 

.By  order,  August  20,  1899. 

.By  order,  August  31,  1899. 

By  order,  Aug.  20,  1899.  136th  U.  S.  V 
.By  order,  July  11,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
. By  order,  October  8,  1898. 

.By  order,  August  20,  1899. 

. By  order,  August  20,  1899. 

. By  order,  August  20,  1899. 


Geo.  W.  Crowell,  Sergt 

Alfred  Cash  more 

John  F'.  Pearson 


TRANSFERRED. 

Dillon,  Mont Clerk To  Regimental  Band,  September  10,  1898. 

“ “ Painter To  Regimental  Band,  June  6,  1898. 

Butte,  Mont Butcher To  Regimental  Band,  June  6,  18' 8. 


PROMOTED. 

Chas.  H.  Virden,  1st  Sergt  ....  Dillon,  Mont Carpenter.  . . .To  2d  Lieut.  Co.  C,  1st  Mont.,  Aug.  17,  1899. 


Andrew  Jensen,  Capt 

Wm.  F.  Dudley,  Artificer... 

Geo.  T.  Banks 

John  Cavanaugh 

Jas.  Enright 

Jas.  P.  Lenox,  Corp 

John  H.  McQuary,  Musician 

Axel  Peterson 

Chas  N.  Robb 


WOUNDED. 

Wounded  in  right  forearm,  near  Apalit,  P.  I..  April  27,  1899. 

Wounded  in  right  leg  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  February  17,  1899. 

Wounded  in  right  arm  at  La  Loma  Church,  P.  I.,  March  25,  1899. 

Wounded  in  neck  at  Tuliahan  River,  P.  I.,  March  25,  1899. 

Wounded  in  chest  at  La  Loma  Church,  P.  I.,  March  25,  1899. 

Wounded  in  right  knee,  near  Bocaue,  P.  I.,  March  28,  1899. 

Wounded  in  chest  at  Tuliahan  River,  P.  I.,  March  25,  1899. 

. . .Wounded  in  right  forearm,  near  Bocaue,  P.  I.,  March  28,  1899. 
Wounded  in  right  thigh  at  vSaii  Fernando,  P.  I.,  June  16,  1899. 


if. 


CO  M,  1st  MONTANA  INFANTRY. 
Taken  at  Malolos  shortly  after  arrival. 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


91 


* COMMISSIONED  OFFICERS  OF  COMPANY  M. 
BIOGRAPHICAL  vSKPLICHtLS. 


JOHN  H ALLAH  AN,  Captain,  Company  M,  was  born  in  Cork,  Ireland, 
December,  184(),  and  came  to  America  in  18b4.  He  enlisted  in  the  47th  N.  Y. 
Volunteer  service  in  the  Army  of  the  James,  and  was  with  Gen.  Terry  at  Fort 
Fisher.  He  was  at  the  capture  of  Wilmington,  FMison  Station,  and  served  in 
several  campaigns,  under  Sherman  and  Schofield,  and  was  mustered  out  at 
New^  York  Harbor  on  the  80th  of  August,  1805.  He  enlisted  in  the  14th  L.  vS. 
Inf.  and  w^as  detailed  to  the  Presidio  at  San  Franci.sco  in  1805,  and  thence  to 
Arizona,  wTere  he  remained  for  two  \ears  fighting  Apaches.  June,  1800,  he 
visited  Madelena,  State  of  Sonora,  wdth  the  Mexican  troops.  Maxmillian’s  army 
w^as  there  at  the  time.  He  crossed  the  line  near  Santa  Cruz,  and  carried  mail 
betw^een  Tuzon  and  Maricopa,  Arizona.  He  then  returned  to  California  and 
lived  in  Truckee  from  1808  to  1878,  and  in  Reno,  Nevada,  from  1878  to  1875. 
He  lived  in  Virginia  City  from  1875  to  1877,  and  pro.spected  in  Bighorn  County, 
Wyoming  and  Montana,  from  1877  to  1878,  returning  to  Nevada  and  w^orking  in 
the  mines  there.  In  1880  he  w^as  foreman  of  the  “ Maylundy,”  Mono  County,  Cal. 
He  w^ent  from  there  to  the  Comstock,  wTere  he  remained  about  a year  wwking 
in  the  mines ; he  then  went  to  Colorado  and  had  charge  of  some  mines  and  mills 
there  from  May,  1882,  to  1886.  In  1886  he  w^ent  to  Butte,  Mont.,  and  has  been 
in  that  State  since  that  time,  chiefly  engaged  in  mining.  In  1898  he  joined  the 
1st  Montana  Regiment,  U.  S.  V.,  as  Captain,  on  the  Governor’s  staff.  In  the  first 
fray  at  Manila  he  was  in  charge  of  twm  companies,  I and  M,  and  w^ent  to  outpost 
and  w^as  attacked.  He  next  led  an  advance  on  the  Chinese  Cemetery  and  La  Loma 
Church.  He  continued  in  the  campaign  nearly  to  Malolos.  Before  reaching 
Malolos  he  w^as  taken  sick  and  went  to  the  hospital  at  Corregidor  Island,  where 
he  remained  two  months,  returning  to  his  regiment  at  San  Fernando.  When  the 
battalion  went  to  Zapote  he  accompanied  it  and  w^as  on  the  last  reconnoissance 
made  by  the  regiment  under  Gen.  Grant  from  Zapote  to  Casa  San  Nicolas  near 
Imus.  He  w^as  mustered  out  wdth  his  regiment. 

ARTHUR  O’LEARY,  1st  Lieutenant,  Company  M,  was  born  in  Hastings, 
Minn.,  January  6,  1877.  He  belonged  to  the  National  Guard  of  Montana  for 
three  years.  At  the  outbreak  of  the  Spanish- American  War  he  enlisted  as 
Corporal,  Company  K,  1st  Montana,  May  1 , 1898.  He  w^as  promoted  to  2d 
Lieutenant,  January  8,  1899,  and  on  July  8,  1899,  w^as  promoted  to  1st 

Lieutenant.  He  was  with  his  regiment  in  all  its  engagements. 


Biography  of  2d  T.ieutenant  A.  H.  t,ogan  appears  on  page  94. 


92 


Campaigyiing  in  the  Philippines. 


Co*  M — 3d  Battalion* 


NAME 

John  Hallahan,  Capt 

Arthur  O’Leary,  1st  Lieut. 
Archibald  Logan,  2d  Lieut. . . 
Edward  J.  Haulon,  1st  Sergt. 
Swift  D.  Hunter.  Q.  M.  Sergt 

William  Reilly,  Sergt 

Pnilip  McDonnell,  Sergt 

James  O’Leary,  Sergt  

Peter  Brackman,  Sergt 

Charles  B.  Buck,  Corp  

Thoma.s  DoiinelU',  Corp 

Jacob  L.  Schiffmau,  Corp 

Janies  O’Donnell,  Corp 

George  C.  Downing,  Corp.  . . 

Ole  T.  Onarheim,  Corp 

Andrew  S.  Jensen,  Cook 

Guy  W.  Hankins,  Musician.. 
George  L-  Spier  Musician 
James  Haughey,  Artificer.  . . 
Barney  O’Neill,  Wagoner  . 


OCCUPATION 
.Liquor  Dealer 

.Student  

. Stenographer 
. Bookkeeper . . 

. Assayer 

.Trainer 

Butcher 

Laborer 

. Laborer 

Teacher 

Laborer  

. Dj^er 

Laborer 

Teamster  

Barte-'der 

. Laborer 

Barber  

Laborer  

Laborer  

Laborer 


ADDRESS 
Anaconda,  Mont. 

...Helena, 
Anaconda,  “ 


PRIVATES. 


Daniel  P.  Boyle Miner 

John  Brooks Laborer 

Fred  M.  Cain Laundryman 

Joseph  C.  Callaghan Miner 

Janies  Casey Laborer 

Patrick  Doherty Laborer 

Dominick  Dougherty Laborer 

Thomas  Eaton Laborer 

William  E.  Edwards Coreuiaker.  . 

William  P.  Fisher  Brakeman  . . 

Jesse  H.  Getchell Fireman 

Thomas  J.  Gorman Laborer 

Byron  Griffin Painter 

Frank  C.  Haniill Bricklayer  . . 

William  H.  Hamly Laborer 

Michael  Henry Laborer 

Bart  N.  Kenned}' Clerk 

Robert  W.  McCulloch  Brakeman  . . . 

Adolph  Meihofer  Brickmaker  . 

Cornelius  O’Connor . Stonecutter  .. 

Janies  H.  O’Neill Laborer 

Alfred  Ouillette Laborer 

Morton  S.  Railey  Clerk ... 

Charles  L Rice Cook 

John  E.  Robinson Laborer 

Charles  Rogers Laborer 

Thomas  Ryan Fireman 

Floyd  Shipman Fireman 

Carl  A.  Steinmetz Jeweler 

Gustav  J.  Tente Laborer 


Butte,  Mont. 


Anaconda, 

Butte, 

Anaconda, 


...  Hull,  England 
Anaconda,  Mont. 
Marquette,  Mich. 
. . St.  Paul,  Minn. 
Anaconda,  Mont. 


. . Helena, 
Anaconda, 


. . . Helena, 
.Anaconda, 


DISCH.ARGED. 

NAME  ADDRESS  OCCUPATION 

S.  A.  J.  Dorn,  1st  Lieut  Helena,  Mont .Accountant. 

Gerald  Sullivan,  2d  Lieut Anaconda,  “ Policeman  .. 

George  Deis,  Q.  M.  Sergt Manila,  P.  I Butcher 

Martin  O’Shea,  Sergt Manila,  P.  I Miner 

Florence  W.  Condon,  Corp Manila,  P.  I Laborer 


REMARKS 

Resigned,  July  2,  1899. 

By  order,  January  6,  1899. 

,By  order,  August  19,  1899. 

[36th  U.  S.  V. 
By  order,  .Aug.  19,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
[36th  U.  S.  V. 
B}'  order,  Aug.  18,  1899.  Re-enlisted 


Campaigning  m the  Philippines. 


98 


NAME 

Robert  A.  Dodson,  Corp,. 
William  S.  Lincoln,  Corp, 

James  Noonan,  Corp 

Charles  F.  Bateman 

John  L.  Brooks 

William  J.  Cheastey 

Alfred  P.  Daily 

Anton  Dali 

F^dwin  J.  Godahl 

Wm,  E.  Hall 


ADDRESS  OCCUPATION 

Manila,  P.  I Laborer.. 

“ “ Laborer.. 

Manila,  P.  I Laborer.. 

Manila,  P.  I Laborer.  . 

“ “ Laborer.. 

“ “ Laborer  . . 

Anaconda,  Mont Laborer. . . 

Manila,  P.  I Laborer.. 

Manila,  P.  I Laborer. . 

Manila,  P.  I Laborer.. 


John  Hendrickson.. 

Wm.  A.  Hill 

Patrick  H.  Holland.. 
Frederick  P.  Hudson 

Henry  Jebe 

Frank  Landreman.. 

Hugh  McKenzie 

Frank  Mills 

Chas.  P.  Monroe 

Bevan  Montague 

John  Smith 


Manila,  P.  I Miner 

“ “ Engineer.. 

.Anaconda,  Mont Millnian  . . . 

Manila,  P.  I Machinist., 

Anaconda,  Mont Butcher. . . . 

“ “ Laborer... 

Manila,  P.  I Electrician 

“ “ Laborer  . . . 

“ “ Miner 

“ “ Clerk 

“ “ Waiter 


REMARKS 

By  order,  August  19,  1899. 

By  order,  August  19,  1899. 

[36th  U.  S.  V. 
By  order,  July  1,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
[36th  U.  S.  V. 
By  order,  July  29,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
By  order,  August  19, 1899.  [llth  Cav. 
By  order,  Aug.  19,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
By  order,  Feb.  2,  ’99.  [36th  U.  S.  V. 

.By  order  Aug.  19,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
[37th  U.  S.  V. 
.By  order,  Aug.  19,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
[36th  U.  S.  V. 
..By  order,  July  29,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
[37th  U.  S.  V. 

. By  order,  Aug.  19,  ’99.  Re -enlisted 
. By  order,  August  20,  1899. 

..By  order,  December 2,  1898. 

By  order,  August  19,  1899. 

Disability,  September  13,  1898. 

By  order,  August  18,  1899. 

. . By  order,  Aug.  19,  1899.  [36th  U.S.V. 
By  order,  July  1,  1899.  Re-enlisted 
.By  order,  August  19,  1899. 

. . By  order,  August  19,  1899. 

..By  order,  August  19,  1899. 


Byron  Conrad,  1st  Lieut, 

Alfred  M.  Finley 

Rudolph  Herbst 

Fred.  Johnson 


transferred. 


. Manila,  P.  I Lawyer. . .To  2d  Lieut.,  18tk  Inf.,  U.  S.  A.,  September  1,  1898. 

“ “ Sailor To  Company  H,  June  7,  1898. 

Great  Falls,  Mont..  . Nurse To  Hospital  Corps,  June  18,  1898. 

Helena,  Mont Tel.  Operator To  Signal  Corps,  March  17,  1899. 


Jas.  O’Leary,  Sergt 

Barney  O’Neill,  Wagoner. 

Jos.  Callaghan 

Wm.  J.  Cheastey 

Frank  Landreman 

Frank  Mills 

John  E-  Robinson 


WOUNDFID. 

Wounded  in  right  shoulder  at  Calumpit,  P.  I.,  April  26,  1899. 

Wounded  in  right  leg  at  San  Fernando.  P.  I.,  May  24,  1899. 

Wounded  in  left  side  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  February  10,  1899. 

. . . .Wounded  in  right  hand  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  February  28,  1899. 

Wounded  in  chest  near  Malolos,  P.  I.,  April  4,  1899. 

Wounded  in  right  hand  at  San  Fernando,  P.  L,  May  24,  1899. 

Wounded  in  right  arm,  at  La  Loma  Church,  P.  I.,  March  25,  1899. 


DEAD. 

Harry  Archibald Died  of  typhoid  fever,  at  Manila,  P.  I.,  January  6,  1899. 

John  J.  Campbell Died  of  wounds  received  at  Caloocan,  P.  I.,  February  16,  1899. 

William  Meitschke Killed  in  action  at  Tuliahan  River,  P.  I.,  March  25,  1899. 

Charles  A.  Murphy Killed  in  action  at  Calumpit,  P.  I.,  April  27,  1899. 

John  A.  Saxton Died  of  typhoid  fever  at  Manila,  P.  I.,  June  3,  1899. 

David  Silver Died  of  wounds  received  in  action  at  San  Fernando,  P.  I , June  3,  1899. 


rl-* 


Mont  7 


94 


Campaigning  in  the  Philippines. 


ADDITIONAL  BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCHES. 


COMPANY  G. 

H.  V.  D.  MURPHY,  2d  Lieutenant,  Company  G,  was  born  in  New  York  City 
in  1874.  He  enlisted  as  a Corporal  in  Company  C,  1st  Montana,  U.  S.  Y.,  May  8, 
1898.  He  was  promoted  to  1st  Sergeant  of  Compaii}^  B,  same  regiment,  in  June,  1898, 
and  held  position  as  1st  Sergeant  until  January  22,  1899,  when  he  was  discharged 
to  accept  commission  as  2d  Lieutenant  in  Company  G.  He  was  mustered  into 
service  January  23,  1899,  and  assigned  to  Company  B for  temporary  duty;  was 
discharged  from  Compan}^  G on  Jul}'  16,  1899,  to  accept  commission  as  1st  Lieu- 
tenant in  the  37th  U.  S.  Y.  Inf.  at  Manila,  P.  I. 


COMPANY  M. 

A.  H.  LOGAN,  2d  Lieutenant,  Company  M,  was  born  in  Dubuque,  Iowa, 
August  3,  1872.  He  belonged  to  Company  I,  “Governor’s  Guard,’’  of  Montana, 
in  1894.  He  was  mustered  in  as  Corporal  of  Company  H,  1st  Montana,  and 
served  as  such  until  the  17th  of  March,  1899,  when  he  was  transferred  to  the  19th 
Company,  Signal  Corps,  and  served  with  them  until  July  3,  1899.  He  was 
promoted  to  2d  Lieutenant,  Company  M,  on  the  3d  of  Juh\  He  was  in  all  the 
engagements  up  to  the  17th  of  March,  and  was  with  Gen.  Lawton’s  expedition 
north,  May  21,  1899. 


DATE  DUE 


MAY  1 c 

: 2007 

UNIVERSITY  PRODUCTS,  INC.  #859-5503 


BOSTON  COLLEGE 


3tnr^ixii*'\  ' 'Tliyji.r 

c^.jcfiriC 

igt® 

L"  j'T'J 

y^^^CT^V;  Pfx^ 

